Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198179 | Sequential Colour Display Device - A display device produces colour images by sequentially projecting monochromatic images. Multispectral light is projected via optical means and a filter arrangement with changeable primary colour filters onto an imaging device. For each primary colour the imaging device produces a number of constant-length pulses corresponding to a desired brightness level. The pulse length is chosen to be as short as possible for a first primary colour. The pulse length for the other primary colours is adapted according to the respective share of the corresponding colour filters in the colour wheel. The time during which secondary colours are produced due to a transition between two primary colour filters is increased by increasing the aperture of the optical means, by spatially relocating the focal point of the optical means for a disc-like filter arrangement, or by accordingly adding pure colour light at the onset and the end of a transition between two colour filter segments which produces secondary colour light. Secondary colour light is used to increase the brightness of the projected image. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198180 | Method and Apparatus of Converting Signals for Driving Display and a Display Using the Same - A method, apparatus and computer program for driving displays including an array of display elements, each element comprising sub-pixels or red, green, blue and white colours, the method comprising steps of; receiving input signals for controlling red, green and blue colours of each element of the display; processing the input signals to generate corresponding red, green, blue and white output drive signals for the red, green, blue and white sub-pixels of each element, all input colours which are outside of the output gamut being mapped to within a predetermined area of the output gamut and all input colours within the predetermined area of the output gamut being mapped to another colour within the predetermined area of the output gamut; and applying the output drive signals to respective sub-pixels for each element of the display. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198181 | VIDEO DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - A video display method can lower visibility of flicker in video display and maintain constant display luminance, wherein a display period and a non-display period for a video signal being displayed are provided in one frame period. The method includes frame period controlling by varying the frame period in terms of a single frame or multiple frames as a unit, and display period controlling by varying only the display period or both the display period and the non-display period in the above one frame period depending on variations in the frame period (FIG. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198182 | Display device and electronic apparatus - With a source voltage of a transistor driving a light emitting element set to a fixed voltage, variations in an emission luminance due to variations in the threshold voltage of the transistor are corrected. The fixed voltage is set in accordance with a signal level of a drive pulse signal on-off controlling a transistor supplying power to the first transistor. | 08-21-2008 |
20080204479 | Wide Color Gamut Displays - A display has a modulator illuminated by a illuminator comprising an array of light sources. The array includes light sources of a plurality of colors. The light sources of different colors are individually controllable. Within each color, the light sources that illuminate different areas on the modulator are individually controllable. The display may provide a high dynamic range and a wide color gamut. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204480 | Method of Driving Displays Comprising a Conversion from the Rgb Colour Space to the Rgbw Colour Space - An apparatus ( | 08-28-2008 |
20080204481 | Device and Method for Controlling a Backlit Display - A device and method for controlling a display. The method includes: receiving image data, determining backlight illumination intensity in response to an allowed image degradation level parameter and to ambient light, and determining a display refresh parameter in response to a temperature parameter. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204482 | Apparatus for automatically setting over-driving look-up table for liquid crystal display device and control method thereof - An over-driving look-up table automatic setting apparatus for a liquid crystal display device includes: an input device that specifies a critical response condition for a liquid crystal display device; a sensor that detects an amount of light from the liquid crystal display device and that generates a signal corresponding to the amount of light; a response state detecting unit that measures the response state from the signal generated by the sensor; a controller that receives the response state for gray scale differences from each of a plurality of gray scale values to determine transient pixel data producing a response state that satisfies the critical response condition and that sets an over-driving look-up table by mapping the transient pixel data to corresponding gray scale difference values for each gray scale value; and a memory that stores the over-driving look-up table. | 08-28-2008 |
20080204483 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - In a display apparatus having a display panel | 08-28-2008 |
20080211833 | Drive Method For A Display Device, Drive Device, Display Device, And Electronic Device - A drive method for a display device that displays by causing charged particles to migrate by applying an electric field, including a gray level drive step of causing the particles to migrate to a gray level that is not a saturation state in which migration of the particles is saturated. The gray level drive step changes the display by causing the particles to migrate to produce a display color difference. | 09-04-2008 |
20080211834 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT SOURCE IN DISPLAY DEVICE - A device for driving a light source in an image display device includes input terminals to receive a horizontal synchronization signal and a control signal, an oscillator to generate a reference signal having a frequency, a controller to modulate the reference signal in response to the control signal and output a modulated signal, and a phase difference detecting unit to receive the horizontal synchronization signal and the modulated signal and detect a phase difference between the horizontal synchronization signal and the modulated signal to generate an output signal indicating the phase difference. The oscillator adjusts the frequency of the reference signal in response to the output signal of the phase difference detecting unit so that the horizontal synchronization signal and the reference signal are synchronized with each other. | 09-04-2008 |
20080211835 | Data line driver circuit for display panel and method of testing the same - A data line driver circuit for a display panel includes a digital-to-analog (D/A) converter circuit. The D/A converter circuit includes a first gradation voltage selecting circuit configured to control transistors of a first group to select one of gradation voltages of a first polarity based on a first display data; a second gradation voltage selecting circuit configured to control transistors of a second group to select one of gradation voltages of a second polarity based on a second display data; a first gradation voltage signal line configured to transfer the first polarity gradation voltage selected by the first gradation voltage selecting circuit; a second gradation voltage signal line configured to transfer the second polarity gradation voltage selected by the second gradation voltage selecting circuit; and a test switching circuit configured to operate in response to a test signal. The test switching circuit forms a short-circuit between the first and second gradation voltage signal lines in response to the test signal, to allow a leakage current to be measured between a drain and a source in each of one or more of the transistors of the first group and one or more of the transistors of the second group. | 09-04-2008 |
20080218535 | Portable Electronic Device with Auto-Dim Timers - A portable electronic device with a touch-sensitive display is disclosed. In some embodiments, the time period after which the display is dimmed due to user inactivity is extended based on user interaction with the device subsequent to a dimming event. The dim time can be extended for a single application, multiple applications, or for the device as a whole. The user interaction with the device that extends the dim time can be a touch on any button of the device, the device's touch screen display, or even a smack on the body of the device that is detected by an acceleration sensor. | 09-11-2008 |
20080218536 | METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a first driving mode that selects only one scanning wiring in one selection period; and a second driving mode that drives the image display apparatus so as to select, in one selection period, a plurality of scanning wiring at the same time and to select, in the following selection period, a plurality of scanning wiring shifted by one scanning wiring from the plurality of scanning wiring selected in the preceding selection period, and | 09-11-2008 |
20080218537 | Color display system - A color display device including: at least one spatial light modulation element forming a display picture by modulated light obtained by modulating illumination light, a color sequential light generation device changing in a time series the illumination light or the modulated light into multiple groups of different color lights in one frame of a display period of the display picture, a control device controlling the spatial light modulator, and a color sequential light generation device based on the input picture data. The control device controls the spatial light modulator and the color sequential light generation device to change the ratio of the display time of each color of the reflected light time-shared in the display period of the frame depending on the character and/or the set value of the input picture data. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225061 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel having a transistor which controls a current value supplied to a load, a first storage capacitor, a second storage capacitor, and first to fourth switches is included. After the threshold voltage of the transistor is held in the second storage capacitor, a potential in accordance with a video signal is input to the pixel. Voltage obtained by adding a potential in which the potential in accordance with the video signal and the first storage capacitor are capacitively divided to the threshold voltage is held in the second storage capacitor in this manner, so that variation of a current value caused by variations in the threshold voltage of the transistor is suppressed. Thus, desired current can be supplied to the load such as a light-emitting element. In addition, a display device with little deviation from luminance specified by the video signal can be provided. | 09-18-2008 |
20080238950 | Illuminating display and weighted-bit driving methods for use with the same - A method for driving the output of a illuminating display is provided. The method includes providing a display panel having a plurality of pixels, wherein each pixel includes at least one diode color. A display controller is also provided that is configured to process video data numbers for display. The method further includes loading a bit of a video data number into a diode driver, sending an output enabling state to the diode driver such that a diode will turn on if the bit of the video data number in the diode driver is enabled while an output enabling signal is activated, maintaining the output enabling signal for a period of time, wherein the period of time is based on a bit position of the bit of the video data number loaded in the diode driver, and repeating the loading, sending, and maintaining steps until all bits of the video data number have been loaded. | 10-02-2008 |
20080238951 | GAMMA CORRECTOR WITH A STORAGE CAPACITY FOR GAMMA CORRECTION DATA REDUCED - In a gamma corrector for handling gamma correction data used in performing gamma correction on image data represented by plural component colors for each of the component colors, a storage stores common data employed in common in predetermined gamma correction data in one-to-one correspondence to the plural component colors when generating final gamma-corrected image data. Another storage stores, for each component color, reproduction data represented by removing the common data from the final gamma-corrected image data of each component color in the predetermined gamma correction data. A data processor distributes input image data of each component color to both common and reproduction data to thereby generate the address data. A data coupler generates the common and reproduction data according to address data from the storages and employs the generated common and reproduction data to generate final gamma-corrected image data for image data of the component colors. | 10-02-2008 |
20080238952 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REPRODUCING COLOR WITH AN INCREASED NUMBER OF GRADATION LEVELS - A color display device has a display screen having pixels arrayed, each of which is composed of primary color sub-pixels capable of reproducing respective primary colors and at least one subsidiary color sub-pixel capable of reproducing gray. While gradation signals are generated and supplied to the primary color sub-pixels on the basis of the primary color components of an image to be displayed, the gradation signal to be supplied to the subsidiary color sub-pixel is generated on the basis of the intensity component of the image. The color display device is attained in which the number of gradation levels can be substantially increased without increasing the number of gradation levels of the primary colors. | 10-02-2008 |
20080246779 | DRIVING APPARATUS OF DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving apparatus of a display device calculates a slope using a minimum gray, a maximum gray, a gray average of frame data in a current frame, and a gray average of frame data in a previous frame, and corrects and outputs the input frame data according to the slope, using frame data of one frame. As a result, a gray range of the input image signal can be extended, thereby improving visibility. Further, in a case of a motion picture, even when a difference of a gray range of images of adjacent frames is large, an original image is not distorted due to extension of a gray range. Also, even when noise is included in the input image signal, a gray range can be extended after removing the noise. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246780 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device is provided. The display device includes: a panel assembly including: a plurality of gate lines; a plurality of data lines; and a plurality of pixels defined by the plurality of gate lines and the plurality of data lines. The device also includes a backlight unit including: a plurality of scan lines; a plurality of column lines; and a plurality of backlight unit pixels defined by the plurality of scan lines and the plurality of the column lines. The backlight unit is configured to: calculate an average grayscale level of an image of a first frame; determine a first grayscale level according to the plurality of pixels corresponding to the panel assembly pixels; and apply a weight value corresponding to the average grayscale level to change the first grayscale level to a compensated grayscale level. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246781 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IMPROVED DISPLAY QUALITY BY DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT AND IMAGE PROCESSING USING OPTICAL FEEDBACK - A display system and method created by adjusting the properties of one or more displays to obtain coarse control over display behavior, by using sensors to optimize display parameters and meet a quality target. The display may construct a display map by selectively driving the display and sensing the optical image created. The system reports on its status, and is able to predict when the system will no longer meet a quality target. The system and method may optimize a display system and keep it optimized over time. Operators of the display who require a minimum level of quality for the display system can be ensured that the display meets those requirements. And, they can be warned in advance as to when system maintenance can be necessary, when quality falls below targeted goals system and method provides for sending out methods of the quality of the system. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246782 | Color display system - A color display device including: at least one spatial light modulation element forming a display picture by modulated light obtained by modulating illumination light, a color sequential light generation device changing in a time series the illumination light or the modulated light into multiple groups of different color lights in one frame of a display period of the display picture, a control device controlling the spatial light modulator, and a color sequential light generation device based on the input picture data. The control device controls the spatial light modulator and the color sequential light generation device to change the ratio of the display time of each color of the reflected light time-shared in the display period of the frame depending on the character and/or the set value of the input picture data. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246783 | Display system comprising a mirror device with micromirrors controlled to operate in intermediate oscillating state - A display system includes a spatial light modulator for displaying a image by the modulation state of a plurality of micromirrors, and a control device for controlling the spatial light modulator. The control device includes a data conversion device for converting the digital image data into non-binary data, and a modulation-control device for generating a modulation control signal for micromirrors depending on the non-binary data, and controlling the spatial light modulator. The modulation state of the micromirrors by the modulation control signal includes modulation by oscillation of the micromirrors. The modulation control signal controls amplitude of the oscillation to be smaller than the maximum amplitude of the micromirrors in the modulation by the oscillation of the micromirrors. The oscillation having smaller amplitude than the maximum amplitude of the micromirrors is repeated by the modulation control signal in an optional time duration or frequency. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246784 | Display device - The present invention improves, in a display device to which normal display data and interpolation data are inputted from the outside, the moving image performance by applying overdrive processing to both of a bright frame and a dark frame. The display device includes a display panel having a plurality of sub pixels, and a driver for outputting a video voltage corresponding to the display data to the respective sub pixels. The display data inputted from the external system is constituted of normal display data and interpolation display data inserted between the normal display data. The signal generation circuit includes an overdrive circuit for applying overdrive processing to the normal display data and the interpolation display data inputted from the external system, and a gray scale conversion circuit for converting the gradation of display data applied overdrive by the overdrive circuit. Assuming two continuous frame periods as one unit and assuming the display data inputted from the external system within the two continuous frame periods as first display data and second display data, when the display data inputted from the external system is of an intermediate gray scale, gray scale based on the second display data after conversion is set lower than gray scale based on the first display data after conversion. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246785 | Emission apparatus and drive method therefor - An emission apparatus includes an emission element, a pixel drive circuit connected to the emission element, a data line connected to the pixel drive circuit, and an emission drive apparatus that, in a selection period, lets a reference current with a predetermined current value flow to the pixel drive circuit via the data line, derives a compensation voltage which is a difference between a potential which varies according to a unique characteristic of the pixel drive circuit and a predetermined reference potential, and generates a correction gradation voltage to be applied to the pixel drive circuit based on the compensation voltage for causing the emission element to emit light at an appropriate luminance gradation. | 10-09-2008 |
20080246786 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of video lines, and a drain driver receiving n-bit display data, and connected to the plurality of video lines. The drain driver includes a gray-scale voltage generating circuit which generates M (M<2 | 10-09-2008 |
20080252664 | Device and Method for Driving Light-Emitting Diodes - A light-emitting diode (LED) driver is provided to drive an LED. The LED driver includes a clock supply to periodically output a modulation period. A brightness controller is provided to receive brightness data corresponding to the desired brightness of the LED. The brightness controller generates a pulse-width-modulated (PWM) duty pulse within the modulation period, a width of the PWM duty pulse being based on the brightness data. The LED driver also includes a detection controller to receive detection data indicating whether the LED is to be detected during the modulation period. When the detection data indicate that the LED is to be detected during the modulation period, the detection controller generates a detection pulse within the modulation period. A driver output is provided to output the PWM duty pulse and the detection pulse to the LED within the modulation period. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252665 | Current driver and display device - A current driver to which image data including a plurality of grayscale values is input and which outputs an electric current according to the grayscale values of the image data, the current driver comprising: a first input section to which a first reference current is input, a current value of the first reference current being changed according to the grayscale values of the image data; a second input section to which a second reference current is input, the second reference current having a current value different from that of the first reference current; and a current divider circuit which uses the second reference current and the first reference current to output an electric current, the electric current having a value equal to or higher than that of the first reference current and equal to or lower than that of the second reference current. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252666 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for adjusting brightness thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a panel unit which displays a video signal, a light emitting unit which provides the panel unit with a ray of light and causes the video signal to be visualized, a light emission control unit which controls the light emitting unit so that the ray of light is provided to each of local areas of the panel unit, and a panel control unit which compensates pixels of the video signal in each of local areas, to remove an artifact which is generated due to the ray of light provided to local areas of the panel unit. Because brightness of a screen is adjusted in each of local areas, contrast ratio is enhanced, and improved image quality is provided. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252667 | Digital-to-analog converter and method thereof - A digital-to-analog (D/A) converter comprises a decoder apparatus and an operational amplifier. The decoder apparatus comprises first and second decoder unit. The first decoder unit selects a voltage of first voltage set as first and second voltage in response to a value of first gray level set. The second decoder unit selects first border voltage of second voltage set as the first and the second voltages and second border voltage of that as the first and the second voltages in response to the maximum and the minimum value of second gray level set respectively. The second decoder unit further selects the first and the second boarder voltage as the first and the second voltage respectively in response to an intermediate value of the second gray level set. The operational amplifier generates a pixel voltage having level between the first and the second voltage accordingly. | 10-16-2008 |
20080252668 | Selecting a Refresh Time and/or Gray-Scale Lookup Table in a Liquid Crystal Display Device - A display device includes a display panel, a timing controller, a data driver and a scan driver. The display panel includes pixels respectively electrically connected to scan lines and data lines. The timing controller calculates the statistic numbers of pixels whose gray level variations between previous and current frames cross the gray-scale level of the gray point according to scan-line-signal refresh times and high-low gray-scale lookup tables, and thus selects one of the scan-line-signal refresh times and one of the lookup tables corresponding to the lowest statistic number. The scan driver outputs scan line signals to the pixels according to the selected scan-line-signal refresh time. The data driver generates pixel data according to the selected lookup table. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259098 | Display Method and System for Stimulating the Blinking of the Eyes of a User by Subliminal Modification of Display Parameters - In a method for displaying visual information ( | 10-23-2008 |
20080259099 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The invention provides a display device that includes: a separating section that generates a separation image signal, which specifies the gradations of a plurality of color components and the gradations of a plurality of white components, from an input image signal, which specifies the gradations of a plurality of primary color components for each of a plurality of pixels; and a displaying section that displays a single-color image corresponding to one of the color components and the white components sequentially on the basis of the generated separation image signal in each of a plurality of subfields allocated in a frame in such a manner that subfields corresponding to each of the plurality of the white components are distanced from each other or one another on a time axis. | 10-23-2008 |
20080266329 | MULTI-COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes; a plurality of pixels which individually display one of a first color, a second color, a third color, and white, a signal processor which receives input image signals corresponding to the first to third colors, modifies color temperatures represented by the input image signals, compensates luminances of the input image signals, and converts the input image signals corresponding to the first to third colors into output image signals corresponding to the first to third colors and white as a result of the modification and compensation, and a data driver which converts the output image signals into data voltages and supplies the data voltages to the pixels. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266330 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes pixels which represent first, second and third colors and white, a signal controller which operates a white initial luminance value of the white and first, second and third luminance compensation values of the first, second and third colors based on input image signals of the first, second and third colors, generates a white output image signal of the white based on a sum of at least one portion of the first, second and third luminance compensation values and the white initial luminance value, and generates first, second and third output image signals of the first, second and third colors based on remaining first, second and third luminance compensation values, and a data driver which converts the white output image signal and the first, second and third output image signals into data voltages and supplies the data voltages to the pixels to display an image. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266331 | PROCESSING DEVICE AND PROCESSING METHOD FOR HIGH DYNAMIC CONTRAST OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a processing device and processing method for high dynamic contrast of a liquid crystal display. The processing device comprises a receiver, an inverter and a source driver integrated circuit connected to a center processing module. The processing method comprises: performing a histogram-statistical processing on a received low-voltage differential signal data; obtaining a backlight source luminance control parameter and a gamma reference voltage parameter of the same frame of picture according to the result of the histogram-statistical processing; controlling the luminance of the backlight source according to the backlight source luminance control parameter; and controlling the voltage of a pixel capacitor on the liquid crystal panel according to the gamma reference voltage parameter. The present invention adjusts the luminance of the backlight source and the gamma reference voltage of the liquid crystal panel respectively, whereby enhancing the dynamic contrast of pictures, improving the LCD in terms of the low contrast and flicker, and saving the power consumption of the backlight source. | 10-30-2008 |
20080266332 | DISPLAY CORRECTION CIRCUIT OF ORGAN EL PANEL - A display correction circuit of an organic EL panel for correcting, for display purposes, a video signal supplied to an organic EL panel, the display correction circuit includes: a linear gamma circuit supplied with a video signal which has been subjected to a predetermined gamma correction, the linear gamma circuit adapted to cancel the gamma correction of the video signal to convert the signal into a video signal having a linear gamma characteristic and adapted to output the resultant signal; a correction circuit supplied with the video signal from the linear gamma circuit; and a panel gamma circuit supplied with the video signal from the correction circuit, the panel gamma circuit adapted to convert the video signal into a video signal having a gamma characteristic associated with the gamma characteristic of the organic EL panel and adapted to output the resultant signal. | 10-30-2008 |
20080278521 | Display device and driving method thereof - Example embodiments relate to a display device and a method for driving the same. The method may include receiving an input signal from a user, determining whether the input signal is in a normal state or a degree of color deficiency, and changing a gamma coefficient of the input signal according to the user's state. | 11-13-2008 |
20080284801 | STEREOSCOPIC 3D LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH BLACK DATA INSERTION - A display apparatus includes an liquid crystal display panel having a frame response time of less than 5 milliseconds, drive electronics configured to drive the liquid crystal display panel to black between images that are provided to the liquid crystal display panel at a rate of at least 90 images per second, and a backlight positioned to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel. The backlight includes a right eye solid state light source and a left eye solid state light source capable of being modulated between the right eye solid state light source and a left eye solid state light source at a rate of at least 90 Hertz. | 11-20-2008 |
20080284802 | Liquid crystal drive device - The present invention provides a liquid crystal drive device comprising a first gradation voltage generating circuit having a plurality of first wirings led out from a first string resistor thereof, a second gradation voltage generating circuit having a plurality of second wirings led out from a second string resistor thereof having a resistance value higher than the first string resistor and respectively connected to voltage-follower connected op amplifiers, a plurality of DV converters to which the first wirings and the op amplifiers are respectively connected, and an output op amplifier connected to the DA converters respectively. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291222 | Pulse Generation Circuit and Display Apparatus for Adjusting the Display Brightness of an Image - A display apparatus comprises a display panel, a gate driving circuit, and a pulse generation circuit. The display panel displays an image. The gate driving circuit drives the display panel according to a pulse signal generated by the pulse generation circuit. The pulse generation circuit comprises a histogram analysis element and a gate pulse modulator. The histogram analysis element calculates a gray level ratio of the image, and compares the gray level ratio with at least one threshold value to generate at least one control signal. The operative time of the pulse signal is determined in response to the control signal. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291223 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING CIRCUIT OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device includes scanning lines, data lines, capacitor lines respectively corresponding to the scanning lines, and pixels provided at intersections of the scanning lines and the data lines. The driving circuit includes a scanning line driving circuit that selects the scanning lines in a predetermined order and a capacitor line driving circuit that selects a first power supply line when a first scanning line is selected and selects a second power supply line when a second scanning line that is spaced predetermined lines away from the first scanning line is selected until the first scanning line is selected again to thereby apply a voltage of the selected one of the power supply lines to the capacitor line, the capacitor line driving circuit applying the voltage of the second power supply line to all the capacitor lines when all the scanning lines are not selected. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291224 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - With the use of pixel control parts for controlling display elements in response to display data using a display-use voltage source and display control parts for supplying the display data to the pixel control parts, the display data is displayed on a display part. Further, the display data is corrected by detecting states of the display elements. A voltage of the display-use voltage source is preliminarily set to a fixed higher voltage, and a gray scale of the display data is elevated in response to a degradation state of the display element. Accordingly, it is possible to perform a display while maintaining the maximum brightness even when the display element is degraded. Further, the contrast can be maintained by correcting the gray scales of the display data by performing only the digital calculation. | 11-27-2008 |
20080297537 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZED ILLUMINATION - Disclosed is a display of a particular size that may be perceived as larger than the particular size as a result of light emitted by one or more light guides adjacent the perimeter of the display. The display may also be perceived as brighter. In particular, the display is configured to output a changing image. A light guide is disposed adjacent at least a portion of the perimeter of the display and coupled to a multicolor LED. A controller of the electronic device is configured to analyze the changing image to determine the color content. The multicolor LED is driven to emit light according to the color content of the changing image. The light guide is configured to couple light from the LED in a direction parallel to the display viewing surface, and to couple light out of the light guide in a direction away from the display viewing surface. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297538 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING A COMMON VOLTAGE - An apparatus for setting a common voltage include a screen generator, a flicker measuring part, a main controller and a read-only memory (“ROM”) programming part. The screen generator generates image data of a test screen. The flicker measuring part measures flicker on the test screen displayed on a display panel to which a common voltage corresponding to an estimated setting value is applied. The main controller calculates a measured flicker index from the measured flicker and compares the measured flicker index with a predetermined threshold value to determine a setting value corresponding to a flicker index of a plurality of calculated flicker indexes that is less than the threshold value. The ROM programming part writes the determined setting value to a ROM of a display module. Therefore, a common voltage is reestablished by the setting value, thus preventing flicker due to process variations. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297539 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display which can selectively display an image having a high visibility or an image having a high luminance. The liquid crystal display includes a panel unit having a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of pixels, each pixel being coupled to a gate line and a data line and having a plurality of sub-pixels, a data-drive unit providing data signals to the data lines, and a gate-drive unit providing gate signals to the gate lines in a first order or in a second order. When the gate-drive unit provides the gate signals in the first order, the sub-pixels of a respective pixel are charged with different pixel voltages, and when the gate-drive unit provides the gate signals in the second order, the sub-pixels of the respective pixel are charged with substantially the same pixel voltage. | 12-04-2008 |
20080297540 | Electro-optical apparatus, driving method thereof, and electronic device - An electrooptical apparatus having a plurality of scanning lines, a plurality of signal lines, and electrooptical devices each being placed at an intersection of each of the scanning lines and each of the signal lines, and the electrooptical apparatus is driven according to the amount of drive current supplied to the electrooptical devices. The electrooptical apparatus includes a lighting time measuring unit for measuring a lighting time of the electrooptical devices, a lighting time storage unit for storing the lighting time obtained by the lighting time measuring unit, and a drive current amount adjusting unit for adjusting the amount of drive current based on the lighting time stored in the lighting time storage unit so as to correct the brightness of the electrooptical devices. | 12-04-2008 |
20080303847 | Display panel driving method, display apparatus, display panel driving apparatus and electronic apparatus - In the present invention, there is provided a display panel driving method of the type wherein the total light emitting period length within a one-field period is controlled to variably control the peak luminance level of a display panel, including the step of: variably controlling, where the one-field period has N light emitting periods, N being equal to or greater than 2, the end timing of the ith light emitting period and the start timing of the i+1th light emitting period so as to satisfy the total light emitting period length within the one-field period, i being an odd number which satisfies 1≦i≦N−1 while i+1 satisfies 2≦i+1≦N. | 12-11-2008 |
20080309681 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A device for driving an LCD panel comprises: a gray level voltage generation circuit, for generating gray level voltages, and determining whether the gray level voltages are generated by utilizing a first set of reference voltages or a second set of reference voltages according to a polarity inversion control signal, where the gray level voltage generation circuit determines whether a gray level voltage is generated by utilizing a maximum of the first set of reference voltages or a maximum of the second set of reference voltages, and determines whether another gray level voltage is generated by utilizing a minimum of the first set of reference voltages or a minimum of the second set of reference voltages; and a source driving circuit, for selecting a gray level voltage according to display data or inverted data of the display data to drive a source of a display cell of the LCD panel. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309682 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BOOSTING LAMP LUMINANCE IN A LAPTOP COMPUTING DEVICE - An information handling system is disclosed and includes a display, a lamp back lighting the display, and a lamp control system coupled to the lamp. The lamp control system is configured to boost a maximum luminance of the lamp as the lamp ages. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309683 | DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE DRIVING DEVICE INSTALLED THEREIN AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A driving device including a signal controller which receives input image data corresponding to a plurality of frame periods, outputs the input image data during a first sub-frame period of one frame period among the plurality of frame periods, and outputs impulsive data having gray-scales, which are lower than those of the input image data, during a second sub-frame period of the one frame period. The impulsive data in the frame periods in which still images are displayed comprise first gray-scales, and the impulsive data in the frame periods in which moving images are displayed comprise second gray-scales, the second gray-scale being different from the first gray-scales. A data driver converts the input image data to pixel voltages during the first sub-frame period, and converts the impulsive data to impulsive voltages during the second sub-frame period. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309684 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display driving device for driving a display device having a plurality of display pixels in which a plurality of scanning electrodes and a plurality of data electrodes are provided so as to overlap and correspond to each other and each of which has an electro-optical layer to which driving voltages corresponding to a data voltage and a scanning voltage are applied when the scanning voltage is applied to the scanning electrodes and the data voltage is applied to the data electrodes is disclosed. The device includes: a temperature detecting unit that detects the temperature of the display device; a selection phase setting unit that sets a time interval of a selection phase, in which a driving voltage for selecting gray-scale levels of the display pixels is applied, to a time interval based on a detected temperature when the detected temperature detected by the temperature detecting unit is less than a predetermined temperature and sets a time interval of the selection phase to a fixed time when the detected temperature is equal to or larger than the predetermined temperature; and a voltage applying unit that applies the driving voltage to the display pixels at the time interval set by the selection phase setting unit. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309685 | LCD PANEL DRIVING CIRCUIT - The LCD panel driving circuit includes a plurality of supply signal lines and feedback signal lines provided for respective differential driving amplifiers. Each driving amplifier has two input terminals, and generates a gradation signal in accordance with a write potential supplied to one of the two input terminals. The supply signal lines supply to the gradation signal lines the gradation signals, that are produced by the differential driving amplifiers, via first connection points. The feedback signal lines are connected to the gradation signal lines at second connection points. Each feedback signal line sends a potential at its second connection point to the other differential input terminal of the associated differential driving amplifier. | 12-18-2008 |
20080309686 | Display Device - To reduce heating value of the drain driver in a display device applying an FBI drive method. In a display device applying the FBI drive method in which each subpixel displays one gray scale required by an external system by displaying two gray scales which are a gray scale corresponding to first display data during one frame period of continuous two frame periods and a gray scale corresponding to second display data during the other frame period of the continuous two frame periods, and the luminance according to the second display data is lower than the luminance according to the first display data when the display data inputted from the external system is in a halftone gray scale, the power supply circuit supplies high-potential first power supply voltage to the driver during the first frame period and supplies low-potential first power supply voltage having the potential lower than the high-potential first power supply voltage during the second frame period. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316231 | Method and System for Line By Line Addressing of RMS Responding Display Matrix with Wavelets - A method for line-by-line addressing of RMS responding display matrix with wavelets, said method comprises steps of: selecting the wavelets such that energy of them is proportional to an integer power of two to form an orthogonal matrix; obtaining select waveform profile by summing elements of column in the wavelet matrix; obtaining column waveforms by dot product of data with column of the wavelet matrix; and applying the select waveforms and the corresponding column waveforms by selecting one row of the display matrix at a time. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316232 | METHOD OF DRIVING ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device that displays grayscales in a time-division manner and can prevent the occurrence of false contours and flickers at an interface between neighboring grayscales when displaying sequential images, such as moving images, at a high speed. The method is an interlaced scanning method in which a single frame is divided into an odd-numbered field and an even-numbered field that are sequentially driven, and includes dividing each of the odd-numbered field and the even-numbered field into x sub-frame groups; dividing each of a plurality of sub-frames corresponding to bits of driving data into y divided sub-frame portions; and disposing the y divided sub-frame portions in different ones of the x sub-frame groups. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316233 | Computer system and method for rendering a display with a changing color frequency spectrum corresponding to a selected frequency spectrum - Embodiments provide methods and systems for selecting a frequency spectrum (e.g. a changing color frequency spectrum) to be emitted by a display device of a computer system and for rendering a display on the display device by emitting light corresponding to the selected (color) frequency spectrum. Other embodiments may also be described. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316234 | Method of driving electro-optical device, source driver, electro-optical device, projection-type display device, and electronic instrument - A method of driving an electro-optical device that drives a source line of the electro-optical device based on K-bit (K is an integer equal to or larger than two) grayscale data includes, when data of a most significant bit of the grayscale data is first data, generating converted grayscale data by converting data of lower-order (K-L) bits (K>L, L is a positive integer) of the grayscale data so that a code word distance between the data of the lower-order (K-L) bits of the grayscale data before conversion and the data of the lower-order (K-L) bits of the grayscale data after conversion is equal to or less than (K-L); and driving the source line based on a grayscale signal corresponding to the converted data in a first polarity drive period, and driving the source line based on a grayscale signal corresponding to data obtained by converting higher-order L bits of the converted data so that a code word distance between data of the higher-order L bits of the converted data before conversion and the data of the higher-order L bits of the converted data after conversion is equal to or less than L in a second polarity drive period. | 12-25-2008 |
20090002400 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a brightness adjusting method thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a panel unit which displays an image signal, a backlight unit which provides a light to the panel unit to visualize the image signal, a luminance value regulator which calculates representative values to be applied for adjusting a brightness of a plurality of partial areas of the backlight unit corresponding to the input image signal, a contrast enhancer which compensates for a brightness of the image signal compromised by the representative value through a contrast enhancement, and a pixel value compensator which compensates for pixel values of the image signal compensated using the contrast enhancement. Accordingly, the contrast ratio of the entire image can be enhanced by compensating for the brightness loss of the image signal caused from the brightness adjustment of the luminous element, and the image quality can be more finely improved. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002401 | DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION USING SELECTIVE FILTERING - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system receives a sequence of video images, where a given video image in the sequence, when displayed, includes a picture portion and the non-picture portion, and where the picture portion has a histogram of brightness values. Then, the system determines the intensity setting of the light source on an image-by-image basis based on the histogram, where the light source is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the sequence of video images. Next, the system selectively filters changes in the intensity setting of the light source, where the selective filtering is based on a magnitude of a given change in the intensity setting from a previous video image to a current video image. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002402 | ERROR METRIC ASSOCIATED WITH BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system reduces power consumption by changing an intensity setting of a light source, which illuminates a display that is configured to display a video image, and scales brightness values for the video image based on a brightness metric associated with the video image. Then, the system calculates the error metric for the video image based on the scaled brightness values and the video image. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002403 | DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION FOR VIDEO IMAGES WITH BLACK BARS - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system calculates a brightness metric associated with a video image. Then, the system identifies a subset of the video image based on the brightness metric, where the subset of the video image includes spatially varying visual information in the video image. Next, the system determines the intensity setting of the light source based on a first portion of the brightness metric associated with the subset of the video image, where the light source is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the video image. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002404 | SYNCHRONIZING DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT ADAPTATION - Embodiments of a system that includes one or more integrated circuits are described. During operation, the system receives a sequence of video images and a brightness setting of a light source which is configured to illuminate a display that is configured to display the video images, where the sequence of video images includes video signals. Then, the system determines an intensity setting of the light source on an image-by-image basis for the sequence of video images, where the intensity of a given video image is based on the brightness setting and brightness information contained in the video signals associated with the given video image. Next, the system synchronizes the intensity setting of the light source with a current video image to be displayed. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002405 | DISPLAY DRIVE APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display drive apparatus driving a display pixel, includes a light-emitting element and a light-emission drive element, connected to a data line, includes a reset circuit and a gradation current supply circuit. The reset circuit initializes the display pixel applying a reset voltage to the display pixel wherein the reset voltage has a voltage value that an absolute value of a potential difference applied between a control terminal of the light-emission drive element and one end of the current path thereof being a larger value than an absolute value of a threshold voltage of the light-emission drive element, and has a polarity capable of discharging charge remaining in wiring capacitance of the data line and a capacitance component of the display pixel. The gradation current supply circuit supplies a gradation current having a signal polarity and magnitude corresponding to a gradation value of display data to the display pixel initialized. | 01-01-2009 |
20090002406 | Data line drive circuit and method for driving data lines - A data line drive circuit includes a plurality of output circuits and a plurality of switch portions. The plurality of output circuits outputs voltages corresponding to grayscale voltages with respect to display data. The plurality of switch portions becomes an ON-state in response to a line output signal and connects the plurality of output circuits and a plurality of data lines, respectively. ON-resistance values of at least part of the plurality of switch portions vary in the ON-state. | 01-01-2009 |
20090009537 | Display unit and display panel driver including operational amplifier to apply reference voltage to resistance ladder having impedance adjusting circuit - A display driver includes an operational amplifier which receives a gradation power source voltage and outputs a reference voltage, a resistance ladder which receives the reference voltage to generate a gradation voltage, and a resistor including a first end coupled to an output of the operational amplifier and a second end supplied with a voltage having the same potential as the reference voltage. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009538 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display driver circuit of a display device includes: a first DA converter for converting a digital data to a gray-scale potential within a first potential range; and a second DA converter for converting a digital data to a gray-scale potential within a second potential range lower than the first potential range. The first DA converter includes a first transistor of a first conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not less than the common potential. The second DA converter includes: a second transistor of the first conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not less than the common potential; and a third transistor of a second conductivity type outputting a gray-scale potential not more than the common potential. A substrate potential applied to a back gate of the second transistor is lower than a substrate potential applied to a back gate of the first transistor. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009539 | Color gamut mapping and liquid crystal display device using the same - A color gamut mapping method, which is capable of minimizing a color difference perceived by a person, preventing brightness and contrast from deteriorating, and improving color reproducibility, and a liquid crystal display device using the same are disclosed. The color gamut mapping method includes converting image data having an original gamut into lightness, chroma and hue data, adjusting a primary hue angle of the original gamut according to a reproduction gamut and adjusting the hue data according to the adjustment amount of the primary hue angle, changing the lightness of an original gamut boundary in consideration of a reproduction gamut boundary and changing the brightness data by the change amount of the lightness of the original gamut boundary, deciding a focal point, which is a reference point of color gamut mapping, according to the size, the shape and the position of the original/reproduction gamut in lightness and chroma coordinates, deciding a mapping slope according to the decided focal point FP and a mapping area in which the lightness and chroma data are located and mapping the original gamut to the reproduction gamut according to the decided mapping slope, and converting the lightness, chroma and hue data mapped to the reproduction gamut into image data. | 01-08-2009 |
20090009540 | Control method, display panel and electronic system utilizing the same - A control method controlling a display panel comprising a pixel unit. The pixel unit is coupled to a data line and comprises a capacitor, a transistor, and a luminiferous device. The capacitor comprises a first terminal coupled to the data line and a second terminal coupled to the transistor. The voltage of the first terminal is increased and the voltage of the second terminal is reduced during a first period. The voltage of the first and the second terminals are controlled during a second period subsequent to the first period. The luminiferous device is lit according to the voltage of the capacitor during a third period subsequent to the second period. The voltage of the data line is maintained during the third period. | 01-08-2009 |
20090015601 | Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - Provided is an LCD device. The LCD device includes: an input unit, a backlight unit, a histogram analyzing unit, a data correcting unit, a liquid crystal panel driving unit, a duty ratio determining unit, and a lamp driving unit. The input unit inputs data corresponding to an image displayed on a liquid crystal panel, and the backlight unit includes a plurality of lamps. The histogram analyzing unit analyzes a histogram of data input from the input unit to generate a select signal according to a brightness state of the data. The data correcting unit corrects pixel data to be supplied to the liquid crystal panel using at least one of a plurality of gamma compensating characteristic curves. The liquid crystal panel driving unit drives the liquid crystal panel. The duty ratio determining unit generates a plurality of lamp-on signals. The lamp driving unit generates a lamp driving voltage corresponding to the lamp-on signal. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015602 | Contrast Ratio Enhancement System Using Asymmetrically Delayed Illumination Control - The disclosed embodiments relate to a system and method that enhance contrast ratio of a display device using asymmetrically delayed illumination signal control. An exemplary embodiment comprises determining a pixel brightness level for a video frame, and delaying application of the illumination signal based on a change of the pixel brightness level. | 01-15-2009 |
20090015603 | Display device driving circuit of which power consumption is reduced, control method thereof, and display device using the same - A display device driving circuit includes: a grayscale signal output circuit, grayscale signal lines, a grayscale voltage output circuit, grayscale voltage lines, a digital-analog conversion circuit, a first to third switches. The grayscale signal output circuit outputs complementary signals as a digital grayscale signal. The grayscale signal lines receive the complementary signals. The grayscale voltage output circuit outputs analog grayscale voltages. The grayscale voltage lines receive the analog grayscale voltages. The digital-analog conversion circuit selects and outputs one of the analog grayscale voltages in response to the complementary signals. The first switch shuts off a first connection path between the grayscale signal output circuit and the digital-analog conversion circuit. The second switch shuts off a second connection path between the grayscale voltage output circuit and the digital-analog conversion circuit. The third switch connects a third connection path between one of a pair of the grayscale signal lines to the other. The pair transfers a pair of the complementary signals. | 01-15-2009 |
20090021534 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device has an improved white balance in white display and excellent display quality, and includes a plurality of pixels each including four sub-pixels More specifically, the display device includes a plurality of pixels each including: a sub-pixel pair of a red (R) sub-pixel and a green (G) sub-pixel; and a sub-pixel pair of a blue (B) sub-pixel and a green (G) sub-pixel, wherein in most of the pixels, a product of an aperture area per sub-pixel and a light amount per unit aperture area, in each of the red (R) sub-pixel and the blue (B) sub-pixel, is approximately two times that of the green (G) sub-pixel. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021535 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FO DRIVING THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a signal controller having a luminance controller receiving image data from an external graphic source and controlling the luminance of the image data such that the luminance at the gray expressed by a specific data value of the image data is established to be 80 cd/m | 01-22-2009 |
20090021536 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY ELEMENT AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A new driving circuit is provided. The driving circuit according to the present invention comprises a first period for setting a current to be supplied to a display element, a second period for setting a gray-scale of the display element, and a third period for supplying a driving current to the display element. The present invention, in the driving circuit of the display element, is provided with a current source circuit for supplying a constant current to the display element and a control circuit for controlling the time to supply a constant current to the display element from the current source circuit. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021537 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A signal processing device for supplying a drive voltage signal to a display panel, includes a luminance detector, a memory to store a first correction factor for correcting the luminance level of the pixel to be changed by a voltage level difference between a drive voltage signal supplied to the display element and a drive voltage signal supplied to a first adjacent display element adjacent to the display element in the forward direction of the scanning line, and a second correction factor for correcting the luminance level of the pixel to be changed by a voltage level difference between a drive voltage signal supplied to the display element and a second adjacent display element adjacent to the display element in the reverse direction of the scanning line, a correction voltage level computing unit, and an adder to add the first correction voltage level and the second correction voltage level. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021538 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING COLOR BALANCE - A method of adjusting color balance includes writing first to third adjustment video signals on first to third pixels, respectively to obtain first to third monochromatic data, updating the first to third adjustment video signals based on the first to third monochromatic data, writing the updated first to third adjustment video signals on the first to third pixels to obtain a mixed color data, updating the first to third adjustment video signals in the case where the mixed color data is within a tolerance and the power consumption exceeds a predetermined upper limit, and setting the first to third adjustment video signals updated finally as the maximum values of the video signals to be written on the first to third pixels, respectively. | 01-22-2009 |
20090021539 | Light Emitting Device, Method of Driving a Light Emitting Device, Element Substrate, and Electronic Equipment - A display device capable of obtaining a constant luminance without being influenced by temperature change is provided as well as a method of driving the display device. A current mirror circuit composed of a first transistor and a second transistor is provided in each pixel. The first transistor and second transistor of the current mirror circuit are connected such that their drain currents are kept almost equal irrespective of the level of load resistance. By controlling the OLED drive current using the current mirror circuit, a change in OLED drive current due to fluctuation in characteristics between transistors is avoided and a constant luminance is obtained without being influenced by temperature change. | 01-22-2009 |
20090027422 | Image brightness control and compensation device for field emission display - An image adjusting device for adjusting brightness of an image signal is disclosed. The image adjusting device comprises a converting module and a processing module. The converting module is configured to convert an input image to an image signal. The processing module is coupled to the converting module and configured to adjust the image signal to generate an output signal according to a predetermined method, and the processing module further comprises a determining module, an adjusting module and a compensating module. The determining determines the brightness of the image signal to generate a determining signal. The adjusting module generates an adjusting signal according to the determining signal and a predetermined adjusting value. The compensating module adjusts the image signal to generate the output signal according to the adjusting signal. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027423 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display and a method for driving the same, which may compensate for the degradation of an organic light emitting diode. The organic light emitting display includes: a plurality of pixels, each including an organic light emitting diode and a pixel circuit for controlling a supply of an electric current to the organic light emitting diode; and a sensing unit for converting a voltage applied to the organic light emitting diode to a digital value during a sensing period, and for sinking a second current from the pixel corresponding to the digital value to compensate for a degradation of the organic light emitting diode during a sampling period. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027424 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for equalizing deterioration in a display device having a plurality of pixels and each pixel has a self-emissive type display element includes applying an equal voltage to the display elements in a plurality of pixels causes the pixels to illuminate so that a comparatively smaller current flows in the display element with a large deterioration, while a comparatively larger current flows in the display element with a small deterioration, thereby equalizing deterioration in the display elements. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027425 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: a display panel which comprises sub-pixels including an R sub-pixel, a G sub-pixel, a B sub-pixel and a W sub-pixel and disposed in a matrix form, a gate line and a data line which insulatingly cross each other and transmit a driving signal to the sub-pixels; a driver connected to the gate line and the data line; and a signal controller which comprises a signal converter including a W extracting unit to convert R, G and B image signals into R, G, B and W image signals and a rendering unit to render the R, G, B and W image signals so that eight sub-pixels adjacent in an extending direction of the gate line display three pixels, and controls the driver to apply rendered image signals to the display panel. | 01-29-2009 |
20090027426 | Digital video screen device - Device for a digital video screen comprising one or more printed circuit substrates on which are mounted one or more integrated circuits covered by a one-piece display surface. The display surface is covered by one or more luminous substances that are excited by the integrated circuits placed underneath. A video screen is formed where each subpixel is composed of a certain number of basic luminous units activated or deactivated by electrical switches on logic controls. Binary words are applied on the logic controls, and correspond to values of desired colors for each sub-pixel in such a way that the image refresh rate is independent of the loading rate, the rate of change, the resolution of the displayed image and the dimension of the video screen. | 01-29-2009 |
20090033685 | Organic light emitting display and driving method thereof - The present invention provides an organic light emitting display and a driving method the same capable of improving image quality by reducing luminance variations depending on temperature. The organic light emitting display and a driving method of the present invention includes a temperature sensor unit sensing ambient temperature and outputting temperature compensation signals corresponding to the ambient temperature, a light sensor unit sensing ambient light and outputting light control signals corresponding the ambient light, a correction unit generating gamma correction signals corresponding to the temperature compensation signals and the light control signals, and a data driver generating data signals corresponding to the gamma correction. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033686 | Display panel driving method, display apparatus, display panel driving apparatus and electronic apparatus - In the present invention, there is provided a display panel driving method of the type wherein the total light emitting period length within a one-field period is controlled to variably control the peak luminance level of a display panel, the driving method including a step of variably controlling, where the one-field period has N light emitting periods disposed therein, N being equal to or greater than 2, the light emitting period length of a particular one of the light emitting periods and the other light emitting period or periods to provide a difference in luminance between the particular light emitting period and the other light emitting period or periods so that the particular light emitting period is visually observed as the center of light emission. | 02-05-2009 |
20090033687 | Electro-optical device, method of driving the same, data line driving circuit, signal processing circuit, and electronic apparatus - A signal processing unit that generates data signals for controlling gray-scale levels of electro-optical elements includes a first D/A conversion unit that generates gray-scale signals from gray-scale data for designating the gray-scale levels of the electro-optical elements; a storage unit that stores correction data indicating correction values with respect to the gray-scale signals; a second D/A conversion unit that has resolution different from that of the first D/A conversion unit, and that generates correction signals from the correction data stored in the storage unit; and a synthesizing unit that synthesizes the gray-scale signals generated by the first D/A conversion unit with the correction signals generated by the second D/A conversion unit to generate the data signals. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040241 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIGHT-EMITTING PANEL - The method for driving a light-emitting panel provides a method for driving a light-emitting panel such that, even if there is a defect at a certain place of the light-emitting surface, the whole surface is not turned off and the function as a lighting apparatus or a backlight of or the electronic information device can be maintained by means that only one area including the defect is turned off and the other areas are turned on. The method for driving a light-emitting panel is characterized in that the light-emitting surface is divided into a plurality of areas and each of the areas emits light by time sharing. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040242 | Display apparatus, display method, display monitor, and television receiver - In one embodiment of the present invention, the image display period of the first sub frame of an N-th frame is arranged to partly overlap the image display period of the second sub frame of the N-th frame and the image display period of the second sub frame of the (N−1)-th frame. Also, in each sub frame, a period in which grayscale display voltages are written into all horizontal lines of the display screen is arranged to be identical with the image signal input period of one frame of an input image signal. In addition, the grayscale display voltages with which pixels that are horizontally or vertically neighbored are charged are arranged to have inverse polarities, and the polarity of the grayscale display voltage charging each pixel is reversed in each frame. Furthermore, a short circuit period is provided and in this period neighboring data signal lines are short-circuited each time the polarity of the grayscale display voltage output to each data signal line is reversed. With this, in a display apparatus performing sub frame display, a time lag between the input of an image signal and image display is reduced, the cost of the frame memory is reduced, and the power consumption for AC driving is reduced. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040243 | Display Device and Method for Driving Display Member - In one embodiment of the present invention, in an even-numbered signal line group, the arrangement sequence of the first and second signal lines is reversed between in a display area and in a non-display area, and the same goes for the arrangement sequence of the third and fourth signal lines. The ends of the first to sixteenth signal lines in the non-display area are connected to the first to sixteenth individual drivers, respectively. An odd-numbered individual driver and an even-numbered individual driver each output a corresponding one of drive signals of opposite polarity. Thus, the polarities of subpixels of the same color arranged in a first direction D | 02-12-2009 |
20090040244 | DRIVING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - In a driving device, a liquid crystal display having the driving device, and a method of driving the liquid crystal display, the driving device includes a signal controller, a voltage selector, a gray-scale voltage generator, and a data driver. The signal controller outputs a power-down signal indicating an imminent power-off. The voltage selector outputs a common voltage in response to the signal. The gray-scale voltage generator receives the common voltage to generate common gray-scale voltages having a same voltage level as that of the common voltage. The data driver generates common data voltages based on the common gray-scale voltages. The driving device controls a display panel so that the display panel displays a white image in response to the signal. Thus, an after-image after the power-off is removed, therefore improving the display quality of the display panel. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040245 | Drive circuit for display apparatus and display apparatus - A drive circuit that is an example of the present invention is a drive circuit of a display device for outputting in parallel the analog picture signals generated based on the digital picture signals inputted in serial. This circuit comprises a level shift circuit for converting the voltage level of the digital picture signals that were inputted in serial, a D/A conversion circuit for generating analog picture signals based on the digital picture signals that were subjected to level conversion with the level shift circuit, and an expansion circuit connected to the output side of the D/A conversion circuit or between the level shift circuit and the D/A conversion circuit and serving to expand and hold the inputted serial picture signals in parallel and output the picture signals in parallel. The level shift circuit is thus formed in the front stage of the picture signal register circuit. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046112 | Liquid Crystal Panel Driving Device, Liquid Crystal Panel driving Method, Liquid Crystal Display Device - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel driving device for AC-driving a liquid crystal panel with first and second polarities includes an output tone generating section for generating an output tone corresponding to an input tone. With respect to the same input tone, the output tone generating section generates a first output tone when driving the liquid crystal panel with a first polarity, and generates a second output tone when driving the liquid crystal panel with a second polarity. The first and second output tones are determined based on a characteristic of the input tone and the center of amplitude of a voltage to be outputted in response to the input tone in AC driving. This allows providing a liquid crystal panel driving device capable of easily performing Ω correction with respect to each liquid crystal panel. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046113 | Uneven streaks evaluation device, uneven streaks evaluation method, storage medium, and color filter manufacturing method - A present uneven streaks evaluation device includes an evaluation data generation section for generating evaluation data, serving as an index for evaluating cyclic uneven streaks occurring on an evaluation target surface, in accordance with image data obtained by imaging the evaluation target surface to which light is emitted, wherein a one-dimensional projection processing section carries out a one-dimensional projection process with respect to light distribution included in the image data so that a projection direction is a direction including a vector of a direction in which uneven streaks occur, a power spectrum calculation section calculates a power spectrum in accordance with the light distribution having been subjected to the one-dimensional projection process, an integration processing section calculates an interval integral value of a preset cycle in accordance with the calculated power spectrum, and a noise component removing section removes a noise component included in the calculated interval integral value. | 02-19-2009 |
20090051707 | Liquid Crystal Display Device Drive Method, Liquid Crystal Display Device, and Television Receiver - The method of driving a liquid crystal display in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention is a method of driving a liquid crystal display whereby a first liquid crystal panels produces a display from a first display signal and the second liquid crystal panel produces a display a second display signal derived from the first display signal, the first and second liquid crystal panels being stacked on top of each other. The luminance of the first liquid crystal panel is extended based on the luminance extension ratio obtained from the gray levels for dots contained in the first display signal and a logical maximum gray level of input image data. The luminance of the second liquid crystal panel which produces a display from the second display signal is lowered by the amount by which luminance is extended on the first liquid crystal panel. A liquid crystal display with high display quality is realized by restraining decrease in saturation which would otherwise become obtrusive when two liquid crystal panels are stacked. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051708 | ACTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE AND MIXING TYPE PIXEL DRIVING METHOD IN ACTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE - A mixing type pixel driving method in an active display device includes generating a digital data for a selected pixel, first driving the selected pixel to be illuminated with a first illumination intensity, and second driving the selected pixel to be illuminated with a second illumination intensity in a second illumination interval. A relative ratio of the second illumination intensity to the first illumination intensity is changed according to the value of the digital data. The number of the converted bits by DAC is reduced. Therefore, the less bit DAC is adaptable for the mixing type pixel driving method and the layout area and the consumption current can be decreased. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051709 | Image adjusting apparatus - An image adjusting apparatus is provided for adjusting the color of an image. The image adjusting apparatus includes a converting module, a processing module, an output module, a display module, a measuring module and a computing module. The converting module converts an input image into an image signal. The processing module is coupled with the converting module for adjusting the image signal and generating an output signal according to a gain value. The output module is coupled with the processing module for generating an output image according to the output signal. The display module is coupled with the output module for displaying the output image. The measuring module is coupled with the display module for measuring the output image and generating a measurement. The computing module is coupled with the measuring module and the processing module for generating the gain value according to the measurement. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051710 | Display Method in an Active Matrix Display Device - The present invention relates to a method for displaying an image in an active matrix display device and more particularly in an active matrix OLED (Organic Light Emitting Display) display. The purpose of this invention is to increase the video dynamic range of each color component. The voltages applied to the OLED cells are based on reference voltages or currents. According to the invention, a different set of reference voltages is used for each colour component. To this end, the video frame is divided into at least three sub-frames and at least one colour component of the picture is addressed during each subframe with a set of reference voltages adapted to said color component. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051711 | Compact Flat Panel Color Calibration System - A compact flat panel color calibration system includes a lens prism optic able to pass a narrow, perpendicular, and uniform cone angle of incoming light to a spectrally non-selective photodetector. The calibration system also includes a microprocessor operable to determine the luminance of the display based upon the information gathered by the photodetector. A software module included in the calibration system is then operable to process the luminance information in order to adjust the flat panel display. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051712 | Projection apparatus using variable light source - A projection apparatus using a spatial light modulator (SLM), comprising the following: at least one variable light source, at least one spatial light modulator for modulating the illumination light emitted from the variable light source in accordance with the modulation state of arrayed pixel elements, a variable light source controller for controlling modulation of the variable light source, and a spatial light modulator controller for controlling modulation of each pixel element of the spatial light modulator, wherein the variable light source controller controls the variable light source so as to reduce the period in which the modulation states of the pixel element are in transition on a display image. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051713 | Mobile terminal emitting light according to temperature and display control method thereof - A mobile terminal emitting light according to a temperature and a display control method thereof are provided. The mobile terminal includes a display part activated in response to a control signal, a temperature sensor part for measuring a temperature of the mobile terminal and outputting a voltage corresponding to the measured temperature value, and a central controller for outputting the control signal to activate the display part included in the mobile terminal when the voltage input from the temperature sensor part exceeds a predetermined reference value. Therefore, it is possible to improve the design of the mobile terminal. | 02-26-2009 |
20090051714 | MOVING IMAGE PLAYBACK APPARATUS AND TONE CORRECTING APPARATUS - A filtering unit filters a moving image decoded by an image decoding unit to reduce noise component. A tone correcting unit corrects tone in accordance with setting of brightness set by a display control unit, utilizing tone characteristic of the moving image. The display control unit detects a signal from an operating unit, and controls brightness of a screen of the display unit. Further, the display control unit controls a switch such that an output of either the filtering unit or the tone correcting unit is input to the display unit. | 02-26-2009 |
20090058887 | MEHTOD FOR GRADUALLY ADJUSTING SCREEN BRIGHTNESS WHEN SWITCHING OPERATING SYSTEM - A method for gradually adjusting screen brightness when switching an operating system is provided. The method is used for gradually adjusting the brightness of a screen of an electronic device by a controller thereof when the electronic device is switched from a first operating system to a second operating system. First, an operating system switching signal is received. Then, a first brightness value of the first operating system is obtained. The screen brightness is gradually adjusted from the first brightness value to a predetermined second brightness value. Afterwards, the first operating system is switched to the second operating system, and the screen brightness is further adjusted from the second brightness value back to the first brightness value. Accordingly, a user can sense the switching of the operating system more intuitively and has enough time to get used to the change of the screen brightness and the displayed frame. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058888 | TIMING CONTROLLER, DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING GAMMA VOLTAGE - A timing controller is provided. The timing controller comprises a data analyzer, a gain processor, an operator unit and an original gamma voltage generator. The present invention utilizes the data analyzer to analyze a gray level distribution of video data, and then the gain processor selects a gain value. The operator unit converts an original gamma voltage produced by the original gamma voltage generator into an actual gamma voltage according to the gain value. Therefore, the present invention adaptively adjusts the gamma voltage according to the gray level distribution of the video data for increasing display quality. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058889 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER - A display panel driver including a selector circuit provided between a holding circuit and a converter circuit is disclosed. The display panel driver replaces a bit value of a higher order bit of display data with a lower order bit thereof according to a test signal input to the selector circuit. | 03-05-2009 |
20090058890 | Display device - When one frame period of two consecutive frame periods is a frame A and a next frame period subsequent to the frame A is a frame B, a tone requested from an external system is displayed in each sub-pixel by displaying two tones during the two frame periods including the frame A and the frame B, display data of an image A displayed during a period of the frame A and display data of an image B displayed during a period of the frame B are display data generated based on the display data and a video line driving circuit supplies, as tone voltages corresponding to the display data, a first set of tone voltages to video lines during the period of the frame A and a second set of tone voltages to the video lines during the period of the frame B subsequent to the frame A. | 03-05-2009 |
20090066731 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CORRECTING DISPLAY CHARACTERISTIC THEREOF - An image display device and a method for correcting a display characteristic thereof are provided. The image display device includes a composite color luminance determination unit which determines luminance of a composite color using luminance of a neutral color and luminance of a pure chromatic color, a display unit which displays an image signal using the luminance of the neutral color and the luminance of the pure chromatic color and the determined luminance of the composite color, a display characteristic measurement unit which measures a display characteristic parameter from the displayed image signal, and a display characteristic correction unit which corrects a display characteristic according to a result of comparing the measured display characteristic parameter and a preset target value. Accordingly, an accurate gamma correction can be performed. | 03-12-2009 |
20090066732 | LCD PANEL DRIVING CIRCUIT - The present invention provides an LCD panel driving circuit capable of suppressing unevenness in gradation even by a centralized amplifier system. In the LCD panel driving circuit, a source driver includes source terminals. The source terminals are sectioned into three source terminal groups. Decoder groups, bus wirings and amplifier groups are respectively assigned to the three source terminal groups by ones, and the LCD panel is driven by a centralized amplifier system every section. | 03-12-2009 |
20090079767 | Source driver, electro-optical device, and electronic instrument - A source driver supplies a grayscale voltage to a liquid crystal capacitor and a storage capacitor provided in parallel with the liquid crystal capacitor, a voltage that changes in synchronization with a polarity inversion timing being applied to one end of the storage capacitor. The source driver includes an offset value calculation section that calculates an offset value based on grayscale data corresponding to respective color components of one pixel, a grayscale data correction section that corrects the grayscale data using the offset value corresponding to the respective color components, and a source line driver section that drives a source line corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data that has been corrected by the grayscale data correction section. The source line driver section drives the source line corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data that has been corrected by the grayscale data correction section, and then drives the source lines corresponding to the respective color components based on the grayscale data before being corrected by the grayscale data correction section. | 03-26-2009 |
20090085937 | Shared Buffer Display Panel Drive Methods and Systems - Methods of driving source lines and/or circuits/systems for driving source lines are provided. Source lines of a display device are driven by comparing first data for driving a first buffer associated with a first source line of the display device and second data for driving a second buffer associated with a second source line of the display device and selectively disabling the second buffer and driving the second source line of the display device with the first buffer based on the comparison of the first and second data. | 04-02-2009 |
20090091587 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a first display plate, a first electrode and a second electrode disposed on the first display plate, a second display plate, a third electrode disposed on the second display plate, and a liquid crystal layer disposed between the first display plate and the second display plate. The liquid crystal layer includes liquid crystal molecules oriented substantially perpendicular to the first display plate and the second display plate in a state where no voltage is applied to the first to third electrodes. When a display state is to change from a first grayscale in a first grayscale region to a second grayscale in a second grayscale region, a return voltage, which is larger than the sum of the common voltage and a threshold voltage of the liquid crystal molecules, is applied to the first electrode and the second electrode for at least a specified period before the first drive voltage and the second drive voltage, which correspond to the second grayscale, are applied to the first electrode and the second electrode. | 04-09-2009 |
20090091588 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING METHOD AND CIRCUIT - In a liquid crystal driving method and circuit, a pixel of a display is driven from an initial pixel value associated with a previous frame to a target pixel value of a current frame by an overdrive gray value. The overdrive gray value is determined by an overdrive curve, the initial pixel value, and the target pixel value. The overdrive curve is simulated from a polynomial function. | 04-09-2009 |
20090091589 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided an organic light-emitting element comprising at least one light-emitting layer between a pair of electrodes formed on a substrate and at least two or more light emission center materials included in the light-emitting layer, and that the at least one or more light emission center materials include a phosphorescent light-emitting material, and an excitation lifetime of the light emission center material that emits light having a shortest wavelength is shorter than an excitation lifetime of the other light emission center material, whereby a high-efficiency organic light-emitting element without decreasing a color purity of white light emission can be obtained. | 04-09-2009 |
20090096815 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND COLOR CONVERSION PROCESSING METHOD - A color conversion processing execution portion | 04-16-2009 |
20090096816 | DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A data driver includes a D/A conversion circuit that receives grayscale data and outputs a first grayscale voltage and a second grayscale voltage corresponding to the grayscale data by time division in each of first to Nth sampling periods, and first to Nth data line driver circuits that share the D/A conversion circuit. Each of the first to Nth data line driver circuits includes a grayscale generation amplifier that samples the first grayscale voltage and the second grayscale voltage output from the D/A conversion circuit in a corresponding sampling period among the first to Nth sampling periods, and generates a grayscale voltage between the first grayscale voltage and the second grayscale voltage. | 04-16-2009 |
20090096817 | D/A CONVERSION CIRCUIT, DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A D/A conversion circuit includes a first D/A converter and a second D/A converter that respectively output a first voltage and a second voltage. An ith two-input selector among a plurality of input selectors of the first D/A converter selects a (4i+1)th input voltage or a (4i+3)th input voltage based on input data, and outputs the selected input voltage to a selector of a selector block in the subsequent stage. An ith three-input selector among a plurality of three-input selectors of the second D/A converter selects a 4ith input voltage, a (4i+2)th input voltage, or a (4i+4)th input voltage based on the input data, and outputs the selected input voltage to a selector of a selector block in the subsequent stage. | 04-16-2009 |
20090096818 | DATA DRIVER, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A data driver includes a D/A conversion circuit, a switch circuit, and a data line driver circuit. The switch circuit includes a first switch element provided between a first voltage output node of the D/A conversion circuit and a first input node of a grayscale generation amplifier, a second switch element that is provided between a second voltage output node of the D/A conversion circuit and the first input node and is exclusively turned ON/OFF with respect to the first switch element, a third switch element provided between the first voltage output node and a second input node, and a fourth switch element that is provided between the second voltage output node and the second input node and is exclusively turned ON/OFF with respect to the third switch element. | 04-16-2009 |
20090102864 | DRIVING METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A driving method for color sequential display, for displaying a frame during a frame period, is provided. The frame period includes a plurality of sub-frame periods, and a compensation period is included between adjacent sub-frame periods. The driving method includes the following steps. During a plurality of sub-frame periods, a first color light, a second color light, and a third color light are used respectively as a light source of the color sequential display. A fourth color light is used as the light source of the color sequential display during a plurality of compensation periods. | 04-23-2009 |
20090102865 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PIXEL - A method for driving a pixel is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining a first predetermined gray-level and a second predetermined gray-level which are corresponding to a target gray-level according to the target gray-level of the pixel, wherein an equivalent gray-level of sum of the first predetermined gray-level and the second predetermined gray-level is equal to the target gray-level, thereafter, generating a first driving voltage and a second driving voltage according to the first predetermined gray-level and the second predetermined gray-level for respectively driving a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel within the pixel during a frame period. The first driving voltage is greater than the second driving voltage when the equivalent gray-level is small than a first setting gray-level; the first driving voltage is small than the second driving voltage when the equivalent gray-level is greater than the first setting gray-level. | 04-23-2009 |
20090102866 | LIGHTING CONTROL APPARATUS USING DIGITAL SIGMA-DELTA MODULATION - There is provided a lighting control apparatus using digital sigma-delta modulation, the apparatus including: a control part supplying a brightness control signal; a sigma-delta modulation part generating a carry signal according to the brightness control signal of the control part and a predetermined threshold signal by using a sigma-delta modulation method; and a lighting driving part generating a driving current according to the carry signal of the sigma-delta modulation part and supplying the generated driving current to a lighting part. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109246 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF FOR SAVING POWER - A display apparatus and a control method thereof, wherein output of a backlight is reduced depending on the remaining amount of a battery or a pixel of an input image, and a brightness value of an output image is increased to compensate for the reduced output of the backlight. A display apparatus according to the present invention includes a display controller for controlling brightness of an image displayed on a display panel and output of a backlight of the display panel; and a control unit for detecting the remaining amount of a battery and controlling the display controller in accordance with the remaining amount of the battery. The control unit includes an operation unit for calculating an output value of the backlight and a pixel brightness correction value of the output image. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109247 | DISPLAY PANEL CONTROL DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - To provide a display panel control device capable of preventing generation of step-like tailing and ghost when executing black insertion drive. A first correction device performs first correction on a gradation value of a video signal by considering response delay of the display panel when changing from a second gradation voltage to a first gradation voltage. A second correction device performs second correction on one of or both of the gradation value of the video signal and the gradation voltage of a monochrome image signal by considering accumulative luminance reaching delay of the video part caused due to a difference between each monochrome display luminance of each monochrome image part in different unit frame cycle periods, when the gradation value of the video signal changes from a unit frame cycle period to another unit frame cycle period. A monochrome image insertion drive control device generates the monochrome image inserted video signal including the video part and the monochrome image part to which the first correction or the second correction is performed, and controls the monochrome image insertion drive of the display panel. | 04-30-2009 |
20090115800 | MULTI-VIEW DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-view display device ( | 05-07-2009 |
20090115801 | ELECTRON EMISSION DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electron emission display adapted to reduce or prevent non-uniformity of brightness between pixels and distortion of the white balance. The electron emission display includes a display region, a data driver, and a compensation unit. The display region has a plurality of pixels, each pixel comprising a plurality of sub-pixels. The data driver is coupled to the display region, and is configured to generate a data signal for driving the pixels to display an image. The compensation unit receives brightness data and image data, compensates the image data for a pixel, and outputs compensated image data to the data driver. To this end, the compensation unit includes a first compensation coefficient estimator and a second compensation coefficient estimator. The first compensation coefficient estimator receives brightness data of respective sub-pixels and estimates a plurality of first compensation coefficients such that the sub-pixels would emit the same brightness in response to the same data. The second compensation coefficient estimator estimates a second compensation coefficient commonly applied to the sub-pixels of the single pixel. | 05-07-2009 |
20090115802 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display device includes: a first detection section configured to detect the light intensity around a display area; a second detection section configured to detect the dark current when light is shielded; and a comparator configured to compare the difference output between the first and second detection section against a given reference value. The display device controls the light intensity supplied to the display area according to the comparison result of the comparator. | 05-07-2009 |
20090115803 | OPTIMAL BACKLIGHTING DETERMINATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - To have an optimal use of a display for displaying particular, e.g. chromatically biased, image content, described is a method of calculating an optimal first and second backlight driving level, for a color display having a backlight which can be controlled to produce a first amount of light with a first spectrum in accordance with the first backlight driving level and a second amount of light with a second spectrum in accordance with the second backlight driving level, and the color display having a first and second light transmission valve plus color filter combination, arranged to create from the backlight spectra a respective first and second color primary light output, the chromaticity of at least one of the color primaries depending on the first and second backlight driving level, wherein the first and second backlight driving levels are determined so that a gamut of at least a part of a picture to be displayed is optimally covered by the gamut realizable by the display with the first and second backlight driving level. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122086 | LIGHT CONTROL PICTURE FRAME - A light control picture frame system and method including a processor ( | 05-14-2009 |
20090122087 | DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display device capable of delivering adequate video display performance even when a lighting period of a backlight is varied in accordance with the content or the like of image data. The device has circuits ( | 05-14-2009 |
20090122088 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A plasma display device in which a single frame of an inputted video signal is divided into a plurality of subfields to display gray levels according to a combination of the subfields. The highest gray level among the gray levels of an image of a single frame is detected by using the inputted single frame of video signal. When the highest gray level is lower than a first gray level, a first number of subfields among the plurality of subfields are set with the same weight value. When the highest gray level is lower than a second gray level that is higher than the first gray level, a second number of subfields that is smaller than the first number, among the plurality of subfields, are set with the same weight value to display the gray levels of the single frame. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122089 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus that displays an image on the basis of image signals of sub-pixels of first, second, and third color components forming a pixel includes a first light modulating unit that modulates light of the first color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the first color component, a second light modulating unit that modulates light of the second color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the second color component, and a third light modulating unit that modulates light of the third color component on the basis of the image signal of the sub-pixel of the third color component. The first to third light modulating units are provided such that display sub-pixels corresponding to the sub-pixels that use the lights modulated by the first to third light modulating units shift in a first direction that is a horizontal direction or a vertical direction of the image. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122090 | Data line driving circuit, electro-optic device, and electronic apparatus - To adjust brightness of an electro-optic device for each pixel. A data line driving circuit includes a DAC for generating a gray-scale current according to gray-scale data representing gray-scales of pixels, and a DAC for generating a correction current for correcting the brightness of the pixels. The data line driving circuit generates a voltage according to a current obtained by adding the correction current generated in the DAC to the gray-scale current in the DAC and applies the generated voltage to each data line. | 05-14-2009 |
20090128583 | Image display device and method capable of adjusting brightness - Provided is an image display device capable of adjusting brightness. The image display device includes a brightness determining unit that determines the brightness of image data, applied from outside, so as to output a backlight selection signal and a contrast selection signal; a backlight control unit that is connected to the brightness determining unit and outputs a backlight driving voltage for supplying backlight with brightness corresponding to the backlight selection signal; a contrast control unit that is connected to the brightness determining unit and outputs an image output signal for outputting an image of which the contrast is adjusted to correspond to the contrast selection signal; and an image display unit that is connected to the backlight control unit and the contrast control unit and receives the backlight driving voltage and the image output signal so as to display an image in which the brightness of the backlight and the contrast of the image data are respectively adjusted. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128584 | Apparatuses and methods for converting sub-pixel data using pipe-lined dithering modules - A sub-pixel data conversion apparatus may include: a gamma correction block that converts input sub-pixel data to first sub-pixel data; and a dithering process block that generates a first dithering mask pattern and that performs a first dithering operation on the first sub-pixel data to a second sub-pixel data based on the generated first dithering mask pattern. A sub-pixel data gamma correction method may include setting error data for gamma correction on sub-pixel data and extracting error data corresponding to input sub-pixel data, adding the extracted error data and the input sub-pixel data, and converting the input sub-pixel data to first sub-pixel data based on a result of the addition. A sub-pixel data dithering method may include: generating a first dithering mask pattern and performing a first dithering operation; and generating a second dithering mask pattern and performing a second dithering operation. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128585 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electrophoretic display device including a display section in which an electrophoretic element containing electrophoretic particles is sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and which has pixels is provided. The electrophoretic display device includes pixel electrodes formed on one of the pair of substrates, each of the pixel electrodes being formed for a corresponding pixel, a counter electrode formed on the other of the pair of substrates, the counter electrode being common to the pixels, pixel switching elements, each of which is provided for a corresponding pixel, and memory circuits, each of which is provided for a corresponding pixel and is connected between a corresponding pixel switching element and a corresponding pixel electrode. Each of the memory circuits includes a transfer inverter having an input terminal connected to the pixel switching element and an output terminal connected to the pixel electrode, a feedback inverter having an input terminal connected to the output terminal of the transfer inverter and an output terminal connected to the pixel switching element, and a resistance element connected between the feedback inverter and a low-potential power-supply terminal, a resistance of the resistance element being higher than an on-state resistance of an n-type transistor included in the feedback inverter, and being lower than an off-state resistance of the n-type transistor. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128586 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING THE SAME AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A data processing apparatus which revises n-bit image data, includes a frame memory which stores therein n−m bit image data of a previous frame; a memory interface which outputs n-bit revision data including upper n−m bits having n−m bit image data of the previous frame outputted by the frame memory and lower m bits having fixed data corresponding to a decimal value 1; a first reviser which revises a color temperature of current frame image data by using n-bit image data of a current frame and the revision data; and a second reviser which revises a gray scale of the current frame image data by using the image data outputted by the first reviser and the revision data. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128587 | COLOR REPRODUCTION SYSTEM, COLOR REPRODUCTION DEVICE, COLOR REPRODUCTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDED WITH COLOR REPRODUCTION PROGRAM - In a color reproduction system for displaying an image subjected to color conversion processing by a server side system on a monitor device of a user side system, the server side system comprises a first storage unit for storing a multi-spectrum image, a second storage unit for storing color reproduction characteristic information, which is information relating to a color reproduction characteristic when the image is displayed on the monitor device, a server side communication unit for receiving the color reproduction requirement information transmitted from the user side communication unit via the network, and a color conversion processing unit for obtaining, from the second storage unit, color reproduction characteristic information corresponding to the color reproduction requirement information, and performing color conversion processing on the multi-spectrum image on the basis of the obtained color reproduction characteristic information. | 05-21-2009 |
20090128588 | Color display system - An image display apparatus is disclosed in this invention. The image display apparatus includes a light source for emitting an illumination light, at least one spatial light modulator for receiving and applying an image signal for modulating illumination light from the light source, and a control circuit for controlling the light source and/or the spatial light modulator to project a modulated light for image display having different gray scale characteristics between at least two successive frames. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135205 | DISPLAY METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A display method for a color sequential display is disclosed. The display method includes following steps. First, a frame is displayed by four color signals of a red signal, a green signal, a blue signal and a compensation signal. Next, a frame period is divided into eight subframe periods according to a sequence. Next, three of the said four color signals are selected and arranged in a sequence. And then, the selected three color signals are respectively displayed at the first, the second and the third subframe periods according to the sequence and respectively displayed at the fourth, the fifth and the sixth subframe periods according to the same sequence. After that, the unselected color signal of the said four color signals is displayed at the seventh and the eighth subframe periods. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135206 | Color management system with advance function module and color management process for display device - A color management system for display device includes a color management controller, a color sensor, and an advance function module configured to implement a process (a) or a process (b) applied to multiple PWM signals generated from the color management controller. Process (a) includes the steps of using a reset signal generated by and synchronized with an image signal, and a counter with special bit length and counting frequency to generate a reference signal synchronized with the image signal, and using the reference signal to synchronize the PWM signals with the image signal as output. Process (b) includes the steps of using a reset signal with special frequency and a counter with special bit length and counting frequency to generate multiple synchronized reference signals with respective different phases, and generating multiple synchronized PWM signals with respective different phases as output by the use of the reference signals. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135207 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a display panel and a driving circuit. The display panel has a pixel including red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels. The driving circuit receives a display signal and provides at least a first luminance weighting and a second luminance weighting of the red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels respectively. The display device selects one of the first luminance weighting and the second luminance weighting to drive the pixel according to the different operating modes of the display device. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135208 | Image display apparatus - An image display apparatus may include a light source, a spatial light modulation element, light quantity adjustment section, image correction section and re-adjustment section. The re-adjustment section may perform re-adjustment such that, of a light quantity adjustment target and a luminance level correction target, at least the luminance level correction target is re-adjusted to a value in an opposite direction from a correction direction by the image correction section, in a case that a final display luminance level, representing a luminance of the light modulated by the spatial modulation element, is higher than a predetermined luminance level, where the luminance level correction target represents a correction target value in the luminance level of the video signal, employed by the image correction section, and the light quantity adjustment target represents a adjustment target value in the light quantity, employed by the light quantity adjustment section. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135209 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device that includes scanning lines divided into two or more groups and two or more common electrodes that correspond to the two or more groups of scanning lines. The driving circuit includes a data line driving circuit and a common signal supply circuit. The driving circuit divides one field of one of the pixels into sub-fields and applies the one of the pixels with on or off voltages during the sub-fields to achieve a desired gray-scale level. During one specific sub-field, the data line driving circuit supplies a data signal of an off voltage regardless of the gray-scale level for the pixel. After the specific sub-field ends, the common signal supply circuit switches a voltage applied to a common electrode of that corresponds to the group of scanning lines that includes the selected scanning line. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135210 | VIDEO PROCESSING APPARATUS AND VIDEO PROCESSING METHOD - There are provided a video processing apparatus and a video processing method. The video processing apparatus includes: a video processing part which performs video processing to display a video on a display module which includes a plurality of light emitting devices corresponding to basic colors; and a controller which adjusts the luminous intensity of the light emitting devices on the basis of luminance change between an arbitrary pixel and a pixel adjacent to the arbitrary pixel so that a difference between light-remaining times of the light emitting devices is not larger than a predetermined value. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135211 | IMAGE DISPLAYING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ELIMINATING MURA DEFECT - Image displaying systems comprising a pixel array, a memory, a parameter selector and a compensator. The memory stores compensation parameter sets of a plurality of specific pixels of the pixel array. According to driving signals of the pixel array, the parameter selector determines a target pixel that the system is going to drive, and then determines whether the target pixel is one of the specific pixels andrequires to be compensated for mura defect. When the target pixel is one of the specific pixels and requires to be compensated for mura defect, the parameter selector outputs a memory address for retrieving the corresponding compensation parameter set from the memory. Based on the retrieved compensation parameter set and an original gray level of the target pixel, the compensator generates a compensated gray level to replace the original gray level to drive the target pixel. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135212 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD FOR THE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A light emitting device, a driving method thereof, and a display device are provided. The light emitting device includes: a controller for generating a light emission signal according to an input video signal; a column driver for generating a light emission data signal corresponding to the light emission signal; and a plurality of scan lines for transmitting a plurality of scan signals, a plurality of column lines for transmitting a plurality of light emission data signals, and a plurality of light emission pixels at crossing regions of the plurality of scan lines and the plurality of column lines. The controller is configured to sum gray levels corresponding to the input video signal of a single frame, to calculate a load ratio corresponding to the sum, to calculate a conversion ratio corresponding to the load ratio, and to increase the light emission data signal according to the conversion ratio. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141049 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING OPTICAL PARAMETER USING FORWARD VOLTAGE OF LED AND METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for compensating an optical parameter, and a display method thereof are disclosed, the display apparatus including a display, an optical source unit, a voltage detection unit which measures the forward voltage of an optical source, and a control unit which controls driving of the optical source unit using a forward voltage of the at least one optical source. Accordingly, the variation of optical parameter is accurately compensated, and the cost for fabricating a temperature sensor and the time for measuring the temperature are reduced. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141050 | IMAGE SIGNAL CONVERTING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - The controlling unit | 06-04-2009 |
20090141051 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR LUMINANCE OF AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY - A method of compensating for luminance of an organic light emitting diode is provided. In an embodiment, an operational current of a dummy organic light emitting diode of a color is utilized to simulate the condition that a real pixel current attenuates with time, and a feedback current is outputted accordingly. A compensating voltage is generated according to the feedback current, and is used to regulates the data current inputted to the real pixel so as to compensate for the luminance of the real pixel of the color. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147028 | Data and power distribution system and method for a large scale display - A system and method distributes data and power in a robust manner for a large scale LED display. Master modules of the display are capable of receiving a data stream on any one of four data ports. The master modules extract the data for its module and an associated group of slave modules from a data stream received on one port and send the received data stream to three other master modules via the other three data ports. Unregulated D.C. power is distributed from one or more power hubs to the master modules which in turn distribute regulated D.C. power to their associated slave modules. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147029 | Multi-frame overdriving circuit and method and overdriving unit of liquid crystal display - A multi-frame overdriving circuit for use in a liquid crystal display including a counting unit and a multi-frame overdriving unit is provided. The counting unit counts a number m of frame periods for which a pixel data corresponding to a pixel keeps a first gray value, wherein m is a positive integer. When the pixel data changes to a second gray value from the first gray value in a first frame period, the multi-frame overdriving unit respectively outputs y multi-frame overdriving pixel data corresponding to the pixel within successive y frame periods starting from the first frame period. The y multi-frame overdriving pixel data are related to the first gray value, the second gray value and the number m of frame periods, wherein y is a positive integer. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147030 | LCD Driver IC and Method for Operating the Same - A liquid crystal display (LCD) driver integrated circuit (IC) is provided. The LCD driver IC, according to an embodiment, can include gamma reference buffers built in respective source drivers, where an output connection resistance is provided for connecting an output of a gamma reference buffer of one source driver to an output of a gamma reference buffer of another source driver. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147031 | PROJECTION SYSTEM AND PROJECTOR - A projection system includes: a first image forming unit which releases the first image light; a second image forming unit which releases the second image light; a polarization combining system which combines the first image light and the second image light; a projection unit which projects the first image light and second image light combined; a pixel shift control unit which controls a pixel shift unit; a display timing control unit which controls display timing; and an image display control unit having a function which controls the pixel shift control unit and a function which controls the display timing control unit. The image display control unit performs the pixel shifting control when the image is a still image, and performs at least display timing control out of the pixel shifting control and the display timing control when the image is a dynamic image. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147032 | Organic light emitting display and method of driving the same - There is provided a method of driving an organic light emitting display capable of displaying an image with uniform brightness. The method includes storing a brightness characteristic corresponding to emission time of an organic light emitting diode (OLED), adding first data supplied in units of frames by pixels to generate accumulated data, extracting accumulated data of a pixel to which currently supplied first data is to be supplied and calculating maximum brightness corresponding to emission time of the extracted accumulated data, calculating maximum brightness corresponding to emission time of largest accumulated data among the accumulated data, controlling a bit value of the first data using maximum brightness of a pixel to which the first data is to be supplied and maximum brightness of the largest accumulated data to generate second data, and controlling a voltage value of a first power source supplied to the pixels in response to the maximum brightness of the largest accumulated data. | 06-11-2009 |
20090153590 | SPOKE SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM WITH VARIABLE INTENSITY ILLUMINATOR - A spoke synchronization technique allowing for lamp-pulsing synchronizes a spoke based on sub-arrays of a spatial light modulator. The lamp pulsing occurs during the spoke synchronization; and the lamp pulse for pulsing the lamp spans substantially across the entire spoke synchronization time period. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153591 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - A control method of a display apparatus having a display panel formed with a plurality of pixels is provided. The method includes: detecting high gray level pixels having gray scale values greater than a predetermined high gray scale value; detecting a highlight zone including the detected high gray level pixels, wherein a gray scale value difference between boundary pixels of the highlight zone and adjacent pixels is greater than a predetermined reference difference; and applying a gray scale value greater than a gray scale value of the high gray level pixels to a surrounding zone adjacent to the highlight zone. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153592 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD OF CORRECTION DATA USING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A signal processing device includes a memory in which a color correction data is stored. The memory stores a first color correction data having the same number of bits as an input image data and a second color correction data having fewer number of bits than the input image data. The number of color correction data corresponding to a low gray-scale range increases and the number of color correction data corresponding to a high gray-scale range decreases by the same amount that the number of the color correction data corresponding to the low gray-scale range increased. Thus, a color characteristic corresponding to the low gray-scale range may be improved without changing the total number of color correction data. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153593 | Data driving device and liquid crystal display device using the same - A gray scale voltage generator includes a voltage dividing resistor string to generate blue (B), red (R), and green (G) gamma voltage signals, the voltage dividing resistor string including a B gamma voltage signal generating section, a R/G gamma voltage generating section, and a common (COM) gamma voltage generating section to individually control a B gray scale voltage and a R/G gray scale voltage to maintain a constant color temperature. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153594 | Apparatus and method for driving liquid crystal display panel - A liquid crystal display device is provided with a liquid crystal display panel, and a data driver IC that drives the liquid crystal display panel. The liquid crystal display panel is provided with a gate line, first and second data lines, and a pixel that includes a first sub-pixel connected to the gate line and the first data line and a second sub-pixel connected to the gate line and the second data line. The data driver IC is provided with a gamma correction circuitry and a drive circuitry. The gamma correction circuitry generates first gamma-corrected data by performing gamma correction on externally received image data in accordance with a first gamma curve, and generates second gamma-corrected data by performing gamma correction on the image data in accordance with a second gamma curve. The drive circuitry drives the first data line in response to the first gamma-corrected data and drives the second data line in response to the second gamma-corrected data. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153595 | INFUSION PUMP WITH CONFIGURABLE SCREEN SETTINGS - A method and apparatus provides for configuring the backlight brightness level. The backlight brightness level can be configured at the drug library and/or at the medical device, thereby improving the flexibility a user has in changing backlight parameters. A method and apparatus for managing a power saving mode allows the user to configure the power saving program at the drug library and/or at the medical device. | 06-18-2009 |
20090153596 | IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAYING DEVICE, AND CONTRAST-ADJUSTING CIRCUIT FOR USE THEREWITH - A system provides an image displaying technique that provides stable high contrast even in an area having high brightness. Based on information about an average brightness level of a digital luminance signal, black-correction processing which decreases a brightness level by offsetting the brightness level to the minus side, and increase processing which increases a contrast gain within a dynamic range, are performed for an analog luminance signal or a digital luminance signal, enabling improvement in contrast even where brightness is intense. | 06-18-2009 |
20090160877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING AN IMAGE DISPLAYED ON AN LCD DEVICE - A method and apparatus for image enhancement in a display illuminated by a lighting device. Enhancement is via use of a non-linear mapping function. An illumination level for the lighting device is determined and used with the mapping function to find a compensation factor for each pixel of the image. The brightness property of each pixel is adjusted by its compensation factor. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160878 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF DISPLAY CALIBRATION - Device, system, and method for display calibration. For example, an apparatus includes: one or more color sensors, embedded within a body of a mobile device, to measure one or more color attributes of a visual element displayed by a display unit of the mobile device when a lid of the mobile device is in a closed position; and a color calibrator to calibrate one or more parameters of the display unit based on the one or more color attributes measured by the one or more color sensors. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160879 | Data driver using a gamma selecting signal, a flat panel display with the same and a driving method therefor - A data driver using a gamma selecting signal, a flat panel display with the same and a driving method therefor are provided. A first to a fourth data lines are electrically connected to a first left sub-pixel, a first right sub-pixel, a second right sub-pixel and a second left sub-pixel, respectively. The data driver includes a first, a second, a third and a fourth gray level generating units for outputting a first set of positive gray voltage, a second set of negative gray voltage, a second set of positive gray voltage and a first set of negative gray voltage, respectively. The data driver drivers these sub-pixels according to the first set of positive gray voltage, the second set of negative gray voltage, the second set of positive gray voltage and the first set of negative gray voltage under the control of a polarity inversion signal and a gamma selecting signal. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160880 | Organic electroluminescent display device and method of driving the same - An organic electroluminescent display device, includes: a gray level extractor that extracts gray levels of frame data signals for a frame image; an image type determiner that determines a type of the frame image using a distribution of the gray levels of the frame data signals, the type of the frame image being one of a low-gray-level type, a medium-gray-level type and a high-gray-level type; a gamma reference voltage generator that selects a set of gamma reference voltages based upon the image type; a data driver converting the frame data signals into frame data voltages using the selected set of gamma reference voltages; a timing controller that supplies the frame data signals to the data driver; and a display area including pixels having an organic light emitting diode that display the frame image. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160881 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - An integrated circuit device includes first to Nth memory blocks that are disposed along a first direction, and first to Nth data driver blocks that are disposed along the first direction in a second direction with respect to the first to Nth memory blocks. A Jth memory block among the first to Nth memory blocks dot-sequentially reads subpixel image data and outputs the subpixel image data to a corresponding Jth data driver block among the first to Nth data driver blocks, the subpixel image data being image data corresponding to at least one subpixel. The Jth data driver block receives the subpixel image data from the Jth memory block, and outputs a data signal corresponding to the subpixel image data. | 06-25-2009 |
20090160882 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - An integrated circuit device includes first to Nth memory blocks disposed along a first direction, a power supply circuit, and a data driver disposed in a second direction with respect to the first to Nth memory blocks. The power supply circuit includes an analog reference power supply voltage output circuit that outputs an analog reference power supply voltage. The analog reference power supply voltage output circuit is disposed between an Mth memory block and an (M+1)th memory block among the first to Nth memory blocks. An analog reference power supply line is provided in an area of the data driver along the first direction, | 06-25-2009 |
20090167788 | METHOD OF INCREASING COLOR GAMUT OF A COLOR DISPLAY - A method of increasing color gamut of a color display includes grouping subpixels of R, G, and B primary colors of a pixel by grouping R, G, and B light sources of the color display with a corresponding light intensity adjustment mechanism based on an overlapping degree between two response spectrums of the light sources such that response spectrums of the light intensity adjustment mechanism of the same group have a least overlapping with that of other groups; and enabling groups of R, G, and B subpixels, activating R, G, and B light source and the corresponding light intensity adjustment mechanism, and disabling the remaining groups of subpixels all by turns for creating a vivid complete picture by time division color-mixing | 07-02-2009 |
20090167789 | Methods and Systems for Backlight Modulation with Image Characteristic Mapping - Elements of the present invention relate to systems and methods for selecting a display source light illumination level. Aspects of some embodiments also comprise methods and systems for temporal filtering of a display source light illumination level. | 07-02-2009 |
20090167790 | IMAGE-DRIVING METHOD AND DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A image-driving method for a display includes receiving an image frame and registering at least a part of the image frame, wherein the image frame is divided into a prior-part frame and a post-part frame; respectively conducting a first luminance adjustment on the prior-part frame and the post-part frame so as to take the adjustment results as a first part of a first image frame and a first part of a second image frame; filling the previous received image frame after a second luminance processing into a second part of the first image frame; filling the presently received image frame after a second luminance processing into a second part of the second image frame; outputting the complete first image frame and the complete second image frame for successive displaying. | 07-02-2009 |
20090174730 | DATA DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A data driving apparatus and a method thereof are disclosed. When the data driving apparatus of the present invention receives a gray level digital value provided by a timing controller (T-con), the data driving apparatus provides a correction/compensation gray level voltage thereby for producing a precise pixel voltage to drive pixels inside an LCD panel of an LCD according to a gamma lookup table and a correction transmissivity lookup table. Therefore, a final color displayed on the LCD can be accorded with the color established by the ideal gamma curve. | 07-09-2009 |
20090174731 | Photo sensor and flat panel display using the same - A photo sensor capable of improved output used in a flat panel display (FPD). The photo sensor includes a first transistor coupled to a first power source, a first node, and a second node. A photo diode is also provided, as well as a second transistor, a third transistor, a fourth transistor, a fifth transistor, and a first capacitor. | 07-09-2009 |
20090179923 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - An electro-optic display, having at least one pixel capable of achieving any one of at least four different gray levels including two extreme optical states, is driven by displaying a first image on the display, and rewriting the display to display a second image thereon, wherein, during the rewriting of the display, any pixel which has undergone a number of transitions exceeding a predetermined value without touching an extreme optical state, is driven to at least one extreme optical state before driving that pixel to its final optical state in the second image. | 07-16-2009 |
20090184983 | Displaying apparatus, displaying panel driver and displaying panel driving method - A display apparatus includes a display panel; and a display panel driver configured to drive signal lines of the display panel. The display panel driver includes: a color reducing circuit configured to be possible to generate a first color reduction image data from a first input image data by executing an error diffusion process by using a first error value, and to generate a second color reduction image data from the first input image data by executing the error diffusion process by using a second error value which is different from the first error value; and a driving section configured to drive a first pixel positioned on a horizontal line of the display panel in response to the first color reduction image data, and drive a second pixel positioned on the horizontal line and adjacent to a the first pixel in a horizontal direction, in response to the second color reduction image data. | 07-23-2009 |
20090184984 | DRIVE METHOD OF EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A drive method of an EL display apparatus that includes a display screen in which pixels each of which includes an EL element are provided in a form of a matrix. The drive method includes: aggregating or processing by use of a histogram an image signal applied to the EL display apparatus, and controlling a current flowing in the display panel according to at least one of a result of the aggregating the image signal or a result of the processing by use of the histogram. | 07-23-2009 |
20090184985 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING - A display driving circuit to supply a gray scale voltage corresponding to display data to a display panel, the display driving circuit including: a generation circuit to divide a reference voltage to generate a plurality of levels of the gray scale voltages; an interface circuit; a selection circuit to select the gray scale voltage corresponding to the display data from the plurality of levels of voltages; a first register to store a setting value that adjusts the amplitude of a gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; and a second register to store a setting value that adjusts the gradient of the gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; and a third register to store a setting value for micro adjusting the gamma characteristic curve from outside via the interface circuit; wherein the first, second and third registers are assigned different addresses. | 07-23-2009 |
20090189921 | Display Device and Method for Driving the Same - The invention provides a driving method of a semiconductor display device in which generation of a pseudo contour can be suppressed while the operating frequency of a driver circuit is suppressed. Furthermore, the invention provides a driving method of a semiconductor display device in which generation of a pseudo contour can be suppressed while the decrease in image quality is suppressed. In a semiconductor display device including a plurality of pixels, tables each storing data for determining a subframe period for light emission among a plurality of subframe periods are provided for a plurality of arbitrary pixels among the plurality of pixels respectively. The table is stored in a memory. | 07-30-2009 |
20090189922 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An image display apparatus includes a light-source driving circuit that drives a light source to cyclically change brightness. A control unit controls a pixel to turn on and off over a plurality of subfields in a field so that transmittance or reflectance in the pixel over the plurality of subfields in the field corresponds to a gray level specified for the pixel. The control unit also arranges the plurality of subfields such that two or more gray-level defining subfields maintain a predetermined relationship with respect to the cyclical change in brightness of the light source caused by drive of a light-source driving circuit. | 07-30-2009 |
20090189923 | Laser Projector - Disclosed is a laser projector to display an image having a predetermined number of gradations by a combination of n division gradations, each being set with a maximum luminance, comprising: a storage section to store a luminance value of each of the gradations, and division signals being associated with each other, each of the division signals corresponding to an intensity of each of the division gradations, and the division gradations being combined with each other to represent the luminance value; a determination section to determine the division signal of each of the division gradations corresponding to the luminance value of each pixel which constitutes the image; and a signal output section to divide a display period of the each pixel into n intervals, and to sequentially output the division signal of each of the division gradations to a light source in a predetermined order, in each of the intervals. | 07-30-2009 |
20090189924 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THEM - A display driving device for driving a plurality of display pixels provided with a light emitting element which performs color display, is provided with a signal converter which is supplied a display data including a plurality of color components corresponding to the plurality of display pixels and corresponds to a predetermined number of two or more display pixels having the light emitting elements of different light emission colors from each other, based on a single conversion characteristic, different gamma correction curves corresponding to the color component, which corresponds to the light emission color of each of the light emitting elements in the predetermined number of display pixels, are generated, the color component of the display data is converted with the use of each of the gamma correction curves, and a gradation signal for driving the light emitting element in each of the display pixels is generated. | 07-30-2009 |
20090195559 | Optical correction for high uniformity panel lights - A display has a spatial light modulator ( | 08-06-2009 |
20090195560 | Method of Driving Plasma Display Panel and Plasma Display Device - The present invention provides a method of driving a plasma display panel that displays an image with high brightness, high contrast, and high display quality by stabilizing selective initializing operation. To realize it, a plurality of subfields each having a setup period, an address period, and a sustain period are provided in one field period. Retention time for retaining voltages to be applied to a scan electrode and a sustain electrode is provided between time when voltage for weakening the final sustain discharge in the sustain period is applied to the sustain electrode and time when a ramp waveform voltage which decreases is applied to the scan electrode in the setup period in the following subfield. The retention time is controlled based on average brightness of image signals or ambient temperature. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195561 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A driving circuit of an electro-optical device includes a scanning line driving circuit and a data line driving circuit. When a writing scanning line is selected, the data line driving circuit supplies a data signal of an on or off voltage allocated to a sub-field corresponding to the selection in terms of a gray scale of the pixel corresponding to the selected one of the writing scanning lines and one of the data lines. Among the plurality of sub-fields, the length of a time period of the shortest sub-field is set shorter than the length of a time period required to select, by the scanning line driving circuit, the plurality of writing scanning lines. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195562 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A driving method for driving a display device is provided. The driving device includes at least a pixel. The pixel has a first, a second, and a third sub-pixels respectively associated with three primary colors. The driving method includes the steps of driving the first, second and third sub-pixels respectively in accordance with a first, a second and a third driving sequences during a first, a second and a third frame periods. Moreover, the first, the second and the third driving sequences are different from each other. A display device applying said driving method is also provided herein. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195563 | METHOD FOR DRIVING MATRIX DISPLAYS - A method is described for driving matrix displays which are made up of a plurality of lines with individual pixels, which lines are configured as rows and columns, wherein individual lines are driven selectively by rows being activated for a defined row addressing time and an operating current or a corresponding voltage being applied to the columns in correlation with the activated row corresponding to the desired brightness in the pixels. In order to improve the performance of the display, the row addressing time for each row is determined as a function of the maximum brightness of all the columns of the row. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195564 | Driving method in liquid crystal display - A driving method in a liquid crystal display comprises the steps of: (a) receiving a first signal in a first time period; (b) comparing the first signal with a predetermined signal; (c) outputting the predetermined signal when a value of the first signal being smaller than or equal to a value of the predetermined signal; (d) transforming the predetermined signal into a driving voltage to drive a pixel; and (e) receiving a second signal and generating an overdriving voltage according to the predetermined signal and the second signal to drive the pixel in a second time period. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195565 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROLLING METHOD, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A first gray scale area, and a second gray scale area are set for the liquid crystal display device of the invention. Both of the gray scale areas contain a plurality of gray scale values, and gray scale values in the second gray scale area are larger than those in the first gray scale area. When the image data belong to the first gray scale value, the image data is corrected such the lightness is increased. When the image data belong to the second gray scale area, the image data is not corrected, or corrected with a smaller correction amount. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195566 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving an electrophoretic display device having a display unit including a plurality of pixels in which electrophoretic elements each including electrophoretic particles are disposed between a pixel electrode and a common electrode that face each other. The method includes: forming a gray scale image in the display unit by applying a voltage between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of each of the plurality of pixels in accordance with image data that has three or more gray scale levels; having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in a high-impedance state to be electrically cut off only for a predetermined period after the forming of the gray scale image; applying a first pulse voltage that has a same polarity as the voltage applied in accordance with the image data having a highest gray scale level in the forming of the gray scale image between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of a pixel of the plurality of pixels to which the voltage is applied in accordance with the image data having the highest gray scale level after the having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in the high-impedance state; and applying a second pulse voltage that has a same polarity as the voltage applied in accordance with the image data having a lowest gray scale level in the forming of the gray scale image between the pixel electrode and the common electrode of a pixel of the plurality of pixels to which the voltage is applied in accordance with the image data having the lowest gray scale level after the having the pixel electrode and the common electrode in the high impedance state. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195567 | COLOR CALIBRATING METHOD, COLOR CALIBRATING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A color calibrating method includes receiving a color signal wherein the color signal is associated with a set of minimum brightness voltages and a set of maximum brightness voltages, analyzing a distribution of the set of the minimum brightness voltages and a voltage distribution of the set of the maximum brightness voltages to obtain a first distribution curve and a second distribution curve, and adjusting a maximum value of the first distribution curve to a first target value and adjusting a maximum value of the second distribution curve to a second target value. | 08-06-2009 |
20090195568 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - A bistable electro-optic display having a plurality of pixels each of which is capable of displaying at least three optical states, including two extreme optical states, is driven by the method comprising a first drive scheme capable of effecting transitions between all of the gray levels which can be displayed by the pixels; and a second drive scheme which contains only transitions ending at one of the extreme optical states of the pixels. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201317 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention reduces moving image blurring while suppressing the lowering of brightness, lowering of contrast and the increase of electricity necessary for light emission. A display device includes a first gradation voltage generation circuit which generates a first gradation voltage based on gradations of display data amounting to 1 screen displayed during 1 frame period, and a second gradation voltage generation circuit which generates a second gradation voltage based on the gradations of display data amounting of 1 screen displayed in 1 frame period, wherein the gradations of the respective pixels on the display data are displayed by performing a display based on the first gradation voltage and a display based on the second gradation voltage during 1 frame period. The first gradation voltage generation circuit and the second gradation voltage generation circuit respectively include a resistance voltage dividing circuit which is formed by connecting a plurality of resistances in series. In a region of the resistance voltage driving circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit where a plurality of resistances having a substantially fixed resistance value are continuously formed, a resistance of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the second gradation voltage generation circuit is changed from a value lower than the resistance value of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit to a value higher than the resistance value of the resistance voltage dividing circuit of the first gradation voltage generation circuit. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201318 | MULTI-LEVEL STOCHASTIC DITHERING WITH NOISE MITIGATION VIA SEQUENTIAL TEMPLATE AVERAGING - Displays, and methods of displaying images with the displays, which have quantized display characteristics for each of the pixels are disclosed. The displays and methods relate to both spatially and temporally dithering images so that the effective resolution of the display is higher than the result of the native spatial and intensity resolutions of the display, defined by pixel size, pitch, and number of quantization levels of each of the pixels. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201319 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE - The aim is to improve the display capability of a PDP at lower gray scale levels by driving the PDP in a manner to adjust the luminance of Gray Scale 1 to an appropriate level. According to the drive method, one TV field is divided into a plurality of subfields SF | 08-13-2009 |
20090207191 | METHOD FOR GAMMA CORRECTION AND A DEVICE HAVING GAMMA CORRECTION CAPABILITIES - A method and device for gamma compensation. The method includes: receiving a non-gamma compensated input; selecting, in response to the input value, a selected approximating interval out of a group of low-brightness approximating intervals and out of a group of high-brightness approximating intervals; wherein at least one low-brightness approximating interval is smaller than at least one high-brightness approximating interval and wherein at least one low-brightness approximating interval is smaller than at least one other low-brightness; wherein a low-brightness approximating interval is characterized by a low-brightness approximating interval slope and by a low-brightness approximating interval offset representative of an imaginary intersection point between a output value axis and between an imaginary line that extends from the low-brightness approximating interval towards the output value axis while having the low-brightness approximating interval slope; wherein a high-brightness approximating interval is characterized by a high-brightness approximating interval slope and by a high-brightness approximating interval offset representative of a start point of the high-brightness approximating interval; multiplying a portion of the input value by a selected approximating interval slope to provide an intermediate result; adding the intermediate result to a selected approximating interval offset to provide the gamma compensated output value; and outputting a gamma compensated output value. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207192 | Data line driving circuit outputting gradation signals in different timing, display device, and data line driving method - A neutralization switch is provided for each of the RGB (red, green and blue) colors to control the charge neutralization periods of those RGB colors respectively. Each of the neutralization switches has an on-resistance value that differs among the RBG colors. A low value is set for the on-resistance value of the neutralization switch of the data line corresponding to green of which visual sensitivity is high so as to shorten the charge neutralization period, thereby extending the driving periods in which the subsequent gradation signals are to be output respectively. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207193 | Lighting period setting method, display panel driving method, backlight driving method, lighting condition setting device, semiconductor device, display panel and electronic equipment - Disclosed herein is a lighting period setting method for a display panel which permits control of the peak luminance level by controlling the total lighting period length which is the sum of all lighting periods per field period, the lighting period setting method including the steps of, calculating the average luminance level across the screen based on input image data, determining light emission mode based on the calculated average luminance level, and setting the number, arrangement and lengths of lighting periods per field period according to the setting conditions defined for the determined light emission mode so as to provide the peak luminance level which is set according to the input image data. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207194 | DRIVING METHOD - A driving method adapted to driving an optical touch panel is provided. The optical touch panel is disposed on a backlight module and has a plurality of touch sensing elements. The touch sensing elements have a light-shading sensing mode and a light-reflecting sensing mode. The driving method includes sensing an intensity of an ambient light. When the intensity of the ambient light is greater than a reference, the touch sensing elements operate in the light-shading sensing mode. Alternately, when the intensity of the ambient light is smaller than the reference, the touch sensing elements operate in the light-reflecting sensing mode. The abovementioned driving method is help for the optical touch panel to accurately sensing in various conditions of different ambient lights such that the usage of the optical touch panel is more convenient. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213145 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COLOR TONE OR HUE OF IMAGE - A display device includes an image data receiving unit receiving image data, a liquid crystal display unit displaying an image based on the image data received by the image data receiving unit, a light source supplying light to the liquid crystal display unit, an input unit inputting information showing a use environment at a time of viewing an image displayed on the liquid crystal display unit, a luminance value calculating unit calculating a value for adjusting a color tone or hue of the light source or the image based on the inputted information, and a color adjusting unit adjusting the color tone or hue of the light source or the image based on the calculated value. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213146 | Display device - Provided is a display device capable of improving image quality. The display device includes a display panel, a gate driver, a data driver and a gamma reference voltage generator. In the display panel, gate lines and data lines cross each other to define a plurality of liquid crystal cells. The gate driver supplies a scan signal to the gate lines sequentially. The data diver supplies a data voltage to the data lines. The gamma reference voltage generator selectively supplies a gamma reference voltage or a reference voltage of black gradation to the data driver in each horizontal period, according to a selection control signal input from the timing controller. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213147 | SINGLE VIEW DISPLAY - A single view display of reduced power consumption is provided. The display comprises a display device for displaying the single view and an optical system for concentrating light modulated by the single view into a reduced angular range. A viewer direction determining system determines the direction of a viewer relative to the display and controls the display device and the optical system so that the angular range includes the direction of the viewer. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213148 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes a plurality of pixels, and feeders that commonly supply power to the plurality of pixels. In this image display device, each of the pixels has a light-emitting portion that emits light by a current supplied to the light-emitting portion, a driver that controls light emission of the light-emitting portion, and a switching portion electrically connected to the driver. The parasitic capacitance of the switching portion is determined with respect to each one pixel or one group of pixels according to the voltage drop of said feeder. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219305 | Ambient light script command encoding - Light script command encoding for intelligent ambient lighting to enhance video content allows many controlled operating parameters to be specified simultaneously for a plurality of ambient light units. Initialization or setting codes specify luminance, chrominance, and light character, while separable change codes specify changes in the controlled operating parameters. The change code can comprise a functional description of the desired change, including a change type and/or a rate parameter. Using change codes, an ambient light source can fully execute the change through a range of values without further command encoding, reducing required bandwidth. Setting and change codes can be entropy coded and packetized to allow separate communication via two distinct data sources, and storage in subcode or metaspaces. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219306 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A luminance correction system and method include: a data signal application module that applies a data signal to emit light at a maximum luminance; a luminance measurement module that measures luminance of a display region to which the data signal is applied; a comparator that compares luminance with a target value of luminance to obtain a difference value therebetween; a lookup table that adjusts luminance variations of R, G, and B pixels included in the display region by corresponding to the difference value; a data adjustment module that adjusts the data signal depending on the luminance variations of the R, G, and B pixels to transfer it to the data signal applying module; a color coordinate judgment module that judges a color coordinate of the display region; and a chroma correction module that controls chroma corresponding to the color coordinate judged by the color coordinate judgment module. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219307 | LCD DRIVER CIRCUIT - A liquid crystal driver performs inversion driving of a plurality of data lines of a liquid crystal panel. A source driver generates a driving voltage in accordance with the brightness data indicating the brightness of a pixel, and supplies the driving voltage to the corresponding data line. A common electrode driver supplies an alternating-current common voltage to a common electrode of the liquid crystal panel. A reference voltage generating circuit includes a plurality of resistors that are connected in series between a power supply terminal and a ground terminal, and generates a plurality of reference voltages that are generated at a plurality of taps disposed at connection points of adjacent resistors. The source driver generates the driving voltage by using any one voltage selected from the plurality of reference voltages. The common electrode driver generates the common voltage by using any one voltage selected from the plurality of reference voltages. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219308 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, CORRECTION CIRCUIT THEREOF AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a correction circuit that outputs corrected data based on luminance data designating luminance of display devices, and a modulation circuit that outputs a pulse width modulation signal for driving the display device to the column wiring based on the corrected data. The correction circuit includes: a luminance calculation circuit that calculates luminance including an effect of a voltage drop in the row wiring and an effect of a light emission time of the display device for each predetermined time slot; an accumulation circuit that temporally accumulates the luminance for each time slot; and a corrected data determination circuit that outputs, as the corrected data, a value determined in accordance with the time slot at a time point when an accumulated luminance value obtained by the temporal accumulation reaches a target luminance value. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219309 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A DISPLAY - A method and system for reducing power consumption in a display includes driving a display comprising a plurality of display elements characterized by a display state. In a first mode of operation, the display state of substantially all the display elements is periodically re-set so as to display a first series of image frames. Upon changing to a second mode of operation, a second mode of operations comprises re-setting the display state of only a portion of the display elements so as to display a second series of image frames at a display element resolution which is less than said display element resolution used to display said first series of image frames. | 09-03-2009 |
20090231363 | DATA MULTIPLEXER ARCHITECTURE FOR REALIZING DOT INVERSION MODE FOR USE IN A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED DRIVING METHOD - A liquid crystal display device includes a gate driver for generating a first scan signal voltage and a second scan signal voltage, a source driver for generating a first polarity data voltage and a second polarity data voltage, and a liquid crystal display panel having a first pixel set and a second pixel set. Each first and second pixel set includes a first pixel and a second pixel. Both the first pixel of the first pixel set and the second pixel of the second pixel set display grey level based on the first polarity data voltage in response to the first scan signal voltage. Both the second pixel of the first pixel set and the first pixel of the second pixel set display grey level based on the second polarity data voltage in response to the second scan signal voltage. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231364 | DISPLAY SYSTEM CAPABLE OF AUTO-REGULATING BRIGHTNESS AND BRIGHTNESS AUTO-REGULATING METHOD THEREOF - A display system includes a display panel, an imaging unit, an auto-focusing controller, a calculating unit, a memory unit and a regulating unit. The imaging unit is configured for capturing images. The auto-focusing controller is configured for determining parameters of the imaging unit suitable for the current ambient light condition by processing the captured images. The calculating unit is configured for calculating a brightness value of the current ambient light condition, using the determined parameters. The memory unit is configured for storing an array comprising a collection of brightness values associated with a collection of driving voltage values respectively. The regulating unit is configured for retrieving a driving voltage value in an array associated with the calculated brightness value, and adjusting the display panel using the retrieved voltage value. | 09-17-2009 |
20090231365 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display driving device and driving method. The driving device comprises a liquid crystal display screen, a gate driver, a data driver and a timing controller. The timing controller is connected with the gate driver, the data driver and the timing controller, and is used for generating a grey level data signal and an internal logic synchronization signal in accordance with an input signal, and generating a gate scanning control signal, a data input control signal and a backlight source control signal in accordance with the internal logic synchronization signal and timing of data transmission channels, such that the backlight source is turned-off between the end time of the gate scanning control signal of the last line of the present frame and the start time of the gate scanning control signal of the first line of the next frame. The present invention controls the backlight source to be turned-off between two frames so as to make the liquid crystal display screen generate periodic black pictures, thereby the blur of the motion image due to the persistence of vision is effectively improved, and the picture quality is improved. Meanwhile, the power consumption of the backlight source is reduced, since the backlight source is turned-off between two frames. | 09-17-2009 |
20090237423 | Display apparatus of adjusting gamma and brightness based on ambient light and its display adjustment method - This invention discloses a display apparatus capable of adjusting gamma and brightness based on ambient light and its display adjustment method. The display apparatus is adjusted to display an image output signal based on an image input signal and the correlated color temperature and brightness of an ambient light. The display apparatus includes a plurality of light sensing circuits, a memory unit, an image processing module, and a display module. The light sensing circuit senses the ambient light to produce a digital ambient color temperature index value. The memory unit stores a lookup table of brightness expression rates and gamma adjustment parameters corresponding to different color temperature index values. The image processing module produces a gamma adjustment parameter by a lookup table based on the color temperature index value and generates the gamma expression rate of the image input signal. The image processing module adjusts the image input signal to generate the image output signal based on the gamma adjustment parameter. The display module displays the image output signal. | 09-24-2009 |
20090244101 | PIXEL LAYOUT FOR DISPLAYS - An improved subpixel arrangement for pixelated displays, wherein cross-shaped elements comprising a yellow subpixel surrounded by blue subpixels are distributed over the surface of the display. Further red and green subpixels can be arranged such that white light is emitted from three adjacent rows and three adjacent columns of a pixel comprising said cross-shaped element. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244102 | LCD, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND THEIR DRIVE METHOD - In one embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal display device of the invention performs an overshoot drive, including: an LCD having a liquid crystal panel for displaying video image; a frame memory installed outside of the LCD; and lookup table, the table with which third gray scale data most suitable for performing the overshoot drive to the LCD can be computed based on first gray scale data of a first frame and second gray scale data of a second frame, where the second frame is a frame right before the first frame and is stored in the frame memory in advance, wherein lookup table data is stored for each response speed characteristic of the LCD. Thus, without rewriting of lookup table data, the liquid crystal display device having the lookup table most suitable for performing the overshoot drive is realized while high display quality is maintained therein. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244103 | Method for driving a pixel by generating an over-drive grey level and driver thereof - A method for generating an over-drive grey level for driving a pixel includes providing a corresponding over-drive function according to an original grey level for the pixel in the previous frame, and generating the over-drive grey level according to the corresponding over-drive function and the original grey level for the pixel in the current frame. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244104 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LCD PANEL AND LCD USING THE SAME - A method for driving an LCD panel and an LCD using the same are provided. The method includes following steps. Firstly, a number of scan signals are provided sequentially, and an enabling time of the scan signals excluding the last scan signal is adjusted according to a compensation time, so as to unfix the enabling time of these scan signals. Next, the scan signals having the unfixed enabling time are sequentially provided to an LCD panel, so as to turn on a number of row pixels of the LCD panel one by one. Thereby, the entire brightness of the LCD can be uniformed by applying the method disclosed in the present invention. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244105 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a driving method of an electrophoretic display. The driving method of the electrophoretic display includes displaying a first gray at a first pixel and a second pixel, where a target gray of the first pixel is the first gray and a target gray of the second pixel is a second gray, and changing the second pixel from the first gray to the second gray. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244106 | Display Device of Work Vehicle - A display device for a work vehicle, comprising:
| 10-01-2009 |
20090244107 | VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION METHOD FOR THE SAME - A video display device that allows the color temperature of the signals in white color attributes having high luminance and low chroma saturation to be corrected with high precision is provided with a color temperature correction method so as to visually obtain a desirable white color on display. In some embodiments, the signal processing circuit can include an A/D converter to convert video signals into digitalized signals, a matrix circuit to convert the digitalized signals into luminance signals and at least two color difference signals, a hue conversion circuit to obtain hue signals from the color difference signals, a hue correction circuit to correct hue signals, a chroma saturation conversion circuit to obtain chroma saturation signals from color difference signals, a chroma saturation correction circuit to correct chroma saturation signals and a color temperature correction circuit to perform the color temperature correction on the respective hue and chroma saturation signals. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO DRIVE PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - Method and apparatus for driving a plasma display device to improve a gradation display during the plasma display device is driven at a relatively high frame frequency. The driving method includes separating a unit frame of an input image signal into first and second subfield groups; and deciding a gradation of each of the subfield groups to display the gradation in a first frame frequency when a minimum gradation level of the first or second subfield group is equal to or below a first reference level, and to display the gradation in a second frame frequency when the minimum gradation level exceeds the first reference level. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244109 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) includes an LCD panel, a scan driver, a timing controller and a data driver. The LCD panel includes first and second pixel rows. The timing controller determines a correction voltage index according to an absolute difference between an average of original pixel voltages corresponding to original pixel data of all pixels of the first pixel row, and an average of original pixel voltages corresponding to original pixel data of all pixels of the second pixel row, determines a correction voltage according to the correction voltage index, determines an adjusted pixel voltage in a target pixel according to an original pixel voltage of the target pixel in the second pixel row and the correction voltage, and outputs adjusted pixel data corresponding to the adjusted pixel voltage. The data driver outputs the adjusted pixel voltage to the target pixel according to the adjusted pixel data. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244110 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for displaying image information according to display data, including: display pixels, each having a light emitting element; and a drive circuit for making each of the light emitting elements emit a light having brightness according to the display data, wherein the drive circuit includes: a plurality of power source circuits each generating a first voltage used as a light emission drive voltage to be supplied to the display pixels to flow a drive current according to the display data to each of the light emitting elements, wherein the power source circuits generates voltages of different values, respectively, as the first voltage; and a selecting circuit for switching the plurality of power source circuits so that any one of the power source circuits is selected according to a display state set to the display pixels and for causing the selected power source circuit to generate the first voltage. | 10-01-2009 |
20090244111 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A data processor receives sets of input image data having respective input grays and outputs sets of output image data having respective output grays. Each set of output image data corresponds to one of the plurality of sets of input image data and have more image data than each set of the input image data. A data driver supplies the pixels with data voltages corresponding to the output image data supplied from the data processor. A set of output grays corresponding to a set of input grays are selected from sets of grays, each set of grays giving an average front transmittance substantially equal to an average front transmittance of the set of input grays. The sets of output grays generate the closest average lateral gamma curve generated by the sets of grays relative to an average front gamma curve generated by the input grays. | 10-01-2009 |
20090251493 | Pixel Circuit and Display Apparatus - It is aimed to increase efficiency and simplification of a pixel circuit having a threshold voltage correcting function. A sampling transistor Tr | 10-08-2009 |
20090251494 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GAMMA CORRECTION - Apparatus and method for gamma correction are disclosed. An adjustable blending unit is utilized for adjustably blending a linear gamma function with a nonlinear gamma function, thereby resulting in an adjustable gamma curve. The nonlinear gamma function is adjustable by a blending parameter such that distance of the gamma curve to linear gamma curve may be changed. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251495 | Liquid crystal driving circuit - The liquid crystal driving circuit for converting pixel values into driving voltages on a plurality of channels includes a reference voltage generating circuit, a plurality of buffer amplifiers, an output selection circuit coupling, and a plurality of switch circuits. The reference voltage generating circuit generates a plurality of grayscale reference voltages. Each buffer amplifier corresponds to one of the grayscale voltages and is powered by a supply voltage. The output selection circuit couples to the channels to outputs of the buffer amplifiers selected according to the pixel values. The switch circuits coupes inputs of the selected buffer amplifiers to receive the corresponding grayscale reference voltages, and couples inputs of the unselected buffer amplifiers to receive the supply voltage. | 10-08-2009 |
20090251496 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - This disclosure concerns a display device including: scanning lines; data lines; a drive transistor controlling a current through a light emitting element; a bias transistor connected between a gate of the drive transistor and a first signal line transmitting a negative bias lower than a potential of the second power supply; a Vt detection transistor setting a threshold voltage of the drive transistor; a capacitor applying a potential difference between gate-source of the drive transistor; a scanning transistor setting a potential of the data line to the second electrode; a scanning line driver; and a data line driver transmitting potential data to the pixel columns, wherein before setting the threshold voltage to the first electrode, the bias transistor connects the first signal line to the gate of the drive transistor and applies the negative bias to the gate of the drive transistor. | 10-08-2009 |
20090256865 | METHOD FOR GENERATING DATA FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL, DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR PERFORMING THE SAME AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT - A method for generating data for driving a display panel is provided in which first compensation data of (N+k) bits, corresponding to grayscale data of N bits, is generated, wherein values of N and k are natural numbers. A first gamma curve is applied to the first compensation data of (N+k) bits. Second compensation data of (N+k) bits, corresponding to the grayscale data of N bits, is generated. A second gamma curve is applied to the second compensation data of (N+k) bits. The first compensation data or the second compensation data are selectively output and converted into analog data signals. The analog data signals are output to a data line. Accordingly, the first compensation data and second compensation data includes a multidomain structure which improves display quality. A data driving circuit and a display device including the data driving circuit for performing the method are also provided. | 10-15-2009 |
20090256866 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus including: a plurality of display elements; a drive circuit for driving the plurality of display elements, the drive circuit having a correction circuit for correcting, in response to a gradation, variations of luminance characteristics of the plurality of display elements, wherein the drive circuit outputs modulation signals such that a modulation signal for a first gradation and a modulation signal for a second gradation are of similar shape, and wherein the correction circuit corrects the first gradation using a value derived from a luminance characteristic of the display element that is measured by driving the display element with the modulation signal for the second gradation. | 10-15-2009 |
20090256867 | Method and System for Generating Accurate Images for Display by an Image Display Device - Systems, and methods, for calibrating a display device to a content source are provided. After initiating operation of the image display device, and linking it to the content source to transmit an image signal from the content source to the display device, the presence of an image coder may be detected in the image signal. In some embodiments, the image coder may be identified, and a coder level for the image coder may be determined. The display device may then be calibrated based on the coder level. The image coder may be a black level coder. Other example methods may include selecting a color gamut for use with the display device, by identifying an image signal type from the content source. Based on the image signal type, a color gamut may be selected from a store of color gamuts for the image display device to use to display images from the content source. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262146 | SOURCE DRIVER - A source driver performs inversion drive on a plurality of data lines of a liquid crystal panel. A differential interface receives brightness data of each pixel as a differential signal from a timing controller. A D/A converter converts the brightness data to a drive voltage of each pixel on the basis of a predetermined gamma correction curve according to the polarity of the inversion driving. An output buffer supplies the drive voltage of each pixel to a data line. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262147 | Liquid crystal display apparatus - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display apparatus realizing an improved view angle characteristic of luminance and higher response speed. A sub-pixel group is provided with a plurality of sub-pixels. At the time of display driving on liquid crystal elements of each pixel, space-divisional-driving which allows each of the first and the second sub-pixels to be driven separately is performed. By the space-divisional-driving, fluctuations in the gamma characteristic in the case of seeing a display screen from an oblique direction are effectively dispersed, and the view angle characteristic of luminance improves. Area of the first sub-pixel is set to be smaller than whole area of the sub-pixel group. As a result, the drive voltage to be applied to the first sub-pixel at the time of lower gray level becomes high, and response speed improves. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262148 | CONTROLLER, HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL ADJUSTING METHOD FOR HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - To provide a hold-type display device having a fine luminance efficiency while suppressing generation of motion blur. A controller according to the invention adjusts a signal outputted to a hold-type image display panel, which includes: a double-speed drive converting part which divides one frame of an inputted video signal to a plurality of sub-frames; a color converting part which converts a video signal of three primary colors including the plurality of sub-frames to a video signal of four or more colors including the three primary colors and a compound color; and a sub-frame converting part which converts, the video signal converted by the color converting part, to a signal having a plurality of different gradations whose average luminance value becomes equivalent to luminance of the video signal converted by the color converting part, and takes each of the plurality of gradations as each of gradations of the plurality of sub-frames. | 10-22-2009 |
20090267963 | Liquid Crystal Display Device - A control section ( | 10-29-2009 |
20090267964 | Indicator device with a barrier discharge lamp for backlighting - The invention relates to an indicator device with a barrier discharge lamp that allows a sequential backlighting process by means of the separate operation of electrode groups. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267965 | Data Driving Circuits for Low Color Washout Liquid Crystal Devices - A data driving circuit for a low color wash-out liquid crystal display includes a serial-to-parallel conversion module for converting to output a plurality of sequentially received pixel data in parallel, a compensation data generation module for performing a function operation for the plurality of pixel data to generate a plurality of gamma compensation data, a digital-to-analog conversion module for performing digital-to-analog conversion for the plurality of pixel data and the plurality of gamma compensation data according to a gamma look-up table, and an operational amplifier module for generating a plurality of driving voltages of major pixels and a plurality of driving voltages of sub pixels according to analog signals outputted by the digital-to-analog conversion module to drive the major pixels and the sub pixels corresponding to a row of the liquid crystal display. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267966 | PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A plasma display apparatus that can reduce a manufacturing cost even while embodying a screen ratio of 16:9 by adjusting the number of the third electrode formed in the rear substrate is provided. The plasma display apparatus comprises: a plasma display panel comprising an electrode; and a driver for supplying a driving signal to the electrode, the plasma display panel comprises: a front substrate; a rear substrate opposite to the front substrate; a barrier rib for partitioning a discharge cell between the front substrate and the rear substrate; first electrodes and second electrodes opposite to each other in the discharge cell; and third electrodes intersecting the first electrodes in the discharge cell, wherein the number of the third electrodes is 4095 in an active area in which an image is displayed, and the driver comprises a plurality of data drivers comprising channels connected to the third electrode, and 256 channels are formed in each of the data drivers. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267967 | COLOR TEMPERATURE CORRECTION DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A color temperature correction device corrects, in a display device that represents brightness of RGB of a video signal by a plurality of levels of gray scales, a color temperature of the video signal. The color temperature correction device includes: a recording means of storing a gray scale value conversion table for an input gray scale value of a video signal to set gray scale values for respective RGB, so that a consistent color temperature is maintained; and a gray scale value converting unit that converts the input gray scale value to set gray scale values, based on the gray scale value conversion table. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267968 | Gamma Curve Compensating Method, Gamma Curve Compensating Circuit and Display System using the same - An exemplary gamma curve compensating method is used in a displaying process of a display system for inserting a plurality of grey-scale images to adjust the displaying quality of the display system. A grey-scale luminance of each grey-scale image is one of the grey-scales. The gamma curve compensating method includes: providing a plurality of look-up tables (LUTs) according to the different grey-scales; selecting a specific grey-scale of the different grey-scales as a grey-scale luminance of one of the grey-scale images and accordingly selecting a specific LUT of the LUTs corresponding to the specific grey-scale; and performing a gamma-curve compensating based on the specific LUT to keep the gamma curve of the display system invariable in the displaying process. A gamma curve compensating circuit and a display system for performing the gamma curve compensating method are also provided in the present invention. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267969 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING MEMORY PROPERTY, DRIVING CONTROL DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD TO BE USED FOR SAME - There is provided an image display device capable of obtaining a renewed screen giving normal feelings by simple LUT (Look Up Table) adjustment even at a time of displaying with multiple gray levels. A screen of the electronic paper section making up the display device is renewed by driving for a period of time corresponding to a plurality of frames according to input gray level data of a renewed screen. The renewed screen is displayed with a coarse gray level during a first displaying period in a renewing period corresponding to a plurality of frames at an output voltage specified by a high-order bit of its gray level data and, thereafter, is displayed with a fine gray level during a second displaying period in the renewing period at an output voltage specified by a low-order bit of its gray level data. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267970 | DRIVING METHODS FOR BISTABLE DISPLAYS - The disclosure relates to driving methods for bistable displays, in particular, driving methods comprising interleaving driving waveforms. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267971 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE TO HIDE TRANSIENT BEHAVIOR - The major characteristics of the present invention lies in that, on one hand, conventional driving or overdriving techniques that do not add significant cost to the display device are used for scanning while, on the other hand, the direct-lit, LED-based backlight is turned off during the pixels' transient period where their grey levels gradually approach or overshoot above the target grey levels so that the residuals of the dynamic images during the transient period are not manifested. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267972 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE TO HIDE TRANSIENT BEHAVIOR - The major characteristics of the present invention lies in that, on one hand, conventional driving or overdriving techniques that do not add significant cost to the display device are used for scanning while, on the other hand, the direct-lit, LED-based backlight is turned off during the pixels' transient period where their grey levels gradually approach or overshoot above the target grey levels so that the residuals of the dynamic images during the transient period are not manifested. | 10-29-2009 |
20090267973 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device is provided. The device includes a photo sensor adapted to: sense a brightness of ambient light; output a pulse width of an emission control signal corresponding to a sensed brightness of the ambient light; and output a gamma compensation coefficient corresponding to the sensed brightness of the ambient light and a user selected brightness. The device also includes a gamma compensation circuit adapted to adjust a magnitude of a voltage between a plurality of gradation voltages according to the output gamma compensation coefficient. The device also includes a scan driver and a data driver. The device also includes a pixel portion including a pixel adapted to: emit light according to the data signal, the scan signal, and the emission control signal; and display an image corresponding to the user selected brightness. | 10-29-2009 |
20090273614 | GAMUT MAPPING AND SUBPIXEL RENDERING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In a first embodiment, a display system comprises a display panel with 4 or more colored subpixels. The display system receives input image data specified in a first color space and outputs image data specified in a second color space. The display system further comprises a gamut mapping module for mapping the input image data specified in the first color space to image data specified in the second color space. The gamut mapping module clamps out-of-gamut colors using at least a first clamping system and a second clamping system. The first and second clamping systems yield first and second clamped values. A weighting module produces a resulting clamped value from the first and second clamped values. A final output image value is derived from the resulting clamped value. Other embodiments of the display system include pre-reduction modules and adjustable GMA modules. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273615 | Color conversion apparatus, imaging apparatus, storage medium storing color conversion program, and storage medium storing imaging program - A predetermined display image is displayed on a display device, and a hue of the display image corresponding to an input position obtained from a pointing device is obtained. A predetermined range having the obtained hue at a center thereof is set as a conversion target range, and at least one of saturation, brightness, and hue is changed with respect to a pixel of the display image which has a hue within the conversion target range to display a resultant image on the display device. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273616 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE HAVING A VARIABLE COLOR POINT - An electroluminescent device ( | 11-05-2009 |
20090273617 | Display apparatus and display-apparatus driving method - Disclosed herein is a driving method for driving a, display apparatus, the display apparatus including: N×M light emitting units; M scan lines; N data lines; a driving circuit provided for each of the light emitting units to serve as a circuit having a signal writing transistor, a device driving transistor, a capacitor and a first switch circuit; and a light emitting device. | 11-05-2009 |
20090273618 | Digital-to-analog converter circuit, data driver, and display device using the digital-to-analog converter circuit - A data driver having a positive-polarity reference voltage generation circuit, a positive-polarity decoder, a first amplifier that outputs a positive-polarity gray scale voltage, a negative-polarity reference voltage generation circuit that generates a plurality of negative-polarity reference voltages, a negative-polarity decoder that outputs first to nth negative-polarity reference voltages from among the negative-polarity reference voltages, a negative-polarity amplifier that receives the selected first to nth negative-polarity reference voltages and outputs a negative-polarity gray scale voltage, and an output switch circuit that switches and controls whether to directly connect the first output terminal and the second output terminal to first and second data lines, respectively, or to cross-connect the first output terminal and the second output terminal to the second data line and the first data line, respectively, based on a control signal. | 11-05-2009 |
20090278862 | IMAGE DISPLAY - There is disclosed an image display displaying a multicolor image by using image data expressing color components of a first color specification system. The image display is provided with a display unit displaying an image by a second color specification system which is different from the first color specification system, and displaying each of colors included in the second color specification system per pixel in correspondence to input device data, a basic color computing unit ( | 11-12-2009 |
20090278863 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A panel drive method and a plasma display device which increase the luminance of a panel and enable further reduction of power consumption are provided with the following configuration. One field is composed of a plurality of subfields including a address period during which a address discharge is selectively induced in discharge cells and a sustain period during which sustain pulses the number of which corresponds to the luminance weight are applied to induce sustain discharges in the discharge cells where the address discharges are induced. The plasma display device has a sustain pulse generating circuit composed of a power recovering circuit for inducing the rise and fall of each sustain pulse by resonating the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair with an inductor and a clamp section for clamping the voltage of the sustain pulses to a predetermined voltage. The repetition period of the sustain pulse can be set according to the average luminance level of the image signal. | 11-12-2009 |
20090278864 | DISPLAY METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A display method of a liquid crystal display device is provided. First, a liquid crystal display device is provided. Then, the relationship between a gray level and brightness of various view angles is detected. After that, a relationship table of input gray level and output gray level of the corresponding view angles is obtained according to the relationship between gray level and brightness of the view angles. Thereafter, an angle value is inputted to the liquid crystal display device. Then, the liquid crystal display device outputs a gray level corresponding to the angle value through the relationship table of input gray level and output gray level. | 11-12-2009 |
20090278865 | SOURCE DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A source driver having a small layout area and low power consumption includes a signal generation block generating a plurality of pulse width modulation (PWM) signals and a plurality of staircase waveform grayscale voltage signals according to a digital code generated based on an oscillation signal and a channel driver. The channel driver divides latched video data into upper bits and lower bits, generates a plurality of switching signals using one PWM signal selected from among the plurality of PWM signals in response to the lower bits, outputs one staircase waveform grayscale voltage signal selected from among the plurality of staircase waveform grayscale voltage signals in response to the upper bits, and outputs a particular grayscale voltage level included in the one staircase waveform grayscale voltage signal in response to the plurality of switching signals. | 11-12-2009 |
20090278866 | Gamma corrected display device - A display device includes a pixel unit including a plurality of pixels, a data driver adapted to supply data signals to the pixels, and a timing controller adapted to supply data control signals and image data to the data driver, wherein the timing controller is adapted to divide the pixel unit into a plurality of regions and supply gamma values assigned to each region to the data driver. | 11-12-2009 |
20090278867 | MULTIPRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY WITH DYNAMIC GAMUT MAPPING - The embodiments disclosed herein comprise a plurality of modules and means to provide effect dynamic gamut mapping and backlight control. In one embodiment, a display system comprises: a transmissive display, said display comprising a plurality of colored subpixels wherein one such colored subpixel is substantially wide spectrum bandpass; a transmissive display controller, said display controller providing signals to said transmissive display to set the amount of transmissivity of each said colored subpixel; a backlight, said backlight providing illumination to said transmissive display; a backlight controller, said controller providing signals to said backlight to modulate the amount of illumination provided by said backlight to said transmissive display; peak surveying module for surveying image data and extracting the image gamut hull for providing intermediate backlight data signals to said backlight controller to match said image gamut hull; and a means for normalizing display image data signals according to said intermediate backlight data signals and providing said normalized image data as intermediate display data. | 11-12-2009 |
20090278868 | DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - To obtain an amplifier circuit capable of realizing low power consumption and high-precision output. A controlling unit controls each switch of an offset correction circuit to select one capacitor associated with a voltage level of an input signal selected by an input signal selection unit, have an offset voltage of an operational amplifier generated according to the voltage level of the input signal stored by the selected capacitor, and correct an output of the operational amplifier by using the offset voltage held by the selected capacitor. | 11-12-2009 |
20090284554 | Constrained Color Palette in a Color Space - A technique for enabling display of a source color space on a display color space commences by first receiving source color space information. The source color space information undergoes a conversion into a device independent color space. Once converted into the device independent color space, a LUT or other matrix assigns output colors for the input colors corresponding to the specific display device color space. The LUT or other matrix can be generated with the source material and transmitted to the source display device. | 11-19-2009 |
20090284555 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES USING RADIOMETRIC RESPONSE CHARACTERIZATIONS - Particular embodiments relate generally to display systems and, more particularly, to display systems and methods for blending multiple images. A display system may include a first display source configured to generate a first image comprising illuminated points on a display surface, and a measurement device configured to measure an output energy value of the first image at output wavelengths for input values provided to the first display source. A normalized response function of the first display source corresponding to the measured output energy values for each output wavelength may be generated. A first response function that includes one or more of the normalized response functions of the first display source may be generated to derive corrected image input values corresponding to a desired output energy value at one or more illuminated points. The first display source may be controlled by applying the corrected input values. | 11-19-2009 |
20090289959 | Liquid Crystal Driver, Liquid Crystal Display Device, and Liquid Crystal Driving Method - A selector ( | 11-26-2009 |
20090289960 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD - A plasma display device includes a sustain pulse generating circuit having a power recovery section for raising or lowering the sustain pulse by allowing an inductor and an inter-electrode capacitor of the display electrode pair to resonate and a clamp section for clamping a voltage of the sustain pulse to a predetermined voltage. The sustain pulse generating circuit sets the sustain pulse generated in the sustain period so as to include sustain pulses in which the lengths of time for raising the sustain pulses using the power recovery section are different from each other, and sets the sustain pulse for generating the final sustain discharge in the sustain period to a sustain pulse other than a sustain pulse in which the length of time for raising the sustain pulse is the longest. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289961 | Liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - An LCD device adapted to improve its picture quality in spite of the brightness variation is disclosed. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289962 | Lyquid crystal display device and driving method thereof - The method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes calculating a brightness average value of pixel data of at least one frame period supplied to a liquid crystal display panel, and storing the average to a memory unit; generating a brightness control signal having a duty ratio according to the brightness average value of the pixel data adjusted taking variation of transmissivity with an angle of view into account in a white or black driving mode of the liquid crystal display panel; and supplying the brightness control signal to a light source unit. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289963 | Display device, method of laying out light emitting elements, and electronic device - Disclosed herein is a display device in which light emitting elements of a plurality of colors including a light emitting element emitting blue light are formed in each pixel on a substrate on which a transistor is formed for each sub-pixel, and a plurality of pixels formed with sub-pixels of the plurality of colors as a unit are arranged in a form of a matrix, wherein relative positional relation between transistors of sub-pixels of respective light emission colors including blue light and a light emitting section of a light emitting element emitting the blue light is laid out such that distances between the transistors of the sub-pixels of the respective light emission colors including the blue light and the light emitting section of the light emitting element emitting the blue light are equal to each other for the respective colors. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289964 | Liquid crystal display method and liquid crystal display device improving motion picture display grade - A source driver outputs a data signal and a reset (black) signal alternately to a source line. Four-hundred and eighty gate lines are divided into three groups each comprising 160 lines, and connected to gate drivers. A display control section outputs a discriminant signal, a scan start signal and a clock signal to the gate drivers, where the nth gate line is selected with the data signal outputted by the source driver, and where the (n+160)th gate line is selected with the reset signal outputted. Further, n is shifted sequentially. By writing the reset signal during the latter ⅓ of one frame like this, light leakage of pixels that are changed over from white display to black display is eliminated. Also, blurs of edge portions of a motion picture are reduced. Thus, display grade for motion pictures is enhanced with a minimum improvement. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289965 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE - A liquid crystal driving device is provided, which can reduce the problem of contrast lowering of the liquid crystal display screen due to the decrease of the driving current of LED, by the control which is performed in order to cope with the decrease of the maximum rated current of LED as a light source of the backlight at a high temperature. The liquid crystal driving device includes a liquid crystal driving circuit, a backlight control unit, and display data expansion circuits. The liquid crystal driving circuit generates a liquid crystal driving signal to be supplied to a liquid crystal display panel in response to display data. The backlight control unit reduces driving current of the light emitting diode as a light source of the backlight module to illuminate the liquid crystal display panel, in response to the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel. The display data expansion circuit, in response to the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel, performs the data expansion of the display data, and compensates the contrast lowering of the liquid crystal display panel due to the dimming of the backlight module with the temperature rise of the liquid crystal display panel. | 11-26-2009 |
20090289966 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVE METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus for driving light emitting elements to emit light at a timing shifted according to the order of scanning lines, is arranged to control the light emission intensity of the light emitting element in accordance with an image signal and include a drive unit for driving the light emitting elements of the respective scanning lines in a light emission pattern including a first impulse operation period light emission pattern and a second impulse operation period light emission pattern. | 11-26-2009 |
20090295837 | CIRCUIT FOR GENERATING DRIVE VOLTAGE - The invention provides a circuit for generating a drive voltage. The circuit of the invention includes a first current generating unit coupled between a voltage source and a ground for generating a first input current. A comparing unit having a first input terminal coupled to the first current generating unit and a second input terminal coupled to an output terminal thereof. The comparing unit is used for comparing the first input current with a second input current and generating an output voltage. A second current generating unit is coupled between the output terminal and the second input terminal of the comparing unit for generating the second input current. An adjusting unit is coupled to the second input terminal of the comparing unit, the second current generating unit and the ground for adjusting the second input current. The voltage level of the output voltage is controlled by the adjusting unit. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295838 | DA converter circuit, liquid crystal driver circuit, liquid crystal display apparatus, and method for designing DA converter circuit - A DA converter circuit configured to output a gray scale voltage to a liquid crystal display panel is disclosed, wherein the gray scale voltage is generated from reference voltages fewer than gray scales of the liquid crystal display panel and it is still to be able to prevent deterioration in display quality of the liquid crystal display panel. A DA converter circuit of at least one embodiment includes: a reference voltage generator circuit for generating reference voltages; a selector circuit for selecting one or two reference voltages from the reference voltages in according to the inputted gray scale value; and a voltage follower circuit for outputting the gray scale voltage that is the one reference voltage thus selected or a mean value of the two reference voltages thus selected. Reference voltages are generated, in at least one embodiment, as a variety of gray scale voltages. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295839 | Display device, drive method therefor, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes: a light source section having multiple light sources to emit light in illumination colors including three primary colors of light; a display section for displaying an image in monochrome color by modulating the light emitted from the light source section; and a display control section for driving the light source section and the display section in a field sequential system. The display control section includes a determining section for determining a degree of white or a degree of complementary color of the light sources on the basis of an amount of lighting of each of the illumination colors of the light sources, a setting section for setting white components or complementary-color components of a color determined by a mixing ratio of the illumination colors, and an allocating section for allocating the set white components or the complementary-color components to the fields. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295840 | IMAGE SIGNAL COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are an image signal compensation apparatus and a liquid crystal display (LCD) including the same. The image signal compensation apparatus includes a lookup table (LUT) and an image signal compensation unit. The LUT includes reference data that corresponds to each combination of first and second reference gray levels and is arranged in a matrix. The image signal compensation unit receives first and second image signals, receives reference data corresponding to the first and second image signals from the LUT, and compensates the second image signal using the reference data. The reference data includes diagonal reference data located on a diagonal line in the matrix, and at least one diagonal reference data from among the diagonal reference data has a different value from a corresponding combination of the first and second reference gray levels. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295841 | METHOD OF BOOSTING A LOCAL DIMMING SIGNAL, BOOSTING DRIVE CIRCUIT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE BOOSTING DRIVE CIRCUIT - There is provided a method of boosting a local dimming signal. In the method, it is determined whether or not local dimming signals, which are applied for individually driving light source blocks per frame, satisfy boosting conditions. Then, a predetermined local dimming signal corresponding to at least one of the light source blocks is boosted to a reference luminance value when the local dimming signals continuously satisfy the boosting conditions, and the boosting luminance of the predetermined local dimming signal at the reference luminance value is gradually decreased after a light adaptation time of an observer's eye. When the luminance of light source blocks that are boosted is gradually decreased before the light adaptation time or luminance of light source blocks that will be boosted is gradually increased to the light adaptation time, power consumption required to boost the light source blocks may be decreased. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295842 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SYSTEM, WHICH ADJUST BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY IMAGE BY USING HEIGHT DISTRIBUTION OF GRADATIONS OF INPUT IMAGE - A liquid crystal display control circuit includes a current reduction rate setting circuit analyzes original gradations of pixels in an input image signal and sets a current reduction rate; a light emitting element control circuit adjusts a drive current of the light emitting element in response to the current reduction rate; a gradation changing circuit generates a display image signal in which the original gradations are changed to the display gradations; and a liquid crystal panel control circuit sets a transmittance of the liquid crystal panel in response to the display gradations of pixels included in the image display signal. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295843 | WIDE FLAT PANEL LCD WITH UNITARY VISUAL DISPLAY - A flat panel display, particularly a liquid crystal display has a front plate with a plate area defined by a plate perimeter, which is in turn defined by a first and second pair of parallel sides, the pairs of sides in perpendicular relationship to each other. An active display area providing a unitary visual display is located within the plate perimeter. In the invention, this active display area is divided into at least first and second display areas, a visual output of said first and second display areas being separately driven. In some embodiments, one or both of the display areas is subdivided into first and second subdisplay areas, with the visual output of the first and second subdisplay areas being separately driven. | 12-03-2009 |
20090295844 | COLOR-SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY METHOD - A display method for driving a color-sequential display of an electronic device is provided. When the electronic device is not at low power mode, a first image is displayed first by using a second color data and a first color data of the first image sequentially to drive the display. Next, a second image is displayed by using a second color data and a third color data of the second image sequentially to drive the display. When the electronic device is at low power mode, the respective luminance of the first and the second images are obtained. Then, the respective luminance of the first image and the second image are sequentially used to drive the display. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303259 | Video Drive Scheme for a Cholesteric Liquid Crystal Display Device - A cholesteric liquid crystal display device ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303260 | Image Display Device - An image display device includes a plurality of pixels, and a feeder that commonly supply power to the plurality of pixels. In this image display device, each of the pixels has a light-emitting portion that emits light by a current supplied to the light-emitting portion, a driver that controls light emission of the light-emitting portion, and a switching portion connected to the driver. The parasitic capacitance of the switching portion is determined with respect to each pixel according to the amount of the voltage drop of said feeder. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303261 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED COLOR MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus for color matching during compositing. In one embodiment of the invention, a set of one or more un-color matched pixels are stored and associated with a first color profile. A fragment program is generated based on the first color profile and a second color profile associated with a display. During compositing of the set of un-color matched pixels, the fragment program is applied to the set of un-color matched pixels to match colors of those pixels with the display. The color matched pixels are written to the display. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303262 | Liquid crystal display and driving method thereof - The exemplary embodiment of the invention relates to a liquid crystal display device and a driving method thereof. The liquid crystal display device according to the exemplary embodiment of the invention comprises: a liquid crystal display panel wherein data lines and gate lines are disposed crosswisely each other; a controller modulating a first color input data and a second color input data with a first modulation width, and modulating a third color input data and a fourth color input data with a second modulation width higher than the first modulation width; a panel driving circuit supplying a first modulated color data, a second modulated data and a third modulated data to the liquid crystal display panel for a first period, and supplying the first modulated color data, the third modulated color data and a fourth modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for a second period; and a backlight device irradiating lights corresponding to the first, second and third modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for the first period, and irradiating lights corresponding to the first, third and fourth modulated color data to the liquid crystal display panel for the second period. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303263 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display control apparatus includes a synthesizing unit for synthesizing multiple pieces of image data to generate synthesized image data; an image quality adjustment unit for carrying out image quality adjustment for the synthesized image data output from the synthesizing unit; a format discrimination unit for discriminating a format of each of the multiple pieces of image data; a determination unit for determining referenced image data for the image quality adjustment from the multiple pieces of image data based on discrimination results from the format discrimination unit; and a control unit for controlling the image quality adjustment unit so as to carry out the image quality adjustment for the synthesized image data using a parameter suitable for image quality adjustment of the referenced image data for the image quality adjustment determined by the determination unit. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303264 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE - A liquid crystal driving device includes a liquid crystal controller and specific color expansion circuits. The liquid crystal controller generates a liquid crystal drive signal to be supplied to a liquid crystal display panel in response to display data. The specific color expansion circuits generate an image output signal from a low-intensity image input signal corresponding to a specific color by intensifying a gradation using a specified factor. The specific color expansion circuits generate an image output signal from a high-intensity image input signal corresponding to a specific color by intensifying a gradation using another small factor. The image output signal is appropriately intensified by the specific color expansion circuits and is supplied as display data to the liquid crystal controller. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303265 | LCD DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and an apparatus for controlling a liquid crystal display which can perform luminance adjustment no matter what illumination method is employed are provided. An image display screen is divided into a plurality of small regions, and a plurality of counter electrodes | 12-10-2009 |
20090309902 | Method for Grayscale Rendition in an Am-Oled - The present invention relates to an apparatus for displaying an input picture of a sequence of input pictures during a video frame made up of N consecutive sub-frames, with N≧2, comprising
| 12-17-2009 |
20090309903 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display system including a signal processing device uses interpolation to generate an intermediate image frame using previous image frame data and present image frame data. The system converts data of the intermediate image frame into transposed image data that is to be used to drive a liquid crystal display panel and display a corresponding image. The transposed image data and the present image data are subjected to a prespecified DCC process (dynamic capacitance compensation process) to thereby generate respective first and second compensation image data. Since the first compensation image data is generated based on the transposed image data and the transposition is configured to prevent over-compensation by the DCC process, over-compensation by the dynamic capacitance compensation process can be reduced or prevented. | 12-17-2009 |
20090315918 | Display apparatus, driving method for display apparatus and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including: a display panel having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix thereon, each of the pixels including an electro-optical element, a writing transistor, a driving transistor, and a storage capacitor connected between the gate electrode and the source electrode of the driving transistor for storing an image signal written by the writing transistor, each of the pixels carrying out a mobility correction process for applying negative feedback to a potential difference between the gate and the source of the driving transistor with a correction amount determined from current flowing to the driving transistor; a temperature detection section configured to detect the temperature of the display panel; and a control section configured to control the period of the mobility correction process based on a result of the detection by the temperature detection section. | 12-24-2009 |
20090315919 | Display device and method of driving the same - A display device and a method for driving the display device are provided. A pre-gain correction value that can emphasize a contour portion of an image is set by using luminance data detected from an input video signal. The pre-grain correction value is differently amplified in accordance with different light emitting materials that emit light of different colors red, green and blue. The contour portion is thus emphasized, and the contour can be stably emphasized regardless of different life-spans of different light emitting materials emitting lights of colors red, green and blue. | 12-24-2009 |
20090315920 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - In a display control circuit of this invention, a write gray scale level determining part outputs write gray scale level data for performing overshoot drive on a liquid crystal display device. Moreover, an achievable gray scale level determining part outputs achievable gray scale level data indicating a gray scale level which achieves after a lapse of one frame. Further, an error noise predicting part compares, with a predetermined threshold value, predicted values as differences between gray scale level values of plural pieces of input image data and a mean gray scale level value of these gray scale level values to control a data selecting part such that when at least one of the predicted values exceeds the threshold value, the data selecting part gives, to an image compressing part, the input image data rather than the achievable gray scale level data predicted that a decoding error becomes large. This configuration allows suppression or elimination of after-image noise. | 12-24-2009 |
20090322794 | DISPLAY WITH IMPROVED UNIFORMITY - An image display is disclosed comprising an image display device with a light emitting surface having an array of picture elements; a light guide formed from a plurality of light transmission guides with the input to each light transmission guide being provided by a sub-array of a plurality of picture elements from the light emitting surface of the image display device and luminance correction means to assign a colour component value and a dither fraction value to each sub-array of a plurality of picture elements on the light emitting surface of the image display device. Assigning a colour component value ( | 12-31-2009 |
20090322795 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION FOR DISPLAYS - A system, apparatus and method to reduce power consumption for displays is described. The method may include receiving image data comprising a plurality of color components, generating a histogram for each of the plurality of color components, and adjusting each of a plurality of light sources based on the histograms. The plurality of light sources may correspond to the plurality of color components. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322796 | Video Signal Control Apparatus and Video Signal Control Method - According to one embodiments a video signal control apparatus includes an average luminance detector and a display luminance controller. The average luminance detector detects the average luminance of a video signal with respect to each frame. The display luminance controller controls the display luminance of a first frame using the average luminance of a second frame prior to the first frame. When luminance change from the average luminance of the first frame to that of the second frame exceeds a predetermined threshold, the display luminance controller replaces the average luminance of the second frame with that of the first frame to control the display luminance of the first frame based on the average luminance of the first frame. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322797 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device is provided with multiple light sources | 12-31-2009 |
20090322798 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAYS - A display includes pixels, each pixel including a first display region and a second display region. A controller controls driving of the first and second display regions of each pixel to set the gray scale levels of the first and second display regions based on an overall gray scale level to be shown by the pixel. The controller sets the gray scale level of the second display region independently of the gray scale level of the first display region. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322799 | Liquid crystal display - A liquid crystal display (LCD) has a voltage generating circuit, a voltage regulating circuit, and a liquid crystal panel. The voltage generating circuit provides the liquid crystal panel with positive gray voltages and negative gray voltages. The voltage regulating circuit creates a compensating voltage lookup table recording compensated voltages according to the luminance, the positive gray voltage and the negative gray voltage of every gray level. The voltage regulating circuit regulates the positive gray voltage and the negative gray voltage using the compensated voltages recorded in the compensating voltage lookup table. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322800 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN VARIOUS EMBODIMENTS FOR HDR IMPLEMENTATION IN DISPLAY DEVICES - An HDR display is a combination of technologies including, for example, a dual modulation architecture incorporating algorithms for artifact reduction, selection of individual components, and a design process for the display and/or pipeline for preserving the visual dynamic range from capture to display of an image or images. In one embodiment, the dual modulation architecture includes a backlight with an array of RGB LEDs and a combination of a heat sink and thermally conductive vias for maintaining a desired operating temperature. | 12-31-2009 |
20090322801 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR DISPLAYING LIGHT RADIATION - A display system providing an enhanced viewing experience is provided. The system enables having backlighting colors fast adapted to the screen content while at the same time also having a relaxed viewing experience because the luminance slowly changes over time. A method and a computer-readable medium are also provided. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002017 | LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVING DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IN-VEHICLE DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present application, a liquid crystal panel drive device includes a signal processing section for determining an output gray scale in accordance with a gray scale transition from the gray scale which is forecasted to reach by a previous response to an input gray scale and can carry out overdrive with the output gray scale. At a temperature at which a rise gray scale transition may occur in absence of a response condition does not exist for single overdrive, the signal processing section determines, as an output gray scale, a gray scale lower than a maximum gray scale with respect to a particular gray scale transition out of a rise type gray scale transition. In such a way, a display quality (especially a moving image display quality) at a low temperature can be improved. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002018 | DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, DRIVING CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A method for driving a display device that outputs an image based on an image source. The method comprises the steps of (i) carrying out a first gradation converting process with respect to a first gradation level of an inputted video source signal; (ii) carrying out a smoothing process with respect to the inputted video source signal that has been subjected to the first gradation converting process; and (iii) carrying out a second gradation converting process with respect to a second gradation level of the inputted video source signal that has been subjected to the smoothing process. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002019 | DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER, SOURCE DRIVER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A digital to analog converter includes a first decoder, a gamma reference voltage decoder unit and an active resistor string unit. The first decoder receives 2 | 01-07-2010 |
20100002020 | IN-PLANE SWITCHING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device comprising a plurality of pixels ( | 01-07-2010 |
20100002021 | Display panel driving method and display apparatus - A method of driving a display panel is provided. The display panel includes a first scan group including first to third scan lines, and a plurality of data lines which intersect the first to third scan lines, and first display cells of a first color which are connected with the first scan line, second display cells of a second color which are connected with the second scan line, third display cells of a third color which are connected with the third scan line. The method is achieved by precharging the data lines to a predetermined voltage in a first horizontal period; and by supplying a data signal to the first to third display cells through the data lines driving of the first to third display cells after the data lines are precharged in the first horizontal period. In the driving of the first to third display cells, one of the first to third display cells corresponding to one of said first to third colors, having a maximum spectral luminous efficacy, is first driven. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002022 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels, each of the pixels including a plurality of light-emitting devices; an operation section that performs calculations for correcting drive signals to be inputted into the light-emitting devices of the pixels included in the display section in order to correct luminances and chromaticities of the pixels; and a coefficient data input section where a bit number of an element having smaller variations in coefficient in the display section, among elements of each of coefficient matrixes necessary for the correction calculations, the coefficient matrixes to be inputted into the operation section, is set to a value smaller than a bit number of an element having larger variations. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002023 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a driving method thereof. The organic light emitting display device includes: a display panel having scan lines, data lines and pixels; a data driver for applying correction data to the data lines; a buffer memory for storing data inputted to the pixels coupled to the scan lines; and a correction operation unit for determining a luminance degree for the pixels coupled to each of the scan lines based on the data and generating a data correction value in accordance with the luminance degree, and for providing to the data driver the correction data generated by adding/subtracting the data correction value to/from the data in accordance with positions of the pixels coupled to each of the scan lines. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002024 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels, a drive circuit inputting a drive voltage to the plurality of pixels, and a display control device controlling and driving the drive circuit and to which display data is input from an external apparatus, in which a temperature detecting sensor is included. The display control device has a display bit reduction circuit. In a high-temperature operation mode when a temperature equal to or more than a predetermined temperature is detected at the temperature detecting sensor, the display bit reduction circuit ignores bits other than the highest-order bit of the display data input from the external apparatus and sends only the data of the highest-order bit of the display data input from the external apparatus to the drive circuit. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002025 | 2D-DIMMING OF ILLUMINATING MEMBER FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An illuminating member ( | 01-07-2010 |
20100002026 | CALIBRATION OF DISPLAYS HAVING SPATIALLY-VARIABLE BACKLIGHT - A display has a screen which incorporates a light modulator. The screen may be a front projection screen or a rear-projection screen. The screen is illuminated with light from an illuminator comprising an array of individually-controllable light sources. The light sources and elements of the light modulator may be controlled to adjust the intensity and frequency of light emanating from corresponding areas on the screen. The display may be calibrated to compensate for differences in intensities of the light sources. | 01-07-2010 |
20100007679 | Display apparatus, method of driving display apparatus, drive-use integrated circuit, driving method employed by drive-use integrated circuit, and signal processing method - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus including: a display pixel section including pixels each composed of an arrangement of red, green, and blue subpixels and an additional subpixel of a specified color; and a signal processing section configured to extend signal levels of an input image signal, extract a signal component of the specified color from extended red, green, and blue signals, determine a signal level of the specified color, perform an extension process based on the signal level of the specified color, modulate the red, green, and blue signals subjected to the extension process in accordance with a specified modulation level so as to have different brightness from that of an original image, and modulate brightness of a light source. The input image signal used to determine the modulation level and the input image signal subjected to a modulation process and displayed are of different frames. | 01-14-2010 |
20100007680 | Gamma reference voltage generation circuit and flat panel display using the same - A gamma reference voltage generation circuit and a flat panel display using the same are provided. The gamma reference voltage generation circuit includes R, G and B gamma reference voltage generators each having a plurality of digital-to-analog converters (DACs) that generate a plurality of R, G and B gamma reference voltages. In the DACs of each of the R, G and B gamma reference voltage generators, a high potential bias voltage input terminal of an uppermost DAC used to generate a gamma reference voltage of a maximum gray level is connected to a high potential voltage source. A high potential bias voltage input terminal of each of remaining DACs except the uppermost DAC is cascade-connected to an output terminal of an upper DAC next to each of the remaining DACs. | 01-14-2010 |
20100007681 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes: a plurality of pixel circuits, each of which is disposed at a position corresponding to each intersection position between a plurality of scanning lines and signal lines; and an initialization line which supplies an initialization potential to the plurality of pixel circuits, wherein each of the plurality of pixel circuits includes: an electro-optical element which has a gray scale in accordance with a current amount of a driving current; a storage capacitor of which a voltage across opposite ends is set in accordance with a potential of the signal line; an initializer which initializes the voltage across opposite ends of the storage capacitor by electrically connecting the initialization line to the storage capacitor; a driving transistor which controls the current amount of the driving current in accordance with the voltage of the storage capacitor; a first conductor which is electrically connected to a gate of the driving transistor and overlaps with the initialization line; and a second conductor which is interposed between the first conductor and the initialization line. | 01-14-2010 |
20100007682 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display (“LCD”) includes; a liquid crystal panel including a plurality of display blocks, a light-emitting unit which provides light to the liquid crystal panel and includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks corresponding to the display blocks, respectively; and a timing controller which provides an optical data signal for controlling the light-emitting blocks, wherein the optical data signal includes a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of dimming signals which are alternatingly arranged, and each of the dimming signals controls a luminance of a corresponding one of the light-emitting blocks. | 01-14-2010 |
20100013864 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLOR SHIFT COMPENSATION IN DISPLAYS - Active matrix display module ( | 01-21-2010 |
20100013865 | METHOD OF DRIVING A MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING AN ELECTRON SOURCE WITH REDUCED CAPACITIVE CONSUMPTION - A method to drive a display device with electron sources displaying grey scales divided into two families. The display device includes one or more rows and one or more columns. An intermediate potential lies between a first potential and a second potential. To display a grey level of the first family, the column voltage is pulse width modulated between the intermediate potential and the second potential right at the start of the row selection period. To display a grey level of the second family, the column voltage is pulse width modulated between the intermediate potential and the first potential from a determined instant of the row selection period. | 01-21-2010 |
20100013866 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT - A light source device capable of adjusting luminance distribution of a display picture in consideration of lightness of surrounding environment (environment light) not depending on a content of the display picture is provided. An outside light sensor | 01-21-2010 |
20100013867 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a method of driving the same. The organic light emitting display device includes a scan driver, a data driver for supplying data signals, and pixels. Each of the pixels is configured to control whether or not a current flows from a first power to a second power both coupled to the pixels, the current corresponding to a corresponding one of the data signals. A power supply is included for supplying the first power to a power line coupled to the pixels. A sensing resistor is coupled between the power supply and the power line. A power controller is provided for controlling the power supply to adjust a voltage value of the first power for controlling an amount of current that flows through the sensing resistor to be substantially equal to an amount of current corresponding to data of a current frame. | 01-21-2010 |
20100013868 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device and a method of driving the same. In a method of driving an organic light emitting display device including a second capacitor having a first terminal coupled to a gate electrode of a driving transistor and a first capacitor coupled between the gate electrode of the driving transistor and a first power source, the driving method includes supplying a threshold voltage of an organic light emitting diode to a second terminal of the second capacitor during a period when a first current is sunk via the driving transistor, and supplying a data signal to the second terminal of the second capacitor after a voltage corresponding to a difference between a voltage applied to the gate electrode of the driving transistor and the threshold voltage of the organic light emitting diode is charged in the second capacitor. | 01-21-2010 |
20100013869 | Display Device - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, a printed circuit board connected to the display panel, and a first drive circuit and a second drive circuit mounted on the display panel or the printed circuit board, in which each of the first drive circuit and the second drive circuit includes a gray scale voltage generating circuit generating a gray scale voltage to be applied to a first electrode of the pixel based on a gray scale reference voltage and a reference gray scale voltage circuit generating the gray scale reference voltage, and each of the gray scale voltage generating circuit of the first drive circuit and the gray scale voltage generating circuit of the second drive circuit generates the gray scale voltage based on the gray scale reference voltage generated in the reference gray scale voltage circuit of the first drive circuit. | 01-21-2010 |
20100013870 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CORRECTION METHOD OF IMAGE SIGNAL - An image display apparatus including a plurality of pixels, a drive circuit for outputting drive signals for driving the pixels, and a correction circuit for correcting an input signal corresponding to a predetermined pixel with a correction value to output a corrected input signal to a side of the drive circuit, wherein the apparatus adopts as the correction value a value reflecting drive states of pixels located in the neighborhood of the predetermined pixel, the value being one having received an adjustment according to a nonlinear characteristic between a value of the input signal and a gray-level display of the pixel on the basis of the value of the input signal corresponding to the predetermined pixel. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020106 | MERIT BASED GAMUT MAPPING IN A COLOR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - What is disclosed is a system and method for merit-based gamut mapping. In one embodiment, color points are clustered in regions of interest within a color space. Each cluster is associated with a gamut mapping function and a merit function. Mapping parameters of each gamut mapping function are iteratively varied to optimize the values based on the merit function value. An optimized gamut mapping function results. Optimized gamut mapping functions of adjacent clusters are blended together by blending the value of the gamut mapping function for a point of a cluster with a value produced by the gamut mapping function of an adjacent cluster for that color point. The composite gamut mapping function contains the optimized gamut mapping functions of all clusters is then output for use in mapping points within those clusters to points within the target gamut. The composite gamut mapping function exploits local advantages of each cluster. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020107 | Calibrating pixel elements - A composite display is disclosed. In some embodiments, a composite display includes a paddle configured to sweep out an area, a plurality of pixel elements mounted on the paddle, and one or more optical sensors mounted on the paddle and configured to measure luminance values of the plurality of pixel elements. Selectively activating one or more of the plurality of pixel elements while the paddle sweeps the area causes at least a portion of an image to be rendered. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING A BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY - Provided are a backlight assembly, a display apparatus comprising the same, and a driving method of the liquid crystal display. The backlight assembly includes a pulse width modulation signal output unit receiving a dimming signal and outputting a pulse width modulation signal having a duty ratio corresponding to the dimming signal and having various periods, and a light source emitting light based on the pulse width modulation signal. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020109 | DYNAMIC GAMUT CONTROL - A method of dynamic gamut control comprises the step of controlling (LD) intensities of at least a subset (PR, PG, PB) of a set of color primaries (PR, PG, PB, PW) associated with corresponding sub-pixels (RP, GP, BP, WP) of a display device. The method further comprises the step of searching (PC) for a minimal intensity value (Ra; Ga; Ba) of one of the color primaries of the subset (PR; PG; PB) being adjusted, to obtain together with the other color primaries (WP) of the set of color primaries (PR, PG, PB, PW) an adjusted color gamut (GG | 01-28-2010 |
20100020110 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A high speed moving image processing section of a liquid crystal display device includes: a calculation section having a plurality of LUTs in accordance with which an output for performing overshoot drive is obtained with reference to current frame data and previous frame data; and a frame memory in which a video data signal of a previous frame is stored. During each writing period in a single frame period, the calculation section carries out data conversion for performing the overshoot drive by using a video data signal, transmitted from the host device, as current frame data, and by using a video data signal, read out from the frame memory, as pervious frame data. Further, an LUT for performing the overshoot drive is switched in every writing period. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020111 | Display device and method for driving the same - Disclosed is a display device including a first storage unit having driving data for driving a display panel and a first check SUM data on the driving data stored therein, a second storage unit for retrieving the driving data and the first check SUM data from the first storage unit and storing the driving data and the check SUM data in response to the instruction of a ROM interface, and a data error detection/correction unit generating a second check SUM data with reference to the driving data stored in the second storage unit. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020112 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided are a display device, which can improve display quality by correcting an original image signal whose frame frequency is a first frequency or a second frequency different from the first frequency, and a method | 01-28-2010 |
20100020113 | ELECTRONIC DISPLAY MODULE AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides an electronic display module and displaying method thereof. The electronic display module includes a light source, a filter and a light valve. The electronic display module further has a display panel with a plurality of display regions for displaying an image. The electronic display module is provided to adjust the light intensity by space and time varying luminance of the light source, so as to enable the electronic display module to present the image in dynamic display according to the space and time varying approach. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020114 | DISPLAY DRIVER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INCLUDING PRE-DECODER AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A display driver integrated circuit (IC) includes a grayscale voltage generator, a main decoder unit, a pre-decoder unit, and an output buffer unit. The grayscale voltage generator is configured to receive at least one gamma reference voltage and generate a plurality of grayscale voltages. The main decoder unit is configured to receive the grayscale voltages and data, decode the data, and selectively output a grayscale voltage based on the decoded result. The pre-decoder unit is configured to decode part of the data and output a precharge voltage. The output buffer unit is configured to sequentially receive an output of the pre-decoder unit and an output of the main-decoder unit, and output grayscale data used for driving a display device. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020115 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An image display control device for controlling display of an image to a display device having a plurality of unit display elements in which three unit display elements corresponding to signals of three primary colors, respectively, are arranged in a delta form, includes an image data input unit which inputs image data, and an image drawing unit which draws an image on the basis of the input image data such that two of the three unit display elements are in a pair and constitute one pixel of the image and the remaining one unit display element constitutes one pixel of the image. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020116 | Display Device - In a display device which displays a black image by periodically inserting a black image, after the display of the black image, a first period in which a video signal different from a video signal for the black image is outputted to video signal lines is made different from a succeeding period in length. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020117 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND PRINTED MATERIAL - A color adjustment system for a display device includes a computer device, and a display device for displaying an image. The display device selectably displays a plurality of color temperature color presets. The computer device makes a white point adjustment to the display device, based on a color temperature color preset selected from among the plurality of color temperature color presets by a selecting operation from the computer device. | 01-28-2010 |
20100026724 | Display Apparatus - A display apparatus comprises: a display unit in which each pixel is formed from a self-luminous element, and a controller that reduces a luminance of a pixel which has not changed for a predetermined period of time or more. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026725 | Display Drive Systems - This invention generally relates to methods, apparatus and computer program code for improved OLED (organic light emitting diode) display drive systems, in particular to compensate for burn-in. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026726 | IMAGE PROJECTION SYSTEM BY MEANS OF DIRECT CURRENT TYPE HIGH VOLTAGE DISCHARGE - The image projection system is capable of freely adjusting a tone to suit user preferences. The system has a synchronization signal generating device that generates a synchronization signal composed of a plurality of on-off patterns in synchronism with rotation of a color filter and outputs each of predetermined power levels corresponding one-to-one with the on-off patterns to the high-pressure discharge lamp at fixed timing. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026727 | OPTICAL LOSS STRUCTURE INTEGRATED IN AN ILLUMINATION APPARATUS - Various embodiments of a display device described herein include an optical propagation region, at least one optical loss structure, an optical isolation layer, and a plurality of display elements. The propagation region includes a light guide in which light is guided via total internal reflection and turning features configured to redirect the light out of the propagation region. The loss structure would disrupt the total internal reflection of at least some of the light guided within the propagation region if disposed directly adjacent thereto. The optical isolation layer includes a non-gaseous material between the propagation region and the loss structure, and is configured to increase an amount of light that is totally internal reflected in the propagation region. The plurality of display elements are positioned to receive the light redirected out of the propagation region. The loss structure is positioned between the plurality of display elements and the propagation region. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026728 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND SIGNAL CONVERTING DEVICE - A display device includes a multi-primary-color display panel with subpixels arranged in a matrix pattern of columns and rows; and a signal converter arranged to convert a video signal, having values that represent the colors of pixels with a matrix pattern, into a multi-primary-color signal for use in the multi-primary-color display panel. The signal converter associates a value of the video signal representing the color of at least one of pixels on a p | 02-04-2010 |
20100026729 | Active-matrix display apparatus driving method of the same and electronic instruments - Disclosed herein is an active-matrix display apparatus, wherein if any particular one of N light emitting sub-devices pertaining to any specific one of pixel circuits is defective, the particular light emitting sub-device is electrically disconnected from the specific pixel circuit and the magnitude of a driving current supplied to the (N−1) remaining light emitting sub-devices pertaining to the specific pixel circuit is adjusted so that the (N−1) remaining light emitting sub-devices receive a driving current from a device driving transistor with a magnitude suppressed to a value equal to ((N−1)/N) times the magnitude of a driving current which is supplied to a normal pixel circuit not including a defective light emitting sub-device. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026730 | Display device and driver - A driver of a display device has an output buffer, a frame control circuit outputting a frame switch signal with respect to each frame, and an offset compensation control circuit outputting an offset compensation control signal to the output buffer in response to the frame switch signal. One frame includes a display period and a non-display period. In normal processing, the frame control circuit receives a first vertical synchronizing in one frame and outputs the frame switch signal from the receipt of the first vertical synchronizing signal to before the non-display period within the same frame. In special processing, the frame control circuit further receives a second vertical synchronizing signal in the non-display period in one frame, and further outputs the frame switch signal for a time from the receipt of the second vertical synchronizing signal to before the non-display period in the next frame. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026731 | Image processing circuit and image display apparatus - An image processing circuit includes: a detecting unit detecting pixel regions where luminance levels of image signals exceed a given luminance threshold; and a correcting unit applying basic gamma correction to image signals in regions other than the pixel regions detected, and applying luminance increasing gamma correction to image signals in the pixel regions detected. The luminance increasing gamma correction allows the luminance levels to be increased. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026732 | APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE SIGNAL, PROGRAM, AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE SIGNAL - Provided are an apparatus and method for processing an image signal. The apparatus includes a first correction value derivation unit deriving a first correction value for correcting an input image signal for each pixel of a line in a horizontal direction based on the input image signal, a second correction derivation unit deriving a second correction value for correcting the input image signal for each pixel of a line in a vertical direction based on the input image signal, a third correction value derivation unit deriving a third correction value for correcting the input image signal for each pixel forming a display screen which displays an image, based on the first correction value and the second correction value, and a signal correction unit correcting the input image signal based on the third correction value. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026733 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device includes a plasma display panel having a plurality of discharge cells each having a data electrode, a data electrode driving circuit for driving the data electrodes, and an image signal processing circuit for performing a signal processing on an image signal and supplying the processed image signal to the data electrode driving circuit. The image signal processing circuit performs a first signal processing on an image signal to be displayed in a central region of an image region of the plasma display panel, and performs a second signal processing on an image signal to be displayed in a peripheral region of the image region. The second signal processing outputs the image signal which needs less power consumption of the data electrode driving circuit than the first signal processing. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026734 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR DISPLAYING LIGHT RADIATION - A system suitable for backlighting is provided. The system comprises a monitor unit configured to monitor an information signal, and to generate a first signal based at least partly on the information comprised in the information signal, a control unit configured to control the reaction time of at least one illumination area capable of emitting properties of light and comprised in the system, based on the first signal, wherein the first signal may comprise scene change information. The system provides for a more peaceful backlighting effect while still being able to stress actions, such as scene changes, happening in the presented information signal. A method and computer-readable medium are also provided. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026735 | LUMINANCE SUPPRESSION POWER CONSERVATION - Described herein are systems and methods that reduce power consumption for an electronics device including a display. The systems and methods alter video information in a display area and reduce power for a display device when a graphics item is enlarged and the enlargement threatens to increase perceived luminance for the graphics item or increase aggregate luminance for the display area. Altering the video information reduces the luminance of video information in at least the graphics item when enlarged. This may offset perceived luminance gained by human visual processing when an item increases in size. If the graphics item is smaller than the display area after enlargement, then other video information in the display area may also be altered to conserve power. | 02-04-2010 |
20100026736 | LUMINANCE SUPPRESSION POWER CONSERVATION - Described herein are systems and methods that reduce power consumption for an electronics device including a display. The systems and methods alter video information in a display area and reduce power for a display device when a graphics item is enlarged and the enlargement threatens to increase perceived luminance for the graphics item or increase aggregate luminance for the display area. Altering the video information reduces the luminance of video information in at least the graphics item when enlarged. This may offset perceived luminance gained by human visual processing when an item increases in size. If the graphics item is smaller than the display area after enlargement, then other video information in the display area may also be altered to conserve power. | 02-04-2010 |
20100033506 | METHOD OF DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A driving method of plasma display panels is disclosed. This method can suppress a dark belt occurring in displaying a video of a lower part of grayscale. One field includes plural sub-fields, and each one of the sub-fields has an addressing period during which a scan pulse is applied to the scan electrodes and a data pulse is applied to the data electrodes, and a sustaining period during which a sustain pulse is applied to the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes. A time interval between a scan pulse applied lastly during the addressing period and a sustain pulse applied firstly during the sustaining period is defined as a last pulse-interval. The last pulse-interval of at least one sub-field of a lower part of grayscale, which lower part is darker than a predetermined level of the grayscale, is set longer than the last pulse-intervals of the other sub-fields. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033507 | Driving Method and Driving Apparatus for Displaying Apparatus - A driving method for driving a display apparatus is provided. The driving method includes: configuring a plurality of driving voltages corresponding to a plurality of gray scales, where the gray scales include a first gray scale and a second gray scale smaller than the first gray scale, and a first driving voltage corresponding to the first gray scale is lower than a second driving voltage corresponding to the second gray scale; and controlling the display apparatus to display a gray scale merely up to the second gray scale. In this way, the driving method hence reduces the response time of the display apparatus, which may be an LCD display panel. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033508 | LASER EMISSION DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A laser emission device which can emit a high-luminance and high-monochromaticity light with a high efficiency, a low power consumption, and a long lifetime, and a image display device using the laser emission device are provided. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033509 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes an error diffusion circuit for limiting the gradation level of an image signal to that displayable on the image display device, and diffusing error data produced by the limitation to neighboring pixels. The error diffusion circuit includes an error replacement unit for replacing the error data with fixed-value data in a predetermined period of the image signal. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033510 | Image pickup apparatus and method of driving the same - A display apparatus includes: a display area formed by disposing pixel circuits in a matrix; a signal line drive circuit for generating drive signals for signal lines in accordance with image data, and outputting the drive signals for the signal lines to signal lines of the display area, respectively; and a scanning line drive circuit for outputting write signals to scanning lines for write of the display area, respectively; wherein when there is no change in the image data, the scanning line drive circuit stops the write signals from being outputted. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033511 | Display panel module and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a self-light-emission-type display panel module wherein a second driving voltage is set at the magnitude of a voltage which drives a device driving transistor employed in each pixel areas to operate in a saturated region during a time span between a start of a period for compensating the device driving transistor and a point of time immediately lagging behind a start of a light emission period and drives the device driving transistor employed in each of the pixel areas each receiving a signal electric potential having a level at least equal to a gradation level determined in advance in a linear region, and a third driving voltage is set at the magnitude of a voltage which drives the device driving transistor employed in each the pixel areas for all gradation levels to operate in a saturated region during the light emission period. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033512 | CONTENT TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND CONTENT DISPLAY SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a content transmission apparatus according to one embodiment of the invention includes a communication module configured to carry out wireless communication with a partner apparatus, a detection module configured to detect a motion of the content transmission apparatus, and a transmission control module configured to control the communication module to transmit content to the partner apparatus and to transmit correction information corresponding to the motion of the content transmission apparatus detected by the detection module during transmission of the content to the partner apparatus. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033513 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a display device and a method of driving the same capable of improving display quality and reducing the manufacturing cost. A display device includes a display panel displaying images corresponding to image signals, a light-emission block supplying backlight to the display panel, and a backlight driver outputting a light data signal for determining luminance of backlight. One of a plurality of linear gamma curves is selected from a lookup table in accordance with average image luminance during prescribed frames, and the duty ratio of the light data signal is determined on the basis of the selected linear gamma curve. Each of the linear gamma curves represents the relationship between the average image luminance and the duty ratio of the light data signal. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033514 | DRIVER IC AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device includes: a display unit for displaying an image corresponding to data signals, scan signals, a first power, and a second power; a gamma correction unit for generating a gray level voltage corresponding to each gray level in accordance with a reference voltage; a voltage generator for generating the reference voltage; a data driver for generating the data signals by utilizing an image signal and the gray level voltages, and for transmitting the data signals to the display unit; a scan driver for generating the scan signals and transmitting the scan signals to the display unit; and a power supply unit for generating the first power and second power and for transmitting the powers to the display unit, wherein the reference voltage is a first reference voltage corresponding to an input power from the outside or a second reference voltage corresponding to the first power. | 02-11-2010 |
20100033515 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to an image signal processing device, an image signal processing method, and a program which allow for a natural display equivalent to that of a CRT display apparatus such that an image obtained when an image signal is displayed on a display apparatus of a display type other than that of a CRT display apparatus, for example, on an FPD display apparatus can look like an image displayed on a CRT display apparatus. An ABL processing unit | 02-11-2010 |
20100033516 | METHOD OF ADJUSTING THE LIGHT OUTPUT OF A PROJECTOR SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING THE LIGHT OUTPUT OF A PROJECTOR SYSTEM - The invention describes a method of adjusting the light output of a projector system comprising a light source ( | 02-11-2010 |
20100033517 | BI-STABLE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A bi-stable display having a plurality of bi-stable light emitting diodes (LEDs) and a driver are provided. The bi-stable LEDs have bi-stable memory characteristics and emit light according to a plurality of specified voltages, wherein the driver is used to apply the specified voltages to the bi-stable LEDs. The driver further has a brightness controller. The brightness controller is used to control the brightness of the bi-stable display by controlling a plurality of durations in which the specified voltages are applied to the bi-stable LEDs for a plurality of frames. | 02-11-2010 |
20100039450 | Circuit for Controlling Color Sequential Liquid Crystal Display and Method for Controlling the Same - The present invention provides a circuit for controlling a color sequential liquid crystal display (LCD) and a method for controlling the same. The control circuit comprises a light-source driving circuit, a data driving circuit, and a scan driving circuit. The light-source driving circuit produces a driving signal for controlling the color sequential LCD to produce backlight with different colors. The data driving circuit produces a data signal and includes a plurality of data pulses. The scan driving signal produces a scan signal and includes a plurality of scan pulses corresponding to the plurality of data pulses, respectively. By controlling the pluralities of data pulses and scan pulses and the backlight, the color sequential LCD will display an image. The voltage levels of the pluralities of data pulses and scan pulses change according to different images. Thereby, power consumed by the control circuit can be reduced. In addition, color-mixing problems will be reduced according to the present invention. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039451 | Liquid crystal display and driving method thereof - The present disclosure is related to the liquid crystal display device and the driving method for selectively controlling the average picture level. The liquid crystal display device of the present disclosure comprises: a brightness extractor separating a brightness and a color difference information from an input image; an user interface receiving a limit APL; an APL restrictor calculating an average APL of the input image based on the brightness from the brightness extractor, modulating the brightness of the input image such that the average APL is restricted lower than the limit APL when the average APL of input image is higher than the limit APL, and converting the modulated brightness and the color difference information into a RGB data; and a driving circuit representing the RGB data from the APL restrictor on a liquid crystal display panel. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039452 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE - A light source device includes a light source part, a power supply part and a light source control part. The light source part includes a plurality of light sources that generates a plurality of color lights. The power supply part applies electric power to the light source part. The light source control part controls the electric power by sensing the light intensity of a portion of the color lights. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039453 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - A display system and its driving method is provided. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels arranged by a plurality of first lines and at least one second line, the driver including: a driver output unit for providing to the panel a single driver output for activating the plurality of first lines, the single driver output being demultiplexed on the panel to activate each first line. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels arranged by a plurality of data lines and at least one scan line, the driver including: a shift register unit including a plurality of shift registers; a latch and shift register unit including a plurality of latch and shift circuits for the plurality of shift registers, each storing an image signal from the corresponding shift register or shifting the image signal to a next latch and shift circuit; and a decoder unit including at least one decoder coupled to one of the latch and shift circuits, for decoding the image signal latched in the one of the latch and shift circuit to provide a driver output. The system includes: a driver for operating a panel having a plurality of pixels, the driver including: a plurality of multiplexers for a plurality of offset gamma curve sections, each offset gamma curve section having a first range less than a second range of a main gamma curve, at least one of offset gamma curve sections being offset by a predetermined voltage from a corresponding section of the main gamma curve; a plurality of decoders for the plurality of multiplexers; and an output buffer for providing a driver output based on the output from the decoder and the predetermined voltage. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039454 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image display device, each pixel includes a drive transistor for driving a light emitting element, a capacitive element which is connected between a signal line and a control electrode of the drive transistor, and a reset switching element. The reset switching elements of all pixels are turned off within a light emission period, and a PWM signal is supplied to a signal line from a drive circuit. A cycle of the PWM signal in a low brightness display mode is shorter than a cycle of the PWM signal in a standard brightness display mode. Due to such a constitution, the constitution of a drive circuit can be simplified, and it is possible to control light emission brightnesses of respective pixels of red, green and blue over a wide range from high brightness to low brightness while taking a balance among the light emission brightnesses. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039455 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display and a method of driving the same are disclosed. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image, an external light sensing unit for sensing an illuminance of external light around the liquid crystal display panel, a backlight unit whose an output luminance is controlled by an adjustment dimming signal, and a gamma curve adjusting circuit for modulating digital video data or varying resistances of variable resistors constituting a gamma resistor string based on the illuminance of external light or according to a relative maximum white luminance based on the adjustment dimming signal, so as to uniformly keep a relative brightness of the input image a user perceives irrespective of changes in the illuminance of external light. | 02-18-2010 |
20100045707 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES - A color sequential method for displaying images is suitable for applying in a display with pixels. Each of frames is formed by displaying a first sub-frame, a second sub-frame and a third sub-frame within a displaying time by the pixels. By calculating differences in gray levels between neighboring pixels, variations are gained. Then, a first just noticeable difference is provided, and the pixels having the variations larger than the first just noticeable difference are detected. Next, times of displaying the first, the second and the third sub-frames in the pixels are raised within the displaying time. | 02-25-2010 |
20100045708 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS DRIVING CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS SOURCE DRIVER, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS CONTROLLER - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display apparatus driving circuit selectively supplies positive polarity gray scale voltages or negative polarity gray scale voltages to video signal lines as video signals. The circuit includes a gray scale voltage generation circuit for generating a gray scale voltage for display; and first and second gray scale voltage adjustment sections included in the circuit, for increasing positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages while maintaining a voltage difference between the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages and respectively adjust a center potentials of the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages. This makes it possible to provide the liquid crystal display apparatus driving circuit which can make the center values of the positive and negative polarity gray scale voltages proximate to values which makes it possible to further reduce the flicker phenomenon without changing the gray scale property. | 02-25-2010 |
20100045709 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AS WELL AS PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes: a plurality of pixel circuits arrayed in a matrix fashion; a light emitting circuit provided to each pixel circuit and emitting light correspondingly to a drive current; and a detection circuit provided to a predetermined pixel circuit and outputting a signal according to a temperature that varies with luminance of the light emitting circuit. | 02-25-2010 |
20100045710 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit, and a backlight control circuit. The liquid crystal panel displays an image. The backlight unit supplies light to the liquid crystal panel and includes a plurality of backlight blocks arranged in a matrix. The backlight control circuit controls the backlight unit. When the backlight control circuit turns on at least one of the backlight blocks, it turns off any remaining backlight blocks arranged in a same row of the backlight unit. | 02-25-2010 |
20100053222 | Methods and Systems for Display Source Light Management with Rate Change Control - Elements of the present invention relate to systems and methods for modifying or adjusting a display source light illumination level based on power consumption goals. In some embodiments, a rate control parameter may be used to limit the rate at which the illumination level is varied. In some embodiments, image content analysis may be used to determine the value of the rate control parameter. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053223 | GRADATION CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a gradation control method, for a display device, in which one frame is divided into a plurality of subframes and lighting times for pixels corresponding to the subframes are controlled based on the sum of respective light-emitting times in the subframes, so that gradations of the pixels are rendered; the frame is divided into n (positive integer) subframes (e.g., SF | 03-04-2010 |
20100053224 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The characteristics of a filter are controlled based on index information relating to the power consumption of an address driver that drives address electrodes for selecting light emission or no light emission of display cells based on display data, and filtering is performed on the display data in the arrangement sequence of display cells for a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the address electrodes extend on a display screen, thereby controlling the characteristics of the filter so as to suppress high-frequency components in the display data when the power consumption of the address driver is large to reduce the number of changes in the potentials of the address electrodes, enabling reduction of the power consumption of the address driver while suppressing image quality deterioration. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053225 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING METHOD - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal controller includes a memory for storing a plurality of gray scale conversion tables each having a different gray scale changing degree; a selecting section for selecting, from the plurality of gray scale conversion tables, a gray scale conversion table to be referred to; and a conversion section for converting input gray scale data with reference to the gray scale conversion table selected. A selection condition in the selecting section is set such that: (i) as a vertical frequency of a liquid crystal display becomes higher and a liquid crystal temperature becomes lower, the gray scale conversion table of a higher gray scale changing degree is selected; and (ii) in regard to at least one of the gray scale conversion tables, as the vertical frequency becomes higher, a liquid crystal temperature range in which the at least one gray scale conversion table is to be selected becomes wider. As a result, gray scale conversion that is more suitable for an overshoot drive is implemented. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053226 | Image display apparatus and method for driving the same - The present invention sets power supply drive signals DS[ | 03-04-2010 |
20100053227 | Image recognition method, image recognition apparatus and image input/output apparatus - An image recognition method includes: a first step of acquiring n-th received light data at light receiving elements arranged in a matrix form on a light receiving surface; a second step of acquiring (n+1)-th received light data at the light receiving elements; a third step of calculating differential data resulting from subtraction of the n-th received light data acquired from the (n+1)-th received light data acquired; and a fourth step of carrying out image recognition based on the differential data. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053228 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes; a display panel which displays an image in response to a gate voltage and a data voltage, a panel driver which receives a control signal, and which supplies the gate voltage and the data voltage to the display panel according to the control signal, a backlight which supplies a light to the display panel, an inverter which receives a backlight dimming signal, and which controls a brightness of a light emitted from the backlight according to the backlight dimming signal, and a timing controller which receives a synchronization signal, determines a frame frequency of the display panel according to the synchronization signal, outputs the control signal, and modulates the synchronization signal based on a ratio of a predetermined backlight dimming frequency to the frame frequency, and which outputs the backlight dimming signal according to the modulated synchronization signal. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053229 | RIM SYSTEM FOR A DISPLAY - This invention relates to a rim system for a display such as a TV or a computer display. Controllable light sources are used for emitting light beam of at least one wavelength into a light guide comprising an inner and an outer side and a front and a back side, the light guide being adapted for guiding incoming light emitted by the light sources. The light guide | 03-04-2010 |
20100053230 | DISPLAY DEVICE USING MOVEMENT OF PARTICLES - A method is provided for driving a display device comprising an array of rows and columns of display pixels, each pixel comprising particles which are moved to control the display state of the pixel. A display addressing mode is provided for writing an output image on a display, which has a line-by-line partial writing operation (to a temporary storage electrode) and a parallel writing operation to finish off the writing of the display. This enables a reduction in addressing time, as the distance of movement of the particles is reduced during the line-by-line phase, so that the line time can be reduced. The writing is then completed with a parallel phase for all the display, and the overall writing time is reduced. A further mode is provided to enable even more rapid writing of lines, and this can be used to modify images even more rapidly, but only with simple line-based modifications. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053231 | DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING VARIOUS SHAPE - Disclosed relates to a display device including: a display unit displaying an image and formed such that interior angles that outer frames thereof make have values smaller or larger than 90°, and a driving unit driving the display unit by supplying image and character information to the display unit. Moreover, the display device is applicable to a game device including: a main body; a monitor included in the main body and displaying a game screen; and a display unit included in the main body and displaying an image, in which outer frames thereof selectively make a circular shape, a semicircular shape, or a shape mixed with a straight line and a curved line. The display device has an advantageous effect in that the display unit is designed with various shapes such as a semicircle and the like, thus polishing the appearance and providing a variety of designs. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053232 | Image Optimization Method for Liquid Crystal Display Device - The present invention provides an image optimization method for performing data update on pixel units in the pixel matrix of the liquid crystal displays. The pixel matrix includes at least a first row and a second row, wherein the first row and the second row respectively include a plurality of pixel units. In one frame period, the image optimization method performs data update respectively on pixel units of the first row and the second row according to a first sequence. In another frame period, the image optimization method performs data update respectively on pixel units of the first row and the second row according to a second sequence. | 03-04-2010 |
20100053233 | METHOD OF DRIVING PIXEL CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving a pixel circuit that includes a light emitting element; a driving transistor that is connected to the light emitting element in series; a storage capacitor that is interposed between a path, which is formed between the light emitting element and the driving transistor, and a gate of the driving transistor; a selection switch that is interposed between the gate of the driving transistor and a signal line; and a first control switch that is interposed between the gate of the driving transistor and the signal line and is connected to the selection switch in series. | 03-04-2010 |
20100060667 | ANGULARLY DEPENDENT DISPLAY OPTIMIZED FOR MULTIPLE VIEWING ANGLES - Methods and apparatus for providing optimized gamma settings for each of a plurality of viewing angles and/or device orientations. In certain types of display devices, off-axis viewing leads to contrast degradation and/or color aberrations in a perceived image, as luminance values depend on the angle at which the output is viewed. By remapping grayscale and/or color values to new output voltages, an image can be presented at an optimized luminance level when viewed from any specific angle. In some embodiments, the display device comprises an inclination sensor adapted to sense device rotation about at least one axis. Display parameter optimization logic reads data from the inclination sensor and automatically adjusts the display to an optimized gamma setting. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060668 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY ELEMENT - A method and device for controlling the backlight brightness of a display element are provided. The display method utilizes horizontal scan frequency and vertical scan frequency of an image to obtain a display mode of the image by referring to a scan-frequency list. When the display mode of the image is a first mode, set the backlight module of the display element to a first brightness, which makes the display element display the image with the first brightness. When the display mode of the image is a second mode, set the backlight module of the display element to a second brightness, which makes the display element display the image with the second brightness, wherein the display element displays the image more brightly with the second brightness than with the first brightness. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060669 | BRIGHTNESS-ADJUSTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAY SCREENS - A brightness-adjusting device and method for a display screen are described. Depending upon the brightness of ambient light, the display screen is either brightened or darkened and powered by either a solar cell or battery. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060670 | Method and Apparatus of Color Adjustment for a Display Device - A color adjustment method for a display device includes receiving a composite video signal including a first chrominance signal and a first luminance signal, generating a hue signal and a saturation signal according to at least the first chrominance signal, generating an intensity gain parameter according to the hue signal and the saturation signal, generating a saturation gain parameter according to the hue signal, generating a hue deviation parameter according to the hue signal, adjusting the first luminance signal according to the intensity gain parameter for generating a second luminance signal, and adjusting the first chrominance signal according to the hue deviation parameter and a mixed parameter generated according to the saturation gain parameter, for generating a second chrominance signal. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060671 | LOCAL-DIMMING METHOD, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS PERFORMING THE LOCAL-DIMMING METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source module of a display device comprises light-emitting blocks each of which comprises multiple sets of light sources, with different sets emitting different colors (e.g. red, green and blue). Each set is independently controllable according to one or more driving parameters. A local-dimming method comprises: (a) in each color-dimming period, driving each light-emitting block by the first color-dimming process; (b) in each compensating period, driving each light-emitting block by a full-color process which is independent of the image; (c) in each compensating period, sensing emitted light and determining the one or more driving parameters' reference driving values operable to generate a reference color; (d) in at least one of the color-dimming and compensating periods, driving each light-emitting block using the one or more driving -parameters' values which depend on the reference driving values; and (e) between a color-dimming period and an adjacent compensating period, gradually switching the light-source module between the first color-dimming process and the full-color process. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060672 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD - A display system ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100060673 | DISPLAY DEVICE USING MOVEMENT OF PARTICLES - A method of driving a display device uses a first display addressing mode, in which the display is addressed sequentially in rows, and wherein a first image is displayed with a first contrast ratio between the lightest and darkest pixels, and with a brightest pixel output state, a darkest pixel output state and a plurality of intermediate grey level output states. In a second mode, the display is addressed sequentially in rows, and a second image is displayed with a second contrast ratio between the lightest and darkest pixels which is greater than the first contrast ratio. | 03-11-2010 |
20100060674 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A light-emitting element driving circuit ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100066765 | Display System and Power Control Method Thereof - A display system is provided The display system includes a power source unit for supplying power; a signal input unit for receiving a video signal from the outside; a video processor for converting a format of the video signals received from the signal input unit into a displayable format; a display unit electrically connected with the power source unit and displaying an image corresponding to a signal from the video signal processor; a light-emitting unit electrically connected with the power source unit and including at least two light sources; and a controller for judging an operating mode on the basis of a signal input from the signal input unit and controlling power supplied to the display unit and the light-emitting unit depending on the judged operating mode. | 03-18-2010 |
20100066766 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GAMMA CORRECTION OF DISPLAY SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for generating gamma corrected analogue voltages uses a first ladder resistor arrangement ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100066767 | LCOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A liquid crystal on silicon integrated circuit (LCOS IC) and electronic device using the same is provided. The electronic device comprises an LCOS IC, a processor and a cooler. The LCOS IC comprising a temperature sensor embedded in the LCOS IC for sensing a temperature and outputting a temperature sensing signal according to the temperature. The processor is coupled to the LCOS IC for receiving the temperature sensing signal and outputting a cooler control signal according to the temperature sensing signal. The cooler is coupled to the processor for receiving the cooler control signal and adjusting the cooler accordingly. | 03-18-2010 |
20100066768 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device is provided. The plasma display device includes a plasma display panel (PDP) having an upper substrate, a lower substrate, a plurality of scan electrodes and a plurality of sustain electrodes formed on the upper substrate, and a plurality of address electrodes formed on the lower substrate; and a driver applying driving signals to the plurality of electrodes, wherein a reset discharge occurs in a part of discharge cells. The plasma display device can contribute to the reduction of dark-area luminance and the improvement of dark-room contrast ratio. | 03-18-2010 |
20100066769 | Display device, controller driver and driving method for display panel - A display device includes a display panel, an environmental sensor, a correction circuit and a driving circuit. The correction circuit is configured to generate a corrected gray-scale data on the basis of input gray-scale data. The driving circuit is configured to drive the display panel in response to the corrected gray-scale data. The correction circuit generates the corrected gray-scale data by executing a correction using a polynomial in which the input gray-scale data are used as variables. Coefficients of the polynomial are changed in response to an output signal of the environmental sensor. | 03-18-2010 |
20100073405 | UNIPOLAR GRAY SCALE DRIVE SCHEME FOR CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A unipolar gray scale drive scheme for passive matrix displays, more specifically, cholesteric liquid crystal displays, capable of creating any number of desired levels of gray scale. The drive scheme is single stage and can use either an amplitude modulation or a pulse width modulation column voltage signal in combination with a selecting row voltage signal to drive a pixel receiving the two intersecting signals to a desired level of gray scale. | 03-25-2010 |
20100079502 | Processing Pixel Values Of A Color Image - In a method for processing pixel values of an image in a first representation to a second representation having a yellow-blue axis, a red-green axis, and a luminance axis, the pixel values are converted from the first representation to the second representation by converting the pixel values to a more opponent color encoding using a logical operator to compute a yellowness-blueness value of each of the pixel values and using scaled multiplications to compute a redness-greenness value of each of the pixel values in the second representation. In addition, the converted pixel values are outputted. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079503 | Color Correction Based on Light Intensity in Imaging Systems - In accordance with a particular embodiment of the present disclosure, color correction based on light intensity in imaging systems may be accomplished by applying a color correction data structure to color component values. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079504 | Backlight Control System and Method - A backlight control system and method are disclosed. An overdrive device modifies a backlight duty signal according to a current-frame backlight duty signal and a previous-frame backlight duty signal. In one embodiment, the overdrive device is implemented with a lookup table that outputs the modified backlight duty signal. The backlight driven by the modified backlight duty signal then emits light to a display panel, thereby increasing a response time of the backlight. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079505 | Source line driver circuit and display apparatus including the same - A source line driver circuit and a display apparatus including the same are provided. The source line driver circuit includes a logic block configured to receive serialized image data, to change the number of bits of the image data, and to output image data having the changed number of bits, and a source channel driver unit configured to receive the image data having the changed number of bits and to provide at least one analog voltage corresponding to the received image data to source lines. Accordingly, the number of necessary switches may be reduced, and therefore, the required area and/or current consumption may also be reduced. | 04-01-2010 |
20100079506 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus has an electron source on which a plurality of electron-emitting devices are arranged, an irradiated member which is arranged so as to be opposed to the electron source to form luminescent spots on different locations, respectively, in response to respective electron-emitting devices due to irradiation of electrons emitted from the electron-emitting devices, a deflector for deflecting trajectory of the electron emitted from the electron-emitting devices, and a correction circuit for correcting the light quantity of the luminescent spot. The correction circuit corrects a visual unevenness in luminance by making a correction in response to the interval between two luminescent spots and the interval between other luminescent spots adjacent to the two luminescent spots so as to improve a quality of an image. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085386 | DRIVING CRICUIT AND GRAY INSERTION METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving circuit and a gray insertion method of a liquid crystal display (LCD) are provided. The gray insertion method includes analyzing whether a current frame belongs to a dynamic frame or a static frame. When the current frame belongs to a dynamic frame, charging time of a gray insertion image is extended. When the current frame belongs to a static frame, the charging time of a gray insertion image is shortened. As a result, motion blur on the LCD can be reduced and image quality can be increased. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085387 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND TIMING CONTROLLER FOR CALIBRATING GRAYSCALE DATA AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PANEL THEREOF - A display apparatus for calibrating a grayscale data including a timing controller, and a method for driving a panel are provided. A display apparatus includes a timing controller which calibrates the grayscale data of the current frame using the grayscale data of the previous and the current frame and a driving unit which drives a panel using the calibrated grayscale data of the current frame. By generating calibrated grayscale data which are variable according to the change of grayscale, response times of liquid crystal may be improved. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085388 | ACTIVE MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE - An active matrix display device, wherein each pixel includes a plurality of selectable divided pixels, wherein each divided pixel has a 1-bit static data storage element and emits light based on supplied data; and the plurality of divided pixels each produces a weighted amount of light so that the selected divided pixels will cause a predetermined amount of light to be produced. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085389 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display section including a plurality of display pixels which are arrayed in a matrix, a driving device configured to drive the plurality of display pixels, a timing controller which controls the driving device, and a first numerical value setting device which is connected to the timing controller, and configured to store set values of a gray-level pattern which is displayed on a pixel group which is composed of the plurality of display pixels, and the timing controller including a generating device configured to generate a gray-level signal which is supplied to the driving device, based on the set values of the gray-level pattern which are obtained from the first numerical value setting device. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085390 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A device that carries a panel comprising a back panel with wirings and electron emitting devices provided in intersection portions of the wirings and a face plate with formed therein cells comprising a fluorescent material that emits light, and in which gradation control is performed by varying an application time of a drive voltage that is applied to the electron emitting devices, wherein a line selection time is longer than 1 μs and the fluorescent material comprises a substance represented by a general formula Me | 04-08-2010 |
20100085391 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LED OPERATION IN PORTABLE APPARATUS - An LED driving apparatus and a method thereof in a portable terminal controls an input time difference between a signal controlling LED driving and a signal controlling LED brightness input to an LED driver. The input time differences are controlled in order to prevent an abnormal LED operation generated due to the input time difference between the signal controlling the LED driving and the signal controlling the LED brightness in a portable terminal. The LED driving apparatus includes a controller. When detecting the signal controlling the LED brightness prior to the signal controlling the LED driving, the controller controls an input time of the signal controlling the LED driving provided to the LED driver. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091039 | COLOR CORRECTION OF ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS - A method for adjusting the characteristics of a display. The method for adjusting the characteristics of the display may include constructing color models as a function of a parameter such as temperature. Furthermore, the color model may be used to determine adjustment values to be applied to a display. The adjustment values may be organized in a table as a function of temperature and color values. The adjustment values may be determined from measurements. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091040 | Mitigation of Temporal PWM Artifacts - A system and method for reducing pulse width modulation contouring artifacts. Each input intensity value is translated to at least one non-binary bit pattern for display. Many of the input intensity values are translated to at least two alternate non-binary bit patterns. The alternate codes are used to smooth the transition between intensity codes as major bits are turned on. The smoothing occurs by the gradual transition from codes that do not use the major bit to codes that do use the major bit. Typically the alternate codes are selected based on the location of the pixel in a spatial pattern ( | 04-15-2010 |
20100091041 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image display device, a transistor formed in each pixel circuit is an N-channel transistor. Each pixel circuit further comprises an enable switch disposed in a current path supplying electric current to a light-emitting element and a supplementary capacitor for controlling changes in voltage of a terminal of a holding capacitor at one end opposite another terminal connected with writing switch. The light-emitting element is connected between the source of a driver transistor for supplying a current to the light-emitting element and a low-voltage side power line, an enable switch is connected between the drain of the driver transistor and a high-voltage side power line, and supplementary capacitor is connected between the drain of driver transistor and a predetermined power line. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091042 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a frame interpolation process circuit performs an interpolation process on a video signal in units of frames. A time-division gradation process circuit performs gradation level conversion for distributing brightness for one frame cycle to two sub-frame cycles, i.e., first and second sub-frame cycles. A gradation level change detection circuit detects whether a gradation level of each pixel has changed between consecutive sub-frames. For any pixel having its gradation level changed, an overshoot process circuit outputs, instead of an output signal of the time-division gradation process circuit, a video signal obtained by subjecting an output signal of the frame interpolation process circuit to gradation level conversion for emphasizing a temporal change of the signal. A predetermined-times higher speed process circuit may be added to this circuit configuration, or may be substituted for the frame interpolation process circuit. This makes it possible to improve moving image display performance, while making up for a lack of response speed of display elements. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091043 | METHOD AND MODULE FOR REGULATING COLOR DISTRIBUTION - The invention relates to a method and module for regulating color distribution. In this method, a reference point in a first gamut and a second reference point in a second gamut are found, and then the first gamut is converted to the second gamut based on the first and second reference point. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091044 | METHOD AND MODULE FOR REGULATING LUMINANCE - The invention relates to a method and a module for regulating luminance. In this method, a gray-level input signal is received and a power operation is performed on the gray-level input signal by a gamma parameter to obtain a first regulation scale. Then, the gray-level input signal is regulated according to the first regulation scale to obtain a gray-level output signal. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091045 | MULTIPLE MODULATOR DISPLAYS AND RELATED METHODS - A dual modulator display has a first array of pixels that illuminates a second array of pixels with a pattern of light. The second array of pixels modulates the pattern of light to yield an image. A method for determining control values for pixels of the first array of pixels begins with an initial set of control values and refines the control values. The control values may be refined one at a time. Images may be displayed in real time. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091046 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - A scanning line driving circuit includes: each stage shifts and outputs in sequence a start pulse; and logic circuits provided corresponding to the scanning lines and operating to determine the logical product of a signal outputted from the shift register of the stage corresponding to the scanning line and an enable signal supplied differently every group, the enable signal corresponding to the group becomes, in a horizontal scanning period in which the image data writing is carried out for the scanning lines belonging to the group, an active level in a horizontal effective scanning period and an inactive level in a horizontal return line period; and in a horizontal scanning period in which the image data writing is not carried out for the scanning lines belonging to the group, an inactive level in the horizontal effective scanning period and an active level in the horizontal return line period. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091047 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting device includes a plurality of light emission scan lines for transmitting light emission scan signals, a plurality of light emission data lines for transmitting light emission data voltages, a plurality of light emitting pixels for emitting electrons according to differences between an on voltage and the light emission data voltages, and first and second deflection electrodes. The light emission scan lines extend in a first direction, the light emission data lines extend in a second direction that crosses the light emission scan lines. The light emitting pixels are at areas defined by the light emission scan lines and the light emission data lines. The first and second deflection electrodes are parallel with each other in the first direction between the light emitting pixels. An absolute value of a first voltage applied to the first deflection electrode and an absolute value of a second voltage applied to the second deflection electrode are set according to a deflection direction of the electrons. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091048 | FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION OF PULSE-WIDTH MODULATED BACKLIGHTS - An apparatus for controlling backlighting of an electronic display, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel. The apparatus may synchronize a power cycle of one or more light-emitting diode (LED) strings to a frame rate of the LCD panel. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091049 | Display apparatuses and methods of driving the same - A pixel of a display apparatus includes at least a first transistor and at least a second transistor. A cell of transparent fluid including particles charged to have different polarities from each other is arranged between a pixel electrode and a common electrode. The first and second transistors are connected to the pixel electrode. The pixel is drivable according to pulse amplitude modulation (PAM) and pulse width modulation (PWM) such that a frame of an image is displayable using a single field. | 04-15-2010 |
20100097404 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - There is provided a display control method capable of reducing unnecessary processing and unnecessary power consumption caused by is. The display control method uses an update judgment unit ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100097405 | COLOR GAMUT MAPPING METHOD FOR MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT, A TELEVISION AND A COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS - A color gamut mapping method for multimedia equipment is disclosed. This method performs color gamut mapping on a video signal received by the multimedia equipment and gives an output, wherein the video signal is in a first color color gamut while display light of the multimedia equipment is in a second color gamut. The color gamut mapping method for multimedia equipment comprises the steps of: converting the received video signal into a luminance signal and a chrominance signal, and calculating a two-dimensional plane according to the luminance signal and the chrominance signal, wherein the two-dimensional plane intersects the first color gamut to obtain a first region and intersects the second color gamut to obtain a second region; calculating location of a to-be-mapped point corresponding to the video signal in the first region according to the luminance signal and the chrominance signal of the video signal, and calculating a mapping point in the second region by making calculations on the to-be-mapped point to output a mapping point signal. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097406 | Color generation using multiple illuminant types - A system for generating a colored light comprises a set of illuminant types and a processor. The set of illuminant types is associated with a chromaticity gamut, and the set of illuminant types comprises at least five illuminant types that are each associated an illuminant type hue angle. The processor is configured to determine, based at least in part on a mapping, an output level set for a received color coordinate. The mapping comprises associating each color coordinate with an output level set that uses a set of hue-adjacent illuminant types. Hue-adjacent illuminant types comprise a group of illuminant types that are determined to be adjacent in a circular ordered list of illuminant types that is circularly ordered according to the illuminant type hue angle. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097407 | Color generation change using multiple illuminant types - A system for generating a colored light comprises a set of illuminant types and a processor. The set of illuminant types is associated with a chromaticity gamut, and the set of illuminant types comprises at least five illuminant types that are each associated with an illuminant type hue angle. The processor is configured to determine, based at least in part on a mapping, a sequence of one or more output level sets that are associated with changing a first generated colored light associated with a first color coordinate to a second generated colored light associated with a second color coordinate. The mapping comprises associating each color coordinate with an output level set that uses a set of hue-adjacent illuminant types. Hue-adjacent illuminant types comprise a group of illuminant types that are determined to be adjacent in a circular ordered list of illuminant types which is circularly ordered according to the illuminant type hue angle. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097408 | AMBIENT LIGHTING SYSTEM FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE - This invention relates to an ambient lighting system for a display device including an image display region. Controllable light sources that are substantial point-like and disposed in an array are provided, each being adapted to emit a light beam of at least one wavelength onto an region visually appearing to the viewer peripherally surrounding the display. An image analyzer determines the color information from video data of the displayed image, the color information being used as a control parameter for controlling the emission color of the emitted light beams. Due to the substantial point-like property of the light sources along with their arrangement within the array the emitted light beams onto the region forms a pixelated image so as to provide at least a partial extension of the image display region. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097409 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device is provided with a display section; a drive section driving the display section; and a light shutter control section controlling a light shutter. The display section is configured to display first and second images on the display section during a specific period. The drive section is configured to allow perceiving an image only from a direction in a specific viewing angle range at least during the specific period. The light shutter control section controls the light shutter so that the light shutter is placed into a transmitting state allowing transmitting light during a period during which the first image is displayed in the specific period and placed into a shielding state shielding light during a remaining period in the specific period. The first and second images are generated so that an image generated by adding brightnesses of respective pixels of the first and second images has no correlation to the first image. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097410 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display device having a scanning line, a data line, a power supply line, and a pixel. The pixel having a first transistor supplied with a selecting pulse of a scanning signal, a holding capacitor having a first electrode and a second electrode that holds an image signal from the data line and the first thin film transistor. The pixel also having a second transistor controlled by the image signal, a gate of the second transistor being electrically connected to the second electrode, and a luminescent element provided between a pixel electrode and an opposite electrode opposed to the pixel electrode driven by current that flows between the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode. A potential of the gate electrode of the second transistor being able to be shifted by supplying to the first electrode of the holding capacitor with a predetermined signal after the selecting pulse becomes non-selective. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097411 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device and a method for manufacturing the display device are provided. The display device includes an organic layer on an auxiliary wiring is removed with high precision by one operation and, thereby, the yield and the productivity are improved. A lower electrode is formed by patterning in each pixel on a substrate. An auxiliary wiring including a light absorption layer is formed between individual pixels. An organic layer is formed on the substrate while covering the lower electrodes. Laser irradiation is conducted from the organic layer side, the laser light is converted to heat in the light absorption layer exposed at a portion under the organic layer, and the organic layer portion above the light absorption layer is removed selectively. An upper electrode is formed on the organic layer and is connected to the light absorption layer portion of the auxiliary wiring. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103198 | METHOD OF CORRECTING EMISSIVE DISPLAY BURN-IN - A method and apparatus are provided for correcting burn-in in a flat screen display. The method includes the steps of determining a maximum cumulative luminance of each pixel ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100103199 | DRIVING APPARATUS - A driving apparatus used for a display is disclosed. The driving apparatus includes a voltage divider, a first and a second digital to analog converter, and a first voltage amplifier. The voltage divider divides a first voltage to generate a positive polarity gamma voltage and a negative polarity gamma voltage. The first digital to analog converter converts a first gray level signal to a first analog gray level signal. The second digital to analog converter converts a second gray level signal to a second analog gray level signal. The first voltage amplifier receives one of the first or the second analog gray level signal. Wherein, the voltage divider, the first and the second digital to analog converters receive a first voltage as an operating voltage, and the first voltage amplifier receives a second voltage as an operating voltage. Moreover, the second voltage is larger than the first voltage. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103200 | COLOR MAPPING METHOD - A color mapping method maps an input image signal (IS) into an output image signal (OS) for a display (DD) with display pixels (Pi) having sub-pixels (RP, GP, BP, YP) with primary colors (RW, GW, BW, YW) defining a display color gamut (WG). A look-up table ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100103201 | DRIVE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - One object of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a drive control circuit for a display device which is capable of displaying high-quality color images suited for external environment, display contents or the like by fully utilizing high representational capability of a display panel of multi-primary color configuration. A liquid-crystal color-display device includes a conversion circuit for adjusting a level of primary-color signals which represent the color images to be displayed. The conversion circuit receives four primary-color signals R | 04-29-2010 |
20100103202 | Method of Driving a Light Source, Light Source Apparatus for Performance the Method and Display Apparatus Having the Light Source Apparatus - A light source apparatus includes a light source, a duty determining part, a luminance shifting determining part and a duty compensation part. The light source includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks. The duty determining part determines a duty of light-emitting blocks by using a block representative value obtained from a plurality of image blocks that are divided in accordance with a plurality of light-emitting blocks. The luminance shifting determining part compares block representative values of a previous frame with block representative values of a current frame to determine whether a luminance shifting is generated at an adjacent light-emitting block. The duty compensation part compensates a duty of the adjacent light-emitting blocks when the luminance shifting is generated at the adjacent light-emitting blocks. Thus, the duty of the adjacent light-emitting blocks determined as a block representative value is compensated so that an occurrence of flicker may be decreased. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103203 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display capable of minimizing power consumption. The organic light emitting display includes a plurality of pixels positioned at intersections of data lines and scan lines includes the pixels including driving transistors positioned in an effective display region to control an amount of current that flows from a first power source to a second power source, a data driver for supplying data signals to the data lines, a scan driver supplying scan signals to the scan lines, a first power source generator generating the first power source, a second power source generator generating the second power source, and a voltage controller controlling the second power source generator so that voltage of the second power source is changed in response to a first voltage applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) included in a specific pixel when a data signal corresponding to specific brightness is supplied from the data driver to the specific pixel. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103204 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR VEHICLE - A display device for a vehicle includes a liquid crystal panel ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100103205 | DRIVING METHOD AND ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS - A driving method includes: dividing a unit period into a plurality of sub-frame periods corresponding to the primary colors; writing a primary color component in each sub-frame period by a first scan executed on the plurality of pixels; irradiating, in each sub-frame period, the plurality of pixels with the corresponding primary color of light by the irradiation unit at a timing that is after the first scan and before the first scan of a subsequent sub-frame period; and waiting a wait period that is from when the first scan of one primary color component among the at least three colors ends until when the irradiation unit starts irradiating the one primary color of light, the wait period for the one primary color being different from wait periods for the other colors. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103206 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - This invention relates to an image processing method for improving the quality of an image to be displayed on a display device and to a liquid-crystal display device using the same, and aims at providing an image processing method for providing wide viewing angle and excellent tonal-intensity viewing angle characteristic and a liquid-crystal display device using the same. Combined together are a higher-luminance pixel to be driven higher in luminance than the luminance data of an image to be displayed and a lower-luminance pixel to be driven lower in luminance than the luminance data, to determine a luminance on the higher-luminance pixel and luminance on the lower-luminance pixel as well as an area ratio of the higher-luminance and lower-luminance pixels in a manner obtaining a luminance nearly equal to a desired luminance based on the luminance data. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110109 | Method, Device and System for Transmitting Image Data Over Serial Signals - Some demonstrative embodiments of the invention include methods, devices and/or systems to transfer data over serial signals, for example, a method of transferring over serial signals data representing an image to be reproduced, the method including generating a set of one or more data signals including image data received at an image data rate, and generating a transmission clock signal having a clock cycle during which the set of image data signals includes image data of more than one pixel of the image to be reproduced. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110110 | DRIVING CIRCUIT - The present invention provides a driving circuit. The driving circuit comprises: a plurality of signal output terminals, a data signal generating module, a gray level reference voltage generating module, a digital-to-analog converter (DAC), a first multiplex output module, an output buffer, a second multiplex output module, and a switch module. The driving circuit of the present invention can reduce the amount of required output buffers, so as to reduce area of the driving circuit efficiently and lower the production cost. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110111 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A light source device includes; a light source module including a plurality of light-emitting blocks, a local dimming driving part, which drives the plurality of light-emitting blocks on the basis of a dimming level of a over light-emitting block, by controlling a dimming level of the over light-emitting block and dimming levels of peripheral light-emitting blocks disposed adjacent to the over light-emitting block to drive the plurality of light-emitting blocks. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110112 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - The backlight apparatus allows brightness control with minimum image quality deterioration. This apparatus ( | 05-06-2010 |
20100110113 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - When a resistance load inverter is used to control lighting/non-lighting of a pixel, in accordance with characteristic variations of a transistor forming the resistance load inverter, variations occur in light emission of each pixel. As an inverter in a pixel, an N channel transistor and a P channel transistor are used to apply a CMOS inverter. Even when characteristics of the transistor forming the CMOS inverter vary and inverter transfer characteristics vary, there is little effect on controlling lighting/non-lighting of the pixel, therefore, light emission variations of each pixel can be eliminated. Further, a signal potential of a scan line is used as one power source of a potential of the inverter, therefore, an aperture ratio of the pixel can be increased. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118056 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - In a plasma display device and a method for driving a plasma display panel, fluctuation of emission luminance of a discharge cell is reduced and display quality of an image is improved. The plasma display device is provided with a plasma display panel having a plurality of scanning electrodes and sustaining electrodes which configure a display electrode pair. The plasma display device is also provided with a sustaining pulse generating circuit, which has a plurality of subfields having an initializing period, a writing period and a sustaining period in one field period, and generates three kinds of sustaining pulses, i.e., a first sustaining pulse to be reference, a second sustaining pulse whose start-up is sharper than that of the first sustaining pulse and that of a third sustaining pulse, and the third sustaining pulse whose trailing edge is sharper than that of the first sustaining pulse and that of the second sustaining pulse, by periodically switching the pulses. In a sustaining period of at least one subfield in one field period, the third sustaining pulse is applied to one electrode of the electrode pair, then just after the application, the second sustaining pulse is applied to the other electrode of the display electrode pair. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118057 | CHROMATICITY CONTROL FOR SOLID-STATE ILLUMINATION SOURCES - Chromaticity of light output by a light-emitting diode, such as a light-emitting diode (LED), is adjusted while maintaining a brightness of the illumination source substantially constant by adjusting a drive schema for the illumination source. A driver for LEDs or other light-emitting diodes provides for varying a drive schema to adjust chromaticity of driven LEDs. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118058 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - In one embodiment of the present invention, an active-matrix type display unit, and a drive method thereof are disclosed. Gate-bus lines are provided at both top and bottom sides of each row. Two sub-pixels are formed at a region surrounded by two adjacent source-bus lines and two adjacent gate-bus lines. At the odd-numbered rows, for the left-side sub-pixel of those two sub-pixels, a scanning signal is supplied from the top-side gate-bus line, while a video signal is supplied from the left-side source-bus line. For the right-side sub-pixel, on the contrary, a scanning signal is supplied from the bottom-side gate-bus line, while a video signal is supplied from the right-side source-bus line. At the even-numbered rows, the gate-bus line from which a scanning signal is supplied is reversed to the case of the odd-numbered rows. The gate-bus lines are sequentially selected one by one, and all the video signal polarities are made the same during each horizontal scanning period. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118059 | CURRENT-DRIVEN DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, to allow a circuit that compensates for variations in a threshold voltage of a drive element to operate properly and prevent luminances of other pixel circuits from fluctuating due to a compensation operation, a pixel circuit is disclosed. A driving TFT, a switching TFT, and an organic EL element are provided between a power supply wiring line and a common cathode, and a capacitor and a switching TFT are provided between a gate terminal of the driving TFT and a data line. A switching TFT is provided between a connection point B between the capacitor and the switching TFT and a reference supply wiring line, a switching TFT is provided between the gate terminal and a drain terminal of the driving TFT, and a switching TFT is provided between the gate terminal of the driving TFT and the connection point B. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118060 | PORTABLE ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIGHT THEREOF - A portable electronic apparatus and a method for controlling a light source thereof are provided. The portable electronic apparatus comprises a main control module, a light control module, and a light source module which is configured to generate light. The method comprises the following steps: storing a plurality of light control parameters into the main control module; outputting one of the light control parameters to the light control module by the main control module in response to an input signal; and generating and transmitting a light control signal to the light source module through the light control module in response to the outputted light control parameters. As a result, the brightness of the light generated by the light source module is controlled. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118061 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE CONTROL CIRCUIT - In a case where each of pixels of a liquid-crystal display panel is divided into two subpixels, the drive levels of the subpixels with respect to the gradation of an input video signal can be selected from among a plurality of drive levels while an increase in the circuit scale is suppressed. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118062 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a display device including a display unit having pixels, each of which includes a luminescence element for individually emitting light depending on a current amount and a pixel circuit for controlling a current applied to the luminescence element according to a picture signal, scan lines which supply a selection signal for selecting the pixels to emit light to the pixels in a predetermined scanning cycle, and data lines which supply the picture signal to the pixels, the pixels, the scan lines, and the data lines arranged in a matrix pattern, the display device including: a luminescence amount detector for inputting a picture signal with a linear characteristic to detect a luminescence amount from the picture signal; a luminescence time calculator for calculating a luminescence time for the luminescence element based on the luminescence amount detected by the luminescence amount detector; a luminescence time recorder for recording the calculated luminescence time; a luminance acquirer for acquiring luminance information of the luminescence element by use of the luminescence time recorded in the luminescence time recorder; a coefficient calculator for calculating a coefficient by which the picture signal is multiplied, based on the luminance information acquired by the luminance acquirer; and a coefficient multiplier for multiplying the picture signal by the coefficient calculated by the coefficient calculator. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118063 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes: a display panel, which displays an image corresponding to a primary image signal, which includes a first image signal, a second image signal and a third image signal; a light-emitting unit, which supplies light to the display panel; and a timing controller, which receives an input including the primary image signal, and outputs a converted image signal. The timing controller converts each of the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal on a basis of whichever one of the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal is selected, and outputs the converted image signal. The light-emitting unit determines a luminance of the light supplied to the display panel according to a reference grayscale of a reference image signal, the reference image signal being selected among the first image signal, the second image signal and the third image signal. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118064 | Driving Liquid Crystal Materials Using Low Voltages - In one embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal cell having a liquid crystal material, and drive circuitry coupled to the liquid crystal cell to provide a low voltage signal to drive the liquid crystal cell. The low voltage signal may be a pulse width modulated signal, in one embodiment. | 05-13-2010 |
20100123738 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a display device capable of correcting gamma characteristics in a simplified and expeditious manner upon renewal of a display portion, and also to provide a method for driving the same. When a liquid crystal display device is powered on, first, a source driver is supplied with tentative gradation reference voltages generated by a voltage dividing circuit having a plurality of resistances connected in a series, and the source driver generates a tentative gradation voltage group based on the tentative gradation reference voltages supplied therewith. Then, when a power supply circuit starts up, gradation voltage data supplied from a display control circuit is subjected to D/A conversion by a D/A converter, so that normal gradation reference voltages are generated. Once the normal gradation reference voltages are generated, they are supplied to the source driver in place of the tentative gradation reference voltages. Thereafter, the source driver generates normal gradation voltages based on the normal gradation reference voltages in place of the tentative gradation voltages. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123739 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes an image signal processor that is supplied with original image signals for various frames and generates interpolation signals used to display images corresponding to interpolation frames, and a display panel that displays images corresponding to the respective various frames and images corresponding to the respective interpolation frames, wherein the images displayed in the respective frames are images corresponding to a first gamma curve corrected based on an original gamma curve, the images displayed in the respective interpolation frames are images corresponding to a second gamma curve corrected based on the original gamma curve, and the first gamma curve is different from the second gamma curve. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123740 | DISPLAY ADJUSTING CIRCUIT FOR ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE PANEL, DISPLAY ADJUSTING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display adjusting circuit for performing adjustment for display on a video signal to be supplied to an organic electroluminescence panel, the display adjusting circuit of the organic electroluminescence panel, comprising a linear gamma circuit where a video signal on which a predetermined gamma adjustment has been performed is supplied to be converted into a video signal with a linear gamma characteristic by cancelling the gamma adjustment of the supplied video signal and to be output, an adjusting circuit to which the video signal output from the linear gamma circuit is supplied, and a panel gamma circuit where the video signal output from the adjusting circuit is supplied to be converted into a video signal with a gamma characteristic corresponding to a gamma characteristic of the organic electroluminescence panel and to be output, the adjusting circuit including a detecting unit for detecting a driving state or a driving history of the organic electroluminescence panel from the supplied video signal, an adjusting unit for performing adjustment on the video signal supplied to the organic electroluminescence panel by a detecting output of the detecting unit. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123741 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source in a normal mode and an increased luminance mode, based on a gradation data of an image signal, by using driving blocks each having a plurality of light-emitting blocks, includes applying, during the increased luminance mode, both a first driving voltage which drives a first driving block of the driving blocks during the normal mode, and a second driving voltage which drives a second driving block of the driving blocks during the normal mode, to the first driving block to increase a luminance of the first driving block when the first driving block is driven by a luminance greater than a luminance corresponding to the gradation data of the image signal. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123742 | METHOD OF MODIFYING PIXEL DATA, CONTROL UNIT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE CONTROL UNIT - In a method of compensating pixel data applied to a display panel which receives light from a backlight assembly including a light guide plate and a plurality of light-emitting blocks adjacent a side surface of the light guide plate, block representative values of image blocks are obtained. The block representative values of image blocks respectively correspond to the light-emitting blocks from pixel data of input image. Duty cycles of the light-emitting blocks are determined using the block representative values. Pixel brightness values are calculated using the duty cycles of the light-emitting blocks and brightness profile data in accordance with light-emitting regions of the light guide plate from which the light is emitted when a representative light-emitting block of the light-emitting blocks is driven. The pixel data may then be compensated based on the pixel brightness values. | 05-20-2010 |
20100123743 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source apparatus includes a light source module, a local dimming control part and a light source driving part. The light source module includes a plurality of light-emitting blocks. Each of the light-emitting blocks includes a first color light source, a second color light source and a third color light source, respectively. The local dimming control part drives the light-emitting blocks by blocks. The local dimming control part sets a reference duty signal for first, second and third color driving signals in accordance with a driving mode of the light source module. The light source driving part generates the first color driving signal, the second color driving signal and the third color driving signal by using the reference duty ratio set in accordance with the driving mode and a driving current having a same peak current level in accordance with the driving mode. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128064 | Display Color Control - A Red, Green, Blue Light Emitting Device (RGB LED) backlight color control system includes an RGB LED backlight comprising a red LED, a green LED, and a blue LED. A driving current regulator is coupled to each of the red LED, the green LED, and the blue LED. A backlight power control is coupled to each of the driving current regulators and operable to receive adjustment data and use the adjustment data to adjust the driving current supplied by at least one of the driving current regulators to at least one of the red LED, the green LED, and the blue LED. By adjusting the driving current supplied to the red LED, green LED, and/or the blue LED, color pallet points on a color triangle (associated with a display that uses the RGB LED backlight) are shifted to achieve the color desired by the user, avoiding the loss of color pallet points in the color triangle that occurs with conventional re-mapping techniques. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128065 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY UTILIZING THE SAME - A display including a scan driver, a data driver, a first pixel, and a second pixel is disclosed. The scan driver provides a first scan signal and a second scan signal. The data driver provides a data signal. The first pixel receives the first scan signal and displays a first color. The second pixel receives the second scan signal and displays a second color. The frequency of the first scan signal and the frequency of the second scan signal relate to the first color and the second color. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128066 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS - It is provided at a reasonable cost an image display method and image display apparatus having a small-sized display drive control circuits even in the case of many intensity levels. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128067 | AUTOMATIC GAMMA CORRECTION OF INPUT SOURCE CONTENT - Gamma information extracted from an input source is utilized to correct display gammas. Adjustment of display parameters is performed automatically based on the gamma information and obtained display characterization information. One instance utilizes gamma information such as, for example, gain, offset, and gamma, to automatically determine a corresponding brightness and/or contrast adjustment level of a display. In this manner, the output gamma can be adjusted to substantially match the input gamma. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128068 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE CARBON NANOTUBE DISPLAY - A drive circuit of a carbon nanotube display (CNDP) used to drive at least a pixel of a CNDP is provided, having an output stage and a calibration device. The output stage is coupled to the pixel and controlled by a pixel signal to switch the pixel between a high voltage and a low voltage. The calibration device is coupled between the output stage and the pixel and controlled by a bias to calibrate the equivalent resistance of the calibration device and further calibrate the brightness of the pixel. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128069 | Method of assembling displays on substrates - Various embodiments of methods and systems for designing and constructing displays from multiple light-modulating elements are disclosed. Display elements having different light-modulating and self-assembling characteristics may be used during display assembly and operation. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128070 | LIGHTING DEVICE FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device for a display device includes a light source and a chassis arranged to cover the light source. The light source includes a high voltage area to be subjected to relatively high voltage, and a low voltage area to be subjected to relatively low voltage. The chassis includes a distance providing mechanism arranged to provide a vertical distance between the chassis and the light source, so that the vertical distance is relatively large at the high voltage area of the light source and relatively small at the low voltage area of the light source. | 05-27-2010 |
20100134520 | Displays including semiconductor nanocrystals and methods of making same - A display comprises a substrate and a light-emitting device disposed on the substrate, wherein the substrate comprises a semiconducting material and a circuit for controlling the light-emitted from the light-emitting device. A light-emitting device includes a light-emitting material comprising semiconductor nanocrystals and an electrode in electrical connection with the light-emitting material on a side thereof remote from the substrate. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134521 | DEVICE COMPRISING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY | 06-03-2010 |
20100134522 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY COMPRISING A SCANNING BACKLIGHT - A scanning backlight ( | 06-03-2010 |
20100134523 | SEQUENTIAL COLOUR MATRIX DISPLAY AND ADDRESSING METHOD - A matrix display with a progressive color display, of active matrix-type, includes pixels arranged according to N rows and m columns. The N rows of the display are distributed into n groups, and each pixel column includes n column conductors, allowing for a write-selection of pixels of n rows in parallel, one row per group. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134524 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a display device is disclosed that can realize a wide color reproduction region and high color purity while maintaining a configuration of a display element having a high resolution and a high numerical aperture. The display device includes: an illumination device including a first light source that emits light of a first color and a second light source that emits light of a complementary color with respect to the first color; a gate driver that successively selects each of the scanning lines at a cycle of 0.5 frame; a data driver that writes a data signal into pixels of the first color and into at least one of pixels of a second color and a third color at a first half of one frame time period and writes a data signal into the pixels of the second color and the third color at a latter half thereof; and a switch circuit that switches on the first light source and switches off the second light source at the first half of one frame time period and switches on the second light source and switches off the first light source at the latter half of the time period. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134525 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a transmissive display device including a display panel, a backlight including a plurality of fluorescent tubes, an inverter section that supplies a driving voltage to the backlight, and an inverter control section that controls whether to drive or stop the inverter section and stops the inverter section when at least one of the fluorescent tubes is not lighting. The display device includes a mode determination section that determines whether a driving mode of the display device is a normal mode or a maintenance mode. Upon receiving, from the mode determination section, a signal indicating that the drive mode is the maintenance mode, after having stopped the inverter section due to a fact that at least one of the plurality of fluorescent tubes is not lighting, the inverter control section drives the inverter section again. Such a configuration makes it possible to, in a display device in which a backlight including a plurality of fluorescent tubes is used, make maintenance work more efficient by identifying a failed fluorescent tube while the backlight is not lighting. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134526 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - In one embodiment of the present invention, a transmissive liquid crystal display device includes a display panel, a backlight, and an inverter section. The liquid crystal display device further includes: a comparison process section for judging whether or not a voltage supplied to the inverter section is not less than a predetermined voltage required for normally driving the inverter section; a lighting state detection section for detecting lighting state of the backlight; and a backlight failure detection section for (i) judging whether or not the backlight has failed in accordance with each of processed results, and outputting a signal in accordance with a judged result. The backlight failure detection section outputs a backlight failure signal, in a case where (i) the voltage is not less than the predetermined voltage and (ii) the backlight is not lighting normally. Whereas, the backlight failure detection section does not output the backlight failure signal, in a case where the voltage is less than the predetermined voltage. According to the configuration of the display device including a backlight, a cause of improper lighting of the backlight can be identified. This allows maintenance work to be carried out efficiently. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134527 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a display control apparatus and method, and a program which make it possible to prevent deterioration in image quality due to insufficient luminance of light from a backlight. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134528 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, DRIVING APPARATUS, DIGITAL-ANALOG CONVERTER AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE A - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display, a driving device thereof, a digital to analog converter, and an output voltage amplifying circuit. The present invention provides a liquid crystal display driving device including a reference gray voltage generator for generating a plurality of reference gray voltages, and a data driver for generating a plurality of gray voltages based on the plurality of reference gray voltages and applying a data signal that is generated by selecting a gray voltage corresponding to m-bit video signals applied from the outside from among the plurality of gray voltages to the pixel The data driver includes: a voltage generator for selecting a first gray voltage and a second gray voltage corresponding to bit values of (m−k) bits from among the video signal from among the plurality of gray voltages, and outputting the first and second gray voltages; an output voltage generator for outputting 2k voltages determined as one of the first and second gray voltages corresponding to bit values of k bits from among the video signal; and an output voltage amplifier for generating the data signal by combining the 2k voltages, and applying the data signal to a plurality of pixels. According to the present invention, a liquid crystal display having a small cost and area can be realized. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134529 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MATCHING COLORS ON DISPLAYS WITH DIFFERENT MODULATION TRANSFER FUNCTIONS - A system and method for adjusting modulation transfer function includes a color correction module configured to adjust source picture content based upon a reference display to output color corrected picture content. A modulation frequency function (MTF) simulation module is configured to receive the color corrected picture content and simulate the reference display using the color corrected picture content for a display with MTF characteristics different than the reference display. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134530 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device improving picture-quality and a driving method thereof are disclosed. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134531 | INPUT DEVICE AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An input device includes light-emitting units, which are arranged around a display, and configured to emit an inspection light, light-receiving units, which are arranged around the display, and configured to receive the inspection light, and a control unit configured to determine whether an input is valid or not based on an intensity of light received by the light-receiving units, and transit to an energy-saving mode when the input is not valid. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134532 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS WITH VARYING LUMINANCE AND A DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method for driving a light source and maintaining its target white color coordinates despite of varied and decreased light source luminance includes detecting an amount of colored light generated from a plurality of colored light sources, comparing detected colored light to reference data and verifying that colored light source has the correct preset duty cycle colored light. If the colored light source is driven by the preset duty cycle, the method includes modifying the reference data based on the detected light from the colored light source and adjusting the amount of colored light by controlling a driving signal to the colored light sources based on the modified reference data. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134533 | Unit and method of controlling frame rate and liquid crystal display device using the same - A frame rate control method capable of enhancing picture-quality is disclosed. The frame rate control method generates red, green, and blue frame rate control signals by frame-rate-modulating red, green, and blue frame rate control patterns on the basis of lower-bit red, green, and blue data. The lower-bit red, green, and blue data are extracted from red, green, and blue data. The red, green and blue frame rate control patterns are obtained through a process of shifting basic frame rate control patterns by different sub-pixel numbers in one direction. The basic frame rate control patterns are established for a plurality of frames. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134534 | DISPLAY UNIT, AND DISPLAYING METHOD FOR THE BINOCULAR REPRESENTATION OF A MULTICOLOR IMAGE - A display unit for binocular representation of a multicolor image including a control unit triggering an imaging element such that the imaging element generates in a temporal successive manner the image to be displayed for a first beam path and a second beam path as a first image and second image, respectively. The images are generated in a pre-distorted manner, opposite of the chromatic aberration of the respective beam path, such that the chromatic aberration generated in the respective beam path is compensated when the first and second image is displayed. The display unit includes a switching module which operates in temporal synchrony with the first and second image being generated, such that a user can see the first image only via the first beam path and the second image only via the second beam path. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134535 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided which includes: a still image detection unit ( | 06-03-2010 |
20100134536 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING IMAGE THEREOF - An exemplary liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a liquid crystal pane and a gamma correction module. The liquid crystal panel includes a plurality of pixels including normal pixels and abnormal pixels. For a same gray scale, the normal pixels are driven by a first gray scale signal and the abnormal pixels are driven by a second gray scale signal, in order that the brightness of an image displayed by the normal pixels and the brightness of the image displayed by the abnormal pixels are substantially identical. | 06-03-2010 |
20100134537 | DESIGN SUPPORT METHOD - The display apparatus includes a dot matrix type display device including a display material; a driver circuit that passively drives a plurality of pixels in the display device; and a control circuit that controls the driver circuit. The control circuit applies a voltage pulse to initialize a plurality of pixels to be rewritten and applies a voltage pulse to change a tone state of the plurality of pixels and display the tone. The voltage pulse to be applied for the tone display includes an all-selected voltage pulse to be applied to a plurality of pixels the tone state of which are changed, and a half-selected voltage pulse and a non-selected voltage pulse to be applied to a plurality of pixels the tone state of which are not changed, and a ratio of the all-selected voltage to the half-selected voltage is larger than 2 | 06-03-2010 |
20100134538 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods comprise grey level waveforms which greatly enhance the pictorial quality of images displayed. The driving method comprises: (a) applying waveform to drive each pixel from its initial color state to the full first color then to a color state of a desired level; or (b) applying waveform to drive each pixel from its initial color state to the full second color then to a color state of a desired level. | 06-03-2010 |
20100141687 | METHOD OF ARRANGING GAMMA BUFFERS AND FLAT PANEL DISPLAY APPLYING THE METHOD - Provided are a method of arranging gamma buffers capable of decreasing a Kelvin of a source driver included in a flat panel display and minimizing a temperature deviation between source drivers, and the flat panel display applying the method. The method of arranging a plurality of gamma buffers which are arranged in one or more source drivers to output corresponding gamma voltages, includes a step of calculating power consumptions of the gamma buffers, wherein the method further comprises one or more steps of: changing tab points of the gamma buffers by using the calculated power consumptions of the gamma buffers; and changing positions of the gamma buffers by using the calculated power consumptions of the gamma buffers. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141688 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH MULTIPLE LAMPS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus includes a first lamp, a second lamp and a power supply unit for supplying electric power to the first or second lamp. In the image display apparatus, while a lamp to which electric power is to be supplied from the power supply unit is switched between the first lamp and the second lamp, the light generated by the first lamp or the second lamp is inhibited from being emitted outside. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141689 | ELECTRONIC SKIN READER - A portable electronic device includes a portable electronic device housing having a surface and a primary, light-emissive display. A display skin covers a portion of the surface of the portable electronic device housing. The display skin provides a secondary, light-reflective display. The display skin includes an optically active layer comprising electrooptical material. A first electrode layer is disposed on a first side of the optically active layer proximal the surface of the portable electronic device housing. A second electrode layer disposed on a second side of the optically active layer distal of the surface of the portable electronic device housing. Electronic circuitry selectively activates the optically active layer such that images including portions of a document are selectively displayed by the display skin. The display skin is capable of maintaining a display of a selectively displayed portion of the document while the primary display is in an unpowered state. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141690 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A light-emitting element driving circuit comprising: an index data storage unit configured to store n-bit index data for each of a plurality of light-emitting elements included in a display device, the n-bit index data specifying a storage location of gradation data indicating brightness of a light-emitting element in the plurality of light-emitting elements: a gradation data storage unit configured to store the gradation data with m bits larger than n bits, corresponding to the index data; and a driving circuit configured to drive the light-emitting element on the basis of the gradation data corresponding to the index data so that the light-emitting element emits light at brightness according to the gradation data. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141691 | Display apparatus - A display apparatus, that can prevent thermal destruction and burning with a simple structure, has been disclosed. In the apparatus it is judged that there is possibility of a pattern, whose area with high brightness is small, being displayed frequently, when a state in which the total light emission pulse number remains large occurs with high frequency, and if such a state is detected, the total light emission pulse number (sustain frequency) is reduced to prevent the thermal destruction and burning. | 06-10-2010 |
20100141692 | MULTICOLOR VISUAL FEEDBACK FOR NON-VOLATILE STORAGE - An improved storage device is disclosed having an interface, a controller in communication with this interface, a memory in communication with the controller, wireless communications system, volume control and audio output, battery, and a light-emitting-diode assembly or other multi-colored display in communication with the controller. The light-emitting-diode assembly has a first and a second light-emitting-diode element, the first and second light-emitting-diode elements emitting a first and a second color of light, respectively. The first light-emitting-diode element and said second light-emitting-diode element each independently controlled by the controller via pulse-width-modulation, to produce a third color which appears to be in between the first and second colors in wavelength, this third color indicative of the percent completion of an I/O task, the usage of the memory, volume level, wireless strength, or battery strength. | 06-10-2010 |
20100149220 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE CIRCUIT AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The total number of the scan electrodes is divided into a first scan electrode group and a second scan electrode group. The first scan electrode group drive section for driving the first scan electrode group produces a selection potential and a non-selection potential in the scan period, and supplies scan pulses based on the two potentials in the first half of the scan period. The complex switch section supplies the selection potential produced using the first scan electrode group drive section to the second scan electrode group drive section for driving the second scan electrode group in the latter half of the scan period. The second scan electrode group drive section supplies scan pulses based on the input selection potential. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149221 | DRIVE CURRENT OF LIGHT SOURCE BY COLOR SEQUENTIAL METHOD - The present invention relates to a drive circuit of light source by color sequential method for generating a full-color image based on sequential switching between red, green and blue illuminations. The drive circuit of light source by color sequential method includes a color-sequential control circuit and a plurality of radiating areas coupled to multiple light units. The color-sequential control circuit is connected to those radiating areas to control the operation thereof by the color sequential method. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149222 | BLUE LASER PUMPED GREEN LIGHT SOURCE FOR DISPLAYS - The invention relates to light sources and displays incorporating blue laser pumped light sources that provide green light. According to a first aspect of the invention, a green light source includes a semiconductor diode laser emitting light in an optical path having a dominant wavelength within the blue spectral region, a substrate positioned in the optical path of the semiconductor diode laser, and a material coupled to the substrate. The material is selected to absorb light emitted by the semiconductor diode laser and, in response, to emit light having a dominant wavelength within the green spectral region. According to a second aspect of the invention, an apparatus includes a lighting module for a display, the lighting module includes an array of red laser light sources, an array of blue laser light sources, and an array of green light sources according to the first aspect of the invention. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149223 | SELECTIVE DIMMING OF OLED DISPLAYS - A method enables power savings in an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display by dimming selected areas of the OLED display pixel by pixel. The selected areas may include, for example, particular displayed objects such as an active window, particular colors, etc. Dimming selected areas of the OLED display results in overall power savings when operating the OLED display. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149224 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing apparatus has a light source luminance calculating unit which calculates the luminances of the light sources of the plurality of colors of a back light based on an input image, a light source maximum value detecting unit which detects a light source maximum value that is the largest value in the light source luminances of the plurality of colors, a light source luminance correcting unit which corrects the light source luminances to obtain corrected light source luminances so as to reduce the difference among the light source luminances of the plurality of colors if the light source maximum value is smaller than a threshold value, a gradation conversion function calculating unit which calculates a gradation conversion function applied to the input image corresponding to each of the plurality of colors, by using the corrected light source luminance, and a control unit which converts the input image by using the gradation conversion function and outputs the input image to a liquid crystal panel and generates the luminance control signal by using the corrected light source luminance and outputs the luminance control signal to the back light. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149225 | ILLUMINATOR AND DISPLAY HAVING SAME - A display apparatus can perform a high quality moving picture display and provides improved color purity, and includes an illumination device that prevents and minimizes light unevenness in the form of a lamp image. The display apparatus includes an illumination device in which a first scattering layer, a first light-condensing layer, a second scattering layer, and a second light-condensing layer are arranged so as to cover a light-radiating surface of a light source unit including a first light source that emits light of a first color and a second light source that emits light of a second color complementary to the first color, a gate driver arranged to sequentially select each one of scanning lines at a cycle of 0.5 frames, a source driver that, at a first half of one frame time period, writes a data signal into each in a group of pixels of the first color, and at a latter half thereof, writes a data signal into each in groups of pixels of other two colors, and a switch circuit that, at the first half of one frame time period, switches on the first light source while switching off the second light source, and at the latter half of the time period, switches on the second light source while switching off the first light source. | 06-17-2010 |
20100149226 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPAY DEVICE - An organic electroluminescent display device includes a display panel that includes sub-pixels which include organic light emitting diodes, respectively, to display a frame image made by image data by every frame; a data drive IC that outputs data voltages to the sub-pixels, respectively, by every frame, wherein the data voltages correspond to the image data, respectively; a current detecting portion that detects a first panel current, and generates a first comparison value corresponding to the first panel current; a current estimating portion that estimates a second panel current from the image data of the frame and generates a second comparison value corresponding to the second panel current; and a brightness control portion that compares the first and second comparison values and adjusts a brightness of a frame image after the frame according to the comparison result. | 06-17-2010 |
20100156943 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A MATRIX VIEWING DEVICE WITH AN ELECTRON SOURCE - A method for driving a matrix viewing device displaying grey levels comprising a source of electrons at the crossing of line and column electrodes, consisting of applying a line selection voltage (Vls) on the line electrode and a voltage corresponding to the grey level on the column electrode. The grey levels are distributed into two families (F | 06-24-2010 |
20100156944 | Circuitry and method for reducing power consumption in gamma correction circuitry - Gamma curve correction circuitry includes first ( | 06-24-2010 |
20100156945 | ACTIVE MATRIX SUBSTRATE, DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - In an active matrix substrate, a plurality of pixels are arranged to correspond to a display region of a liquid crystal panel that has a shape other than a rectangular shape. Further, scan lines that are arranged along rows with the smaller number of the pixels than the other rows among a plurality of scan lines and data lines that are arranged along columns with the smaller number of the pixels than the other columns among a plurality of data lines intersect each other at a position other than the display region. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156946 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) device is disclosed. The apparatus for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel for receiving a video signal and a clock signal, and displaying them, a backlight for emitting light on the LCD panel, a timing controller for controlling the LCD panel and the backlight, a signal generator which has the same frequency as that of a horizontal synchronous signal by modulating the clock signal, and generates a signal synchronized with the horizontal synchronous signal, and an inverter which receives a signal from the signal generator, allows a driving frequency of the light source to be the same as that of the horizontal synchronous signal, and allows the received signal to be synchronized with the horizontal synchronous signal. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156947 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein are an apparatus and method for driving a liquid crystal display device. The apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel in which the same colors of three-color sub-pixels are arranged in the directions of a plurality of gate lines, a data driver for driving a plurality of data lines, a first gate driver for sequentially driving ( | 06-24-2010 |
20100156948 | TIMING CONTROLLER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A timing controller for a display device includes a receiver, a first line memory, a serialization part, and first and second compensation parts. The receiver receives image data corresponding to unit pixels, and transmits the image data to the first line memory in a first order. The first line memory receives and stores the image data. The serialization part reads the image data in the first order from the first line memory and serially transmits the image data in a second order different from the first order. The first compensation part receives the image data in the second order and generates first compensation data of the image data, the first compensation data corresponding to a first gamma curve. The second compensation part receives the image data in the second order and generates second compensation data of the image data, the second compensation data corresponding to a second gamma curve. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156949 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a timing controller and a liquid crystal panel. The timing controller sequentially receives first through third primitive image signals and sequentially outputs first through third corrected image signals. The liquid crystal panel displays an image based on the first through third corrected image signals. The timing controller generates a first converted image signal having a first gray level based on the first primitive image signal and stores the first converted image signal. The second primitive image signal has a second gray level and the timing controller generates a second converted image signal having a third gray level higher than the second gray level when the second gray level is lower than the first gray level. The timing controller generates the third corrected image signal using the second converted image signal and the third primitive image signal. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156950 | COLOR FILTER SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - In a color filter substrate and a display apparatus having the color filter substrate, the color filter substrate includes a color filter part having at least two adjacent color filters having different colors that are repeatedly arranged in turn. An edge of the color filter part overlaps a light blocking layer pattern in a plan view, wherein no difference in a blocking amount occurs between red, green, and blue lights blocked by the light blocking layer pattern. As a result, deterioration in a display quality of the display apparatus, which is caused by the light blocking layer pattern blocking a light having a certain color, may be prevented. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156951 | METHOD FOR COMPENSATING DATA, DATA COMPENSATING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE DATA COMPENSATING APPARATUS - A method for compensating data for a data compensating apparatus in a display apparatus includes converting image data of an n-th frame (where “n” is a natural number) into pre-compensation data of the n-th frame having a gray scale less than or equal to a gray scale of the image data of the n-th frame based on pre-compensation data of an (n− | 06-24-2010 |
20100156952 | LIGHTING DEVICE FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device for a display device includes a light source and a light source control device arranged to control the light source. The light source control device is arranged to generate a pulse signal as a light source control signal Vcon to control the light source. The light source control signal Vcon includes pulses, which individually have different shapes. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156953 | THIN HOLLOW BACKLIGHTS WITH BENEFICIAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS - A backlight unit ( | 06-24-2010 |
20100156954 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a plurality of pixel blocks, each pixel block of the plurality of pixel blocks including a first pixel electrode connected to a first switching element and a second pixel electrode connected to a second switching element; gate lines which extend along a first direction and include a first gate line connected to the first switching element and a second gate line connected to the second switching element; and data lines which extend along a second direction intersecting the first direction. A gate voltage is applied to the first gate line before the second gate line, and the first pixel electrode of each of the pixel blocks displays a same color. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156955 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A low-resolution image is displayed at high resolution and power consumption is reduced. Resolution is made higher by super-resolution processing. Then, display is performed with the luminance of a backlight controlled by local dimming after the super-resolution processing. By controlling the luminance of the backlight, power consumption can be reduced. Further, by performing the local dimming after the super-resolution processing, accurate display can be performed. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156956 | GRAYSCALE CHARACTERISTIC FOR NON-CRT DISPLAYS - A method for generating a target display characteristic for a non-CRT display device includes establishing a sequence of luminance-factor values corresponding to original-scene neutrals. The luminance-factor values are converted to corresponding Rec. 709 signal values. The luminance-factor values are then mapped according to a desired system tone reproduction characteristic to corresponding luminous intensity values to be reproduced by the non-CRT television display device. The target display characteristic is generated by relating the corresponding Rec. 709 signal values to corresponding luminous intensity values. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156957 | ORGANIC COMPOUND, ANTHRACENE DERIVATIVE, AND LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENTS, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICES, ELECTRONIC DEVICES, AND LIGHTING DEVICES USING THE ANTHRACENE DERIVATIVE - To provide a novel anthracene derivative which exhibit blue to blue green light emission, provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light, provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with a long lifetime, and provide a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with high emission efficiency, an anthracene derivative represented by General Formula (G1) is provided. In addition, a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light can be obtained by using the anthracene derivatives represented by General Formula (G1). Further, a light-emitting element which emits blue to blue green light with high emission efficiency and/or high reliability can be obtained by using the anthracene derivatives represented by General Formula (G1). | 06-24-2010 |
20100156958 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTIPLE PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY - Methods and systems for multiple primary color display are provided. Methods and systems of the present invention improve the spectrum efficiency of a color display system, and provide enhanced brightness and color gamut. In an embodiment, methods and systems of the present invention improve the brightness of a color display system employing a high pressure lamp by efficiently incorporating lights components of the lamp output that are outside the red, green, and blue spectrum in creating the color image. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156959 | Lighting apparatus and method, display apparatus and method, and program - A lighting apparatus includes: a first light source having a predetermined chromaticity in a chromaticity diagram and an emission luminance which varies according to a current; a second light source configured in such a way that a line connecting the chromaticity of the first light source and that of the second light source passes a part of a black body curve, and having an emission luminance which varies according to a current; a light guide plate that outputs lights from the first and second light sources in a predetermined direction; and a light source drive section that fixes a current of one of the first and second light sources and variably controls a current of the other one of the first and second light source according to a target value of a chromaticity of a combined light of the lights output from the light guide plate. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GAMMA CORRECTION AND FLAT-PANEL DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A method and apparatus for gamma correction and a flat panel display using the same. Weighted values corresponding to red, green and blue of an image signal are respectively evaluated to determine the dominant color in the image signal, and a Gamma correction based on the dominant color is then performed, thereby obtaining displaying quality similar with that obtained by independently performing red, green, or blue Gamma correction. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156961 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes multiplying a frame frequency of an inputted current frame to generate a multiplied odd-numbered frame and a multiplied even-numbered frame; determining whether said current frame is a still image frame or a dynamic image frame; detecting an edge area at which a motion blur occurs from the multiplied odd-numbered frame and the multiplied even-numbered frame; converting gray level values of pixels positioned at the detected edge area at the multiplied odd-numbered frame and the multiplied even-numbered frame; and continuously outputting the multiplied odd-numbered still image frame and the multiplied even-numbered still image frame or continuously outputting the multiplied odd-numbered dynamic image frame and the multiplied even-numbered dynamic image frame having the converted gray level values in accordance with the determined result. A liquid crystal display device is also disclosed. | 06-24-2010 |
20100156962 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING THE WHITE COLOUR POINT IN A FIELD-SEQUENTIAL LCD OVER TIME - A field sequential liquid crystal display maintains its white colour point through compensation values to at least one colour light emitting diode that illuminates the display. The compensation values may be impedances to control the current or pulsing of the current source according to a pulse width modulation technique. A degradation curve may be used to calculate extrapolate the theoretical forward voltage of the light emitting diode. Additional complexity arises from the need for calculating uptime for multiple light emitting diodes of different colours. Brightness levels may also be factored in. Additional processing of a display element may be provided when a grey scale image is being generated. | 06-24-2010 |
20100164996 | Driving Control Apparatus of Display Apparatus, Display Method, Display Apparatus, Display Monitor, and Television Receiver - In one embodiment of the present invention, to time-divide one frame of an input image signal into a first-half sub frame and a second-half sub frame, the grayscale of the signal in the second-half sub frame is set at a grayscale for dark display and the grayscale of the display signal of the first-half sub frame is adjusted, when the input image signal indicates low brightness. When an image with high brightness is displayed, the grayscale of the display signal of the first-half sub frame is set at a second predetermined value smaller than the maximum value and the grayscale of the display signal of the second-half sub frame is adjusted. Thereafter, in accordance with a combination of the input image signals of the (N−1)-th frame and the N-th frame, overshoot is performed with respect to the display signal of the first-half sub frame, in such a way as to restrain the decrease in the moving image quality on account of an insufficient response of a display module. In doing so, a grayscale within a range from the second predetermined value to the maximum value is used according to the need. As a result, overshoot driving is feasible in the first sub frame, and hence it is possible to restrain the decrease in the moving image quality due to an insufficient response of an image display panel, in all types of combinations of image signals in the current frame and the previous frame. | 07-01-2010 |
20100164997 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A plasma display device and a driving method thereof are provided. The plasma display device has a panel having a plurality of discharge cells including a display electrode pair that is formed of a scan electrode and a sustain electrode, and a temperature detecting circuit for detecting the ambient temperature of the panel and outputting the detected temperature. In the driving method, an unusual charge erasing period when a rectangular waveform voltage is applied to the scan electrode is disposed between the initializing period and address period of at least one of a plurality of subfields, and the number of subfields having the unusual charge erasing period is controlled based on the detected temperature detected by the temperature detecting circuit. | 07-01-2010 |
20100164998 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE CAPABLE OF ENHANCING IMAGE BRIGHTNESS AND REDUCING IMAGE DISTORTION - A driving method for a display device provides a first input pixel data corresponding to a pixel, and generates a second input pixel data by multiplying the first input pixel data by a predetermined rate. Next, an output pixel data corresponding to the second input pixel data is obtained from a predetermined gamma curve. When receiving the first input pixel data, the output pixel data is used for driving a display panel, and the second input pixel data is used for driving a backlight module of the display panel, | 07-01-2010 |
20100164999 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a display module for displaying information, a light module for emitting light to the display module, and a display control system. The display control system includes a storage module for storing display control parameters, and a system controller for setting the display module by using the display control parameters when an operation time of the light module equals to a predetermined time point, to compensate for a brightness deterioration of the light module. A related display control method is also provided. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165000 | VISUALIZING OBJECTS OF A VIDEO SIGNAL - The present invention enhances the viewing experience of a TV-set by providing an ambient light device for visualizing for example the motion of a car outside the monitor of the TV. When the car drives out of the area of the monitor, illuminated pixels outside the monitor, provides the viewer with a visualization that that car actually moves out of the monitor. A car moving into the monitor may also be visualized by illuminated pixels. The visualized motion of the car outside the monitor is determined on basis of object motion data derived from the object s motion within the monitor. A control device | 07-01-2010 |
20100165001 | WHITE LIGHT BACKLIGHTS AND THE LIKE WITH EFFICIENT UTILIZATION OF COLORED LED SOURCES - A backlight includes n | 07-01-2010 |
20100165002 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - There is provided a liquid crystal display. A liquid crystal display panel displays an image. An external light sensor senses a color temperature of external light around the liquid crystal display panel. The output luminance of a backlight is controlled in response to an adjustment dimming signal which is varied according to an input image. A gamma curve adjustment circuit restores an original color of the display image irrespective of a change in the viewing environments by modulating input digital video data based on the color temperature of the external light or a relative maximum white luminance for the adjustment dimming signal. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165003 | Image Display Apparatus And Projection Display Apparatus - An image display apparatus includes a light source controller; an element controller; and an image analyzing unit. The light source controller controls the amount of the light to be emitted from the light source, based on the target light amount and a time constant. The image analyzing unit calculates saturation based on the signal values of the video input signals of the plurality of colors, and sets the time constant according to the saturation. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165004 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus including: a display panel having a plurality of picture elements configured to execute display by driving a liquid crystal layer; a backlight configured to illuminate a display surface of the display panel from a backside; a photodetector arranged on the plurality of picture elements and configured to receive a light entered from the side of the display surface of the display panel; and a detection block configured to execute image recognition in the proximity of the display surface from a difference between a photodetection amount in the photodetector in a state where an illuminating light from the backlight is radiated from the display surface and a photodetection amount in the photodetector in a state where the illuminating light is blocked before the display surface. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165005 | HIGHLIGHT COLOR DISPLAY ARCHITECTURE USING ENHANCED DARK STATE - The present invention is directed to a highlight color display. One of the key features of the invention is the dark color of the display fluid filled in the microcups, which allows the dark state to appear black. There is no alignment required between the pixel electrodes and the microcups. In practice, a standard active matrix array may be used to drive the display device. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165006 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING CURRENT LIMIT FUNCTION - A display device and methods thereof. A display device may include a current limit control signal generator to output a current limit control signal according to an input display data, a RGB common gamma adjuster to adjust a value of a RGB common gamma setting signal input via a current limit control signal, a gamma divider to divide a RGB common gamma setting signal having a value adjusted by a RGB common gamma adjuster, and/or a gray amplifier to output a gray signal to drive a display screen by amplifying a signal divided by a gamma divider. A display device may have an automatic current limit function applicable to substantially all kinds of display screen, substantially without additional circuits for data calculation. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165007 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND SOURCE LINE DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device for generating gamma voltages for driving source lines and a source line driving method thereof are disclosed. The display device includes a plurality of gamma generation units configured to generate gamma voltages corresponding to respective colors, a selection unit configured to select gamma voltages corresponding to any one color from among the gamma voltages generated by the plurality of gamma generation units and to output the gamma voltages to a common line, a decoding unit configured to decode the gamma voltages output to the common line, and an output unit configured to buffer the signals decoded by the decoding unit and to output source line driving signals. Thus, it is possible to reduce the number of lines for transferring the gamma voltages. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165008 | DRIVER CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR CALIBRATING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY - A driver circuit for driving at least a pixel of a displayer, including an output stage, a calibration device and a surge suppression device. The output stage is coupled to the pixel and controlled by a pixel signal to switch an output voltage on the pixel between a high level and a low level. The calibration device is coupled between the output stage and the pixel and comprises an input end controlled by a bias voltage to calibrate an equivalent resistance of the calibration device for further calibrating a brightness level of the pixel. The surge suppression device is coupled between the input end of the calibration device and the pixel signal, and is used to suppress surges in the bias voltage which occur due to switching of the output voltage. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165009 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided that includes an amount of light emission computation portion that computes an amount of light emission based on a video signal that has a linear characteristic, an amount of light emission parameter computation portion that, based on the computed amount of light emission, computes an amount of light emission parameter that corresponds to the amount of light emission for each of one of one pixel and a group of pixels that includes a plurality of the pixels, an amount of light emission parameter accumulation portion that accumulates the amount of light emission parameters in association with the one of the one pixel and the group of pixels, a peak detection portion that detects a peak value among the accumulated amount of light emission parameters that correspond to all of the one of the one pixel and the group of pixels, a coefficient computation portion that, based on the detected peak value, computes a coefficient that adjusts a luminance, and a coefficient multiplying portion that multiplies the video signal by the computed coefficient and outputs the multiplied video signal. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165010 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving method and apparatus for a liquid crystal display uses a comparison between the previous frame and the current frame to expand the contrast ratio and reduce the manufacturing cost. A limited amount of data from the current image may be used: either using a limited area of the image or merely the amount of green in the overall image or the limited area. In the apparatus, an image signal modulator expands the contrast of the input data when the previous image is analogous to the current image to thereby generate output data. A timing controller re-arranges the output data to apply the output data to a data driver. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165011 | DISPLAY DRIVER AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - In a display driver, one scanning period is divided into a period P and a subsequent period D. In the period P, a pre-charge voltage equal to an original data voltage is applied in a time-sharing manner to data lines in one block, and in the period D after the period P, the original data voltage is applied again. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165012 | SPONTANEOUS LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 07-01-2010 |
20100171768 | MOVING PARTICLE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device and a method for driving the display device is disclosed. The display device comprises drive circuitry ( | 07-08-2010 |
20100171769 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus according to an aspect of the invention includes a first scanning line disposed in a first direction, a second scanning line disposed to accompany the first scanning line, and a first signal line crossing the first and second scanning lines. The display apparatus also includes a first pixel electrode connected to the first signal line via a first switching element having a terminal that is connected to the first scanning line so that the first pixel electrode is applied with a gray scale signal under control of the first switching element, and a second pixel electrode connected to the first pixel electrode via a second switching element having a terminal that is connected to the second scanning line so that the second pixel electrode is applied with a gray scale signal through the first pixel electrode under control of the first switching element and the second switching element. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171770 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a display unit having luminescence elements that individually becomes luminous depending on a current amount. The luminescence elements are arranged in a matrix pattern. The display device includes an adjustment signal generator for generating an adjustment signal for adjusting an effective duty regulating a luminous time per unit time. The luminescence elements are luminous for the luminous time. The display device also includes a luminous time setter for setting the effective duty equal to or lower than an upper limit value provided for the effective duty to be set, according to picture information of an input picture signal, so that a total luminescence amount per unit time is limited, at which amount the luminescence elements of the display unit are luminous. The display device further include an upper limit value setter for changing the upper limit value of the luminous time setter, depending on the adjustment signal output from the adjustment signal generator based on an operation. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171771 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENTS FOR PROJECTION OF IMAGES - A light source sequentially emits lights generated by at least three light emitting elements each emitting a different primary color to generate an image. Each light emitting element has a duty cycle in a lighting period, which may be an image frame period. A sequence scheme is provided for alternatingly driving different ones of the light emitting elements. The light emitting elements are driven in accordance with the sequence scheme at least two times in the lighting period, while maintaining the duty cycle for each light emitting element. In the sequence scheme, at least one light emitting element having the highest temperature sensitivity of all light emitting elements is driven more times than another one. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171772 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and a driving method thereof are provided. The LCD device includes a display panel including pixel units, a data driving circuit, and a gate driving circuit. The gate driving circuit provides a first gate off voltage to one pixel unit of the pixel units when the data driving circuit provides a data voltage having a positive polarity to the pixel unit, the gate driving circuit provides a second gate off voltage to one pixel unit of the pixel units when the data driving circuit provides a data voltage having a negative polarity to the pixel unit. The second gate off voltage is less than the first gate off voltage. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171773 | CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT AND ACTUATION METHOD FOR SEMI-CONDUCTOR LIGHT SOURCES - A circuit arrangement for driving semiconductor light sources is provided. The circuit arrangement may include video electronics, which are configured to generate a timing signal and an image value table; a driver circuit, which comprises a digital and an analogue part, and a semiconductor light source module, which can contain one or a plurality of semiconductor light sources; and a switch being arranged between the driver circuit and the semiconductor light source module, which switch is driven by the driver circuit and can switch the desired value for the power supply for the semiconductor light source module away from an analogue/digital converter to logic 0. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171774 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is disclosed having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, in which a current driven light-emitting element is provided for each pixel, and current supplied to each light-emitting element is controlled based on input image data for each pixel for achieving display, the display device, includes a correction circuit for performing calculations based on the input image data and correction data, and correcting non-uniform luminance caused by variations in display characteristics for each pixel to produce correction data; a panel current detection circuit for detecting a panel current, which is the total current to be supplied to each pixel; and a modification circuit for modifying the correction data in response to a voltage drop due to the panel current to reduce errors in the correction data. | 07-08-2010 |
20100171775 | TRANSFLECTIVE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An IPS-mode transflective LCD device includes an array of pixels each including a reflective region and a transmissive region juxtaposed. The reflective region operates in a normally-white mode, and the transmissive region operates in a normally-black mode. A common data signal is supplied to the reflective region and transmissive region, whereas the common electrode signal in the transmissive region is an inverted signal of the common electrode signal in the reflective region, to thereby obtain similar gray-scale levels. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177123 | EDGE REPRODUCTION IN OPTICAL SCANNING DISPLAYS - When producing an image in an optical scanning device, such as an optical scanning device employing pulse width modulation, for example, edges are reproduced by illuminating, within a pixel through which an edge passes, an off-centered location towards the lighter illumination side of the edge. Such a technique reproduces an edge with reduced jagging and with accurate color as compared to conventional displays. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177124 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The display device includes a display panel displaying images, a light source generating and supplying light to the display panel, and a unitary indivisible frame supporting the display panel and including the light source disposed therein. The frame includes a bottom surface, a plurality of sidewalls which each extend from the bottom surface, a plurality of seating portions which extend from the plurality of sidewalls and on which the display panel is seated, and support protrusions protruding inclined from the seating portions and facing a lateral surface of the display panel. The bottom surface, the plurality of sidewalls, the plurality of seating portions and the support protrusions are disposed continuous with each other in the unitary indivisible frame. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177125 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT PIXEL WITH EFFICIENCY COMPENSATION BY THRESHOLD VOLTAGE OVERCOMPENSATION - In each pixel, a current-driven type light emitting element OLED, and a driving element T | 07-15-2010 |
20100177126 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - A display device is provided that includes a pixel that has a light emitting element that emits light in accordance with an amount of an electric current and a pixel circuits that controls, in accordance with a video signal, an electric current that is applied to the light emitting element, a scanning line that supplies to the pixel, in a specified scan cycle, a selection signal that selects the pixel that will emit light, a data line that supplies a video signal to the pixel, and a display portion in which drive transistors to which the video signal is supplied are arranged in the form of a matrix. The display device also includes a gamma conversion portion that converts the video signal such that it has a gamma characteristic, and a transistor control portion that controls current-voltage characteristics of the transistors such that the gamma characteristic of the signal that is converted by the gamma conversion portion becomes a linear characteristic when it is multiplied by the current-voltage characteristics of the transistors. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177127 | LED DRIVING CIRCUIT, SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENT AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An LED driving circuit driving an LED array includes: n constant-current driving elements having a vertical structure, each of which is connected to each of LED strings in series and drives the LED string with a constant current; n constant-current control circuits controlling on voltages of the constant-current driving elements so that currents flowing to the LED strings become constant currents; a lowest-voltage detecting circuit to which terminal voltages of the constant-current driving elements on an LED string side are inputted, the lowest-voltage detecting circuit selecting a lowest voltage from among the terminal voltages and outputting a command signal based on difference between the lowest voltage and a predetermined set voltage; and a power-supply control circuit controlling a voltage applied to the LED array to a voltage lower than an initial set voltage based on the command signal. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177128 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL-DRIVING IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, LIQUID-CRYSTAL-DRIVING IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - In a liquid-crystal-driving image processing circuit that encodes and decodes image data to reduce the frame memory size, the present invention has the object of providing a liquid-crystal-driving image processing circuit capable of correcting image data accurately and applying appropriately corrected voltages to the liquid crystal without being affected by encoding or decoding errors, even when moving images are input. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182345 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Each picture element includes first and second sub-picture elements, each of which includes a liquid crystal capacitor and at least one storage capacitor. After a display voltage representing a certain grayscale level has been applied to the respective sub-picture element electrodes of the first and second sub-picture elements, a voltage difference ΔVα is produced between voltages to be applied to the respective liquid crystal capacitors of the first and second sub-picture elements by way of their associated storage capacitor(s). By setting the voltage difference ΔVα value of the blue and/or cyan picture element(s) to be smaller than that of the other color picture elements, shift toward the yellow range at an oblique viewing angle can be minimized. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182346 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device | 07-22-2010 |
20100182347 | DUAL-LAMP DRIVING CIRCUIT - A dual-lamp driving circuit includes a first frequency switch control circuit, a second frequency switch control circuit, a pulse-width modulation (PWM) control circuit, a first power stage circuit, a second power stage circuit, a conversion circuit, and a feedback circuit. The first frequency switch control circuit receives a first enable signal, and outputs a first frequency switch signal according to the first enable signal. The second frequency switch control circuit receives a second enable signal, and outputs a second frequency switch signal according to the second enable signal. The PWM control circuit outputs various PWM control signals according to the first frequency switch signal and the second frequency switch signal. The feedback circuit feeds back a first current signal from the first lamp to the frequency switch control circuit, and a second current signal from the second lamp to the frequency switch control circuit. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182348 | Signal voltage generation circuit, display panel driving device, and display apparatus - A voltage selection unit selects, based on a grayscale value represented by e.g. 10-bit grayscale data D<9:0>, two voltages Vb | 07-22-2010 |
20100182349 | Display apparatus and driver - A display apparatus includes a display section; latching sections configured to receive and hold display data to be displayed on the display section; input switches respectively connected with outputs of the latching sections, D/A converters respectively connected with the input switch groups; amplifiers configured to amplify and output the output gradation voltages from the D/A converters, respectively; output switches provided between outputs of the amplifiers and an output node, respectively; data line switches provided onto data lines, respectively; and a control section configured to sequentially supply input switching control signals to the input switches, sequentially supply output switching control signals to the output switches, and sequentially supplies data line switching control signals to the data line switches in synchronization with a Y | 07-22-2010 |
20100182350 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPATAUS - In general, when a user views an image displayed on a display apparatus, visual environments, such as ambient brightness, a distance from the user to the display apparatus and so on, may disadvantageously cause the image displayed on the display apparatus to become difficult to view. Moreover, it is complicated and troublesome for the user to enter information of ambient light amount and others when setting a picture quality. An image display apparatus holds both question constituent information related to visual environments and choice information serving as answers to questions constituted by the question constituent information, and further holds a plurality of picture quality control rules suitable for visual environments assumed in accordance with the choice information serving as the answers. When sensing a power-up, the image display apparatus outputs the questions; acquires result information that is choices serving as answers from the user to those questions and that is used to acquire the picture quality control rules; and controls the picture quality in accordance with the picture quality control rules acquired in accordance with the result information. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182351 | LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT STRUCTURE WITH VARYING PITCHES - The present invention is directed to luminance enhancement structure for reflective display devices. The luminance enhancement structure comprises columns and grooves, wherein said grooves have a triangular cross-section and the pitches of the structure vary. The structure not only can enhance the brightness of a display device, but also can reduce the Moiré effect of the display device. | 07-22-2010 |
20100188433 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a display control apparatus and method, and a program that are capable of appropriately controlling the luminance of light to be emitted by backlights with simple processing. On the basis of an input image signal, a peripheral-representative-value computation unit ( | 07-29-2010 |
20100188434 | Method of Driving a Light Source, Apparatus for Performing the Method and Display Apparatus Having the Apparatus - A light source apparatus includes a light source module, a luminance determiner, an illuminance sensor and a light source driver. The light source module provides a display panel with light. The luminance determiner obtains luminance data of first image data including at least white image data that is converted from image data of a red color, a green color and a blue color. The illuminance sensor obtains sensing data based upon an external illuminance. The light source driver drives the light source module based upon the luminance data and the sensing data. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188435 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source includes: determining a location of pixel data of a display relative to a plurality of light-emitting blocks of a light source, obtaining a plurality of luminance values of the light-emitting blocks corresponding to the location by using a lookup table (LUT) storing the luminance values of the light-emitting blocks, generating a plurality of histograms corresponding to the light-emitting blocks, determining a plurality of target luminance values of the light-emitting blocks using the histograms, and driving the light-emitting blocks using the determined target luminance values. The luminance values of the light-emitting blocks are based on the location of the pixel data within an image block of the display corresponding to each light-emitting block. Each of the histograms indicates a frequency of each of the luminance values of a respective one of the light-emitting blocks. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188436 | Illumination apparatus and method of driving the same - An illumination apparatus which can easily display desired color light by individually controlling light emission of at least two organic light emitting devices while reducing the operational voltage. The illumination apparatus includes: a light emitting unit includes scanning lines, data lines crossing the corresponding scanning lines, and light emitting areas connected between the scanning lines and the data lines, where the light emitting areas include a first light emitting area including at least two first organic light emitting devices emitting a first color and a second light emitting area including at least two second light emitting devices emitting a second color different from the first color; and a driving unit non-simultaneously driving the first light emitting area and the second light emitting area to emit light during a frame. The method of driving the illumination apparatus includes individually emitting light from the first and second light emitting areas by respectively applying data signals to the first and second light emitting areas via the data lines connected thereto during a frame. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188437 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device prevents luminance unevenness that occurs in the case of inversion driving being performed, and performs high quality image display, while selectively scanning two lines of picture elements constituting a single pixel using a single gate wiring, as in the case of multi-primary color image display. The display device includes a display element including a pixel constituted by a plurality of picture elements disposed in two lines in a longitudinal direction and two or more columns in a lateral direction, a gate wiring common to the plurality of picture elements, and a source wiring that is arranged perpendicular or substantially perpendicular to the gate wiring and to perform image display using inversion driving in which an image display signal is provided to the picture elements connected to the gate wiring which is sequentially selected, at a different polarity than a polarity of an immediately previous frame, and an array of the picture elements in the pixel is determined so as to compensate for a change in luminance following the change in the effective value relative to the image display signal of the picture elements belonging to one line. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188438 | Backlight and Liquid Crystal Display Device - A backlight and a liquid crystal display device are disclosed. The backlight comprises a plurality of light sources generating light, a selective signal output terminal through which selective signals for driving the light source are output, a multiplexer for multiplexing the selective signals to output driving signals for driving the respective light sources, and a current source for controlling a supply of power of the light sources using the driving signals. The liquid crystal display device comprises the backlight, a liquid crystal panel, and a system. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188439 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a transmissive liquid crystal display device having a display region made up of pixels arrayed in a matrix fashion. The liquid crystal display device includes a planar light source unit formed of planar light source units corresponding to respective display region units on an assumption that the display region is divided into the display region units and configured in such a manner that each planar light source unit irradiates a corresponding display region unit with light, and a drive circuit driving the liquid crystal display device and the planar light source device. The liquid crystal display device is scanned line-sequentially and the pixels making up each display region unit are scanned line-sequentially. A planar light source unit corresponding to a display region unit is held in a luminous state over a predetermined period since a line-sequential scan on the display region unit has been completed. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188440 | Backlight Control Apparatus and Associated Method - A backlight control apparatus is provided. The apparatus controls a backlight module of a liquid crystal display for displaying three-dimensional stereo images. The apparatus includes an image update progress detector and a backlight control signal generator. The image update progress detector detects an update progress of an image signal to generate an update progress signal. The backlight control signal generator generates a plurality of backlight control signals according to the update progress signal to respectively control backlight turn on/off time points of a plurality of backlight areas of the backlight module. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188441 | DRIVING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving apparatus for a display device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and each pixel includes first and second sub-pixels. The driving apparatus includes a memory for storing digital data, a controller for calling the digital data to output the digital data together with a clock signal and at least one selection signal, and a gray voltage generator formed of an integrated circuit to receive the digital data from the controller and to generate gray reference voltage sets. The gray voltage generator includes first and second registers for storing the digital data, a selector including a plurality of multiplexers for receiving the outputs of the first and second registers, and a converter including a plurality of digital-analog converters connected to the multiplexers. As described above, the gray voltage generator is provided in the form of a chip so that it is possible to reduce the area occupied on a printed circuit board (PCB) and to reduce the cost of the gray voltage generator. | 07-29-2010 |
20100188442 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD FOR ENHANCING GRAYSCALE DISPLAY CAPABLE OF LOW LUMINANCE PORTION WITHOUT INCREASING DRIVING TIME - A driving method for a plasma display apparatus having address electrodes, scan electrodes and common electrodes and displaying one field of image by using subfields is provided. The driving method includes one specific subfield is arranged to be turned ON early in the one field and always turned ON at luminance level higher than input luminance level “0”, and the specific subfield has a least luminance weight and does not have resetting. | 07-29-2010 |
20100194785 | Front Lighting for Rollable or Wrappable Display Devices - A display device includes a housing, a screen connected to the housing and being configured to display data in grey-scale on a first portion of the screen, and at least one light source connected to the housing. The light source is configured to project color content on a second portion of the screen. The screen may be flexible and/or rollable on a roller included in the housing. The screen may be electrophoretic and/or reflective. The display device may also include optics or a light guide-to-guide light from the light source to the screen. Further, optics may be provided to detect light reflected from the screen and direct more light to portions of the screen having reduced illumination. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194786 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus including: a display panel configured to display a display image based on an image signal; an illumination unit configured to output an illumination light for illuminating the display panel; and a controller configured to correct, when a illumination request for illuminating the display panel is received, at least one of brightness and chromaticity of the illumination light based on light-on time and light-off time of the illumination unit previous to a time point at which the illumination request is received. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194787 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUS - White noise images and white noise-like pattern images are discerned by making use of the fact that the address current is increased when such an image is entered and detecting the address current by an address current detection circuit. When the detected address current exceeds a given value α and persists for a given period of time, a CPU controls a contrast control circuit to lower the contrast of the video signal, thus reducing the power consumption of an address driver circuit. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194788 | Driving method for vacuum fluorescent display, and vacuum fluorescent display - Luminance life can be enhanced in a vacuum fluorescent display that is driven according to a dynamic drive scheme and that uses a phosphor having remarkable luminance saturation. A drive method for a vacuum fluorescent display, having causing a phosphor layer formed on an anode to display under low-energy electron excitation by the dynamic driving, wherein the phosphor included in the phosphor layer is a phosphor in which the luminance increases when a pulse width is reduced under conditions in which the Du is kept the same in the dynamic driving, and in which, after a voltage is applied to the anode and the luminance of the phosphor is saturated, the time at which the luminance value decreases to 10% of the saturation luminance value following stoppage of the voltage application is 200 μsec or more; and wherein the pulse width and pulse repetition period in the dynamic driving are made variable in the direction of maintaining the initial luminance of the phosphor as driving time elapses. | 08-05-2010 |
20100194789 | PARTIAL IMAGE UPDATE FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The present invention is directed to methods for partial image updates. Such methods provide the display controller the ability to update selected areas of an image that require updating and leave other areas unchanged. The methods also allow for multiple waveforms to be used for specific regions, giving the display the capability of updating each region with its own waveform. | 08-05-2010 |
20100201716 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display device according to the present invention includes a display which is provided on a front surface of the display device and is a display surface on which images are displayed, an illuminance sensor which is provided on a rear surface of the display device and is a first measuring unit measuring illuminance on the rear surface, and a control unit which is a first control unit controlling brightness of the images displayed on the display. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201717 | Display device and driving method thereof - A driving method for a display device includes the steps of: performing writing processing to apply a video signal to a first node over a data line via a writing transistor with a predetermined driving voltage applied from a power supply to one of source/drain regions of a driving transistor, wherein the trailing edge of a scanning signal to be applied to a gate electrode of the writing transistor at the writing processing step is inclined; and the luminance characteristic of display elements connected onto each of a scan lines is controlled by controlling the crest value of the scanning signal, which is applied to first to M-th scan lines, for each of the scan lines. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201718 | LIGHT EMITTING LAMP, BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A light emitting lamp, a backlight assembly and a display device including the same are provided. The light emitting lamp includes a lamp tube longitudinally extended along an extension line, and a plurality of set electrodes disposed on a periphery of the lamp tube and along the extension line. The periphery of the lamp tube is divided into a first region and a second region by a plane including the extension line, and each of the set electrodes includes a first electrode disposed on the first region and a second electrode disposed on the second region. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201719 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A low-resolution image is displayed at higher resolution and afterimages are reduced. Resolution is made higher by super-resolution processing. In this case, the super-resolution processing is performed after frame interpolation processing is performed. Further, in that case, the super-resolution processing is performed using a plurality of processing systems. Therefore, even when frame frequency is made higher, the super-resolution processing can be performed at high speed. Further, since frame rate doubling is performed by the frame interpolation processing, afterimages can be reduced. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201720 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF USING A LIGHTING SYSTEM TO ENHANCE BRAND RECOGNITION - The present solution described herein provides systems and methods to coordinate and control the lighting of areas of a display unit in manner desired based on the type, brand and other characteristics of the product presented for display via the display unit. A lighting control system may control the characteristics of light emanating from one or more light sources to cause a reaction or visual effect from light reactive material of the product or display unit. In some cases, the lighting control system may control the characteristics of light emanating from one or more light sources based on signals from detectors, such as sensing any state or condition of the ambient environment. | 08-12-2010 |
20100201721 | Light Emitting Device and Electronic Appliance - The present invention is to provide a light emitting device capable of obtaining a certain luminance without influence by the temperature change, and a driving method thereof. A current mirror circuit formed by using a transistor is provided for each pixel. The first transistor and the second transistor of the current mirror circuit are connected such that the drain currents thereof are maintained at proportional values regardless of the load resistance value. Thereby, a light emitting device capable of controlling the OLED driving current and the luminance of the OLED by controlling the drain current of the first transistor at a value corresponding to a video signal in a driving circuit, and supplying the drain current of the second transistor to the OLED, is provided. | 08-12-2010 |
20100207963 | GAMMA VOLATGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATOR THEREOF - A gamma voltage generator including an operation amplifier, a first reference impedance unit, a second reference impedance unit, a first variable impedance unit, a second variable impedance unit, and a select unit is provided. The operation amplifier generates an amplified output voltage. The first reference impedance unit receives a first gamma voltage, and the second reference impedance unit receives a second gamma voltage. The first variable impedance unit provides a first variable impedance, and the second variable impedance unit receives the first gamma voltage and provides a second variable impedance. The select unit selects the amplified output voltage or the first gamma voltage according to a control signal to generate an interpolated gamma output voltage. | 08-19-2010 |
20100207964 | DISPLAYS WITH INTEGRATED BACKLIGHTING - The specification and drawings present a new apparatus and method for designing and using display devices with integrated backlight layer structure utilizing separate color diffractive out-coupling (e.g., diffraction out-coupling). A lower substrate of the display can be used to integrate the backlight component (or the backlight layer structure), thus enabling a thin module with the integrated backlighting. | 08-19-2010 |
20100207966 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A driving method for a liquid crystal display apparatus, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between a pixel electrode and a counter electrode, and that controls a transmitted light in the liquid crystal layer by dividing a single frame period into multiple subfield periods and applying an on/off binary data signal between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode in each subfield period. When a counter electrode potential applied to the counter electrode is used as a reference and a voltage higher than the reference is taken as a positive-polarity voltage and a voltage lower than the reference is taken as a negative-polarity voltage, the data signal is converted to the positive-polarity voltage and negative-polarity voltage alternately and cyclically every a cyclical period having subfield period or every several subfield periods. Further, the length of half the cyclical period is no less than 1.6 ms. | 08-19-2010 |
20100207967 | HYBRID DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER, SOURCE DRIVER, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A hybrid digital to analog converter (DAC) includes a first digital to analog converting unit (DACU) and a second DAC unit. The first DAC unit provides an analog voltage corresponding to Q-bit upper data of P-bit gray data, in response to a plurality of gamma voltages, where P is a natural number equal to or greater than 10 and Q is a natural number less than 10. The second DAC unit provides an analog current having a magnitude according to each bit level of R-bit lower data of the P-bit gray data, based on a rated current generated from a reference voltage, where R is a natural number corresponding to P-Q. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214324 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided that comprises a liquid crystal display panel ( | 08-26-2010 |
20100214325 | IMAGE DISPLAY - An image display (A) comprises a display unit ( | 08-26-2010 |
20100214326 | ACTIVE MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An active matrix liquid crystal display device and driving method thereof is provided, in which two different gamma voltage signals can be generated for two pixels of a sub-pixel without extra source lines or gate lines. In a sub-pixel having a first pixel and a second pixel, the switching on/off of the first pixel is controlled by one gate line and that of the second pixel is controlled by one gate line and one source line. The first pixel has a first thin film transistor (TFT) and an electrostatic capacitor. The second pixel has second and third TFTs serially connected. Gate electrodes of the two serially-connected TFTs are connected to the gate line and the source line, respectively. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214327 | ADAPTIVE FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD OF FSC DISPLAY - An adaptive feedback control method of a field sequential color display includes converting gray-scale values of a three primary color field of an input image into gray-scale values of a new three primary color field and a dominated color field (D-field); performing sampling; performing a pixel by pixel sum operation for each separated color through color gamut conversion to obtain a color difference sum; performing a feedback control at a bit precision to obtain a minimum color difference sum; and then performing a liquid crystal/backlight synchronization step of synchronizing a liquid crystal signal and a backlight gray-scale value of the input image; or dividing the input image into a plurality of blocks; performing feedback control operations; obtaining a minimum sum in each block to serve as an optical backlight value, thereby reducing a CBU phenomenon, and minimizing or controlling the generated CBUs to reduce the operation loads. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214328 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display device includes a motion detector that detects a magnitude of motion between frames from image data containing an image to be displayed, a frame number adjuster that adjusts the number of frames per unit time based on a detection result from the motion detector, a sub-frame number adjuster that adjusts the number of sub-frames included in one frame based on the detection result, and a controller that controls the frame number adjuster and the sub-frame number adjuster such that: when the detected magnitude is large, the number of frames is made larger and the number of sub-frames is made smaller in comparison with the case where the detected magnitude is small; and when the detected magnitude is small, the number of frames is made smaller and the number of sub-frames is made larger in comparison with the case where the detected magnitude is large. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220114 | Display Device, Electro-Optical Element Driving Method and Electronic Equipment - The present invention permits a capacitance value of an electro-optical element such as organic EL element to be arbitrarily set without changing the light extraction efficiency of a pixel. That is, the present invention permits a capacitance value Coled of an organic EL element ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220115 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL, AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device has a plasma display panel (PDP) and a driver unit driving the PDP. One field for displaying one screen of the PDP is made up of a plurality of subfields having a reset period and an address period. At least one of the plurality of subfields is a subfield for low luminance with number of times of sustain discharge being set to 0 (zero) and a voltage between a scan electrode and a sustain electrode during the address period being set smaller than a firing voltage between the scan electrode and the sustain electrode. The driver unit applies between the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes a voltage smaller than the firing voltage between the scan electrodes and the sustain electrodes in a reset period of a subfield subsequent to the subfield for low luminance. As a result, luminance when reproducing black can be lowered. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220116 | PIXEL STRUCTURE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel structure includes a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel. The first sub-pixel includes a first switching transistor and a first liquid crystal capacitor, wherein when the first switching transistor is turned on, the first liquid crystal capacitor is biased to a first gray level voltage. The second sub-pixel includes a second switching transistor, a second liquid crystal capacitor, a third switching transistor, a charge sharing capacitor and a fourth switching transistor, wherein when the second switching transistor is turned on, the second liquid crystal capacitor is biased to the first gray level voltage; when the fourth switching transistor is turned on, the charge sharing capacitor is reset to a predetermined voltage; and when the third switching transistor is turned on, the second liquid crystal capacitor and the charge sharing capacitor are charge-shared to a second gray level voltage through the third switching transistor. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220117 | Method for Driving Semiconductor Device - To provide a method for driving a semiconductor device, by which influence of variation in threshold voltage and mobility of transistors can be reduced. The semiconductor device includes an n-channel transistor, a switch for controlling electrical connection between a gate and a first terminal of the transistor, a capacitor electrically connected between the gate and a second terminal of the transistor, and a display element. The method has a first period for holding the sum of a voltage corresponding to the threshold voltage of the transistor and an image signal voltage in the capacitor; a second period for turning on the switch so that electric charge held in the capacitor in accordance with the sum of the image signal voltage and the threshold voltage is discharged through the transistor; and a third period for supplying a current to the display element through the transistor after the second period. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220118 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - An active matrix display apparatus of the present invention comprises plural gate lines and plural source lines which are arranged such that the plural gate lines respectively intersect the plural source lines and light-emitting element circuits which are provided to respectively correspond to intersections at which the plural gate lines intersect the plural source line, respectively; wherein each of the light-emitting element circuits includes a light-emitting element for emitting light according to a current supplied thereto; a drive transistor for controlling a current supplied to the light-emitting element; and a control transistor for controlling an ON/OFF operation of the drive transistor; wherein the drive transistor has a body terminal and is configured to correct luminance of the light-emitting element using a voltage applied to the body terminal. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220119 | GAMMA CONTROL CIRCUIT AND METHOD THEREOF - A gamma control circuit includes a first gray-scale voltage selection unit that selects and outputs a highest gray-scale voltage and a lowest gray-scale voltage from among a plurality of first voltages present between a first supply voltage and a second supply voltage. A second gray-scale voltage selection unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and selects and outputs a first intermediate voltage and a second intermediate voltage between the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages. A third gray-scale voltage selection unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and the first and second intermediate voltages and generates a plurality of reference voltages from the received voltages. A gray-scale voltage generation unit receives the highest and lowest gray-scale voltages and the plurality of reference voltages and outputs a plurality of gray-scale voltages. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220120 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL - A drive apparatus is provided which can calculate a suitable APL value when driving a color display panel using PLE control. Further, a drive apparatus is provided which can inhibit output capacity of a power supply circuit by controlling display brightness according to a lighting rate of a pixel. An APL calculation means | 09-02-2010 |
20100220121 | METHODS FOR DRIVING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS, AND APPARATUS FOR USE THEREIN - A bistable electro-optic display has a plurality of pixels, each of which is capable of displaying at least three gray levels. The display is driven by a method comprising: storing a look-up table containing data representing the impulses necessary to convert an initial gray level to a final gray level; storing data representing at least an initial state of each pixel of the display; receiving an input signal representing a desired final state of at least one pixel of the display; and generating an output signal representing the impulse necessary to convert the initial state of said one pixel to the desired final state thereof, as determined from said look-up table. The invention also provides a method for reducing the remnant voltage of an electro-optic display. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220122 | METHODS FOR DRIVING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS, AND APPARATUS FOR USE THEREIN - A bistable electro-optic display has a plurality of pixels, each of which is capable of displaying at least three gray levels. The display is driven by a method comprising: storing a look-up table containing data representing the impulses necessary to convert an initial gray level to a final gray level; storing data representing at least an initial state of each pixel of the display; receiving an input signal representing a desired final state of at least one pixel of the display; and generating an output signal representing the impulse necessary to convert the initial state of said one pixel to the desired final state thereof, as determined from said look-up table. The invention also provides a method for reducing the remnant voltage of an electro-optic display. | 09-02-2010 |
20100225670 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF PROVIDING ILLUMINATION THERETO - The present invention proposes a method of providing illumination for a display device including a lighting unit having a plurality of light sources ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100225671 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention aims to improve a low gradation expression ability by reducing the brightness of the 1 | 09-09-2010 |
20100225672 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICES - An electrophoretic display device comprises an array of rows and columns of display pixels. Each pixel comprises first and second row electrodes ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100225673 | FOUR-CHANNEL DISPLAY POWER REDUCTION WITH DESATURATION - A method of presenting an image on a display device having color channel dependent light emission comprising receiving an image input signal including a plurality of three-component input pixel signals; selecting a reduction color component; calculating a reduction factor for each input pixel signal dependent upon a distance metric between the input pixel signal and the selected reduction color component; selecting a respective saturation adjustment factor for each color component of each pixel signal; producing an image output signal having four color components from the image input signal using the reduction factors and saturation adjustment factors to adjust the luminance and color saturation, respectively, of the image input signal; providing a four-channel display device having color channel dependent light emission; and applying the image output signal to the display device to cause it to present an image corresponding to the image output signal. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225674 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A method of driving a light source including a light-emitting block includes generating a luminance representative value based on an average grayscale value and a maximum grayscale value extracted from an image signal corresponding to the light-emitting block. The method further includes detecting a predetermined pattern of the light-emitting block, generating a compensation control signal based on the predetermined pattern, generating a compensated luminance representative value by compensating the luminance representative value based on the compensation control signal, and driving the light-emitting block based on the luminance level of the light-emitting block corresponding to the compensated luminance representative value. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225675 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND DRIVING CODE GENERATING CIRCUIT - A display device displays a gray scale by applying a voltage to a display element for each of a plurality of subfields. The display device includes a predetermined code storage unit that stores a predetermined code, in which indication values designating the voltage are arranged, a compression code storage unit that stores a compression code, which includes a first portion designating a number of the indication values and a second portion designating an identifier of the predetermined code, and a developing unit that generates a driving code according to a continuous code, in which indication values designating a first voltage are arranged by the number of the indication values designated by the first portion of the compression code, and a predetermined code corresponding to the identifier designated by the second portion of the compression code. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225676 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DEVICE, ELECTRO OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An integrated circuit device includes: a grayscale voltage generation circuit that outputs a plurality of grayscale voltages; and a plurality of driver circuits that drive a plurality of data lines upon receiving the plurality of grayscale voltages, wherein the grayscale voltage generation circuit voltage-divides between a high voltage side power supply voltage and a ground voltage thereby generating the plurality of grayscale voltages, each of the plurality of driver circuits includes a data line driving circuit having a first capacitor and a second capacitor, wherein the data line driving circuit performs an inversion-amplification of a gain according to a capacitor ratio between the first capacitor and the second capacitor, thereby outputting data voltages in an output range whose lower limit voltage is higher than the ground voltage. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225677 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROLLER OF CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A display apparatus includes a cholesteric liquid crystal display panel, a control circuit and a driving circuit. The control circuit classifies pixels into different gradation level groups. The driving circuit applies a first driving waveform to the cholesteric liquid crystal display panel to bring pixels belonging to the first and the fourth group into a state corresponding to the highest gradation level, pixels belonging to the second group into a state corresponding to the lowest gradation level, and pixels belonging to the third group into states corresponding to gradation levels to be displayed, and applies a second driving waveform to the cholesteric liquid crystal display panel to bring pixels belonging to the fourth group into states corresponding to gradation levels to be displayed. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225678 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT - A display driver circuit configured to be shared by three grey-scale voltage generators to be respectively used with red (R), green (G) and blue (B) colors. In particular, two of the three grey-scale voltage generators share first and second resistor strings, gamma voltage selectors, and gamma adjustment buffers provided in the other grey-scale voltage generator, thereby reducing the size and power consumption of the display driver circuit. Also, when only a single grey-scale voltage is output, it is possible to deactivate the grey-scale voltages provided by two of the grey-scale generators and further reduce power consumption. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225679 | Multi-Pixel Addressing Method for Video Display Drivers - A video display system is described which is formed by an array of pixels comprised of fast responding light elements, row select and column select switches and pixel data drivers, and a computation subsystem which generates the control signals for the select lines and the video data. The overall system reconstructs the intended image or video to be displayed through successively displaying subframes of images corresponding to orthogonal image basis function components of the original image acting on a grouping of pixels selected using multiple row and column lines. The resultant system is an architecture which enables one to implement certain video decompression techniques directly on the light elements, as opposed to implementing these techniques in digital processing, and can have a considerably reduced raw video data requirement than a system in which pixels are addressed individually, and enables higher dynamic range to be achieved with similar digital-analog-converter specifications. Embodiments with LED based displays are described herein. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225680 | IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS - An image displaying apparatus includes a display with delta array. If an image is displayed on the basis of image data in an RGB format arrayed in a stripe pattern, data of color values R, G and B are input to a calculator. The calculator performs a weighted average on color values of adjacent pixels in a lateral direction to calculate each color value, and a rearranger rearranges calculated respective color values so as to conform to the delta array. Then, a driver displays an image on the basis of the color values which are rearranged so as to conform to the delta array. | 09-09-2010 |
20100225681 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO IMPROVE QUALITY OF MOVING IMAGE DISPLAYED ON LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes a panel having pixel electrodes arranged at intersections of a plurality of signal lines via switching elements for transmitting display data and a plurality of scanning lines for transmitting control signals, and a control circuit for controlling the panel. The liquid crystal panel is divided into first pixel regions and second pixel regions adjacent to the first pixel regions. The control circuit carries out impulse driving in which the control signals transmitted to each of the scanning lines are activated two times in one frame period for displaying an image. The control circuit writes the display data in either one of the pixel regions and writes reset data in the other pixel regions when the control signals are activated once of the two times. By writing the reset data in the pixel regions, the display data written in an immediately preceding frame are reset. In consecutive frames, the display data written in the pixel regions are always reset in one frame period. Therefore, blurring in a moving image can be alleviated. Since writing the display data and the reset data is carried out separately in the first pixel regions and in the second pixel regions, flicker is prevented from occurring in a display screen. | 09-09-2010 |
20100231613 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED THEREWITH - An illumination device includes a light source section with white LEDs on a side of a light guide plate. The white LED includes a first white LED and a second white LED, and they emit light of different chromaticities. In a chromaticity diagram, a white color area is divided into two subareas by a dividing line passing through a target chromaticity; light emitted by the first white LED falls within a first subarea, and light emitted by the second white LED falls within a second subarea. By individually controlling the light emission of the first white LED and the second white LED, it is possible to emanate a desired white light from the light guide plate. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231614 | DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - In an embodiment, a pixel driving circuit comprises: one or more source drivers for enabling a first subpixel of a subpixel pair to receive first data and a second subpixel of the subpixel pair to receive second data; one or more source drivers for driving the first data to the first subpixel and the second data to the second subpixel, wherein the first data is different than the second data. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231615 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an image display device for displaying an image by causing a light emitting element to emit light, the light emitting element being disposed in each of a plurality of pixel areas which are defined by dividing a display area into a grid pattern, the image display device including a pixel circuit for controlling light emission of the light emitting element disposed in each of the plurality of pixel areas, the pixel circuit being formed in an area having a portion that protrudes from the pixel area of the pixel circuit toward an adjacent pixel area and a portion where an adjacent pixel area protrudes into the pixel area. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT USING SELF-EMITTING TYPE DISPLAY - A method for reducing power consumption in an electronic equipment using a self-emitting type display is provided. The method includes distinguishing image data to be output, correcting each distinguished image data into an image brightness, synthesizing the corrected image data into one piece of output image data, and controlling a driving power for displaying the synthesized output image data as an image. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231617 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVCE, TELEVISION RECEIVER, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - According to a data processing device for correcting an image signal which (i) is made up of plural pieces of pixel data and (ii) is externally supplied to a liquid crystal driving panel, a correction circuit includes an interpolation section for (i) obtaining first pixel data to be corrected and second pixel data which is for use in driving one of the plurality of data signal lines at timing earlier than timing at which the one of the plurality of data signal lines is driven in response to the first pixel data and (ii) correcting the first pixel data in accordance with a relationship between the second pixel data and the first pixel data. This provides a data processing device which can carry out a correction so that, in a case where a previously applied voltage have an effect on the charging states of respective pixels connected to a certain data signal line, such an effect is cancelled. | 09-16-2010 |
20100231618 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING PRIVACY ON A DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a processing device and a method of providing privacy for a display device comprising a display panel arranged to display a first image signal ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100238200 | LIGHTING CONTROL CONSOLE FOR CONTROLLING A LIGHTING SYSTEM - Various embodiments include a lighting control console for controlling a lighting system comprising wherein digital adjusting commands, which can be transferred to the lighting devices of the lighting system via data connections, are generated in the lighting control console, and wherein the lighting control console comprises at least one housing, in which the hardware components are arranged so as to be protected from external influences, and wherein the lighting control console comprises a plurality of operating elements, in particular pushbuttons, slide controls and/or rotary controls, which are arranged at the upper side of the housing and by means of which operating commands can be input, and wherein the lighting control console comprises at least one display device, at which a user interface can be displayed. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238201 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus for displaying images based on signals of an input image is provided. A backlight emits light. A liquid crystal panel modulates light emitted from the backlight. A emission intensity calculating unit calculates an emission intensity of the backlight such that a center value of a lightness range displayable on the panel defined depending on the emission intensity of the backlight substantially agrees with a center value between maximum and minimum values of lightness of each signal of the input image. A backlight controlling unit controls light emission of the backlight such that the light is emitted with the emission intensity. A signal correcting unit corrects each signal of the input image in accordance with the emission intensity. A liquid crystal controlling unit controls modulation of the liquid crystal panel based upon the corrected signals. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238202 | Display Device and Method for Driving the same - An exemplary method for driving a display device is provided. At least one set of input signals is received. Finding the original signals being the same with the input signals in the signal transforming table is executed. The pixel driving signals is outputted. If at least one of the found second and third original signals is equal to zero, and the found first original signal is equal to neither zero nor maximal gray scale, at least one of the outputted second and third sub-pixel driving signals, and the outputted fourth sub-pixel driving signal are equal to zero. Then, at least one of the pixels of the pixel array is driven by the outputted pixel driving signals. The input signals is transformed into the pixel driving signals by use of the signal transforming table, thereby saving the cost and improving the displaying quality. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238203 | DRIVING PIXELS OF A DISPLAY | 09-23-2010 |
20100238204 | GENERATING CORRECTED GRAY SCALE DATA TO IMPROVE DISPLAY QUALITY - A method of displaying image data, which can mitigate a double-boundary problem and improve MPRT, includes the steps of: receiving a plurality of frame data of a pixel; correcting subframe data of two of the plurality frame data; and sequentially displaying each of the subframe data of the plurality frame data. | 09-23-2010 |
20100245396 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and driving method thereof are provided. The driving method is adapted for driving a backlight module and a display panel thereon, and includes at least the following steps. Firstly, a backlight data and a display data are outputted according to a color distribution of an expected image. Afterwards, a light-emitting pattern whose color distribution corresponds to the color distribution of the expected image of the backlight module is determined according to the backlight data. Besides, a display pattern of the display panel is determined according to the display data. The expected image is displayed through the light-emitting pattern and the display pattern. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245397 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method for driving a display apparatus, according to one or more embodiments of the present invention, provides a luminance representative value of a unit light-emitting block that may be determined from an external image signal of a plurality of image blocks corresponding to the unit light-emitting block including a plurality of light sources. A luminance compensation value of the unit light-emitting block may be calculated by compensating the luminance representative value. Pixel data of the external image signal in a central area of the unit light-emitting block and a boundary area may be corrected based on the luminance compensation value. A driving signal may be provided to the unit light-emitting block based on the luminance compensation value. Accordingly, a phenomenon in which a boundary of the unit light-emitting block is visible is removed so that the display quality of all image may be enhanced. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245398 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a method of driving the same. An image signal receiver sequentially outputs frames for image display. A local illumination calculation unit displays an image on a display unit based on the frames and calculates light emission amount of a light source provided for each section of a backlight unit. A frame interpolator generates sub-frames based on the frames and outputs the sub-frames and the frames. A pixel adjuster adjusts light transmittance of each pixel according to the brightness of each pixel and the amount of the light emitted from each section which is calculated by the local illumination calculation unit when the image is displayed based on the frames and the sub-frames sequentially output from a frame interpolator. Local illumination is realized without increasing the number of memory devices while a frame frequency is increased. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245399 | Display device drive circuit - Provided is a display device drive circuit capable of setting an optimum drive performance for each output amplifier without increasing the chip size. The display device drive circuit includes: at least two bias lines having different reference potentials; a selector that selects one of the bias lines based on a grayscale signal; and an output amplifier that is supplied with a reference potential of the one of the bias lines selected by the selector, generates a display signal, and supplies the display signal to a data line. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245400 | Display device and display method - There is provided a display device that includes a display portion and a drive compensation portion. The display portion line-sequentially displays, in an image display region, a first image based on a first image signal and a second image based on a second image signal, by sequentially switching the first image and the second image at a predetermined interval. The drive compensation portion performs predetermined drive compensation on the first image signal and the second image signal input to the display portion, in accordance with a position of the image display region, a luminance of the first image and a luminance of the second image. The predetermined drive compensation is performed such that an average luminance of the first image or the second image becomes substantially uniform in the image display region during a predetermined period that is shorter than the predetermined interval. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245401 | Method of Driving an Electro-Optic Display - A method of driving an electro-optic display comprising providing a current source, digitally modulating the current source and generating a modulated digital signal, and converting the modulated digital signal into an effective analog drive signal so that the display pixels receive an effective analog drive current, wherein the internal capacitance of the electro-optic display smooths the digitally modulated signal and generates the effective analog drive signal. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245402 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device compensates for a variation of the threshold voltage of a driving transistor. A scan driver and a data driver drive a plurality of pixels. A pixel of the pixels includes an organic light emitting diode, four transistors, and two capacitors. A first transistor controls a current to the organic light emitting diode. Second and third transistors are coupled between a data line from the data driver and a gate electrode of the first transistor. A fourth transistor is coupled between a reference power supply and the gate electrode of the first transistor. The two capacitors are coupled between the organic light emitting diode and respective electrodes of the third transistor. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245403 | SOURCE DRIVER AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - A source driver providing an output image to a plurality of pixels and including a judgment unit, an image processing unit, and a digital-to-analog converter is disclosed. The judgment unit encodes a first input image to generate an encoded code and compares the encoded code with a preset code to generate a luminance controlling signal. The image processing unit processes an image signal by an algorithm and outputs the processed result when the judgment unit asserts the luminance controlling signal. The image processing unit directly outputs the image signal when the judgment unit un-asserts the luminance controlling signal. The digital-to-analog converter transforms the output of the image processing unit and outputs the transformed result to the pixels. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245404 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus includes a display control section that controls to display an image showing an operation of an equipment on a display portion provided in a vehicle and illuminate the display portion with a first brightness, and a counting section that counts a time which elapses after the equipment is activated. The display control section changes the brightness of the display portion from the first brightness to a second brightness which is lower in brightness than the first brightness in a case that an ignition switch of the vehicle is not turned on until the time counted by the counting section exceeds a predetermined period of time. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245405 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A gradation conversion unit | 09-30-2010 |
20100245406 | AUTOSTEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-view autostereoscopic display device comprises: a backlight having a plurality of backlight areas arranged in a width direction of the display device; a spatial light modulator arranged over and in registration with the backlight, the spatial light modulator having an array of display forming elements arranged in rows and columns for modulating light received from the backlight; and a view forming layer arranged over and in registration with the spatial light modulator, the view forming layer having a plurality of view forming elements arranged in the width direction of the display device, each view forming element being configured to focus modulated light from adjacent groups of the display forming elements into a plurality of views for projection towards a user in different directions. The backlight is switchable to activate different ones of the backlight areas in different portions of a driving cycle of the display device so that, in the different portions of the driving cycle, modulated light from the active backlight areas is incident on each view forming element with respective different angles of incidence. In this way, the overall viewing angle or the effective three dimensional display resolution may be increased. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245407 | PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - Sustain discharge is stably caused while power consumption is reduced, and image display quality is improved. A plasma display device has a plasma display panel, an electric power recovering circuit for raising or falling a sustain pulse by resonating an inductor and the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair, and a sustain pulse generating circuit for alternately applying, to the display electrode pair, as many sustain pulses as the number corresponding to the luminance weight in the sustain period of a plurality of subfields that are disposed in one field and have initializing, address, and sustain periods. The sustain pulse generating circuit generates at least two kinds of sustain pulses including a first sustain pulse serving as a reference and a second sustain pulse that rises more gently than the first sustain pulse, and generates the first sustain pulse immediately after the second sustain pulse. | 09-30-2010 |
20100245408 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 09-30-2010 |
20100253704 | PIXEL DRIVING STRUCTURE OF DISPLAYING THREE COLORS OF PARTICLE DISPLAY AND ITS DISPLAYING COLORS METHOD - A pixel driving structure of a particle display displaying three colors and a method for displaying colors thereof are provided. The pixel driving structure includes a first substrate; a first electrode layer disposed on a surface of the first substrate; a second substrate dispoed opposite to the first substrate; a second electrode layer on the second substrate; a particle solution disposed between the first electrode layer and the second electrode layer and having a first color solution, a plurality of second color positive particles, and a plurality of third color negative particles; and an alternating/direct power supply connecting with the first and second electrode layers. A method for displaying color includes steps of applying an alternating voltage to display a first color; applying a first direct voltage to display a third color; and applying a second direct voltage to display a second color. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253705 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - In a backlight device ( | 10-07-2010 |
20100253706 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides an organic light emitting display device in which light emitted by an OLED whose luminance is adjusted for detection of deterioration does not stand out as compared to light emitted by other OLEDs, thereby not producing an unpleasant sensation for users. A calculation unit in a display control unit | 10-07-2010 |
20100253707 | DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display device capable of reducing a horizontal crosstalk. The display device includes: a plurality of light emitting elements two-dimensionally arranged in a horizontal direction and a vertical direction, and including an anode electrode, a light emitting layer, and a cathode electrode; and a voltage generating circuit applying a correction voltage corresponding to a video signal of one horizontal line to the cathode electrode. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253708 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A electro-optical apparatus includes: a plurality of unit circuits arranged to correspond to intersections of scanning lines and data lines; a scanning line driving circuit; and a data line driving circuit. Each unit circuit includes: an electro-optical element which provides gradation corresponding to the data electric potential; a capacitor element which has a first electrode connected to a capacitor line and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a switching element. A second electrode of the capacitor element included in one of the plurality of unit circuits is connected to one wiring of the respective wirings included in the data line. The second electrode of the capacitor element included in another unit circuit is arranged in parallel with the one unit circuit along an extension direction of the data line and is connected to another wiring of the respective wirings included in the data line. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253709 | CORRECTION VALUE ACQUISITION METHOD, CORRECTION METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A first step drives a plurality of electron-emitting devices with a drive signal corresponding to a first gradation level and measures the luminance dispersion. A second step selects one or more electron-emitting devices as target devices, drives them with a drive signal corresponding to each gradation level, and measures their luminance for each gradation level. A third step drives the target devices with a drive signal having a voltage amplitude of a drive signal corresponding to each gradation level multiplied by a constant, and measures their luminance for each gradation level. Then, a correction value for each gradation level of each electron-emitting device is calculated using a luminance ratio of the luminance measured in the second step to the luminance measured in the third step, and the luminance dispersion measured in the first step. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253710 | Pixel Driver Circuits - This invention relates to pixel driver circuits for active matrix optoelectronic devices, in particular OLED (organic light emitting diodes) displays. We describe an active matrix optoelectronic device having a plurality of active matrix pixels each said pixel including a pixel circuit comprising a thin film transistor (TFT) for driving the pixel and a pixel capacitor for storing a pixel value, wherein said TFT comprises a TFT with a floating gate. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253711 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal panel | 10-07-2010 |
20100253712 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVE METHOD - Sustain discharge is stably caused while power consumption is reduced, and image display quality is improved. A plasma display device has a plasma display panel, an electric power recovering circuit for raising or falling a sustain pulse by resonating an inductor and the inter-electrode capacity of a display electrode pair, and a sustain pulse generating circuit for alternately applying, to the display electrode pair, as many sustain pulses as the number corresponding to the luminance weight in the sustain period of a plurality of subfields that are disposed in one field and have initializing, address, and sustain periods. The sustain pulse generating circuit switches and generates at least three kinds of sustain pulses including a first sustain pulse serving as a reference, a second sustain pulse that rises more gently than the first sustain pulse, and a third sustain pulse that rises more steeply than the first sustain pulse. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253713 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes: a plurality of unit circuits arranged corresponding to crossings between a plurality of scanning lines and a plurality of data lines; a plurality of wirings that constitutes each of the plurality of scanning lines; a scanning line drive circuit that sequentially selects one of the scanning lines while sequentially selecting one of the wirings included in the scanning line, at every driving period within each unit circuit; and a data line drive circuit that, at every period within the each unit period which is a writing period before the drive period is started, outputs a data potential in response to the gradation data of the unit circuit, which corresponds to the wiring selected in the driving period within the unit period, to a data line corresponding to the unit circuit out of the each data line. Each of the plurality of unit circuits includes: an electric optical element that displays gradation in response to the data potential; a capacitative element having a first electrode connected to a capacitance line and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a switching element that is disposed between the second electrode and the electric optical element and, by being electrically conducted in selecting one of the wirings by the scanning line drive circuit, allows the second electrode and the electric optical element to be electrically conducted. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253714 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE ELEMENT - The invention relates to a liquid crystal display element displaying an image using a liquid crystal layer having memory characteristics and a method of driving the element. A liquid crystal display element capable of suppressing the generation of an afterimage attributable to image sticking is provided along with a method of driving the same. The liquid crystal display element includes a display section having memory characteristics including a cholesteric liquid crystal layer and displaying an image when a voltage is applied to the cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the section being capable of keeping the image displayed without electric power, a driving condition storing section for storing a plurality of different driving conditions including a voltage and an application period of the voltage, and a control section determining a display period for which a presently displayed image has been displayed on the display section when the displayed image is rewritten into a new image, acquiring a driving condition according to the display period from the driving condition storing section, and causing the display section to display the new image based on the acquired driving condition. | 10-07-2010 |
20100253715 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHODS FOR MANUFACTURING AND CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device corrects uneven luminance due to uneven element characteristics by simple measurement and correction with a low cost. The display device includes pixels that each include a light emitter and a driver. Data lines supply a voltage signal to the driver of each pixel. A data line driver supplies the voltage signal to each data line. A first memory stores, for each pixel, a luminance gain for adjusting a luminance corresponding to a video signal to a standard luminance. A second memory stores conversion curve information representing a representative conversion curve common to the pixels. A corrector converts, for each pixel, the luminance into a corresponding standard luminance value based on a corresponding luminance gain stored in the first memory, while a converter converts, for each pixel, the corresponding standard luminance into a corresponding voltage signal based on the conversion information stored in the second memory. | 10-07-2010 |
20100259563 | Organic electroluminescent display device - An inexpensive organic electroluminescent display device is realized by using a data driver IC for liquid crystal that is used in a liquid crystal display device, as a driver of the organic electroluminescent display device. In an active-matrix organic electroluminescent display device that has a pixel circuit capable of controlling light emitting luminance per time in accordance with magnitude of a grey scale voltage, a control signal is supplied from a timing control IC to the data driver so that the polarity is reversed twice consecutively, or a control signal is supplied from the timing control IC to the data driver so that a mode of not reversing the polarity is selected. This control signal need not necessarily be provided in the timing control IC and may be formed in a circuit on a substrate that is not an IC. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259564 | DISPLAY DRIVING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - Provided is a high-resolution display driving system without a new design of interfaces between a timing controller and DDIs, particularly, without an entire change of a DAC unit having a role of determining gradation representation of DDIs and offsets between channels. The high-resolution display driving system includes a timing controller and a DDI unit. The timing controller generates a differential clock signal and differential data. The DDI unit generates a plurality of converted signals corresponding to the differential data in response to an operation instructing signal, a reset/enable signal, and the differential clock signal. A scheme of data transmission from the timing controller to the DDI unit is at least one of a multi-drop scheme and an m-LVDS (mini low voltage differential signaling) scheme. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259565 | MONOLITHIC DRIVER-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention aims to provide a monolithic driver-type display device capable of reducing circuit scale of a sampling circuit, and keeping low power consumption by directly driving a source driver with an externally provided video signal. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259566 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A direct-viewing type display device according to the present invention includes: at least one display panel having a display region and a frame region formed outside of the display region; and at least one Fresnel lens plate disposed on a viewer side of the at least one display panel with a predetermined interval therefrom. The Fresnel lens plate includes a Fresnel lens region at a position overlapping a region that contains a portion of the frame region of the display panel and a portion of a peripheral display region within the display region that adjoins the portion of the frame region along a first axis. A portion of display light exiting the portion of the peripheral display region is emitted from a region of the Fresnel lens region that overlaps a portion of the frame region, or a region outside the region, toward the viewer side. According to the present invention, there is provided a direct-viewing type display device in which a frame region of a display panel, or a joint in the case of tiling, is made unlikely to be seen, with a structure which is more simple and light-weighted than conventionally. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259567 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING DYNAMIC FALSE CONTOUR IN THE IMAGE OF AN ALTERNATING CURRENT PLASMA DISPLAY - The present invention discloses a method for and a system for reducing the dynamic false contour in the image of an alternating current plasma display. The method includes the following steps: dividing each frame image into multiple subfields; accounting the number and the probability of the dynamic false contour appeared in each frame image; based on the result of the accounting, carrying out an optimized coding for the pixel data of each frame image, and if there is an error generated by the optimized coding, diffusing the error generated by the optimized coding into neighboring pixels. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259568 | ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electro-optic device is provides, which includes: a plurality of unit circuits disposed corresponding to intersection of a plurality of scan lines and a plurality of data lines; control lines extended corresponding to the plurality of each of the scan lines; a scan line driving circuit that sequentially selects one of the scan lines for each drive period within each unit period, and selects all or a portion of the plurality of control lines; and a data line driving circuit that outputs a data potential, in response to grayscale data of the unit circuit corresponding to the scan line selected in the drive period within the unit period, to each of the data lines, for each period within the unit period which is a writing period before the drive period is started. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259569 | DISPLAY SIGNAL CONVERSION APPARATUS - A display signal conversion apparatus converts a first signal having a first color type and color arrangement into a second signal having a second color type and color arrangement. The display signal conversion apparatus includes a color conversion unit configured to convert the first color type into the second color type, a pattern determination unit configured to determine a signal pattern of the first signal, a unit configured to determine a color arrangement of a pixel position of the second signal corresponding to a pixel position of the first signal, and a sub pixel signal generation unit configured to generate a sub pixel signal having the second color type and color arrangement based on a result of the signal pattern determination and a result of the color arrangement determination. | 10-14-2010 |
20100259570 | OPTICAL DETECTION DEVICE, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a photodetection device which is small in size and has excellent sensitivity. A photodetection device puts cathode terminals of photodiodes having different spectral characteristics into an open end state, and detects light intensity of a desired wavelength region according to a difference in electric charges that have been stored in those photodiodes in a given period of time. The photodiodes employ a system of storing electric charges, and hence even if a photocurrent is small, the photocurrent may be stored to obtain the electric charges required for detection, and the downsizing and high detection performance of a semiconductor device that forms the photodiodes may be achieved. Further, a wide dynamic range may be realized with an electric charge storage time being variable according to the light intensity, to intermittently drive an element required for difference detection at the time of difference detection so as to suppress electric power consumption, or to average the output so as to reduce flicker. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265270 | Driving Device for Quickly Changing the Gray Level of the Liquid Crystal Display and Its Driving Method - A driving device for quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display and its driving method are disclosed. The driving device includes a group of thin film transistors with matrix array, a plurality of gate lines and a plurality of data lines. The object of quickly changing the gray level of the liquid crystal display can be accomplished by the different arrangement of the gate lines and the data lines and the different connection of the thin film transistors with the gate lines and the data lines. The driving method for the said driving device includes: two gate lines in the liquid crystal display are simultaneously or synchronously turned on according to in the bright period or in the black period, the voltage for displaying the present frame interval data or the voltage for displaying black image is given to the thin film transistors connected with the gate lines, and scanning continues in turn. The present invention suits for the picture treatment of various liquid crystal displays, organic light emitting diode (OLED) display or plasma display panel (PDP). | 10-21-2010 |
20100265271 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF BACKLIGHT MODULE - A driving circuit of a backlight module is provided. The driving circuit has a dimming unit used for transmitting signals, wherein the dimming unit can adjust a current flowing through a light-emitting diode (LED) according a pulse width modulation signal and an enable signal, so as to adjust a light-emitting intensity of the LED. In the present invention, fewer devices are used to implement the dimming unit, and a transmission gate is replaced by a N-type transistor and a P-type transistor, such that a chip area and a circuit cost of the driving circuit are reduced. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265272 | METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA, DATA PROCESSING DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - A method of processing data for driving a display panel including a pixel structure including red, green, blue and white (RGBW) sub-pixels includes receiving red, green and blue (RGB) data at a first frame frequency. The method further includes generating RGBW data at a second frame frequency, greater than the first frame frequency, using the RGB data. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265273 | Operational amplifier, driver and display - An operational amplifier includes an input differential stage having one external input receiving an external input voltage and two outputs; and two output stages. A switch section is provided between inputs of the two output stages and the two outputs of the input differential stage, and is configured to alternately connect the two outputs of the input differential stage and inputs of a positive-only output stage of the two output stages; and the two outputs of the input differential stage and inputs of a negative-only output stage of the two output stages. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265274 | OFFSET COMPENSATION GAMMA BUFFER AND GRAY SCALE VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT USING THE SAME - Disclosed are an offset compensation gamma buffer and a gray scale voltage generation circuit using the same. The offset compensation gamma buffer includes: a buffer which outputs an input voltage input to a positive or negative input terminal as an output voltage; and a switching unit which selectively connects the input voltage and the output voltage of the buffer to the positive and negative input terminals in response to a control signal. The output voltage of the offset compensation gamma buffer is supplied to the input of a gray scale voltage generation circuit of a source driver for driving a liquid crystal panel. The offset of the offset compensation gamma buffer is compensated using an inversion timing of the control signal. The output voltage of the offset compensation gamma buffer is supplied as a reference voltage of the voltage divider unit for generating the gray scale voltages, and the offset of the gray scale voltages is also compensated. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265275 | BACKLIGHTING SYSTEM AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention relates to a backlighting system ( | 10-21-2010 |
20100265276 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device includes an image signal processing circuit having a sequential addressing processing circuit and an alternate addressing processing circuit. The sequential addressing processing circuit includes a sequential addressing array unit for converting an image signal into image data arranged in the order corresponding to a sequential address operation, a first data power conversion unit for converting the image data converted from the received image signal into image data which allows to have low electric power consumption, and a first addressing stop unit for stopping an address operation in specific subfields. The alternate addressing processing circuit includes an alternate addressing array unit for converting an image signal into image data arranged in the order corresponding to an alternate address operation, a second data power conversion unit, and a second addressing stop unit. The number of the specific subfields is the same between the first and second data power conversion units. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265277 | DRIVE METHOD OF EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - To provide a drive method capable of maintaining gradation display performance regardless of screen display brightness. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265278 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus wherein reduction in contrast or resolution is prevented is provided. A laser projector as an embodiment of the image display apparatus includes a memory storing a threshold value predetermined for changing a driving mode of a laser light source, a calculator for calculating an optical power level for projecting an image, a driving-mode selector selecting a mode for driving the laser light source, a driving controller for sending a signal to the laser light source in accordance with a selected driving mode, and a laser emitter. The laser projector operates at least at a bias current value Ib or more. In this case, when the optical power level is lower than or equal to a predetermined threshold value TH, the laser projector emits pulsed light. When the optical power level based on a video signal exceeds threshold value TH, the laser projector changes the driving mode of laser light emission from pulsed light emission to DC light emission, to supply a current higher than or equal to bias current value Ib to each laser light source. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265279 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus for driving a display device including a plurality of four color pixels is provided, which includes: an input unit receiving input three-color image signals; an image signal modifier converting the three-color image signals into output four-color image signals such that a maximum gray of the input three-color image signals is equal to a maximum gray of the output four-color image signals; and an output unit outputting the output four-color image signals. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271406 | Display driver and method of testing the same - A display driver includes a gradation data register that stores gradation data having a bit width, and a gradation voltage signal generator that generates a gradation voltage signal that has voltage according to the gradation data stored in the gradation data register and outputs the generated gradation voltage signal, the display driver further including a test circuit that is provided between the gradation data register and the gradation voltage signal generator, the test circuit connecting at least a plurality of bit lines among bit lines provided between both of the circuits through a common node in a test mode, so as to perform failure detection based on a value of current that flows in the common node. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271407 | REFLECTIVE DISPLAY DEVICES WITH LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT FILM - The present invention is directed to reflective display devices with a luminance enhancement structure on its viewing side and at least an auxiliary layer and/or edge sealing. The structure increases the overall reflectance by reducing the total internal reflection, and as a result, the brightness of a display device is increased. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271408 | PARTIAL UPDATE DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. More specifically, the methods are suitable where there is a requirement for a partial update of the images in the display, where a partial update means that less than 10% of the pixels require updating. An essential element of the method is a floating common electrode. This method for partial updating may be used with the prior art driving techniques in order to provide the optimum updating method for different applications. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271409 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, COLOR SIGNAL CORRECTION APPARATUS, AND COLOR SIGNAL CORRECTION METHOD - Upon displaying an image using the subfield driving method, a luminance discrepancy or a chromaticity discrepancy is reduced while effects of horizontal crosstalk are reduced. | 10-28-2010 |
20100277509 | METHOD OF UPDATING THE DISPLAY OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY MECHANISM AND THE DEVICE THEREOF - A method for driving an electrophoretic display device for reducing the time required to update the display image. The electrophoretic display device comprises a frame buffer, a lookup table, a controller and an electrophoretic display panel. The frame buffer stores a first display frame data. The controller accesses a transition data of transforming the first display frame data to a second display frame data according to the lookup table, for outputting a control data. The electrophoretic display panel displays the second display frame data according to the control data. Therefore, the position the charged particle in a pixel to be moved to during the erasing step can be adjusted by utilizing the lookup table, consequently reducing the time required to update the pixel. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277510 | ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF LCD DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS BASED ON VIDEO CONTENT - Determining video content type of a video displayed on a LCD and triggering adjustment in drive power of the LCD based on the video content type. The video content type indicates relative content motion of the video. A video content type detection module is one or combination of a software and a hardware and directs the LCD to be driven relative slower or faster based upon video content. The module independently or in conjunction with another module identifies an active window from a plurality of windows corresponding to a plurality of applications running on the host device and sets the drive power of the LCD based on speed of a video displayed on the active window. The module may also adapt LCD drive power based upon user input and/or remaining battery life. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277511 | ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS OF PIXELS OF A LCD BASED ON VIDEO CONTENT - Determining pixel behavior type of a pixel or a group of pixels of a LCD and triggering adjustment in drive power of the pixel or the group of pixels based on the pixel behavior type. The pixel behavior type indicates relative motion of areas on the LCD in a video. A pixel behavior determination module is one or combination of a software and a hardware and directs one or more selected pixels of the LCD to be driven relative slower or faster based upon content of video that the selected pixels display. The module independently or in conjunction with another module identifies an active window from a plurality of windows corresponding to a plurality of applications running on the host device and sets the drive power of those pixels that correspond to the active window based on speed of a video displayed on the active window. The module may also adapt LCD drive power on a pixel by pixel basis based upon user input and/or remaining battery life. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277512 | FRAME RATE ADJUSTER AND METHOD THEREOF - A frame rate adjuster is utilized for adjusting a frame rate of a display according to the brightness of a frame. The frame adjuster comprises a frame counting circuit, a brightness-counting circuit, a brightness-determining circuit, and a frame rate selecting circuit. The frame counting circuit is utilized for determining if gray-level data of the frame are all transmitted and accordingly generating a frame trigger signal. The brightness counting circuit is utilized for generating a plurality of brightness-counting numbers according to the gray-level data of the brightness of the frame. The brightness-determining circuit is utilized for outputting a brightness-determining signal according to the frame trigger signal and the plurality of the brightness-counting numbers. The frame rate selecting circuit is utilized for selecting a reference frame rate among a plurality of reference frame rates so as to adjust the frame rate of the display. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277513 | Organic light emitting diode display and driving method - An OLED display including a display panel having a plurality of R, G, and B pixels formed and at least one of a high-potential and low-potential driving voltage supply line disposed; a data driving circuit; a gamma reference voltage generating circuit for generating gamma reference voltages for R, G, and B by dividing voltages of high-potential gamma power sources; a current estimating circuit for generating digital estimated current values for R, G, and B; a current sensing circuit for generating digital sensing current values for R, G, and B; and a gamma power source control circuit for controlling the high-potential gamma power sources by comparing the digital estimated current values for R, G, and B with the digital sensing current values for R, G, and B so that driving currents corresponding to the respective digital estimated current values flow in the respective R, G, and B pixels. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277514 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE MODULE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method for driving a light source module, the light source module including a plurality of light-emitting blocks, a driving mode of the light-emitting block providing light to a plurality of pixels displaying a unit image is determined by analyzing grayscale values corresponding to the pixels. A second driving signal is applied to the light-emitting block determined to be in a boosting mode, the second driving signal having a level higher than the level of a first driving signal applied to the light-emitting block determined to be in a normal mode. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277515 | MITIGATION OF LCD FLARE - LCD flare is reduced by adjusting a backlight to a level where the LCD flare is not visible, and then introducing a simulated veiling glare. The glare is further adjusted by the backlight simulation to hide the geometry (e.g., LED array) of the backlight. The reduction is performed, for example, by processing signals for driving the backlight and a front modulator in a dual modulation display device. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277516 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object to provide a driving method of a display device capable of reducing pseudo contours while increase in the number of sub-frames is suppressed as much as possible. In a driving method of a display device where one frame is divided into a plurality of sub-frames to display a gray scale, the plurality of sub-frames has a plurality of middle-order sub-frames each of which has a middle-degree weighting and is used for an overlapping time gray scale method, at least one high-order sub-frame which has a larger weighting than that of the middle-order sub-frame and is used for a binary code time gray scale method, and at least one low-order sub-frame which has a smaller weighting than that of the middle-order sub-frame and is used for a binary code time gray scale method. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277517 | ANIMATED DISPLAY CALIBRATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method for adjusting properties of a display includes displaying a first pluge image on the display to a user, wherein the display includes a plurality of locations, wherein the first pluge image comprises a first plurality of output values associated with the plurality of locations, thereafter displaying a second pluge image on the display to the user, wherein the second pluge image comprises a second plurality of output values associated with the plurality of locations, wherein the first plurality of output values are different from the second plurality of output values, and receiving a display adjustment input from the user, wherein the display adjustment input from the user is in response to the user viewing the first pluge image on the display and in response to the second pluge image on the display. | 11-04-2010 |
20100277518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving a liquid crystal display device includes extracting brightness components of a portion of the first data for a current frame, arranging the brightness components for the current frame into a brightness histogram, retrieving brightness histograms for at least two frames prior to the current frame to generate an average histogram, generating second data for the current frame based on the average histogram, comparing the histogram for the current frame with the average histogram to determine whether an image at the current frame is a moving image or a still image, and driving the liquid crystal display device in accordance with one of the first data and the second data based on the comparison result. | 11-04-2010 |
20100283801 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL CONTROL METHOD AND FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A color sequential control method adapted to a field sequential color display is provided. The field sequential color display includes a display panel and a backlight module. The backlight module provides a backlight source to the display panel, wherein the backlight source includes a red backlight, a green backlight and a blue backlight. The color sequential control method includes following steps. First, a frame period of the display panel is sequentially divided into a first, a second and a third sub-frame periods. Next, a cyan backlight and the red backlight are provided in sequence during a first backlight period of the first sub-frame period. Then, a magenta backlight and the green backlight are provided in sequence during a second backlight period of the second sub-frame period. Finally, a yellow backlight and the blue backlight are provided in sequence during a third backlight period of the third sub-frame period. | 11-11-2010 |
20100283802 | BACKLIGHT SPLIT CONTROL APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT SPLIT CONTROL METHOD USING THE SAME - A backlight split control apparatus and a backlight split control method using the same are provided. The backlight split control apparatus, which is a split control apparatus of the backlight divided into a plurality of sections, includes an image signal processor for calculating a section luminance control value which is a representative luminance value of the section, from an image signal; a control signal generator for calculating a backlight control value which is a control signal of the backlight, by correcting a section luminance calculation value using a difference between the section luminance control value and the section luminance calculation value acquired from a section luminance distribution value of a light source of the backlight; and an image signal regulator for adjusting the image signal using the backlight control value. | 11-11-2010 |
20100283803 | COLOR FILTER - A color filter includes a transparent base board and a pixel portion formed on the base board. The pixel portion includes a plurality of pixels and each pixel includes eight sub-pixels in at least four different colors. Light passing through each pixel is colored to be in a color formed by mixed light emitting from the eight sub-pixels and changed by changing the luminance of light respectively passing through the sub-pixels, and light passing through the plurality of pixels cooperatively form colored images. | 11-11-2010 |
20100283804 | Driving Methods And Waveforms For Electrophoretic Displays - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods and waveforms have the advantage that they provide a clean and smooth transition from one image to another image, without flashing or other undesired visual interruptions. The methods also provide faster image transitions. In an embodiment, a method drives a display device from a first image to a second image wherein images of a first color are displayed with a background of a second color, which method comprises driving pixels of the first color directly to the second color before driving pixels of the second color directly to the first color. | 11-11-2010 |
20100283805 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND COVER FOR A COMPACT DISPLAY APPARATUS - A back cover for a backlight assembly capable of achieving a more compact a display apparatus includes a cover element, a line portion, and a plurality of point light sources. The cover element includes a metallic layer, and the cross-section of the cover element has an L-shape. The line portion is formed over the cover element. The point light sources are mounted on the surface of the cover element to receive a driving voltage from the line portion. A bottom cover portion of the cover element covers an opening portion. A side cover portion of the cover element faces the side wall. The point light sources mounted on the cover element emit light on a side surface of a light guide plate. | 11-11-2010 |
20100283806 | MULTI-COLOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS AND MATERIALS FOR MAKING THE SAME - Novel addressing schemes for controlling electronically addressable displays include a scheme for rear-addressing displays, which allows for in-plane switching of the display material. Other schemes include a rear-addressing scheme which uses a retroreflecting surface to enable greater viewing angle and contrast. Another scheme includes an electrode structure that facilitates manufacture and control of a color display. Another electrode structure facilitates addressing a display using an electrostatic stylus. Methods of using the disclosed electrode structures are also disclosed. Another scheme includes devices combining display materials with silicon transistor addressing structures. | 11-11-2010 |
20100289827 | Single-Gamma Based Color Gamma Generation System and Method and Display System thereof - A single-gamma based color gamma generation system and method is disclosed. In one embodiment, a gamma controller generates a number of gamma curves associated with a number of colors respectively in a color space. A gamma reference voltage generator (GRVG) generates a plurality of gamma reference voltages according to one selected gamma curve associated with a selected color. An image processor receives the gamma curves and compensates the image data of non-selected color or colors. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289828 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device includes: a liquid crystal panel configured to include liquid crystal cells formed in regions defined by crossing gate lines and data lines; an image analyzer configured to analyze whether or not an image data corresponds to a specific pattern in which a black or white gray-scale data having a large difference between positive and negative data voltages is continuously opposed to the liquid crystal cells of a vertical direction; a polarity control signal modulator configured to respond to a control signal from the image analyzer and modulate a polarity control signal, so as to prevent the black gray-scale data continuously opposed to the liquid crystal cells of the vertical direction from being polarity-inverted; and a data driver configured to apply the data voltages to the data lines on the basis of the modulated polarity control signal applied from the polarity control signal modulator. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289829 | Display apparatus, light detection method and electronic apparatus - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including a plurality of pixel circuits disposed in a matrix at positions at which a plurality of signal lines and a plurality of scanning lines cross each other and individually including a light emitting element, a light emission driving section adapted to apply a signal value to each of the pixel circuits to cause the pixel circuit to emit light of a luminance corresponding to the signal value, and a light detection section including a light detection element which functions as a switching element by switching the light detection element between an on state and an off state and functions as a light sensor for detecting light from the light emitting element in the off state, the light detection section further including a detection signal outputting circuit formed in the light detection section for outputting light detection information from the light detection element. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289830 | Display device and display method - Disclosed herein is a display device including: a pixel circuit for generating a signal value for display by synthesizing signal values input within one horizontal period, and making display at a gradation corresponding to the signal value for display; a signal line disposed in a form of a column on a pixel array where the pixel circuit is arranged in a form of a matrix; a scanning line disposed in a form of a row on the pixel array; a signal line driving section configured to output signal values as a signal value to be supplied to each pixel circuit to the signal line within one horizontal period; and a scanning line driving section configured to sequentially introduce the signal values within one horizontal period, the signal values being generated in the signal line, into the pixel circuit in each row by driving the scanning line. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289831 | Display apparatus, method for controlling light detection operation - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including: pixel circuits disposed in a matrix at positions at which a plurality of signal lines and scanning lines cross each other and each including a light emitting element; a light emission driving section adapted to apply a signal value to each of the pixel circuits; a light detection section having a light sensor; a correction information production section adapted to detect the light detection information outputted to the light detection line and supply information for correction of the signal value corresponding to a result of the detection to the light emission driving section; and an initialization control section adapted to set all nodes of the detection signal outputting circuit to an equal potential within a period in which the light detection section does not carry out the light detection operation. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289832 | Display apparatus - A display apparatus includes: a pixel array including a plurality of pixel circuits disposed in a matrix and each including a light emitting element, a driving transistor for supplying current in response to a signal value applied between a gate and a source thereof to the light emitting element when a driving voltage is applied between a drain and the source thereof, and a holding capacitor connected between the gate and the source of the driving transistor for holding the input signal value, the driving transistor having a multi-gate structure wherein two or more transistors formed using an oxide semiconductor material are connected in series; and a light emission driving section. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289833 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DRIVING A BACKLIGHT IN A DISPLAY - A backlight control system for controlling a backlight of a display. The display ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100289834 | FIELD COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY CONTROL SYSTEM - Field color sequential (FCS) control system applied for an FCS display device is provided. The FCS control system includes an input system, a memory and an output system. The input system, including a plurality of buffers respectively corresponding to different color channels, receives different color channel components of pixels in parallel such that components of a same color channel are stored in a same buffer. The memory, including a plurality of partitions respectively corresponding to different color channels, stores components of a same color channel to a same partition in association with triggering of rising and falling edges of a clock, respectively. The output system sequentially buffers and outputs color channel components of corresponding partitions. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289835 | Color calibration of color image rendering devices - Color calibration of color image rendering devices, such as large color displays, which operate by either projection or emission of images, utilize internal color measurement instrument or external color measurement modules locatable on a wall or speaker. A dual use camera is provided for a portable or laptop computer, or a cellular phone, handset, personal digital assistant or other handheld device with a digital camera, in which one of the camera or a display is movable with respect to the other to enable the camera in a first mode to capture images of the display for enabling calibration of the display, and in a second mode for capturing image other than of the display. The displays may represent rendering devices for enabling virtual proofing in a network, or may be part of stand-alone systems and apparatuses for color calibration. Improved calibration is also provided for sensing and correcting for non-uniformities of rendering devices, such as color displays, printer, presses, or other color image rendering device. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289836 | PARALLAX REDUCTION - Parallax in an optical device is reduced by apply one or a combination of several disclosed techniques, including reduced solid angle or increased collimation of light sources, increased diffusion/scattering at an output of the device, and/or reflective structures for collimation and containment of reflected light. The techniques are advantageously applied to a backlight LCD display, and particularly to high dynamic range dual modulation displays. | 11-18-2010 |
20100289837 | DIVISION UNIT, IMAGE ANALYSIS UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A division unit, an image analysis unit and a display apparatus using the same capable of simplifying the computation of overall average gray scale are provided. The division unit includes an adder for receiving a first to an N | 11-18-2010 |
20100295873 | AUTOMATIC USER VIEWING PREFERENCE - A system may allow an initial viewing adjustment curve set at a factory to be adjusted by a user, and the adjustment may pull the viewing adjustment curve in a particular direction, but may not result in a multistep, jerky viewing adjustment curve. The curve of the viewing adjustment curve may remain a curve, but, through the use of regions and smoothing, the viewing adjustment curve may retain its curve design. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295874 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATION DEVICE FOR A FLAT PANEL DISPLAY - A gamma voltage generation device for a flat panel display includes a first voltage dividing circuit coupled between a high voltage and a low voltage, for generating a plurality of primary voltages, a plurality of primary selectors coupled to the first voltage dividing circuit, each of the plurality of primary selectors for selecting a primary voltage from the plurality of primary voltages according to an original digital value, a second voltage dividing circuit coupled to the plurality of primary voltages, for generating a plurality of secondary voltages, and a plurality of secondary selectors coupled to the second voltage dividing circuit, each of the plurality of secondary selectors for selecting a secondary voltage to be a reference grayscale voltage of a gamma curve from a predetermined number of secondary voltages of the plurality of secondary voltages according to a target digital value. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295875 | DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A display device including a gate driver, a data driver and a plurality of sub-pixels is disclosed. The gate driver sequentially asserts a first scan signal and a second scan signal. The data driver provides a first data signal and a second data signal. When the first scan signal is asserted, the first scan signal and the first data signal respond with a first response signal. When the second scan signal is asserted, the second scan signal and the second data signal respond with a second response signal. The pulse of the first response signal is different from the pulse of the second response signal. A first sub-pixel among the sub-pixels displays a first color according to the first response signal. A second sub-pixel among the sub-pixels displays a second color according to the second response signal, and the first color is different from the second color. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295876 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - In a display apparatus according to one or more embodiments, a boosting circuit boosts an input voltage to a backlight driving voltage, and a backlight unit receives the backlight driving voltage to generate light. A backlight driving circuit controls the boosting circuit in response to a dimming signal and compensates a plurality of feedback voltages fedback from the backlight unit to output a panel driving voltage. A panel driving circuit receives the panel driving voltage from the backlight driving circuit to output a data voltage corresponding to an image signal and receives a gate driving voltage to generate a gate voltage. A display panel displays an image in response to the gate voltage and the data voltage. Accordingly, a number of the boosting circuits for the display apparatus may decrease, thereby reducing a manufacturing cost of the display apparatus. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295877 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACK-LIGHT BRIGHTNESS - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display and method of preventing dazzling thereof, by which human eyes can be prevented from being fatigued by the intensity of radiation in a manner of detecting APL of an LCD TV and correcting brightness of a backlight. The present invention includes an APL detecting unit detecting APL of the liquid crystal display, a control unit increasing or decreasing a brightness of a backlight uniformly in inverse proportional to the APL value detected by the APL detecting unit, the control unit increasing the brightness of the backlight according to a decrement of the APL value by limiting the brightness of the backlight to a prescribed brightness for a preset reference section, and a backlight driving unit driving the backlight by controlling the brightness of the backlight under the control of the control unit. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295878 | Document with an Integrated Display Device - A document including an integrated display device that has several triggerable display elements, each of which is designed to emit an optical signal for representing first data stored in the document whereby the display device is designed for cyclical activation of the display elements for rendering the first data in sequential image regeneration periods, and whereby the display device is designed in such a way that the emission of the optical signals of at least a subset of the display element takes place with a chronological delay, whereby it is not possible to visually perceive the chronological delay. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295879 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes a dimming value determination circuit for determining a dimming value of a backlight based on an input image signal, an image signal compensation circuit for compensating the input image signal supplied to a liquid crystal panel in accordance with the dimming value, and a backlight drive circuit for driving and controlling the backlight in accordance with the dimming value. When the light emitting luminance of the present frame of the backlight increases relative to the light emitting luminance of the previous frame, the backlight drive circuit delays the timing for applying the dimming value of the present frame. This makes it possible to reduce power consumption of the backlight by suppressing deterioration in the image quality in spite of the sharp change in the display image luminance. | 11-25-2010 |
20100295880 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - This application is directed to driving methods for electrophoretic displays. The driving methods comprise grey level waveforms which greatly enhance the pictorial quality of images displayed. The driving method comprises: (a) applying waveform to drive each pixel to the full first color then to a color state of a desired level; or (b) applying waveform to drive each pixel to the full second color then to a color state of a desired level. | 11-25-2010 |
20100302284 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - An electro-optical device that facilitates assembly of the electro-optical device composed of a plurality of display tiles on a wall surface, and its assembly method are provided. It includes a plurality of display tiles, and a foundation structure having a plurality of regions, wherein the foundation structure is equipped with a signal bus for transmitting an image data signal to a first display tile among the plurality of display tiles, and a first connection section that electrically connects the signal bus with the first display tile, and the first display tile is equipped with pixel elements, a signal processing section that generates signals for driving the pixel elements based on the image data signal, and a second connection section that is electrically connected to the first connection section. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302285 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes: a display element whose light emitting luminance is controlled by a supplied current; at least one first switching element section whose output current characteristic shows a saturation characteristic in response to an input variable serving as a grayscale signal; and at least one second switching element section whose output current characteristic shows a linear characteristic in response to an input variable serving as a grayscale signal. A first current supply line which outputs a current determined by the first switching element section and a second current supply line which outputs a current determined by the second switching element section are combined, and then succeeded by a current supply line of the display element. This makes it possible to provide a pixel circuit and a display device which can generate higher peak luminance while sufficiently securing a voltage range which causes an appropriate normal grayscale display within a predetermined driver voltage output range. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302286 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A light emitting device includes: pixel circuits, each of which includes a light emitting element and a drive transistor connected in series with each other and a holding capacitor disposed between a path connecting the light emitting element and the drive transistor and a gate of the drive transistor; and a drive circuit which supplies a drive signal to the gate of the drive transistor and changes a potential of the drive signal with the passage of time such that a time rate of change of the potential of the drive signal at the time point of stopping the supply of the drive signal becomes a time rate of change corresponding to a designated gradation of the pixel circuit. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302287 | DISPLAY DRIVING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - Overdrive over multiple frames is made more efficient in a display device drive circuit that drives a display device so slow in response that target brightness is not reached even after overdrive is performed for one frame. When a display gray scale is changed from a first gray scale to a second gray scale, a display driving device varies overdrive driving voltage according to the number of frames since the point of time of the change. This makes it possible to obtain high-speed luminance response. When the number of frames for which an identical image is continuously displayed is known beforehand, the number of frames is set in a display pattern setting register and a function of detecting timing of a change of images is provided. This enables efficient overdrive. At low temperature, further, a display image is updated once for several frames according to temperature information. This enhances the visibility of the image. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302288 | DUAL ENDED DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR LCD BACKLIGHT AND THE METHOD THEREOF - A dual ended driver circuit for a LCD backlight is disclosed. The circuit comprises a master board and a slave board, which provides a first output drive signal and a second output drive signal to either end of a lamp set, respectively. The circuit only uses one control chip to synchronize and make symmetrical the first output drive signal and the second output drive signal. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309230 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A light emitting device and a method of driving capable of reducing or preventing motion blur and flicker phenomena. The light emitting device includes: scan lines; light emitting pixels configured to provide light to a liquid crystal pixel, each of the scan lines being applied with first and second scan signals for a frame period; and a partial brightness controller is configured to generate a synchronous signal and a segment detection signal, the synchronous signal and the segment detector signal being for controlling application time points of the first and second scan signals according to a liquid crystal response speed on an operation mode basis of the crystal pixel. The first scan signal is applied at a time point at which liquid crystal arrangement of crystal pixel starts to be sustained, and the second scan signal is applied within a time period in which the liquid crystal arrangement is sustained. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309231 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING THE SETTINGS OF A REPRODUCTION COLOR DEVICE - According to this method, successive iterations are launched according to the following steps:—1) the reproduction color device is set according to settings,—2) reference input colors are calibrated putting calibrated input colors,—4) reproduction quality rating value are calculated,—5) a reproduction quality criterion is applied to decide or not to go for another iteration with different settings. This method allows the optimization of the settings according to color preferences. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309232 | CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A control method for an image display apparatus includes the steps of outputting a selection potential to a row wiring to be driven; and generating a modulation pulse based on a value of image data, and outputting the modulation pulse to a column wiring. The modulation pulse generating step generates, in a range of Imin≦I≦I | 12-09-2010 |
20100309233 | PIXEL CIRCUIT FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) PANEL, DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING OLED PANEL USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a pixel circuit for an OLED panel, a display device having the pixel circuit and a method of driving the OLED panel. The pixel circuit for an OLED panel includes a switching element driven by a scan signal input through a corresponding one of scan lines sequentially selected from among a plurality of scan lines, and configured to transfer drive current based on luminance data input through a corresponding one of a plurality of data lines. An OLED emits light using the drive current transferred by the switching element. The OLED has an anode connected to a source terminal of the transistor and a cathode connected to a common electrode. Accordingly, problems such as the imbalance and deterioration of luminance attributable to the sequential driving of scan lines can be solved, and the complexity of circuits of a conventional AMOLED panel can be solved. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309234 | COLOR CORRECTION LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying picture images, and a color correction unit. Upon receipt of raw RGB picture data corresponding to raw RGB gamma curves, the color correction unit generates corrected RGB picture data based on values over a predetermined imaginative gamma curve established in accordance with the characteristic of the liquid crystal display panel. The color correction unit stores values over corrected RGB gamma curves corresponding to the corrected picture data, and gamma-corrects the raw RGB picture data based on values over the stored corrected RGB gamma curves, thereby displaying the picture images. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315441 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A light emitting device and a driving method thereof, and a method for reducing motion blur and flicker phenomena of a display is provided. A light emitting device for providing light to a display that displays images is provided. The device includes: a display unit that includes scan lines, column lines, and light emission pixels, the scan lines respectively applied with first scan signals and second scan signals during one frame period; a local brightness controller that generates a dimming signal having brightness information of the light emission pixels, generates motion flag signals having motion information corresponding to the light emission pixels, and generates ratio control signals having division information of the dimming signal according to the motion flag signals; and a controller that divides the dimming signal into first divided dimming data and second divided dimming data according to the ratio control signals. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315442 | Circuit Configuration and Method for Controlling Particularly Segmented LED Background Illumination - A circuit arrangement for controlling a segmented LED backlight in particular, comprises a generator ( | 12-16-2010 |
20100315443 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device displays an image by using overshoot driving. In at least one embodiment, the liquid crystal display device includes: a temperature sensor measuring a surface temperature of a liquid crystal panel; a gradation conversion section performing a gradation value shift process of shifting inputted gradation values to lower gradation values; and a pseudo-multi-gradating section performing a pseudo-multi-gradating process on image data on which the gradation value shift process has been performed by the gradation conversion section. The gradation conversion section decides whether or not to perform the gradation value shift process depending on the surface temperature of the liquid crystal panel measured by the temperature sensor. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315444 | SELF-LIGHT- EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, POWER CONSUMPTION REDUCTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A self-light-emitting display device includes: a video analyzing section configured to extract a feature portion of video data based on a video signal of the video data to be displayed on an active matrix driven type self-light-emitting display module; a luminance distribution generating section configured to generate, based on the feature portion, a luminance distribution for a region of the feature portion to be displayed on the self-light-emitting display module so that the display brightness of the video data becomes reduced as the distance becomes farther from an arbitrary reference position within the region of the feature portion; and an image combining section configured to combine the luminance distribution with the video signal of the video data to modify the brightness of the video data. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315445 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device. The display device includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and driven for each of the divided blocks and includes a plurality of optical assemblies; a display panel positioned on the top of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each of blocks corresponding to the blocks of the backlight unit depending on an image displayed in the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a substrate; a plurality of light sources that are positioned on the substrate and emit light; and a light guide plate including a light input unit including an incident surface into which light is inputted through the side from the light source and a light emitting unit emitting the inputted light to the top, and wherein at least some portions of two adjacent optical assemblies among the plurality of optical assemblies are superimposed on each other, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block and outputs a plurality of driving signals and each of the driving signals controls the brightness of two or more blocks among the blocks of the backlight unit. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315446 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device. The display device includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and driven for each of the divided blocks and includes a plurality of optical assemblies; a display panel positioned on the top of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each of blocks corresponding to the blocks of the backlight unit depending on an image displayed in the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a substrate; a plurality of light sources that are positioned and emit light; and a light guide plate including a light input unit including an incident surface into which light is inputted through the side from the light source and a light emitting unit emitting the inputted light to the top, and wherein at least some portions of two adjacent optical assemblies among the plurality of optical assemblies are superimposed on each other, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block and outputs a plurality of driving signals and the blocks of the backlight unit are driven in the unit of the divided groups by being divided into a plurality of scan groups. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315447 | IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS AND IMAGING APPARATUS - An image displaying apparatus includes a displaying section capable of performing a luminance adjustment, an image correcting section performing a luminance correction on each of a plurality of images at a time of a dynamic display continuously displaying the plurality of images on the displaying section at a constant interval, a luminance adjusting section performing a luminance adjustment at the displaying section displaying the images to which the luminance correction is performed based on the luminance correction at the image correcting section, and a display controlling section performing a control at the luminance adjusting section within a shorter period than the constant interval when switching from the dynamic display to a static display displaying an image different from the plurality of images. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315448 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving an LCD device is provided. The apparatus for driving an LCD device comprises an image display unit that includes liquid crystal cells formed in each region defined by a plurality of gate lines and a plurality of data lines. A data driver supplies analog video signals to the respective data lines. A gate driver supplies scan pulses to the respective gate lines. A data converter detects motion vectors from input data and generating modulated data by filtering the input data in accordance with the motion vectors to generate overshoot or undershoot in a boundary along a motion direction. A timing controller aligns the modulated data to supply the aligned data to the data driver and operates the data driver and the gate driver. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315449 | COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR COLOR SHIFT IN DISPLAYS - A system for maintaining a substantially constant display white point over an extended period of operation of a color display formed by an array of multiple pixels in which each of the pixels includes multiple subpixels having different colors, and each of the subpixels includes a light emissive device. The display is generated by energizing the subpixels of successively selected pixels, and the color of each selected pixel is controlled by the relatives levels of energization of the subpixels in the selected pixel. The degradation behavior of the subpixels in each pixel is determined, and the relative levels of energization of the subpixels in each pixel are adjusted to adjust the brightness shares of the subpixels to compensate for the degradation behavior of the subpixels. The brightness shares are preferably adjusted to maintain a substantially constant display white point. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315450 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A BACKLIGHT LEVEL FOR A DISPLAY ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure provides a system and method for adjusting a backlight level for an image being displayed on an electronic device. The system comprises: a display for displaying an image to be backlit; memory storing a numeric representation of the image on a pixel-by-pixel basis; and a backlight adjustment module to calculate a pixel-by-pixel, running average of an intensity of the image using the numeric representation and to determine a backlight level for the image using the running average, the running average being calculated according to an equation that calculates a new average using a previous average and a current pixel intensity value to avoid an overflow condition when calculating the running average. | 12-16-2010 |
20100321412 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The invention describes a system and method for driving a display device that includes an array of pixels respectively coupled with a plurality of scanning lines along a first direction and a plurality of data lines along a second direction, each of the data lines being adapted to transmit a driving signal that is amplified in a high-driving mode of operation. In one embodiment, the method comprises reading first digital data associated with a first pixel, reading second digital data associated with a second pixel, and based on the content of the first and second digital data determining whether one or more condition for generating a control signal to disable the high-driving mode of operation is satisfied. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321413 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The invention describes a system and method for driving a display device that includes an array of pixels respectively coupled with a plurality of scanning lines along a first direction and a plurality of data lines along a second direction, each of the data lines being adapted to transmit a driving signal that is amplified in a high-driving mode of operation. In one embodiment, the method comprises reading digital data associated with each of a plurality of pixels along one or more scanning line, evaluating a distribution of gray scale levels for pixels coupled along the one or more scanning line based on the content of the digital data, and determining whether the distribution of gray scale levels meets a condition for generating a control signal to disable the high-driving mode of operation. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321414 | DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device that can improve the color reproductivity on a displayed image and improve the display quality. A liquid crystal display device ( | 12-23-2010 |
20100321415 | DISPLAY DRIVING UNIT AND METHOD FOR USING THE SAME - A display driving unit used in a liquid crystal display (LCD) stores two γ curves. When the LCD displays images, the display driving unit determines the luminance of the image in a first sub-period for displaying the image according to the gray level of the image and the first γ curve, and determines the luminance of the image in a second sub-period for displaying the image according to the gray level of the image and the second γ curve. The LCD displays the image in the luminance determined according to the gray level of the image and the first γ curve in the first sub-period and displays the image in the luminance determined according to the gray level of the image and the second γ curve in the second sub-period. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321416 | Liquid crystal display device - A liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal panel provided with plural gate lines to select a pixel and plural data lines to supply pixel data and a data driver dividing a single frame into plural fields and converting frame data into field data to supply the field data to the data line is provided. When the frame data has a tone change, the data driver performs correction to data of an odd-number field of the frame in a same direction as an increase/decrease direction of the tone change of the frame data, and performs correction to data of an even-number field of the frame in an opposite direction to the increase/decrease direction of the tone change of the frame data. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321417 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides a display device, a direct-view display device, and a projection display device in which their apparent dynamic ranges are increased with less color change. The display device can include a light modulation device having a plurality of pixels for displaying an image according to an image signal, a light source for illuminating the light modulation device, and a light-source driving device for controlling the intensity of light emitted from the light source by controlling the period in which the light source is lit at a specified brightness per unit time. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321418 | ILLUMINATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an illuminating device which is capable of suppressing occurrence of irregular color in illuminating light. The illuminating device is provided with a light source substrate ( | 12-23-2010 |
20100321419 | DRIVER FOR DISPLAY PANEL - A driver for a display panel in which a plurality of light-emitting elements are arranged in a matrix, prevents false emission and/or destruction of the light-emitting elements from being caused when reset control is performed when scanning row lines included in the display panel. A cathode driver includes a plurality of groups composed of a timing circuit and transistors that correspond to a plurality of cathode lines, respectively. Each of the timing circuits controls the timing for switching on the transistors, so that the potentials of all the cathode lines excluding the cathode line that is the target to be scanned are slowly changed from the ground potential to the power supply potential after the reset period elapses. | 12-23-2010 |
20100321420 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - The invention provides a light emitting device which can suppress the reduction of luminance in accordance with the light emission time and light emission at a high luminance. Moreover, the invention relates to a driving method which can suppress the reduction of luminance in accordance with the light emission time and light emission at a high luminance. The light emitting device of the invention can display a plurality of colors of which brightness and chromaticity are different by visually mixing light emission of a plurality of light emitting elements of which light emission colors are different. When a visually mixed display color is formed, a white light emission is exhibited. | 12-23-2010 |
20100328355 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided with a plurality of cold cathode tubes (light sources) ( | 12-30-2010 |
20100328356 | RENDERING MULTISPECTRAL IMAGES ON REFLECTIVE DISPLAYS - Image display which accesses an image containing multispectral data and a spectral device model for a reflective display. The reflective display renders the image by modulation of an ambient illuminant and is driven by color primary signals for corresponding color primaries. A spectral power distribution of a direct irradiance of a current ambient illuminant is cyclically and repetitively estimated by using a measurement of the spectral power distribution of the direct irradiance of the current ambient illuminant. Color primary signals are determined by using the estimation of the spectral power distribution of the direct irradiance of the current ambient illuminant, the spectral device model, and the multispectral image data. The reflective display is driven by the determined color primary signals, such that the multispectral image data rendered on the reflective display simulates the appearance of the multispectral image data calorimetrically under the current ambient illuminant. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328357 | Drive Circuit, liquid crystal display device, and method for controlling output voltage - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is a drive circuit for controlling an output voltage of display data supplied to a liquid crystal display panel includes a hold circuit that holds a gradient of the display data, a bit detection circuit that compares the gradient of the display data with a last gradient held in the hold circuit to thereby detect a comparison result, a current capability selection circuit that selects any of a plurality of current capabilities in synchronization with a bit comparison signal based on the detected comparison result, and an output circuit that converts the display data into a voltage according to the gradient thereof using the selected current capability and outputs the converted voltage. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328358 | Driver circuit - A driver circuit according to the present invention includes a grayscale circuit, an amplifier circuit, a comparison circuit, and a sampling timing adjusting circuit. The grayscale circuit generates a grayscale voltage from grayscale data. The amplifier circuit generates a video output from the grayscale voltage. The comparison circuit compares the grayscale voltage with the video output and outputs a comparison result. The sampling timing adjusting circuit adjusts a sampling timing signal for sampling the video signal based on the comparison result to generate an adjusted sampling timing signal. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328359 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a display unit having luminescence elements that individually becomes luminous depending on a current amount. The luminescence elements are arranged in a matrix pattern. The display device comprises a luminescence amount regulator for setting a reference duty for regulating a luminescence amount per unit time for each of the luminescence elements, according to picture information of an input picture signal, and also comprises an adjuster for adjusting, based on the reference duty, an effective duty regulating a luminous time for which the luminescence elements become luminous within a unit time, so that the effective duty is within a predetermined range, and for adjusting a gain of the picture signal, so that a luminescence amount regulated with the effective duty and with the gain of the picture signal equals to the luminescence amount regulated with the reference duty. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328360 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes color filters, a display signal voltage application circuit, a common voltage application circuit, and a polarity inversion circuit. Each color filter corresponds to one of sub-pixels arranged two-dimensionally in a display section. The display signal voltage application circuit applies a display signal voltage to a pixel electrode of each of the sub-pixels. The common voltage application circuit applies a common voltage to a common electrode of each of the sub-pixels. The polarity inversion circuit inverts a polarity indicating a magnitude relationship between a pixel electrode voltage and the common voltage that is applied to the common electrode. The polarity inversion circuit makes the polarity of at least one of the sub-pixels arranged in a row of the display section different from the polarity of another sub-pixel of the same color arranged in the same row of the display section. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328361 | Display Device and Display Method - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a brightness controller and a display module. The brightness controller is configured to be capable of controlling a brightness of a backlight, which is configured to light sources, in units of a predetermined area corresponding to at least one light source, and configured to control at a first brightness at least one light source constituting a first light source area corresponding to a selected area on a display area, and configured to control at a second brightness at least one light source constituting a second light source area corresponding to a non-selected area on the display area. The display module is configured to display the selected area in accordance with the control at the first brightness by the brightness controller, and configured to display the non-selected area in accordance with the control at the second brightness by the brightness controller. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328362 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS, LIGHT GUIDE PLATE, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS APPLYING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus, a light guide plate, and a display apparatus applying the same are provided. A backlight apparatus includes a light guide plate (LGP) on which a plurality of grooves are formed to cut off movement of light, and a light emitting unit which emits the light onto the LGP. Accordingly, an edge-type backlight apparatus can support local dimming using a single LGP which is optically divided. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328363 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LUMINANCE - An information processing apparatus includes: a display device having a display screen being divided into a plurality of divisional areas, each of which being controlled to have individual luminance; a target area determining module configured to determine, as a target area, a group of divisional areas to which a drawing region where at least one of an active window and a cursor is drawn belongs; and a luminance controller configured to control luminance of the respective divisional areas of the display screen independently so that the target area has a first luminance and the other divisional areas have a second luminance that is lower than the first luminance. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328364 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method of driving a light emitting device in a first light emitting period, supplying electric charge to the light emitting element of a target pixel circuit of the plurality of pixel circuits. In this case, the electric charge has been generated by supplying the gradation potential to the signal line. In a charging period after the first light emitting period, in order for a reverse bias to be applied to light emitting elements of control pixel circuits other than the target pixel circuit of the plurality of pixel circuits, the method further includes changing potentials of the potential lines corresponding to the control pixel circuits. In a second light emitting period after the charging period, the method further includes supplying electric charge generated in the charging period to the light emitting element of the target pixel circuit. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328365 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A display apparatus includes: a light emitting element, a source which supplies a current to the light emitting element from a drain; a capacitor one end of which is connected to a gate of the transistor; a gate voltage setting circuit detachably connected to the gate of the transistor, the gate voltage setting circuit setting the gate voltage of the transistor to an initial voltage; and a capacitor terminal voltage setting circuit which is connected to another end of the capacitor, and which sets the voltage of the another end of the capacitor to any of data voltage corresponding to image information and constant reference voltage which does not depend on the image information, wherein a range, in which a current flowing through the light emitting element varies depending on the data voltage, is adjusted by changing one of the initial voltage and the reference voltage. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328366 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device is provided which displays images by emitting light when a reference voltage is applied to pixels. An average picture level calculation unit of a reference voltage calculation unit in a rectangular wave driving unit of a TFT substrate calculates the value of average picture level, and a ΔV calculation unit of a reference voltage calculation unit calculates a correction amount ΔV of the reference voltage based on the average picture level value. The calculated correction amount ΔV is added to a reference voltage and is used as the voltage of a rectangular wave signal that is output to each pixel from a rectangular wave driving unit. In each pixel in which a data signal corresponding to the grayscale value is stored, an organic EL device emits light in accordance with the rectangular wave signal. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328367 | PIXEL DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE AND A DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel driving circuit for a display device in which a plurality of gate lines and data lines are arranged. The pixel circuit is disposed at an intersection between the gate lines and data lines, and includes at least two light emitting elements for emitting certain colors within a certain section; an active device commonly connected to the at least two light emitting elements to drive the at least two light emitting elements; and an power source control part connected to the active device to transmit driving control signals for the at least two light emitting elements to the active device. The active device sequentially drives the at least two light emitting elements in the certain section per a certain period of time in response to the power source signals transmitted through the power source control part, and the at least two light emitting elements are sequentially emitted. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328368 | THREE DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY SYSTEM AND ITS DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A 3-D display system and relevant display control method, consisting of linear display units vertically arranged in a 2-D plane or cylindrical columns to form a 3-D display matrix, and a display control system that acquires corresponding display data through computer image processing and outputs the display data to control units. The control units issue control signals to the illuminants with corresponding addresses at corresponding time instants, to light up the corresponding illuminants and make the 3-D display matrix display a corresponding 3-D image or animation. The illuminants can be monochromatic or multicolor LEDs or other point light sources. | 12-30-2010 |
20100328369 | MULTI-GRADATION DRIVE CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE OF CHOLESTERIC LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A multi-gradation drive circuit that drives a cholesteric liquid crystal panel in a plurality of drive phases in different drive cycles, includes: a current upper limit control circuit that calculates an upper limit of a supply current of a liquid crystal drive power source and outputs an upper limit control signal; and a supply current limiting circuit that limits the supply current of the liquid crystal drive power source to the upper limit value or less specified by the upper limit control signal, wherein the current upper limit control circuit switches the upper limit control signal to another in accordance with the drive cycle in each drive phase. | 12-30-2010 |
20110001764 | DYNAMIC CREATION OF WAVEFORM PALETTE - A system and method for driving a display region on the display are described. The method includes receiving a desired color for a pixel, determining a waveform to drive the pixel to desired color, updating frame buffer with an index to the determined waveform, updating waveform table with the determined waveform, and then driving the pixel on the display using the index and associated waveform. After the drive, the waveform is removed from the waveform table and the corresponding pixel in frame buffer is updated with an index corresponding to a null waveform. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001765 | Semiconductor integrated circuit and liquid crystal drive circuit - Disclosed herein is a semiconductor integrated circuit including: line buffers; an alpha channel first selector; an alpha channel digital-to-analog converter; a beta channel digital-to-analog converter; a redundant digital-to-analog converter; an alpha channel second selector; a beta channel second selector; an alpha channel amplifier; and a beta channel amplifier. | 01-06-2011 |
20110001766 | LED Drive Circuit For SCR Dimming - A LED drive circuit for SCR dimming including an external controller configured to receive AC voltage from a power network to convert the AC voltage to an AC voltage with a lacked phase by phase controlling the voltage through a thyristor, and a LED driver that includes a bridge rectifier configured to shape the AC voltage with the lacked phase output into a unidirectional pulse DC voltage, and a phase angle detecting circuit configured to shape the AC voltage signal output with lacked phase from the external controller into a saw-tooth wave pulse signal. | 01-06-2011 |
20110007098 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus, an LCD driving apparatus, and a method for driving the LCD apparatus are provided. The LCD apparatus includes a panel; and a controlling unit which inserts gray data into at least one pixel included in a pixel group. Accordingly, the stress on a liquid crystal is reduced and thus a residual image is prevented from occurring on a screen. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007099 | INVERTER CIRCUIT, BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an inverter circuit capable of suppressing an increase in EMI level. In at least one embodiment, the inverter circuit includes: a drive circuit for outputting a pulse signal; a transformer for outputting a drive signal corresponding to the pulse signal to a fluorescent lamp, the transformer including a secondary winding having one end connected to the fluorescent lamp; a detection control circuit for detecting a detection signal corresponding to the drive signal supplied to the fluorescent lamp; a wiring line connecting another end of the secondary winding of the transformer and the detection control circuit; and a wiring line provided together with the wiring line so that magnetic fields generated are cancelled out each other. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007100 | BACKLIGHT CONTROLLER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight controller for controlling a backlight unit having a plurality of light sources arranged in a grid layout for illuminating a liquid crystal panel, the backlight controller including: a first calculator configured to calculate an average value and a standard deviation of control values for controlling the light sources, the control values being obtained from a feature quantity of an input image; a second calculator configured to calculate a ratio of the standard deviation to the average value; and a gain controller configured to control a gain to be applied to the control values based on the ratio calculated by the second calculator. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007101 | SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A self light emitting display device is provided which includes a panel driver which changes a maximum voltage supplied to the self light emitting display panel according to the necessary maximum brightness, a storage unit which holds data related to a reverse gamma characteristic that is opposite to a gamma characteristic between an amount of light emitted from the self light emitting display panel and a voltage supplied from the panel driver to the self light emitting display panel, and a panel gamma generation unit which generates an output signal based on the reverse gamma characteristic by changing an applicable range of the reverse gamma characteristic according to the necessary maximum brightness while maintaining the same gradations as those when the self light emitting display panel emits light at a displayable maximum brightness. The panel driver drives the self light emitting display panel based on the output signal. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007102 | PIXEL DRIVE APPARATUS, LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD FOR LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS - A pixel drive apparatus to drive a pixel has a function of compensating a change in characteristics of the pixel. The pixel includes a light-emitting element and a drive control element to drive the light-emitting element. The pixel drive apparatus acquires the electrical characteristic parameter that is used to compensate variation of electrical characteristics of the light-emitting drive circuit including the drive control element based on a voltage value of the detection voltage after applying a voltage having a voltage value exceeding a threshold voltage across the drive control element to elapse of at least one relaxation time, and acquires a light-emitting characteristic parameter that is used to compensate variation of characteristics of the light-emitting element based on light-emitting luminance of the light-emitting element that is operated to emit light in accordance with luminance measurement image data corrected based on the electrical characteristic parameter. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007103 | APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT OF DISPLAY PANEL IN CAMERA SYSTEM - An apparatus controls a backlight of a display panel of a camera system. The apparatus includes a sub-pixel extracting unit, an ambient light luminance calculating unit, and a backlight controller. The sub-pixel extracting unit extracts sub-pixel luminance values from image data, where the image data is indicative of a current image frame defined by a plurality of pixels, and where each of the pixels includes a plurality of sub-pixels. The ambient light luminance calculating unit calculates an ambient light luminance value of the current image frame from the sub-pixel luminance values extracted by the sub-pixel extracting unit. The backlight controller which generates a backlight control signal based on a comparison between the calculated ambient light luminance value of the current image frame and an ambient light luminance value of a previous image frame. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007104 | LIGHTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - There is provided a lighting device that can reduce the occurrence of both color irregularity and brightness irregularity of light to be irradiated onto an irradiation surface even if one of a plurality of light-emitting elements included in light sources fails to light properly, and a display device using this lighting device. The lighting device includes a plurality of light sources ( | 01-13-2011 |
20110012932 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD THEREOF - A display device is disclosed which is capable of suppressing characteristic changes due to a long period of conduction, thereby achieving high-quality video display, and also to provide a drive method therefor. In at least one embodiment, while sequentially activating n first scanning signal line groups G | 01-20-2011 |
20110012933 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH AUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A display device is provided. The display device includes a system module detecting an image signal and outputting a first frequency in response thereto, wherein the first frequency is adjusted to a second frequency when the image signal is switched. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012934 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH ANTI-INTERFERENCE OF RESONANCE AND METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display comprises a system module responding to a first frequency to output a second frequency, wherein a magnitude of the second frequency is not an integer multiple of that of the first frequency. The system module comprises a detection circuit detecting the first frequency of the vertical synchronous signal, and a processor producing a plurality of adjacent integers. The display apparatus further comprise an internal light source providing a back light for the display apparatus to display an image, and a light source control module responding to an intermittent pulse to output a drive pulse to the internal light source for controlling one of an operation on and an operation off of the internal light source, wherein the display apparatus prevents the drive pulse from interfering with the image by using the intermittent pulse. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012935 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit with which luminance is able to be improved and a wide view angle is able to be secured while increase of the power consumption is inhibited is provided. The display unit includes a first region placing priority on front face luminance in which an aperture ratio of a light emitting region is relatively small, a second region placing priority on view angle luminance in which the aperture ratio of the light emitting region is relatively large, and a drive means for driving the first region and the second region. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012936 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - Provided is a backlight assembly and a display apparatus having the same, the backlight assembly including: a power converter which includes a transformer and converts a level of input power; a power factor corrector which corrects a power factor of original power and outputs it to the power converter; and a light source driver which is connected to a secondary coil of the transformer and includes a first light emitting diode module, a second light emitting diode module, and a current supplying circuit which balances amperage of power supplied to the first light emitting diode module and the second light emitting diode module. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012937 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal display apparatus that can alter the chromaticity of a display image in a white backlight by performing a drive control of light sources. The liquid crystal display apparatus ( | 01-20-2011 |
20110012938 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that include a different number of combinations. The signal levels of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are compared with each other. For an image signal of a color that has a relatively low signal level, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a color that has a relatively high signal level. When the power consumption of a data electrode driving circuit is large, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in a combination set for display used for an image signal when the power consumption of the data electrode driving circuit is small. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012939 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - [Problem] In the case where variations of environmental temperature or variations with time occur depending on characteristics of a light-emitting element, variations are generated in luminance. In the invention, a display device for suppressing effects due to variations of a current value of a light-emitting element, which is caused by variations of environmental temperature and variations with time. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012940 | DRIVE CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A drive circuit of a display device and a method for driving the display device are disclosed. The drive circuit includes at least one data transfer line to receive analog data signals including information for an image; a first latch to sequentially sample analog data signals transferred from the at least one data transfer line and to sequentially store the sampled analog data signals; and a second latch to receive the sampled analog data signals from the first latch and to simultaneously supply the sampled analog data signals to a display. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012941 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The disclosure describes a liquid crystal display panel including a plurality of sub-pixels, a plurality of thin film transistors, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of gate lines. Each of the sub-pixels has first and second gray scale regions which are split up and down and have different areas, first and second gray scale regions of one sub-pixel having a staggered arrangement with respect to those of an adjacent sub-pixel. Thin film transistors are connected to first and second gray scale regions so that first gray scale regions are driven when one of gate lines is driven and the second gray scale regions are driven when another gate line is driven. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012942 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING LCD DEVICE AND LIGHT GUIDE PANEL - Provided is a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device comprises a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit, and a driving unit. The liquid crystal panel comprises a plurality of display areas defined therein. The backlight unit is disposed under the liquid crystal panel. The backlight unit comprises a plurality of light emitting areas corresponding to the respective display areas defined therein. The driving unit controls intensity of light emitted from the light emitting areas. Here, the backlight unit comprises light guide plates disposed in two or more light emitting areas. | 01-20-2011 |
20110012943 | Liquid Crystal Display Uniformity - In one embodiment, a system to manage luminance levels on a display device comprises a display device comprising a liquid crystal module comprising a matrix of pixels, a backlight assembly, and a plurality of drivers to drive the backlight assembly. The system further comprises a processing device coupled to the display device and comprising logic to establish a set of luminance values from a plurality of test points on the display device, determine a minimum luminance value from the set of luminance values, determine, for at least a selected one of the test points, a variance from the minimum luminance value, and use the variance to regulate a luminance level of the selected one of the test points. | 01-20-2011 |
20110018906 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT - An electroluminescent (EL) backlight driving circuit is compatible with current display control circuit, and includes a power on/off unit controlled by an ON signal of the display to output the power supply of the display as a working voltage; a boost unit for boosting the working voltage to a modulation working voltage; a resonance unit for oscillating the modulation working voltage to generate an AC working voltage for driving an electroluminescent (EL) panel to emit light and serve as the backlight source of the display; and a voltage feedback unit for comparing an output feedback voltage of the resonance unit with a brightness signal of the display and then with a feedback control voltage of the boost unit to generate a voltage regulation signal, which is fed back to the boost unit for regulating the size of the AC working voltage and accordingly controlling the brightness of the EL panel. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018907 | PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - A processing circuit coupled to a controlling circuit and including a first capacitor module, a second capacitor, a detection module, a first processing module, and a second processing module is disclosed. The first and the second capacitor modules are charged. The detection module generates a detection signal according to intensity of a light to charge the first and the second capacitor modules. The first processing module asserts a first output signal according to the time of charging the first capacitor module. The second processing module asserts a second output signal according to the time of charging the second capacitor module. The controlling circuit controls a backlight according to the asserted output signal. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018908 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for driving an LCD device is provided. The apparatus for driving an LCD device includes an image display unit that displays an image, and a driving circuit that varies the number of frames of the image displayed in the image display unit in response to motion of the image. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018909 | IMAGE DISPLAY WITH FUNCTION FOR TRANSMITTING LIGHT FROM SUBJECT TO BE OBSERVED - The present invention relates to an image display with a function for transmitting light from a subject to be observed, the image display including: a display element which includes a pair of transparent substrates with electrodes and a liquid crystal layer which is sandwiched between the pair of substrates with electrodes and is capable of being in a light transmitting state and a light scattering state, the display element being brought into the light transmitting state when no voltage is applied and being brought into the light scattering state when a voltage is applied; a light source which inputs light substantially parallel with a surface of the liquid crystal layer into the liquid crystal layer; and a timing control circuit which brings at least a part of a display surface of the display element into the light scattering state or the light transmitting state in conjunction with the state of light emission into the liquid crystal layer of the light source in the presence of external light. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018910 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix array; a plurality of gate lines applying a same gate signal to at least two rows of the pixels; a plurality of data lines crossing the gate lines; a TFT disposed at an intersection of each gate line and each data line; and a light source part sequentially providing at least two colors of light to each pixel every frame, thus enhancing a charging rate of each. | 01-27-2011 |
20110018911 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An image display device and an image display system which can establish visible light communication without interfering with an image displayed at a predetermined frame rate are provided. A controller | 01-27-2011 |
20110018912 | LIQUID CRYSTAL BACKLIGHT APPARATUS - A liquid crystal backlight apparatus being placed behind a liquid crystal display panel in a manner facing the liquid crystal display panel and illuminating the liquid crystal display panel from behind with a backlight having plural light emitting diodes as a light source, the liquid crystal backlight apparatus including a control part configured to use 0.1-0.5 watt white light emitting diodes as the plural light emitting diodes and independently control luminance of the white light emitting diodes separately | 01-27-2011 |
20110018913 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT, CONTROL METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT, AND GAMING DEVICE - What is provided is a liquid crystal display unit ( | 01-27-2011 |
20110025721 | METHOD OF CORRECTING DATA AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USNG THE SAME - A data correcting method is disclosed to implement an optimum picture quality according to surrounding conditions. The data correcting method includes: converting the input data into XYZ color space data; converting the XYZ color space data into JCh color space data by applying a reference illuminance parameter to a CIECAM02 forward algorithm; inversely converting the JCh color space data into the XYZ color space data by the illuminance by sequentially applying a plurality of illuminance parameters different from the reference illuminance, to a CIECAM02 backward algorithm; inversely converting the inversely converted XYZ color space data into an RGB color space to produce correction data of each illuminance; and making a look-up table by mapping the produced correction data of each illuminance to the input data. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025722 | Apparatus to Select Gamma Reference Voltage and Method of the Same - The present invention provides a method of selecting a gamma reference voltage. The method is used to switch the picture to a first grey scale. The second grey scale and its luminance of a plurality of regions of a liquid crystal display panel are determined by a sensor, and the gamma voltage corresponding to the second grey scale is stored into a bank to output. The bank signal is input to a reference voltage. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025723 | Pixel structure and organic light emitting display using the same - A pixel that is adapted for implementing higher definition and an organic light emitting display using such a pixel are provided. The pixel includes a red sub-pixel including a red emitting layer, a green sub-pixel including a green emitting layer, a first blue sub-pixel including a first blue emitting layer, and a second blue sub-pixel including a second blue emitting layer. The red emitting layer and the green emitting layer are symmetrically arranged and the first blue emitting layer and the second blue emitting layer are symmetrically arranged. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025724 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes at least one light source emitting light in a first direction at a predetermined orientation angle and a plurality of light guide panels, each including a light incident section and a light emitting section. The light incident section has a first surface to receive the light emitted from the light source in the first direction, and the light emitting section is to emit light received from the light incident section in a second direction. At least one portion of the light emitting section of one light guide panel overlaps an upper side of a light incident section of another light guide panel and a space exists between the panels. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025725 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A backlight unit for a display device and a control method for the same is presented. The backlight unit comprises: a plurality of light source units arranged in a matrix form; a light source controller adapted to supply a control signal for controlling a brightness of the light source units; and a plurality of light source drive units adapted to supply different driving signals to different light source units based on the control signal. The control signal is generated based on optical crosstalk between neighboring light source units. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025726 | HOLD-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD USING THE HOLD-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image processing circuit generates an output video signal from an input video signal and outputs the output video signal to a display panel with a higher frame frequency than the frame frequency of the input video signal. The output video signal includes a main-frame image and a sub-frame image. The image processing circuit has a luminance control unit. When the frame frequency of the output video signal is Io, and the display luminance of the sub-frame is B (0 | 02-03-2011 |
20110025727 | MICROSTRUCTURES FOR LIGHT GUIDE ILLUMINATION - Various embodiments disclose an illumination apparatus. The apparatus may comprise a light guide supporting propagation of light and having at least a portion of one of its edges comprising an array of microstructures. These microstructures may be incorporated in the input window of the light guide to control the light intensity distributed within the light guide. In certain embodiments, the directional intensity of the light entering the light guide may be modified to achieve a desired distribution across the light guide. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025728 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an apparatus includes following units. The image display unit includes a light source unit provided with light sources, each source being controlled respectively, and a liquid crystal panel displaying on a display area. The luminance calculation unit calculates a light source luminance of the light source based on a signal level of a divided area into which the display area virtually divided. The luminance distribution calculation unit calculates an entire luminance distribution of the light source unit. The transform unit transforms a signal level of the input image into a transformed image based on the entire luminance distribution. The luminance correction unit calculates a correction coefficient based on an average value or a sum of the light source luminance, and collects each of the light source luminance by the correction coefficient. The controller unit controls the liquid crystal panel and the light source unit. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025729 | FIELD SEQUENTIAL LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY - A display with high resolution and reduced flicker of image. The driving method of this invention, or the field sequential driving method, divides one frame of image into a plurality of subframes, i.e., divides the period of one image frame into a plurality of subframe periods; displays red, green and blue images during the corresponding subframe periods; and, when these color images are to be displayed, turns on the corresponding red, green and blue backlights successively to feed light to the display section. | 02-03-2011 |
20110025730 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIGHT GUIDE PLATE - An illumination device (L) includes a plurality of light source units ( | 02-03-2011 |
20110025731 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device in which the color purity of red display can be improved and also to provide an electric apparatus using the same. A controller ( | 02-03-2011 |
20110032275 | COLOR CORRECTION OF ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS UTILIZING GAIN CONTROL - A video-rendering chip performs gain correction on received display input, based on a display temperature, to produce output values that are shown on the display. The video-rendering chip includes multipliers, a microprocessor, and a memory. The microprocessor receives a display temperature from a sensor, determines gain correction coefficients that correspond to the display temperature, and provides the correction coefficients to the multipliers. The multipliers then multiply the display input by the correction coefficients to produce the output values. The microprocessor may determine the correction coefficients utilizing a lookup table or a correction coefficient formula stored in the memory. The microprocessor may receive an updated display temperature periodically and may determine new correction coefficients that correspond to the updated display temperature. The microprocessor may receive updated display temperatures at fixed periods or at varying periods based on the previous display temperature. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032276 | ELECTROWETTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An electrowetting display device and a driving method for a display device are provided. The electrowetting display device includes at least a pixel unit, a first driver and a second driver. The pixel unit includes at least a switch, at least a storage capacitor and at least an electrowetting pixel element. The switch is coupled between a node and a data line, and the switch has a control terminal coupled to a scan line. The storage capacitor is coupled between the node and a first common node. The electrowetting pixel element is coupled between the node and a second common node. The first driver provides a pulse signal to the control terminal of the switch via the scan line to turn on the switch. The second driver provides a gray scale signal to the electrowetting pixel element via the data line when the switch is turned on. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032277 | MONOCHROME LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A monochrome light emitting display device and a method for fabricating the same are disclosed, in which a pixel structure of a monochrome light emitting display device is changed to improve a contrast ratio and resolution and at the same time color shift is prevented from occurring, so as to display clearer image. The monochrome light emitting display device comprises a display panel having unit pixels of first and second sub-pixels arranged in a matrix arrangement to display a monochrome image; gate and data drivers respectively driving gate lines and data lines of the display panel; and a timing controller aligning externally input RGB data to be suitable for driving of the display panel to supply the RGB data to the data driver and generating data and gate control signals to control the data and gate drivers. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032278 | SOURCE DRIVER - A source driver including a data register, a level shifter, a gamma correction unit, a digital-to-analog converter and a buffer is provided. The data register stores a digital data signal. The level shifter pulls up the level of the digital data signal. The gamma correction unit provides a gamma curve. The digital-to-analog converter transforms the level-pulled-up digital data signal into an analog data signal with reference to the gamma curve. The buffer outputs the analog data signal to drive a corresponding data line. The level shifter, the gamma correction unit, the digital-to-analog converter and the buffer are all figured to receive a first set of reference voltages or a second set of reference voltages. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032279 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display driver circuit and a display device are provided. The display driver circuit may have positive and negative resistor strings that are symmetrically formed and include a plurality of resistors, and applies a gamma voltage to one of the positive and negative resistor strings in response to a polarity selection signal, thereby generating and outputting a positive grayscale voltage and a negative grayscale voltage. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032280 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that include a different number of combinations. Respective spatial differentiations of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are calculated. For an image signal of a large spatial differentiation, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a small spatial differentiation. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032281 | CORRECTION CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A correction circuit includes a memory that stores a mobility correction value or a threshold voltage correction value for correcting luminance non-uniformity for every pixel, a memory read-out unit that reads out the mobility correction value or the threshold voltage correction value from the memory, a correlation table that produces a threshold voltage correction value or a mobility correction value from the other one of the mobility correction value and the threshold voltage correction value on the basis of a correlation between mobility and a threshold voltage, a mobility correction unit correcting an input signal for every pixel by using the mobility correction value supplied from the memory read-out unit or the correlation table, and a threshold voltage correction unit correcting the input signal that is corrected at the mobility correction unit, by using the threshold voltage correction value supplied from the memory read-out unit or the correlation table. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032282 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device is capable of improving display quality. A data line drive circuit outputs a display signal voltage to data lines in a first period. Each pixel holds the display signal voltage with reference to a voltage determined based on characteristics of the drive transistor. In a second period, a control voltage for controlling the drive transistor is output to the data lines. The drive transistor generates a drive current in accordance with the control voltage and the held signal voltage so as to allow the self-luminous element to emit light. After the second period, a third period is provided in which a voltage signal for setting a control terminal of the drive transistor to have a given correction voltage is output to the data lines. The first period follows the third period. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032283 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An LCD device and a driving method thereof are discussed. The LCD device can prevent a blended color within each block which is defined in an LCD panel. To this end, the LCD device divides an external image data into a plurality of block image data, generates first dimming signals opposite to red, green, and blue data with each block image data, and provides a second dimming signal opposite to a brightness data with each block image data. Also, the LCD device calculates a difference value between maximum and minimum grayscale values by analyzing histograms for the red, green, and compares the calculated difference value with a reference difference value. Furthermore, the LCD device allows one of the first and second dimming signals to be selected according to the dimming mode control signal. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032284 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes first transistors provided for every scanning line and second transistors having a first electrode connected to each scanning line and a second electrode to which a reference potential is inputted. A first electrode of the first transistor is connected to any one of gate lines belonging to a first group. A control electrode of the first transistor is connected to any one of gate lines belonging to a second group. A control electrode of the second transistor is connected to any one of reverse gate lines belonging to a second group. A scanning line drive circuit intermittently outputs, when the scanning line drive circuit outputs a non-selective scanning voltage to any one of the gate lines belonging to the second group, a selective reversal scanning voltage to a reverse gate line corresponding to the gate line in the reverse gate lines belonging to the second group. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032285 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Embodiments are provided herein which may be utilized to eliminate stray light emissions from an LED while ambient light is being sensed. As such, dynamic backlight control systems for use with an electronic display are presented including: an ambient light sensor for sensing ambient light intensity; a backlight for illuminating the electronic display; a switch for controlling the backlight, the switch configured to set a backlight condition to ON or OFF in response to a backlight-off frequency such that the ambient light sensor senses the ambient light intensity in the absence of the backlight; a logic module for determining a backlight level in response to the ambient light intensity; and a backlight control circuit for adjusting the backlight to the backlight level in response to the ambient light intensity. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032286 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A display device | 02-10-2011 |
20110037781 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN ELECTRONIC DISPLAY - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for controlling an electronic display. An activity module receives a brightness restore signal and sets a brightness level of an electronic display to a default brightness level in response to the brightness restore signal. A brightness decay module dims the brightness level of the electronic display from the default brightness level to an intermediate brightness level at a first dimming rate. The intermediate brightness level is selected from one or more intermediate brightness levels. A plateau module maintains the brightness level of the electronic display at the intermediate brightness level for a predefined period of time. A minimum brightness module dims the brightness level of the electronic display from an intermediate brightness level to a minimum brightness level at a second dimming rate. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037782 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR IMAGE-DITHERING COMPENSATION - A liquid crystal display including a pixel array, multiple control lines and a driving unit is provided. The pixel array has multiple pixels. The control lines are coupled to the pixels. The driving unit drives the pixel array via the control lines. Of the pixels coupled to the same control line, the number of image-dithering compensated pixels with positive polarity is equal to the number of image-dithering compensated pixels with negative polarity when the pixel array is driven. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037783 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources emitting light in a first direction with a predetermined orientation angle and a plurality of light guide panels, each including a light incident section and a light emitting section. The light incident section has a first surface to receive light emitted from one or more of the light sources in the first direction, and the light emitting section is to emit light received from the light incident section in a second direction. Also included is a reflecting member adjacent the light guide panels. The light emitting section of each light guide panel includes a portion that decreases in thickness from a first point to a second point, wherein the first point is closer to the light incident section and the second point. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037784 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PROGRAM - A liquid crystal driving circuit controls operations of display areas in a liquid crystal display panel based on a plural pieces of divided image data which are prepared by dividing image data for a single screen in accordance with the display areas in the liquid crystal display panel. In response to an luminance signal corresponding to an LED resolution generated by an LED resolution signal generating circuit based on image data for a single screen which is not divided, the LED driving circuit controls operations of LEDs provided in a backlight unit. With the configuration of at least one embodiment, according to a liquid crystal display device including a backlight, in a case where display image data for a single screen is divided into a plural pieces of divided image data for a plurality of areas of a display screen and images to be displayed in the plurality of areas are controlled based on the plural pieces of divided image data, display quality in a border area of the plurality of areas can be improved. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037785 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICDE, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - At least one embodiment of the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display panel and a backlight unit having light sources arranged in back of the liquid crystal display panel. Image data obtained by adding a dummy image to a periphery of inputted image data is divided into blocks which correspond to positions of LEDs. A light-emitting luminance of an LED in an image display area, in which an image corresponding to the inputted image data is displayed, is determined in accordance with a maximum value among gradation values of pixels included in a block corresponding to the LED. A light-emitting luminance of an LED in an image non-display area, in which an image corresponding to the dummy image data is displayed, is determined in accordance with an average luminance level of some of small blocks which are adjacent to the block corresponding to the LED in the image non-display area, the small blocks being obtained by further dividing a block of the image display area adjacent to the block corresponding to the LED. According to the present invention, in a case where an aspect ratio of the inputted image data is different from that of the liquid crystal display panel, display quality in a border area of the image display area and the image non-display area can be improved. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037786 | Display device, method for correcting luminance degradation, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes a first reference pixel section configured to be driven to emit light at a predetermined luminance, a second reference pixel section configured to be driven to emit light when an amount of luminance degradation is to be detected, and a correcting unit configured to correct luminance degradation of effective pixels that contribute to display on the basis of a detection result of luminances of the first reference pixel section and the second reference pixel section. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037787 | Active Matrix Display Devices and Electronic Devices having the Same - An active matrix display device is provided and includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix and a backlight source disposed at the backside of the matrix which emits light to the matrix. Each pixel includes a liquid crystal (LC) element, a driving controlling switch, and a storage capacitor. The driving controlling switch controls the driving of the LC element. The storage capacitor stores image data provided to the LC element through the driving controlling switch. The display device further includes a luminance detector and a voltage supplier. The luminance detector detects luminance of the backlight source. According to the detected luminance, the voltage supplier, in a sustain period of the image data, provides a predetermined voltage to a node of the storage capacitor which is opposite to a node of the storage capacitor coupled to the LC element. | 02-17-2011 |
20110037788 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PIXEL CIRCUIT, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A display device has a pixel circuit ( | 02-17-2011 |
20110037789 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - Provided is a backlight device having improved heat dissipating performance. The backlight device ( | 02-17-2011 |
20110037790 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus that can perform local contrast control is provided. LED backlight | 02-17-2011 |
20110037791 | DISPLAY DEVICE BASED ON PIXELS WITH VARIABLE CHROMATIC COORDINATES - A pixel with variable chromatic coordinates comprises a plurality of color sub-pixels consisting of a light emitter and a color filter. The light emitters are identical and have an emission spectrum that is able to be modulated according to their supply voltage and/or current. The pixel control circuit supplies each color sub-pixel with a supply voltage and/or current dependent on the color of the sub-pixel for its emission spectrum to approximate the transmission spectrum of the associated color filter. Control means enable the application time of the supply voltage and/or current to be modified according to the color of the sub-pixel to obtain a predetermined mean luminance during a predetermined period. | 02-17-2011 |
20110043541 | FAULT DETECTION IN ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAYS - Detecting faults in driving circuits within a display device is disclosed. The display device has an array of pixels formed over a substrate in a display area, each pixel having a driving circuit and an associated communication circuit, the communication circuits together forming a multi-pixel serial shift register. The multi-pixel serial shift register is used to shift desired pixel luminance values from a display controller through the multi-pixel serial shift register to corresponding driving circuits for driving the pixels with driven electrical signals to emit light corresponding to the desired pixel luminance values, and sensing electrical signals corresponding to the driven electrical signals with a sensing circuit. Further the sensed electrical signals are shifted by the multi-pixel serial shift register to the display controller and faults are detected in the driving circuits by analyzing the sensed electrical signals. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043542 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device which can attain higher contrast than that of the conventional display device. The display device ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110043543 | COLOR TUNING FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - The present invention is directed to a color tuning composition and a method for adjusting the color temperature of an electrophoretic display. A display device comprising a color tuning layer of the present invention has several advantages. For example, the colors of the images displayed may be modified according to different needs without affecting the performance of the display device; the level of whiteness may be improved; and in some cases, the need for a UV barrier layer may also be eliminated. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043544 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an image display device, in which light emission period control signals are applied to a plurality of pixels holding voltages based on grayscale values, to emit from light emitting elements. During a horizontal synchronizing period, an active period of each of the light emission period control signals is divided into two periods. A start of one of the divisional periods coincides with a start of the horizontal synchronizing signal. An end of the other divisional period coincides with an end of the horizontal synchronizing signal. The active periods of the light emission period control signals (G) and (B) are equal to or larger than 80% of the active period of the light emission period control signal (R). An active period of a light emission control signal is synchronized with the light emission period control signal (R). | 02-24-2011 |
20110043545 | LED DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DATA-TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD OF SAME - A LED display system includes a display controller includes an output/input port; a plurality of driving circuits coupled in series, wherein a first one of the driving circuits is coupled to the output/input port; and a plurality of LED sets respectively coupled to the plurality of driving circuits. A plurality of image data, outputted from the display controller, are shifted to the plurality of driving circuits, respectively, in a first direction through the first one of the driving circuits when the display controller is in a displaying mode; and a plurality of status data, respectively generated by the plurality of driving circuits, are shifted to the display controller in a second direction through the first one of the driving circuits when the display controller is in a detecting mode. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043546 | CONVERSION CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display drive circuit that performs digital driving for displaying an image of each one frame based on luminance data of a plurality of subframes is disclosed. The display drive circuit includes a conversion section that converts the luminance data having a plurality of bits indicating a luminance level of each of the plurality of subframes into data indicating the luminance level for pixels in a number greater than the number of the plurality of subframes, and a storage section that stores the data converted by the conversion section. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043547 | VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a video display apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel configured to display a video on a display area and light sources, each configured to be controlled respectively and to light in an illumination area into which the display area is virtually divided according as arrangement of the light sources. The apparatus includes a first calculation unit configured to calculate a second emission intensity corresponding to a small-area based on a video signal in a small-area, wherein the small-area is segmented area of the display area and smaller than the illumination area. The apparatus includes a second calculation unit configured to calculate a first emission intensity to control the light source from the second emission intensities and a control unit configured to light the light sources at the first emission intensities. | 02-24-2011 |
20110043548 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE - In an active matrix electroluminescent display device, an overall brightness level of an image to be displayed in a frame period is determined. A drive transistor of each pixel is controlled in dependence on an input drive signal for the pixel and on the overall brightness level, for example using a signal processor ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110043549 | HIGH CONTRAST LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH ADJUSTABLE WHITE COLOR POINT - A display ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110043550 | Liquid Crystal Display Device With Influences of Offset Voltages Reduced - A semiconductor integrated circuit includes a first register, a second register, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage, and an amplifier including a first transistor, a second transistor, a third transistor, and a fourth transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistors are connected to a first voltage line, a first terminal of the third transistor and a first terminal of the fourth transistor are connected to a second voltage line, a second terminal of the first transistor is connected to a second terminal of the third transistor, and a second terminal of the second transistor is connected to a second terminal of the fourth transistor. | 02-24-2011 |
20110050733 | THIN FILM TRANSISTOR MANUFACTURING METHOD, THIN FILM TRANSISTOR, THIN FILM TRANSISTOR SUBSTRATE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - To provide a method for producing a thin film transistor improved in stability, uniformity, reproducibility, heat resistance, durability or the like, a thin film transistor, a thin film transistor substrate, an image display apparatus, an image display apparatus and a semiconductor device. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050734 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Reduced Power Usage of a Display Interface - A method detects by a display driver logic, inactivity between the display driver logic and a display logic, and deactivates an auxiliary channel by the display driver logic, wherein the auxiliary channel is between the display driver logic and the display logic. The method also detects, by the display driver logic via the auxiliary channel, a required operating mode capability of a display; and determines a minimum number of connection lines needed between the display driver logic and the display logic, to operate the display in the required operating mode capability. A display driver logic includes a connection port suitable for operative connection to a display logic, wherein the display drive logic is operative to detect inactivity between the display driver logic and the display logic, and deactivate an auxiliary channel between the display driver logic and the display logic. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050735 | OPTICAL ASSEMBLY, BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to an optical assembly, a backlight unit, and a display apparatus thereof. According to an embodiment of the present invention, an optical assembly includes a first layer, a plurality of light sources disposed over the first layer, a second layer that is disposed above the first layer and covering the plurality of light sources, and a pattern layer disposed above or in the second layer, wherein the pattern layer includes a plurality of patterns disposed at positions substantially corresponding to the light sources. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050736 | PIXEL AND ILLUMINATING DEVICE THEREOF - A pixel and an illuminating device thereof are provided. The pixel includes an organic light emitting diode (OLED), a transistor, a first switch, a second switch and a capacitor. One end of the OLED is electrically connected to a first voltage. A first source/drain of the transistor is electrically connected to a first potential point. The first switch is electrically connected between a second source/drain of the transistor and a second potential point, and is controlled by a first driving signal. The second switch is electrically connected between the second source/drain of the transistor and a gate of the transistor, and is controlled by a second driving signal. The capacitor is electrically connected between the gate of the transistor and a data line. The first driving signal and the second driving signal are used to alternately enable/disable the first and the second switches, so as to drive the pixel. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050737 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING CHROMATICITY OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method for adjusting a chromaticity of a liquid crystal display (LCD) is provided. Firstly, a light-on-test is performed to a plurality of backlight modules according to a standard gamma curve of a liquid crystal panel to obtain a color space of a plurality of LCDs formed by the backlight modules and the liquid crystal panel. The color space has a plurality of chromaticity coordinate values for representing chromaticities of the LCDs. The standard gamma curve is a relation curve of brightness corresponding to different gamma voltages inputted to the liquid crystal panel. Next, the color space is divided into a predetermined chromaticity area and a plurality of adjusting chromaticity areas according to a standard chromaticity range. Finally, a plurality of gamma voltage adjusting values corresponding to the adjusting chromaticity areas is obtained according to the relative position relationship between the adjusting chromaticity areas and the predetermined chromaticity area. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050738 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD IN LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention causes an image to be displayed on a display panel in response to an image signal including image data (first image data) for warning display and image data (second image data) for general display. The image data for warning display has a gradation value exclusively used for the image data for warning display. The liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment includes an image data identification section which identifies a type of image data by judging whether or not the image data has the gradation value exclusively used for the image data for warning display; and a gradation calculator (gradation conversion section) which carries out a conversion of gradation value with respect to the image data so that luminance of a displayed image is reduced in a case where ambient brightness declines. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050739 | IMAGE PROCESSOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, an image processor includes: a luminance calculator configured to calculate a luminance of an illumination light based on an image signal, the illumination light illuminating a display screen displaying the image signal; a gradation corrector configured to correct a first gradation of the image signal to a second gradation, based on the luminance; a parameter determining module configured to determine a parameter of gradation smoothing process to be performed on an amplitude of the image signal based on the luminance; and a processing module configured to perform the gradation smoothing process on the image signal with the second gradation, by using the parameter. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050740 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes a scan driver for driving scan lines and light emitting control lines; a data driver for selecting any one gamma voltage of a plurality of gamma voltages corresponding to bit values of externally supplied data and generating data signals; a pixel coupled to a reference power, a first power, and a second power, and the pixel configured to compensate for a voltage drop of the first power using the reference power; and a gamma voltage controller for comparing a voltage value of the reference power with that of a comparative power having a target voltage value of the reference power to generate a comparison result and controlling voltage value of the gamma voltages in accordance with the comparison result. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050741 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: a scan driver for driving one or more scan lines and emission control lines; a data driver for sequentially providing j data signals to each of a plurality of output lines in each horizontal period; a demultiplexer for transmitting the j data signals to j first data lines, the demultiplexer being coupled to the output lines; a plurality of pixels at crossing regions of the scan lines and second data lines extending in a direction crossing the scan lines; and a common circuit unit for controlling voltages of the second data lines coupled to the pixels by using a reference voltage and an initial voltage and the data signals, the common circuit unit being coupled between the first data lines and the second data lines. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050742 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT UNIT - A backlight unit, a display apparatus, and a method of controlling the backlight unit are provided. The backlight unit includes an image depth information extraction unit configured to extract image depth information from an image signal and a brightness calculator configured to calculate brightnesses corresponding to the image depth information. The backlight unitimproves three-dimensional effects on an image by controlling the brightnesses of light emitting devices according to the brightnesses calculated to correspond to image depth. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050743 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a display device, which includes: a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks, is driven for each divided block, and includes at least one optical assembly; a display panel disposed on the upper side of the backlight unit; a controller that outputs a local dimming value for each block corresponding to brightness of each block of the backlight unit according to images displayed on the display panel; and a BLU driver that controls the brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit by using the local dimming value for each block, wherein the optical assembly includes a first layer; a plurality of light sources that is formed on the first layer to emit light; a second layer that is disposed on the upper side of the first layer and is formed to cover the plurality of light sources; and a reflective layer that is disposed between the first and second layers, and the BLU driver receives the local dimming value for each block to output the plurality of driving signals, and the blocks of the backlight unit are divided into a plurality of scan groups and is driven in the divided group unit. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050744 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE - An image processing apparatus which corrects pixel data corresponding to pixels configuring a display image of a display device having light emitting elements includes an information storage unit which, in units of one or a plurality of pixels of the display device, stores information corresponding to operating currents of light emitting elements included in the one or plurality of pixels, and a pixel data correction unit which corrects the pixel data based on the information corresponding to the operating currents stored in the information storage unit. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050745 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING TRANSIENT OF IMAGE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A display apparatus and an image processing method are provided. The display apparatus processes an input image to improve a transient, and adjusts a gain of a luminance of a pixel of which a slope variation of a luminance exceeds a threshold value, the pixel being among pixels of the image having the improved transient. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050746 | LEVEL SHIFT CIRCUIT, AND DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A level shift circuit includes a first circuit connected between a first power supply terminal (PST) and an output terminal (OT) of the level shift circuit to set OT to a first voltage (V | 03-03-2011 |
20110050747 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device capable of correcting display of deteriorated pixels without causing a nonconstant tonality or improper color balance is provided. The display device includes a display section with plural pixels; signal lines; a data generation circuit; a D/A converter for sequentially converting a tone data to an analog voltage and outputting the analog voltage to the signal lines; a switch circuit for outputting a signal corresponding to the pixel state by switching the signal lines; an A/D converter for sequentially detecting the signal; and a detection circuit for estimating the state of the pixel from the signal. The D/A converter includes an output range setting means for setting an allowed output range of the analog voltage. The display device includes an output correction circuit that controls the output range setting means in accordance with the state of the pixel detected by the detection circuit. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050748 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus includes: a display panel; a calculation circuit that calculates a luminance control value, which is a parameter for controlling display luminance, for each frame of a video signal to be displayed on the display panel; and a luminance control circuit that controls the display luminance of the frame using the luminance control value calculated by the calculation circuit. When the video signal is a video signal in which one image is constituted by a plurality of frames, the luminance control circuit applies a same luminance control value to the plurality of frames constituting one image, or decreases the difference of the luminance control values applied to the plurality of frames constituting one image to be lower than a predetermined value. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050749 | DATA DRIVER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME - A data driver and an organic light emitting display having the same. The data driver has a switch unit provided between output terminals of respective output buffers that are provided in the data driver and data lines corresponding thereto. Here, the switch unit is also coupled to a source for providing a middle voltage, and allows the output terminals of the output buffers to be coupled to receive the middle voltage before data signals are output from the data driver by the operation of the switch unit, making it possible to improve the slew rate of the output buffer and to reduce power consumption, and an organic light emitting display having the same. The switch unit may includes a first switch coupled between the source for providing the middle voltage and the output terminals, and a second switch coupled between the output terminals and the respective data lines. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050750 | LCD DRIVING METHOD AND DEVICE - A LCD driving method and device for correcting LCD image sticking. The method of correcting image sticking in a LCD comprises steps of: determining whether any change occurs to a first image displayed by refreshing on a LCD in a predetermined time period; and controlling the LCD to refresh and display, after the predetermined time period, a second image that is different from the first image, if it is determined that no change occurs to the first image displayed by refreshing on the LCD in the predetermined time period, so as to correct image sticking caused by displaying the first image for a long period of time. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050751 | Organic Light Emitting Diode Display and Method of Driving the Same - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of driving the same. The OLED display includes a driving circuit for generating a plurality of data signals and a plurality of scan signals based on image information stored in a memory. The driving circuit receives an inactive state signal generated when the image information is a still image, generates only a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of data signals corresponding to a light emitting region in which the still image is displayed, and transfers the generated scan and data signals to a plurality of corresponding data lines and a plurality of corresponding scan lines, respectively. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050752 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - Crosstalk between adjacent discharge cells is reduced for a stable sustain discharge. A plasma display panel has scan electrodes and sustain electrodes arranged so that the positions of the corresponding scan electrode and sustain electrode are alternately interchanged in each display electrode pair, and image signal processing circuit converts an image signal into image data indicating light emission and no light emission in each discharge cell in each subfield. The image signal processing circuit generates the image data so that a combination of image data is avoided. One of two adjacent discharge cells having side-by-side scan electrodes is lit and the other of the discharge cells is unlit in one subfield of a plurality of subfields forming one field, and the one of the discharge cells is unlit and the other of the discharge cells is lit in a subfield after the one subfield in the same field. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050753 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus and a method of driving the LCD apparatus are provided. The LCD apparatus includes a panel unit including at least one pixel having a plurality of sub-pixels and a controller which inserts gray data into at least one pixel of the plurality of sub-pixels based on a frame period and a polarity of a liquid crystal of the at least one pixel. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050754 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof that can prevent distortion of luminance characteristics upon application of an ACL algorithm are disclosed. The display device includes a signal controller configured to correct luminance data according to the difference between image data of a current frame and image data of a previous frame. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050755 | ELECTRICAL DEVICE WITH SELECTIVELY REFLECTIVE DISPLAY - An electrical device in accordance with an embodiment of the present application includes a display in which the reflectivity of the display is alterable to allow the display to display information to the user and to serve as a mirror for the user. | 03-03-2011 |
20110050756 | USE OF DISPLAYS IN LOW-POWER AND LOW-COST ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - The application describes a device using a display and a method to control the display device in a low power consumption manner. The device may be geared towards disposable use and manufactured using printed electronics techniques. A simple controller system may adapt the state of the device based on type and status of power source(s), or with respect to application specific requirements within the life-cycle of the device. | 03-03-2011 |
20110057958 | REFERENCE VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT, DATA DRIVER, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENT - A reference voltage generation circuit includes a gamma correction resistor circuit which outputs reference voltages generated by resistively dividing voltages of two opposite ends of a resistor circuit to resistive division nodes, and high-potential-side-voltage and low-potential side-voltage supply circuits which supply a high-potential-side voltage and a low-potential-side voltage to the two opposite ends, respectively. The high-potential-side-voltage and low-potential side-voltage supply circuits supply the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage to the two opposite ends, respectively, by switching the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage for each of color components which faun one pixel, the high-potential-side voltage and the low-potential-side voltage being provided for each of the color components. The gamma correction resistor circuit supplies the reference voltages switched for each of the color components to reference voltage signal lines to be selected as inputs of driver sections which drive data lines of an electro-optical device. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057959 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a temperature sensor, a timing controller, a data driver and a display panel. The temperature sensor senses a temperature, the timing controller includes a dynamic capacitance capture (“DCC”) block, which converts a green data, a red data and a blue data into a green compensation data, a red compensation data and a blue compensation data, respectively, based on the temperature sensed by the temperature sensor, and the data driver converts the red compensation data, the green compensation data and the blue compensation data into a data voltage and outputs the data voltage. The display panel receives the data voltage and displays an image. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057960 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight apparatus and a display apparatus are provided. The backlight apparatus includes N first switch units to switch a plurality of currents flowing in respective N light emitting element arrays according to an input brightness control signal, N second switch units to switch a plurality of currents flowing in respective N capacitors according to the input brightness control signal, and a reference current generation unit to generate and output a reference current based on the input brightness control signal. An inverter unit adjusts a total current supplied to all of the light emitting element arrays in total to be equal to the reference current if the total current is different from the reference current. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057961 | Liquid Crystal Display Device and Backlight Control Method - In a liquid crystal device, an in-region gradation value detection section detects gradation levels of input video signals on every sub-region, removing gradation levels of pixels within a predetermined upper range (m %) from the brightest gradation level in the sub-region to detect the maximum in-region gradation level Pa. A boundary gradation value detecting section removes gradation levels for pixels within a predetermined upper range (n %) from the brightest gradation level for pixel groups belonging to the region boundary portion in the sub-region to detect the maximum boundary gradation level Pb. A backlight control value deciding section selects higher one of the level Pa and the level Pb as the maximum gradation level Pc in the sub-region, and decides a backlight control value K based on the ratio between the level Pc and the upper limit value Pmax of the gradation level. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057962 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Display device, with a plurality of display elements arranged in the shape of a bar, wherein each display element can represent at least one first display state (off) and one second display state (on), and a value being shown can be indicated by the second display state (on) of at least one display element assigned to the value, so that an intermediate value between the value being displayed and a succeeding or preceding value can be represented by activating the preceding or succeeding display element. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057963 | COLOR MANAGEMENT CIRCUIT AND RELATED METHOD - A color management circuit and a related color management method are provided. The color management circuit is disposed in a display device which has a panel provided with a panel conversion characteristic. The color management circuit includes: a first nonlinear conversion circuit, a color matrix conversion circuit and a second nonlinear conversion circuit. The first nonlinear conversion circuit is utilized for performing a first nonlinear conversion upon a color data to generate a first conversion data. The color matrix conversion circuit is utilized for performing a liner matrix calculation upon the first conversion data to generate a matrix calculation data. The second nonlinear conversion circuit is utilized for performing a second nonlinear conversion upon the matrix calculation data to generate a second conversion data to the panel, wherein a combined conversion characteristic of the second conversion characteristic with the panel conversion characteristic is substantially linear. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057964 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image display apparatus comprises: a display panel; and an image processing unit which divides one frame into a frame of a main image and N frame(s) of sub-image(s), and outputs a video signal that includes the frame of the main image and the frame(s) of the sub-image(s) to the display panel, wherein the image processing unit comprises: a brightness control unit which generates frames corresponding to the main image and the sub-images based on the same input image data, and relatively reduces the brightness of the frame corresponding to the sub-image with respect to the brightness of the frame corresponding to the main image; and a period setting unit which sets a length of respective horizontal scan periods so that the horizontal scan period in the frame of the main image is longer than the horizontal scan period in the frames of the sub-image. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057965 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING EDGE-TYPE BACKLIGHT UNIT AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method of controlling a liquid crystal display (LCD) device including an LCD panel and an edge-type backlight unit is provided. The method includes: controlling turn-on and turn-off periods of an upper light source unit and a lower light source unit of the edge-type backlight unit to be synchronized with a period during which a 3D image is output on the LCD panel, wherein the upper light source unit includes a light source disposed at an upper edge of the edge-type backlight unit, and the lower light source unit includes a light source disposed at a lower edge of the edge-type backlight unit. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057966 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes a luminescence element and a capacitor. A driving transistor includes a gate that is connected to a first electrode of the capacitor. A first switch is connected to the first electrode of the capacitor for setting a reference voltage to the first electrode of the capacitor. A data line supplies a data voltage to a second electrode of the capacitor. A second switch is connected between the data line and the second electrode of the capacitor. A wiring is connected to a first electrode of the luminescence element and the second electrode of the capacitor for interconnecting a first power line and the first electrode of the luminescence element with the second electrode of the capacitor, the second switch, and the data line. A third switch is connected in series with the driver between the first electrode of the luminescence element and the first power line. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057967 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device displays an input video signal on a display panel. The image display device includes: a computation unit which computes the reciprocal of a luminance signal and/or a chrominance signal, acquired when a white signal in the order of 100% is input to display a white screen on the display panel and an image of the white screen is captured by an imaging device; a memory unit which stores the reciprocal computed by the computation unit as correction data; and a correction unit which corrects luminance irregularity and/or color irregularity on the display panel by multiplication of the input video signal and the correction data stored in the memory unit. | 03-10-2011 |
20110057968 | COG PANEL SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT - Provided is a COG panel system capable of minimizing a block dim effect by considering a relationship among a plurality of chips. The COG panel system includes: an FPC which supplies at least two power supply voltages having a constant voltage level; a plurality of SDIs which are commonly supplied with a bypass power supply voltage from the FPC and generate respective parts of a plurality of consecutive LCD driving signals required for an arbitrary one line of an LCD; and at least one block dim correction resistance. | 03-10-2011 |
20110063330 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ERRONEOUS COLOR EFFECTS IN A FIELD SEQUENTIAL LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Methods and apparatuses for reducing an erroneous color effect in a field-sequential liquid crystal display (FSLCD) are disclosed. An apparatus for reducing the erroneous color effect may include a data response time compensation (RTC) block which uses an RTC lookup table to provide a fast transition response time from one gray level to another gray level for a liquid crystal pixel cell by using a response time compensation (RTC) scheme during a color LED backlighting sequence. The apparatus may also include a VCOM and Gamma reference control block to generate a voltage boost and provide boost control to the liquid crystal pixel cell in a FSLCD panel, wherein the voltage boost gives a fast gray level transition to remove residual color caused by a slow transition time between liquid crystal light transmittance levels for the liquid crystal pixel cell. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063331 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING BACKLIGHT - A method and system for displaying an image on a liquid crystal display (LCD). The method and system can include calculating a luminance for pixels in an image in a LCD based upon a light spread function and brightness values of light emitting diodes (LEDs). The method and system can also include changing a brightness of an LED based upon a consideration of the gray value of the pixels and the distance of the pixels from a dominant LED. The method and system can further set the brightness of the LED units to a brightness or brightness value substantially greater than or equal to a gray value of each pixel of the image. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OVER-DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method and an apparatus for over-driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) are provided, which are suitable for compensating a gray level brightness of the LCD. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, a data buffer unit outputs a current frame data. Then, the current frame data is stored into a frame memory unit, and the frame memory unit outputs a previous frame data. Next, several look-up tables (LUTs) are searched for a driving voltage in a corresponding LUT according to the current frame data and the previous frame data. Afterward, a position scanning unit receives the current frame data to determine a current position. Finally, a multiplexer outputs the corresponding driving voltage at the current position. Thus, a display panel has the same gray level brightness in upper, middle, and lower portions thereof, thereby avoiding ghosting. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063333 | Color Sequential Display and Power Saving Method thereof - For further reducing power consumption of a color sequential display, a frame rate or a field rate is reduced according to conditions, which include whether a received frame is dynamic or static and whether a backlight mode is activated, for reducing power consumption. Besides, images maybe outputted in forms of color images or of grey levels selectively so as to reduce an amount of processed data and related data transmission. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063334 | Display Element and a Method for Driving a Display Element - Display element with at least one color-generating cell of the first type which has an emissive light source, and with at least one color-generating cell of the second type which has a reflective and/or transmissive and/or transflective light source, whereby each cell of the second type can be driven so that it makes visible one of the chromatic colors red, green, blue, magenta, cyan and yellow and the achromatic colors white and black, to compensate at least partly for the absence of the color impression created by at least one color-generating cell of the first type on account of the ambient light of the display element. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063335 | COLOR-FILTERLESS LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - The invention relates to a color-filterless liquid crystal display device and a displaying method of the display device. The backlight module of the display device is partitioned into dynamic brightness adjustment sections adapted for being controlled by the local area dimming control technique. The liquid crystal display module of the display device is partitioned into display sections for being subjected to scanning. The sub-frame image data are adjusted reversely to that done by the local area dimming control technique, before being provided to the display sections by scanning. After the transmissivity of the respective display sections is changed, the LEDs located in the dynamic brightness adjustment sections and corresponding to the sub-frames are lighted up by local area dimming control signals capable of compensating for the adjustment. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063336 | SINGLE-CELL GAP TYPE TRANSFLECTIVE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A single-cell gap type transflective liquid crystal display and a driving method thereof are provided. A multiplexer is added to each pixel of a thin-film transistor substrate of the display to respectively control voltages of a transmissive region and a reflective region of each pixel in conjunction with a modulation scan signal and different voltage data signals. Thus, a VT curve of the transmissive region and a VR curve of the reflective region can be adjusted to be identical. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063337 | Flat Panel Display Having Overdrive Function - A method of operating a display includes deriving first pixel data for overdriving pixel circuits of the display from initial gray levels to target gray levels based on values in the first and second lookup tables, rendering the second lookup table unavailable in memory in response to a change in a temperature of the display, and deriving second pixel data using the first lookup table for overdriving the pixel circuits when the second lookup table is unavailable in the memory. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063338 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF ITS OPERATION - Power consumption by an image display device is reduced. The image display device is of a type that transmits light from a back light unit ( | 03-17-2011 |
20110063339 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object to reduce power consumption of a display device which can perform multi-gray scale display and to suppress deterioration of an element included in the display device. The usage of a display device includes a first initialization period in which the gray scale level of an entire pixel portion is converted into a first gray scale level and a second initialization period in which the gray scale level of an entire pixel portion is converted into a second gray scale level. In the first initialization period, scanning of a plurality of signals and weighting of a holding period of each signal are performed. Therefore, the small number of scanning of signals can realize voltage application for an appropriate time with respect to each of a plurality of gray scale storage display elements included in the display device. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063340 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A new driving method of a display device that makes it possible to reduce power consumption and to improve display quality is proposed. A first gray scale is displayed in all pixels in a first initialization period, a second gray scale is displayed in all the pixels in a second initialization period, an objective image is displayed in a writing period, and the image is held in a holding period. Alternatively, an electrical history of a gray scale storage display element for displaying a number of gray scales is erased in the first initialization period and the second initialization period. Alternatively, a potential of a common electrode is changed in the first initialization period, the second initialization period, the writing period, and the holding period. Alternatively, a potential of a capacitor wiring is changed in synchronization with the potential of the common electrode. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063341 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CORRECTION, MEASUREMENT AND DISPLAY OF IMAGES - One aspect of the invention is a system for displaying images. A display device comprises a back light unit and a first aperture and a second aperture in the back light unit. The display device also comprises a first sensor, a second sensor, and a third sensor. The first sensor is configured to measure a first brightness value of the back light unit through the first aperture. The second sensor is configured to measure a second brightness value of the back light unit through the second aperture. The third sensor is configured to measure a third brightness value from a front portion of the display device. | 03-17-2011 |
20110063342 | CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME AND METHOD OF CONNECTING THE SAME - A connector assembly includes a first connector having a recess disposed in a first side thereof, a second connector disposed in the recess and connected to the first connector, and a lever rotatably connected to the second connector. The lever is rotated toward the first connector by an external force after the second connector is connected to the first connector. The lever is connected to the first connector to fix the second connector in the recess of the first connector. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069088 | SOURCE DRIVER AND CHARGE SHARING FUNCTION CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A source driver includes a driver unit and a data analysis unit. The driver unit drives a display panel according to a video signal. The data analysis unit, which is coupled to the driver unit, analyzes gray level distribution of the video signal, and the data analysis unit enables or disables a charge sharing function of the driver unit according to an analysis result. As a result, the charge sharing function is enabled optionally during different charge sharing periods, and thus the power consumption in the source driver and the operation temperature of the source driver could be reduced as compared with the prior art. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069089 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAYS - Embodiments of power management for OLED displays are described. In various embodiments, power consumption for an OLED display can be managed by adjusting brightness of individual pixels. An input image can be obtained and processed using an algorithm that reduces brightness and maintains perceived contrast. This can involve computing a difference value associated with individual pixels of the image to account for perceived contrast and computing a reduced brightness value for the pixel using the difference value. An ultra-low power mode in which power consumption of the OLED display is adjusted semantically can be employed for a low brightness range. The algorithm and the ultra-low power mode can be combined to provide a continuous range of adjustment for the OLED display. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069090 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes first and second substrates, a liquid crystal layer disposed therebetween, first and second gate lines on the first substrate, first, second and third data lines crossing the first and second gate lines to define first, second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions, a first pixel electrode and a first common electrode in each of the first, second and third pixel regions, the first pixel electrode connected to a thin film transistor and the first common electrode spaced apart from the first pixel electrode, a second pixel electrode in each of the fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions, the second pixel electrode connected to the thin film transistor and having a plate shape, a color filter layer including a red color filter corresponding to each of the first and fourth pixel regions, a green color filter corresponding to each of the second and fifth pixel regions, a blue color filter corresponding to each of the third and sixth pixel regions, a second common electrode on the color filter layer in each of the fourth, fifth and sixth pixel regions. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069091 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - In a method of driving a light source including first through k-th light-emitting blocks (k being a natural number) which provide a display panel with light, the method includes providing identical driving signals to a plurality of light-emitting blocks of the first through k-th light-emitting blocks on which a high gradation image, which has a gradation greater than a predetermined gradation, is displayed. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069092 | LIQUID CRYSTAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, TEMPERATURE DETECTING METHOD BY LIQUID CRYSTAL TEMPERATURE SENSOR, LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - Provided is a liquid crystal temperature sensor including: a liquid crystal panel including a first substrate, a second substrate, and a liquid crystal layer; and a control section for controlling driving of the liquid crystal panel, the first substrate including (i) a plurality of signal lines intersecting with each other and (ii) switching elements correspondingly provided to intersections of the plurality of signal lines, the liquid crystal panel including a plurality of picture elements arranged in a matrix. In at least one embodiment, the control section includes a current-to-temperature information converting section for (i) detecting an amount of current flowing into at least one of the picture elements and (ii) converting the amount of current detected, into temperature information of part of the liquid crystal layer which part corresponds to the at least one of the picture elements. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069093 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - An electrophoretic display device includes an electrophoretic ink layer, a plurality of pixel electrodes and a plurality of TFTs (thin film transistors) formed on a lower substrate. Each pixel electrode is connected between one TFT and the electrophoretic ink layer, first path terminals of all of the TFTs are connected to a power source driver, control terminals of all of the TFTs are connected to a gate driver. A transparent electrode is formed between the upper substrate and the electrophoretic ink layer. The electrophoretic ink layer includes a plurality of tubular cavities connected between the transparent electrode and the pixel electrodes, each tubular cavity contains a plurality of charged pigment particles. When a TFT is turned on by the gate driver, the source driver applies a voltage to the pixel electrode corresponding to the TFT, then driving the charged pigment particles to move and the tubular cavity displays corresponding color. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069094 | Illumination devices and related systems and methods - Illumination devices and related systems and methods are closed that can be used for LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) backlights, LED lamps, or other applications. The illumination devices can include a photo detector, such as a photodiode or an LED or other light detecting device, and one or more LEDs of different colors. A related method can be implemented using these illumination devices to maintain precise color produced by the blended emissions from such LEDs. One application for the illumination devices is backlighting for FSC (Field Sequential Color) LCDs (Liquid Crystal Displays). FSC LCDs temporally mix the colors in an image by sequentially loading the red, green, and blue pixel data of an image in the panel and flashing the different colors of an RGB backlight. Precise and uniform color temperature across such a display can be advantageously maintained by continually monitoring ratios of photodiode currents induced by the different colored LEDs in each illumination device as each color is flashed. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069095 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A backlight driving circuit for a display apparatus includes a receiver, a signal modulation detector and a driver. The receiver receives a clock signal and a brightness data signal by a serial transmission and in response to an enable signal. The brightness data signal is synchronized with the clock signal and includes brightness information. The signal modulation detector detects a modulation of the brightness data signal, based on at least one of the clock signal and the enable signal, and outputs a control signal based on a detected result thereof. The driver receives the brightness data signal, in synchronization with the clock signal, selects one of the brightness data signal and a predetermined reference brightness data signal in response to the control signal, generates a driving voltage using the selected brightness data signal, and provides the driving voltage to the backlight unit to control the brightness of the backlight unit. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069096 | Driving System For Active-Matrix Displays - A system is provided for using raw grayscale image data, representing images to be displayed in successive frames, to drive a display having pixels that include a drive transistor and an organic light emitting device. The system defines high and low ranges of raw grayscale image data, and determines whether the raw grayscale image data for each pixel falls within the high range or the low range. Raw grayscale image data that falls within the low range is converted to higher grayscale values, and the pixels are driven with currents corresponding to the higher grayscale values during time periods that are shorter than complete frame time periods. Raw grayscale image data that falls within the high range is converted to higher grayscale values, and the pixels are driven with currents corresponding to the higher grayscale values during time periods that are shorter than complete frame time periods and different from the time periods of the low range image data. When the raw grayscale image data is adjusted according to a preselected gamma curve before using that data to drive the pixels, the high and low ranges may be selected according to how well the gamma curve corrects the raw grayscale image data within the ranges. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069097 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes an input unit having a common terminal for receiving a component signal and an analog RGB signal and a display control unit for controlling display conforming to predetermined standards when the signal inputted from the input unit is a component signal. Thus, when the inputted signal is a component signal, display control conforming to predetermined standards (desirably, the EIA standards) is performed, thereby realizing appropriate image display. | 03-24-2011 |
20110074832 | ADC CALIBRATION FOR COLOR ON LCD WITH NO STANDARDIZED COLOR BAR FOR GEOGRAPHIC AREA IN WHICH LCD IS LOCATED - Instead of estimating a saturation value for an ADC color comb register of an LCD made in a region without a standard color bar, a standard color bar of another geographic region is used to calculate the saturation value for the register so as to optimize the color of images presented on the LCD. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074833 | Assembly block and display system - An assembly block ( | 03-31-2011 |
20110074834 | BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND APPLICATION METHOD THEREOF - For improving the brightness decay of a display due to its aging, a non-volatile memory such as Flash can be used to store a brightness accumulation value of each point of the display, and each point can be compensated for its brightness accordingly. However, the non-volatile memory suffers from incorrect write-in data or temporary power disconnection, and thus the error will exist all the time to make the display non-even. Hence, the present invention uses a multiple data backups and CRC error detection, plus new/old data comparison to protect data the non-volatile memory from incorrect brightness compensation value so as to uniform the brightness of the display. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074835 | DISPLAY MODULE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - This invention provides a display module, an electronic device using the same, and a display method thereof. The display module used in the electronic device is used for displaying a status of an electronic element of the electronic device. The display module includes a light guiding unit, a plurality of light emitting units, and a control unit. The light guiding unit has a light incident surface and a light output surface. The light emitting units are disposed adjacent to the light incident surface. The control unit is coupled with the light emitting units and selectively uses one of a plurality of current combinations to control the light emitting units. Light emitted from the light emitting units enters into the light guiding unit from the light incident surface and passes through the light output surface to present a continuous display effect. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074836 | DISPLAY DRIVER CAPABLE OF SELECTIVELY PROVIDING GAMMA CORRECTION AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING SAME - A display driver for driving a display panel includes a data selector configured to selectively output one of a preset digital code and a gamma correction value under control of a control signal; and a data processor configured to selectively perform a gamma correction operation on an RGB signal based on the information output by the data selector. When the information output to the data processor is the preset digital code, the data processor is directed to not perform gamma correction; when the information output to the data processor is the gamma correction value, the data processor is notified of the requirement for gamma correction based on the gamma correction value. A display apparatus is driven by the display driver. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074837 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes: a signal generation part which outputs an image signal corresponding to a gradation level of a pixel which constitutes an image; a laser beam source which radiates a laser beam having intensity corresponding to the image signal; and a signal adjustment part which superposes a high-frequency signal to the image signal inputted to the laser beam source. The signal adjustment part superposes a high-frequency signal which has amplitude not less than a width of a kink region where an input-output characteristic of the laser beam source changes most steeply on the image signal. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074838 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device according to the present invention includes pixel units. Each of the pixel units is made up of N consecutive pixels. One of N (N≧3) colors including R (red), G (green) and B (blue) is assigned to each of the N pixels. Each of the N pixels includes a sampling transistor Ms, drive transistor Md, holding capacitor Cs and light-emitting element (organic light-emitting diode OLED). Of the N pixels, a specific color pixel that is susceptible to a dark dot (e.g., B) or that has the highest relative luminosity factor (e.g., G) has more sets of pixel circuit elements including the drive transistor Md, holding capacitor Cs and organic light-emitting diode OLED than other color pixels and has two or more sets thereof. | 03-31-2011 |
20110074839 | CONTROLLER CIRCUITRY FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODES - A method according to one embodiment may include supplying power to an LED array having at least a first string of LEDs and a second string of LEDs coupled in parallel, each of the strings includes at least two LEDs. The method of this embodiment may also include comparing a first feedback signal from the first string of LEDs and a second feedback signal from the second string of LEDs. The first feedback signal is proportional to current in said first string of LEDs and said second feedback signal is proportional to current in said second string of LEDs. The method of this embodiment may also include controlling a voltage drop of at least the first string of LEDs to adjust the current of the first string of LEDs relative to the second string of LEDs, based on, at least in part, the comparing of the first and second feedback signals. Of course, many alternatives, variations, and modifications are possible without departing from this embodiment. | 03-31-2011 |
20110080431 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device according to an aspect of the present invention includes: a display configured to have a backlight; a driver configured to drive the backlight; first and second temperature measurement modules, configured to measure temperatures of the display device, disposed in different positions in the display; a first comparison module configured to compare the temperature measured in the first temperature measurement module with a first threshold value; a second comparison module configured to compare the temperature measured in the second temperature measurement module with a second threshold value different from the first threshold value; and a controller controlling an output current value of the driver based on a comparison result in the first comparison module and the second comparison module. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080432 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVE CIRCUIT - A plurality of LEDs are connected in series, and an FET that functions as a constant current source is provided for one end of the serially connected LEDs. Switches are connected in parallel with the LEDs. A switch control circuit controls on and off of the switches independently using switch control signals Xa to Xe, and changes all of the switches from an OFF state to an ON state at the same timing. A drive control circuit may control a gate voltage of the FET to be at low level according to the timing at which the switches change to the ON state. With this, it is possible to adjust luminance of the light emitting devices (LEDs) independently, and to prevent an overcurrent from flowing through the light emitting devices. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080433 | Driver ic and organic light emitting diode display using the same - A driver IC comprises a voltage detector configured to detect an input voltage to the driver IC, a charge pump configured to generate a regulator driving voltage by amplifying the input voltage and output the regulator driving voltage, a regulator configured to receive the regulator driving voltage and output a regulator voltage, a gamma circuit configured to generate a gray scale voltage using the regulator voltage, and a voltage controller configured to generate a command signal corresponding to the input voltage. An OLED display comprises a pixel unit configured to display an image in response to a data signal, a scan signal, a light emitting control signal, first and second voltages, the driver IC, a scan driving unit, and a power supply unit configured to adjust levels of the first and second voltages in response to the input voltage, and transmit the first and second voltages to the pixel unit. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080434 | SELF-LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE PANEL, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND PASSIVE DRIVING METHOD OF SELF-LIGHT EMITTING DEVICES - A self-light emitting device panel includes: a pixel array in which pixel trios each including a set of three light emitting devices which emit light of three primary colors respectively are arranged in matrix in a row direction and a column direction; a plurality of column lines extending in the column direction of the pixel array, arranged in a cyclic manner in different proportions according to corresponding colors in the row direction, which are connected to one ends of plural light emitting devices emitting light of corresponding colors in the column of the pixel trios arranged in the same column; and a plurality of row-scanning lines extending in the row direction of the pixel array, arranged so as to be separated between at least two colors, which are connected to the other ends of the light emitting devices emitting light of corresponding colors. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080435 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE COMPRISING SAME - An image display apparatus includes: a rear plate provided with a plurality of electron-emitting devices; a face plate having a plurality of pixels in each of which there is arranged a phosphor that emits light by being irradiated with electrons emitted by the electron-emitting devices; and a drive circuit that receives an image signal and drives the electron-emitting devices. The phosphor is a phosphor represented by general formula (I): MBO | 04-07-2011 |
20110080436 | IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes a first display unit of which brightness is adjustable, a second display unit which can illuminate a display surface, an operation member configured to be operated by a user, and a control unit configured to display a screen for adjusting brightness of the first display unit on the first display unit and to turn on or turn off an illumination of the second display unit by operating the operation member when both of the first display unit and the second display unit are in a display state. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080437 | Display device, driving method of display device, and electronic apparatus - A display device includes: first dummy pixels including a self-emission element emitting first color light corresponding to emission colors of pixels in a display area; second dummy pixels including a self-emission element emitting the first color light and a self-emission element emitting second color light and causing both self-emission elements to emit light at the same time; a deterioration degree calculating unit calculating a deterioration degree in brightness of the self-emission element emitting the first color light on the basis of a brightness detection result of the first dummy pixels and calculating a deterioration degree in current flowing in the self-emission element emitting the first color light on the basis of brightness detection results of the first and second dummy pixels; and a correction unit correcting the brightness of effective pixels contributing to an image display on the basis of the deterioration degree in brightness and the deterioration degree in current calculated by the deterioration degree calculating unit. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080438 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The present invention relates to a device and a method for controlling a liquid crystal display. The device comprises a luminance weighting value processor, an overdrive value generator, and an outputting unit. The luminance weighting value processor generates a weighting value according to a luminance value of a current pixel of a current frame of a video signal and a luminance value of a previous pixel of a previous frame of the video signal. The overdrive value generator generates an overdrive value according to a current pixel value of the current pixel and a previous pixel value of the previous pixel. The outputting unit generates an output pixel value according to the weighting value, the overdrive value and the current pixel value. Using the device and the method for driving a liquid crystal display according to the present invention, noise due to overdrive process can be reduced. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080439 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 04-07-2011 |
20110084987 | Liquid crystal display and scanning back light driving method thereof - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device and method of the driving the same is disclosed. According to an embodiment of the present invention, an LCD device includes a liquid crystal display panel; a plurality of backlight sources configured to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel; a scanning backlight controller configured to generate a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal for controlling a turn-on time and a turn-off time of the light sources and a current control signal for controlling a driving current of the backlight light sources; and a plurality of light source drivers configured to turn on and off the backlight sources in response to the PWM signal and control the driving current of the backlight sources in response to the current control signal. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084988 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a gray scale correction circuit, a control circuit, and a data driver. The gray scale correction circuit provides a corrected red, green, blue (RGB) data set corresponding to a white image element. The control circuit receives an original RGB data set, and selectively outputs one of the original RGB data set and a corrected RGB data set according to a gray scale value of the of the original data set. The data driver provides a gray scale voltage to the liquid crystal panel according to the output RGB data set of the control circuit. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084989 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DISPLAY INFORMATION FOR COLOR CALIBRATION OF DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus for providing display information for color calibration of a display device includes an input unit for inputting user input information; and a preprocessing unit for preprocessing the user input information input by the input unit to generate a color patch for brightness adjustment and a color patch for contrast adjustment. Further, the apparatus for providing the display information for the color calibration of the display device includes a color patch display unit for displaying and outputting the color patch for brightness adjustment and the color patch for contrast adjustment that are generated by the preprocessing unit. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084990 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel including a pixel having red, green, blue and white sub-pixels; a mode selector selecting one from an RGB mode and an RGBW mode as a driving mode; an RGBW mode signal generating part performing a color correction on RGB input data corresponding to the pixel and converting the RGB input data into RGBW data in the RGBW mode; and an output controlling part outputting RGBW output data by performing a gamma conversion on the RGBW data in the RGBW mode and outputting the RGB input data and a W data for turning off the W sub-pixel as the RGBW output data in the RGB mode. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084991 | BACK-LIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT OF MULTI-LAMPS LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A multi-lamps LCD panel back-light control circuit is provided, and which includes a control unit, a full bridge switch, a resonance network circuit, a voltage transformer, and a feedback network. The control unit operates in coordinating with the full bridge switch, the resonance network circuit, the voltage transformer and the feedback network so as to use a constant operating frequency and a PWM feedback to control a current of CCFLs. The back-light control circuit is characterized in that different integrated-circuits (ICs) are respectively formed from the control unit including a PWM controller, a triangular wave/clock generator, a ½ frequency divider, and a logic circuit. The different ICs have either a plurality of respective frequency synchronous signal control terminals or a plurality of phase synchronous signal control terminals that are connected to one another so that the different ICs operate respectively either with a same operating frequency or a same phase. | 04-14-2011 |
20110084992 | ACTIVE MATRIX DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus comprises an average luminance calculating unit that calculates average luminance of a display screen based on a video signal; and a drive voltage adjuster that adjusts a drive voltage of drive transistors each driving a light-emitting element provided in a pixel unit according to the calculated average luminance. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090259 | LIGHT EMITTING MODULE, BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A light emitting module, a backlight unit (BLU) and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a light emitting module including a light emitting unit including one or more light emitting elements which are electrically connected to each other; and a board on which the light emitting unit is disposed. The board includes a first terminal which is connected to a first end of the light emitting unit, and a ground portion which connects a second end of the light emitting unit to a ground. Therefore, it is possible to design a thinner BLU, thereby making a display device slimmer. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090260 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY HAVING DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A flat panel display includes a four-color conversion unit, a backlight control unit, a backlight module, and a pixel array. The four-color conversion unit provides a first set of four color image signals corresponding to three color image input signals based on a preliminary conversion lookup table and provides corresponding conversion scaling factors. The backlight control unit generates a backlight adjusting factor based on the conversion scaling factors. The backlight module provides a backlight output having an intensity adjusted according to the backlight adjusting factor. The four-color conversion unit further provides a second set of four color image signals corresponding to the three color image input signals based on the backlight adjusting factor. The pixel array displays an image according to the second set of four color image signals and the backlight output. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090261 | BACKLIGHT UNIT FOR STABLY DRIVING VARIOUS LIGHT SOURCE MODULES AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A backlight unit (BLU) capable of stably driving various light source modules, and a display apparatus using the same are provided. A display apparatus includes a display and a BLU. The BLU includes a light source module, a converter, a light source driving unit which drives the light source module using the output voltage of the converter, and a control unit which controls the output voltage of the converter based on the output voltage of the light source driving unit. Therefore, the ratio of the input voltage to the output voltage of the light source driving element may be maintained uniformly for various light source modules, so the light source modules can be stably driven. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090262 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to device and method for driving a liquid crystal display device which can prevent defective picture display coming from variation of a color temperature from taking place for improving a picture quality and reducing power consumption. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090263 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight unit, a display apparatus including the same, and a control method thereof for providing local dimming of a display panel are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel; a plurality of light source modules; a light guiding unit adapted so that the incident light from the plurality of light source modules is emitted to different areas of the display panel, respectively, wherein the plurality of light source modules are provided at a lateral side of the light guiding unit; a driver which drives the plurality of light source modules; and a controller to control the driver so that the incident light from the plurality of light source modules is emitted to the different areas of the display panel. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090264 | IMPULSE-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An impulse-type image display apparatus includes a frame frequency conversion circuit for converting an image signal of a first frame frequency into an image signal of a second frame frequency greater than the first frame frequency, a plurality of gradation conversion circuits for converting a gradation of the image signal of the second frame frequency, and a selection circuit for periodically selecting an output image from the plurality of the gradation conversion circuits. A gradation conversion ratio of at least one gradation conversion circuits of the plurality of gradation conversion circuits is different from the gradation conversion ratios of the other gradation conversion circuits. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090265 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - There is provided an image display device capable of suppressing the occurrence of a color shift while ensuring a sufficient color reproduction range. An in-area maximum luminance obtaining unit ( | 04-21-2011 |
20110096098 | LOW LUMINANCE READABILITY IMPROVEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A display system and method is provided to increase the ability to recognize and distinguish red, magenta, and various other colors rendered on a display device by dynamically compensating for, at least in part, changes in the human vision system when the display luminance is within the mesopic range. The dynamic compensation enables the display system to be optimized differently depending upon the visual luminance range, be it photopic, mesopic, or scotopic. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096099 | BACKLIGHT DRIVE DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE EQUIPPED WITH SAME, AND BACKLIGHT DRIVE METHOD - A backlight drive device is provided in at least one embodiment including a plurality of backlight units for each of which a unique address is automatically set using a simplified configuration, in which backlight drive units are sequentially connected to a backlight drive control portion via a serial signal line by a daisy-chain method, and through this, the backlight drive control portion transmits an address-assigning signal sequentially to each of the units before sending luminance data. Also, in at least one embodiment, the backlight drive control portion is directly connected to the backlight drive units via an IIC bus by a bus method, and through this, the backlight drive control portion receives light-quantities and temperatures detected by the units identified by the addresses as mentioned above. This configuration allows automatic setting of unique addresses, which makes it possible to use common backlight drive units. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096100 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SEE-THROUGH DISPLAY PANELS - Various embodiments of the present invention provide for systems and apparatus directed toward using a contact lens and deflection optics to process display information and non-display information. In one embodiment of the invention, a display panel assembly is provided, comprising: a transparent substrate that permits light to pass through substantially undistorted; a reflector disposed on the transparent substrate; and a display panel aimed toward the reflector and substantially away from a human visual system, wherein the reflector reflects light emitted from the display panel toward the human visual system. The reflector may comprise a narrow band reflector or a polarization reflector. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096101 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel including data lines and gate lines, a data driving circuit configured to drive the data lines, a gate driving circuit configured to drive the gate lines, a timing controller configured to divide a unit frame period into a first sub-frame period and a second sub-frame period, a backlight unit configured to provide light to the liquid crystal display panel wherein the backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources, and a light source driving circuit configured to turn off all the plurality of light sources during the first sub-frame period and turns on all the plurality of light sources at a turn-on time within the second sub-frame period. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096102 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus which displays an image includes: an image input unit which accepts an input of an image used for display; an image processing unit which carries out image processing including sharpness processing to uniformly sharpen an entire image area and super-resolution processing to selectively sharpen an image enlarged by interpolation of pixels, on the image accepted by the image input unit; an image display unit which displays the image processed by the image processing unit; and a sharpness setting unit which reduces the intensity of the sharpness processing in accordance with an increase in the intensity of the super-resolution processing and increases the intensity of the sharpness processing in accordance with a reduction in the intensity of the super-resolution processing. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096103 | COLOR TEMPERATURE ADJUSTING DEVICE, METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COLOR TEMPERATURE, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT - A color temperature adjusting device includes a display unit that displays a first pointer indicating default values of chromaticity x, y and a second pointer indicating an adjustment value of the chromaticity x, y within a frame in a corresponding manner to scales of the x coordinate and the y coordinate marked on the frame, an operating unit that is used to change the x coordinate and/or the y coordinate of the second pointer, and a control unit that sends out the adjustment value indicated by the second pointer by an operation of the operating unit, to the monitor through a communication processing unit, and in a case where the monitor changes the color temperature, receives the values of the chromaticity x, y from the monitor through the communication processing unit so as to reflect and display the values of the chromaticity x, y on the display unit. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096104 | SPATIALLY COMBINED WAVEFORMS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The present invention is directed to a driving method for compensating the response speed change of an electrophoretic display due to temperature variation, photo-degradation or aging of the display device, without a complex structure (e.g., use of sensors). This is accomplished by combining two waveforms, one of which causes the grey level to become dimmer and the other waveform causes the grey level to become brighter, as the response speed degrades. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096105 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING FOR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS OF A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL FOR A 3-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY - Methods and apparatuses are provided for compensating for a temperature of a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel. The method includes selecting a lookup table corresponding to a detected temperature of the LCD panel from among lookup tables for a 3-dimensional (3D) display of the LCD panel; and adjusting luminance to be output to the LCD panel based on the selected lookup table. | 04-28-2011 |
20110102471 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The present invention in one aspect relates to a source driver for driving a display panel to display an image data in an adaptive column inversion. In one embodiment, the source driver includes a data processing unit having a logic circuit adapted for determining N most-significant bits (MSBs) of image data signals of two neighboring data lines, such that when all of the N MSBs are equal to 1 or 0, the output of the logic circuit is 1, otherwise, the output of the logic circuit is 0, and a MUX coupled to the data processing unit and adapted for receiving a frame polarity control signal, FramePOL, and a pixel polarity control signal, XPOL, and selectively outputting the frame polarity control signal FramePOL when the output of the logic circuit is 1, or the pixel polarity control signal POL when the output of the logic circuit is 0, as a polarity control signal, POL. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102472 | TRANSMISSION CHANNEL FOR IMAGE DATA - A display controller having only three color channels per pixel is used to control a display system having four or more color channels. Mapping of the possible luminance values for each color channel of each pixel to the 2 | 05-05-2011 |
20110102473 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A color sequential display apparatus and a driving method thereof are provided. The color sequential display apparatus includes an image processing circuit and a display panel coupling to the image processing circuit. The image processing circuit is used to receive an image signal of a color frame to generate output signals of a plurality of fields. To be more specific, the image signal of the color frame is categorized and segmented by the image processing circuit according to a color information and the fields to generate the output signals of the fields. Besides, the output signals of the fields are further transmitted by the image processing circuit according to a predetermined color sequence. On the other hand, the display panel has a plurality of display regions. Each of the display regions receives the output signal of the corresponding field to display. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102474 | DISPLAY METHOD FOR COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - A display method for a color sequential display is provided. The method includes the following steps. During a first frame period, a first color backlight is provided, and a plurality of scan lines is sequentially enabled according to a first scanning order. During a second frame period, a second color backlight is provided, and the scan lines are sequentially enabled according to a second scanning order. The first frame period and the second frame period are two neighboring frame periods, and the first scanning order and the second scanning order are reversed to each other. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102475 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, BACKLIGHT UNIT, AND BACKLIGHT PROVIDING METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A PLURALITY OF LED STRINGS - A display apparatus, a backlight unit, a backlight providing method for controlling a plurality of light emitting diode (LED) strings are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel, and a backlight unit (BLU) which projects backlight onto the display panel, wherein the BLU includes a plurality of light emitting diode (LED) strings, and a power supply unit which supplies minimum voltage from among the voltages needed to operate the plurality of LED strings to the plurality of LED strings. Therefore, the plurality of LED strings can have the same luminance. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102476 | DRIVER OF FIELD SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driver of a field sequential display is provided. The driver includes a first power device, a second power device, and a driving waveform generator. The first power device generates a first power when the field sequential display is in a color mode. The second power device generates a second power when the field sequential display is in a monochrome mode. The voltage and current of the second power are respectively smaller than the voltage and the current of the first power. The driving waveform generator coupled to the first power device and the second power device and generates a plurality of scan signals and a plurality of display signals according to the first power or the second power, so as to drive a display panel of the field sequential display. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102477 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight unit ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110102478 | GAMMA ADJUSTMENT CIRCUIT AND METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE EMPLOYING SAME - A display device includes a gamma adjustment circuit employing a method for adjusting red, green, blue (R, G, B) data of an image signal. The gamma adjustment circuit provides at least one look up table (LUT) to store gamma correction values, determines whether at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data require adjustment, searches for gamma correction values corresponding to the at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data requiring adjustment in the at least one LUT, and outputs the R, G, B data and the gamma correction values corresponding to the at least two kinds of color data from the R, G, B data requiring adjustment. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102479 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus comprises an identification unit configured to identify, for each pixel in the frame image, minimum pixel values for each color component from pixel values of surrounding pixels for each color component, wherein the surrounding pixels are positioned around the pixel, and identifying, as a common pixel value, a minimum value in the minimum pixel values identified for each color component; a generation unit configured to generate a preprocessed image which can be obtained by replacing a pixel value of each pixel in the frame image with the common pixel value identified for the pixel by the identification unit; a low-pass filtering unit configured to generate a first subframe image by applying a low-pass filter to the preprocessed image; a subtraction unit configured to generate, as a second subframe image, a difference image between the frame image and the first subframe image. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102480 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method for driving an electrophoretic display device including a first electrode, a second electrode facing the first electrode, and an electrophoretic element disposed between the first electrode and the second electrode. The method includes a display driving step of inputting a first potential to the first electrode and inputting a second potential different from the first potential to the second electrode, and a reverse potential driving step of applying a voltage to the electrophoretic element, the voltage having a polarity which is opposite to a polarity of the potential in the display driving step. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102481 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method for driving an electrophoretic display device including a display unit having an electrophoretic element interposed between a pair of substrates, a pixel, a pixel electrode provided for each pixel and an opposite electrode facing the pixel electrode via the electrophoretic element. A step of performing an intermediate grayscale display of the pixel includes a first display step of changing the grayscale of the pixel to a first grayscale, a discharge step of removing charges of the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode, and a second display step of changing the grayscale of the pixel to an intermediate grayscale by inputting a potential for changing the grayscale of the pixel to a second grayscale to the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102482 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes, on a substrate, three sub-pixels, three sampling switches, three data lines, three image signal lines, and three lead wiring lines. The three sub-pixels correspond to red, green and blue, respectively. The three sub-pixels are included in a unit pixel. The three sampling switches correspond to the three sub-pixels, respectively. The three data lines electrically connect the three sub-pixels and the three sampling switches with each other, respectively. The three image signal lines, which are provided on a side opposite to the three sub-pixels with respect to the three sampling switches, correspond to the three sampling switches, respectively. The three lead wiring lines electrically connect the three sampling switches and the three image signal lines with each other, respectively. Among the three sampling switches, a sampling switch corresponding to green is disposed close to the three image signal lines compared to other two sampling switches. | 05-05-2011 |
20110102483 | Headup display device and method for indicating virtual image - A headup display device controls a brightness of an image according to a present illumination in an environment of a vehicle and projects the image to a front windshield of the vehicle to indicate the image as a virtual image in an interior of the vehicle. An illumination determination unit determines a present illumination by multiplying an increasing rate by an interior illumination in the interior of the vehicle when being in a light-adapted state, in which the interior of the vehicle is lighter than the exterior of the vehicle. The illumination determination unit determines the present illumination by multiplying a decreasing rate by an exterior illumination in the exterior of the vehicle when being in a dark-adapted state, in which the interior of the vehicle is darker than the exterior of the vehicle. A brightness control unit controls the brightness to correspond to the determined present illumination. | 05-05-2011 |
20110109652 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREDICTION OF GAMMA CHARACTERISTICS FOR A DISPLAY - A method and system for gamma adjustment for average power level dependency displays includes applying gamma controlled functions over a range of values at a plurality of average power levels (APLs) for a display. The gamma controlled functions include coefficients for reconstruction of the gamma controlled functions. Upon a change to an APL, interpolation is performed between the coefficients to predict a new gamma controlled function for the new APL. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109653 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - In a two-phase driving operation that is performed in at least one sub-field when an average luminance level is a predetermined value or more, a first ramp waveform that drops from a first potential to a second potential is applied to a plurality of first electrodes, a second ramp waveform that drops from a third potential that is higher than the first potential to a fourth potential that is higher than the second potential is applied to a plurality of second scan electrodes in a setup period, and a scan pulse is sequentially applied to the plurality of first scan electrodes, and then a scan pulse is sequentially applied to the plurality of second electrodes in a write period. The two-phase driving operation is employed to prevent discharge failures during write discharges. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109654 | FLEXIBLE DISPLAY AND A METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A FLEXIBLE DISPLAY - The invention relates to a flexible display comprising a first flexible layer configured to comprise pixels | 05-12-2011 |
20110109655 | BACKLIGHT AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A backlight is provided that can prevent light emitting elements and other circuit components from undergoing degradation due to temperature elevation during backlight operation. A display device utilizing the backlight is also provided. In at least one example embodiment, the backlight is a backlight that is provided on the rear side of a display unit and projects illumination used for displaying images onto the display unit, the backlight including: multiple light emitting elements arranged in a single plane; a light source driving circuit having a light source control unit that defines the value of the drive power applied to each light emitting element and a light source driver unit that applies drive power corresponding to the value defined by the light source control unit to the light emitting elements; and temperature sensors that detect the ambient temperature of the regions where the light emitting elements that attain the highest temperatures during operation are disposed, wherein the light source control unit reduces the drive power applied to the light emitting elements that attain the highest temperatures during operation when the output values of the temperature sensors exceed a predetermined threshold value. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109656 | Image display device and image display system using the same - A display system and method in which light is provided and images are generated by modulating the provided light. At least one of the timing or duty of the provided light may be controlled. By allowing for such control of the provided light an increase in system performance may be realized. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109657 | LIQUID CRYSTAL MODULE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A liquid crystal module including a polymer-dispersed liquid crystal device as a component of a transparent display, and an electronic apparatus equipped with the liquid crystal module. The liquid crystal module includes: a liquid crystal panel that performs gradation display between transparent color and white using the polymer-dispersed liquid crystal device; and a driving section that drives the liquid crystal panel. The driving section includes a gradation conversion section that relates a plurality of input gradation values between transparent color and white with a plurality of output gradation values between a minimum opacity and a maximum opacity individually. The gradation conversion section employs an S-shaped curve that defines the relation between the input gradation values and the output gradation values. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109658 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT CONTROL - A liquid crystal display (LCD) capable of converting input RGB data into RGBW data to provide the RGBW data to a panel. The LCD simultaneously controls the light level of a backlight and the amount of the RGBW data to prevent RGBW picture quality from being damaged in pure color data, minimizes the power consumption of the LCD, and applies the above to a CPU interface method as well as an RGB interface method. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109659 | Plasmonic Electronic Skin - A method is provided for color tuning a plasmonic device with a color tunable electronic skin. A plasmonic electronic skin is used, including a first substrate, a plasmonic structure, an electrically conductive transparent first electrode layer, an electrically conductive transparent second electrode layer, and a polymer-networked liquid crystal (PNLC) layer interposed between the first and second transparent electrode layers. In response to receiving a color tuning voltage, a full visible spectrum incident light, and a PNLC switch voltage, the plasmonic structure generates a first primary color. A primary color exhibits a single wavelength peak with a spectral full width at half magnitudes (FWHMs) in the visible spectrum of light. In response to receiving the PNLC switch voltage between the first and second electrode layers, the PNLC layer passes incident light. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109660 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device includes: pixels at crossing regions of scan lines, light emission control lines, sensing lines, and data lines; a sensor configured to extract deterioration information from organic light emitting diodes included in the pixels during a first sensing period and to extract threshold voltage and mobility information of driving transistors included in the pixels during a second sensing period; a converter configured to generate corrected data by changing input data based on the deterioration information and the threshold voltage and mobility information; and a data driver configured to supply data signals, the data signals being based on the corrected data during a driving period and being reference data signals during the second sensing period, wherein the sensor is configured to extract the threshold voltage and mobility information of the driving transistors using second electric currents from the pixels in response to the reference data signals. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109661 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM AND LUMINANCE CORRECTION METHOD USING THE SAME - A luminance correction system comprises: a data applying unit coupled to a panel of the flat panel display, and configured to apply data including center gamma value information according to a selected luminance mode to the panel; an image analyzing unit configured to analyze an image displayed on the panel according to the data and output at least one analyzed result; an offset value setting unit coupled to the image analyzing unit, and configured to generate a reference offset value corresponding to a center gamma value for a reference luminance and the at least one analyzed result, and to generate an additional offset value corresponding to the second luminance mode and the at least one analyzed result when a second luminance mode is selected; and a data adjusting unit coupled to the offset value setting unit, and configured to adjust the data according to the reference offset value and supply the adjusted data to the data applying unit. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109662 | DRIVING APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A driving apparatus for a liquid crystal display, which includes a first pixel, a second pixel and a third pixel that display different colors, includes: an image signal compensation unit that compensates input image signals corresponding to the first pixel, the second pixel, and the third pixel to generate compensated input image signals; and a data driver that supplies data voltages to the first pixel, the second pixel and the third pixel based on the compensated input image signals. The image signal compensation unit shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the first pixel by a first value with respect to a common voltage, shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the second pixel by a second value with respect to the common voltage, and shifts a value of the input image signal corresponding to the third pixel by a third value with respect to the common voltage. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109663 | ILLUMINATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY UNIT - An illuminating device capable of improving display luminance while decreasing light leakage in a range with a large view angle and a display unit are provided. In a light modulation device bonded to a light guide plate, a light modulation layer containing a bulk and microparticles is provided. Both the bulk and the microparticles have optical anisotropy, and each response speed to an electric field is different from each other. Thereby, by controlling the electric field, each optical axis orientation of the bulk and the microparticles is able to correspond with each other, or is able to be different from each other. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109664 | Display device, method for driving the same, and electronic unit - A display device includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels each having a light emitting element and a pixel circuit; and a drive circuit performing display drive on the plurality of pixels through selecting each of the plurality of pixels to write a first signal voltage and a second signal voltage in this order into the selected pixel, the first and second signal voltages being provided based on a video signal. The drive circuit varies magnitude of each of the first and second signal voltages in accordance with a gray-scale value of the video signal, thereby performing gray-scale interpolation on a light emission luminance level for each of the light emitting elements. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109665 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM - A display driving circuit ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110109666 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes data lines, a plurality of pixel circuits, and a control circuit which obtains data line potentials which are formed by correcting potentials which allow the respective pixel circuits to display tones. The control circuit obtains the data line potentials such that a correction amount from a first potential to the data line potential when a tone potential in a frame which is displayed is the first potential and a tone potential in a frame right before the frame is a second potential, and a correction amount from the second potential to the data line potential when the tone potential of the frame which is displayed is the second potential and the tone potential of the frame right before the frame is the first potential differ from each other. | 05-12-2011 |
20110109667 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WHITE BALANCE OF LASER DISPLAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to device and method for adjusting white balance in a laser display system, which enables to adjust white balance taking an optical characteristic of a laser beam into account. The device for adjusting white balance in a laser display system, having red, green, and blue laser beam sources, includes a temperature sensing unit for sensing the present temperatures of the laser beam sources, a detecting unit for measuring laser beam output intensity of the laser beam sources, a storing unit for storing reference values on allowable current ranges at different temperatures and laser beam output intensity at different temperatures, an adjusting value generating unit for comparing a measured value of the laser beam output intensity obtained from the detecting unit to the reference values obtained from the storing unit, to generate an adjusting value, a laser beam source driving unit for adjusting the laser beam output intensity of a relevant laser beam source according to a current value within the allowable current range or the adjusting value generated thus, and a control unit for searching the storing unit for the allowable current range corresponding to the present temperature sensed thus, or the reference value corresponding to the laser beam output intensity measured thus to control the adjusting value generating unit and the laser beam source driving unit. | 05-12-2011 |
20110115826 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An area active drive processing unit ( | 05-19-2011 |
20110115827 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In at least one embodiment of the present invention, display is performed with high color reproducibility by a display device that performs area active drive. An LED output value calculating unit obtains LED data representing the luminances upon light emission of LEDs provided for respective areas, based on an input image. A display luminance calculating unit calculates a luminance image including display luminances for the respective areas, based on the LED data and a luminance spread filter. An LCD data calculating unit determines temporary light transmittances of display elements of a liquid crystal panel based on an input image delayed by a frame memory and the luminance image, and obtains liquid crystal data representing light transmittances such that, when a highest value of temporary light transmittances for respective colors exceeds 1, values obtained by dividing each of the temporary light transmittances by the highest value are used as light transmittances, and when the highest value does not exceed 1, the temporary light transmittances are used as light transmittances. By this, even if there is a color with insufficient luminance, since the ratio between the colors does not change, color reproducibility increases. | 05-19-2011 |
20110115828 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A display device comprises a optical member, a plurality of light sources to illuminate the optical member, a representative determining part to determine representative values of image blocks based on image signals applied to the image blocks, wherein the image blocks are arranged in a matrix and correspond to portions of a display panel, a representative integration part to integrate the representative values of the image blocks in one of a row and a column direction of the matrix and determine integrated representative values, and a light control part to control the plurality of light sources based on the integrated representative values. | 05-19-2011 |
20110115829 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to an image display apparatus that can display high-quality images, and its controlling apparatus. A backlight section ( | 05-19-2011 |
20110115830 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes a display unit divided into a plurality of fields (regions), data and scan drivers, a power supply, and a driving voltage calculator. The display unit has a plurality of cathode electrodes corresponding to the respective fields, and is configured to display an image in response to data and scan signals. The data and scan drivers respectively supply the data and scan signals to the display unit. The power supply has a first output terminal for outputting a first power and a plurality of second output terminals for outputting a plurality of second powers to the plurality of cathode electrodes. The driving voltage calculator calculates the voltage of each of the second powers for a respective one of the cathode electrodes based on a magnitude of a respective one of the data signals. | 05-19-2011 |
20110115831 | MULTIVISION DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR - A multivision display device in which adjacent display panels are partially overlapped with each other, so that portions at which an image is inconsecutive are not produced on a screen, and a driving method for the multivision display device. The multivision display device includes a first display panel and a second display panel. The first display panel has a first light emitting area and a first non-light emitting area formed around the first light emitting area. The second display panel has a second light emitting area and a second non-light emitting area formed around the second light emitting area. In the multivision display device, the first and second non-light emitting areas are overlapped with each other so that the first and second light emitting areas are adjacent to each other about a reference line. | 05-19-2011 |
20110115832 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a panel including a plurality of pixel circuits, each of the pixel circuits including a light emitting element having one end coupled to a first voltage source for supplying a first voltage and another end coupled to a second voltage source for supplying a second voltage; a controller for reducing image data for one frame and for outputting a control signal and a data signal to display an image corresponding to the reduced image data on the panel; a voltage difference setting unit for detecting a peak value of the reduced image data and for calculating a driving voltage for generating a peak driving current corresponding to the peak value; and a power supply for generating the first and second voltages and for providing the first and second voltages to the panel in accordance with the driving voltage. | 05-19-2011 |
20110115833 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND LUMINANCE ADJUSTMENT PROGRAM - A portable terminal having a camera includes a display unit which displays an image captured by the camera, the display unit is located so that an exposure range illuminated with display light of the display unit and at least a part of an capturing range captured by the camera overlap each other, a display image generating unit which generates a display image having a luminance which is higher than the luminance of the captured image, while maintaining the form of a subject in the captured image and a display control unit which controls to display the display image in the display unit. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122160 | COLOR CALIBRATOR OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A color calibrator of a display apparatus is disclosed. The color calibrator includes a color estimator for receiving a plurality of digital counts of initial colors of an image signal. The color estimator includes a first operator, a gray value electrical-optical converter, a mixed-color electrical-optical converter, an initial color electrical-optical converter, a plurality of linear transformers and a weighting operator. The gray value electrical-optical converter, the mixed-color electrical-optical converter and the initial color electrical-optical converter convert a gray value digital count, a mixed color digital count and an initial color digital count for generating a plurality conversion outputs according to a plurality of gray conversion curves, a plurality of mixed color conversion curves and a plurality of initial color converting curve. The weighting operator receives the conversion outputs and a plurality of weighting values to generate an analysis output signal. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122161 | DISPLAY CHARACTERIZATION WITH FILTRATION - A display and a method of characterizing a display includes a means of enabling the display to be measured by a characterization system having a measurement sensor that measures a difference between display characteristics and target values of a screen. The screen is provided with at least a first filter. The first filter is a color correction filter that decreases the difference between the display characteristics and the target values of the screen. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122162 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present invention includes: a driving circuit portion | 05-26-2011 |
20110122163 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL METHOD - A display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes at least one correcting device for, in a case where a first data signal is to be written to a first pixel during a unique horizontal period, (i) carrying out a first gray scale correction with respect to display data corresponding to the first data signal to be written to the first pixel during the unique horizontal period, and (ii) supplying the display data to a display driver, the unique horizontal period being a first horizontal period for one of the driving signals supplied to respective storage capacitor bus lines which first horizontal period occurs a first number of horizontal periods after an initial horizontal period included in a given cyclic term for either or both of a binary level, the given cyclic term being a second cyclic term for the driving signals which second cyclic term occurs a second number of cyclic terms after a first cyclic term including a horizontal period during which the data signals start to be written to the pixels, the first number being different from a corresponding number for any other of the driving signals. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122164 | Display Device and Driving Method and Electronic Apparatus of the Display Device - To reduce a pseudo contour which occurs when displaying by a time gray scale method. When gradation is expressed with an n bit, bits each of which is shown by a binary of the gray scales are divided into three bit groups, and one frame is divided into two subframe groups. Then, a (0 | 05-26-2011 |
20110122165 | LAMP DRIVING CIRCUIT HAVING LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL, BACKLIGHT UNIT, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A lamp driving circuit is provided for controlling individual block luminances provided by corresponding locally dimmed blocks of a backlight unit of an LCD system where the backlight unit employs high voltage discharge lamps that each need to have an AC excitation signal of at least predetermined minimum high voltage level developed there across in order to generate light. The lamp driving circuit includes a plurality of isolation transformers and corresponding low voltage switch circuits. Each isolation transformer has primary windings and a secondary winding. The secondary winding is interposed between a high voltage AC power source and a corresponding one or more lamps. The equivalent circuit impedance of the secondary winding determines what voltage will develop across its respective lamps. The low voltage switch circuits are operative to alter the equivalent circuit impedances of their respective primary windings, which impedance changes are then reflected by mutual inductance coupling into the secondary windings. Thus control circuits operating at relatively low voltages can be used to control the ON/OFF states of the lamps. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122166 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a display control circuit to receive data of each frame of an external image signal and a liquid crystal panel. When the data of an n+1 frame currently received is the same as that of an n frame previously received, the display control circuit outputs first gray scale voltages corresponding to the data of the n+1 frame to drive the liquid crystal panel. When the data of the n+1 frame is different from that of the n frame, the display control circuit generates data of at least one inserted frame between the data of the n and the n+1 frames, and outputs second gray scale voltages respectively corresponding to the data of the at least one inserted frame and the n+1 frame to drive the liquid crystal panel to display first an image of the least one inserted frame and then that of the n+1 frame. An absolute value of a second gray scale voltage exceeds that of a first gray scale voltage for a same gray scale. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122167 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight unit and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a power supply unit which outputs a first voltage; a light emitting unit which includes a first end connected to the power supply unit, and a second end, the first end receiving the first voltage from the power supply unit; and a compensation unit which includes a first end connected to the second end of the light emitting unit, and which compensates a deviation between the first voltage and a rated voltage of the light emitting unit. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122168 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a liquid crystal display and a method of the liquid crystal display. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel, a backlight unit that supplies light to the liquid crystal panel and has a plurality of light sources, and an image calibration unit that calculates a global dimming resultant value and a local dimming resultant value for an image data signal inputted to the liquid crystal panel, analyzes an average picture level for each block with respect to the image data signal, and determines a convex combination parameter based on the global dimming resultant value, the local dimming resultant value, and the average picture level to generate a calibration dimming value for the backlight unit and an image calibration value for the image data signal. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122169 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT UNIT - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes: a display panel; and a backlight unit which provides the display panel with backlight. The backlight unit includes: a converter which converts a voltage of a received power and outputs an output power, a plurality of light source modules which receives the output power from the converter, and a control unit which determines powering conditions to operate the plurality of the light source modules in a specific state for each of the plurality of light source modules, and controls the converter sequentially based on the determined powering conditions. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122170 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR PIXEL DATA AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method of compensating for pixel data includes extending a side portion and a corner portion of a real screen to set an virtual screen, setting dimming values of the virtual screen using dimming values of the real screen, calculating an amount of light of each of pixels on the real screen using the dimming values of the virtual screen mapped to a predetermined analysis area, and multiplying the amount of light of each pixel by a gain of each pixel to modulate pixel data. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122171 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF LOCAL DIMMING THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a display panel, a backlight unit providing light to the display panel, a representative value adjusting unit that divides an input image in conformity with a plurality of blocks divided from the display panel and a light emitting surface of the backlight unit, selectively adjusts a representative value of each block based on a luminance difference between the blocks and a grayscale banding degree of each block, and generates a modified representative value of each block, a dimming value determining unit that maps the modified representative value of each block to a predetermined dimming curve and selects a dimming value of each block, and a light source driver for driving light sources of the backlight unit based on the dimming value of each block. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122172 | Display panel, manufacturing method thereof and display apparatus - A display panel includes a substrate and a light emitting element array including a plurality of light emitting elements provided on the substrate. The light emitting elements are driven by driving signals to emit light. The display panel further includes a lens array that focuses the light emitted by the light emitting elements, and a driving circuit provided on the substrate for driving the light emitting elements. The lens array includes a plurality of lens pillars formed on the light emitting elements, and a plurality of lens portions formed to cover the lens pillars and to have curved lens surfaces. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122173 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device having plural data line voltage generation circuits capable of supplying a display control voltage to display elements of a color designated as necessary. The display device includes plural display elements each displaying an image of one color; plural gradation voltage output units provided for each color to output a gradation voltage corresponding to each display gradation value of a gradation number; plural display control voltage supply units connected to each of two or more display elements to supply control voltages corresponding to display data of the display elements to each of the display elements based on the gradation voltages of the gradation number output by any one of the gradation voltage output units; and plural gradation voltage selection units provided to one or each display control voltage supply unit to select the gradation voltage output by any one of the gradation voltage output units. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122174 | COLOR ELECTRONIC PAPER USING RGBW COLOR PARTICLES AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A color electronic paper using RGBW color particles and a driving method thereof are provided. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122175 | LUMINANCE ENHANCEMENT OPTICAL SUBSTRATES WITH OPTICAL DEFECT MASKING STRUCTURES - An optical substrate possesses a structured surface that enhances luminance or brightness and reduces the effects of structural defects on perceived image quality. User perceivable image cosmetic defects caused by manufacturing or handling, can be masked by introducing structural irregularities in the optical substrate, which may be non-facet flat sections or in-kind to the defects. Optical defects caused by non-facet flat sections in the prism structure of the optical substrate (e.g., flat-bottom valleys with a certain valley bottom thickness above the base layer, and/or flat-top peaks, and/or openings in the optical substrates that expose flat sections of underlying base layer) can be masked by providing distributed in-kind non-facet flat sections (e.g., flat-bottom valleys, and/or flat-top peaks, and/or openings exposing sections of underlying base layer), to diffuse the prominence of the original defects with the introduced irregularities. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122176 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Transmittances of red, blue and green filters included in a display device are increased, and in a first field period, after a signal voltage (V | 05-26-2011 |
20110128302 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND LOCAL DIMMING CONTROL CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel, a backlight unit including a plurality of light sources, the backlight unit providing light to a back surface of the liquid crystal display panel, a backlight driving circuit that individually drives a plurality of previously determined blocks each including the light sources based on a dimming value of each of the blocks, and a local dimming control circuit that calculates a pixel gain value compensating for a luminance reduction resulting from the dimming value of each block and corrects the pixel gain value based on a grayscale saturation level of each block. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128303 | Driving circuit for light emitting diode - A pulse modulator generates a first pulse signal having a duty ratio which is adjusted such that a detection voltage which indicates the electrical state of an LED string to be driven matches a predetermined reference voltage. A first pulse signal is applied to a primary coil of a pulse transformer. A DC/DC converter includes a switching element the ON/OFF operation of which is controlled according to a signal that originates at a secondary coil of the pulse transformer. The DC/DC converter stabilizes an input voltage Vdc, and supplies the input voltage Vdc thus stabilized to the anode of the LED string. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128304 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting element circuit according to the present invention includes: a plurality of LED chains connected in parallel to each other, each of the plurality of LED chains including LEDs that are a plurality of light emitting elements connected in series; a transistor that is a reference element connected in series to the LED chain being one of the plurality of LED chains; and transistors that are one or more subordinate elements respectively connected in series to the LED chains among the plurality of LED chains except for the LED chain, a control voltage thereof following a control voltage of the transistor, wherein the transistor takes a voltage of a predetermined node on the LED chain as the control voltage. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128305 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus in which a plurality of light sources emit light to a pixel includes a correction unit configured to correct a luminance distribution of a display target image or a light emission distribution obtained when the plurality of light sources emit light at a certain light emission intensity so that an interval between the luminance distribution and the light emission distribution is increased; and a control unit configured to control an amount of light emitted from each of the plurality of light sources based on the luminance distribution or the light emission distribution corrected by the correction unit. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128306 | Liquid Crystal Display Apparatus Capable of Maintaining High Color Purity - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes a white color light source and a coloring light source, a detection circuit which detects a brightness of an input image signal, an image quality processing calculation circuit, a light source control circuit, and an image control circuit. The coloring light source includes a blue light source. The image quality processing calculation circuit outputs to the light source control circuit a light source control signal for (1) increasing a light intensity of the coloring light source when an average luminance of the input image signal is detected to be higher than a predetermined luminance based on a detection result of the detection circuit, and for (2) turning-on only the white color light source without turning-on the coloring light source when the average luminance of the input image signal is detected to be lower than the predetermined luminance. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128307 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANIPULATING COLOR IN A DISPLAY - Embodiments include methods and devices for controlling the spectral profile and color gamut of light produced by an interferometric display. Such devices include illuminating a display with selected wavelengths of light. Embodiments also include a display comprising separate sections that output different predetermined colors of light. Other embodiments include methods of making the aforementioned devices. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128308 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - In a plasma display panel, abnormal discharge in address periods is suppressed to enhance image display quality. The scan electrode driving circuit generates a first falling down-ramp voltage i.e. down-ramp voltage L | 06-02-2011 |
20110128309 | MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-primary color display device according to the present invention includes pixels, each having a plurality of sub-pixels. The plurality of sub-pixels include first, second, third and fourth sub-pixels for displaying first, second, third and fourth colors having first, second, third and fourth hues. The second and third hues are adjacent to the first hue on both sides thereof on an a*b* plane of an L*a*b* colorimetric system. When a color displayed by each pixel changes from black to an optimal color of the first hue, luminance values of the plurality of sub-pixels are set such that the luminance value of the first sub-pixel starts to be increased and also the luminance values of the second and third sub-pixels start to be increased at a rate of increase lower than the rate of increase of the first sub-pixel. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134150 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A correction area address storage unit in a display control circuit of at least one embodiment of the present invention stores a correction area address for display elements disposed in a display area end portion where light subjected to an optical path change by a light guide element is transmitted through, among the addresses of RAMs that temporarily store pixel values provided from a source external to a device. A data correcting unit multiplies, based on the correction area address, pixel values for the display area end portion by a correction coefficient set so as to compensate for a change in the chromaticity of a displayed image which is caused by the light guide element, thereby correcting the pixel values. By this, a single seamless image is displayed without a viewer given a feeling of unnaturalness caused by the difference in chromaticity. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134151 | METHOD FOR DIVIDING DISPLAY AREA FOR LOCAL DIMMING, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for dividing a display area for local dimming of LCD is disclosed. The method includes determining an initial number of pixels per data analysis area and a total number of residual pixels, calculating a first residual pixel sum of a current data analysis area using the total number of residual pixels and a second residual pixel sum of a previous data analysis area, determining whether to assign a residual pixel to the current data analysis area using the first residual pixel sum and the total number of data analysis areas, calculating a second residual sum of the current data analysis area whether to assign a residual pixel, and repeating the calculation above until the data analysis area index is a last data analysis area index. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134152 | Apparatus for simultaneously performing gamma correction and contrast enhancement in display device - A display device is provided with a display panel; a correction circuit which performs gamma correction on target image data in response to correction data specifying a gamma curve; and a driver circuit driving the display panel in response to gamma-corrected data received from the correction circuit. The correction circuit is configured to perform approximate gamma correction in accordance with a correction expression in which the target image data is defined as a variable of the correction expression and coefficients of the same are determined on the correction data, and to modify the correction data in response to target image data associated with the target pixel of the gamma correction and the pixel adjacent to the target pixel. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134153 | Display apparatus and driving method therefor - A display apparatus includes a pixel array section and a driving section configured to drive the pixel array section. The pixel array section includes a plurality of first scanning lines and a plurality of second scanning lines extending along rows, a plurality of signal lines extending along columns, a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix at positions at which the first and second scanning lines and the signal lines intersect with each other, and a plurality of power supply lines and a plurality of ground lines configured to perform feeding to the pixels. The driving section includes a first scanner, a second scanner, and a signal selector. Each of the pixels includes a light emitting element, a sampling transistor, a drive transistor, a switching transistor, and a pixel capacitance. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134154 | Liquid crystal display device, image display device, illumination device and emitter used therefor, driving method of liquid crystal display device, driving method of illumination device, and driving method of emitter - The cold cathode tube for illuminating pixels with light which is in accordance with an output signal has luminance which gradually increases at a rise and gradually decreases at a fall per one frame time. The cold cathode tube contains a fluorescent material of only one of three primary colors of light, and has a certain OFF period or dimming period per one frame time. Between a diffusing plate and a reflecting plate are provided partition walls for parting emitting areas, so that the illumination light of one cold cathode tube does not reach the display elements to be illuminated by the other cold cathode tubes. The emission of each display element is changed per one frame time between a normal ON state and a dim state. The cold cathode tube has two or more OFF periods within one frame time, and luminance of the cold cathode tube is changed per one frame period. As a result, it is possible to suppress shortening of life of emitters in an illuminating section, and to relieve lowering of luminance of the emitters, and also to obtain a desirable display quality even in a fast-moving image. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134155 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method are provided. The display device includes: a display panel which displays an image; at least one light emitting diode (LED) which emits light to the display panel; a driver which supplies an operating voltage to the LED and drives the LED; a feedback unit which detects a level of a voltage drop of the LED and outputs a detection signal corresponding to the detected level of the voltage drop; and a first controller which controls a level of the operating voltage supplied to the LED based on the operating voltage supplied to the LED and the detection signal output by the feedback unit. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134156 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The electrophoretic display device in which an electrophoretic element is interposed between a pair of substrates includes a first electrode and a second electrode that are formed in each pixel on one substrate, and an opposing electrode that is formed on another substrate, and faces the first electrode and the second electrode through the electrophoretic element. Here, a gradation is displayed due to a difference in potential between the first electrode and the second electrode. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134157 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR POWER CONSERVATION FOR AMOLED PIXEL DRIVERS - A circuit and method to improve energy conservation of an AMOLED display. The display includes a matrix of pixels each having an organic light emitting device coupled to a drive transistor. The brightness of the light emitting device is controlled by a programming voltage applied to the gate of the drive transistor. The supply voltage to the drive transistor is adjusted to different levels based on the required brightness of the pixel. Since the drive transistor operates in saturation mode, especially when maximum brightness is desired, the supply voltage may be reduced while maintaining the same brightness level. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134158 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THIS BACK LIGHT APPARATUS - A backlight apparatus that can reduce transmission load and allows high quality local contrast control and an image display apparatus using this backlight apparatus are provided. An LED backlight ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110134159 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYING DEVICE AND METHOD - A disclosed liquid crystal displaying device having a liquid crystal displaying unit and a backlight unit includes a signal processing unit dividing an input signal into plural blocks in conformity with a predetermined number of dividing a screen of the backlight unit, a high frequency component acquiring unit acquiring high frequency components for the blocks; a signal component analyzing unit analyzing signal components of the input signal for the blocks, a low frequency component acquiring unit acquiring low frequency components for the blocks, a backlight driving signal generating unit generating a backlight driving signal based on signals acquired by the signal component analyzing unit and the low frequency component acquiring unit, an inverter inverting the backlight driving signal, and a synthesizing unit acquiring a synthesized signal displayed by the liquid crystal displaying unit based on the input signal, the high frequency components, and the inverted driving signal. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134160 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device for special uses which improves a color resolution of a particular color and increases a color reproducibility is provided. In the image display device, an area in which a gradient is gentle is provided to a partial region of a gamma curve denoted by a relationship of an input value (gray level) and an output value (luminance relative value) so that chromaticity points on chromaticity coordinates are unevenly distributed, thereby improving a chromatic resolving power (color resolution) of a particular color. In this manner, the color reproducibility of special monitors which display images of a particular color range represented by a monitor for remote medical care and a monitor for surgical operation can be improved. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134161 | FLEXIBLE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, BACKLIGHT UNIT USING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING THE SAME - A flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) capable of improving strength is disclosed, the FPCB comprising a base film; a copper layer on the base film, the copper layer including a circuit pattern, and a strength-reinforcing pattern in an area without the circuit pattern; and a coverlay film on the copper layer. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134162 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A method of driving an electrophoretic display device which includs a pair of substrates, an electrophoretic element disposed between the pair of substrates, and a display portion with a plurality of pixels arranged thereon, and has an electrode in which an image signal is input for each pixel, including a reset waveform input process in which, when a display image of the display portion is renewed from a first image to a second image, after displaying the first image and before displaying the second image, a prescribed image signal corresponding to an image different from the second image is input to the electrode. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134163 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Each pixel of a display device has a current supply circuit, a switch portion, and a light emitting element. The light emitting element, the current supply circuit, and the switch portion are connected in series between a power supply reference line and a power supply line. The switch portion is switched between ON and OFF using a digital video signal. The amount of constant current flowing in the current supply circuit is determined by a control signal inputted from the outside of the pixel. When the switch portion is ON, a constant current determined by the current supply circuit flows in the light emitting element and light is emitted. As a result, a low-cost display device can be provided in which the light emitting element can emit light at a constant luminance even when the current characteristic is changed by degradation or the like, which is fast in writing signals in pixels, which can display in gray scales accurately, and which can be reduced in size with a low cost, as well as a driving method of the display device. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134164 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A GAMMA TABLE - A method for generating a gamma table is provided. The method is applied to a display, and the display obtains n-bit corrected gray levels [y(1), . . . , y(2 | 06-09-2011 |
20110134165 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A GAMMA TABLE - A method for generating a gamma table is provided. The method is applied to a display, and the display obtains n-bit corrected gray levels [y(1), . . . , y(2 | 06-09-2011 |
20110134166 | DISPLAY DRIVE APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display pixel including a light-emitting element and a drive element for supplying current flowing in a current path to the light-emitting element is applied with a detection voltage based on a predetermined unit voltage. Based on a value of current flowing in the current path of the drive element, a specific value corresponding to an element characteristic of the drive element is detected. A gradation voltage corresponding to a luminance gradation of display data is generated. Based on the specific value and the unit voltage, a compensated voltage is generated. By compensating the gradation voltage based on the compensated voltage, a compensated gradation voltage is generated. And the compensated gradation voltage is supplied to the display pixel. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134167 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110141148 | Image Reproduction Method Featuring Additive Color Mixing from More than Three Color Channels - The invention relates to a method for triggering an electronic image reproduction device comprising N>3 individually controlled color channels, by means of which N primary colors are defined, the colors being additively mixed from said N primary colors. One or several pre-calculated two-dimensional tables, in which the values required for controlling N color channels are stored under the addresses of a color type of the colors that are to be reproduced and are retrieved during operation, are used for real-time processing. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141149 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR CORRECTING UNEVEN LIGHT EMISSION AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A display device is provided that includes: an unevenness correction information storage unit that stores unevenness correction information used to correct uneven light emission of the display unit; and an unevenness correction unit that corrects uneven light emission of the display unit by reading out the unevenness correction information from the unevenness correction information storage unit and by performing signal processing on the video signal having a linear characteristic. The unevenness correction unit corrects the uneven light emission of the display unit by combining a first correction that is applied in a horizontal direction or a vertical direction of the display unit, and a second correction that is applied to a section of the display unit in which uneven light emission is occurring. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141150 | DISPLAY SCREENS HAVING OPTICAL FLUORESCENT MATERIALS - Fluorescent screens and display systems and devices based on such screens using at least one excitation optical beam to excite one or more fluorescent materials on a screen which emit light to form images. The fluorescent materials may include phosphor materials and non-phosphor materials such as quantum dots. A screen may include a multi-layer dichroic layer. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141151 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING OPTICAL SENSORS - The present invention relates to a display device that has a plurality of optical sensors provided in a display panel and that can be operated by touching a screen with a finger or pen. A liquid crystal panel with built-in sensors ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110141152 | DRIVING SYSTEM FOR BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A driving system for a backlight unit includes: a system unit outputting first and second dimming signals for driving the backlight unit; and an inverter unit driving the backlight unit with a 2-block scanning method using the first and second dimming signals received directly from the system unit. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141153 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal panel that displays images using a plurality of pixels each including red, green and blue sub-pixels; a gate driving portion that supplies a gate signal to the liquid crystal panel; a data driving portion that supplies a data signal to the liquid crystal panel; and a timing control portion that compares difference of gray level between image signals corresponding to the red, green and blue sub-pixels with a first threshold value and compares difference of gray level between the image signals corresponding to the red, green and blue sub-pixels of neighboring pixels of the plurality of pixels in order to judge type of the image signals, and drives the data driving portion in different methods according to the type of the image signals. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141154 | LOCAL DIMMING DRIVING METHOD AND DEVICE OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a local dimming driving method and device of an LCD device, which is capable of minimizing luminance deviation at the same gray scale due to a dimming difference between blocks. The local dimming driving method of the LCD device includes analyzing input image data in units of blocks and determining a local dimming value per block, performing spatial filtering with respect to the local dimming value per block, repeating spatial filtering by a predetermined repeat count, and controlling luminance of a backlight unit on a block-by-block basis using the local dimming value per block controlled by spatial filtering. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141155 | METHOD FOR ANALYZING LIGHT PROFILE OF LIGHT SOURCE AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE BY USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a method for analyzing a light profile of a light source for reducing capacity of a memory which is to store light profile data and device and method for driving local dimming of a liquid crystal display device by using the same. The method for analyzing a light profile of a light source includes driving a light source of one of a plurality of blocks which divide a backlight unit, setting a light analyzing region matched to one light emission region of the light source, dividing the light analyzing region into at least two symmetric regions considering a form of the light emission region and symmetry of the light emission region, and analyzing and storing a light profile of one of the at least two symmetric regions. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141156 | METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for driving an electrophoretic display device that includes a display unit having a plurality of pixels and an electrophoretic element provided between a pair of substrates is provided. The method includes displaying on the display unit a third image that includes an image component of a first image and an image component of a second image before changing the first image displayed on the display unit to the second image. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141157 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE - An electro-optical device includes an element substrate having a temperature detection conductive film formed by doping with an impurity in the same semiconductor layer as a semiconductor layer of transistor; and a driving portion for supplying a driving signal, wherein the driving portion includes a data conversion portion for converting image data and generating, as the driving signal, a digital driving signal made of an ON-voltage in which the brightness of the pixel is saturated and an OFF-voltage in which the pixel becomes a light-off state in each of a plurality of subfields in which a field period is divided on a time axis, and the data conversion portion performs a correction corresponding to a change in resistance in the temperature detection conductive film when generating the digital driving signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141158 | BACK LIGHT UNIT AND METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING THE SAME - A back light unit is disclosed, of which thinness is easily provided. The back light unit comprises at least one light source substrate having one surface provided with at least one light source and the other surface provided with a connector to which a driving power source for driving the light source is input; a bottom cover receiving the light source substrate therein, wherein the bottom cover includes at least one opening, so that the connector is projected to the outside of the bottom cover, the opening passing through a rear surface of the bottom cover. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141159 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, ITS DRIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS DRIVING PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes: a display panel in which every pixel is configured to have at least four sub-pixels provided for respectively at least four color components different from each other and each of the sub-pixels is driven to exhibit a luminance according to the color component for the sub-pixel; a processing circuit configured to receive input information provided for the display panel to serve as information on a color prescribed by a table color system determined in advance and configured to output the four or more color components based on the information; and a color measurement unit configured to measure the color of light coming from an environment surrounding the display panel. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141160 | COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR LUMINANCE DEGRADATION IN ELECTRO-LUMINANCE DEVICES - A method and system for compensation for luminance degradation in electro-luminance devices is provided. The system includes a pixel circuit having a light emitting device, a storage capacitor, a plurality of transistors, and control signal lines to operate the pixel circuit. The storage capacitor is connected or disconnected to the transistor and a signal line(s) when programming and driving the pixel circuit. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141161 | ADJUSTING MECHANISM FOR A VEHICLE - An adjusting mechanism for a vehicle with an adjusting device that serves for adjusting a desired operating parameter and can assume adjusting positions between a minimum value and a maximum value, and with a display area for displaying the currently adjusted position. Each region of the display area can assume a first and at least a second display state. The two display states can be distinguished by different, respectively active light emissions that lie in the visible range. The relative surface area of a first segment of the display area that coherently assumes the first display state and the relative surface area of a second segment of the display area that coherently assumes the second display state are defined by the currently adjusted position of the adjusting mechanism. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141162 | OPTICAL ASSEMBLY, BACKLIGHT UNIT INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE BACKLIGHT UNIT - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the same. The backlight unit includes a bottom cover, a substrate, light sources, light guide panels, at least one reflective member, and an optical sheet. The substrate is in the bottom cover. The light sources are on the substrate to emit light at an orientation angle from a first direction. The light guide panels include a light incident part having a light incident surface to which light is incident in the first direction from the light sources, and a light emitting part that emits the incident light in a second direction crossing the first direction and has a side connected to the light incident part. The reflective member includes a reflective region overlapping the light guide panel and an extension region that does not overlap the light guide panel. The optical sheet is above the light guide panel. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141163 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANIPULATING COLOR IN A DISPLAY - A method and device for manipulating color in a display includes a display in which one or more of the pixels includes one or more display elements, such as interferometric modulators, configured to output colored light and one or more display elements configured to output white light. Other embodiments include methods of making such displays. In addition, embodiments include color displays configured to provide a greater proportion of the intensity of output light in green portions of the visible spectrum in order to increase perceived brightness of the display. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141164 | Display Device, Electronic Device and Method of Driving Display Device - The present invention provides a display device which can display characters clearly and display images smoothly. An area gray scale method is adopted and a configuration of one pixel is changed depending on a mode, by selecting one or more display regions in each pixel. When characters are needed to be displayed clearly, one pixel is configured by selecting a stripe arrangement. Thus, clear display can be conducted. When images are needed to be displayed, one pixel is configured by selecting an indented state. Thus, smooth display can be conducted. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141165 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes: a luminescence element; a capacitor including first and second capacitor electrodes; a driver having a gate connected to the first capacitor electrode for allowing a drain current to flow through the luminescence element and a source connected to the second capacitor electrode; a first switch switchably interconnecting a data line and the first capacitor electrode for supplying a signal voltage to the capacitor; a second switch switchably interconnecting the drain of the driver and a power line; and a controller. The controller is configured to: turn ON the first switch while the second switch is ON to supply the signal voltage to the capacitor and flow a current between the source of the driver and the second capacitor electrode; and, after predetermined time period, turn OFF the second switch to cause non-conduction between the power line and the drain of the driver. | 06-16-2011 |
20110148937 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS THEREOF - An organic light emitting display apparatus having a pixel circuit, the pixel circuit including an organic light emitting diode (OLED); a capacitor having a first terminal connected to a first node, and a second terminal connected to an anode electrode of the OLED; a switching transistor having a gate electrode connected to a scanning line, a first electrode connected to a data line, and a second electrode connected to the first node; and a driving transistor having a first gate electrode connected to the first node, a first electrode connected to a first power supply, a second electrode connected to the anode electrode of the OLED, and a second gate electrode connected to a common voltage line. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148938 | DISPLAYED CONTENTS SECURING SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND DISPLAYED CONTENTS VIEWING DEVICE - A system and method for securing contents displayed on a display device, and a device for viewing displayed content are provided. The system may include a first device and a communication module. The communication module may be adapted to communicatively connect the first device to the display device. The first device may be adapted to control, via the communication module, the display device to alternately display a first content and a second content. The second content may contain interference information. The device for viewing displayed content may be adapted to alternately let light through and shut off light. With the device for viewing displayed content, the first content displayed is viewable by an intended viewer while the second content displayed is un-viewable by the intended viewer. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148939 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY CAPABLE OF ADJUSTING CONTRAST AND METHOD THEREOF - A method for adjusting a contrast of an electrophoretic display (EPD) includes: displaying a full white image and detecting the light intensity of the full white image; displaying a full black image and detecting the light intensity of the full black image; computing the ratio of the detected light intensity of the full white image and the detected light intensity of the full black image to obtain a contrast; comparing the contrast with a predetermined contrast value or range; and adjusting the contrast to an adjusted contrast matching the predetermined contrast or falling within a predetermined contrast range if the contrast of the second display area does not match the predetermined contrast or fall within the predetermined contrast range. A related display device and EPD are also provided. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148940 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A driving method for local dimming of a LCD device includes dividing a frame into a plurality of blocks corresponding to a plurality of dimming blocks of a backlight unit, calculating an average value of each color in a block by analyzing image data of the block and determining, for the block, a local dimming value of each color corresponding to the average value of the color, detecting a maximum value among the average values of respective colors in the block determining a luminance local dimming value corresponding to the maximum value in the block, driving a plurality of LEDs corresponding to the block in the backlight unit on a color basis according to the local dimming value of each color in the block, or a color basis using the same luminance local dimming value according to whether the block is a chromatic color area or an achromatic color area. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148941 | DRIVING METHOD FOR LOCAL DIMMING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A driving method for local dimming of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) device and an apparatus using the same are disclosed. The driving method includes determining a dimming value of each of a plurality of local dimming blocks into which a backlight unit is divided to be driven on a block basis by analyzing input image data on a block basis, detecting a high gray area concentrated with high gray levels from each local dimming block based on the analysis of the input image data, and generating position information about the high gray area according to a distance between the high gray area in the block and an adjacent block, and compensating the dimming value of each of the plurality of local dimming blocks by spatial filtering using a spatial filter having a different filter size or different filter coefficients for local dimming blocks according to the position information about the high gray area in the local dimming block. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148942 | Display data correction by numerical operation suitable for display panel driver - A display data correction apparatus is provided with: a control circuit responsive to an input gray-level value for initially providing first to N-th control points (N≧3) defined in a coordinate system in which a first coordinate axis is associated with the input gray-level value and a second coordinate axis is associated with an output gray-level value to be calculated for the input gray-level value; and a processing circuit obtaining an output gray-level value by repeating an update operation in which the first to N-th control points are updated. The degree (N−1) Bezier curve is used as an approximated curve of the gamma curve. The output gray-level value is finally obtained as the coordinate value of a specific point in the degree (N−1) Bezier curve along the second coordinate axis, where the specific point has the coordinate value closest to the input gray-level value along the first coordinate axis. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148943 | METHOD FOR DRIVING THREE-DIMENSIONAL (3D) DISPLAY AND 3D DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for driving a three dimensional (3D) display and a 3D display apparatus using the same are provided. The 3D display apparatus includes a storage unit which stores a received image; and a controller which compares a previous frame of the received image with a current frame of the received image, and determines whether or not to input an image of the current frame to a liquid crystal panel based on whether the previous frame is identical to the current frame. Therefore, a method for driving a 3D display which does not cause characteristics of a liquid crystal to be deteriorated and a 3D display apparatus using the same are provided. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148944 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a light emitting functional layer disposed between a first and second substrates; a first pixel which emits light to the second substrate and has a first pixel electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the first substrate, a second electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the second substrate, and a first reflecting layer disposed between the first pixel electrode and the first substrate; a second pixel which emits light to the first substrate side and has a second pixel electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the first substrate, a second electrode disposed between the light emitting functional layer and the second substrate, and a second reflecting layer disposed between the second electrode and the second substrate; and a driving element which drives the first and second pixel electrodes is disposed above first substrate. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148945 | D/A CONVERTER CIRCUIT AND ITS VOLTAGE SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD - A DAC includes a DAC unit that selects one of a plurality of selection voltages according to an input digital signal, and outputs the selected selection voltage as an analog signal, a first power-supply voltage terminal through which a first power-supply voltage is supplied to a first terminal of a transistor constituting the DAC unit upon power-up of the DAC unit, and a voltage supply control unit that detects a potential difference between the first power-supply voltage and a second voltage used to generate the selection voltages, outputs a voltage corresponding to the first power-supply voltage to a second terminal of the transistor constituting the DAC unit when the potential difference is larger than a predetermined value, and outputs a voltage corresponding to the second voltage to the second terminal of the transistor constituting the DAC unit when the potential difference is smaller than the predetermined value. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148946 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - The image display apparatus includes first lines connecting electron-emitting devices which each include a pair of electrodes and an electron-emitting portion located between the electrodes, second lines having a resistance greater than that of the first lines, an insulating layer covering the second lines, and a resistive film which is connected to the first lines, which covers the insulating layer, and which has a surface resistivity of 10 | 06-23-2011 |
20110148947 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A display device includes a gray scale value counting module, a ratio generating module, a first sub-frame function module, a second sub-frame function module, and a display panel. The gray scale value counting module is configured for generating a gray scale value counting signal according to image data of each frame. The ratio generating module is configured for generating a ratio value signal according to the gray scale value counting signal. The first and second sub-frame function module are configured for generating first sub-frame image data and second sub-frame image data according to the ratio value signal and the image data respectively. The display panel is configured for displaying a first sub-frame image and a second sub-frame image according to the first and second sub-frame image data. A method for driving a display device is also provided. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148948 | CIRCUITS FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method of operating a display including loading image data to pixels in multiple rows of pixels in an array of pixels during a data loading phase, actuating the pixels in the multiple rows during an update phase, and illuminating at least one lamp during an lamp illumination phase to illuminate the actuated pixels to form an image on the display, in which each of the loading, actuating and illuminating phases partially overlap in time. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148949 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display panel device includes: a luminescence element; a capacitor; a driver that passes a drain current through the luminescence element; a data line that supplies a signal voltage to the capacitor; a switch that switchably interconnects the data line and the capacitor; and a controller. The controller is configured to: apply a predetermined bias voltage to a second capacitor electrode to prevent a flow of the drain current; turn ON the switch to supply the signal voltage to a first capacitor electrode; apply a reverse bias voltage to the second capacitor electrode to flow a discharge current between a source of the driver and the second capacitor electrode; and turn OFF the switch, after a lapse of a predetermined period of time since the discharge current is caused to flow, to stop the supply of the signal voltage to the first capacitor electrode. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148950 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING BACKLIGHT OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight driving apparatus of a liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus including a master trans and a slave trans for supplying a current to a plurality of lamps, and a master driver and a slave driver for driving the lamps, includes an operated condition unit that converts an AC voltage generated in accordance with a phase difference between a master AC voltage and a slave AC voltage fed back from the master trans and the slave trans, respectively, into an analog DC voltage; a protect controller that determines an error is generated during an operation of the lamps using the analog DC voltage and outputs an operating error signal when an error is generated; and a lamp driving controller that stops driving the master driver and the slave driver in response to the operating error signal. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148951 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD AND PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A plasma display panel driving method is provided in which one field of an image signal includes a plurality of sub fields each having an initialization period, an address period and a sustain period, one field period includes an all-cell initialization sub field in which an initializing discharge is generated by applying an initialization voltage to all the discharge cells to display the image in the initialization period, the initialization voltage can be varied, and the initialization voltage when an image satisfying predetermined conditions is displayed is set to be lower than an initialization voltage when an image satisfying no predetermined conditions is displayed. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148952 | COLOR IMAGING SYSTEM - A color imaging system includes a sensor assembly having a plurality of sensor pixels for sensing incident light. The sensor pixels generate photocurrents in response to sensing the incident light. An image processor receives the photocurrents and computes a plurality of photocurrent values. A display processor receives the photocurrent values and calculates a plurality of power values. A display driver receives the power values and generates a plurality of power signals. The color imaging system further includes a display device having a plurality of light emitting devices, each being powered by one of the power signals for emitting light. At least one of the light emitting devices is a deep-violet light emitting device for only emitting light having a peak emission wavelength in the range of 400 to 405.87 nm and having a full width at half maximum (FWHM) value of no greater than 1 nm. | 06-23-2011 |
20110148953 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING - A display driver having a first mode where a number of colors to be displayed is smaller than a predetermined number and a second mode where a number of colors to be displayed is equal to or larger than the predetermined number. A generation circuit generates gray scale voltages having a plurality of levels for positive polarity and negative polarity. In the first mode, the generation circuit decreases a current flowing into an internal circuit which generates a gray scale voltage of an intermediate level other than two gray scale voltages of a lowest and a highest level, in comparison to a current flowing in the second mode. In the first mode, the selection circuit selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data, from the two gray scale voltages of the lowest and the highest level gray scale voltage which are generated from the generation circuit. | 06-23-2011 |
20110157237 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING FRAME BRIGHTNESS - A method for adjusting frame brightness is provided. First, an image data in YUV format is received. Next, a dimming curve is determined according to an overall average pixel level value of the image data and a number distribution of pixel level values. Then, the image data is divided into a plurality of blocks, and a block average pixel level value of pixels in each of the blocks is calculated. Thereafter, the block average pixel level values are substituted into the dimming curve to obtain a plurality of block brightness values. Afterward, the image data is outputted and backlight sources corresponding to each of the blocks are driven to provide the block brightness values to each of the blocks for displaying a frame. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157238 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND METHOD OF DETERMINING DRIVING CURRENT THEREOF - A method of determining driving currents of a backlight module includes: disposing the backlight module onto a base; defining a plurality of areas from a top area to a bottom are of the backlight module; and reducing the driving current of the area that is situated further from the base. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157239 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SAVING INPUT CONTENT - A method of saving input content on an electronic device is disclosed. A setting module sets M bits grayscale per sampled pixel, M is a whole number. A creating module creates a file to store input content. An obtaining module obtains data of the input content. A storing module stores the data in the file and stores M bits grayscale per sampled pixel. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157240 | Liquid Crystal Display and Method for Compensating Color Temperature - Disclosed is a liquid crystal display device and a method for compensating the color temperature of the liquid crystal display device. The timing controller according to the present disclosure, modulates the digital video data input from the host computer, compensates the shifted color temperature caused during the data modulation, and then sends the modulated and compensated digital video data to the data driving circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157241 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR INITIALIZING FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY - The present disclosure relates to a liquid crystal display device including a field programmable gate array (or “FPGA”) and a method for initializing the FPGA in stable. The present disclosure suggests a liquid crystal display device comprising: a liquid crystal display panel including a plurality of data lines and a plurality of gate lines crossing each other; a backlight unit configured to radiate backlight to the liquid crystal display panel; a backlight driving circuit configured to turn on and off light sources of the backlight unit according to a backlight dimming data; a data driving circuit configured to convert digital video data into positive and negative data voltages and to supply the positive and the negative data voltages to the plurality of data line; a gate driving circuit configured to supply a gate pulse to the plurality of gate line sequentially; a field programmable gate array configured to set circuit configurations of a built-in gate array logic part according to a gate array connection data downloaded from a non-volatile memory in order to modulated an input video data and to generate the backlight dimming data; and a timing controller configured to control operating timings of the data driving circuit and the gate driving circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157242 | DISPLAY DEVICE INCORPORATING BACKLIGHT PLATE COMPOSED OF EDGE-LIT LIGHT GUIDES AND METHOD OF UNIFYING LIGHT EMISSION FROM SAME - The invention relates to a display device incorporating a backlight plate composed of edge-lit light guides and a method of unifying the light emission from the display device. The display device has a backlight plate composed of light guides adjacent to one another for guiding light from light sources, a liquid crystal panel disposed at a light exit side of the backlight plate and including cells with adjustable transmissivities, a memory device that stores data regarding light emission intensity distributions of the light guides, and a control device for computing compensation data and controlling the transmissivities of the cells. The light emission of the backlight is unified using the local-area dimming control technique by computing the light emission intensity distributions of the light guides and by obtaining the adjusted image signals for adjusting the transmissivities of the cells. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157243 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for driving a display panel thereof are provided. The display apparatus comprises a display panel and a gate driver. The display panel comprises two gate lines, two source lines, a pixel and two transistors. The pixel is electrically coupled to the two gate lines and the two source lines through the two transistors respectively. The gate driver is for providing a first pulse to one of the gate lines according to a predetermined frequency and providing a second pulse to another one according to the predetermined frequency. An enabling period of the second pulse is behind an enabling period of the first pulse, and a predetermined time interval is existed between a rising edge of the second pulse and a rising edge of the first pulse. The predetermined time interval is longer than a time length of the enabling period of the first pulse. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157244 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided a light source ( | 06-30-2011 |
20110157245 | APPARATUS, METHODS, AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY OR PROJECTION - An apparatus, methods, and systems for multi-color projection or display for video or lighting applications. One aspect of the present invention comprises an algorithm for utilizing at least four primary light sources to represent a projected pixel color. The algorithm and associated system can be applied to both a natively monochromatic light source or traditional light sources filtered for their colored components. The algorithm can be used for either color sequential or parallel modes of operation. The algorithm takes input pixel data represented in a universal color coordinate system, performs a color transform, and disperses the results among parallel display devices or sequentially to a single device such that each pixel is presented by the combination of four or more primaries. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157246 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A backlight unit, a method for driving the same, and a liquid crystal display device using the same are disclosed, in which a feedback voltage received in a controller to adjust a driving voltage to be supplied to a light-emitting diode string is smaller than a difference between the driving voltage and a string voltage, the backlight unit comprising a driving-voltage supplier; an LED string for receiving a driving voltage from the driving-voltage supplier, and generating a voltage drop corresponding to a string voltage; a feedback voltage generator for generating a first feedback voltage whose value is smaller than a difference between the driving voltage and the string voltage; and a controller for supplying a control signal to control the driving-voltage supplier based on the first feedback voltage. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157247 | Display Apparatus and Control Circuit of the Same - An image display device using the area control method for eliminating irregularities as seen from the side and also capable of lowering power consumption. The degree of flatness indicating the image flatness of an image in each image area is calculated, and in areas that are flat the light source luminance is set high in order to lessen irregularities as seen from the side; and in areas that are not flat the irregularities are difficult to perceive as seen from the side so an effect that cuts power consumption is obtained without having to correct the light source luminance. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157248 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an image display device and its driving method, which facilitates to improve partial luminance in an image-display area by a local dimming method to partially control a backlight unit according to a display image, and simultaneously to reduce power consumption. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157249 | REFERENCE VOLTAGE GENERATING CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR GENERATING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGE - A reference voltage generating circuit includes a voltage divider, color signal selectors, voltage selectors, voltage drivers and an output driver. The voltage divider outputs first to N-th divided voltages using first and second reference voltages. Each color signal selector generates a divided voltage selection signal for one of RGB color signals. Each voltage selector selects and outputs one of the first to N-th divided voltages output from the voltage divider as a tap voltage for one of the RGB color signals based on the divided voltage selection signal generated by the corresponding color signal selector. Each voltage driver retains the tap voltage output from the corresponding voltage selector and outputs the retained voltage for one of the RGB color signals. The output driver finally outputs gamma reference voltages for one of the RGB color signals using the retained tap voltages output from the voltage drivers. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157250 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device is provided, in which an emission period may be adjusted into multiple types with reduction in cost being achieved. The display device includes: a plurality of pixels, each pixel including a plurality of individual-color sub-pixels, each sub-pixel including an individual-color light emitting element and an emission control transistor; and emission control lines connected to the pixels. The individual-color sub-pixel includes one of a first individual-color sub-pixel including an emission control transistor of a first conductive type, and a second individual-color sub-pixel including an emission control transistor of a second conductive type different from the first conductive type. One emission control line is connected in common with at least one of each of the first and second individual-color sub-pixels. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157251 | INTERFACE CIRCUIT, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A method of reducing power consumption caused by leakage current in an interface circuit between modules that are driven by different power sources is disclosed. The interface circuit includes an output driver that operates by a first power supply voltage in a first mode and does not operate in a second mode in which the first power supply voltage is prevented from being applied, an input buffer that is operated by a second power supply voltage in the first and second modes, and a transmission line that connects an output terminal of the output driver to an input terminal of the input buffer. The interface circuit further includes a current leakage prevention circuit that prevents, in the second mode, a current leakage in the input buffer between a second power supply voltage source that supplies the second power supply voltage and a ground voltage source. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157252 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - An object is to provide a liquid crystal display device which can recognize image display even when the liquid crystal display device is used in a dim environment. In one pixel, a pixel electrode including both of a region where incident light through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a transmissive region is provided, and image display can be performed in both modes: the reflective mode where external light is used as an illumination light source; and the transmissive mode where the backlight is used as an illumination light source. When there is external light with insufficient brightness, that is, in a dim environment, the backlight emits weak light and an image is displayed in the reflective mode, whereby image display can be performed. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157253 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An object is to provide a liquid crystal display device in which image display can be recognized even in an environment where light is dim around the liquid crystal display device. Another object is to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of image display in both modes of a reflective mode in which external light is used as a light source and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. One pixel is provided with a pixel electrode having both of a region where light incident through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a region having a light-transmitting property, so that image display can be performed in both modes of a reflective mode in which external light is used as a light source and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157254 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - It is an object to provide a liquid crystal display device which can recognize image display even in the dim surrounding environment of the liquid crystal display device. It is another object to provide a liquid crystal display device which can perform image display in both modes: a reflective mode in which external light is used as an illumination light source; and a transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. A plurality pairs of a pixel in which incident light through a liquid crystal layer is reflected and a light-transmitting pixel are provided; therefore, display image can be performed in both modes: the reflective mode in which external light is used as an illumination light source; and the transmissive mode in which a backlight is used. Further, each reflective pixel and light-transmitting pixel may be connected to an independent signal driver circuit. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157255 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODULATING BACKLIGHT - A backlight modulation system includes a light source module, an image mapping unit, a histogram analysis unit, a backlight dimming unit, and an image reconstruction unit. An active display area of a panel is divided into multiple illumination areas. The image mapping unit performs an RGB-to-YUV transformation to acquire an original brightness factor for each pixel. The histogram analysis unit sums up the amount of pixels reaching a preset ratio in each illumination area to acquire reference brightness for each illumination area. The backlight dimming unit calculates out a dimming ratio and a reset brightness model according to the reference brightness. The image reconstruction unit resets original brightness factor of each pixel into an output brightness factor according to the reset brightness model, and outputs an image for an illumination area according to the output brightness factor and input image data. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157256 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - To display an image on an electronic paper display properly, even when image data is transmitted continuously from a host of the existing LCD display system, for example. A sampling section inputs a single image data by each prescribed period from a plurality of pieces of continuously transmitted image data corresponding to one screen of the electronic paper display. A difference detecting section detects a difference amount showing a difference between previous image data and latter image data of two pieces of consecutive image data inputted by the sampling section, and determines to perform screen update by using the latter image data when the difference value is equal to or larger than a threshold value. A driving section generates a driving signal of the latter image data and outputs the signal to the electronic paper display, when the screen update is determined by the difference detecting section. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157257 | BACKLIGHTING ARRAY SUPPORTING ADAPTABLE PARALLAX BARRIER - Display systems are described that include an adaptable parallax barrier that filters light passed by a display panel in a manner that allows for the simultaneous viewing of two-dimensional images, three-dimensional images and multi-view three-dimensional content in different display regions. The display system also includes a backlight panel comprising an array of light sources that may be individually controlled to vary the backlighting luminosity provided to the display panel on a region-by-region basis. Since each of the display regions may be perceived as having a different number of pixels per unit area depending upon the type of content being presented, the backlight array enables the brightness of each region to be controlled such that a viewer perceives roughly uniform brightness across all regions. Alternative regional brightness control schemes are also described. | 06-30-2011 |
20110157258 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A stable address discharge is caused to enhance the image display quality. For this purpose, a plasma display panel, a scan electrode driving circuit, and a partial light-emitting rate detecting circuit are provided. The scan electrode driving circuit performs an address operation by applying a scan pulse to scan electrodes in address periods. The partial light-emitting rate detecting circuit divides the display area of the plasma display panel into a plurality of regions, and detects a rate of the number of discharge cells to be lit with respect to the number of all the discharge cells in each region, as a partial light-emitting rate, in each subfield. In a predetermined subfield where the number of sustain pulses is smaller than the number of sustain pulses in the immediately preceding subfield, the scan electrode driving circuit changes the order of applying the scan pulse to the scan electrodes, according to the partial light-emitting rates in the immediately preceding subfield. | 06-30-2011 |
20110164067 | CIRCUITS FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS - The invention relates to methods and apparatus for forming images on a display utilizing a control matrix to control the movement of MEMS-based light modulators. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164068 | REORDERING DISPLAY LINE UPDATES - An apparatus and method for driving a display. The order in which lines of a display are updated is changed in order to take advantage of potential similarities between updated data for the lines. The lines are grouped according to one or more common characteristics and one or more of the groups are updated sequentially. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164069 | LED BACKLIGHT SYSTEM - A method and system for modifying the pulse width modulation frequency for controlling the backlit illumination intensity of a liquid crystal display. The modified pulse width modulation frequency may be selected to reduce distortion in the display while allowing for a wide range of dimming settings for the display. A pulse width modulation signal may be also be phase shifted such that a string of light sources may be sequentially activated to generate a effective frequency greater than that of the frequency of the pulse width modulation signal. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164070 | DISPLAY MODULE - A display module is disclosed, which comprises at least one light source movable along a predetermined path and a controller adapted to modulate the intensity of light emitted by the at least one light source as it moves along the predetermined path so as to cause a desired image to be visible by virtue of persistence of vision. The display module further comprises a drive system for causing the at least one light source to move along the predetermined path and a coupling system adapted to ensure the drive system causes the at least one light source to move, in use, along the predetermined path in synchrony with the light sources on one or more adjacent display modules. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164071 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC ELECTRO-LUMINESCENT DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel circuit includes a light emitting device, an N-type driving transistor for outputting a driving current according to a voltage applied to the gate electrode, a first capacitor coupled to a gate electrode of the driving transistor, a second capacitor including a first terminal coupled to the gate electrode of the driving transistor and a second terminal coupled to the first electrode of the light emitting device, and second through sixth N-type transistors. An initialization period is reduced for a driving operation and the threshold voltage compensation time of a driving transistor is controlled. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164072 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes: first and second substrates between which a liquid crystal forming material is sandwiched and which are disposed to be opposite to each other; a pair of electrodes including one and the other electrodes; a control means for controlling a voltage applied between the electrodes; and a temperature detector. The control means applies a voltage, by which a change of light transmittance occurs based on an induction and disappearance phenomenon of a nematic phase in the liquid crystal forming material, between the electrodes when a temperature of the liquid crystal forming material is in an isotropic phase temperature range, and the control means applies a voltage, by which a change of light transmittance occurs based on a change of orientation of directors of the liquid crystal forming material, between the electrodes when the temperature of the liquid crystal forming material is in a nematic phase temperature range. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164073 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY AND A DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A method of driving a display and a display using the same are provided. The display is driven in accordance with one of a plurality of backlight unit (BLU) driving modes for a BLU which provides a display panel with backlight. As a result, an image quality is improved based on respective areas of the display panel. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164074 | Electronic Display Apparatus, Installation Pertaining to Automation Technology, and Method for Operating an Electronic Display Apparatus - An electronic display apparatus comprising a control device and an electronic display panel that can be turned off by the control device. In order to support an energy-saving state in which information can continue to be displayed at least to a certain extent, an electrochromic display is additionally provided that is switchable into different display states by the control device. The invention furthermore relates to an installation appertaining to automation technology, and to a method for operating an electronic display apparatus. | 07-07-2011 |
20110169869 | ELECTRO-PHORETIC DISPLAY AND ILLUMINATION ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - An electro-phoretic display and a brightness adjusting method thereof are provided. The method for adjusting a brightness includes steps of: providing a pixel having a first area displaying a white color and a plurality of first particles corresponding to the first area; obtaining an environmental brightness; and controlling only locations of the plurality of first particles in response to the environmental brightness so as to adjust the brightness. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169870 | Method and Device for Cancelling Deviation Voltage of a Source Driver of a Liquid Crystal Display - A method for cancelling the deviation voltage of a source driver of a LCD is disclosed. The method includes measuring an effective load resistor and an effective load capacitor of a panel of the LCD against the source driver, computing a lowest valid frequency of the chopper circuit according to the effective load resistor and the effective load capacitor, and adjusting the switching frequency of the chopper circuit according to the lowest valid frequency to filter out high frequency components of signals outputted by the source driver via the panel, so as to cancel the deviation voltage. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169871 | Image display device and method of driving image display device - An image display device includes: a display panel including gate lines extending in a horizontal direction, source lines extending in a vertical direction to intersect gate lines, and sub-pixel electrodes arranged in intersections of the gate lines and the source lines; and a drive control section performing a drive control of the display panel using first or second drive mode. In the first drive mode, the drive control section performs display drive such that two sub-pixel electrodes are driven based on different gray scale values and that a combination of adjacent two sub-pixel electrodes is treated as a single pixel, the sub-pixel electrodes being arranged along a gate line and arranged on two respective source lines. In the second drive mode, the drive control section performs display drive such that N sub-pixel electrodes consecutively arranged along a source line are treated as a unit pixel to be driven. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169872 | Display apparatus and display driving method - A display apparatus includes: a pixel array in which pixel circuits each having a light emitting device, a drive transistor, and a retention capacity are arranged in a matrix; a signal selector supplying a video signal voltages to signal lines arranged in columns on the pixel array; a drive control scanner providing power supply pulses to power supply control lines arranged in rows on the pixel array and applying drive voltages to the transistors; and a write scanner providing scan pulses to writing control lines arranged in rows on the pixel array and executing input of the video signal voltages to the pixel circuits. A threshold correction of setting a gate-source voltage of the transistor to a threshold voltage of the transistor and an input of the video signal voltage from the signal line to between the gate and the source of the transistor are controlled by the scan pulse of the row of the pixel circuit and the scan pulse of the previous row of the pixel circuit. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169873 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - There is provided a liquid crystal display, including: a backlight having a plurality of light sources; a liquid crystal panel configured to display a video picture in a plurality of illumination regions corresponding to the light sources; an intensity value calculator calculating representative intensity values of the illumination regions based on an input video signal; a weight calculator performing a smoothing process on the representative intensity values by using first weights and to calculate second weights of the illumination regions having values which become larger as smoothed values of the representative intensity values becomes smaller than the representative intensity values; an intensity value corrector correcting the representative intensity values of the illumination regions based on the second weights and performe a smoothing process on corrected intensity values by using the first weights to obtain light source intensity values of the light sources. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169874 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes: a plurality of scan signal lines and a plurality of data signal lines that cross each other; a plurality of pixels formed at each crossing of the scan signal lines and the data signal lines, wherein each of the pixels includes sub-pixels that display red color, green color, blue color and white color in response to a scan signal from the scan signal lines and a data signal from the data signal lines, wherein the sub-pixels are arranged in a 2×2 matrix; a scan signal driving circuit including a plurality of stages that supplies the scan signal to the scan signal lines; and a data signal driving circuit that supplies the data signal to the data signal lines, wherein the scan signal driving circuit, the pixels, the scan signal lines and the data signal lines are formed on a same substrate. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169875 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVE METHOD THEREFOR - A plasma display panel and a drive method therefor, which can enhance a representation capability when displaying a dark image. The plasma display panel includes fluorophor layers containing magnesium oxide. The drive method includes a reset step to initialize all the pixel cells into states of one of a light-up mode and a light-off mode, and an address step in which the pixel cells are caused to perform address discharges selectively in accordance with pixel data, which are successively executed in each of a head subfield and a second subfield within a one-field display period. In reset step, a voltage that sets row electrodes on one side, in the row electrode pairs as an anode and sets the column electrodes set as a cathode is applied between the row electrodes on the one side and the column electrodes. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169876 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVE METHOD THEREFOR - A plasma display panel and a drive method therefor, which can enhance a representation capability when displaying a dark image. The plasma display panel includes fluorophor layers containing magnesium oxide. The drive method includes a reset step to initialize all the pixel cells into states of one of a light-up mode and a light-off mode, and an address step in which the pixel cells are caused to perform address discharges selectively in accordance with pixel data, which are successively executed in each of a head subfield and a second subfield within a one-field display period. In reset step, a voltage that sets row electrodes on one side, in the row electrode pairs as an anode and sets the column electrodes set as a cathode is applied between the row electrodes on the one side and the column electrodes. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169877 | LIGHT QUANTITY CONTROL DEVICE, BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a liquid crystal unit (UT) comprising a first light transparent substrate (PB | 07-14-2011 |
20110169878 | DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display system is provided including forming a display array, connecting a control block to the display array, configuring a communication protocol between the display array and the control block, and operating the display array with the communication protocol. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169879 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER FOR REDUCING HEAT GENERATION THEREIN - A display panel drive circuit is provided with a first display output terminal to be connected with a data line of a display panel, first and second output stages, and a control circuit. The first output stage is directly connected with the first display output terminal and configured to output a data signal with the positive polarity with respect to a standard voltage level. The second output stage is also directly connected with the first display output terminal and configured to output a data signal with the negative polarity with respect to the standard voltage level. The control circuit controls the first and second output stages so that one of the first and second output stages is selectively activated while the other of the first and second output stages is deactivated. | 07-14-2011 |
20110169880 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110169881 | System and Methods for Applying Adaptive Gamma in Image Processing for High Brightness and High Dynamic Range Displays - Systems and methods of image processing are provided for a display having a light source modulation layer and a display modulation layer. A section of a perceptual curve, such as a DICOM curve, is extracted for each frame of image data, based on a profile of expected luminance on the display modulation layer from light emitted by the light source modulation layer. The section of the perceptual curve may be used to determine a desired-total response curve which maps display modulation layer input control values to corresponding output luminance values. The desired-total response curve and a display modulator-specific response curve may be applied to image data to generate control values for driving the display modulation layer. | 07-14-2011 |
20110175934 | FRONT PROJECTOR - A front projector (FP) comprises an image generating device (DP) which generates an image in accordance with an input display signal (IDS). A projection lens (PL) projects the image to obtain a projected image (PL) on an projection area (IPA). At least one light source (LS | 07-21-2011 |
20110175935 | CONTROL OF LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODE BACKLIGHT ILLUMINATION THROUGH FRAME INSERTION - System(s) and method(s) are provided to regulate backlighting in a light emitting diode (LED)-based display through a sequence of alternate pulse-width-modulation (PWM) frame or sub-frame insertions. Alternate PWM frames or sub-frames can be black or non-black. A plurality of pixels in the display is partitioned into at least one zone including one or more rows of pixels; the at least one zone determines sub-frame period based on refresh frequency of the display. A sequence of alternate PWM sub-frames includes at least one alternate sub-frame and at least one normal sub-frame. Alternate PWM frames or alternate PWM sub-frames include a phase delay during which a backlight unit is turned off, and a PWM sequence in which the backlight unit is turned on with a finite duty cycle for the remainder of the PWM frame or sub-frame. A sequence of alternate PWM sub-frames can be configured internally or externally. Internal configuration can be synchronous with a reference signal whereas external configuration relies on external reference signal. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175936 | ANGULAR DEPENDENT PIXELS FOR TRICK VIEW - A display device having a display panel for displaying an image by spatial light modulation includes a plurality of pixel groups, each pixel group including a first pixel having a first type of luminance against viewing angle response, and a second pixel having a second type of luminance against viewing angle response, wherein the first and second luminance against viewing angle responses are different from one another. The display device further includes a controller operatively coupled to each of the plurality of pixel groups, wherein the controller is configured to drive each of the plurality of pixel groups such that on average the plurality of pixel groups simultaneously provide a predetermined on-axis luminance and an predetermined off-axis luminance for a region of the image corresponding to each pixel group. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175937 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT - A gamma voltage generation circuit is provided. The gamma voltage generation circuit includes a plurality of resistor strings, a plurality of second resistors and a plurality of switches. Each of the resistor strings has a plurality of first resistors connected in series. Each of ends of the first resistors provides a gamma reference voltage. Each of second resistors is connected in series with the resistor strings. Each of the switches is coupled to a corresponding one of the resistor strings, selects and outputs one of the gamma reference voltages provided by the ends of the first resistors of the corresponding one of the resistor strings according to a control signal. Therefore, levels of the gamma voltages can synchronously displaced, so that the effects presented by pixels with different common voltage levels are similar or equal. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175938 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight unit and a display apparatus are provided. The display apparatus includes a driving unit which applies a driving current using a duty cycle controlling to the light emitting unit; and a controller which controls a first driving current to be applied to the light emitting unit in a section of a plurality of frame sections, and a second driving current to be applied to the light emitting unit in another section of the plurality of frame sections. Therefore, luminance representation of backlight in a low grayscale region can be improved. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175939 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides a display device including a display medium, the display medium including a pair of substrates positioned so as to have a space therebetween, at least one of the substrates having translucency; a pair of electrodes respectively being positioned on the pair of substrates, the electrode positioned on the substrate having translucency having translucency; a dispersion medium positioned between the pair of electrodes; and first particles and second particles being dispersed in the dispersion medium and having different colors and different charge polarities, the first particles and the second particles electrophoretically moving independently from each other when a first voltage potential difference is applied between the pair of electrodes, and the first particles and the second particles electrophoretically moving while forming a positively or negatively charged flocculation when a second voltage potential difference that is smaller than the first voltage potential difference is applied between the pair of electrodes. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175940 | PROJECTION DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A projection display apparatus includes: an imager configured to modulate light emitted from a light source; a projection unit configured to project light coming from the imager on a projection plane; a detection unit configured to detect a projection frame provided on the projection plane; and an imager controller configured to control the imager so that a position of an image projected on the projection plane is moved in a projectable range within which the projection unit is able to project an image. The imager controller controls the imager so that the image projected on the projection plane fits within the projection frame. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175941 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In an image signal writing period, a first image signal is supplied to a first liquid crystal element and a first capacitor from a signal line. In a backlight lighting period, display is performed in a light-transmitting pixel portion in response to the first image signal. In a black grayscale signal writing period, a signal for black display is supplied to a second liquid crystal element and a second capacitor from the signal line in the reflective pixel portion. In a still image signal writing period, a second image signal is supplied to the first liquid crystal element, the first capacitor, the second liquid crystal element, and the second capacitor from the signal line. In a still image signal holding period, display is performed in the reflective pixel portion in response to the second image signal. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175942 | Gamma Reference Voltage Output Circuit of Source Driver - A gamma reference voltage output circuit of a source driver includes a reference voltage generation unit configured to divide power supply voltages by using resistors which are connected in series, and generate a plurality of gamma reference voltages; a gamma buffer unit having a plurality of gamma buffers which selectively output, through internal switching operations, gamma reference voltages needed by a plurality of gamma voltage generation units; and the plurality of gamma voltage generation units configured to divide the gamma reference voltages which are inputted from the gamma buffer unit, by using resistors which are connected in series, in conformity with a required mode and output divided gamma voltages. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175943 | Gamma Voltage Output Circuit of Source Driver - A gamma voltage output circuit of a source driver includes a reference voltage generation unit configured to generate upper and lower reference voltages; and upper and lower gamma buffers configured to stabilize and output the reference voltages. The lower gamma buffers include a first gamma buffer having a first operational amplifier which operates as a rail amplifier in a region between a positive power supply voltage and a ground voltage to receive a first lower reference voltage of a positive voltage region and output a first gamma voltage of the positive voltage region, and the upper gamma buffers include a second gamma buffer having a second operational amplifier which operates as a rail amplifier in a region between the ground voltage and a negative power supply voltage to receive a first upper reference voltage of a negative voltage region and output a second gamma voltage of the negative voltage region. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175944 | CONTROL SYSTEM FOR MAINTAINING COLOR OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - A control system is used for maintaining color of a display device, wherein the color is g formed by brightness of a first, second and a third color elements. The first, second and the third color elements have a first brightness, second brightness and a third brightness respectively and a luminance ratio of the first brightness, second brightness and the third brightness. The control system comprises a light-detecting member, a processing unit and a light source driver. The light-detecting member is used for detecting brightness of the first, second and the third color elements. The processing unit is used for calculating a first attenuation brightness of the first color element, second attenuation brightness of the second color element and a third attenuation brightness of the third color element. The light source driver is used for adjusting brightness of the first, second and the third color elements when the first attenuation brightness reaches a first compensated brightness of the first color element, the processing unit controls the light source driver to respectively adjust the first, second and the third brightness into a first, second and the third default brightness based on the first default brightness and the luminance ratio of the first brightness, second brightness and the third brightness, wherein, the difference of brightness between the first brightness and the first default brightness is the first compensated brightness. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175945 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The driving system and methods of the present invention enable interruption of updating images. The system and methods not only have the advantage that they can prevent overdriving of an electrophoretic display, but they also allow updating images in the highest speed possible. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175946 | Transflective liquid crystal display device and method of fabricating the same - A transflective liquid crystal display device. A first substrate having viewing and peripheral areas is provided. The viewing area comprises transmissive and reflective regions. A backlight device is disposed under the first substrate, used to provide a backlight passing through the transmissive region. A power management controller connects the backlight device to control an intensity of the backlight. At least one photodetector is formed on the first substrate in the peripheral area, wherein the photodetector detects an intensity of ambient light above the first substrate, and then provides a corresponding signal to the power management controller to control the intensity of the backlight. According to the invention, the intensity of the backlight automatically becomes greater when the intensity of the ambient light becomes lower, and the intensity of the backlight automatically becomes lower when the intensity of the ambient light becomes greater. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175947 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING IMAGE STITCH-IN PHENOMENON - A method for improving image stitch-in phenomenon is disclosed. The method includes the following steps. First, at least a first gray-scale line is inserted into the position of a corresponding number of scan line(s) in a frame. Then, at least a second gray-scale line is inserted into the position of a corresponding number of scan line(s) in the next frame. By inserting gray-scale line(s) into different positions sequentially, the image stitch-in phenomenon will not appear when changing a picture that has been displayed for a long time. The present invention can also improve the stitch-in phenomenon happening in an electronic photo frame and a liquid crystal display as well. Thus, the present invention is able to match the demand of human vision and improves the quality of visual display. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175948 | ORNAMENTAL DISPLAY - An ornamental display device having an interferometric modulator for displaying an ornamental image. The ornamental device may also have a signal receiver configured to receive an external signal. The ornamental device may further have a processor configured to control an image on the display based on the external signal. The external signal is emitted from a controller configured to control a plurality of ornamental devices to display coordinated images. The ornamental device may have a patterned diffuser formed on a transparent substrate to provide an ornamental image or information. The ornamental device may be a piece of jewelry or an article that may be worn. The image displayed may have an iridescent appearance. A controller may also be used to control images displayed on multiple ornamental device to provide coordinated images based on externals received or pre-programmed images. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175949 | Power Management For Modulated Backlights - Power levels of a backlight are adjusted in a number of ways and based on a number of criteria. The adjustments result in a lower power consumption and, in some cases, may enhance audience attention to important objects in a scene. The adjustments comprise, for example, a combination of ramping down power (lowering final display brightness) in concert with corresponding compensatory LCD adjustments (increasing final display brightness). The adjustments may also include, for example, system dimming after ramp down/LCD adjustments are exhausted, or the shifting of an LDR2HDR curve. | 07-21-2011 |
20110175950 | ILLUMINATING APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS PROVIDED WITH THE SAME - Provided is an illuminating apparatus wherein luminosity deterioration of illuminating light can be suppressed. An illuminating apparatus ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110175951 | ILLUMINATING APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED THEREWITH - Provided is an illuminating apparatus wherein a time for correcting the color of illuminating light can be shortened. The illuminating apparatus ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110175952 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING SAME - An illumination device is provided that can reduce decreases in brightness of illumination light. The illumination device ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110181624 | Interactive Publication and Associated Method of Displaying Community-Based Content Therewith - The present disclosure relates generally to an interactive publication with a flexible cover browser and an associated tangible publication each with associated content, and more specifically, to a detachable browser-cover with a flexible computer screen, a proximity sensor, and power cells for enhancing a tangible publication such as a magazine by displaying associated content using a method of displaying community-based content. The disclosure also includes power-saving modes of operation of the detachable browser-cover, management of information within the memory of the device or uploaded from the Internet, and the associated technology. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181625 | BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight assembly includes; a plurality of light source strings which receive a driving voltage to generate a light, a driving circuit including a channel terminal commonly connected to output terminals of the plurality of light source strings and which receives a feedback voltage through the channel terminal to control the driving voltage according to the feedback voltage, and a current detection circuit connected to the output terminals of the plurality of light source strings to receive currents from the plurality of light source strings and which turns off the driving circuit when at least one of the received currents is larger than a predetermined reference current. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181626 | Display device and display driving method - Disclosed herein is a display device including a pixel array configured to include pixel circuits arranged in a matrix having a light emitting element, driving transistor, sampling transistor, and hold capacitor. The display device further includes a signal selector, driving control scanner, and writing scanner. The signal selector alternately carries out supply of a video signal voltage in order from a beginning line to an end line in a unit and supply of a video signal voltage in order from an end line to a beginning line in a unit. The writing scanner outputs the pulse to the writing control lines in such a way that input of a video signal voltage in order from a beginning line to an end line in a unit and input of a video signal voltage in order from an end line to a beginning line in a unit are alternately carried out. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181627 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING LUMINANCE OF A LIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of controlling a luminance of a light source is presented. The method entails generating red, green, blue and white data using red, green and blue data, applying a color weight according to contribution to luminance by each of the red, green, blue and white data to generate pixel luminance data, setting a luminance level of the light source based on the pixel luminance data, determining local information on a pure color block in a frame image by using the pixel luminance data, and adjusting the luminance level of the light source based on the local information on the pure color block. A display device that utilizes such method is also presented. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181628 | POWER-SAVING AND CONTEXT-SHOWING DISPLAY INFORMATION CONVERTING SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING APPARATUS - A context-showing and power-saving display information converting system and a corresponding apparatus are provided for lowering the power consumption of displaying images on a pixel self-emissive display device. The display information converting system includes a context-showing module and a power-saving conversion module. The context-showing module receives display information that describes the content of an image, wherein the display information includes one or more elements, and each element corresponds to a plurality of pixels displayed by a display device. In addition, the context-showing module determines a relevance of the one or more elements according to the viewing interest of the user. The power-saving conversion module converts the display information in unit of the one or more elements according to the relevance and provides the converted display information to the display device. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181629 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device includes: a display section including scan lines, power lines, signal lines, and pixels, each having a light emitting element and a pixel circuit which has a first transistor controlling a current in the light emitting element, and a second transistor writing a voltage on the signal line to the first transistor; and a driver section driving the pixels. Each power line is provided for each unit of pixel rows. The driver section sequentially applies a first pulse signal for inactivating the light emitting element to each of the scan lines in a pixel row unit, and applies one or more second pulse signals for activating the second transistor to at least a scan line corresponding to a pixel row to be inactivated first in the pixel row unit while a non-gray-scale signal is applied to each signal line. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181630 | Active Matrix Displays - This invention relates to active matrix OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) displays, in particular to display panels with integrated negative capacitance circuits and to active capacitance compensation. We describe an active matrix OLED display comprising a glass panel bearing a plurality of lines of OLED pixels, each with an associated active matrix driver circuit having a programming connection for programming a brightness of the associated OLED, programming connections of a line of pixels being connected to a programming line of said display, and wherein said active matrix OLED display further comprises a plurality of capacitors on said glass panel, each having a first plate connected to an end of a respective said programming line and having a second plate for connecting to a negative capacitor circuit to compensate for a capacitance of said programming line. | 07-28-2011 |
20110181631 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel is divided into m (m is an integer of m≧2) sub-pixels, and an area ratio of an s-th (s is an integer of 1 to m) sub-pixel is to be 2 | 07-28-2011 |
20110187752 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight control apparatus is for controlling the luminance of a backlight panel. The backlight control apparatus includes an image analyzer and a mode switch, wherein the image analyzer receives a present frame information and a previous frame information, and compares the received frame information with each other and obtains a variation between the present frame information and the previous frame information. The mode switch receives the variation and sets a displaying mode for adjusting the luminance of the backlight panel according to the variation. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187753 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHARGING OF BATTERY - According to one embodiment, an information processing apparatus includes a first battery, a second battery whose capacity is smaller than capacity of the first battery, a solar battery, a charging circuit, an illumination sensor and a controller. The charging circuit is configured to charge the second battery with power output from the solar battery. The controller is configured to control the charging circuit in accordance with a sensing result of the illumination sensor. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187754 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THREREOF - An organic light emitting display and a method of driving the display are disclosed. The display uses an automatic current limit driving method. The method includes comparing current and previous frames of data to select a peak brightness ratio for displaying the current frame. If the difference between the frames is greater than a threshold, the peak brightness ratio of the previous frame is used for the current frame. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187755 | Single-Chip Display-Driving Circuit, Display Device and Display System Having the Same - Display devices include a display driving circuit, which is configured to generate a source driving signal and a gate driving signal in response to image data and horizontal and vertical sync signals. This display driving circuit includes a resolution-type generator, a timing controller, a source driving circuit and a gate driving circuit. The resolution-type generator is configured to generate a resolution-type signal in response to a resolution selecting code and the timing controller is configured to generate first image data, a source driver control signal and a gate driver control signal in response to the resolution-type signal, the image data and the horizontal and vertical sync signals. The source driving circuit is configured to generate the source driving signal in response to grayscale voltages, the first image data and the source driver control signal. The gate driving circuit is configured to generate the gate driving signal in response to the gate driver control signal. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187756 | DRIVE CONTROL APPARATUS AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY UNIT, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Provided is a drive control apparatus for an electrophoretic display unit which performs drive control on the electrophoretic display unit. If a writing request of a new display image to be displayed on the electrophoretic display unit is detected, before a voltage of a pixel electrode for each pixel, and a common electrode is controlled to have a voltage corresponding to the new display image, a display change preprocessing portion controls the pixel electrode and the common electrode for the pixel displaying the black color to have an equal potential. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187757 | SOURCE DRIVING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY - A source driving apparatus of a display is disclosed. The source driving apparatus includes a digital-to-analog converter, a selecting signal generator and a voltage selector. The digital-to-analog converter receives a first part display signal of a display signal and a plurality of gamma voltages and selects a first selecting gamma voltage and a second selecting gamma voltage within the gamma voltages according to the first part display signal. The selecting signal generator receives a second part display signal of the display signal expect the first part display signal and a plurality of pulse-width-modulation (PWM) signals. The selecting signal generator selects one of the PWM signals to generate a selecting signal according to the second part display signal. The voltage selector outputs the first selecting gamma voltage or the second selecting gamma voltage according to a pulse width of the selecting signal. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187758 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid crystal display device capable of displaying a moving image and a still image, a reduction in contrast due to light scattering in a reflective pixel portion or the like is suppressed and consumed power is reduced. As a driving method of a transflective liquid crystal display device including a plurality of pixels each including a plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and a reflective pixel portion, an image signal for color display is supplied to the plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and a signal for black display is supplied to the reflective pixel portion in a moving-image display period, and an image signal of black-and-white grayscale is supplied to the plurality of light-transmitting pixel portions and the reflective pixel portion in a still-image display period. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187759 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A liquid crystal device includes: a scanning line selecting circuit that selects a plurality of scanning lines in a predetermined order in each of a positive-polarity field and a negative-polarity field; a data line driving circuit that supplies a voltage corresponding to a gray scale of a pixel positioned on a one scanning line to the data line corresponding to the pixel as the data signal; a detection circuit that detects brightness of the pixel positioned on the one scanning line; and a control circuit that controls period lengths of the positive-polarity and negative-polarity fields based on a detection result of the detection circuit such that a difference between brightness of the pixel when the pixel maintains a voltage of the positive polarity and brightness of the pixel when the pixel maintains a voltage of the negative polarity is gradually changed in a predetermined range. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187760 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A backlight control apparatus for controlling luminance of a backlight panel includes an image information memory and a detection and automatic switching circuit. The image information memory is for storing the image information. The detection and automatic switching circuit is for detecting the updated frequency of the updated image information and then sets a displaying mode for adjusting the luminance of the backlight panel according to the updated frequency. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187761 | Display Device - To compensate for a change of light emission intensity caused by deterioration of alight emitting element, provided is a display device including a drive element (T | 08-04-2011 |
20110187762 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A semiconductor device of the invention includes a data line, a power source line, a first scan line, a second scan line, a first transistor, a second transistor, a memory circuit, a third transistor, and a light-emitting element. A gate of the first transistor is connected to the data line, and a first terminal thereof is connected to the power source line; a gate of the second transistor is connected to the first scan line, and a first terminal thereof is connected to a second terminal of the first transistor; the memory circuit is connected to a second terminal of the second transistor and the second scan line; a first terminal of the third transistor is connected to the light-emitting element; and the memory circuit holds a first potential inputted from the power source line or a second potential inputted from the second scan line, and applies the potential to a gate of the third transistor to control emission/non-emission of the light-emitting element. | 08-04-2011 |
20110187763 | DISPLAY AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A display includes: an image data storage unit that stores image data; a display image data generation unit that synthesizes the image data with data of a noise pattern image with no correlation to the image data, and generates display image data; and a display unit that displays an image based on the display image data generated by the display image generation unit, and maintains a display without power supply. | 08-04-2011 |
20110193884 | Set Color Level According To Origin - In one embodiment a system includes a source. The source can include a source port to transmit video data from the source. The source port can also receive origin data from a display device. The source can include a controller to compare an origin of the display device to an origin in the source and set the color levels for the video data based on the origin. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193885 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - Disclosed herein is an organic light emitting display. The organic light emitting display is configured to include: a first transistor that receives a data signal from a data line in response to a scan signal from a scan signal line; a first capacitor that is charged with voltage corresponding to the data signal; a driving transistor that controls driving current supplied from a first power supply by corresponding to a voltage value charged in the first capacitor; a second transistor that connects or blocks the driving current transmitted through the driving transistor in response to an emission control signal from an emission control line; an organic light emitting diode that is connected between the second transistor and a second power supply and generates light corresponding to the driving current supplied from the driving transistor; and a reverse bias voltage applying module that reverses the polarity of the voltage supplied to the driving transistor simultaneously with applying reverse bias voltage to the organic light emitting diode in response to a reverse bias applying signal. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193886 | Organic light emitting display and method of driving the same - An organic light emitting display includes pixels positioned at intersections between data lines and scan lines, a data change unit receiving first data of i (i is a natural number) bits to generate second data of j (j is a natural number equal to or larger than i) bits so that a desired gamma value is realized, a gamma voltage unit for generating gray scale voltages corresponding to l (l is a natural number larger than i) bits, and a data driver for selecting one of the gray scale voltages as a data signal to correspond to the second data and for supplying the data signal to the data line. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193887 | TRANSFORMER, CIRCUIT BOARD HAVING THE TRANSFORMER, AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE CIRCUIT BOARD - A transformer including; a bobbin, a coil wound to the bobbin, a core inserted within the bobbin and a soldering pin disposed connected to the bobbin, wherein the soldering pin has at least one first hole. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193888 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image characteristic judgement circuit analyzes input image data and obtains first brightness data indicating brightness of a backlight within a single vertical period and image characteristic data corresponding to the first brightness data. In at least one embodiment, an image data conversion circuit performs conversion to the input image data according to the image characteristic data and outputs the image data after the conversion to a liquid crystal panel. A period-by-period brightness calculation circuit obtains, based on the first brightness data, second brightness data indicating brightness of the backlight within each of a plurality of periods into which the single vertical period is divided. A brightness setting circuit | 08-11-2011 |
20110193889 | Backlight unit, liquid crystal display device, data generating method, data generating program and recording medium - Provided are a backlight unit and a liquid crystal display device including the backlight unit mounted therein. In at least one embodiment of the backlight unit, a process control section performs correction processing to a light source red image signal of a red LED chip, by using an LUT, based on the relationship between the light source red image signal and luminance of the red LED chip. Furthermore, correction processing is performed by using an LUT, based on a light source green image signal of a green LED chip different from the red LED chip. The light source red image signal becomes a new light source red image signal. In the backlight unit, luminance nonuniformity and chromaticity nonuniformity due to the fact that one LED chip is affected by instantaneous heat generated by other LED chip are reduced. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193890 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed are a backlight unit and a display device. The backlight unit includes alight emitting module including a plurality of light emitting devices; a controller for controlling an operation of the light emitting module; a light guide plate disposed at one side of the light emitting module; and an optical member disposed on or under the light guide plate. The light emitting module includes a first light emitting device and a second light emitting device. Light linearity of the first light emitting device is superior to light linearity of the second light emitting device, and a light orientation angle of the first light emitting device is smaller than a light orientation angle of the second light emitting device. The controller selectively drives the first and second light emitting devices. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193891 | Three-Dimensional Image Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - A three dimensional image display device includes a display panel and shutter glasses. White image data is displayed during a white image data input period which is disposed before an input period of left eye image data or an input period of right eye image data. As a result, the luminance of a three dimensional image display device may be increased. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193892 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method to reduce power consumption, and to simplify the process of manufacturing the display device by configuring a driver made of PMOS transistors, is disclosed. The display device includes a display unit and a light emission driver. The display unit includes scan lines for transmitting scan signals, data lines for transmitting data signals, light emitting signal lines for transmitting light emitting signals, and pixels coupled to the scan lines, data lines, and light emitting signal lines. The light emission driver is for receiving a partial driving selection signal for selecting one of a normal driving mode or a partial driving mode, an area selection signal for dividing the display unit into a display area and a non-display area, a synchronization signal generated in synchronization with a vertical synchronization signal, and first and second light emitting clock signals, for outputting the light emitting signals. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193893 | PROJECTOR FOR ACHIEVING A WIDE VARIETY OF GRADATION AND COLOR REPRESENTATION, PROJECTION SYSTEM, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A projector, includes: an illumination device that radiates plural colors of light in a time-sharing manner; a reflective optical modulator that forms, based on input image information, an optical image for each of the plural colors of light radiated from the illumination device in a time-sharing manner; a projection optical device that projects the optical images of the plural colors of light formed by the reflective optical modulator; and a controller that controls the illumination device and the reflective optical modulator, the controller including: an image information analyzer that analyzes the input image information; and an illumination time controller that dynamically changes and controls illumination time of the plural colors of light by the illumination device based on an analysis result by the image information analyzer. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193894 | Pulse Width Modulation Algorithm - In display systems employing spatial light modulators, the OFF-state light from OFF-state pixels of the spatial light modulator can be captured and directed back to the pixels of the spatial light modulator so as to recycle the OFF-state light in the display system. Bitplanes derived from the desired image to be produced are calibrated to include the recycled off-state light to properly produce the desired image using the display system. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193895 | High Dynamic Range Display with Rear Modulator Control - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to computer-based image processing, and more particularly, to systems, computer-readable mediums, methods, and apparatuses to operate a rear modulator in a high dynamic range display to, among other things, characterize input images into pixel characteristics which may be data-reduced representations of a group of pixels corresponding to the input image, and to relate a modulation value intensity image to a weighted combination of the pixel characteristics. The modulation value intensity image may be used to derive a rear modulator drive signal, which, turn, may be configured to control one or more modulating elements to generate a low resolution image of the input image at the rear modulator. | 08-11-2011 |
20110193896 | Backlight Simulation at Reduced Resolutions to Determine Spatial Modulation of Light for High Dynamic Range Images - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to generating images with an enhanced range of brightness levels, and more particularly, to facilitating high dynamic range imaging by adjusting pixel data and/or using predicted values of luminance, for example, at different resolutions. In at least one embodiment, a method generates an image with an enhanced range of brightness levels. The method can include accessing a model of backlight that includes data representing values of luminance for a number of first samples. The method also can include inverting the values of luminance, as well as upsampling inverted values of luminance to determine upsampled values of luminance. Further, the method can include scaling pixel data for a number of second samples by the upsampled values of luminance to control a modulator to generate an image. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199395 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATION OF NON-UNIFORMITIES IN LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE DISPLAYS - A system and method for operating a display at a constant luminance even as some of the pixels in the display are degraded over time. Each pixel in the display is configured to emit light when a voltage is supplied to the pixel's driving circuit, which causes a current to flow through a light emitting element. Degraded pixels are compensated by supplying their respective driving circuits with greater voltages. The display data is scaled by a compression factor less than one to reserve some voltage levels for compensating degraded pixels. As pixels become more degraded, and require additional compensation, the compression factor is decreased to reserve additional voltage levels for use in compensation. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE FOR SELF-LUMINESCENCE DISPLAY - A method of displaying an image for a self-luminescence display includes determining loads by channels of an input image frame, estimating a display brightness of the input image frame using a relationship between the loads predetermined by channels and a change of the display brightness, correcting a luminance value of the image frame to correspond to the estimated brightness, and displaying the luminance-corrected image frame. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199397 | LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVING METHOD, AND SOURCE DRIVER AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - Provided are a method of driving a liquid crystal panel which prevents unintended digital image data from being displayed on a liquid crystal panel when power is provided or interrupted, and a source driver and a liquid crystal display apparatus. The source driver includes output buffers; output pads; and a switching unit which is disposed between the output buffers and the output pads and controls an electrical connection state of the output pads. If a level up or a level down of a power voltage occurs, the switching unit prevents output signals of the output buffers from being transmitted to the liquid crystal panel via corresponding output pads and performs at least one of a charge sharing operation for connecting the output pads to each other and a discharging operation for providing a discharge path from the output pads to a ground terminal, in a preset period. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199398 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus of the present invention includes: a display panel; a storage unit that stores a plurality of correction values which are used for correction processing for decreasing brightness variation; a correction unit; and a control unit, wherein the control unit divides the display panel into a plurality of sub-areas, calculates, for each sub-area, a select block gradation value, and executes, for each sub-area, a control to read correction values, which are used for calculating a correction value corresponding to the select block gradation value, out of the plurality of correction values, using the correction unit, and the correction unit calculates, for each sub-area, a correction value corresponding to the select block gradation value using the read correction values, and converts gradation values of video signals in the sub-area using the calculated correction value. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199399 | Liquid crystal display device - In a liquid crystal display device performing multi-picture element driving, gate OFF timing of a switching element connected between each sub picture element and a signal line is matched with phase timing when all the subsidiary capacity wires are at the same potential. This prevents the occurrence of uneven luminance appearing in a lateral streak. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199400 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING MODULE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Gradation wiring lines of positive polarity included in a (m)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity and gradation wiring lines of positive polarity included in a (m+1)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity are alternately provided. Gradation wiring lines of negative polarity included in a (m′)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity and gradation wiring lines of negative polarity included in a (m′+1)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity are alternately provided. First −(n) th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity include (m)th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity or on one end side of a direction where the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity extend and connected to the (m)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity, and (m+1)th resistance dividing circuits of positive polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity or on the other end side of the direction where the gradation wiring lines of positive polarity extend and connected to the (m+1)th group of wiring lines of positive polarity. First −(n′)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity include (m′)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity or on one end side of a direction where the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity extend and connected to the (m′)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity, and (m′+1)th resistance dividing circuits of negative polarity provided between the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity or on the other end side of the direction where the gradation wiring lines of negative polarity extend and connected to the (m′+1)th group of wiring lines of negative polarity. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199401 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device | 08-18-2011 |
20110199402 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEMS, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICES, AND OPTICAL SHUTTERS - An image display system includes display element | 08-18-2011 |
20110205249 | DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR FABRICATING THE SAME - A repair step of repairing a pixel resulting in a defective bright spot so as to display the pixel in black is included. In the repair step, a drain portion of a TFT of the pixel resulting in the defective bright spot is shorted to a corresponding gate line, and in the pixel resulting in the defective bright spot, a semiconductor layer portion of the TFT is cut to allow electrical isolation between a corresponding source line and the corresponding gate line. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205250 | Organic Light Emitting Display and Driving Method Thereof - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display comprises: an OLED; a driving transistor for supplying driving current to the OLED; a data line for transmitting a corresponding data signal to the driving transistor; a first transistor having a first electrode connected to one electrode of the OLED and a second electrode connected to the data line; and a second transistor having a first electrode connected to the data line and a second electrode connected a gate electrode of the driving transistor, wherein the first transistor, the second transistor, and the driving transistor are turned on, a first current and a second current are respectively sunk in a path of driving current from the driving transistor to the OLED through the data line, and a threshold voltage and mobility of the driving transistor are calculated by receiving a first voltage and a second voltage applied to the gate electrode of the driving transistor corresponding to sinking of the first current and the second current through the second transistor and the data line, and the data signal transmitted to the data line is compensated. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205251 | PASSIVE EYEWEAR STEREOSCOPIC VIEWING SYSTEM WITH FREQUENCY SELECTIVE EMITTER - An electronic display device includes a frequency selective light source configured to generate light having a first spectral range of visible light and a second spectral range of visible light. The second spectral range of visible light is distinct from the first spectral range of visible light. The device has a plurality of sequentially updatable picture elements, and at least one of the picture elements is optically aligned with the frequency selective light source such that the light generated by the frequency selective light source provides illumination to the picture element. The device further includes a display device controller coupled to the frequency selective light source, which is configured to select, in response to an update of at least one of the picture elements, one of the first spectral range of visible light and the second spectral range of visible light, to be provided by the frequency selective light source. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205252 | Display device, driving method of display device, and driving method of display element - Disclosed herein is a driving method of a display device. The display device includes display elements arranged in a form of a two-dimensional matrix and each have a driving circuit and a light emitting section. The driving circuit includes a driving transistor having a gate electrode and source/drain regions and a capacitance section, and a current flowing through the light emitting section via the source/drain regions of the driving transistor. The driving method includes the step of performing a first writing process, a second writing process, and then setting the gate electrode of the driving transistor in a floating state. A current corresponding to a value of a voltage retained in the capacitance section for retaining a voltage of the gate electrode of the driving transistor with respect to a source region of the driving transistor flows through the light emitting section, so that the light emitting section emits light. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205253 | Method and Device for the True-to-Original Representation of Colors on Screens - The invention relates to a method and a device for screen calibration for the true-to-original reproduction of surface colors, the spectral reflection distribution of which is known, wherein by setting parameters the screen can be influenced using software and an electronic controller in each partial region of the screen. The invention is characterized in that an observer adapts the reproduced color impression of the screen to the color impression of an original in each partial region of the screen, wherein the original is compared to the screen colors immediately thereafter on the screen surface and the screen parameters are varied until the color impressions of the original and of the screen appear identical to the observer on the respectively viewed partial screen, viewed from a predefined observer angle, and the settings performed are stored in a screen profile. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205254 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - To suppress deterioration of quality of a still image displayed with a reduced refresh rate. A liquid crystal display device includes a display portion that is controlled by a driver circuit and includes normally white mode (or normally black mode) liquid crystals, and a timing controller for controlling the driver circuit. The timing controller is supplied with an image signal for displaying a moving image and an image signal for displaying a still image. The absolute value of a voltage applied to the liquid crystals in order to express black (or white) in an image corresponding to the image signal for displaying the still image is larger than that of a voltage applied to the liquid crystals in order to express black (or white) in an image corresponding to the image signal for displaying the moving image. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205255 | Organic electroluminescence display device and method for driving the same - In an organic electroluminescence display device ( | 08-25-2011 |
20110205256 | Display device - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a display device includes a backlight unit that is divided into a plurality of blocks and is driven by the divided blocks, and includes at least one optical assembly, a display panel positioned over the backlight unit, a controller that outputs local dimming values corresponding to brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit, in accordance with an image displayed in the display panel, and a BLU driver that controls brightness of the blocks of the backlight unit using the local dimming values. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205257 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A semiconductor device includes: an LCD controller configured to output a plurality of image signals in parallel; a plurality of signal lines respectively corresponding to the plurality of image signals to be outputted in parallel; a plurality of terminal portions respectively connected to the plurality of signal lines; and delay circuits configured to delay a plurality of image signals, which are divided into a plurality of groups to the extent that the sum of each value of a current flowing through each signal line does not exceed a predetermined current value and outputted from a plurality of terminal portions, by a predetermined delay time from each other among the plurality of groups. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205258 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD, LUMINANCE CONTROL PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An LED controller ( | 08-25-2011 |
20110205259 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING DISPLAY MODES - A field sequential display includes at least two lamps which output different colors and a controller. The controller is configured for receiving information from a host device in which the field sequential display is incorporated, selecting, based on the received information, a display mode from a plurality of preset display modes, and outputting signals indicating brightness levels with which to illuminate the at least two lamps based on the selected display mode. | 08-25-2011 |
20110210988 | Liquid crystal display device - In a liquid crystal display device, both of the brightness characteristic and the chromaticity characteristic are set to optimum values. In the liquid crystal display device which includes a liquid crystal display panel, a data driver, a scanning driver and a display control circuit, the display control circuit includes a first circuit which generates insertion display data which differs from the image display data and inserts the display data into the data driver, and a second circuit which sets a first time at which the scanning signal for displaying the display data and a second time at which the scanning signal for displaying the insertion display data are outputted. The first circuit generates display data of one chromatic color and, at the same time, sets gradations of chromatic color for every frame period. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210989 | System and Method for Optical Frequency Conversion - A system and method for optical frequency conversion having asymmetric output include a coherent light apparatus. The coherent light apparatus includes a coherent light source that produces a first coherent light, a frequency converter optically coupled to the coherent light source, and a coupling optic optically coupled between the coherent light source and the frequency converter. The frequency converter converts the first coherent light to a second coherent light at a second frequency and includes an asymmetric frequency converter (AFC) that nonlinearly converts the first coherent light to the second coherent light with the frequency conversion being more efficient in a first direction than in a second direction. A resonant cavity formed about the AFC circulates the first coherent light and transmits the second coherent light propagating in the first direction. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210990 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY, DISPLAY PANEL, AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A light emitting display including data lines for transmitting data voltages, scan lines for selecting select signals, and pixel circuits. The pixel circuit is coupled to a data line and a scan line. The pixel circuit includes a transistor including first, second, and third electrodes, wherein the third electrode outputs a current corresponding to a voltage between the first and second electrodes. A light emitting element coupled to the third electrode emits light corresponding to the current outputted by the third electrode. A first switch transmits a data voltage in response to a select signal from the scan line. A voltage compensator receives the data voltage transmitted by the first switch and a second power supply voltage and applies a compensated data voltage based on the data voltage, a first power supply voltage and the second power supply voltage to the first electrode of the transistor. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210991 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - Display luminance is uniformized and the brightness is enhanced. A plasma display device has image signal processing circuit including loading correction part. The loading correction part has: number of lit cells calculator for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit in each display electrode pair, in each subfield; load value calculator for calculating a load value of each discharge cell, according to the calculation result in number of lit cells calculator; correction gain calculator for calculating a correction gain of each discharge cell, according to the position of the discharge cell and the calculation result in load value calculator, such that the correction gain is smaller in the central portion than in the peripheral portion on the plasma display panel's image display surface; and corrector for subtracting the multiplication result of the output from correction gain calculator and an input image signal, from the input image signal. | 09-01-2011 |
20110210992 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - The image display quality is improved by uniforming the display luminance. For that purpose, the plasma display device has a plasma display panel, and image signal processing circuit. Image signal processing circuit includes loading correcting section. Section includes number-of-lit-cells calculating section for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit for each display electrode pair in each subfield, load value calculating section for calculating the load value of each discharge cell based on the calculation result by number-of-lit-cells calculating section, correction gain calculating section for calculating the correction gain of each discharge cell based on the calculation result by load value calculating section and the positions of the discharge cells, and correcting section for subtracting, from an input image signal, the result derived by multiplying the input image signal by the output from correction gain calculating section. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216096 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a presentation unit, a setting unit and a control unit. The presentation unit is configured to produce a light flux including image information and to presenting the light flux to an eye of a human viewer. The setting unit is configured to receive luminance information to set a luminance of the light flux to be a first luminance, the first luminance being set by the human viewer. The control unit is configured to control the presentation unit to change the luminance of the light flux, the control unit controlling the presentation unit to make the luminance of the light flux to be a second luminance lower than the first luminance based on the luminance information received by the setting unit. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216097 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display device capable of reducing power consumption within a range in which an image quality is not lowered, and a method of driving the OLED display device. The OLED display device includes: an image analyzer for obtaining an emission ratio and a saturation of an input source image, the emission ratio indicating light-emitted degrees of pixels constituting the input source image; an emission ratio adjuster for adjusting the emission ratio according to the saturation; a brightness adjuster for adjusting the brightness of the input source image according to the adjusted emission ratio; a data driver for establishing a data voltage of a data signal corresponding to the input source image based on the adjusted original brightness; and a pixel unit including an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), the pixel unit being configured to establish a driving current according to the data voltage. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216098 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a display device and a driving method thereof. A display device according to exemplary embodiments of the present invention includes: a signal controller to process an input image signal and an input control signal to control output of a digital image signal; a gray voltage generator to generate a gray reference voltage; and a data driver to generate gray voltages based on the gray reference voltage from the gray voltage generator, to receive the digital image signal, and to output a portion selected from the generated gray voltages as a data voltage, wherein the gray reference voltage includes a first gray reference voltage for the input image signal and a second gray reference voltage for an insertion gray, and the gray voltage generator generates one of the first gray reference voltage or the second gray reference voltage according to the selection signal included in the control signal to be provided to the data driver. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216099 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, which has a plurality of pixels where an electrophoretic layer is interposed between a first electrode and a second electrode, including supplying a first voltage pulse with one polarity of the first polarity and the second polarity to the first pixel in a first display state; supplying a second voltage pulse with the other polarity of the first polarity and the second polarity to the first pixel; supplying a third voltage pulse, which has the same polarity as the polarity of the first voltage pulse and has a duration different from a duration of the first voltage pulse, to a second pixel which is in the first display state; and supplying the second voltage pulse to the second pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216100 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, where a first display state and a second display state are respectively selected as a display state of one pixel by applying a voltage with a positive polarity or a negative polarity, and a halftone between the first display state and the second display state is selected according to a total duration of the negative polarity voltage applied to a pixel in the first display state, including setting a display state of the one pixel to the first display state; applying a compensating voltage pulse with the positive polarity to the one pixel; and applying a first driving voltage pulse with the negative polarity to the one pixel; wherein, the applying of the compensating voltage pulse is executed between the setting of the display state and the applying of the first driving voltage pulse. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216101 | DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND CONTROLLER - A driving method of an electrophoretic display device, which has a plurality of pixels where an electrophoretic layer is interposed between a first electrode and a second electrode, including supplying a first voltage pulse with one polarity of a first polarity or a second polarity to a first pixel in a third display state between a first display state and a second display state, supplying a second voltage pulse with the other polarity of the first polarity or the second polarity to the first pixel, supplying a third voltage pulse, which has the same polarity as the polarity of the first voltage pulse and has a duration different from a duration of the first voltage pulse, to a second pixel which is in the third display state, and supplying the second voltage pulse to the second pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216102 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for reducing power consumption in an electronic device that supports an Active Matrix Organic Light Emitting Diode (AMOLED) are provided. In the method, a color value to be displayed is determined for each pixel of a screen. A brightness value of a color value corresponding to a color section set in advance among color values of respective pixels are changed. After the brightness values are changed, a screen display is performed by spontaneously emitting light depending on the color value of each pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216103 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a liquid crystal display device using line inversion driving for inverting the polarity of gray scale voltage every N lines. The display device includes: drain lines extending in a first direction and arranged in parallel in a second direction; gate lines extending in the second direction and arranged in parallel in the first direction; a pixel electrode formed in a pixel area; and a common electrode disposed opposite to the pixel electrode. An image signal after polarity inversion is input to the pixels adjacent to each other in the first direction in every N-th line. A first pixel electrode is provided in pixels at least in one line to which the image signal immediately after polarity inversion is input. A second pixel electrode is provided in the other pixels. The area of the first pixel electrode is larger than the second pixel electrode to prevent display quality degradation. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216104 | DRIVING METHODS FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The driving system and methods of the present invention enable interruption of updating images. The system and methods have the advantage that they not only can speed up the updating process when more than one command is received consecutively in a short period of time, but also can provide a more smooth transition visually during the updating process. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216105 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE HAVING WAVELENGTH CONVERSION AND SEPARATION MEANS, AND PROJECTOR - A light source device includes a light source unit emitting light of a first wavelength and a wavelength converting element converting light of the first wavelength into light of a second wavelength. An external mirror transmits light of the second wavelength toward an emission destination and reflects light of the first wavelength to resonate between the light source unit and the external mirror. A wavelength separating section transmits light converted from the first wavelength to the second wavelength while traveling from the external mirror to the light source unit and reflects light of the first wavelength in order to separate the different wavelength light. A turnback section reflects light of the second wavelength separated by the wavelength separating section toward the emission destination. In addition, the wavelength separating section reflects light of the first wavelength from the light source unit to travel toward the wavelength converting element. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216106 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - In a display device including: a display space provided on a display surface side; and a conductive liquid sealed inside the display space so as to be operable, which is constituted so as to be able to change a display color on the display surface side according to an application of an electric field to the conductive liquid, a power source portion, a first driving circuit that is connected to the power source portion, and allows the conductive liquid to flow into an inside of the display space according to a voltage applied by the power source portion, and a second driving circuit that is connected to the power source portion, and allows the conductive liquid to flow out of the inside of the display space according to a voltage applied by the power source portion are provided. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216107 | VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - A video display apparatus displays videos corresponding to a plurality of directions of observation respectively and includes a display device. A control unit controls a scan timing so that a sum of a video scanning period from an upper end to a lower end of the display device concerning one video input into the display device and a response period in the lower end of the display device is smaller than a field period of the video. The control unit allows an illumination system to emit light between the end of the response period of the lower end and the start of scanning of the next video in the upper end of the display device. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216108 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD - Display luminance is uniformized to enhance image display quality. A sustain pulse generating circuit generates sustain pulses by selecting any one of a plurality of driving patterns, according to an all-cell light-emitting rate and a partial light-emitting rate. A loading correction part of the image signal processing circuit includes: number of lit cells calculator for calculating the number of discharge cells to be lit in each display electrode pair, in each subfield; load value calculator for calculating a load value of each discharge cell, according to the calculation result in number of lit cells calculator; correction gain calculator for calculating a correction gain of each discharge cell, according the calculation result in load value calculator, the driving pattern selected, and the position of the discharge cell; and corrector for correcting an input image signal, according to the output from correction gain calculator. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216109 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A multiple primary color display device which suppresses the reduction in the display quality when an input signal corresponding to green in an sRGB color space is input from outside is provided. A display device according to the present invention has a pixel defined by a plurality of sub pixels. The plurality of sub pixels include at least a red sub pixel for displaying red, a green sub pixel for displaying green, a blue sub pixel for displaying blue, and a yellow sub pixel for displaying yellow. When an input signal corresponding to green in the sRGB color space is input from outside, the display device according to the present invention provides display using the yellow sub pixel in addition to the green sub pixel. | 09-08-2011 |
20110221784 | TEST DEVICE FOR DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF TESTING THE SAME - A test device for a display panel and a method of testing the same are provided. The test device for a display panel includes a luminance measurement unit that measures a luminance value of a display panel including a plurality of pixels, and a controller that determines a voltage value of a data signal corresponding to a target luminance value, receives a measured luminance value of a pixel to which the data signal is supplied from the luminance measurement unit from among the plurality of pixels, compares the measured luminance value and the target luminance value, and outputs a control signal that changes a first power source voltage value supplied from a power source voltage supply unit to the pixel until the measured luminance value does not coincide with the target luminance value. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221785 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the backlight unit. The backlight unit includes light sources, light guide plates, and a bottom cover. The light sources emit light in a first direction. The light guide plates have first sides spaced a predetermined distance in the first direction from each other and facing each other. The light guide plates at least partially overlap each other. The light emitted from the light source is incident in the first direction to the first side and emitted in a second direction crossing the first direction. The bottom cover receives the light source and the light guide plate and includes a side border facing a second side of the light guide plate spaced apart from the first side of the light guide plate by an extension length of the light guide plate in the first direction. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221786 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A liquid crystal display device of at least one embodiment of the present invention includes a TN-mode liquid crystal display panel which is constituted by pixels of three colors (red, green, and blue) and a color filter. A thickness of a liquid crystal layer (cell thickness) is determined on a basis of a retardation value of green light or red light, which has a larger wavelength than blue having shortest wavelength among the three colors. A display data switching circuit carries out gradation conversion of shifting input gradation values to lower gradation values with respect to image data supplied to pixels of blue. Thus, grayscale inversion is prevented. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention produces an effect of improving transmittance of pixels of colors having wavelengths other than the wavelength of blue. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221787 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel, the display panel comprising a plurality of color pixels, each of the color pixels comprising a cholesteric liquid crystal layer, the method including; generating a plurality of color sub-data from color data using a spatial division grayscale algorithm and converting the color sub-data into a data voltages to be provided to the color pixels | 09-15-2011 |
20110221788 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND PICTURE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section including light emission subsections; a liquid crystal display panel modulating, based on an input picture signal, light emitted from each light emission subsection to display pictures through switching of picture streams from one to another in order; and a display control section including a divisional-drive processing section generating a light emission pattern signal for the light emission subsections and a divisional-drive picture signal based on the input picture signal. The display control section performs a light emission drive on the light emission subsection with use of the light emission pattern signal and performs a display drive on the liquid crystal display panel with use of the divisional-drive picture signal. The divisional-drive processing section determines a logical-OR picture of the picture streams, and generates the light emission pattern signal and the divisional-drive picture signal with use of the logical-OR picture. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221789 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A light emitting device includes a pixel circuit and a data line provided between a first substrate and a second substrate opposed to each other. The pixel circuit includes a first circuit and a second circuit, the first circuit includes a first light emitting element and a first driving transistor connected in series to each other, and a first switching element provided between a gate of the first transistor and the data line, and outgoing light of the first light emitting element is output from the first substrate side. The second circuit includes a second light emitting element and a second driving transistor connected in series to each other, and a first switching element provided between a gate of the second driving transistor and the data line, and outgoing light of the second light emitting element is output from the second substrate side. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221790 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal display panel, a backlight having at least one light-emitting diode, and an LED drive circuit for driving the at least one light-emitting diode. The LED drive circuit includes a constant voltage circuit for controlling a voltage outputted from an output terminal in such a manner that a voltage inputted to a feedback terminal becomes a constant voltage, and means for driving the at least one light-emitting diode connected to the output terminal of the constant voltage circuit by a constant current. The LED drive circuit has at least one diode provided in a feedback path lying between the output terminal of the constant voltage circuit and the feedback terminal. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221791 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes pixel circuits, a power supply line, and a data line for supplying a data signal to the pixel circuits. The pixel circuits each include a light emitting element, a drive transistor for controlling light emission of the light emitting element, a storage capacitor provided between the data line and a gate electrode of the drive transistor, a both-end connection switch for connecting both ends of the storage capacitor to each other, and a current interruption switch for interrupting a path of a current flowing from the power supply line through the both-end connection switch. Before the data signal is supplied to each of the pixel circuits, the both-end connection switch connects the both ends of the storage capacitor to each other, and the current interruption switch is disconnected. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221792 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - A liquid crystal device includes: a pixel for outputting a specified color light, which is provided with liquid crystals and an electrode for driving the liquid crystals and outputs light of the specified color; a pixel for controlling luminance and color purity, which outputs a control light for controlling the luminance and the color purity of the output light of the specified color; and a driving unit driving the pixel for outputting a specified color light, and the pixel for controlling luminance and color purity based on brightness information that indicates the brightness of an external environmental light. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221793 | ADJUSTABLE DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS IN AN AUGMENTED REALITY EYEPIECE - This disclosure concerns an interactive head-mounted eyepiece with an integrated processor for handling content for display and an integrated image source for introducing the content to an optical assembly through which the user views a surrounding environment and the displayed content. The optical assembly includes an electrochromic layer that provides a display characteristic adjustment that is dependent on displayed content requirements and surrounding environmental conditions. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221794 | Electrophoresis display device and driving method thereof - Provided are an electrophoresis display device and a driving method thereof. The electrophoresis display device includes a display unit and a frame buffer-free display controller. The frame buffer-free display controller is configured to generate a plurality of derived frames in real-time based on a frame and a plurality of reference values displayed by the display unit. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221795 | BACKLIGHT CONTROLLER FOR DRIVING LIGHT SOURCES - A backlight controller for driving multiple light emitting diode (LED) strings includes feedback circuitry, phase array circuitry, and encoder circuitry. The feedback circuitry generates multiple feedback signals indicative of currents flowing through the LED strings respectively. The encoder circuitry generates a code signal indicative of a total number of operative LED strings among the multiple LED strings based on the feedback signals. The phase array circuitry generates multiple saw tooth signals according to the code signal. A phase shift amount between two adjacent signals of the saw tooth signals is determined by the total number of the operative LED strings. The phase array circuitry compares each of the saw tooth signals with a dimming control signal to generate multiple phase shift signals so as to respectively control the operative LED strings. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221796 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR DISPLAY METHOD - The color display device includes a colored light generation unit for repetitively generating a plurality of colored lights in a time sequence with a predetermined frequency, and an image generation unit for processing said plurality of colored lights, so as to generate an image corresponding to each of the plurality of colored lights generated in a time sequence. The said predetermined frequency is 180 Hz or more. | 09-15-2011 |
20110221797 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Pixel circuits | 09-15-2011 |
20110227953 | Gray Scale Data Bit Allocation Processing Method Within a Light-Emitting Diode Driving Integrated Circuit Device - The present invention provides a gray scale data bit allocation processing method within a light-emitting diode driving integrated circuit device, and includes the following steps: 1. Dividing original gray scale data into high-bit data and low-bit data within a light-emitting diode driving integrated circuit device; 2. Converting the low-bit data into multi-bit stack data having fewer bits; 3. Adding the high-bit data to the stack data to form display data; 4. Converting each of the original gray scale data into multiple display data having less quantity of data; 5. Displaying a picture using the display data with a higher refresh rate. Accordingly, the present invention is provided with the effectiveness to use less quantity of data to achieve more gray, as well as improving the picture refresh rate of the high-bit portions. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227954 | DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The driving method of the plasma display device has a plurality of combination sets for display that includes a different number of combinations. The signal levels of a red image signal, a green image signal, and a blue image signal are compared with each other. For an image signal of a color that has a low signal level, a combination set for display is used where the number of combinations is smaller than that in the combination set for display used for an image signal of a color that has a high signal level. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227955 | KICKBACK COMPENSATION TECHNIQUES - A technique for reducing the kickback voltage error between two or more common voltage signal lines in a display device is provided. The kickback voltage error may be caused by driving a first and second common voltage at different levels. In one embodiment, a common voltage offset may be applied to the second common voltage such that the magnitude of the voltage kickback error is approximately equalized at the maximum and minimum pixel voltages for pixels coupled to the second common voltage. A data voltage offset, which may be determined based upon gray level data, may be applied to the data voltage supplied to the pixels coupled to the second common voltage. The foregoing technique may compensate for the kickback voltage error between the first and second common voltage lines, thereby reducing visual artifacts and improving color accuracy of the display. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227956 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device is capable of securing sufficient compensation period such that a threshold voltage of a driving transistor may be compensated. A pixel includes: an organic light emitting diode; a second transistor for controlling an amount of current supplied from a first power source to the organic light emitting diode; a first capacitor having a first terminal coupled to a gate electrode of the second transistor; a first transistor coupled between a second terminal of the first capacitor and a data line, and being configured to turn on when a scan signal is supplied to a scan line; and a third transistor coupled between a gate electrode and a second electrode of the second transistor and having a turning-on period that is not overlapped with that of the first transistor. The third transistor is configured to turn on for a longer time than the first transistor. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227957 | Method of Dimming Backlight Assembly - A plurality of gray-scale values is extracted from image signals corresponding to a dimming area to calculate a mean value of the gray-scale values, and at least one of a variance, a standard deviation, a kurtosis, a skewness, a central moment, and an image moment is calculated using the mean value. Then, a representative gray-scale value corresponding to the dimming area is determined using the calculated values, and a dimming function for the light sources included in the dimming area is determined based on the representative gray-scale value. Then, the light sources included in the dimming area are driven based on the dimming function. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227958 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR DARK SPOTS THEREOF - A flat panel display apparatus capable of preventing a reduction in yield due to dark spots thereof, and a method of compensating for the dark spots are disclosed. The apparatus includes: a display unit including a plurality of pixels, each pixel including a subpixel of a first color, a subpixel of a second color and a subpixel of third color, where the first color, the second color and the third color are different from each other; an image signal input unit; a dark spot detection unit configured to detect a color and location of a dark spot subpixel that comprises a dark spot; a neighboring subpixel detection unit configured to identify location of one or more neighboring same color subpixels that are adjacent to the dark spot subpixel and having the same color as the dark spot subpixel; a luminance detection unit configured to detect a luminance of the one or more neighboring same color subpixels; and a control unit configured to coordinate increasing the luminance of all or a subset of the one or more neighboring same color subpixels. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227959 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DATA DRIVING DEVICE - According to the embodiments, a data driving circuit of a liquid crystal display includes a plurality of data lines respectively connected to the liquid crystal cells, a plurality of gradation voltage supplying units which are connected to the respective data lines to supply the respective gradation voltages to the plurality of liquid crystal cells, and a plurality of charge sharing units short at least the adjacent gradation voltage supplying units, at a position posterior to the respective gradation voltage supplying units and prior to the data lines to which the respective gradation voltage supplying units are connected, when a gradation value of a gradation signal is in a predetermined range. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227960 | FIELD EMISSION TYPE SURFACE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS EMPLOYING THE SAME - A field emission type surface light source device and an image display apparatus employing the same. The field emission type surface light source device includes a first substrate and a second substrate that are disposed to face each other; a sealing member that seals the first substrate and the second substrate; first electrodes and second electrodes that are disposed on the first substrate such that the first electrodes cross the second electrodes in an insulated state; electron emitters that are electrically connected to one of the first electrodes and the second electrodes; a phosphor layer that is disposed on one surface of the second substrate; a third electrode that is disposed on one surface of the phosphor layer; and a first terminal and a second terminal that are electrically connected the first electrodes and the second electrodes, respectively, and are disposed on a same side of the first substrate outside of a region sealed by the sealing member. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227961 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device performing a frame rate control a display timing control signal corresponding to an image data, includes: a brightness distribution generating unit that generates a brightness distribution on the basis of the image data; an image type determining unit that determines a type of an image on the basis of the brightness distribution; and a frame rate control unit that performs frame rate control corresponding to the determined image type. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227962 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an acceptance unit that accepts a first input image and a second input image; a light control unit that outputs a display image; a plurality of light sources that irradiate the light control unit; a light emitting amount computation unit that computes a first light emitting amount based on a luminance of the first input image and computes a tentative light emitting amount based on a luminance of the second input image, on a basis of a comparison result between the first light emitting amount and the tentative light emitting amount, imposes a limit on a change range from the first light emitting amount to a second light emitting amount, and decide the second light emitting amount; and a light source control unit that controls each of the plurality of light sources based on the second light emitting amount. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227963 | System for Displaying Images - A system for displaying images employing a pixel structure. The pixel structure includes a first sub-pixel, a second sub-pixel, a third sub-pixel, and a filling layer. Particularly, each sub-pixel includes a color filter layer, and an electroluminescent element corresponding to the color filter layer. The transmittances of the color filter layers of the first sub-pixel, the second sub-pixel, and third sub-pixel, for a radiance level used for curing the filling layer, are determined according to the following equation: transmittance of the color filter layer of the first sub-pixel>transmittance of the color filter layer of the second sub-pixel>transmittance of the color filter layer of the third sub-pixel. Further, the distance between the first and second sub-pixels is greater than that between the first and third sub-pixels. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227964 | LIFETIME UNIFORMITY PARAMETER EXTRACTION METHODS - A system and method for deriving a sequence of OLED non-uniformity test patterns. A pattern generator generates a full sequence of display patterns according to a transform function, such as a discrete cosine transformation or wavelet transformation. A driver drives a display with each of the sequence of patterns. A sensor senses a property of the display, such as a total current for the display, for each of the sequence of patterns. An extraction unit derives a pixel non-uniformity model using the sensed properties and an inverse of the transform function. Patterns that contribute less than a threshold amount to the non-uniformity model can be identified and deleted to derive a sparse sequence of patterns, which can be stored in a memory. The sparse sequence of patterns can be used to test the display and extract a set of pixel non-uniformity values. The pixel non-uniformity values can be used to generate a correction signal for the display. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227965 | MULTIPLE PRIMARY COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND SIGNAL CONVERSION CIRCUIT - The viewing angle characteristics of a multiprimary liquid crystal display device in which a plurality of red subpixels are provided in each pixel are improved. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227966 | DISPLAY DEVICE, BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTMENT DEVICE, METHOD OF ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a display device including a setting condition acquisition unit for obtaining various conditions for adjusting a gain of a video-signal, a current-brightness table calculation unit that calculates a table representing a relationship between an average brightness and a gain of a video-signal, and that calculates the table capable of setting a peak-brightness and power consumption of the video-signal independently, based on the various conditions acquired by the setting condition acquisition unit, a video-average brightness conversion block that calculates average-brightness of the video-signal input for each frame, a current-brightness control table that calculates a gain of the video-signal from the table based on the average-brightness calculated above, a video gain block that adjusts the video-signal using the gain calculated above, and a display panel that includes a plurality of pixels that emit light in response to a video-signal and displays a video based on the video-signal adjusted above. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227967 | DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROLLING METHOD FOR THE DISPLAY DEVICE AND STANDING APPARATUS - In order to the number where the display devices are used and to improve the convenience of use, there is provided a display device comprising: a display part emitting an image; and a standing apparatus supporting the display part, wherein a surface light source is provided in the standing apparatus. | 09-22-2011 |
20110227968 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a light control unit that changes the light transmittance or the reflectance with respect to each pixel; a plurality of light sources that irradiates light to the light control unit; a light-emission distribution calculating unit that calculates a light emission distribution when the light sources illuminate with respective set light emission intensities based on light-emission pattern data of the respective light sources that are preliminarily stored; a brightness comparing unit that compares the brightness in the light emission distribution calculated by the light-emission distribution calculating unit and the brightness of an image of a display object; and an adjustment-amount determining unit that determines an adjustment amount of the light emission intensity of each light source based on a comparison result by the brightness comparing unit. | 09-22-2011 |
20110234642 | METHOD FOR INCREASING BACKLIGHT BRIGHTNESS RESOLUTION AND METHOD FOR MODULATING BACKLIGHT BRIGHTNESS - An exemplary method for increasing backlight brightness resolution is adapted for a non-emissive display device which uses a multi-bit brightness modulation data to modulate a backlight brightness thereof. The method includes the steps of: increasing a provision amount of the multi-bit brightness modulation data in a single frame period of the non-emissive display device; and multiplying a frequency of a brightness modulation signal generated according to the multi-bit brightness modulation data, wherein a multiple of the frequency multiplying is associated with the provision amount of the multi-bit brightness modulation data in the single frame period. The present invention also provides a method for modulating backlight brightness, adapted for a non-emissive display device. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234643 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus and method of controlling the same are disclosed, the display apparatus including: a display unit; an image processor configured to process an image and display the processed image on the display unit; and a controller configured to control the image processor to adjust a brightness of an inattentive area of the image displayed on the display unit depending on whether a user is able to recognize a corresponding brightness change, determined based on image information, such that the controller controls the image processor to adjust the brightness of the inattentive area if the controller determines, based on the image information, that the user is not able to recognize the corresponding brightness change. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234644 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE SIGNAL CORRECTION SYSTEM, AND IMAGE SIGNAL CORRECTION METHOD - A display device includes a display unit and a controller, the controller generating and transmitting a scan signal and an image data signal to a scan driver and a data driver, respectively. The controller includes a memory unit storing a look-up table of basic correction amounts for a test image data signal according a comparison result of comparing a measured value of an image of the display unit displaying the test image data signal with a target value of the test image data signal, and a data controller storing data for a modulation coefficient for applying the look-up table to the supplied image data signal, calculating a full correction amount corresponding to the supplied image data signal using the modulation coefficient and the basic correction amount of the look-up table, and outputting a corrected image data signal by correcting the supplied image data signal by the full correction amount. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234645 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image display apparatus includes: a panel ( | 09-29-2011 |
20110234646 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THEREOF - A flat panel display device and a method of manufacturing the same are disclosed. The flat panel display device includes: a pixel unit including a plurality of scan lines, a plurality of data lines intersecting with the plurality of scan lines, and a plurality of pixels connected to the plurality of the scan lines and the plurality of the data lines, the plurality of pixels comprising red, green, blue and white pixels, a data driver outputting a data signal to the data lines, and a scan driver outputting a scan signal to the scan lines, where a storage capacitor of the blue pixel is formed in a lower portion of the white pixel. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234647 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes a plurality solid-state light sources, a modulator configured to modulate light from a plurality of solid-state light sources, and an image display device configured to generate from a frame of image data, a plurality of subframes each further divided into subfields, and to display the plurality of subframes. The modulator turns off light output from all the solid-state light sources for the duration of one or more of the plurality of subframes, whereby it is possible to reduce motion blur arising from a hold-type display device, in which after-images remain on the retina of a person's eyes when viewing moving objects. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234648 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device including: a control portion; a display panel including one or more pixel circuits and an image signal line connected to the pixel circuits; and an image signal line driving circuit. The control portion includes a difference acquiring circuit for acquiring difference data between a value of a gray-level potential, which is to be applied to one of the pixel circuits from the image signal line, and a value of a precharge potential based on the gray-level potential. The image signal line driving circuit calculates the precharge potential based on the value of the gray-level potential and the difference data, and supplies the image signal line with the precharge potential and the gray-level potential in sequence. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234649 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device which includes one image signal line which is connected to a plurality of pixels, a scanning line drive part which outputs an ON voltage to the respective pixels in a predetermined order, and a data line drive part which outputs image signal voltages. The data line drive part outputs a gray level signal voltage corresponding to a gray level value of the pixel as an image signal voltage in a first period, and outputs a correction gray level signal voltage different from the gray level signal voltage as an image signal voltage in a second period which precedes the first period. The liquid crystal display device further includes a control part which generates the correction gray level signal voltage based on the gray level value of the pixel and one or plurarity of gray level values of pixels which precede the pixel in order. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234650 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus includes: a light source that outputs light; a light modulation device that has plural pixels arranged in a matrix and modulates the light from the light source; a projection system that projects the light modulated by the light modulation device onto a projection surface; a pixel image shift unit that can shift positions of images of the pixels of the light modulation device projected on the projection surface; and a control unit that controls the light modulation device and the pixel image shift unit, wherein the control unit can switch whether the pixel image shift unit temporally shifts the positions of the images of the pixels or not. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234651 | SCREEN SWITCHING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A screen switching method for an electronic apparatus includes an e-Paper and a display having a backlight module. The e-Paper and the display are used to show an image signal. The screen switching method includes determining whether a brightness value at which the backlight module is set exceeds a threshold value, controlling the display to show the image signal if the brightness value of the backlight module exceeds the threshold value, and controlling the e-Paper to show the image signal if the brightness value of the backlight module does not exceed the threshold value. An electronic apparatus implementing the screen switching method is also disclosed. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234652 | CHARGE PUMP, A METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND A DISPLAY DRIVING SYSTEM COMPRISING THE CHARGE PUMP - Disclosed is a charge pump and a method of controlling the charge pump. The charge pump including a charge pumping unit to boost a first voltage in response to a clock signal, the first voltage being boosted to a second voltage having a voltage level higher than the first voltage by a middle voltage, the middle voltage being generated in response to a first control signal, the first control signal being enabled during a time period in which the clock signal and a second control signal are disabled. The charge pumping unit boosts the second voltage to a third voltage, the third voltage being a voltage level higher than an input voltage by the first voltage, the input voltage being generated in response to the second control signal. The charge pump includes a first transfer unit to output the third voltage in response to the second control signal. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234653 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A source driver is supplied with a mode switch signal specifying an applied inversion driving method from among horizontal one-dot inversion driving, first horizontal n-dot inversion driving in which a number of outputs does not disturb regularity of a polarity pattern of data signals, and second horizontal n-dot inversion driving in which a number of outputs disturbs regularity of a polarity pattern of data signals. The source driver supplies data signals to data lines. The polarity pattern of the data signals depends on a polarity signal and the applied inversion driving method specified by the mode switch signal. The source driver supplies the polarity signal to a next source driver in the case of the horizontal one-dot inversion driving or the first horizontal n-dot inversion driving, and supplies the polarity signal whose polarity is inverted to the next source driver in the case of the second horizontal n-dot inversion driving. | 09-29-2011 |
20110234654 | PICTURE QUALITY CONTROL METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY USING SAME - A definition control method and an image display device using the same are provided. The definition control method includes displaying a first pattern and a second pattern, inputting a control value, and changing a display state of the first pattern according to the input control value, wherein a display state of the second pattern is not changed by the control value. | 09-29-2011 |
20110242139 | DISPLAY DRIVER - The display driver achieves the balance between the image quality and power-cutting ratio by controlling the backlight dimming ratio to keep the image quality after backlight dimming constant. The display driver uses e.g. MSE (Mean Square Error) as an index of image quality. The reference gradation control unit controls the data decompression and backlight dimming ratios, thereby to keep the image quality after backlight dimming constant. Assuming display data decompression, and backlight dimming, the error calculating unit calculates a decrease of luminance for an input displayed image as MSE based on the decompression and dimming ratios of a preceding frame, in advance. In the case of MSE over a predetermined value, the decompression unit and light-adjustment control unit decrease the decompression and dimming ratios to below those of the preceding frame, respectively. In the case of MSE below the value, the ratios are lowered to below those of the preceding frame. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242140 | METHOD OF DRIVING COLUMN INVERSION DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - In a method of driving a display panel, a gate signal is outputted to the display panel based on a first control signal. A gamma-corrected analog voltage is generated. A pre-charge compensating analog voltage is generated. A data voltage waveform is generated to include the generated gamma-corrected analog voltage and the generated pre-charge compensating analog voltage during one horizontal period of the display panel. The display panel has a pixel structure in which a data line is alternately connected to first and second subpixel columns adjacent to each other. The pre-charge compensating voltage has a level different from that of the gamma-corrected analog voltage where the latter represents a grayscale level represented by a received digital data signal. According to the method, display defects due to a difference of pre-charging levels used during plural horizontal periods may be decreased so that display quality of the display panel may be improved. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242141 | OPTICAL SHEET LAMINATE BODY, ILLUMINATION UNIT, AND DISPLAY UNIT - An optical sheet laminate body includes: a first optical sheet having a top surface and a bottom surface, of which at least the top surface has asperities including projections and depressions; and a second optical sheet having a top surface and a bottom surface. Summits of the projections on the top surface of the first optical sheet are directly bonded, in a whole region facing the bottom surface of the second optical sheet, to the bottom surface of the second optical sheet without any intermediate material in between. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242142 | MULTIPLE DISPLAY CHROMINANCE AND LUMINANCE METHOD AND APPARATUS - An apparatus includes a chrominance and luminance module. The chrominance and luminance module obtains display characteristics of each of a plurality of displays. The chrominance and luminance module selectively adjusts, on a per display basis, chrominance and luminance for each of the displays based on the display characteristics. In one example, the displays collectively display a single large surface. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242143 | Signal processing apparatus, display apparatus, electronic apparatus, signal processing method and program - Disclosed herein is a signal processing apparatus, including: a luminance degradation information production section adapted to produce luminance degradation information regarding degradation of a luminance in accordance with a temperature condition upon emission; a luminance degradation value calculation section adapted to calculate a luminance degradation value regarding degradation of the luminance for each pixel circuit; and a correction section adapted to correct the gradation value of an image signal to be inputted to the pixel circuit based on the luminance degradation value. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242144 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - A display apparatus for displaying an image determines whether or not an image to be displayed on a screen is a specific image including a mark. In the case where the display apparatus determines the image to be the specific image, the display apparatus controls a backlight so as to illuminate the screen so that areas other than an area including a mark on the specific image are illuminated with less brightness than the brightness of the area including the mark. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242145 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER, AND DATA LINE DRIVE METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided with a plurality of differential amplifiers associated with a plurality of data lines within a display panel. Each of the plurality of differential amplifiers includes: an output stage circuit including a first transistor having a source connected to the positive power supply and a second transistor having a source connected to the negative power supply, an output terminal connected to drains of the first and second transistors; and a bias control circuit provided between the adder circuit and the output stage circuit to achieve bias control of gates of the first and second transistors. During the switching period, the output stage circuit provides short-circuiting between the gate and source of each of the first and second transistors, and the bias control circuit cuts off a current path between the gates of the first and second transistors during the switching period. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242146 | LIGHTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device includes: a light guide plate; a light source; and a light modulation element disposed on a surface of or in the inside of the light guide plate, and adhered to the light guide plate. The light modulation element has a pair of transparent substrates, a first electrode provided on a surface of one of the transparent substrates, a second electrode provided on a surface of the other of the transparent substrates, and a light modulation layer, provided in a gap between the transparent substrates, exhibiting a light-scattering property or a light-transmitting property concerning light from the light source depending on intensity of an electric field. One or both of the first and second electrodes include partial electrodes. First partial electrodes of the partial electrodes are adjacent to second partial electrodes of the partial electrodes, and have irregular shapes on edges adjacent to the second partial electrodes. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242147 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL CIRCUIT OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a control unit that controls a display unit having a plurality of pixels. The control unit performs a differential driving operation of performing an operation of erasing a first image component which is a part of a display image in a first display state and an operation of displaying a second image component which is a part of a display image in a second display state by selectively driving the pixels having different gray scales in the first display state and the second display state when the display unit is changed from the first display state to the second display state. The operation of erasing the first image component includes an extended erasing operation of driving a first pixel group which includes the pixels constituting the first image component and the pixels being adjacent to the first image component and surrounding the first image component. | 10-06-2011 |
20110242148 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - In a display device of the present invention, a total fluctuation calculation portion ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110242149 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110249033 | METHOD OF DRIVING BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight assembly outputs scan signals having a scanning frequency synchronized with a frame frequency to sequentially drive light emitting blocks providing a light to a display panel. A dimming step of each light emitting block corresponds to one of a plurality of dimming steps in response to local dimming data. A dimming clock having a value obtained by dividing a value obtained by multiplying the scanning frequency and the number is dimming steps by a duty ratio of each scan signal is generated. The dimming step of each light emitting block is counted using the dimming clock, and the counted values are combined with the scan signals to generate dimming signals having a dimming duty ratio corresponding to the dimming step of the light emitting blocks. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249034 | Luminance Control Apparatus and Luminance Control Method - According to one embodiment, a light source luminance control apparatus includes a generator and a luminance controller. A light source block formed of one or more light sources corresponds to a divided display area. An image display area formed of a plurality of divided display areas corresponds to a plurality of light source blocks. The generator is configured to generate a first luminance control signal to perform whole control of luminances of the light sources corresponding to the image display area, in accordance with an image signal. The generator is configured to generate a second luminance control signal to perform divided control of luminance of each light source for each of the light source blocks, in accordance with the image signal. The luminance controller is configured to control the luminances of the light sources, based on the first and the second luminance control signals. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249035 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A liquid crystal display device includes an image signal processing section configured to control a liquid crystal panel and a backlight unit in a liquid crystal display device based on an image signal and detect that an image displayed on the liquid crystal panel is changed to a whole-area black display image based on the image signal. The liquid crystal display device further includes a backlight unit control section that generates a dimming signal Sdv in response to detection by the image signal processing section and supplies the dimming signal sdv to the backlight unit. The dimming signal Sdv lowers luminescence brightness Lca of the backlight unit to be substantially zero in a gradual manner. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249036 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - Provided are a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the same. The display apparatus includes a display panel, a light emitting unit including a plurality of channels, each channel including light emitting diodes configured to irradiate light to the display panel, and a plurality of switches configured to enable current paths of the channels in response to switching signals, and a driver circuit configured to successively enable the switching signals corresponding to the respective channels, compare the duty ratio of the switching signals with 1/channel number, and selectively control the phases of the switching signals based on the comparison result. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249037 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - In a liquid crystal display device, image signals are concurrently supplied to pixels provided in a plurality of rows among pixels arranged in matrix in a pixel portion where input of image signals is controlled by transistors including amorphous semiconductors or microcrystalline semiconductors in channel formation regions. Thus, the frequency of input of image signals to each pixel can be increased without changing the response speed of the transistors or the like included in the liquid crystal display device. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249038 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device by which a color moving image displayed with a field sequential system and a monochrome still image are switched and displayed. In a moving-image mode, a driving control circuit controls the backlight portion to emit light corresponding to any one of a plurality of colors of the first light source, and controls the display panel by writing of the image signal in the display panel for each of the plurality of colors within a predetermined period. In a still-image mode, the driving control circuit controls the backlight portion to keep the second light source emitting light, and controls the display panel to hold the image signal written thereto, for a predetermined period. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249039 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid-crystal display device including an edge-light-scheme-employed backlight device, it is implemented to reduce its power consumption while maintaining its excellent picture-quality. The present invention is applied to the backlight device with a plurality of edge-light-scheme backlight cells in a matrix-like manner including a LED light-source, and a light-guiding plate for emitting light. The intensity of light from a backlight cell positioned at a screen's peripheral portion is so controlled as to be made lower than the intensity of light from a backlight cell at a central portion. The light intensity of a backlight cell having a LED light-source adjacent to a first edge portion of the illumination surface of the backlight device is so controlled as to be made higher than the light intensity of a backlight cell adjacent to a second edge portion opposed to the first edge portion. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249040 | COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A color signal processing apparatus which performs a linear matrix transformation includes: an approximate coefficient storage unit that stores approximate coefficients of approximate expressions, which approximate values of the matrix coefficients, respectively, and in which a value of a first color among three primary colors of RGB is made a variable, a matrix coefficient calculation unit that calculates 3×3 matrix coefficients according to an input RGB signal by substituting a value of the first color in the input RGB signal for the approximate expressions given by the approximate coefficients readout from the approximate coefficient storage unit; and a conversion unit that performs color conversion by multiplying the input RGB signal by the matrix coefficients calculated by the matrix coefficient calculation unit, and outputs color-converted RGB signal. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249041 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method of driving an electrophoretic display device includes changing the gradation level of image data on the basis of correction data corresponding to the gradation level, converting image data with the changed gradation level to a dithering pattern, in which the first color and the second color are combined, corresponding to the changed gradation level for each predetermined region of image data, and driving the electrophoretic particles of the first color and the electrophoretic particles of the second color on the basis of image data converted to the dithering pattern for the plurality of pixels in the display section. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249042 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND RECORDING MEDIUM WITH CONTROL PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - In a terminal device, when an opening angle of two display section housings is detected by an opening angle detecting section | 10-13-2011 |
20110249043 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electrophoretic display device is provided with a first substrate, a second substrate, an electrophoretic layer which is arranged between the first substrate and the second substrate and has at least a dispersion medium and particles mixed in the dispersion medium, a first electrode which is formed in an island shape on the electrophoretic layer side of the first substrate for each pixel, and a second electrode which is formed on the electrophoretic layer side of the second substrate with an area wider than the first electrode, where gradation is controlled using an area of the particles which are visually recognized when the electrophoretic layer is viewed from the second electrode side. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249044 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, an image display device includes a display panel including a pixel circuit, the pixel circuit including a light-emitting element, a driver element, and a capacitor element. The image display device further includes a charge supply line for supplying electrical charge to the light-emitting element of the pixel circuit; and a drive control unit which supplies second electrical charge from the charge supply line to the light-emitting element after first electrical charge accumulated in the light-emitting element is supplied to the capacitor element, further supplies the second electrical charge to the capacitor element and accumulates the first charge and the second charge in the capacitor element, and applies a voltage greater than or equal to the threshold voltage to a control terminal of the driver element, within one flume after the light-emitting element emits light until the light-emitting element emits light next. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249045 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY USING BIPOLAR COLUMN DRIVERS - A driver apparatus for an electroluminescent display comprising a plurality of rows to be scanned and a plurality of columns which intersect the rows to form a plurality of pixels, comprises addressable row drivers, each row driver applying an output voltage to its associated row when addressed. The value of the output voltage is approximately equal to the numerical average of the threshold voltage for the electroluminescent display and the voltage required to provide the maximum desired pixel luminance for the electroluminescent display. Bipolar column drivers each supply an output voltage to its associated column. The output voltage is either positive or negative depending on the desired luminance of the pixels. The range of both positive and negative column output voltages is from zero volts to about one half of the difference between the threshold voltage and the voltage to provide the desired maximum pixel luminance for the electroluminescent display. | 10-13-2011 |
20110254867 | ADAPTIVE COLOR-TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An adaptive color-temperature calibration system and method are disclosed. A chrominance generation unit generates a chrominance criterion according to an input pixel. A matrix generation unit generates a calibration matrix according to the chrominance criterion and a basis matrix. A color calibration unit then performs color-temperature calibration on the input pixel according to the generated calibration matrix, thereby generating an output pixel. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254868 | Field emission lamp - A field emission lamp is disclosed, which comprises: a substrate, a plurality of first field emission units, a plurality of second field emission units, and a driving control unit. The plurality of first field emission units and the plurality of second field emission units are located on the substrate. Besides, the first phosphor layer of the plurality of first field emission units has a first color temperature. The second phosphor layer of the plurality of second field emission units has a second color temperature, wherein the first color temperature is higher than the second color temperature. Moreover, the driving control unit drives and controls the plurality of first field emission units and the plurality of second field emission units based on a predetermined driving mode, for modulating the light emission mode of the field emission lamp and the color temperature of the mixed light emitted from the field emission lamp. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254869 | ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY DEVICE - An electronic paper (E-paper) display device includes a first substrate comprising at least one side wall having a high reflectance film coated thereon, an E-paper layer, and a second substrate. A light source installed beside and facing the at least one sidewall of the first substrate, the light source being configured for illuminating the E-paper layer with some of the light from the light source directly illuminating the E-paper layer and some of the light from the light source illuminating the E-paper layer via the reflection of the high reflectance film. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254870 | CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROJECTOR - A contrast enhancement system for a projector includes a detection module detecting a gray level of a standby projection image, a determination module comparing the gray level to a predetermined gray level, a control module directing the projector to work in an economic mode when the gray level is higher than the predetermined gray level, or directing the projector to work in a standard mode conversely, a modulation module increasing a gain of the non-white waveform of light from the projector to make the projector project a full dark image when the projector is working in the economic mode, a calculation module calculating a first contrast value of the full light image, a second contrast value of the full dark image, and a total contrast according to the first and second contrast values, and an execution module controlling the projector to project projection images according to the total contrast. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254871 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a plurality of pixels, each of said plurality of pixels includes a driving transistor and a light emitting diode, a compensator to receive first and second pixel currents generated by the plurality of pixels according to first and second data voltages respectively applied to the plurality of pixels, the compensator to calculate an image data compensation amount to compensate for variations in characteristics of the driving transistor of each of said plurality of pixels and a data selector to transmit the first and second data voltages to the plurality of pixels and to transmit the first and second pixel currents to the compensator, the compensator to measure the first and second pixel currents generated as a result of the first and second data voltages corresponding to different gray scale levels and to calculate an actual threshold voltage and mobility of the driving transistor of each of the pixels, the compensator including a measurement resistor, the compensator to control a resistance value of the measurement resistor, the measurement resistor to convert the first pixel current corresponding to the first data voltage into a first measured voltage and the second pixel current corresponding to the second data voltage into a second measured voltage. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254872 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - A liquid crystal display device includes a backlight unit that illuminates a rear surface of a liquid crystal panel and a backlight control section. In at least one embodiment, the backlight unit includes one end that receives a first dimming signal and another end that receives a second dimming signal. The backlight unit includes a fluorescent tube two ends of which are driven. The backlight control section generates the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal and supplies the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal to the fluorescent tube to control luminescence brightness of the backlight unit. The backlight unit control section stops supply of one of the first dimming signal and the second dimming signal to the fluorescent tube in response to detection that an image on the liquid crystal panel is a black display image. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254873 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section including light-emission subsections controlled separately from one another; a liquid crystal display panel modulating, based on an input picture signal, light emitted from each light-emission subsection to display pictures; and a display control section including a partitioning-drive processing section which generates a light-emission pattern signal representing a two-dimensional pattern formed from lighting light-emission subsections and a partitioning-drive picture signal based on the input picture signal, the display control section performing a light-emission drive on each light-emission subsection based on the light-emission pattern signal and performing a display-drive on the liquid crystal display panel based on the partitioning-drive picture signal. The partitioning-drive processing section determines, based on the input picture signal, a barycentric position in a partitioned picture corresponding to each light-emission subsection, and generates the light-emission pattern signal and the partitioning-drive picture signal based on the barycentric position. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254874 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROCESSING IMAGE - An image processing apparatus performing display control based on image data corresponding to each of pixels forming a display image includes an image data correcting section correcting the image data of each pixel based on information corresponding to an operating current of each pixel and a display control section compensating for the steps of gradation lost by image data correction by adjusting the lighting time of each pixel. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254875 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A controlling method of a display device includes the following steps. First, a time reference value, a plurality of preset period criteria and a plurality of operation mode data are stored in a memory unit, wherein each preset period criterion relates to each operation mode datum. Then, utilize a time controller to read the time reference value and a plurality of preset period criteria, compare the time reference value and a plurality of preset period criteria to determine the preset period criterion corresponding to the time reference value, and select the operation mode datum corresponding to the preset period criterion. Following that, utilize a micro-controller to set a plurality of setting values of the display device according to the operation mode datum selected by the time controller. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254876 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A display control device of this invention controls a plurality of display devices included in a multi display system, including: a status obtaining section for obtaining, from the plurality of display devices, luminance setting values of the respective plurality of display devices, the luminance setting values defining luminance levels of the respective plurality of display devices; and a luminance control section for (i) determining a standard luminance setting value according to the luminance setting values obtained from the plurality of display devices and (ii) changing each of the luminance setting values of the respective display devices to the standard luminance setting value. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254877 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DEVICE WITH SUSTAINABLE POWER GENERATION - A display system and device includes energy generating elements operable to generate and store energy sufficient power the display device. The display device or devices are formed on flexible and preferable translucent sheaths to allow for mounting of the devices on virtually any surface. A control device is connected to several devices to provide instructions to operate light emitting elements in the devices to provide a desired image. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254878 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, an image processing apparatus includes a panel luminance controller, a calculation module and a conversion module. The panel luminance controller is configured to control panel luminance of a self-emission type device based on intensity of ambient light. The calculation module is configured to calculate a gradation conversion function based on a characteristic amount of an input image and the panel luminance, the gradation conversion function having been provided to correct appearance of the input image. The conversion module is configured to apply the gradation conversion function to the input image, to generate an output image. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254879 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A liquid crystal device ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110254880 | SIGNAL LINE DRIVER CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Variation occurs in transistor characteristics. The present invention relates to a signal line driver circuit comprising a plurality of current source circuits respectively corresponding to a plurality of wirings, characterized in that: the plurality of current source circuits each comprise capacitor means and supply means; and the plurality of current source circuits each convert a supplied current into a voltage in accordance with a video signal, and supply a current corresponding to the converted voltage. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254881 | System and Method for Dynamically Altering a Color Gamut - System and method for dynamically altering a color gamut used in projection display systems. An embodiment comprises determining a dim color from colors used in representing an image, adjusting the dim color to increase an available display time for a non-dim color used to represent the image, adjusting the non-dim color using the available display time, and generating a color sequence based on the adjusted dim color and the adjusted non-dim color. The pixel intensities of a dim color are increased, permitting a shortening of the display time of the dim color. The newly freed display time can be reallocated to all colors to increase the amount of light used to display the image, thereby increasing image brightness or altering color point. | 10-20-2011 |
20110254882 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device with reduced power consumption has pixels coupled with data lines and arranged in a matrix, a signal controller processing input image signals and outputting output image signals, and a data driver applying data voltages, corresponding to output image signals, to the data lines. When all the input image signals have either a first or second value, the output image signals have the first value. The signal controller generates a polarity signal for determining data voltage polarity, and when all the input image signals have either a first or second value, data voltages corresponding to the input image signals have a polarity equivalent to a polarity of previously applied data voltages. The signal controller generates a control signal for controlling the data driver's clock synchronization circuit, and the control signal halts the clock synchronization circuit when an operating frequency is lower than a predetermined value. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261084 | DAC ARCHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a two-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage, and a voltage selector. The voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261085 | TWO-STAGE DAC ACHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER UTILIZING ONE-BIT PIPE DAC - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a one-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage, and a voltage selector. The voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261086 | TWO-STAGE DAC ARCHITECTURE FOR LCD SOURCE DRIVER UTILIZING ONE-BIT SERIAL CHARGE REDISTRIBUTION DAC - A two-stage digital-to-analog converter for outputting an analog voltage in response to a M-bit digital input code includes a one-bit serial charge redistribution digital-to-analog converter having a high reference voltage input node for receiving a high reference voltage and a low reference voltage input node for receiving a low reference voltage. A voltage selector sets the high reference voltage and low reference voltage to selected levels depending on at least a portion of the M-bit digital input code. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261087 | DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS CONTROL METHOD - A display brightness control method includes the steps of comparing a display-setting value, which is input by user operation, with a setting value, which is set in advance to a display, if a changed setting value is present, reflecting the changed setting value to the display, determining whether or not the display-setting value is present, if the display-setting value is present, reflecting the changed display-setting value to the display, and after the changed display-setting value is reflected, standing by until a subsequent display-setting value is input. In addition, the screen output areas of the display divided into the used area and the unused area, so that the used area remains original and the unused area is controlled to have the minimized level of brightness or be powered off. It is possible to prevent the visibility from being lowered by the display and protect the vision of the user. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261088 | DIGITAL CONTROL OF ANALOG DISPLAY ELEMENTS - This disclosure provides methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for controlling analog display elements. In one aspect, a control scheme can be used for controlling analog display elements, including interferometric modulators. This control scheme can be used to drive the analog display elements to a plurality of discrete different states, and can be referred to as “digital” control of the display element state. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261089 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus that displays an image includes a display that has a screen displaying an image used for navigation by a car navigation system, the image having a first area having an own-vehicle position mark and a second area having a selection mark for receiving an operation intended for implementing a prescribed function, a backlight that has a plurality of light sources lighting the screen, and a controller that controls the backlight so as to light an area excluding both the first area and the second area on the image with a brightness lower than a brightness of the first area. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261090 | INSULATING GLASS PANE - The present invention concerns an insulating glass pane comprising a first and a second pane of glass, the first and second panes are arranged in mutually plane-parallel spaced relationship by means of spacers, an insulating space is formed between the first and second panes and gas-tightly sealed off, a plurality of mutually spaced light strips each having a plurality of mutually spaced light emitting elements are arranged in the insulating space and each of the light strips includes a torsionally stiff carrier passing through the insulating space parallel to the first and second panes. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261091 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A display device includes: a data storage unit that stores image data; a display image data generation unit that generates display image data by adding a noise pattern, of which a polarity is in accordance with a gray level value of each pixel of the image data, to the image data; and a display unit that displays an image based on the display image data generated by the display image generation unit. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261092 | Liquid Crystal Display Device With Influences Of Offset Voltages Reduced - A semiconductor integrated circuit includes a first register which latches display data, a second register which latches the display data of the first register in accordance with a first clock, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data of the second register from the plurality of gray scale voltages, and an amplifier including a first transistor, and a second transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistor are connected to a first voltage line, and the gray scale voltage outputted from the decoder is supplied to one of input terminals of the first transistor and the second transistor in accordance with a control signal. A phase of the control signal is reversed at intervals of two frame periods. | 10-27-2011 |
20110267375 | LOAD-AWARE COMPENSATION IN LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODE BACKLIGHT ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS - System(s) and method(s) are provided for power management in an electronic display via compensation of a power source of a light-emitting-diode (LED) backlighting system. A compensation feedback loop includes a load-aware controller that receives the load condition from a dimming controller and supplies a control signal to the power source. An efficiency regulator functionally connected the backlight circuitry closes the compensation feedback loop and provides an input signal to the load-aware controller. The dimming controller implements phase-shifted pulse-modulation dimming, which based on duty cycle can establish a dimming equilibrium with two load conditions. The load aware controller includes a set of compensation blocks arranged in parallel, with a single compensation block connected to the input signal and that provides the control signal. A selector component in the load aware controller determines a compensation block to be connected to the compensation feedback loop based on the received load condition. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267376 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: pixels connected to corresponding scanning lines and corresponding data lines; a scanning driver for supplying scanning signals to the scanning lines; a data driver for supplying data signals to the data lines; and a data processor for generating a luminance look-up table corresponding to a likelihood of burn-in for the pixels, for generating output data from input data corresponding to the look-up table, and for supplying the output data to the data driver. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267377 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, AND AN APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A method of driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) that operates by receiving power from a battery includes generating a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal for adjusting brightness of a backlight unit of the LCD; detecting a battery voltage of the battery; and adjusting the PWM signal according to the detected battery voltage. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267378 | Method for driving plasma display panel - A method for driving a plasma display panel is provided in which wasteful power consumption is reduced and light emission efficiency is improved when the number of cells to be lighted is relatively small. The method includes classifying a display ratio into plural group ranges, selecting a suitable display pulse waveform for each group range, detecting the display ratio of an object to be displayed in a real display, and plural types of display pulses having different waveforms are used differently in accordance with the result of the detection. The display ratio means a ratio of the number of cells to be lighted to the number of cells of the screen. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267379 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD - An initial light control value calculation section calculates the backlight's initial light control value K0 according to brightness of an inputted image signal for each area. A black area measurement section measures a black area S by obtaining ratio of the number of pixels satisfying Y≦Y0 (Y: brightness signal level, Y0: black level threshold) in the screen. A minimum light control value output section determines a minimum light control value Kmin based on comparison between the measured black area S and a black area threshold S | 11-03-2011 |
20110267380 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus that displays an image implements a correction to reduce a luminance of the image. Next, the display apparatus determines an amount of light of a backlight including a plurality of light sources lighting a screen, based on the reduced luminance of the image. Then, the display apparatus controls the backlight to conform to the amount of light determined based on the reduced luminance. Thus, the amount of light of the backlight is reduced. As a result, the display apparatus can reduce current consumption. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267381 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - An object is to provide a display device that achieves low power consumption and an improved quality of moving and still images. A display device comprises: a display panel provided with a plurality of pixels each including sub-pixels with color filters of red, green, and blue, and a sub-pixel for controlling a transmission of white light; a backlight area including light sources of red, green, blue, and white; an image switch circuit that switches the display panel between a moving image mode and a still image mode; and a display control circuit that controls in the moving image mode a luminance of the light sources of red, green, and blue included in the backlight area, and controls in the still image mode a luminance of a light source of white included in the backlight area. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267382 | DUAL SOURCE BACKLIGHT UNIT FOR USE WITH A DISPLAY, A DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD - A display system, method and backlight unit for use with a display. The backlight unit includes a first light source and a second light source, wherein the first light source and the second light source are controllable independently of each other. The sum of light produced by the light sources illuminates the display to achieve illumination brightness capability of a higher intensity capable single light source. Changes in spectral characteristics and/or brightness characteristics due to aging or the like may be compensated. The first light source may provide a base line illumination level for the display and the second light source may be modulated to dynamically increase contrast and/or contrast ratio characteristics of the image being shown on the display to a viewer. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267383 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An object of at least one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device and a driving method thereof, in which a contour of an image is clearly recognized during movie display even in a case where a backlight is turned on and off so as to change intervals at which the backlight turns on. In at least one embodiment, the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal panel and the backlight that irradiates the liquid crystal panel with light, one frame period including a turn-on period during which the backlight turns on and a turn-off period during which the backlight turns off, luminance being changed by changing turn-on intervals of the backlight, the turn-on intervals of the backlight being changed by changing lengths of the turn-on period and the turn-off period. The liquid crystal display device further includes an OS process circuit for controlling a drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel by setting an amplitude of the drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel during a gray scale transition. The OS process circuit sets the amplitude of the drive voltage to be applied to the liquid crystal panel during the gray scale transition so as to be greater as the turn-on period of the backlight is longer under a condition where gray scales that have not been subjected to a gray scale transition is equal to gray scales that have been subjected to the gray scale transition in a case where the turn-on period of the backlight varies. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267384 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA GENERATION METHOD, DATA GENERATION PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Under control of a main microcomputer, an LED controller generates two frame-type LED control signals corresponding to two frame image signals arranged in time series in accordance with a panel processing color video signal. Furthermore, the LED controller generates from two frame-type LED control signals, a frame-type LED signal corresponding to an interpolation frame image signal temporally between the two frame image signals. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267385 | Universal Back Light Unit Control - Display backlight units are controlled with a signal. A message has an address header specifying one of an array of backlight units, and instructions for individually controlling each of the backlight units, particularized accordingly. The message is routed from a controller to a first controllable backlight unit of the display, which controllably responds to its corresponding particularized instructions. The message is sequentially routed in order from each backlight unit to the next in a chained ring configuration. Data from the backlight units is similarly routed back to the controller. | 11-03-2011 |
20110273480 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A stereoscopic image display and a method for driving the same are disclosed. The stereoscopic image display includes a display panel that displays a two-dimensional (2D) image data in a 2D mode and display a three-dimensional (3D) image data in a 3D mode, a backlight unit providing light to the display panel, a backlight controller that reduces a duty ratio of the backlight unit in a 3D mode lower than a duty ratio set in the 2D mode, and increases a forward current supplied to light sources of the backlight unit in the 3D mode greater than a forward current set in the 2D mode, and a light source driver driving the light sources of the backlight unit. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273481 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - The plasma display device has a sustain pulse generating circuit for generating sustain pulses in a sustain period. The sustain pulse generating circuit generates at least two kinds of sustain pulses of different rising gradients in the sustain period, generates a predetermined number of sustain pulse whose rising gradient becomes steeper to the latter half in at least one-side electrode in the sustain period after first two sustain pulses and except an erasing pulse, and continuously generates the sustain pulses while the rising gradient of the sustain pulses is varied in response to the light emitting rate of the plasma display panel in the sustain period. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273482 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING AN IMAGE IN A DISPLAY - The invention relates to a method for processing an image, adapted for a display comprising a plurality of pixels, comprising the steps of setting, in dependence upon the image content, a portion out of the plurality of pixels to black for obtaining off-pixels thereby reducing the resolution of the display to a predefined value; and sequentially switching the position of the off-pixels over the plurality of pixels comprised by the display. In this way, a possibility for reducing or compensating for image retention in displays is provided. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273483 | Display apparatus, electronic appliance, and method of driving display apparatus - A display apparatus includes: a display panel unit in which electro-optical devices that emit display light are arranged in the form of a matrix; and a control unit performing display grayscale control by sequentially selecting the electro-optical devices are arranged and driving the selected electro-optical devices in order with a first signal voltage and a second signal voltage based on an image signal, wherein the control unit divides a grayscale range that can be expressed by the second signal voltage into a plurality of areas and performs a grayscale interpolation operation for interpolating the display grayscales by the electro-optical devices by setting voltage values of the first signal voltage and the second signal voltage according to the grayscales of the image signal as commonly using respective setting information of the first signal voltage for each divided area of the second signal voltage. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273484 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE DISPLAY CIRCUIT AND BACKLIGHT OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for controlling the display circuit and the backlight source of a display device is utilized to improve the color display performance at the low grey scale region. The method includes dividing a plurality of display data into first original display data and second original display data according to a threshold value; the display circuit outputting the first original display data at a first frame duration; the backlight source outputting a first brightness at the first frame duration; the display circuit adjusting the second original display data according to a first parameter for generating second adjusted display data; the display circuit outputting the second adjusted display data at a second frame duration; lowering the first brightness according to the first parameter for generating a second brightness; and the backlight source outputting the second brightness at the second frame duration. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273485 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSFORMING AN IMAGE - A system and method for visually transforming an electronic image is provided. The electronic image may be displayed on a high-definition flat display screen and manipulated to appear as a work of art via a layered material. Embodiments include processing the electronic image to provide an electronically pre-filtered image, displaying the pre-filtered image on a display screen, and physically filtering the displayed, pre-filtered image with the layered material to reduce light emission, add texturing, and enhance the passage of a wavelength of light. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273486 | FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources whose light-emitting colors can be controlled independently. Each light source is associated with any one of a plurality of areas which are obtained by dividing a display screen. A color signal processing unit determines a chromaticity distribution of a video signal in an area, determines, in color space, a region containing all color coordinates in the area, and determines a light-emitting color of a corresponding light source for each field based on the determined region, and determines a transmittance of a liquid crystal element for each field based on the video signal in the area and the determined light-emitting color. By this, the difference between a color to be displayed and a color actually displayed is reduced area by area, reducing color breakup occurring in a field sequential color system. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273487 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY MODULE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, MOBILE DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY MODULE - At least one embodiment of the present invention provides a liquid crystal display module which can achieve low power consumption and high display quality without generating tearing. In at least one embodiment, the liquid crystal display module includes: a gate driver for driving a plurality of pixels per color of a plurality of primary colors different from each other, the plurality of pixels including pixels of the plurality of primary colors so that each of the plurality of primary colors is displayed by pixels of the each of the plurality of primary colors; a plurality of light sources for emitting different kinds of light, respectively, which different kinds of light correspond to the plurality of primary colors, respectively; and an LED driving circuit for controlling the plurality of light sources so that, during a time period in one frame, in which time period pixels of one of the plurality of primary colors are driven by the gate driver so as to display the one of the plurality of primary colors, at least one of the different kinds of light, other than a kind of light corresponding to the one of the plurality of primary colors, is emitted. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273488 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA GENERATION METHOD, DATA GENERATION PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Under management by a main microcomputer, an LED controller performs, along at least two directions within a plane of planar light formed by LEDs arranged in a matrix, brightness correction processing for adjusting the distribution of brightness of the planar light on light source color video signals to convert them into light source color video signals. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273489 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A gradation change detection circuit determines whether a gradation value has been changed from a previous frame. In at least one example embodiment, a first frame memory stores, when the gradation value is changed, a gradation value before change. A hold count calculation circuit determines a hold count indicating the number of frames inputted after the change of the gradation value. A second frame memory stores the determined hold counts. An emphasis conversion circuit performs a process of emphasizing a change in gradation value on a video signal, and makes a degree of emphasis smaller with a larger hold count. A liquid crystal panel is driven based on a video signal obtained by an overdrive circuit. By this, double optical responsivity occurring due to overdrive drive is prevented. | 11-10-2011 |
20110273490 | MOBILE TERMINAL, A PEEKING PREVENTION METHOD AND A PROGRAM FOR PEEKING PREVENTION - A mobile terminal includes user setting unit | 11-10-2011 |
20110273491 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REPAIRING SHORT CIRCUIT FAILURE - The present invention relates to an image display device and a method for repairing a short circuit failure. The present invention is applicable to, for example, an active matrix type image display device using an organic EL device, and a short circuit location between wiring patterns is able to be repaired. In a scanning line WSL or a signal line DTL, a bypass wiring pattern BP for bypassing a region where the signal line DTL and the scanning line WSL intersect with each other is provided. By using the bypass wiring pattern BP, a short circuit location between wiring patterns is repaired. | 11-10-2011 |
20110279482 | System and Method for Controlling a Display Backlight - In one embodiment, a backlight controller for a zoned backlight display includes a processor having a brightness value output. The processor is configured to provide a brightness value for at least one brightness zone of the display based on a target brightness value for the at least one zone, a past brightness value of the at least one zone, and a brightness time response. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279483 | CONTROLLING SINGLE-PICTURE ELEMENT (PIXEL) DISPLAYS - A method may include scanning, by a portable device, information from a storage unit of the portable device to change a color gradient on a surface of a single-pixel display attached to a housing of the portable device. In addition, the method may include detecting, by the portable device, a change in state of the portable device and sending a square wave signal or sine wave signal to the single-pixel display when the information provides for sending the slow-changing square wave or sine wave in response to the detected change in state of the portable device. Further, the method may include changing the illumination, color, or color gradient in accordance with the square wave signal or the sine wave signal. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279484 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device operating in a concurrent (e.g., simultaneous) emission method, which includes a first power driver configured to apply first power, which changes between a first low level and a first high level, to pixels of the display unit, and a second power driver configured to apply second power, which changes between a second low level and a second high level, to the pixels, wherein each of the pixels includes an organic light emitting diode, a driving transistor configured to control an amount of current supplied to the organic light emitting diode, and an initializing transistor coupled to an anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode and configured to be turned on during a reset period in one frame to supply a reset voltage, which is lower than the first high level of the first power, to the anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279485 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a backlight unit which emits a light, and a display panel which receives the light to display an image. The backlight unit includes a driving circuit which outputs a driving voltage and a reference voltage; and p light source blocks connected to the driving circuit, p being a natural number greater than or equal to 2, where each light source block of the p light source blocks receives the driving voltage through a first terminal thereof and the reference voltage through a second terminal thereof to generate the light, and the p light source blocks are divided into a plurality of groups, each group including at least two light source blocks. The driving circuit includes a first switching section which applies the driving voltage to first terminals of the p light source blocks, and a second switching section which applies the reference voltage to the second terminal of at least one of the p light source blocks. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279486 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING BACKLIGHT UNIT - A backlight unit capable of preventing deterioration in image quality of a display image by controlling driving timing of a backlight in consideration of an operation speed of liquid crystal, a liquid crystal display device using the same, and a method for driving the backlight unit are disclosed. The backlight unit includes a backlight including a plurality of light sources to generate light, and a backlight control unit configured to control an on/off time of the backlight in units of at least one frame using an off time setting value set by a user and an external dimming control signal and to control the amount of light emitted from the backlight. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279487 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - Provided is a display device for carrying out seamless display so that a sense of strangeness is not given to a viewer or the sense of strangeness is reduced. In at least one example embodiment, a display device that displays an image based on image signals DAT, includes: a display panel having (i) a display area in which a plurality of display elements for displaying the image are disposed in a matrix and (ii) a frame area which is located at an end of the display panel and in which no display element is provided; a backlight device which emits light, in a form of plane emission, towards a surface opposite to a display surface of the display area; and a light guide element which is provided on the display panel and which changes a light path of part of light emitted from the plurality of display elements so that the part of light is guided to the frame area, and luminance per unit area in a light-emitting surface of the backlight device is larger in a display area end portion where the light guide element is provided than in a normal display area where the light guide element is not provided out of the display area. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279488 | OLED LUMINANCE DEGRADATION COMPENSATION - A system and method are disclosed for determining a pixel capacitance. The pixel capacitance is correlated to a pixel age to determine a current correction factor used for compensating the pixel drive current to account for luminance degradation of the pixel that results from the pixel aging. | 11-17-2011 |
20110279489 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes a light source, a color separation unit configured to separate light from the light source into colored light beams, liquid crystal display devices each configured to modulate a corresponding one of the colored light beams in accordance with an image signal, light-shielding members each configured to block light that enters an area outside an effective display area of a corresponding one of the liquid crystal display devices, a color combination unit configured to combine the colored light beams that have been modulated by the liquid crystal display devices, and a projection unit configured to project light produced by combining the colored light beams with the color combination unit, wherein the liquid crystal display devices are fixed to a heatsink, and wherein the light-shielding members each include a base member fixed to the heatsink and a mask member detachably mounted on the base member. | 11-17-2011 |
20110285752 | Light emission control driver, light emitting display device using the same, and methodfor driving light emission control signal - A light emission control driver includes a first logic unit configured to receive a plurality of clock signals and a first input signal and generate a first output signal; a second logic unit configured to receive a plurality of clock signals and a second input signal and generate a second output signal; and an output controller configured to receive the first output signal, the second output signal, a first control signal, and a second control signal, and generate a light emission control signal. When a driving scheme of a display unit is a simultaneous light emission mode, the light emission control signal is controlled according to driving of the output controller, and, when the driving scheme of the display unit is a progressive light emission mode, the light emission control signal is controlled according to driving of the first logic unit, the second logic unit, and the output controller. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285753 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An image processing method comprises: (A) separating R and B data and G data from input data; (B) loading data corresponding to respective odd rows of gamma-converted R and B data, and storing data corresponding to respective even rows of the R and B data adjacent to the loaded odd rows; (C) loading two R data of the even row, along with two R data of the odd row corresponding to a first display position, so as to form a 2×2 R pixel area, and loading two B data of the even row, along with two B data of the odd row corresponding to a second display position, so as to form a 2×2 B pixel area; (D) computing the sharpness of the corresponding display data by comparing the data in each of the R and B pixel areas column by column and row by row; (E) computing the luminance of the display data by taking the average value of the data corresponding to the odd row of each of the R and B pixel areas; (F) determining the gray scale value of output R data by adding the sharpness to the luminance of the R data, and determining the gray scale value of output B data by adding the sharpness to the luminance of the B data; and (G) combining the inverse-gamma-converted R and B data and the input G data and then outputting the combined data according to the sub-pixel structure of the display panel. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285754 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - An electro-optic display uses first and second drive schemes differing from each other, for example a slow gray scale drive scheme and a fast monochrome drive scheme. The display is first driven to a pre-determined transition image using the first drive scheme, then driven to a second image, different from the transition image, using the second drive scheme. The display is thereafter driven to the same transition image using the second drive scheme; and from thence to a third image, different from both the transition image and the second image, using the first drive scheme. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285755 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A method for driving a display device including pixels each including a display element and a transistor is proposed. The driving method has an image production period and an image retention period. In the image production period, a video signal is input to each pixel and the gray level of the display element in each pixel is controlled in accordance with the video signal so that an image is produced. In the image retention period, a retention signal is input to each pixel and the gray level of the display element in each pixel is held so that the image produced in the image production period is retained. Deterioration of the transistor can be suppressed by making the absolute value of the potential difference between the gate and the second terminal of the transistor smaller in the image retention period than in the image production period. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285756 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electrophoretic display device includes a first substrate and a second substrate, an electrophoretic layer disposed between the first substrate and the second substrate and containing at least a dispersion medium and positively or negatively charged particles mixed in the dispersion medium, first electrodes formed in island shapes and driven independently in respective pixels on a side of the electrophoretic layer of the first substrate, a second electrode formed on a side of the electrophoretic layer of the second substrate and having a larger area than the first electrodes, transistors connected to the first electrodes, and a first control electrode disposed in at least part of an area where the first electrodes are absent above a drain electrode of a first transistor of the transistors. A potential for repelling the particles is applied to the first control electrode. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285757 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHOOSING DISPLAY MODES - This disclosure provides apparatus, systems, and methods for updating display devices. In one aspect, a multi-line addressing mode may be used to update the display by writing data to multiple display lines in order to increase display refresh rate and reduce power consumption. In another aspect, a line order addressing mode may be used to write data to display lines in a random or quasi-random sequence in order to minimize visible display updates. In another aspect, a color processing mode may be used to forego processing color information in order to reduce power consumption and processing time. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285758 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus that displays an image with adjustments made in the luminance of the individual pixels of a display includes: a weighting portion which assigns weights to the luminance of the individual pixels according to their position on the display. The weights assigned as a result of the weighting are set so as to decrease from the center to the edge of the display. | 11-24-2011 |
20110285759 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - A liquid crystal display device that can be driven at high frequencies without causing display failure due to insufficient charging, flicker, luminance unevenness, etc., is implemented. Source bus lines are driven such that polarities of video signals are reversed every plurality of frames. A display interface circuit is provided with a lookup table that holds a correspondence relationship between a data addition value and a combination of the sum of grayscale values of image data for frames before and after reversal of the polarities of video signals is performed and a row number. During a period of a frame immediately before reversal of the polarities of video signals is performed, the voltages (V | 11-24-2011 |
20110285760 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image display device includes a luminescence element, a capacitor, and a driver having a gate connected to a first electrode of the capacitor and a source connected to an anode of the luminescence element. A power source supplies a reference voltage to the first electrode of the capacitor via a first switch. A data line supplies a signal voltage to the second electrode of the capacitor via a second switch. A third switch connects the anode of the luminescence element to the second electrode of the capacitor. A controller supplies the signal voltage to the capacitor by switching ON the first and second switches when the third switch is OFF, and switches OFF the first and second switches to switch ON the third switch after a voltage corresponding to the signal voltage is held by the capacitor. | 11-24-2011 |
20110292086 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel, a light source module and a skin-color detector. The display panel has a plurality of sub pixel units, and the sub pixel units include red sub pixel units, green sub pixel units, blue sub pixel units and white sub pixel units. The light source module is disposed at a side of the display panel and the light source module includes a white light source and a yellow light source distributed in the white light source. The skin-color detector is electrically connected to the display panel, wherein the skin-color detector detects the skin-color area proportion of an image signal of the display panel. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292087 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING CHROMATICITY COORDINATES THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display, comprising: a display panel on which a plurality of pixels are arranged, each of the pixels comprising an R sub-pixel for generating red light through a white OLED and an R color filter, a G sub-pixel for generating green light through a white OLED and a G color filter, a B sub-pixel for generating blue light through a white OLED and a B color filter, and a W sub-pixel for generating white light through a white OLED; a data operation unit for generating a data operation value by extracting a representative value for each pixel based on three primary color data, determining white data of the corresponding pixel as the representative value, and then subtracting the white data from the three primary color data for each pixel; a gain adjusting unit for generating a gain adjusting value of the three primary color data by multiplying a preset gain value of the three primary color data by the corresponding white data; and a data conversion unit for generating four color compensation data, whose white chromaticity coordinates are compensated for each pixel, by adding the gain adjusting value to the data operation value and matching the corresponding white data to the three primary color data converted by the adding. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292088 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display device capable of performing image signal writing and display with a field-sequential method in parallel, with a simple pixel configuration. In the liquid crystal display device, image signal writing to pixels in a row can be followed by image signal writing to pixels in a row which is separate from the row by at least two rows. Therefore, in the liquid crystal display device, image signal writing and lighting of the backlights are not performed per pixel portion but can be performed per unit region of the pixel portion. Accordingly, image signal writing and lighting of the backlight can be performed in parallel in the liquid crystal display device. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292089 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a display device including a display unit configured to include a liquid crystal panel, which displays an image by changing an orientation state of a liquid crystal, and a backlight, whose light emission state is independently controllable with respect to each of multiple regions within a screen, and to line-sequentially display in an image display region a first image based on a first image signal and a second image based on a second image signal, by alternately displaying the first image and the second image by one frame or two or more consecutive frames and sequentially switching the first image and the second image at a predetermined time interval, and a backlight control unit configured to control the light emission state of the backlight for each region in accordance with signal levels of the first image signal and the second image signal. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292090 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display panel; a backlight portion that shines light onto the display panel from a rear surface of the display panel; a backlight control portion that controls the backlight portion. The backlight portion is an LED backlight unit that includes a plurality of LEDs that are divided into a plurality of fixed groups. The backlight control portion is capable of performing at least either of: first control which turns off the LEDs that belong to one group and turns on the LEDs that belong to a group other than the one group and second control which turns on the LEDs that belong to the one group at a brightness lower than a brightness for turning on the LEDs that belong to the group other than the one group. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292091 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit includes: a display section having a plurality of light-emitting devices arranged in a straight line; a driving section supplying a display driving signal for controlling the luminance of each of the light-emitting devices; and a display control section connected to the driving section for supplying the driving section with either a first display control signal for controlling the luminance of the light-emitting devices to display a preset display pattern according to an operation control signal from a controller or a second display control signal for controlling the luminance of the light-emitting devices in synchronism with the level of an audio signal, wherein the first display control signal is generated based on a wave function. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292092 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a pixel circuit, and a driving circuit. The pixel circuit includes a driving transistor, a first capacitive element, an electro-optical element, and a switch. The driving circuit controls the switch to be turned off, varies a potential such that the driving transistor is turned on, during a first period, sets a potential at a control terminal to a compensation initial value by controlling the switch to be turned on, during a second period, supplies a grayscale potential corresponding to a designated grayscale, varies a driving potential such that the driving transistor is turned on, during a third period, and varies a voltage between the control terminal and a first terminal with the passage of time, during a fourth period. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292093 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL CIRCUIT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electro-optical device includes a pixel circuit, and a driving circuit. The pixel circuit includes a driving transistor, an electro-optical element, a first capacitive element, a first switch, and a second switch. The driving circuit varies a potential at a control terminal during a first period, sets the potential at the control terminal to a compensation initial value during a second period, varies a driving potential from a first potential to a second potential such that the driving transistor is turned on during a third period, supplies a grayscale potential corresponding to a designated grayscale to the signal line and controls the second switch to be turned on during a fourth period, and varies a voltage between the control terminal and a first terminal with the passage of time during a fifth period. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292094 | COLOR DISPLAY ARCHITECTURE AND DRIVING METHODS - A method for driving a display cell filled with an electrophoretic fluid comprising two types of pigment particles carrying opposite charge polarities and of two contrast colors wherein said two types of pigment particles are dispersed in a solvent of a color, which method comprises driving said display cell to a color state which color is the color of the solvent by applying a driving voltage which is about 1 to about 20% of the full driving voltage. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292095 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In order to provide a display device including a liquid crystal display element and a light-emitting display element that are controlled so as to be individually driven, a display device ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110292096 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A normally black liquid crystal display device of the present invention is provided with a liquid crystal display panel | 12-01-2011 |
20110292097 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - An illumination device is provided which can reduce a movement blur and a tailing phenomenon on a motion picture display while a drop in display brightness is suppressed, and which can suppress power consumption, can be made small and light, and can prolong the lifetime, and a liquid crystal display device using the same is provided. A light source control part of a control circuit synchronizes a latch pulse signal outputted from a gate driver control part to a gate driver, and outputs light emission control signals to respective light source power supply circuits. The respective light source power supply circuits change emission states of cold cathode fluorescent lamps to one of a first to a third emission states on the basis of the inputted light emission control signals, and illuminate an LCD panel from a rear surface of a display area. A first stage emission state is a non-lighting state, a second stage emission state is a maximum lighting state in which maximum lighting brightness is obtained, and a third emission state is an intermediate lighting state in which brightness of about one half of the second stage emission state is obtained. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292098 | PROJECTOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A LIGHT SOURCE FOR USE WITH THE PROJECTOR - A projector has a storage unit storing data on a plurality of different light emission patterns each occurring in a period based on a plurality of different-colored lights, wherein each light emission pattern corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of different projection conditions of a color image. An acquiring unit acquires a present projection condition of the color image, and a controller controls a light emission operation of the plurality of different-colored light emitting elements in the period in accordance with data on a lightemission pattern corresponding to the present projection condition of the color image. | 12-01-2011 |
20110298832 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY AND LIGHT SOURCE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A color sequential display and a light source control method of the color sequential display are provided. The light source control method includes the following steps. A frame data of a frame period is received, wherein the frame period includes a plurality of color sub-frame periods. The frame data is analyses to obtain gray distributions of a plurality of colors in the frame data. Whether all or a portion of a plurality of color light sources of the color sequential display are turned on in the frame period is determined according to the gray distributions of the colors. Wherein, a light emitting time of the turned on color light source is longer than any one of the color sub-frame periods. Therefore, the brightness displayed by the color sequential display can be enhanced. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298833 | HIGH CONTRAST LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Devices and methods related to high-contrast liquid crystal displays (LCDs) are provided. For example, such an electronic device may include an LCD with two liquid crystal alignment layers not symmetric to one another and upper and lower polarizing layers respectively above and below the alignment layers. Light transmittance through the plurality of pixels may increase monotonically with gray scale voltage. The display may operate using a gray scale level | 12-08-2011 |
20110298834 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACK LIGHT - Disclosed herein is a backlight control apparatus, including an LED backlight drive unit driving an LED backlight module and a control unit outputting an enable signal deterministic of whether to drive the LED backlight drive unit or not to the LED backlight drive unit, and stepwisely decreasing or increasing the duty ratio of a PWM control signal to control the brightness of the LED backlight module and outputting it to the LED backlight drive unit. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298835 | DISPLAY MEDIUM DRIVING DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD, DRIVING PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving device of a display medium that including first and second particle groups migrating independently due to a first voltage being imparted for a first time period, forming aggregates due to the first voltage being imparted for a second time period, and the aggregates migrating due to a second voltage being imparted. The driving device includes a voltage imparting section that: imparts a third voltage that moves, to a display substrate side, a greater-amount-needed particle group for gradation display, in an amount of a difference between particles of the first particle group and second particle group needed for the display; when the greater-amount-needed particle group has an opposite polarity to the aggregates, imparts a fourth voltage that moves the aggregates needed to the display substrate side; and when the polarities are same, imparts a fifth voltage that moves the aggregates not needed to a rear substrate side. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298836 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display is disclosed. A signal from the pixels in the display is transmitted to a circuit which compensates the image data according to the signal, which is indicative of one or more of ageing of the organic light emitting diodes, the threshold voltages of the driving transistors, and current mobility of the driving transistors. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298837 | Methods and apparatus for calibrating a color display - Improved methods are provided for calibrating color on a color display coupled to a computer, which are useful for obtaining calibrated data in a virtual proof network for enabling different color devices to render consistent color. Methods involve user interactions with screens on the display to set color display parameters. An apparatus is also provided for calibrating a sensor which may be used for measuring color of a display in one or more of these methods. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298838 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - A display apparatus comprises pixels ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110298839 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a display apparatus and a display control method capable of improving display quality of an image. The display apparatus is provided with an LED backlight ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110298840 | Driving method for dynamically driving a field sequential color liquid crystal display - A driving method for dynamically driving a field sequential color liquid crystal display is characterized in that a backlight includes at least two or more different colors, a plurality of fields constitute one frame, each field includes scanning time, non-scanning time of COMs and the time when the backlight is turned off. All liquid crystal pixels are driven by scanning each COM in a certain order during the scanning time. The non-scanning time is the time during which all liquid crystal pixels are not driven while the backlight continues to be bright after the scanning time. The time when the backlight is turned off is the time when all liquid crystal pixels are not driven while the backlight is turned off after the non-scanning time. The sum of two kinds of time mentioned above is larger than or equal to 1 ms and less than or equal to 10 ms. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298841 | OUTDOOR DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - The outdoor display system has a solar cell; electricity storing device which stores electric power; a display apparatus which displays information, and a control device which supplies the electric power obtained by the solar cell to the display apparatus or the electricity storing unit. The control device has an acquisition part which acquires weather forecast information, and an accommodating adjusting part which accommodates adjusts the ratio of the electric power supplying to the display apparatus or to the electric power storing to the electricity storing unit according to the weather forecast information acquired by the acquisition part. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298842 | Sparse Source Array for Display Pixel Array Illumination with Rotated Far Field Plane - A pixel array display system including an illumination source of discrete emitters with uniform emitting areas, a separate collimator in front of each emitter, and a condenser in front of said collimators which focuses collimated light from the emitters onto the pixel array. The pixel array display system does not include a light homogenizing optical element such as a light pipe. Each emitter is focused onto at least 75 percent of the pixels. A portion of the emitters which provide collimated light cones proximate to a modulated light optical cone from the pixel array may be provided reduced power in a high contrast operating mode. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298843 | DYNAMIC POWER AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROL FOR A DISPLAY SCREEN - An image is displayed on an electronic display device at a reduced power level. Power used by the display device is maintained below a predetermined maximum power level by uniformly scaling the initial optical intensity of an image to a lower optical intensity whenever displaying the image at the initial optical intensity would result in power consumption of the display device exceeding the predetermined maximum power level. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298844 | Power Calibration of Multiple Light Sources in a Display Screen - A display device with multiple light sources includes a detector that dynamically measures output intensities of the light sources as the light sources are producing light to cause an image to be formed on a display screen. A controller for the display device compares the measured output intensities with desired output intensities determined from factory-calibrated correlation values and adjusts the inputs to the light sources to compensate for drift and other similar effects, so that brightness uniformity among the multiple light sources can be achieved. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298845 | PANEL CONTROLLER, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, SIGNAL MODULATION METHOD, SIGNAL MODULATION PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The object of the invention is to prevent a large amount of unnecessary images from being displayed on an image on a liquid crystal display panel, due to a signal value of a pulse width modulation signal (PWM) which exceeds the minimum signal value of a vertical synchronization signal when the vertical synchronization signal (VS) interferes with the pulse width modulation signal (PWM) within a period of one frame. A liquid crystal display panel controller makes an intermediate signal value (M | 12-08-2011 |
20110298846 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVE METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A method for driving a plasma display panel includes a first mode for carrying out display by applying sustain pulses whose number corresponds to brightness weight of subfields; a second mode for carrying out display in which the one field period includes a smaller number of subfields than that of the first mode and the number of sustain pulses in the one field period is set to be more than that in the first mode; and a third mode for carrying out display in which an address time of a non-lighting line of the second mode is shortened and the shortened time is set in a sustain period. The first mode or the second mode is shifted to the third mode when a lighting rate is a predetermined value or less and a gradation of image is a predetermined value or more of each subfield. | 12-08-2011 |
20110298847 | REMOTE STATUS MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY FOR A TRANSPORT VEHICLE - A display for a transport unit. The transport unit includes a trailer that defines a space with at least one zone, and a vehicle that is attachable to the trailer. The vehicle has a passenger compartment and a rear view mirror. A sensor is in communication with the transport unit and senses a parameter of the transport unit. The transport unit also includes a housing that is coupled to the trailer, and that has a display with a screen configured to display the parameter. A controller is attached to the trailer and is in communication with the space. The controller is in electrical communication with the sensor and the display, and the controller is programmed to selectively switch the display between a forward view mode and a mirror view mode based on a relationship between the vehicle and the trailer. | 12-08-2011 |
20110304652 | ELECTRONIC DISPLAY - An electronic display includes a first display element configured to control a first colorant and a second display element stacked on the first display element and configured to control a second colorant. The electronic display also includes first, second, and third transparent substrates. The first display element includes a continuous first electrode on a first side of the first substrate, a plurality of first thin film transistors on the second substrate, and a plurality of second electrodes on the second substrate. Each second electrode is coupled to a first thin film transistor. The second display element includes a continuous third electrode on a second side of the first substrate, a plurality of second thin film transistors on the third substrate, and a plurality of fourth electrodes on the third substrate. Each fourth electrode is coupled to a second thin film transistor. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304653 | LAMP | 12-15-2011 |
20110304654 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONICS DEVICE - An electrophoretic display apparatus includes a first substrate and a second substrate; an electrophoretic layer that is allocated between the first substrate and the second substrate; and a first electrode and a second electrode that are each formed in an island shape, for each pixel, at the electrophoretic layer side of the first substrate, and are mutually independently driven. The first and second electrodes form a comb-teeth shaped electrode in a plan view, which include a plurality of branch portions and a trunk portion combining the plurality of branch portions, and each of first ones of the branch portions, which are located at respective edge portions of a pixel area, has a width smaller than a width of each of second ones of the branch portions, which are branch portions other than the first branch portions. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304655 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes first and second scanning lines, first and second signal lines, first to fourth thin-film transistors, and first to third pixel electrodes. The first and second signal lines are arranged to intersect with the first and second scanning lines. The first thin-film transistor is connected to the second scanning line and the first signal line. The first pixel electrode is connected to the first thin-film transistor. The second thin-film transistor is connected to the first scanning line and the first pixel electrode. The second pixel electrode is connected to the second thin-film transistor. The third thin-film transistor is connected to the first scanning line and the second pixel electrode. The third pixel electrode is connected to the third thin-film transistor. The fourth thin-film transistor is connected to the second scanning line, the third pixel electrode, and the second signal line. | 12-15-2011 |
20110304656 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A display device ( | 12-15-2011 |
20110304657 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a backlight device that reduces elevated black levels and the visibility of flickering when displaying a video. A light-emitting unit ( | 12-15-2011 |
20110310130 | DISPLAY SHEET, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND DISPLAY SHEET DRIVING METHOD - A method for driving a display sheet having a display layer having storage portions containing first particles and second particles includes a reset period having a first period in which the second particles are moved to one surface and also the first particles are moved to the other surface and a second period, after the first period, in which the first particles are moved to the one surface and also the second particles are moved to the other surface. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310131 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO ENHANCE LEGIBILITY OF IMAGES SHOWN ON A DISPLAY - A display system and method for improving legibility of images viewed on a passive display in a bright environment, including apparatus and method for increasing or maintaining the range of grey levels for the image as viewed on the display and decreasing the number of grey levels used in that range. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310132 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Image quality of a field-sequential liquid crystal display device is improved by increasing the frequency of input of an image signal. Among pixels arranged in matrix, image signals are concurrently supplied to pixels provided in a plurality of rows. Thus, the frequency of input of an image signal to each of the pixels of the liquid crystal display device can be increased. As a result, in the liquid crystal display device, display deterioration such as color break which is caused in a field-sequential liquid crystal display device can be suppressed and image quality can be improved. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310133 | DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - To improve the quality of a liquid crystal display device, writing of an image signal and lighting of a backlight are sequentially performed not in the whole pixel portion of the liquid crystal display device but in each given region of the pixel portion. Thus, the frequency of input of an image signal to each pixel of the liquid crystal display device can be increased. As a result, display degradation caused in the liquid crystal display device such as color break can be suppressed, and the quality of an image can be improved. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310134 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device with an illumination unit that causes a plurality of LED to emit light as a back-light of a liquid crystal panel that comprises a temperature calculating unit that detects a forward voltage drop of the LED, and calculates the temperature of the LED based on the detected forward voltage drop; and a control unit that controls the emission of light of the LED and/or the display of picture on the liquid crystal panel based on the calculated temperature of the LED. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310135 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY CAPABLE OF REDUCING RESIDUAL IMAGES DURING A POWER-OFF PROCESS AND/OR A POWER-ON PROCESS OF THE LCD - An LCD includes a liquid crystal panel having pixel electrodes, a timing controller for receiving image signals, a data driving circuit for receiving the timing control signals, the data signals and a predetermined voltage, converting the data signals into corresponding data voltages, and providing the data voltages to the pixel electrodes under control of the timing control signals, and a power circuit for providing a power voltage to the data driving circuit and the timing controller. The absolute value of a voltage difference between the common voltage and the predetermined voltage is a constant value. When the liquid crystal display is in a working state, the data driving circuit provides the data voltages to the pixel electrodes. When the liquid crystal display is in a power-off process, the data driving circuit provides the predetermined voltage to the pixel electrodes in order to display images corresponding to an identical gray scale. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310136 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and a driving method thereof are provided. The LCD includes: a display panel part including a pixel, the pixel including a plurality of sub-pixels; a panel driver which drives the sub-pixels; a backlight part which emits a light of different colors to the display panel part; a backlight driver which provides the light of the colors corresponding to fields of a frame in sequence by sequentially driving the backlight part according to the fields; and a controller which controls the panel driver to represent a color of the pixel of the frame by selectively using one or more of the sub-pixels of the pixel. Hence, the liquid crystal stress can be drastically improved without a loss of brightness. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310137 | Image Display Device - The present invention provides an image display device comprising data lines each supplying a data signal, and a plurality of pixel circuits. Each of the pixel circuits includes a light-emitting element, a capacitor which stores a difference in potential caused by the data signal therein, a drive transistor which has a gate electrode connected to the data line via the capacitor and controls light emission of the light-emitting element based on a difference in potential between the gate electrode and a source electrode thereof, which is generated by a potential supplied by the data line and the potential difference stored in the capacitor, and a variation control switch which causes the difference in potential between the gate and source electrodes of the drive transistor to vary based on the data signal at the turning on thereof and prevents the difference in potential from varying at the turning off thereof. | 12-22-2011 |
20110316889 | MAINTAINING DC BALANCE IN ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAYS USING CONTRAST CORRECTION - Systems and methods for maintaining DC balance in bi-stable displays using contrast correction are disclosed. The system includes a DC balance module and storage for DC corrective waveforms. The DC balance module generates transitional driving schemes which drive pixels to new color values while simultaneously shifting each pixel's relative impulse potential values to be in line with those of the new speed drive scheme. The transitional driving schemes ensure DC balance by performing contrast and color-depth correction. In particular, the transitional driving schemes lower the contrast and reduce the color depth of pixels when increasing the speed of page flipping and raise the contrast and color depth when reducing the speed of page flipping. The present embodiment of the invention also includes a method for variable-speed page flipping with contrast correction and a method for creating a transitional driving scheme. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316890 | DISPLAY AND REAL-TIME AUTOMATIC WHITE BALANCE METHOD THEREOF - A display and a real-time automatic white balance method thereof are provided. The display includes a first color light source and a second color light source. The real-time automatic white balance method includes following steps. A first target luminance of the first color light source and a second target luminance of the second color light source are provided. A luminance of the first color light source is detected to obtain a first current luminance. A second current luminance of the second color light source is calculated according to a ratio of the first target luminance to the first current luminance and the second target luminance. A luminance of the second color light source is adjusted according to the second current luminance. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316891 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY ELEMENT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display element and a drive circuit that drives the display element, in which the drive circuit outputs a reset pulse that changes an orientation state of liquid crystal into a first orientation state, a selection pulse that changes the first orientation state into a second orientation state by combinations of a plurality of pulses in accordance with gradation data of an image to be displayed, and a maintenance pulse that maintains the second orientation state. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316892 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display includes: a display unit including: a plurality of scan lines; a plurality of light emission control lines; a plurality of data lines; and a plurality of pixels, each of the pixels being coupled to a corresponding scan line among the scan lines, a corresponding light emission control line among the light emission control lines, and a corresponding data line among the data lines; a scan driver configured to transmit a plurality of scan signals to the scan lines; a light emission driver configured to transmit a plurality of light emission control signals to the light emission control lines; a data driver configured to transmit a plurality of data signals to the data lines; and a power source driver configured to apply a plurality of power source voltages having different levels to the pixels during one frame period. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316893 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device is disclosed. The display device has improved yield because luminance of the manufactured display devices can be adjusted so as to meet the manufacturing specification. The display device includes a gamma measurer configured to measure a gamma value by comparing the amount of current with a luminance of the pixel unit, a voltage estimator configured to calculate a voltage of the first power supply based on a difference in a desired gamma value and a gamma value measured by the gamma measurer, and a DC-DC converter configured to generate voltages for the first and second power supplies, wherein the voltage of at least the first power supply is based on the voltage calculated by the voltage estimator. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316894 | Liquid crystal display device - In a liquid crystal display device performing multi-picture element driving, gate OFF timing of a switching element connected between each sub picture element and a signal line is matched with phase timing when all the subsidiary capacity wires are at the same potential. This prevents the occurrence of uneven luminance appearing in a lateral streak. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316895 | White balance correction circuit and correction method for display apparatus that displays color image by controlling number of emissions or intensity thereof in accordance with plurality of primary color video signals - A display method of a plasma display apparatus to which primary color video signals are inputted and which carries out color display by letting phosphors for primary colors emit light is provided. The display method displays the primary color video signals by changing a gray level of an output primary color video signal in accordance with a gray level of an input primary color video signal. When each gray level of the inputted primary color video signals changes from a first value to a second value which is larger than the first value, a gray level of a primary color video signal for a phosphor having the largest influence of luminance saturation properties among the phosphors is increased relative to a gray level of the other primary color video signal. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316896 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, PROJECTION DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device generates image data of a projection image displayed on a screen having a color obtained by correcting a color of original data representing an image to be displayed so that the projection image has a desired color. The image processing device includes a storage section adapted to store a spectral reflectivity of the screen, a designation section adapted to designate a type of an outside light in an installation environment of the screen, a correction light determination section adapted to determine a correction light using a spectral distribution of the reflected light obtained based on the spectral reflectivity and a spectral distribution of the outside light, and a color correction section adapted to generate the image data using the original data and data of a spectral distribution of the correction light. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316897 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The present application provides a display device having a pixel circuit including: a pixel electrode; a capacitive element configured to be connected to the pixel electrode of liquid crystal capacitance and hold a signal potential reflecting a grayscale; and an inverter circuit configured to invert polarity of a held potential read out from the capacitive element, wherein input potential of the inverter circuit is set to middle potential in an operating supply voltage range of the inverter circuit in operation of inverting the polarity of the held potential and writing an inverted potential to the capacitive element again after reading out the held potential from the capacitive element. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316898 | THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A 3-D image display including an image forming unit for forming an image by modulating light according to image information is provided. The 3-D image display includes a display device with a plurality of first regions for forming a left eye image and a plurality of second regions for forming a right eye image in a 3-D image mode. The 3-D image display also includes a viewpoint controller with first and second reflection mirror devices for reflecting light of a left eye image and light of a right eye image input from the image forming unit to first and second viewpoints when displaying a 3-D image. The locations of the first and second viewpoints may be changed by controlling an angle of reflection surfaces of the first and second reflection mirror devices. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316899 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DUAL-MODE DISPLAY - One embodiment includes display comprising a light modulator configured to display a portion of an image such as a reflective light modulator, a light emitter configured to display the portion of the image and a circuit configured to selectively provide signals to at least one of the light modulator and the light emitter indicative of the portion of the image. In one such embodiment, an active matrix provides a simple, efficient drive for such devices. Other embodiments include methods of making and driving such devices. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316900 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a gate driver, a gray scale compensator, and a date driver. The gate driver sequentially applies gate data to the gate lines. The gray scale compensator compares the primitive gray scale data of the n-th frame with the primitive gray scale data of the (n−1)-th frame to output a compensated gray scale data of a n-th frame, when a primitive gray scale data of a (n−1)-th frame is lower than a gray scale data of a first gray scale and a primitive gray scale data of the n-th frame is higher than a gray scale data of a second gray scale. The date driver converts the compensated gray scale data into a date voltage corresponding to the compensated gray scale data and applies the data voltage to the date line. Therefore, response time of the liquid crystal molecules may be reduced. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316901 | DATA DRIVER DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A CHARGE-SHARE OPERATION - A data driver device and a display device, in which the data driver device includes a plurality of data lines; a plurality of first charge-share switches connected between a share line and the plurality of data lines, respectively; and a plurality of second charge-share switches each connected between two adjacent data lines among the plurality of data lines. | 12-29-2011 |
20110316902 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a backlight device, wherein when both the drive duty and the drive current are controlled in each of separated areas, the image quality is improved by preventing the change of luminance even when there is a difference between the adjustment resolutions of both the drive duty and the drive current. A light-emitting unit ( | 12-29-2011 |
20110316903 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A change-information obtaining unit determines a pixel having a rapid decrease in luminance from an input video signal. A light-emitting-region determination unit determines whether or not the pixel having a rapid decrease in luminance is a light emitting pixel. When the area of a region formed by light emitting pixels is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, the light-emitting-region determination unit notifies a drive signal correction unit of the address of the region. The drive signal correction unit corrects a drive signal so that the luminance of the region at the notified address can be lower than that obtained without correction, and generates a display frame. | 12-29-2011 |
20120001946 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A device and method for driving a liquid crystal display device, which is capable of improving image quality and reducing power consumption by varying a light emission region of a backlight unit according to brightness characteristics of a display image, is disclosed. The driving device includes a liquid crystal panel, panel drivers, a timing controller for generating control signals to control the panel drivers, analyzing a brightness distribution of externally input image data to set the number of divisional driving regions of a backlight, and generating a dimming control signal to control the brightness of each of the divisional driving regions, and a backlight unit for divisionally setting the driving regions of the backlight according to the number of divisional driving regions and the dimming control signal and driving the driving regions according to the dimming control signal to irradiate light to the liquid crystal panel. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001947 | RGBW DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In an exemplary RGBW display apparatus, a plurality of four-color image output signals and a plurality of mapping scale ratios are generated according to a plurality of three-color image input signals. Furthermore, a backlight output intensity outputted from a backlight module is dynamically adjusted according to the mapping scale ratios and a white color signal adjust ratio is generated. In addition, a white color signal in each of the four-color image output signals is adjusted to be an updated white color signal according to the white color signal adjust ratio. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001948 | Display device, pixel circuit and display drive method thereof - A display device includes: a pixel array in which pixel circuits each having a light emitting device and a drive transistor which applies current corresponding to an inputted video signal voltage to the light emitting device are arranged in a matrix state; a signal selector supplying at least the video signal voltage and a reference voltage as signal line voltages to respective signal lines arranged in columns on the pixel array; a first write scanner outputting a first scanning pulse with respect to respective first write control lines arranged in rows on the pixel array, which is used for controlling input of the signal line voltages to the pixel circuits; and a second write scanner outputting a second scanning pulse with respect to respective second write control lines arranged in columns on the pixel array, which is used for controlling input of the signal line voltages to the pixel circuits with the first scanning pulse. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001949 | Brightness Controller, Brightness Control Method, and Computer Program Product - According to one embodiment, a brightness controller includes a plurality of display modules, a specifying module, and a controller. The display modules each include a display screen the brightness of which is adjustable. The specifying module specifies at least one of the display modules to display an application. The controller individually controls the brightness of the display screen of the display module specified by the specifying module based on features of the application displayed on the display module. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001950 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THEREOF - A method for driving an organic light emitting display device that is able to minimize power consumption while in a standby mode. In order to decrease power consumption during standby mode, only a portion of the display corresponding to the standby mode display area displays an image while in standby mode, and a remainder of the image producing display displays black. The method includes sequentially supplying a scanning signal to the standby mode display region and the standby mode non-display region, supplying a data signal in response to the image in a data driver when supplying the scanning signal to the standby mode display region and supplying the data signal in response to a black image from an inspecting unit while supplying the scanning signal to the standby mode non-display region. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001951 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section; a liquid crystal display panel including pixels corresponding to a plurality of colors; an overdrive processing section performing predetermined overdrive processing on an input picture signal; a gain correction section performing a predetermined gain correction on the overdrive-processed picture signal; and a drive section performing a display-drive based on the gain-corrected picture signal. The liquid crystal display panel includes a pair of substrates and liquid crystal cells forming the pixels. A plurality of values corresponding to respective colors of the pixels are provided for cell gaps of the liquid crystal cells. The overdrive processing section performs common overdrive processing for pixels of respective colors, and the gain correction section performs different gain corrections corresponding to respective values of the cell gaps. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001952 | DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A driving circuit includes a pair of operational amplifiers, one producing an analog voltage output of positive polarity, the other producing an analog voltage output of negative polarity. An output switching circuit interchanges these outputs between a pair of data lines. One or both of the operational amplifiers includes a parasitic diode having one terminal connected to the output terminal of the operational amplifier and another terminal normally connected to a power supply voltage of the operational amplifier. When the output of the operational amplifier is switched, a protective switching circuit temporarily disconnects the parasitic diode from the power supply of the operational amplifier and instead connects it to a power supply line carrying a voltage high enough, or low enough, to ensure that the parasitic diode is not forward biased by the existing voltage on the data line to which the output is switched. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001953 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In a first subframe period, light sources of a first region and a third region emit lights at the same time; light sources of a second region and a fourth region emit no light at the same time, in which light emission of different colors is performed in the first region and the third region. In a second subframe period, light sources of the second region and the fourth region emit lights at the same time; light sources of the first region and the third region emit no light at the same time, in which light emission of different colors is performed in the second region and the fourth region. The first region and the third region are separated from each other with the second region interposed therebetween; and the second region and the fourth region are separated from each other with the third region interposed therebetween. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001954 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device comprising a backlight and a pixel portion including first to 2n-th scan lines, wherein, in a first case of expressing a color image, first pixels controlled by the first to n-th scan lines are configured to express a first image using at least one of first to third hues supplied in a first rotating order, and second pixels controlled by the (n+1)-th to 2n-th scan lines are configured to express a second image using at least one of the first to third hues supplied in a second rotating order, wherein, in a second case of expressing a monochrome image, the first and second pixels controlled by the first to 2n-th scan lines are configured to express the monochrome image by external light reflected by the reflective pixel electrode, and wherein the first rotating order is different from the second rotating order. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001955 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The liquid crystal display device includes a pixel portion including first and second regions and light sources. The first and second regions each include a liquid crystal element whose transmissivity is controlled in accordance with a voltage of an image signal and a transistor for controlling holding of the voltage, whose off-state current is extremely low. The light sources perform first and second drivings: lights whose hues are different from each other are sequentially supplied to the first region in a first rotating order and the lights are sequentially supplied to the second region in a second rotating order which is different from the first rotating order in the first driving; and a light having a single hue is supplied consecutively to one or both of the first and second regions in the second driving. The period for holding the voltage is different between the first and second drivings. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001956 | STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT - A display device includes, a display section time-divisionally displaying a plurality of images with different parallaxes in a manner of progressive (or line-sequential) scan, a backlight section including a plurality of light-emission subsections partitioned in a direction of the progressive scan, a light-barrier section including a plurality of barrier groups each including a plurality of barriers each allowed to be switched between open state and closed state, a light-barrier drive section individually driving the plurality of barrier groups to open or close at different timings between the barrier groups, and a backlight controller controlling light emission from each of the light-emission subsections of the backlight section in synchronization with the progressive scan of the display section. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001957 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electrophoretic display and a driving method thereof are provided. The electrophoretic display includes a display panel, a storage unit and a timing controller. The display panel has a plurality of sub pixels. The storage unit stores a plurality of sets of multiple-grayscale driving waveforms, in which the driving voltage scales of driving waveforms corresponding to a same grayscale in the sets of multiple-grayscale driving waveforms are different from each other. The timing controller is coupled to the storage unit and the display panel and receives an image signal, and when the image signal transmits a multiple-grayscale frame, the timing controller sequentially adopts the sets of multiple-grayscale driving waveforms to drive the sub pixels. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001958 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electrophoretic display and a driving method thereof are provided. The electrophoretic display includes a display panel, a storage unit, a timing controller (TCON). The display panel has a plurality of sub-pixels. The storage unit stores a plurality sets of driving waveforms, wherein the lengths of driving waveforms in the sets of driving waveforms are different from each other. The TCON has an analysis module, couples to the display panel and the storage unit, and receives an image signal having a plurality of display data. The analysis module analyzes the display data to obtain a analysis result. The TCON selects one of the sets of driving waveforms according to the analysis result, and drives the sub-pixels according to the selected set of driving waveforms. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001959 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electro-optical device in which an image to be projected on a projection surface as a projection image having a size changed by a display device is displayed on a display area on the basis of input image data includes a first input image correction circuit generating first correction data which is used for reducing color non-uniformity of the projection image that occurs due to the size change on the basis of the size of the projection image using first reference correction data and correcting the input image data using the generated first correction data and a second input image correction circuit correcting the corrected input image data on the basis of a plurality of second reference correction data corresponding to a plurality of specific levels among levels that the input image data can have and set for a plurality of sets of reference coordinates in the display area for reducing the color non-uniformity. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001960 | BACKLIGHT AND AMBIENT LIGHT SENSOR SYSTEM - Apparatuses and methods to operate a display device of an electronic device. In some embodiments, a method includes receiving a user setting of a display control parameter, and altering, based on the user setting, an effect of an ambient light sensor value (ALS) on control of the display control parameter. Also, according to embodiments of the inventions, a method of operating a display of an electronic device includes receiving a change to one of a display brightness output level and an ambient light sensor output level, and altering, according to the change, a display contrast output level. In some embodiments, a method of operating a proximity sensor of an electronic device includes receiving a light sensor output, and altering, according to the output, an on/off setting of a proximity sensor. Other apparatuses and methods and data processing systems and machine readable media are also described. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001961 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A drive signal generation part of an image display device includes a memory unit which stores data on a first waveform for scanning light out of a sawtooth waveform of a drive signal, and stores data on a second waveform which is a waveform formed by excluding the first waveform from the sawtooth waveform of the drive signal, and the drive signal generation part sequentially reads data on the first waveform from the memory unit at readout timing corresponding to resonance frequency of a high-speed scanning element and generates a portion of a drive signal corresponding to the first waveform, and sequentially reads data on a plurality of second waveforms stored in the memory unit corresponding to the resonance frequency of the high-speed scanning element and generates portions of the drive signal corresponding to the second waveforms corresponding to the resonance frequency of the high-speed scanning element. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001962 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ILLUMINATING INTERFEROMETRIC MODULATORS USING BACKLIGHTING - An interferometric modulator array device with backlighting is disclosed. The interferometric modulator array device includes a plurality of interferometric modulator elements. Each of the interferometric modulator elements includes an optical cavity. The interferometric modulator array includes an optical aperture region, and at least one reflecting element is positioned so as to receive light passing through the optical aperture region and reflect at least a portion of the received light to the cavities of the interferometric modulator elements. The interferometric modulator elements may be separated from each other such that an optical aperture region is formed between adjacent interferometric modulator elements. | 01-05-2012 |
20120001963 | MULTI PRIMARY CONVERSION - A multi-primary conversion ( | 01-05-2012 |
20120001964 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - In the present liquid crystal display device ( | 01-05-2012 |
20120007894 | Method of Driving Display Panel and Display Apparatus for Performing the Same - A method of driving a display panel includes generating a high pixel gamma voltage and a low pixel gamma voltage. At least one of the high pixel gamma voltage and the low pixel gamma voltage includes a positive gamma voltage and a negative gamma voltage having different values. The positive gamma voltage is a difference between a first gamma voltage higher than a common voltage and the common voltage. The negative gamma voltage is a difference between the common voltage and a second gamma voltage lower than the common voltage. A high pixel data voltage is generated based on the high pixel gamma voltage and the high pixel data voltage output to a high pixel. A low pixel data voltage is generated based on the low pixel gamma voltage and the low pixel data voltage is output to a low pixel. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007895 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A stereoscopic image display device includes a liquid crystal display panel on which frame data is addressed, a frame rate conversion unit that divides 3D input data into left eye image data and right eye image data, and inserts reset frame data including black grayscale data between the left eye image data and the right eye image data, and a luminance difference compensation unit that generates compensation values for compensating a luminance difference depending on positions in a screen of the liquid crystal display panel, wherein a compensation value added to the left eye image data and the right eye image data to be displayed on an upper part of the screen of the liquid crystal display panel is higher than a compensation value added to the left eye image data and the right eye image data to be displayed under the upper part of the screen. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007896 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR LOCAL DIMMING DRIVING OF THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device capable of improving a contrast ratio and of reducing a halo phenomenon with low power consumption and a method for local dimming driving the same are disclosed. A method for local dimming driving a liquid crystal display includes determining a local dimming value for each of light-emitting blocks based on analyzing input image data by the unit of light-emitting block provided in a backlight unit; determining a halo degree by analyzing a total light quantity of black pixels having black gradations in the input image data; adjusting the number of spatial filtering repetitions based on the determined halo degree; compensating the local dimming value by performing spatial filtering for the local dimming value an adjusted number of times; and controlling brightness of the backlight unit for each of the blocks by using the compensated local dimming value. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007897 | THREE DIMENSIONAL DRIVING SCHEME FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICES - The present invention is directed to a driving method, in particular a three dimensional driving scheme for electrophoretic display devices. The method comprises applying a driving step in each of at least two electric fields to drive two types of pigment particles of different colors laterally and/or vertically for separately adjusting the grayscale and/or colors of the display. The present driving method has the advantage that the brightness and color intensity of the images may be separately tuned. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007898 | INFRA-EXTENSIBLE LED ARRAY CONTROLLER FOR LIGHT EMISSION AND/OR LIGHT SENSING - An apparatus for controlling light emission and/or sensing in an array of optical elements. An infra-extensible array having a plurality of subarray display circuits interconnected with neighboring subarray display circuits. Each subarray display circuit is configured with a processor and a plurality of output and/or input elements. Messages and instructions can be propagated from one subarray display circuit to another to provide local processing relating to input and output elements, such as changing the pixels in the display from a subarray display circuit in response to locally sensed conditions or those communicated from neighboring subarray display circuits. Apparatus is infra-extensible as both the number of processors for executing display/sensor programming, and the number of communication channels available through which instructions can be received, increases automatically in response to increasing the number of subarray display circuits within the apparatus. | 01-12-2012 |
20120007899 | METHODS OF DRIVING COLOUR SEQUENTIAL DISPLAYS - A method of driving a display uses first ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120007900 | FIELD-SEQUENTIAL COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING COLORS THEREOF - A control drive circuit provided in an FSC-LCD comprises an input stage signal processing/controlling circuit ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120013646 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - A television receiver according to at least one embodiment of the present invention includes a display section capable of displaying a TV image and a harmonious image being in harmony with a wall surface against which the image display device is provided. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013647 | BACKLIGHT MODULE - A backlight module capable of dynamically adjusting brightness is proposed. According to the present invention, a backlight module comprises a light guide plate for guiding light, a first light source unit, and a second light source unit. A ridge-shaped groove is disposed on the middle of the bottom surface of the light guide plate. The first light source unit and the second light source unit are respectively disposed at the opposite sides of the light guide plate. Both of the first light source unit and the second light source unit comprises at least one light source. Each of the light sources of the first light source unit is symmetrically arranged with each of the light sources of the second light source unit on a one-on-one basis. The ridge-shaped groove divides the backlight module into two independent luminance domains, each dividing into multiple subdomains. Actual luminance of each subdomain is adjustable based on its predetermined brightness and distributions, reducing power consumption and enhance an image contrast. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013648 | PLANAR ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A planar illumination device ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120013649 | Driving method of image display device - An image display device includes an image display panel configured of pixels made up of first, second, third, and fourth sub-pixels being arrayed in a two-dimensional matrix shape, and a signal processing unit into which an input signal is input and from which an output signal based on an extension coefficient is output, and causes the signal processing unit to obtain a maximum value of luminosity with saturation S in the HSV color space enlarged by adding a fourth color, as a variable, and to obtain a reference extension coefficient based on the maximum value, and further to determine an extension coefficient at each pixel from the reference extension coefficient, an input signal correction coefficient based on the sub-pixel input signal values at each pixel, and an external light intensity correction coefficient based on external light intensity. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013650 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device with a simple structure is provided where the number of electrical lines connected to the active matrix substrate can be reduced even when the number of pixels in the display module is increased. A liquid crystal display device includes a superimposing circuit (superimposing module) that superimposes a lighting signal for a light-emitting diode (light source) on a drive signal for a data line drive circuit (drive circuit) and a scan line drive circuit (drive circuit) to generate a superimposed signal. On the active matrix substrate are provided a photosensor unit (light-electricity transducer) that receives light from the light-emitting diode and outputs an electrical signal corresponding to the received light, and a decoding circuit (decoding module) that decodes the electrical signal from the photosensor unit to the drive signal for the data line drive circuit and the scan line drive circuit. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013651 | Autostereoscopic Display Device - Multi-user stereoscopic display system, providing different stereoscopic or 2D images to different viewers, by combining spatial and temporal multiplexing techniques for providing stereo effect and multi-viewer effect: one group of embodiments defines multi-user autostereoscopic display system comprising controllable light source array/s, holographic optical element/s (HOE) and a transmissive display panel such as an LCD, each light source being associated to a viewing zone; an other group of embodiments defines multi-user stereoscopic display system using glasses with polarizers and shutters. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013652 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a backlight device wherein when the drive duty and the drive current are controlled according to a motion, the image quality is improved by preventing flicker caused by the change of the drive waveform. A light-emitting unit ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120013653 | SMART DISPLAY PIXEL - Construction of a pixel-based display using a set of pixel assemblies poured or placed into a display area or volume. Each pixel assembly has a means to produce a visible display output at its position and identify its own position within a 2-D or 3-D display space continuously or when needed. One or more image signals are distributed to the pixel assemblies collectively. Each pixel assembly uses its own self-detected position and other criteria to autonomously decide to which part of the signal(s) it will respond and what value to display as an output. Optionally each pixel assembly may also be able to: decode pixel identity encoded in the input signal(s) to implement a stroke/random access display; communicate with adjacent display elements in order to engage in collective action in local regions of the display; detect faults and remove itself from the display; and reprogram itself using an external signal. | 01-19-2012 |
20120013654 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display panel ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120019565 | METHOD FOR DRIVING REFLECTIVE LCD PANEL - A method for driving a reflective LCD panel is provided. The driving method includes following steps: the reflective LCD panel is driven by a driving signal with alternate positive and negative polarities, wherein the driving signal has positive polarity for a first driving duration and the driving signal has negative polarity for a second driving duration; a color beam is provided to irradiate the reflective LCD panel during a partial time period of the first driving duration; and the color beam is provided to irradiate the reflective LCD panel during a partial time period of the second driving duration. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019566 | Integrated circuit device and electronic instrument - An integrated circuit device includes first to Nth circuit blocks CB | 01-26-2012 |
20120019567 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - To improve the image quality of a liquid crystal display device. In the liquid crystal display device, writing of an image signal and the turning on the backlights are not sequentially performed in the entire pixel portion but are sequentially performed per specific region of the pixel portion. Thus, it is possible to increase the frequency of input of an image signal to each pixel of the liquid crystal display device. Accordingly, deterioration of display such as color break generated in the liquid crystal display device can be suppressed, and the image quality can be improved. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019568 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND IMAGE SUPPLY APPARATUS - A stereoscopic image display apparatus includes an image output unit that outputs right-eye image data and left-eye image data that form stereoscopic image data, a characteristic value calculating unit that calculates brightness-related image characteristic values of at least one of the right-eye image data and the left-eye image data, a expanding coefficient calculating unit that calculates a expanding coefficient common to the right-eye image data and the left-eye image data based on the image characteristic values, a brightness expanding unit that performs brightness expanding on both the right-eye image data and the left-eye image data by using the expanding coefficient, and an image display unit that displays an image based on the right-eye image data and the left-eye image data having undergone the brightness expanding. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019569 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method of an OLED display device having a plurality of pixels each including an OLED which emits light in response to pixel data, includes applying black data to the pixels during a predetermined period directly after system power is applied, supplying driving voltages to the OLEDs during initial driving where the black data is applied to the pixels, detecting a driving current flowing through the OLEDs by the black data at a first non-emission period after at least one frame has elapsed from a time point where the driving voltages are supplied to the OLEDs, and applying pixel data to the pixels for normal driving subsequent to the initial driving. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019570 | METHOD FOR DRIVNG PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - In the display of an image at a low average picture level, the luminance of black level of the display image is reduced so as to enhance the contrast. In the display of an image at a high average picture level, an address discharge is caused stably. Thereby, the image display quality is enhanced. For this purpose, a specified-cell initializing subfield where a forced initializing waveform is applied to predetermined scan electrodes and a non-initializing waveform is applied to the other scan electrodes in the initializing period, and a selective initializing subfield where a selective initializing waveform is applied to all the scan electrodes in the initializing period are set. A specified-cell initializing field having the specified-cell initializing subfield and the plurality of selective initializing subfields is set. The frequency of forced initializing waveforms generated is changed according to the magnitude of average picture level of an input image signal such that the frequency of forced initializing waveforms applied to the scan electrodes is reduced as the average picture level decreases. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019571 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - In the display of an image having a large black area, the luminance of black level of the display image is reduced so as to enhance the contrast. In the display of an image having a small black area, an address discharge is caused stably. Thereby, the image display quality is enhanced. For this purpose, a specified-cell initializing subfield where a forced initializing waveform is applied to predetermined scan electrodes and a non-initializing waveform is applied to the other scan electrodes in the initializing period, and a selective initializing subfield where a selective initializing waveform is applied to all the scan electrodes in the initializing period are set. A specified-cell initializing field having the specified-cell initializing subfield and the plurality of selective initializing subfields is set. The rate of regions where the gradation values of luminance are less than a predetermined value on the image display surface is calculated as a black area. The frequency of forced initializing waveforms generated is changed according to the size of the black area such that the frequency of forced initializing waveforms applied to the scan electrodes is reduced as the black area increases. | 01-26-2012 |
20120019572 | BACKGROUND AND FOREGROUND COLOR PAIR - A computing device includes a user input device ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120026202 | INTERRUPT-BASED NOTIFICATIONS FOR DISPLAY SETTING CHANGES - The disclosed embodiments relate to a system that communicates a change in a display setting from a display to a host system for the display. During operation, the system determines at the display that the display setting has changed. Next, in response to the change, the system sends an interrupt from the display to the host system through a first interface, wherein the interrupt informs the host system that the display setting has changed. After sending the interrupt to the host system, the system receives a request from the host system to obtain values for one or more display settings including the changed display setting. In response to the request, the system sends updated values for the one or more display settings to the host system. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026203 | IMAGE COMPENSATION APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF AND FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USING THE SAME - An image compensation apparatus and a method thereof and a field sequential color liquid crystal display (FSC-LCD) using the same are provided. The method includes performing a motion estimation to a first color image information so as to obtain a motion vector; performing a color decomposition to the first color image information so as to obtain a first sub-color-field and a residual color image information; performing a motion compensation to the residual color image information according to the motion vector, so as to obtain a second, a third and a fourth sub-color-fields; and separating a white component from the second, the third and the fourth sub-color-fields into the first sub-color-field, so as to make a color component corresponding to one of the second, the third and the fourth sub-color-fields to be zero, and accordingly output and provide a second color image information to the FSC-LCD to display frame(s). | 02-02-2012 |
20120026204 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A three-dimensional (3D) display is disclosed. One aspect includes: a display unit including a plurality of pixels and a slit barrier selectively shielding light irradiated from the display unit. The display unit additionally includes a controller controlling the turn-on and turn-off of the slit barrier and generating a first back light compensation signal compensating the reduction of the luminance of the display unit when the slit barrier is turned off and a second back light compensation signal compensating the reduction of the luminance of the display when the slit barrier is turned on to compensate the luminance reduction by the slit barrier. According to at least one aspect of the 3D display using a slit barrier scheme, it is possible to minimize the deterioration of luminance by a slit barrier. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026205 | DISPLAY PANEL, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE DISPLAY PANEL, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A display panel includes first and second substrates. The first substrate includes a light blocking layer having an opening through the light blocking layer. The opening is arranged in a pixel area. The second substrate includes first and second transistors, first and second driving electrodes, and a shutter. The first transistor is turned on in response to a low level control voltage. The second transistor is electrically connected to the first transistor and is turned on in response to receiving a low level voltage from the first transistor. The first driving electrode is electrically connected to the first transistor, and the second driving electrode is electrically connected to the second transistor. The shutter exposes or covers the opening by moving to the first driving electrode or the second driving electrode according to the relative levels of voltages applied to the first and second driving electrodes. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026206 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a first pixel including a first pixel electrode connected to first data and gate lines, a second pixel including a second pixel electrode connected to a second data and gate lines, a third pixel including a third pixel electrode connected to a third data line and the first gate line, a fourth pixel including a fourth pixel electrode connected to a fourth data line and the second gate line, a fifth pixel including a fifth pixel electrode connected to a fifth data line and the second gate line, a sixth pixel including a sixth pixel electrode connected to a sixth data line and the first gate line, a seventh pixel including a seventh pixel electrode connected to a seventh data line and the second gate line, and an eighth pixel including an eighth pixel electrode connected to an eighth data line and the first gate line. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026207 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - There is provided an organic light emitting display capable of minimizing noise. A method of driving the organic light emitting display includes setting pixels included in horizontal blocks into a non-emission state, the pixels charging voltages corresponding data signals, the pixels starting to emit light at different times in units of the horizontal blocks, and emitting light from the pixels according to the charging voltages. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026208 | Image display apparatus - According to one embodiment, a set unit sets a display luminance signal indicating a luminance of a display unit. A first calculation unit calculates a first gamma characteristic signal of an image to be displayed, based on the display luminance signal and gray-scale levels of pixels of the image. A second calculation unit calculates a second gamma characteristic signal of each area of the image, based on gray-scale levels of pixels of each area. A conversion unit converts a gray-scale level of each pixel of the image, based on the first gamma characteristic signal and the second gamma characteristic signal of an area including a pixel to be converted in the image. The display unit displays the image in which the gray-scale level of each pixel was converted, based on the display luminance signal. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026209 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A color display device including a lower substrate, a driving array, a display layer, a color filter substrate and a transparent substrate is provided. The driving array is disposed on the lower substrate. The display layer is disposed on the driving array and includes a first region and a second region. The color filter substrate is disposed on the display layer and is located in the first region. The transparent substrate is disposed on the display layer and is located in the second region. The color display device has a high light reflectivity, thereby improving the display quality of the color display device. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026210 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source section; a liquid crystal display panel including pixels each configured of sub-pixels of three colors red (R), green (G) and blue (B) and a sub-pixel of a color (Z) with higher luminance than the three colors; and a display control section including an output signal generation section performing a display drive on the sub-pixels of R, G, B and Z with use of the output picture signals. A chromaticity point of the emission light from the light source section is set to a position deviated from a white chromaticity point. In the case where the input picture signals are picture signals indicating white (W), the output signal generation section performs a chromaticity point adjustment to adjust, to the white chromaticity point, a chromaticity point of display light emitted from the liquid crystal display panel based on the emission light. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026211 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A LCD display includes a light source section, a LCD panel including a plurality of pixels each having sub-pixels of R, G, B, and Z, and a display control section including an output signal generation section. The display control section performs a display drive on the sub-pixels with use of the respective output video signals, and performs a lighting drive on the light source section with use of the lighting signal. The output signal generation section generates output video signals corresponding to the respective four colors, based on the input video signals, and generates a lighting signal of the light source section, based on the input video signals, to perform a predetermined dimming processing, based on both the input video signals and the generated lighting signal, and finally generates the output video signals through performing a predetermined color conversion processing, based on a resultant video signal from the dimming processing. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026212 | LED backlighting for liquid crystal display (LCD) - Techniques for providing LED-based backlighting in liquid crystal flat panel displays are disclosed. In one embodiment, the backlighting includes at least three color groups of light emitting diodes (LEDs) that are turned on successively for one frame of image. Liquid crystals (pixels) in an LCD are controlled in accordance with a display signal to transmit none, all or a determined amount of one or more of the colored lights from the three color groups of light emitting diodes in a cycle, resulting in an LCD with vivid colors and minimized tailing effects. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026213 | ILLUMINATION SOURCE AND METHOD THEREFOR - An illumination source and a method therefor. A light source includes a light circuit configured to process light and direct light, and a lighting element optically coupled to the light circuit to provide multiple colors of light. The light circuit propagates light using light guides. The use of light guides eliminates the use of free space optical elements, enabling the creation of more compact light sources. Furthermore, the use of light guides may enable the creation of light sources with fewer mechanical restrictions, thereby making the light sources potentially more reliable and less expensive. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026214 | Liquid Crystal Display Device Having A Plurality of First and Second Scanning Lines and a Plurality of First and Second Video Lines - A liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display panel having first and second scanning lines, first and second video lines, a first scanning line driving circuit, a second scanning line driving circuit, at least one first video line driving circuit, at least one second video line driving circuit, a backlight having a number of light sources, and a light controlling circuit for controlling the turning on and off of the backlight. The first scanning lines are divided into M groups where M is an integer of 2 or more (M≧2), the second scanning lines are divided into N groups where N is an integer of 2 or more (N≧2), the region of the backlight which corresponds to the first scanning lines is divided into M regions, and the region which corresponds to the second scanning lines is divided into N regions. | 02-02-2012 |
20120032989 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display controlling method is provided. The display controlling method includes following steps. A plurality of display data of a frame is received. The display data is analyzed to obtain a plurality of grayscale distributions corresponding to the display regions. According to the grayscale distributions, a backlight controlling signal for adjusting a brightness of each of the light emitting groups is generated. According to the backlight controlling signal, a plurality of interferences corresponding to the display data is obtained. According to the interferences, grayscales of the display data are correspondingly adjusted. Therefore, the optical interference of each of the pixels from the light emitting groups not corresponding to the pixels can be eliminated. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032990 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTORL MODULE - A display device and a display controlling module are provided. The display controlling module includes a data analyzing unit, an interference data storage unit and a data adjustment unit. The data analyzing unit receives a plurality of display data of a corresponding frame, analyzes the display data to obtain a plurality of grayscale distributions of the corresponding display regions of a display panel and generates a backlight signal for adjusting a brightness of each of a plurality of light emitting groups of a backlight module according to the grayscale distributions. The interference data storage unit outputs a plurality of interferences of the corresponding display data according to the backlight controlling signal. The data adjustment unit receives the display data and the interferences and correspondingly adjusts grayscales of the display data according to the interferences. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032991 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DRIVER - There is provided an organic light emitting diode driver being capable of compensating for pixel deterioration in real time during the driving of pixels by selectively compensating pixels, requiring compensation, for the deterioration thereof. The organic light emitting diode driver includes a converting unit converting input data into compensation data used to selectively compensate for pixel deterioration depending on whether the input data has been calibrated or not; a driving unit driving pixels of a pixel unit based on the compensation data from the converting unit; and a compensating unit providing the converting unit with a deterioration compensation signal based on deterioration information obtained from a pixel driven by the driving unit. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032992 | Electro phoretic display and driving method thereof - An exemplary embodiment provides an electro phoretic display that includes a lower substrate, a first pixel electrode on the lower substrate, an electronic ink layer on the first pixel electrode. The electro phoretic display further includes a common electrode on the electronic ink layer, a liquid crystal layer implementing a color on the common electrode, a second pixel electrode on the liquid crystal layer, and an upper substrate on the second pixel electrode. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032993 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY APPLYING THE SAME - A display apparatus and a method for driving display thereof are provided. The display apparatus drives an upper backlight unit and a lower backlight unit so that a first time period during which both the upper backlight unit and the lower backlight unit are simultaneously turned on exceeds half of a second time period during which the upper backlight unit is turned on. Accordingly, the display apparatus may increase a time period during which both the upper backlight unit and the lower backlight unit are simultaneously turned on. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032994 | WIDE TEMPERATURE-RANGE SMECTIC LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIALS - A method of making a wide temperature-range smectic liquid crystal material comprises taking a wide temperature-range nematic mixture and doping this with a mesogenic silicon-containing material. Aspects of the invention provide wide temperature-range smectic materials and devices using the smectic materials. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032995 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING GRAY-SCALE VOLTAGE, AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE - An apparatus and method for performing natural luminance adjustment by adjusting voltage levels of gray-scale voltages of a display device through a plurality of steps and determining gray-scale voltage levels of intermediate luminance levels using predetermined data when a luminance level of the display device is adjusted. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032996 | DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In the first range of a screen, an image signal is input to a plurality of pixels arranged in the first region, and next an image signal is input to a plurality of pixels arranged in the second region that is adjacent to one side of the first region, and light of the first color is delivered every time the input of the image signal is finished. Further, in the second range, an image signal is input to a plurality of pixels arranged in a fourth region; next, an image signal is input to a plurality of pixels arranged in a third region adjacent to the other side of the fourth region, and light of a second color is delivered every time the input of the image signal is finished. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032997 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND 2D AND 3D IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A backlight unit and a two-dimensional (2D) and three-dimensional (3D) image display system including the same. The backlight unit includes a first light guide plate and a second light guide plate, wherein the first light guide plate includes a plurality of first diffusion units that are aligned to be spaced apart from each other, and the second light guide plate includes a plurality of second diffusion units that are aligned alternately with the first diffusion units. Thus, an emission direction of light is controlled, so that a 3D image may be displayed in a plurality of viewing zones. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032998 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention relates a display device and a method for driving the same which can improve a picture quality. The display device can include a histogram generation/analysis unit for analyzing image data, generating a histogram of the image data to each of the frames, and analyzing the histograms, a gamma reference voltage generating unit for generating gamma reference voltages and adjusting magnitude of the gamma reference voltages according to a result of analysis and forwarding the gamma reference voltages adjusted, a timing controller for re-arranging the image data, controlling output timings of the image data re-arranged and forwarding the image data re-arranged, and a data driver for generating gamma gradient voltages by using the gamma reference voltages, converting the image data into analog image signals by using the gamma gradient voltages and supplying the analog image signals to a display panel. | 02-09-2012 |
20120032999 | Thin Displays Having Spatially Variable Backlights - A display has a light source layer having control inputs for controlling the light source layer to emit light such that the light output varies smoothly with position in a manner determined by the control inputs. An LCD panel or other spatial light modulator modulates light from the light source layer. The light source layer may be thin. | 02-09-2012 |
20120038682 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display includes pixels coupled to scan lines, first control lines, second control lines, data lines, and first and second power sources. The organic light emitting display further includes a control line driver for providing a first control signal and a second control signal to the pixels through the first control lines and the second control lines, a scan driver for providing scan signals to the pixels through the scan lines, and a data driver for providing data signals to the pixels through data lines. The control line driver simultaneously supplies a first off control signal to the pixels through the first control lines in a first period, simultaneously supplies a reference voltage to the pixels through the first control lines in a second period, and simultaneously supplies a first on control signal to the pixels through the first control lines in a third period. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038683 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A pixel capable of reducing leakage current (to display an image with desired brightness) is provided. The pixel includes: an organic light emitting diode (OLED) coupled to a second power source; a first transistor for controlling an amount of current that flows from a first power source to the second power source via the OLED; a second transistor coupled between a data line and the first transistor, and configured to turn on when a scan signal is supplied to a scan line; a third transistor and a fourth transistor serially coupled between the first transistor and an initializing power source; and a fifth transistor coupled between a first node coupled to a gate electrode of the first transistor, and a second node that is a common node between the third transistor and the fourth transistor, and configured to turn off in a period where current is supplied to the OLED. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038684 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a plurality of pixels; an image data compensator for outputting compensated image data by controlling peak luminance of image data; and a data driver for transmitting the compensated image data to the plurality of pixels, wherein the image data compensator is configured to control luminance of the image data by using a global image load of an image in its entirety, a plurality of first local image loads of a plurality of the first partitions generated by dividing the image by a first unit area, and a plurality of second local image loads of a plurality of second partitions generated by dividing the image by a second unit area. Power consumption of the display device can be reduced, and image quality is improved by improving peak luminance and contrast of the display image. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038685 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel on which images are displayed and which includes a plurality of display regions; a plurality of driving units that display the images in the plurality of display regions; a displayable region detecting unit that detects a displayable region at a time of abnormality of the display panel; an abnormality-time display image generating unit that generates an abnormality-time display image according to the displayable region detected by the displayable region detecting unit; and an abnormality-time display control unit that displays the abnormality-time display image generated by the abnormality-time display image generating unit in a displayable region while causing a driving unit of the plurality of driving units of which a corresponding display region is the displayable region to display an image in the corresponding display region. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038686 | DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING ELECTRONIC PAPER - A driving circuit for driving electronic paper is provided, which includes a plurality of driving units. Each driving unit couples to display units of a row of the electronic paper through a data terminal for driving a display unit from a previous gray level to a target gray level during a driving period. Each driving unit includes a data driver and a switch. The data driver respectively provides a black data DC voltage and a white data DC voltage to the data terminal during a black phase and a white phase of the driving period, and provides a first pulse and a second pulse to the data node during a program phase of the driving period. The switch conducts the data node to a middle voltage between the first pulse and the second pulse. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038687 | Driving Method To Neutralize Grey Level Shift For Electrophoretic Displays - The present invention provides driving methods for a display having a binary color system of a first color and a second color, which methods can effectively neutralize the grey level shifts due to degradation of a display medium. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038688 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND CORRECTION METHOD - A control unit performs calibration when a determining unit determines that an absence condition of an operator is satisfied. Calibration is performed to a whole or part of brightness, a white point (gain), gamma (gradation), and primary colors (red, blue, and green colors). The control unit stores a correction amount by calibration in a storage unit, measures the (corrected) calibrated brightness or color tone by using an optical sensor, and stores the measured final measurement result in the storage unit as a corrected measurement value. After performing calibration or when the determining unit determines that a presence condition of the operator is satisfied, a profile generating unit generates color space information. | 02-16-2012 |
20120038689 | Display Device and Illumination Control Method - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a display device including: a video display unit; a housing configured to accommodate the video display unit; an illumination device provided in the housing; a power indicator provided on the housing and having a first state and a second state, the first state indicating that a power status is OFF, the second state indicating that the power status is ON; and an illumination controller configured to control the illumination device to be turned ON at a different timing shifted from a timing when the power indicator is transitioned from the first state to the second state, when the power status is transitioned from OFF to ON. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044268 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND A LCD THEREOF - The present invention discloses a backlight module with a related liquid crystal display (LCD) which activates light emitting diodes (LEDs) by utilizing an alternate control method. The present invention utilizes two inverters to individually activate two sets of LEDs through an alternate method. During the same switching cycle period, the two sets of LEDs take turns turning on/off; that is, the two set of LEDs are in a closed state in a duty cycle of 50 percent. Since each set of the LEDs are in a closed condition in half the time during a switching cycle period, both of excess temperature produced by all of the LEDs when lightened simultaneously and thermal power generated during the lighting of the LEDs can be effectively reduced. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044269 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DRIVER - There is provided an organic light emitting diode driver capable of compensating for pixel deterioration in real time during the driving of pixels by selectively compensating pixels, requiring compensation, for the deterioration thereof, and precisely setting calibration data by removing an IR drop across a transistor, employed as a switch in the pixels, by calculating a difference between at least two representative values of different gray scale ranges among predetermined gray scale ranges. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044270 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a display panel, a gray scale converter, and a scale factor generator. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels. The gray scale converter is for converting gray levels of pixel data signals of a current frame by multiplying the pixel data signals of the current frame by a scale factor of the current frame. The scale factor generator is for comparing a conversion current value with an overcurrent prevention current value to generate the scale factor of the current frame. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044271 | ACTIVE MATRIX ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY HAVING DETERIORATION DETECTION FUNCTION IN PROGRAMMING PERIOD - There is provided an active matrix organic light emitting diode display including: a data driving unit converting previously prepared correction data into a correction signal and generates a driving signal according to the analog correction signal; a pixel unit having an organic light emitting diode (OLED) between first and second power supply terminals receiving first and second powers, respectively, charging a value corresponding to the correction data according to the driving signal in a predetermined programming period, detecting the driving signal in order to detect deterioration, and allowing current to flow through the OLED according to the value charged in the predetermined programming period in a predetermined holding period; and an ADC detecting deterioration voltage corresponding to the driving signal having deterioration information of the OLED of the pixel unit in the holding period. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044272 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a driving method of a display panel thereof, the display apparatus including: a backlight unit which generates and emits light; a display panel which includes a plurality of unit pixels, and displays a first image using the light emitted by the backlight unit; and a panel driver which sets a total number of unit pixel groups including a preset number of unit pixels, from among the plurality of unit pixels, to be different from a total number of pixels of the first image, and selectively drives different unit pixels of a unit pixel group, at different times, to transmit the light therethrough. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044273 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND POWER SUPPLYING METHOD PERFORMED BY DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus and a power providing method performed by the display apparatus including a panel that operates in a normal mode or a low power display mode; a power supplying unit that outputs a first high voltage and a first low voltage to the panel in the normal mode, wherein the first high voltage and the first low voltage are first power voltages; and a driving integrated circuit that selectively receives a plurality of input voltages according to a display mode, and that outputs a second high voltage and a second low voltage to the panel in the low power display mode, wherein the second high voltage and the second low voltage are second power voltages. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044274 | Low-power driving apparatus and method - A low-power driving apparatus and method are provided. The low-power driving apparatus includes an illuminance-sensing module to sense illuminance, a minimum-perceivable-brightness-determination module to determine a minimum perceivable brightness having non-linear characteristics corresponding to the sensed illuminance, a driving-power-level-determination module to determine a power level based on the determined minimum perceivable brightness, and a driving module to display an image input according to the determined driving power level. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044275 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus has a correction unit that performs a correction process on image signals so as to suppress luminance fluctuation caused by capacitive coupling between adjacent column wirings. The correction unit includes: a correction value generation unit that determines a correction value for a pixel to be corrected on the basis of a combination of a signal value of the pixel to be corrected and signal values of adjacent pixels which are on a column wiring next to a column wiring on which the pixel to be corrected is, and on the basis of a position of the pixel to be corrected in a column direction; and a correction operation unit that corrects a signal of the pixel to be corrected using the correction value generated by the correction value generation unit. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044276 | CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - A control device for a display device includes a writing control unit that, in a case where a new writing instruction is generated for one pixel, and a writing operation for the one pixel is determined not to be in the middle of the process, stores write information in each of first storage areas corresponding to the number of times of applying a driving voltage when the display state of the pixel is changed from the first display state to the second display state, sequentially refers to the first storage areas, and applies the driving voltage to the one pixel a plurality of times based on the write information and, in a case where the writing operation is determined to be in the middle of the process for the pixel, continues to perform the writing operation and performs the writing control after the writing operation is completed. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044277 | BRIGHTNESS CONTROL APPARATUS AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROL METHOD - A brightness control apparatus for performing brightness control on backlights for a display screen based on an input image signal, includes: an image information analysis unit configured to analyze information of at least one item of an average brightness level, brightness histogram information, color histogram information and frequency histogram information that are obtained from an image frame included in the image signal; a block information obtaining unit configured to divide the image frame into blocks and to obtain image information for each of the blocks based on an analysis result of the image information analysis unit; a brightness correction unit configured to perform brightness correction on backlights corresponding to each of the blocks divided by the block information obtaining unit; and a backlight driving control unit configured to perform driving control of the backlights for each of the blocks based on correction information obtained by the brightness correction unit. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044278 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a display apparatus. The display apparatus includes a display module, a thermal reaction pattern changing according to a temperature, a heater generating heat to vary a temperature of the thermal reaction pattern, and a controller controlling the heat generation of the heater. The thermal reaction pattern changes in synchronization with a signal inputted into the controller. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044279 | Image Projection Apparatus and Laser Beam Projection Apparatus - An object of the present invention is to provide a technique capable of, in an image projection apparatus and a laser beam projection apparatus that reduce speckle noise by means of high-frequency superimposition, reducing a deterioration in the light emission intensity of a semiconductor laser while suppressing EMI. To achieve the object, the image projection apparatus includes a plurality of semiconductor lasers for emitting laser beams of different wavelengths in accordance with drive currents supplied thereto, a laser-drive circuit for generating the drive currents by superimposing a plurality of high-frequency signals on image signals of a plurality of color components, respectively, and a deflection section for deflecting each of the laser beams, wherein the plurality of high-frequency signals have different fundamental frequencies from one another. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044280 | WAVELENGTH CONVERSION DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS USING SAME - A wavelength conversion device includes an excitation light source ( | 02-23-2012 |
20120044281 | High Dynamic Range Display with Three Dimensional and Field Sequential Color Synthesis Control - Embodiments relate generally to computer-based image processing, and more particularly, to systems, apparatuses, integrated circuits, computer-readable media, and methods to facilitate operation of an image display system with a relatively high dynamic range by, for example, generating a rear modulator sub-image with color compensation techniques. The image display system can produce rear modulator drive levels that would enable a front modulator sub-image to be displayed without color errors arising for a certain color or colors when the image display system includes pixel mosaics. | 02-23-2012 |
20120056904 | Organic light emitting diode display - An OLED display having a first pixel, a second pixel, and a third pixel arranged in a matrix format including: a substrate; gate lines formed on the substrate; data lines crossing the gate lines in the insulated manner; a plurality of driving power lines formed on the substrate and including a first driving power line transmitting a driving voltage to the first pixel, second driving power line transmitting a driving voltage to the second pixel, and a third driving power line transmitting a driving voltage to the third pixel; a switching thin film transistor connected with the gate lines and the data lines; a driving transistor connected with the switching thin film transistor and the driving power lines; a first electrode connected with the driving transistor; an organic light emitting member formed on the first electrode; and a second electrode formed on the organic light emitting member. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056905 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - In one embodiment, an image display apparatus is disclosed. The apparatus includes a liquid crystal panel, a backlight, a calculation unit, a reference unit, a multiplier unit, and a determination unit. The backlight includes light sources illuminating the liquid crystal panel unit. The calculation unit calculates a representative value of relative luminances of pixels in the each of small regions into which the display region is divided. The reference unit refers to prestored lighting pattern data items for the light sources. The multiplier unit multiplies, for each of the small regions, the referred lighting pattern data item by the representative value. The determination unit determines emission intensities of respective light sources based on multiplication results of the multiplier unit. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056906 | SIGNAL GENERATION FOR LED/LCD-BASED HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE DISPLAYS - A method of operating a high dynamic range display device comprises the steps of: accessing an image signal; generating an intermediate backlighting driver signal for individual backlight elements for a backlighting unit responsive to the image signal; convoluting the intermediate backlighting driver signals with a point spread function of the backlighting unit; deriving at least one new backlighting driver signal responsive to the convoluting step; determining display error associated with a plurality of available light shutter signals of a front-end unit having individual light shutters and associated with the at least one new backlighting driver signal, the front-end unit having a higher resolution than the backlighting unit; driving the display device with a combination of shutter signals and new backlighting driver signals that causes a reduction in the display error with respect to other generated intermediate backlighting driver signals and other available light shutter signals. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056907 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DRIVING LOCAL DIMMING IN LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides method and device for driving local dimming in a liquid crystal display device which enables adaptive application of a gradation roll-off according to an image characteristic. The method for driving local dimming in a liquid crystal display device includes the steps of determining a local dimming value of each light emitting block by analyzing a received image data light emitting block by light emitting block of a backlight unit, producing a pixel compensating coefficient on a light quantity change of each pixel by using the local dimming value of each light emitting block, producing a required gradient value by compensating the received image data by using the pixel compensating coefficient, and producing maximum required gradient values for one frame and an average value of the maximum required gradient values for one frame, determining a roll-off end point of a gradient roll-off section according to the maximum required gradient value, and determining a roll-off starting point of the gradient roll-off section according to the average of the maximum required gradient values, setting a gradient change curve of the gradient roll-off section by using the roll-off starting point and end point, and producing a gain value of each pixel from the gradient change curve, and forwarding an output gradient value by correcting the required gradient value by using the gain value of each pixel. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056908 | OVERDRIVING VALUE GENERATING METHOD - An overdriving value generating method adapted to a liquid crystal display (LCD) is provided. The overdriving value generating method includes the following steps. A current gray value and a previous gray value are received. A first gray reference value and a second gray reference value closed to the current gray value, and a first previous gray reference value and a second previous gray reference value closed to the previous gray value, and four first overdriving values are obtained according a look-up table (LUT). A target overdriving value corresponding to the current gray value and the previous gray value is obtained through a four dots interpolation operation or a parallelogram interpolation operation according to the current gray value, the previous gray value, the first gray reference value, the second gray reference value, the first previous gray reference value, the second previous gray reference value, and the first overdriving values. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056909 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL - A driving method for a display panel is provided, wherein the display panel includes a plurality of scan lines, data lines and pixels. The driving method includes the step of driving N scan lines simultaneously and delivering the same pixel data to the pixels coupled to the enabled N scan lines through each one data line. N is a positive integral, and N>1. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056910 | CALIBRATION OF DISPLAY FOR COLOR RESPONSE SHIFTS AT DIFFERENT LUMINANCE SETTINGS AND FOR CROSS-TALK BETWEEN CHANNELS - The techniques of this disclosure are applicable to backlight display devices. For such devices, the backlight may have different backlight intensity settings in order to promote power conservation. The techniques of this disclosure may apply different adjustments to the display, depending on the backlight intensity setting. In one example, different color correction matrices may be applied for different backlight settings in order to achieve desirable adjustments in the device at the different backlight settings. The adjustments described herein may address chrominance shifts due to different backlight settings as well as cross-talk between color channels. The techniques may also be applicable to organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays that have different luminance settings, and some described techniques may be applicable to displays that have static or fixed luminance output. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056911 | ADAPTIVE COLOR CORRECTION FOR DISPLAY WITH BACKLIGHT MODULATION - The techniques of this disclosure are applicable to backlight display devices. For such devices, the backlight may have different backlight intensity settings in order to promote power conservation. The techniques of this disclosure may apply different adjustments to the display, depending on the backlight intensity setting. In one example, different color correction matrices may be applied for different backlight settings in order to achieve desirable adjustments in the device at the different backlight settings. The adjustments described herein may address chrominance shifts due to different backlight settings as well as cross-talk between color channels. The techniques may also be applicable to organic light emitting diode (OLED) displays that have different luminance settings, and some described techniques may be applicable to displays that have static or fixed luminance output. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056912 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LIGHTING APPARATUS - A backlight apparatus for illuminating a display unit, including: a light-emitting element block including a plurality of light-emitting elements that are connected serially; and a driving control unit configured to control driving for each of the plurality of light-emitting elements by supplying a current to the light-emitting element block, wherein each of the plurality of light-emitting elements is provided with a bypass circuit such that, even when a break occurs in a light-emitting element, a current from the driving control unit is supplied to the other light-emitting elements. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056913 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a plurality of pixels respectively including, a light emitting element, a driving transistor configured to control driving current to the light emitting element, and a storage capasitor configured to be written voltage corresponding to a gradation value on and hold the voltage and configured to apply display voltage depending on the voltage corresponding to the gradation value between a gate and a source of the driving transistor. The display device further includes a stress voltage application unit configured to apply a stress voltage having a voltage value outside a range of a value capable of taking the display voltage between the gate and the source of the driving transistor. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056914 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A display device is provided that comprises a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image by spatial light modulation, and circuitry for switching liquid crystal in the panel between having a first configuration in a first mode to cause an image displayed using the panel to be discernible from a wide range of viewing angles, and having a second configuration in a second mode to cause an image displayed using the panel to be discernible substantially only from within a narrow range of viewing angles. Several types of display panel to achieve such in-panel switching between public and private viewing modes are disclosed. | 03-08-2012 |
20120056915 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS DRIVING METHOD, AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - An overshooting process is carried out, in an LCD device ( | 03-08-2012 |
20120062605 | LED BACKLIGHT DIMMING CONTROL FOR LCD APPLICATIONS - According to embodiments disclosed herein, a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel system may include a display system, and a timing controller and power management circuit to provide control signals and power to the display system, wherein the control signals include an adjustable current to control the LCD panel brightness. Further according to some embodiments disclosed herein, a method for controlling the brightness of an LCD panel system having a display system may include the steps of using a timing controller and power management circuit to provide control signals and power to the display system; the control signals including an adjustable current to control the LCD panel brightness. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062606 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A DISPLAY ACCORDING DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS - The present specification relates to a system and method for controlling a display according to display characteristics. In one aspect, an electronic device is provided with an active matrix organic light emitting diode display. A method is provided whereby at least a portion of the content to be generated on the display is modified so as to reduce the amount of power consumption by the display. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062607 | Method And Apparatus for Edge Lit Displays - Edge lit displays are lit via a set (or individual) lighting elements. Each element projects light onto, for example, a zone which is then utilized directed as a backlight toward an LCD panel. An amount of light incident on any area (e.g., pixel) of the LCD panel (or SLM/series of SLMs) is calculated based on a sum of contributions from each zone. A similar process may be utilized for other lighting configurations. An amount of modulation performed by the LCD panel is then calculated based at least in part on lighting from the zones which may include brightness and varying levels of color content. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062608 | EMISSION CONTROL DRIVER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY USING THE SAME - There is provided an emission control driver including a first signal processing unit for receiving an input power from an input power source, a main input signal, and a sub input signal, and for outputting a first output signal and a second output signal, a second signal processing unit for receiving the first output signal, the second output signal, and a clock signal, and for outputting a third output signal, and a third signal processing unit for receiving the first output signal and the second output signal, and for outputting an emission control signal. The width of the emission control signals may be freely controlled and the emission control driver having a simple structure, and the organic light emitting display using the same, may be provided. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062609 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - There is provided a luminance correction system for an organic light emitting display, in which reference offset values are set in order to correct gamma voltages of reference gray scale levels and an additional offset value is set for at least one gray scale level among the remaining gray scale levels other than the reference gray scale levels to apply the offset value to the correction of the gamma voltage corresponding to the gray scale level so as to prevent color coordinates from being distorted in the respective gray scale levels and luminance components. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062610 | Dynamic Polarity Control Method and Polarity Control Circuit for Driving LCD - A dynamic polarity control method for driving an LCD is provided. Gray level information is obtained, which indicates gray levels of dots in an image to be displayed. The gray level information is applied to each of a plurality of polarity patterns to obtain a plurality of combined patterns, wherein each of the polarity patterns has an individual polarity distribution. The gray levels of each of the combined patterns are summed up. A final pattern is selected from the plurality of polarity patterns according to the summed results, to drive the LCD for displaying the image. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062611 | Electronic Paper Display Drive Method and Apparatus Thereof - The present invention provides a drive method for an electronic paper display. The method comprises to display a present image. Then, color data of pixels of the present image is gathered. The color data is compared to select one of a first color and a second color to be as a main color. Finally, a refresh image is displayed in the electronic paper display following the present image based on the main color. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062612 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The invention provides a display device and an electronic apparatus which can reduce power consumption in the case of being driven by using a digital time grayscale method. According to the invention, a row in which all the pixels display black is focused on in a plurality of pixels arranged in matrix, and sampling of data which is to be inputted to the pixels arranged in the row is not performed. Then, in a period during which the data sampling is not performed, the operation of a shift register in a source driver and, sampling operation of a video signal in a first latch circuit are stopped. The invention which has the aforementioned characteristics can temporally stop operation of the source driver to reduce power consumption. In particular, the invention can stop operation of the source driver which consumes much power in the display device, leading to dramatic reduction in power consumption. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062613 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: a display panel; a timing controller configured to receive image data when a vertical sync signal is activated, to receive reference data corresponding to the image data when the vertical sync signal is deactivated, and to generate an emission control signal in accordance with emission duty information of the reference data; and an emission driver configured to supply first and second emission powers to the display panel, and to control a duration of a period during which a potential difference between the first and second emission powers is greater than or equal to a reference value in accordance with the emission control signal. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062614 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The image quality of a liquid crystal display device that can display stereoscopic images is improved without the decrease in resolution. In a method for driving a liquid crystal display device that displays stereoscopic images by a wavelength division method, a first image seen with left eye and a second image seen with right eye are displayed using R, G, and B whose wavelength bands are different from each other by a field-sequential method. In the field-sequential method, writing of video signals and lighting of a backlight are sequentially performed not in the entire pixel portion but in each given region of the pixel portion. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062615 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UPDATING DRIVE SCHEME VOLTAGES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for calibrating display arrays. In one aspect, a method of calibrating a display array includes determining a particular drive response characteristic and updating a particular drive scheme voltage between updates of image data on the display array. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062616 | REFLECTIVE COLOR DISPLAY ELEMENT AND COLOR DISPLAY APPARATUS - A reflective color display element includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix. Each of the plurality of pixels includes a first hue element, a second hue element, and a third hue element that control a light reflection state and that exhibit three different hues. Reflection spectra of the first hue element, the second hue element, and the third hue element partially overlap. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062617 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method for driving an electrophoretic display device includes: during a first partial rewriting period, partially rewriting the displayed image by supplying a common voltage to a common electrode, supplying a second voltage corresponding to a second gradation to each first pixel displaying a first gradation before rewriting and displaying the second gradation after rewriting, and supplying a voltage equal to the common voltage to each other pixel or putting each other pixel into a high impedance state; and during a second partial rewriting period, partially rewriting the image by supplying the common voltage to the common electrode, supplying a first voltage corresponding to the first gradation to each second pixel displaying the second gradation before the rewriting and displaying the first gradation after rewriting, and supplying a voltage equal to the common voltage to each other pixel or by putting each other pixel into a high impedance state. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062618 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The image display device includes: a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, each of which includes a driving transistor which converts a signal voltage which determines luminous intensity into a driving current; a luminescence element which generates photons according to the driving current flowing through it; and a threshold voltage detecting unit which detects a threshold voltage of the driving transistor while a reference voltage is applied. The pixels make up two or more driving blocks each of which includes a plurality of pixel rows. The image display device controls supply of the reference voltage and a power source voltage to all pixels in the same driving block with the same timing in a predetermined period and controls supply of the reference voltage and the power source voltage to all pixels in different blocks with different timings. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062619 | METHOD OF DRIVING AN ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - An electrophoretic display device includes M×N numbers (M, and N are integers more than two) of pixels. The M×N numbers of pixels include M numbers of pixel groups having N numbers of pixels. Further, an image on the electrophoretic display device is displayed by making some of the M×N numbers of pixels switched at least from a bright display to a dark display, and vice versa. A period for displaying one piece of an image on the electrophoretic display is defined as period for forming an image and a period for introducing an image signal to each of the M×N numbers of pixels with sequentially selecting each of the pixels is defined as a frame period. Then, the time for forming an image includes a plurality of frame periods (a numbers of L: L is integers more than two.) | 03-15-2012 |
20120062620 | Display apparatus and drive method therefor, and electronic equipment - A drive section sequentially supplies respective scanning lines with a control signal and supplies respective signal lines with a video signal to carry out a correction operation for holding a voltage equivalent to a threshold voltage of a drive transistor in a holding capacitance, and subsequently performs a write operation for writing the video signal in the holding capacitance, and before the correction operation, the drive section switches potentials at the bias line and adds a coupling voltage to one current terminal of the drive transistor via an auxiliary capacitance to carry out a preparation operation for an initialization to set a potential difference between a control terminal and the one current terminal of the drive transistor larger than the threshold voltage. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062621 | BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTING DEVICE - A brightness adjusting device including a display unit position determining part for determining the position of each display unit in a coordinate system on a pattern image shot by a camera, a shooting angle determining part for determining a shooting angle of the camera with respect to each display unit from the pattern image, and a brightness measuring part for determining the display image displayed on each display unit in the pattern image with reference to the position of each display unit to measure the brightness of each display unit, and adjusts the brightness of an image display device in consideration of the light distribution characteristic value of the image display device, the shooting angle measured by the shooting angle determining part, and the brightness of each display unit measured by the brightness measuring part. | 03-15-2012 |
20120062622 | LUMINANCE CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME, LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD AND LUMINANCE CONTROL PROGRAM - Power consumption is cut down by reducing backlight light source luminance in accordance with the variability of luminance of the picture displayed on a display panel. A picture luminance detector calculates information (luminance information) representing luminance of the picture at intervals of a time unit. A picture luminance storage is a memory capable of storing the past records of luminance information within a fixed period of time (some seconds to some ten seconds). A processor is configured of a variation detector and a light source luminance determiner. Variation detector performs detection of the variability of picture luminance based on the luminance information on the current picture detected by picture luminance detector and the past records of picture luminance information stored in picture luminance storage to output variation information. Light source luminance determiner determines light source luminance based on the luminance information on the current picture detected by picture luminance detector and the variation information output from variation detector and outputs a light source information control signal. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069057 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal panel includes a common voltage generating section ( | 03-22-2012 |
20120069058 | OFFSET CANCEL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OF SOURCE DRIVER FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - An offset cancel output circuit of source drivers for driving liquid crystal displays which is capable of appropriately cancelling out an offset voltage from an output amplifier to thereby prevent degradation in display quality. The offset cancel output circuit includes an operational amplifier with a non-inverted input port to which a reference voltage is applied, and an input capacitor and an output capacitor with each one end thereof connected to an inverted input port of the operational amplifier. The offset cancel output circuit further includes a switching element circuit which has a first field effect transistor connected between the inverted input port and an output port of the operational amplifier and controlled to turn on during a reset operation. During the reset operation and the normal output operation, a first potential equal to the reference voltage is applied to the substrate of the first field effect transistor. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069059 | Organic Light Emitting Diode Display Device and Low Power Driving Method Thereof - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and a low power driving method of the OLED display are provided. The OLED display comprises a display panel that comprises data lines, scan lines intersecting the data lines, and light emitting cells arranged in a matrix form, wherein the light emitting cells respectively comprise OLEDs, a DC-DC converter that is enabled in a normal mode to supply a first high potential power voltage to the display panel and is disabled in a low power mode, and a panel driver that drives the data lines and the scan lines of the display panel, disables the DC-DC converter in the low power mode, and supplies a second high potential power voltage to the display panel. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069060 | NOR-BASED GRAYSCALE FOR A DIGITAL DISPLAY - A digital display provides pulse-width-modulated pixel waveforms by applying a wired-NOR function to selected bits of stored image data. Image bits are selected according to a digital sequence and the wired-NOR function results in a trigger signal that may be used to switch the state of a pixel element. The pixel element may be a pixel state latch of a pixel driver circuit. The digital display may accept conventional 24-bit color video signals (one 8-bit gray-scale value for each pixel for each of the red, green, and blue primary colors), and convert this input signal to sequential color with PWM digital gray scale drive to each pixel. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069061 | DRIVING DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - In a driving device and a display apparatus having the driving device, a converter converts input image data and outputs first and second sub-image data which have different values. A first compensator compensates the first sub-image data and outputs a first compensated image data, and a second compensator compensates the second sub-image data and outputs a second compensated image data. An output circuit controls output time of the first and second compensated image data. Accordingly, sub-image data for each sub-pixel may be exactly compensated by employing compensators to individually compensate for the sub-image data of each sub-pixel. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069062 | Driving Device, Driving Method, Image Display Device, Television Receiver, Display Monitor Device, Program And Record Medium - A driving device of a embodiment of the invention for driving a pixel array section includes a generation device (weighted average calculation section) for generating pixel values of driving signals of at least one color for pixels of the at least one color among driving signals of colors to be supplied sequentially to the pixel array section, the generation device being configured to generate the pixel values for each pixel of the at least one color on (i) a pixel value of the pixel in a current frame of the color of the pixel and (ii) a pixel value of the pixel in a previous of the same. This makes it possible to create a subframe appropriate in display position and luminance, thereby realizing an image display signal device, driving method, image display device, television receiver, and display monitor device, in which color breaking is effectively alleviated. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069063 | DISPLAY AND ILLUMINATION DEVICE - A display capable of improving both of display luminance and display quality in three-dimensional display, and an illumination device for such a display are provided. In three-dimensional display, in a light modulation element | 03-22-2012 |
20120069064 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE THEREOF - Disclosed is a paper-like display device which has improved contrast and image quality and is capable of high-speed operation. A front substrate | 03-22-2012 |
20120075353 | System and Method for Providing Control Data for Dynamically Adjusting Lighting and Adjusting Video Pixel Data for a Display to Substantially Maintain Image Display Quality While Reducing Power Consumption - System and method for providing control data for dynamically adjusting lighting and adjusting video pixel data for a display to substantially maintain image display quality while reducing power consumption. In accordance with one or more embodiments, image statistics, e.g., histogram data representing luma values corresponding to pixels for a video frame, are analyzed to determine whether the pixels represent one or more of a plurality of images which includes an image containing primarily natural imagery, an image containing primarily graphics imagery, and an image containing a combination of at least respective portions of natural and graphics imagery. Based on such analysis, control data are provided to enable light source brightness reduction by one of a plurality of percentages and pixel brightness increases, e.g., in accordance with one of a plurality of multiple-segment piecewise linear curves defined in accordance with respective segment slopes, thresholds, and threshold offsets in accordance with whether the incoming pixel data primarily represents a natural image, primarily represents a graphics image, or represents a combination of natural and graphics images. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075354 | CAPTURE TIME REDUCTION FOR CORRECTION OF DISPLAY NON-UNIFORMITIES - A display includes a plurality of gray levels being provided to a plurality of pixels of the display and illuminating each of the pixels with the plurality of gray levels. The display applying corrective data for the pixels so as to reduce the mura effects of the display for the plurality of gray levels, wherein a selection of code values for the corrective data is determined based upon a minimization of an error function. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075355 | DISPLAY DEVICE, VIEWING ANGLE CONTROL METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM STORAGE DEVICE WITH VIEWING ANGLE CONTROL PROGRAM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A display device includes a display panel unit having predetermined viewing angle characteristics. An image data conversion unit is included that converts original image data to be displayed on the display panel unit so that a luminance difference in a low gray level region does not substantially change between before and after conversion and so that a luminance difference in a high gray level region changes in such a manner that a luminance difference obtained after conversion becomes smaller than a luminance difference obtained before conversion. A data holding unit holds predetermined oblique-view image data corresponding to the predetermined viewing angle characteristics of the display panel unit. An image combining unit combines image data obtained through conversion by the image data conversion unit with the predetermined oblique-view image data to generate composite image data. The composite image data is displayed on the display panel unit. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075356 | INTEGRATED BACKLIGHT DRIVING CHIP AND LED BACKLIGHT DEVICE - An integrated backlight driving chip for driving a light-emitting diode backlight module includes a scaler circuit and a backlight driving circuit. The scaler circuit includes a digital control unit for generating a digital control signal, and a variable reference voltage generation unit for generating a reference voltage. The backlight driving circuit is coupled to the digital control unit, the variable reference voltage generation unit, and the LED backlight module, for generating a backlight driving signal according to the digital control signal and the reference voltage so as to drive the LED backlight module. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075357 | PROGRAMMABLE LIGHT BEAM SHAPE ALTERING DEVICE USING PROGRAMMABLE MICROMIRRORS - A digital micromirror device (“DMD”) is used to alter the shape of light that is projected onto a stage. The DMD selectively reflects some light, thereby shaping the light that is projected onto the stage. The control for the alteration is controlled by an image. That image can be processed, thereby carrying out image processing effects on the shape of the light that is displayed. One preferred application follows the shape of the performer and illuminates the performer using a shape that adaptively follows the performer's image. This results in a shadowless follow spot. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075358 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display panel; an LED backlight unit that emits light to the display panel; an LED driver that drives an LED of the LED backlight unit; an LED temperature detection portion that detects an LED temperature of the LED backlight unit; and a correction portion that based on a detection result from the LED temperature detection portion, corrects an image signal to be supplied to the display panel to compensate for a color temperature change of the LED backlight unit. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075359 | POWER SUPPLY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A power supply apparatus and a display apparatus including the same are provided. The power supply apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment includes a power factor correction circuit unit which corrects a power factor of input power and outputs the corrected power factor and a controller which controls whether to operate the power factor correction circuit unit according to an input status of a first signal indicating a status of power supplied to the display apparatus and an input status of a second signal indicating an operation status of a display unit included in the display apparatus. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075360 | Systems And Methods For Controlling Drive Signals In Spatial Light Modulator Displays - Methods and systems are provided for processing control values for a backlight and/or a display modulation layer of a display. A ramping pattern is determined based on the difference between new and old control values. A blanking pattern is determined based on the motion detected in frame regions. The ramping pattern or blanking pattern may take into consideration the display modulation layer response characteristics. The ramping pattern and/or blanking pattern is applied to control values for the backlight and/or display modulation layer. | 03-29-2012 |
20120075361 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit ( | 03-29-2012 |
20120075362 | Image Display Device And Control Method Therefor - In an LCD data calculation section, a base data calculation section calculates LCD data before temperature compensation based on an input image and display luminance of each area of a backlight, a scene change detection section detects a scene change point at which the amount of change of the input image increases, based on the input image, and an LUT selection and application section acquires an appropriate table corresponding to the temperature of a liquid crystal panel from a temperature compensation LUT, and applies the table at the scene change point, thereby outputting LCD data subjected to temperature compensation. Thus, temperature compensation can be performed without adversely affecting display luminances of the backlight, making it possible to correctly provide tone display without uneven luminances even in the case of area-active drive. | 03-29-2012 |
20120081406 | INTEGRATED BACKLIT FRONTLIGHT FOR REFLECTIVE DISPLAY ELEMENTS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including reflective display elements that are illuminated using a light source that is situated behind the pixel elements. In one aspect, a back light guide is disposed behind the pixel elements and is configured to inject light through light-injection apertures between reflective pixel elements. The light travels through the light-injection apertures and into a front light guide. The front light guide comprises light turning features configured to turn the light propagating through the light-injection apertures so that the light is redirected onto the reflective pixel elements, thereby illuminating the reflective pixel elements. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081407 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST IMAGES - An apparatus and method for providing backlight control for high brightness contrast images is provided. The apparatus and system can classify images to be displayed on a display device according to their intensity characteristics. The apparatus and system can also adjust a backlight control signal based on the image's classification, such that optimal backlight control can be achieved whether of not the image is a high brightness contrast image. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081408 | Mini-Color Image Projector - The present invention includes a light color controller, multiple mono-light sources are coupled to the light color controller to control the emission of the light sources. A display is located in accordance with the multiple mono-light sources to display a gray scale image. Three images with red, green and blue color are generated while the three color lights penetrate through the display, successively. A lens is located to responsive the three color images to project them on a screen. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081409 | DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a driver and a display device including the same, wherein the driver includes: a first driving circuit generating a first output signal; a second driving circuit generating a second output signal; and at least one buffer circuit generating a third output signal of a voltage level corresponding to a gate-on voltage level of the first output signal or the second output signal when the first output signal or the second output signal is transmitted as a gate-on voltage level, and the buffer circuit includes a first transistor transmitting the voltage of the first level as the third output signal, and a second transistor transmitting the voltage of a second level turning off the first transistor and connected to the gate electrode of the first transistor. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081410 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - Rather than using complex zigzag patterns or the like for counter-compensating for the different lengths of fanout lines used to transmit data line drive voltages from more concentrated source points of the drive voltages to more spread apart data lines of a given display panel, digital data signals that represent the to be output data line drive voltages are automatically adjusted so that the data line drive voltages output from the concentrated source points are pre-adjusted to counter voltage drop difference effects that will be applied to those pre-adjusted data line drive voltages by the difference of resistances among the fanout lines of different lengths. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081411 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display, including a liquid crystal panel, a light-source module, and a transmission device. The light-source module includes a light-source circuit board, at least one light-emitting device, and a connector. The light-emitting device is disposed on the light-source circuit board and electrically connected to the light-emitting device through the light-source circuit board. The transmission device is electrically connected to the liquid crystal display and the connector, so that a display signal is transmitted to the liquid crystal panel through the transmission device, and a light-source control signal is transmitted to the light-emitting device sequentially through the transmission device, the connector and the light-source circuit board. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081412 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a backlight unit, a backlight control circuit, sensors, a read-out circuit and a sensor auxiliary circuit. The display panel includes pixels and displays an image. The backlight unit includes a first light source which emits a first light in a infrared light range. The backlight control circuit controls a brightness of the first light source. The sensors sense an external signal and outputs first sensing signals. The read-out circuit outputs the first sensing signals as second sensing signals. The sensor auxiliary circuit compares a maximum value and a minimum value of the second sensing signals and provides a brightness control signal to the backlight control circuit based on the compared difference to control the brightness of the first light source. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081413 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus comprising: a display device comprising a cholesteric liquid crystal layer and electrodes sandwiching the cholesteric liquid crystal layer and applying a voltage to a pixel; a voltage driver capable of applying a first pulse and a second pulse to the electrodes, the first and second pulses having different polarities; and a directing circuit directing the voltage driver as to a position to which the first pulse is to be applied and a position to which the second pulse is to be applied in a predetermined period according to a gray level to be produced in the pixel. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081414 | METHOD OF CHROMATICITY ADJUSTMENT OF DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a method of chromaticity adjustment of a display device including a drive circuit for generating a gray-scale signal corresponding to a video signal input from an external portion and supplying the gray-scale signal to a plurality of pixels, the method including: measuring chromaticity coordinates of an image displayed on the display device; determining whether the measured chromaticity coordinates are chromaticity coordinates within a first region that does not need a chromaticity correction or chromaticity coordinates within a second region that needs the chromaticity correction; determining, if the measured chromaticity coordinates are the chromaticity coordinates within the second region, which of a plurality of correction regions obtained by dividing the second region the chromaticity coordinates fall within; correcting the gray-scale signal corresponding to the video signal by using a chromaticity correcting portion corresponding to the determined one of the plurality of correction regions; and performing corrected image display. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081415 | ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An array substrate is provided comprising a base substrate; an array of pixel electrodes formed on the base substrate; a plurality of gate lines, each of which is formed corresponding to each row of pixel electrodes; a plurality of data lines, each of which is formed corresponding to each odd number column of pixel electrodes and the next adjacent even number column of pixel electrodes; a plurality of first switching devices, each of which is connected with each odd-number-column pixel electrode, and the data lines charging the corresponding odd-number-column pixel electrodes via the corresponding first switching devices under driving control in corresponding time sequence; a plurality of second switching devices, each of which is connected with each even-number-column pixel electrode, and the data lines charging the corresponding even-number-column pixel electrodes via the corresponding second switching devices under driving control in corresponding time sequence. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081416 | MULTI-LINE ADDRESSING METHODS AND APPARATUS - This invention relates to methods and apparatus for driving emissive, in particular organic light emitting diodes (OLED) displays using multi-line addressing (MLA) techniques. Embodiments of the invention are particularly suitable for use with so-called passive matrix OLED displays. A method of driving an emissive display, the display comprising a plurality of pixels each addressable by a row electrode and a column electrode, the method comprising: driving a plurality of said column electrodes with a first set of column drive signals; and driving two or more of said row electrodes with a first set of forward bias row drive signals at the same time as said column electrode driving with said column drive signals; then driving said plurality of column electrodes with a second and subsequent sets of column drive signals; and driving said two or more row electrodes with a second and subsequent sets of forward bias row drive signals at the same time as said column electrode driving with said second column drive signals. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081417 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present invention provides a display apparatus, including: a display section including a plurality of pixels disposed in a matrix and a plurality of signal lines and a plurality of scanning lines; and a horizontal driving circuit and a vertical driving circuit configured to drive the signal lines and the scanning lines of the display section to display an image on the display section; each of the pixels including a light emitting device; a signal level storage capacitor, a writing transistor, and a driving transistor. | 04-05-2012 |
20120081418 | DRIVING METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL, AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - Even in a high-definition panel, an address operation is stabilized by suppressing an abnormal discharge in the address period, and the image display quality is enhanced. For this purpose, the plasma display panel is driven for gradation display in a manner such that a plurality of subfields are set in one field and sustain discharges in a number of times in response to the luminance weight set for each subfield are generated in the sustain period. In this driving method, when the gradation value of one discharge cell of two adjacent discharge cells represented in the one field is a gradation value equal to or larger than a predetermined threshold value, and the gradation value of the other discharge cell is a gradation value at which the discharge cell is lit only in a predetermined subfield, the gradation value of the other discharge cell is changed to a gradation value at which the discharge cell is unlit in all the subfields, or a gradation value at which the discharge cell is lit only in the predetermined subfield and the subfield whose luminance weight is heavy next to that of the predetermined subfield. | 04-05-2012 |
20120086730 | Method and Apparatus for Device Display Backlight - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus is disclosed. The apparatus includes a power source, a power supply unit, a plurality of light emitting diodes, and a display. The power supply unit is connected to the power source. The plurality of light emitting diodes are connected to the power supply unit. A first portion of the plurality of light emitting diodes includes a connection to the power source. The connection bypasses the power supply unit. The plurality of light emitting diodes are configured to provide backlight illumination to the display when the apparatus is in a first mode. Only the first portion of the plurality of light emitting diodes is configured to provide backlight illumination to the display when the apparatus is in a second different mode. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086731 | BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A bistable electro-optic display device and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes an overlap detection unit and an overlapping image processing unit. The overlap detection unit compares a first display data and a second display data received by a pixel unit. When a first update region corresponding to the first display data overlaps a second update region corresponding to the second display data, the overlap detection unit outputs an overlapping display data, so as to make a display panel display the first update region and the second update region. The overlapping image processing unit combines the first display data and the second display data according to the comparison result and an overlapping display mode to output the overlapping display data to the overlap detection unit, wherein the overlapping display mode indicates the display priority of the first display data and the second display data. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086732 | DRIVING DEVICE FOR BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR - A driving device and a driving method for a bistable electro-optic display are provided. The driving device includes an image processing unit, a display process module, and a scheduling module. The image processing unit receives a first update region of a display area to produce a first region update data. The display process module updates the display area according to the first region update data. During an update period for the first update region, the image processing unit can continue to receive at least one second update region, so as to produce a plurality of second region update data. After the first region is completely updated, the scheduling module controls the display process module to update the display area according to the second region update data, so as to shorten the time for updating the display area. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086733 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPRISING SAME - A display system which includes a display controller, a display unit, and a light source is disclosed. The display controller includes a processor unit, a memory device, a voltage source and, optionally, a light source control unit. The display unit includes an array of pixel cells and circuitry to receive logic and control voltages and data and operate the display, a transparent counter electrode, and a liquid crystal layer disposed between the two alignment layers. The pixel cell includes a storage element, a DC balance control switch, a pixel voltage override circuit, an inverter able to select between two voltages available to it, and a pixel electrode/mirror. In different modes of operation the pixel mirror voltage may be determined by the storage element or by the pixel voltage override circuit. The display system may display images in one period and reset to a fixed state in another period. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086734 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - In an extension area of a transmission member composed of (4m+a) signal lines, a medium value D | 04-12-2012 |
20120086735 | ELECTRONIC SKIN HAVING UNIFORM GRAY SCALE REFLECTIVITY - The invention features electronic skin including an active layer formed of bistable cholesteric liquid crystal material and articles comprising the skin, the electronic skin having uniform gray scale reflectivity. Also featured is method for producing suitable reduction pulses that will provide a display (e.g., the electronic skin) with uniform gray scale reflectivity. Reduction pulses of narrow width are used to create uniform levels of gray in the electronic skin to overcome display imperfections that cause discontinuity in the gray scale reflectivity. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086736 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A plasma display device including a plasma display panel that performs gradation display of an image by a sub-field method. A protective layer of the plasma display panel includes a base layer formed on a dielectric layer and a plurality of aggregated particles dispersed all over a surface of the base layer. The plasma display device forms an image by a right-eye field in which a right-eye image signal is displayed and a left-eye field in which a left-eye image signal is displayed. The right-eye field and the left-eye field have a plurality of sub-fields. In a predetermined gradation or higher, gradation is displayed by at least one or more sub-fields excluding a sub-field arranged in an end of each of the right-eye field and the left-eye field, | 04-12-2012 |
20120086737 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a liquid crystal display device formed by laminating at least two first and second liquid crystal panels, the liquid crystal panels being each formed by disposing a liquid crystal layer between two transparent substrates arranged so as to be opposed to each other and two-dimensionally arranging pixels in a form of a matrix on one of the two substrates, and disposing a backlight on a side of the first liquid crystal panel. The liquid crystal display device includes: a first driver configured to drive the first liquid crystal panel on a side of the backlight by n-time speed driving in which one frame period is divided into n fields; and a second driver configured to drive the second liquid crystal panel on a display surface side by normal driving in which one frame period is not divided. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086738 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - In a display device ( | 04-12-2012 |
20120086739 | Image Display Device - The invention provides an image display device that has an especially satisfactory display quality for animated images, and sufficiently suppresses the irregularities of display quality among pixels. The image display device includes a light emitting drive means that drives a light emitting means, based on an analog display signal inputted to the pixels, and a light emitting control switch for controlling a light-on or light-off of the light emitting means on one end of the light emitting drive means in each pixel. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086740 | Liquid Crystal Display Device And Light Source Control Method - In at least one example embodiment, the present invention includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image by virtue of having liquid crystals whose orientation changes in response to application of a voltage; a backlight unit with a built-in PWM light modulation type LED for emitting light to be supplied to the liquid crystal display panel; and a control unit for controlling the liquid crystal display panel and the backlight unit. In cases where the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is relatively high, the LED is driven at a relatively low drive frequency, whereas in cases where the response speed of the liquid crystal molecules is relatively low, the LED is driven at a relatively high drive frequency. According to the present invention, problems with image quality that tend to occur depending on the degree of tilting of the liquid crystal molecules (ghost outlines) are prevented. | 04-12-2012 |
20120086741 | Image Display Device - The present image display device starts lighting up LEDs provided in a backlight unit ( | 04-12-2012 |
20120092384 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT AND BACKLIGHT MODULE - A method for controlling backlight and a backlight module are provided. A backlight module separated into a central illumination area and peripheral illumination areas and including a plurality of light sources is provided. The central illumination area and the peripheral illumination areas are corresponding to at least one light source respectively. First driving signals is input to the backlight module, so as a second brightness generated by each peripheral illumination area is smaller than a first brightness generated by the central illumination area. An operation is performed according to each first driving signal, the first brightness, and the second brightness, so as to obtain a second driving signal. The first driving signals and the second driving signals are input to the backlight module, so as to drive the light elements. Therefore, the brightness of the central illumination area is close to that of the peripheral illumination areas. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092385 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY UNIT AND SYSTEM INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF STACKED DISPLAY DEVICES, AND DRIVE CIRCUIT - LCD unit includes first and second LCD panels stacked one on another. An image-data processing unit outputs monochrome image data to the second LCD panel, and color image data to the first LCD panel. The monochrome image data specifies a full transmission for a pixel having a luminance not less than a threshold, the original gray-scale level for a pixel having a luminance less than the threshold. The color image data is generated based on the monochrome image data and to input image data. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092386 | Driving Apparatus of Backlight Module and Driving Method Thereof - A driving apparatus of a backlight module and a driving method thereof are provided. The driving method includes following steps. An image signal is received. A first grayscale mean of a current frame and a second grayscale mean of a previous frame are calculated according to the image signal. A first difference between the first grayscale mean and the second grayscale mean is calculated. A first duty corresponding to the current frame and a second duty corresponding to the previous frame are calculated according to the image signal. When the first difference is smaller than or equal to a backlight flicker threshold, a backlight control signal is generated according to the second duty and a first regulation value. When the first difference is greater than the backlight flicker threshold, the backlight control signal is generated according to the second duty and a second regulation value. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092387 | OVERDRIVING APPARATUS AND OVERDRIVING VALUE GENERATING METHOD - An overdriving apparatus including a frame state calculating unit, a white tracking unit, and an overdriving value generator is provided. The frame state calculating unit generates a frame state index according to a previous frame data and a current frame data. The white tracking unit coupled to the frame state calculating unit has pretilt white tracking tables. When the frame state index indicates that a current frame is a dynamic frame, the white tracking unit selects at least one of the pretilt white tracking tables according to the frame state index and finds color grayscales corresponding to the current frame data according to the selected pretilt white tracking table. The overdriving value generator coupled to the white tracking unit generates overdriving values corresponding to the current frame data according to the color grayscales and previous color grayscales. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092388 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM ON WHICH THE PROGRAM IS RECORDED - To provide a display control device and a liquid crystal display device each of which prevents (i) an afterimage from appearing, (ii) an interpolation image broken due to a multiple rate drive from being visible, and (iii) a flicker from being visible due to black image insertion, a display control section ( | 04-19-2012 |
20120092389 | LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a light-emitting device including a plurality of first light-emitting elements mounted in a matrix form on a common wiring board. Each of the first light-emitting elements has a single crystal semiconductor multilayer structure and is a semiconductor element in the form of a chip that emits light in a given band of wavelengths. When attention is focused on the plurality of first light-emitting elements that belong in a given area of all the plurality of first light-emitting elements, the orientations of the common crystal axes of the first light-emitting elements adjacent to each other at least in one of the row and column directions differ. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092390 | Low Power Image Intensifier Device Comprising Black Silicon Detector Element - A detector module which may comprise a black silicon detector for detecting incident radiation and generating a visible output to a display output pixel element such as one or more OLED elements. One or more vertically interconnected unit cells, which may be in the form of a plurality of vertically stacked and bonded layers, is disclosed having a detector layer comprising one or more black silicon detector elements, an amplification layer and a display layer having a dedicated display output pixel element. The layers are vertically interconnected by means of electrically conductive area interconnects such as electrically conductive through-silicon vias. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092391 | SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A self-luminous display panel driving method for driving a self-luminous display panel of the active matrix driving type, includes the step of executing threshold value correction operation for a driving transistor divisionally in a plurality of periods within at least one of which, after a point of time of an end of a preceding correction period till a point of time of a start of a succeeding correction period, a potential to be applied to the drain electrode of the driving transistor is controlled to an intermediate potential between a first potential for lighting driving of the driving transistor and a second potential for initialization applied within a preparation period of the first one of the correction periods. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092392 | Liquid Crystal Display Apparatus - A display apparatus and method having a pair of substrates, a display area which has a plurality of pixels, a lighting device which includes a plurality of light sources, a scanning driver which outputs scanning signals to the plurality of pixels, and an image driver which outputs image signals to the plurality of pixels. The lighting device illuminates the display area, the image signals are inputted to the plurality of pixels respectively, and each of the plurality of pixels controls a transmittance of an incident light from the lighting device after the image signals are inputted to the plurality of pixels respectively. The lighting device lights the plurality of light sources corresponding to the image signals inputted to the plurality of pixels after each of the plurality of pixels controls the transmittance. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092393 | Techniques for dynamically regulating display images for ambient viewing conditions - Techniques pertaining to dynamically regulating brightness of backlighting in display devices are disclosed. According to one aspect of the present invention, the brightness dynamic range of a display device is adjusted according to the current ambient viewing conditions. In order words, the original brightness dynamic range of the display image is mapped to the brightness dynamic range suitable for human eyes under the current ambient viewing conditions. The brightness of the display image is corrected according to a histogram to enhance the contrast and details of the display image, thereby a high quality displayed image can be presented under the current ambient viewing conditions. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092394 | DRIVING METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL, AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A stable address discharge is caused by preventing an increase in the necessary scan pulse voltage (amplitude), and thereby achieves high image display quality. For this purpose, the image display area of a plasma display panel is divided into a plurality of regions, and a partial light-emitting rate is detected in each region. The partial light-emitting rate in a current subfield is set as a first partial light-emitting rate. The partial light-emitting rate used for magnitude comparison between the partial light-emitting rates in a subfield identical with the current subfield in a field immediately preceding the field to which the current subfield belongs to is set as a second partial light-emitting rate. The absolute value of the difference between the first partial light-emitting rate and the second partial light-emitting rate is calculated in each region. In the region where the value is equal to or larger than a light-emitting rate threshold value, the first partial light-emitting rate is used for the magnitude comparison between the partial light-emitting rates in the current subfield. In the region where the value is smaller than the light-emitting rate threshold value, the second partial light-emitting rate is used for the magnitude comparison between the partial light-emitting rates in the current subfield. | 04-19-2012 |
20120092395 | Edge-Lit Local Dimming Displays, Display Components and Related Methods - An edge-lit display having a front modulator in the top layer of an optical package and an extractor in at least one of the top and bottom layers. A control system is connected to control the extraction mechanism to project light which approximates a desired image onto the front modulator, estimate a pattern of light incident on the front modulator, and control the front modulator based on the estimated pattern. | 04-19-2012 |
20120098869 | Light Emitting Diode Circuit, Light Emitting Diode Driving Circuit, and Method for Driving Light Emitting Diode Channels - A light emitting diode driving circuit includes a DC-to-DC voltage converter, a pulse width modulator, a shifting circuit, and a plurality of current sink circuits. The DC-to-DC voltage converter generates a driving voltage on first ends of the light emitting diode channels, in which the DC-to-DC voltage converter includes a switch, and a magnitude of the driving voltage is correlated with the conduction time of the switch. The pulse width modulator generates a PWM signal having a duty cycle which drives the switch of the DC-to-DC voltage converter. The plurality of clock cycles on the shifting circuit delays the PWM signal to generate a plurality of phase signals, in which the phase signals have different phases. The current sink circuits are positioned to control the flows of current flowing through the light emitting diode channels according to the phase signals having different phases. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098870 | OLED DRIVING TECHNIQUE - Systems, methods, and devices for efficient brightness control for an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display are provided. In one embodiment, such a method may include receiving image data into a data driver of an organic light emitting diode display and transforming the image data into a logarithmic domain. A dimming control value may be subtracted from this log-encoded image data. The resulting log-encoded dimmed image data may represent a darker version of the originally received image data. Thereafter, a pixel of the organic light emitting diode display may be driven based at least in part on the dimmed image data. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098871 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display panel includes a plurality of pixels including at least four even-numbered subpixels. The at least four even-numbered subpixels includes: a first red subpixel including a pixel electrode electrically connected to a switching element which is connected to a first data line and a first gate line; a first green subpixel including a pixel electrode electrically connected to a switching element which is connected to a second data line and a second gate line, where the second data line is disposed adjacent to the first data line; a first blue subpixel including a pixel electrode electrically connected to a switching element which is connected to the first data line and the second gate line; and a first multi-primary subpixel including a pixel electrode electrically connected to a switching element which is connected to the second data line and the first gate line. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098872 | METHOD OF DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY PANEL - A method of driving an electrophoretic display panel includes: applying a first voltage having a first polarity with respect to a reference voltage to an electrophoretic display panel to display an N-th image, where N is a natural number; applying the first voltage to the electrophoretic display panel, on which the N-th image is displayed, to display a first full-grayscale image; applying a second voltage having a second polarity with respect to a reference voltage to an electrophoretic display panel, on which the first full-grayscale image is displayed, to display a second full-grayscale image, where the second polarity is opposite to the first polarity; and applying the first polarity voltage to the electrophoretic display panel, on which the second full grayscale image is displayed, to display an (N+1)-th image. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098873 | DRIVING METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL CIRCUIT, AND ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY APPARATUS - A driving method for driving an electrophoretic display apparatus includes writing first image data into a display unit provided with a plurality of pixels; creating second image data including image data which corresponds to first contour pixels, and which is extracted from the first image data, each of the first contour pixels being a first pixel located adjacent to a second pixel having a gray-scale level different from a gray-scale level of the first pixel, the first pixel and the second pixel being included in the plurality of pixels; and writing the second image data into the display unit. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098874 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A pixel circuit includes a first light emitting element having a first opposite electrode connected to a first power line, a common electrode and a parasitic capacitance C | 04-26-2012 |
20120098875 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - An illumination device includes a light guide plate, a light source, and a light modulation element. The light guide plate has convex portions extending in a direction parallel to a normal to a face opposed to the light source among side faces of the light guide plate, and the light source is configured of light source blocks. The light modulation element includes a pair of transparent substrates disposed separately and oppositely to each other, a plurality of first electrodes provided on a surface of one of the transparent substrates, and extending in a direction crossing an extending direction of the convex portions, a second electrode provided on a surface of the other transparent substrate, and a light modulation layer provided in a gap between the transparent substrates, and exhibiting a scattering property or a transparent property to light from the light source depending on magnitude of an electric field. | 04-26-2012 |
20120098876 | Liquid Crystal Display Device And Light Source Control Method - A method is disclosed for controlling a light source installed in a liquid crystal display device. An embodiment includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image by virtue of having liquid crystals whose orientation changes in response to application of a voltage; a backlight unit with a built-in PWM light modulation type LED for emitting light to be supplied to the liquid crystal display panel; and a control unit for controlling the liquid crystal display panel and the backlight unit. When the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is relatively high, the LED is driven at a relatively low drive frequency, and when the response speed of the liquid crystal molecules is relatively low, the LED is driven at a relatively high drive frequency. | 04-26-2012 |
20120105490 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A DISPLAY OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and system are provided for controlling the display of an mobile device by: capturing an image using a camera device of the mobile device, the camera device being directed in a same direction as a display of the mobile device, the image comprising one or more subjects (e.g. users or other humans seen in the image); determining a point of regard in the image for at least one of the one or more subjects, the point of regard being indicative of an area on the display at which a gaze of the corresponding subject is directed; determining, based on the point of regard, an instruction for controlling the display; and controlling the display according to the instruction, wherein controlling the display includes reducing visibility of at least one portion of what is displayed on the display. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105491 | STRUCTURE FOR ADJUSTING BACKLIGHT bRIGHTNESS OF ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A structure for adjusting backlight brightness of an electronic apparatus includes an indicator cover with an optical window and a light detecting circuit board. The indicator cover with an optical window has a window disposed thereon. The light detecting circuit board is installed in the indicator cover with an optical window and disposed correspondingly to the window. In addition, the light detecting circuit board is electrically connected to the backlight module of the electronic apparatus and has a light detecting circuit disposed thereon. The light detecting circuit has a control unit, a light emitting unit, a driving unit, and a storage unit. The light emitting unit has a light emitting component inside the indicator cover and an ambient light detecting unit. Therefore, the control unit controls the light emitting component inside the indicator cover flickering, and a detecting signal is transmitted to the control unit and then compared to the stored parameter, thus adjusting backlight brightness according to the stored parameter by the control unit when the light emitting component inside the indicator cover is not lighted and then the ambient light detecting unit receives external ambient light through the window. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105492 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND DRIVING CIRCUIT - A backlight module and a driving circuit are provided. The driving circuit includes a plurality of current sources and a current switching unit. The current sources provide a plurality of driving currents. The current switching unit is coupled between a plurality of light emitting element strings and the current sources for transmitting the driving currents to the light emitting element strings, and switching the driving currents received by the light emitting element strings by timing. Therefore, the brightness of the light emitting element strings can be equalized. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105493 | SHADING SIGNAL GENERATING CIRCUIT - A shading signal generating circuit includes an output port, a first switch, a second switch, a third switch, a first control unit, a second control unit, and a resistor. The output port is electrically connected to the first switch, the second switch, and the third switch. The first switch is electrically connected to a first voltage source and switched on according to a clock signal. The second switch is electrically connected to a second voltage source. The first control unit converts the clock signal to an inverse clock signal, thereby outputting a switch signal for switching on the second switch. The resistor is connected between a third voltage source and the third switch in series. The third switch controls the electric connection between the output port and the third voltage source. The second control unit switches on the third switch according to the inverse clock signal and the switch signal. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105494 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display (LCD) panel is disclosed. The LCD panel includes a plurality of pixels arranged in rows and columns, a first sub gate-line coupled to first row-pixels that are adjacent to a lower side of the first sub gate-line, a second sub gate-line coupled to second row-pixels that are adjacent to an upper side of the second sub gate-line, a plurality of gate-lines between the first sub gate-line and the second sub gate-line, a plurality of even data-lines coupled to first column-pixels that are adjacent to the even data-lines, and a plurality of odd data-lines coupled to second column-pixels that are adjacent to the odd data-lines. Here, each gate-line of the plurality of gate lines is coupled to first row-pixels that are adjacent to a lower side of the gate-line and second row-pixels that are adjacent to an upper side of the gate-line. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105495 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - An organic light emitting display capable of displaying an image with uniform brightness is provided. The display includes a scan driver, a data driver, pixels, an initial power source line coupled to an initial power source, a bias power source line coupled to a bias power source, horizontal power lines, first switching elements, and second switching elements. Each of the pixels includes a driving transistor for controlling an amount of current that flows from a first power source. The bias power source has a different voltage from the initial power source. The first switching elements are coupled between the horizontal power source lines and the initial power source line. The second switching elements are coupled between the horizontal power source lines and the bias power source line. The second switching elements are configured to alternately turn on and off with the first switching elements. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105496 | Organic light emitting display and method of driving the same - A method of driving an OLED, including a plurality of first sub pixels and a plurality of second sub pixels alternating each other. The method includes setting a plurality of first sub pixels to be in a non-emission state in ith (i is 1, 3, 5, . . . ) frames, selecting the plurality of first sub pixels in units of horizontal lines while sequentially supplying a first scan signal in the ith frames, setting a plurality of second sub pixels to be in a non-emission state in (i+1)th frames, and selecting the plurality of second sub pixels in units of horizontal lines while sequentially supplying a second scan signal in the (i+1)th frames. The plurality of second sub pixels are set to be in the emission state in the first ith frames and the plurality of first sub pixels are set to be in the emission state in the (i+1)th frames. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105497 | AUTO-STEREOSCOPIC 3D DISPLAY AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - An auto-stereoscopic 3D display and a display method thereof are provided. The auto-stereoscopic 3D display includes a display module and a scanning barrier. The display module displays a 2D image. The scanning barrier is attached on the display module. The scanning barrier coordinates with the 2D image displayed by the display module to provide a switching of a plurality of alternate vertical slits and vertical barriers, so that a parallax is produced between a left eye and a right eye and accordingly a 3D image is sensed, wherein a constant opaque area exists between each of a pair of the slit and the barrier. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105498 | LUMINESCENCE DRIVING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A switching-type luminescence driving apparatus, a display apparatus, and a driving method thereof are provided. The luminescence driving apparatus includes: a plurality of driving circuits which are connected to a plurality of LEDs having a common anode terminal and which drive the plurality of LEDs according to control pulse modulation; and a controller which controls voltages of a plurality of cathode terminals of the plurality of LEDs so as to independently control each voltage of the plurality of LEDs. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105499 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DISPLAY DEVICE - A light-emitting element display device includes: a gray level value luminance calculation unit that calculates the luminance to a gray level value from the setting values stored in a setting value storage unit; a voltage luminance storage unit that stores the measurement result of the luminance of a light-emitting element with respect to an applied voltage, a gray level value voltage information calculation unit that calculates the relationship between the gray level value and the voltage; and a DA converter unit that outputs a voltage corresponding to each gray level value. The DA converter unit includes a first ladder resistor unit and a second ladder resistor unit each including variable resistors, a third ladder resistor unit including a number of output terminals corresponding to the number of gray levels, and a gray level value voltage information register that stores the gray level value voltage information. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105500 | PIXEL-DRIVING CIRCUIT - A pixel driving circuit includes a first pixel, a second pixel, and a data driving circuit. Each pixel includes a main region and a sub region. The main region stores a gray level voltage and the sub region stores a gray level voltage corresponding to the gray level voltage stored in the main region when the main region and the sub region display image. In the data driving circuit, first, second, third, and fourth gray level voltages are generated by means of a first selecting circuit outputting first digital data corresponding to the first pixel and second digital data corresponding to the second pixel to the corresponding digital-to-analog converters. The first, second, third, and fourth gray level voltages are distributed to the main and sub regions of the first and second pixels by a second selecting circuit, thereby reducing the number of digital-to-analog converters. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105501 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes: a light-emitting element that emits light corresponding to an amount of current in an emission period; a storage capacitor to which a display potential is supplied to one end thereof before the emission period and which stores a voltage corresponding to the display potential; a driving transistor that adjusts an amount of current flowing in a drain electrode thereof in accordance with the voltage stored by the storage capacitor; a lighting control switch which is connected in series with the light-emitting element from the drain electrode of the driving transistor and which is turned on in the emission period; and a discharge switch that connects a node in a current path from the driving transistor to the light-emitting element, through which a current flows when the lighting control switch is turned on, to a wiring that supplies a discharge potential before the emission period. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105502 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided is an image display device capable of dynamically controlling the D-V characteristics of a display panel while suppressing fluctuation in characteristic for each display panel. The display panel has a panel display portion including a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel. A storage unit stores V-L characteristic data measured in advance of RGB. A D-L calculation unit calculates D-L characteristic data of RGB based on the display setting values stored in a register. A D-V calculation unit calculates D-V characteristic data of RGB based on the V-L characteristic data stored in the storage unit and the D-L characteristic data calculated by the D-L calculation unit. A DAC generates a driving voltage corresponding to a video signal input from a timing controller based on the D-V characteristic data calculated by the D-V calculation unit and applies the driving voltage to each pixel. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105503 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, an illumination device includes a light guide plate and a plurality of light sources. The light guide plate includes a light emitting surface. The plurality of light sources whose light emission luminance can be controlled individually, the light sources being configured to supply light from an edge portion of the light guide plate into the light guide plate. A luminance distribution of light injected from the light sources into the light guide plate and emitted from the light emitting surface is obtained by a function such that relative intensity relative to a DC component in a spatial frequency region is less than or equal to a first threshold in a spatial frequency region having a value of one or more. Source-to-source distance of the light sources is optimized by the luminance distribution of the light. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105504 | LIGHT SOURCE SYSTEM FOR A COLOR FLAT PANEL DISPLAY - A system for operating a color flat panel display (FPD) is provided that includes a color FPD, a light source, and a display processing device. The color FPD has an adjustable color depth and is configured to reflect ambient light. The light source transmits light through the bottom surface of the color FPD. The display processing device is coupled to the color FPD and decreases the color depth of the color FPD when the light source is activated and increases the color depth of the color FPD when the light source is turned off. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105505 | ADJUSTING A BRIGHTNESS LEVEL OF A SIDE EMITTING BACKLIGHT DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of methods, systems, or apparatuses relating to adjusting a brightness level of at least one luminescent body disposed, at least in part, on a side emitting backlight display device are disclosed. In a particular embodiment, for example, one or more values representing a light spreading profile for a particular luminescent body may be accessed. A process, system, or apparatus may adjust a brightness of a particular luminescent body by adjusting one or more brightness values associated with that particular luminescent body based, at least in part, on the accessed values. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105506 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY - A method for driving a display is provided. According to the driving method, a display panel is divided into a plurality of bright regions and a plurality of dark regions, wherein the dark regions and the bright regions are alternately arranged so that the bright regions within the display panel are not adjacent to each other. Next, a full-color frame is divided into four sub-frames, wherein the sub-frames are matched with the four color-orders one by one. In this way, the display randomly displays the sub-frames in a frame period. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105507 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device in which the light sources of a backlight unit are independently driven as a plurality of separate regions, and to a drive method for the same. In situations where there is a substantial variation in the brightness (luminance) of regions being displayed on the liquid crystal display device, the present invention can improve the visibility of boundaries due to differences in luminance in images displayed within the regions of the backlight unit emitting light at different levels of luminance as a result. | 05-03-2012 |
20120105508 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING SAME, AND DRIVING METHOD - A backlight device according to the present invention includes a lamination of two light guide layers, namely, a first light guide layer ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120105509 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE FOR SAME, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Disclosed is an image display device having improved image qualities, while reducing power consumption. A backlight unit ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120105510 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND POTENTIAL SETTING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device includes source bus lines, gate bus lines intersecting with the source bus lines, pixels arranged in a matrix to correspond to intersections between the gate bus lines and the source bus lines, each of the pixels including a TFT, a pixel electrode, a common electrode, and a liquid crystal layer, and a potential control section for controlling the potential of the common electrode. The potential control section sets a voltage, obtained by reducing potential V | 05-03-2012 |
20120113152 | DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING IMAGES COMPRISING TWO MODULATION STAGES - Device comprising:
| 05-10-2012 |
20120113153 | METHODS OF ZERO-D DIMMING AND REDUCING PERCEIVED IMAGE CROSSTALK IN A MULTIVIEW DISPLAY - Methods of implementing zero-D dimming and reducing perceived image crosstalk in a multiview display. One method includes providing an image stream to a display. The image stream includes a temporal sequence of images where at least a first image view and then a second image view are displayed on the display in a time sequential manner. Pixel luminance values are remapped for the first and second image views by applying a non-constant remapping function to original pixel luminance values of the first and second image views in order to generate new pixel luminance values. The temporal sequence of images are conditioned by generating new luminance values for the image pixels by applying a non-constant function to the original pixel luminance values and then modifying a color intensity of at least selected pixels along the horizontal dimension based on a non-constant crosstalk correction function for the horizontal dimension. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113154 | COLUMN INVERSION TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVED TRANSMITTANCE - Present techniques involve methods and systems of inversion patterns for pixels in a display. Inversion techniques involve driving image signals having a first polarity to data lines of a pixel matrix during a first time period and driving image signals having an opposite polarity to the data lines during a second time period. In some embodiments, the pixels may be configured to have electrodes having only two finger electrodes, thus widening the distance between electrodes and decreasing the susceptibility for crosstalk between pixels. In some embodiments, horizontal cross-talk of electromagnetic fields between pixels may be further reduced by configuring the data line driving scheme such that voltage polarity is flipped for the pixels along every two, three, or more data line columns. Furthermore, a Z inversion pattern may be employed to reduce the occurrence of undesirable display artifacts. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113155 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present invention provides a backlight module and a display apparatus. The backlight module comprises at least two light sources; a plurality of light guide units corresponding to the light sources and disposed at one side thereof; and at least one reflective layer formed between the two adjacent light sources, wherein a portion of the reflective layer extends between two of the light guide units corresponding to the two light sources. The present invention can enhance the number of the locally dimmed regions and improve the light interference problem between the different lighting regions. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113156 | Display device and driving method thereof - A method for driving a display device includes cumulatively applying a reset pulse of a predetermined level to a first electrode and applying a common voltage to a second electrode opposed to the first electrode to form an initial state of a plurality of cholesteric liquid crystal capsules included in a liquid crystal layer between the first electrode and the second electrode. The method also includes cumulatively applying a data pulse of a predetermined level to the first electrode to display a grayscale | 05-10-2012 |
20120113157 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - Embodiments relate to a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a driving method thereof, a driving method of a liquid crystal display (LCD) including a liquid crystal layer having a hysteresis characteristic according to a plurality of voltage curves for a liquid crystal applying voltage versus transmittance includes: applying a reset voltage to the liquid crystal layer before a plurality of gray voltages according to grayscale data of one frame; generating the gray voltages corresponding to one voltage curve selected according to the applied reset voltage among a plurality of curves according to the hysteresis characteristic; and applying the gray voltages to a corresponding region of the liquid crystal layer. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113158 | SURFACE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPTICAL MEMBER - A surface light source device has a light emitting surface and includes a light guide plate | 05-10-2012 |
20120113159 | STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD FOR STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display section that is driven to perform line sequential scanning and display a plurality of different viewpoint video images; a backlight that includes a plurality of sub-light emitting areas separated in the line sequential scanning direction; a light barrier that has a plurality of open/close unit groups each of which is formed of a plurality of open/close units, the open/close units in different groups opened or closed at different timings; and a backlight controller that controls light emission from the sub-light emitting areas in the backlight in synchronization with the line sequential scanning in the display section, wherein the backlight controller separately controls intensities of the light emitted from the sub-light emitting areas. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113160 | Display Device with Imaging Function and Method for Driving the Same - To achieve desired display on a display surface and accurate image capture in a display device with an imaging function. A light source for display (a first light-emitting element) and a light source for image capture (a second light-emitting element) that does not adversely affect display when it is on are separately provided in the display device with an imaging function. In the display device, an image can be appropriately captured using the light source for image capture in a period during which display is performed using the light source for display. Consequently, desired display on the display surface and accurate image capture can be achieved in the display device. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113161 | Stereoscopic Image Display and Power Control Method Thereof - The present invention relates to a stereoscopic image display and a power control method thereof, including a timing controller which varies a driving circuit supply voltage between a first voltage and a third voltage in a 3D mode for displaying a 3D image on a display panel by controlling a power supply circuit and controls the driving circuit supply voltage as a second voltage in a 2D mode for displaying a 2D image on the display panel. The second voltage is lower than the first voltage and is higher than the third voltage. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113162 | WIDE COLOR GAMUT DISPLAYS - A display has a modulator illuminated by a illuminator comprising an array of light sources. The array includes light sources of a plurality of colors. The light sources of different colors are individually controllable. Within each color, the light sources that illuminate different areas on the modulator are individually controllable. The display may provide a high dynamic range and a wide color gamut. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113163 | DISPLAY INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CHIP - A display IC chip includes a plurality of sides, a plurality of output terminals, two first color short-circuit lines, one second color short-circuit line, one third color short-circuit line, and conductive wires. The two first color short-circuit lines are parallel disposed in the IC chip and coupled to a first output terminal group of the output terminals. The second color short-circuit line is disposed between and parallel with the first color short-circuit lines. The second color short-circuit line is coupled to a second output terminal group of the output terminals. The third color short-circuit line is disposed between and parallel with the first color short-circuit lines. The third color short-circuit line is coupled to a third output terminal group of the output terminals. The conductive wires are coupled the first color short-circuit lines with the first output terminal group do not cross the second and third color short-circuit lines. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113164 | Liquid Crystal Display Device And Method For Controlling Display Of Liquid Crystal Display Device - A liquid crystal data calculation section forms, on the basis of input image data, liquid crystal data to display an image on a liquid crystal panel. In at least one example embodiment, an LED data calculation section forms, on the basis of the input image data, LED data for adjusting an amount of light of an LED backlight. An LED control section controls an amount of an output current of an LED power source on the basis of the LED data, and includes a protection function of limiting the amount of the output current so that the amount of the output current does not exceed a predetermined upper limit. In a case where the amount of the output current of the LED power source is reduced to the upper limit by the LED control section, a liquid crystal transmittance correction section corrects the liquid crystal data and increases transmittance so as to compensate reduction in luminance of the backlight. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113165 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR A PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A stable address discharge is caused by preventing an increase in the scan pulse voltage (amplitude) necessary for causing a stable address discharge, and thereby achieves high image display quality. For this purpose, the following operations are performed. The image display area of a plasma display panel is divided into a plurality of regions. In each region, the rate of the number of discharge cells to be lit with respect to the number of all discharge cells in each region is detected, as a partial light-emitting rate of each region, and the partial light-emitting rate is detected in each subfield. The region having the maximum partial light-emitting rate is detected and set as a first region. The regions adjacent to the first region are set as second regions, and a predetermined offset value is added to the partial light-emitting rates of the second regions so as to provide corrected partial light-emitting rates. Magnitude comparison is performed between the partial light-emitting rates and corrected partial light-emitting rates, and the order of address operations on the respective regions is determined based on the result of the magnitude comparison. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113166 | Display Method And Display Device - A display method of an embodiment (i) determines a suitable length of an off period of an LED in accordance with a gray scale transition time, i.e., a time during which a transmittance of a liquid crystal is being changed, and (ii) turns off a light source for the determined length of the off period in a first half part of a one frame period. This makes it difficult for a halfway change in a gray scale transition to be reflected in a brightness of a pixel. Also, by performing a gray scale transition emphasis process to a display signal when the gray scale transition is caused, it is possible to increase the brightness of the pixel in the midst of the gray scale transition and to reduce a response time of the pixel. As such, it is possible to further improve a quality of moving image display. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113167 | Reduced Power Displays - A backlight for a display comprises a plurality of independently controllable groups of light emitters. The brightness levels of the groups of light emitters are controllable by pulse width modulation (PWM) signals generated by PWM driving circuits. The phases of PWM signals to different groups of light emitters are configured to be offset by different amounts, so as to stagger the start times of light emitters of different groups. Such phase-shifting of PWM signals may result in total power consumption that ramps up more gradually, is distributed more evenly over time, and is held to a lower maximum value than if the same PWM signals were not phase-shifted. The duration of a first PWM cycle of PWM signals for an image may also be made longer than subsequent PWM cycles for the image so as to extend the initial power ramp-up time. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120116 | LASER PROJECTOR AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING BRIGHTNESS OF THE SAME - A laser projector includes a drive signal generation unit for processing an input image signal to generate a laser drive signal and a scanner drive signal, a pixel position detection unit for detecting positions of pixels corresponding to a one-frame image from the generated scanner drive signal, a compensation value decision unit for deciding a brightness compensation value corresponding to the detected pixels, a compensation unit for compensating a laser drive signal corresponding to the detected pixels according to the decided brightness compensation value, a laser light source for generating laser light according to the compensated laser drive signal, and a scanner for scanning the laser light according to the scanner drive signal. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120117 | DRIVING METHOD OF HALF-SOURCE-DRIVING (HSD) DISPLAY DEVICE - A HSD display device is adapted to receive data from a signal source and includes multiple pixel sets. Each pixel sets includes first pixel and second pixel. The first pixel is electrically coupled to a first data line and a first gate line. The second pixel is electrically coupled to the first pixel and a second gate line. The first gate line and the second gate line respectively are for controlling the first pixel and the second pixel whether to receive the data. In a driving method of the HSD display device, a common voltage is provided to the first and second pixels, and the common voltage is modulated to have two different voltage levels at a same side of a data central voltage. The data central voltage is an average of data voltages with different polarities from the signal source for displaying a same gray level. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120118 | LED DEVICES WITH NARROW VIEWING ANGLE AND AN LED DISPLAY INCLUDING SAME - LED devices includes a lead frame having a reflector cup with a round bottom surface and a wall surface having a variable inclination with respect to the bottom surface and defining an opening at an upper end thereof. An LED is mounted on the bottom surface of the reflector cup, and an LED module includes first and second LED device that emit different colors. The first and second LED devices have substantially matched far field patterns in a first and second direction, where a first viewing angle in the first direction is less than about 99°. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120119 | Display apparatus - A display apparatus includes a first substrate and a second substrate opposite to the first substrate. The first substrate includes a plurality of color pixels and a white pixel that outputs a second white light having a same gray scale as a first white light formed by mixing light outputted from the plurality of color pixel. The white pixel is activated by a second current that is lower than a first current that activates the color pixels. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120120 | LIGHT SOURCE, CONTROL METHOD FOR LIGHT SOURCE, AND PROJECTION SYSTEM HAVING LIGHT SOURCE - A light source includes a first light emitting source ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120120121 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is an image display apparatus including: a transmissive display panel; an illuminator configured to illuminate a rear surface of the transmissive display panel; an optical separator which includes a plurality of switchers capable of switching between a light transmitting state and a light blocking state, for separating an image displayed on the transmissive display panel by bringing one of the switchers into the light transmitting state and the other switchers into the light blocking state; and a light regulator capable of switching between a light diffusing state and a light transmitting state. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120122 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - The present invention is directed to a driving method for a display having a binary color system, which method can effectively improve the performance of an electrophoretic display. The method comprises applying a series of driving voltages to said pixel and the accumulated voltage integrated over a period of time from the first image to the last image is 0 (zero) or substantially 0 (zero) volt·msec. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120123 | BACKLIGHT APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM AND LIGHTING APPARATUS - A backlight apparatus for illuminating a display unit, includes: light-emitting elements that are arranged at predetermined intervals; and a driving control unit configured to supply currents to the light-emitting elements so as to control driving of the light-emitting elements, wherein the light-emitting elements include a pair of a first light emitting-element and a second light-emitting element that are connected to the driving control unit and that are connected in parallel to each other, in which the first light-emitting element is connected in a direction opposite to a direction in which the second light-emitting element is connected. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120124 | VOLTAGE ADUSTMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A voltage adjustment method and apparatus of a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel. The method comprises: acquiring initial reference voltage (RV) values of gamma voltage pairs corresponding to respective gray scales, which includes a first and a second gamma voltage; fixing the first gamma voltages, adjusting respectively the second gamma voltages in accordance with flicker values of the brightness of the LCD panel and the initial RV values of the second gamma voltages, and acquiring the adjusted voltage values of the second gamma voltages; and adjusting synchronously, with an equal proportion, the initial RV value of the first gamma voltage and the adjusted voltage value of the second gamma voltage corresponding to each gray scale respectively, so that the brightness corresponding to the gray scale is adjusted to be the same as the brightness corresponding to the same gray scale in the gamma standard voltage curve. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120125 | LCD APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING TEMPERATURE - An LCD apparatus and a method for compensating an input image based on temperature are provided. The LCD apparatus receives an external temperature of the LCD apparatus and compensates the input image based on the received external temperature and a measured internal temperature. Accordingly, a user may enjoy an image with optimum quality which is suitable for a current temperature. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120126 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND PRODUCTION SYSTEM OF THE SAME - To provide a light emitting device without nonuniformity of luminance, a correcting circuit for correcting a video signal supplied to each pixel to a light emitting device. The correcting circuit is stored with data of a dispersion of a characteristic of a driving TFT among pixels and data of a change over time of luminance of a light emitting element. Further, by correcting a video signal inputted to the light emitting device in conformity with a characteristic of the driving TFT of each pixel and a degree of a deterioration of the light emitting element based on the over-described two data, nonuniformity of luminance caused by a deterioration of an electroluminescent layer and nonuniformity of luminance caused by dispersion of a characteristic of the driving TFT are restrained. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120127 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus includes a display having a plurality of light emitting elements. The image display apparatus also includes a controller configured to control displaying an image on the display, wherein the controller is operable to calculate an amount of light output by the plurality of light emitting elements and adjust a luminance level of the display based on the calculated amount of light output. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127210 | Random PWM Dimming Control for LED Backlight - In one aspect of the invention, a driver for driving a backlight module having a plurality of LED strings includes a random frequency multiplexer for receiving one or more PWM signals and responsively outputting a plurality of random frequency signals, a PWM dimming controller electrically coupled to the random frequency multiplexer for receiving the plurality of random frequency signals and responsively outputting a plurality of driving signals to the plurality of LED strings to drive each of the plurality of LED strings, respectively, and a switching control circuit LX electrically coupled to the random frequency multiplexer for receiving the plurality of random frequency signals and responsively outputting a plurality of switching control signals to a boost converter to regulate duty cycle ON/OFF of each of the plurality of driving signals, respectively, so as to cause each of the plurality of LED strings to emit light of a desired brightness within a desired timing cycle. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127211 | Graphic Medic Display Device and Method for Using Same - According to one exemplary embodiment, an apparatus and method for displaying graphic media are disclosed. The apparatus and method can contain and secure graphic media and provide illumination. The apparatus and method may also contain electronic communication devices. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127212 | BACKLIGHT MODULE DRIVING SYSTEM AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A backlight module driving system and a driving method thereof are applied to a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). In the LCD, a timing controller obtains a three-dimensional (3D) image signal provided by a graphics processor, generates a Liquid Crystal (LC) driving control signal, and generates a corresponding light adjusting signal according to a data writing time and a Vertical Blanking Interval (VBI) time of the LC driving control signal. A backlight driver obtains and analyzes the light adjusting signal, so as to disable a backlight module during the data writing time, and enable the backlight module during the VBI time. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127213 | Power converter, display device including power converter, system including display device, and method of driving display device - A power converter includes a voltage conversion unit that provides a first driving voltage at a first output electrode by converting a power supply voltage in response to a first control signal, the voltage conversion unit being configured to provide a second driving voltage at a second output electrode by converting the power supply voltage after a short detection period, the voltage conversion unit being configured to shut down in response to a third control signal, and a short detection unit that generates the third control signal by comparing a magnitude of a voltage of the second output electrode with a magnitude of a reference voltage during the short detection period. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127214 | LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DRIVING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A light-emitting-diode (LED) driving circuit and a display device include a current driving circuit, a level detector, a comparing circuit, a digital control circuit, and a power supply circuit. The level detector detects a minimum detection voltage signal having a minimum voltage level among voltage signals of first terminals of respective LED strings. The comparing circuit generates a first comparison output signal and a second comparison output signal based on a headroom-control reference voltage and the minimum detection voltage signal. The digital control circuit adjusts a duty ratio of a gate control signal in a digital mode based on the first comparison output signal, the second comparison output signal and a control clock signal. Therefore, the LED driving circuit has a small area in a semiconductor integrated circuit. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127215 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THE SAME - A display device where a memory circuit is installed into each pixel without generating flicker, including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, wherein each pixel has a light-transmissive element controlling the amount of transmissive light in response to a voltage difference between a first electrode and a second electrode, a memory circuit storing the voltage level of the first electrode, and a controller. In the case where the first electrode has a positive voltage level with respect to the second electrode at a refreshing timing, the controller makes the memory circuit store the voltage level of the first electrode, applies a first predetermined voltage to the second electrode to increase the voltage level of the first electrode by the first predetermined voltage, and discharges the first electrode so that the first electrode has a negative voltage level with respect to the second electrode. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127216 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image processing unit includes a filter unit which performs high frequency emphasis processing on a image signal of a first sub-frame among a plurality of sub-frames, and performs high frequency suppression processing on a image signal of a second sub-frame different from the first sub-frame; and a level adjustment unit which performs level adjustment processing on the image signal of the first sub-frame, and performs level adjustment processing different from the level adjustment processing on the image signal of the second sub-frame. Alight source control unit controls light quantity of a light source during a period of a sub-frame in which the image signal subjected to the level adjustment processing is outputted, in accordance with the level adjustment performed on the sub-frame. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127217 | DIMMING METHOD OF ORGANIC EL DISPLAYING APPARATUS AND ORGANIC EL DISPLAYING APPARATUS - A dimming method of an organic EL displaying apparatus having a displaying unit constructed by combining pixels each having a substrate, an organic EL element formed over the substrate, a power supply line for supplying a power source to the organic EL element, and at least one TFT provided on a wiring path from the power supply line to the organic EL element. The TFT has a semiconductor layer which is arranged between a source electrode and a drain electrode and is electrically connected to the source electrode and the drain electrode. A laser beam is irradiated from a downward direction of the substrate to a region which does not overlap a gate electrode, the source electrode, the drain electrode, and the wiring layer when seen as a plan view in a plane region where the semiconductor layer is provided. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN TERMINAL USING SELF-EMITTING TYPE DISPLAY - A method for reducing power consumption in a terminal having a self-emitting display is provided. In the method, a readable region is displayed on a screen, and a brightness of the rest is made darker than that of the readable region. The readable region is moved. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127219 | IMAGE DISPLAYING DEVICE - Disclosed is an image display device which includes a light mixer configured to mix first and second lights generated from first and second light sources, respectively; and a wave guide configured to guide lights emitted from the light mixer and to emit the guided lights to the exterior. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127220 | ACTIVE MATRIX SUBSTRATE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ORGANIC EL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides an analog gradation-driving active matrix substrate suppressing reduction in the response time of the current-driven light-emitting element; a display device; and an organic EL display device. The active matrix substrate of the present invention is an analog gradation-driving active matrix substrate, comprising:
| 05-24-2012 |
20120133681 | GAMMA CORRECTION METHOD - A gamma correction method adapted for a liquid crystal display panel is provided. The gamma correction method includes the following steps. A reference gamma curve is provided. The LCD panel is lighted up with at least one of primary-color frames. Gamma voltages of the primary-color frame are set for the LCD panel based on the reference gamma curve to obtain at least one primary-color gamma curve. The gamma correction is performed on the LCD panel based on the at least one primary-color gamma curve or a linear combination curve of the at least one primary-color gamma curve. By using the gamma correction method, the LCD panel could be allowed to provide good image quality. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133682 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a display apparatus comprising light-emitting elements having colors cyclically aligned, pixel circuits and a processing circuit, the light-emitting elements each having two light-emitting regions aligned in the column direction so as to invert the positions of the two light-emitting regions in accordance with a cycle of the colors, and the two light-emitting regions having different optical characteristics and emitting light alternately over two consecutive frame periods so that the light-emitting regions which emit light in each frame period have the same optical characteristics. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133683 | ORGANIC EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - An organic EL display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels, organic EL devices, a data line driver, a pixel circuit, and a gate line driver. Each pixel has three or more organic EL device groups, each organic EL device group consisting of two organic EL devices emitting light of the same color; and emits light of three or more colors. The two organic EL devices are a first organic EL device having a light condensing element arranged on the light emitting surface side and a second organic EL device not having a light condensing element arranged on the light emitting surface side. Each pixel has a luminance difference forming unit for varying the luminance ratio of each color in the first organic EL device and the luminance ratio of each color in the second organic EL device. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133684 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH GRAY SCALE PROCESSING CIRCUIT, AND METHOD OF GRAY SCALE PROCESSING - A display device includes a gray scale controller which adjusts the number of pieces of image data successively displayed at the same brightness level to a predefined value or less when a desired brightness level represented by input image data is equal to or less than a predetermined level. Alternatively the display device may include a gray scale controller which may make the frequencies of selection of an immediately lower display brightness level than a desired level and an immediately higher display brightness level closer to each other when the brightness level represented by the input image data is equal to or less than the predetermined level and other than a plurality of display brightness levels. This frequency control is done to prevent a selected display brightness level from continuing at the same level over a period greater than a predetermined cycle. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133685 | LOCAL DIMMING METHOD AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A local dimming method and a liquid crystal display using the same are provided. The local dimming method includes segmenting an input image into N×M (where N and M are positive integer greater than n) blocks; determining representative values of the blocks, which define average luminance of the respective blocks; analyzing the input image; setting a spatial filter mask having a size of n×n (where n is a positive integer greater than 3 and equal to or smaller than 10), increasing the number of coefficients greater than 0 in the spatial filter mask when the input image is determined as a dark image, and decreasing the number of coefficients greater than 0 in the spatial filter mask when the input image is determined as a bright image; and multiplying the block representative values by coefficients of the spatial filter mask to determine a dimming value for each block. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133686 | BACKLIGHT DEVICE WITH LIGHT EMITTING DEVICES IN AN ALTERNATING ARRANGEMENT - A backlight device includes a plurality of light emitting devices arranged at predetermined positions to act as backlight for a display screen, and a plurality of drive circuits that supply currents to the plurality of light emitting devices, wherein the plurality of drive circuits include a first drive circuit and a second drive circuit, and the plurality of light emitting devices include a plurality of first light emitting devices and a plurality of second light emitting devices, the plurality of first light emitting devices being connected in series to the first drive circuit, and the plurality of second light emitting devices being connected in series to the second drive circuit, and wherein the plurality of light emitting devices are spatially placed in an alternating arrangement of one or more of the first light emitting devices and one or more of the second light emitting devices. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133687 | Liquid Crystal Display Device and Driving Method of Liquid Crystal Display Device - In one frame period, a field period in which an image signal is input to pixels in odd-numbered rows and a field period in which an image signal is input to pixels in even-numbered rows are alternately provided. Hues of light transmitted to a pixel portion from a light supply portion are different between two sequential field periods. Further, in a plurality of field periods in one frame period, hues of light transmitted to the pixel portion from the light supply portion are different among a plurality of field periods in which image signals are input to the pixels in the odd-numbered rows, and/or those are different among a plurality of field periods in which image signals are input to the pixels in the even-numbered rows. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133688 | OPERATIONAL AMPLIFYING CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVE DEVICE USING THE SAME - An operational amplifier circuit includes: a first differential amplifier section containing a P-type differential pair of P-type transistors; a second differential amplifier section containing an N-type differential pair of N-type transistors; an intermediate stage connected with outputs of the first and second differential amplifier sections and containing a first current mirror circuit of P-type transistors, and a second current mirror circuit of N-type transistors; and an output stage configured to amplify an output of the intermediate stage in power. The first differential amplifier section includes a first current source and a first capacitance between sources of the P-type transistors of the P-type differential pair and a positive side power supply voltage. The second differential amplifier section includes a second current source and a second capacitance between sources of the N-type transistors of the N-type differential pair and a negative side power supply voltage. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133689 | Reflectors with Spatially Varying Reflectance/Absorption Gradients for Color and Luminance Compensation - A Point Spread Function (PSF) of a light source is controlled by the provision of a PSF modifier on a reflector at or near the light source. The modifier may be a gradient or spatially varying application of any of transmission holes, filters, and absorptive dots. The invention may be applied to displays (e.g., backlighting of displays), and arrangement of the modifiers may include patterns that vary according to artifacts occurring in the display. The PSF modifier may flatten, remove, or increase tails, or mitigate fringing colors or patterns. In backlight arrays, the PSF modifier may be similar for all centrally located light sources, and exhibit differences when applied to light sources near edges or other anomalies in the backlight or surrounding structure. | 05-31-2012 |
20120133690 | DISPLAY ELEMENT AND ELECTRICAL DEVICE - A display element ( | 05-31-2012 |
20120139955 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR THERMAL COMPENSATION IN AMOLED DISPLAYS - Disclosed is a circuit and technique to determine the temperature of an AMOLED display in order to calibrate programming data signals. The temperature of selected pixels of a plurality of pixels in an AMOLED display is measured via one of several disclosed methods. A thermal sensor for the selected pixels may be used. A measurement of output voltage data may be used to estimate temperature. A finite element analysis model may be used based on consumed power of the selected pixel. The temperature data for the selected pixel is then interpolated to the neighboring non-selected pixels to estimate the temperature of those pixels. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139956 | EMISSIVE DISPLAY BLENDED WITH DIFFUSE REFLECTION - An apparatus providing a viewer with a blend of displayed and reflected content. The apparatus includes an emissive display device with a display screen operable providing digital content. The emissive display device includes a light source selectively articulating and transmitting light through the display screen at a particular illumination level to display digital content such as text and graphics. The apparatus includes a thematic overlay positioned over the display screen with a front surface configured to provide diffuse reflection of light striking the front surface from a viewer space such that the front surface appears substantially opaque to the viewer and the viewer cannot see the display screen when the light source is inactive or at low brightness. When the light source is in active mode, the displayed content is visible as emissive display content concurrently with the diffuse reflection content but the display screen remains hidden from view. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139957 | Pixel and organic light emitting display device using the pixel - A pixel includes: an organic light emitting diode; a first transistor having a second electrode connected with an anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode and controlling the amount of current supplied to the organic light emitting diode; a second transistor connected between a data line and a second node and turned on when a scan signal is supplied to a scan line; a third transistor connected between a gate electrode and a second electrode of the first transistor and having a turn-on time partially overlapping the turn-on time of the second transistor; a fifth transistor connected between the second node and a power line receiving first power and having a turn-on time not overlapping the turn-on time of the second transistor; and a storage capacitor connected between a gate electrode of the first transistor and the second node. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139958 | Touch-Enabled Plasmonic Reflective Display - An electrical pressure-sensitive reflective display includes an array of display pixels, each with a transparent top surface, first electrode, second electrode, an elastic polymer medium, and metallic nanoparticles distributed in the elastic polymer medium. When a first voltage potential is applied between the first and second electrodes of each display pixel, a first color is reflected from the incident spectrum of light, assuming no pressure is applied on the top surface of each display pixel. When the top surface of a first display pixel is deformed in response to an applied pressure, the elastic polymer medium in the first display pixel is compressed, decreasing the metallic nanoparticle-to-metallic nanoparticle mean distance in the first display pixel. In response to decreasing the metallic nanoparticle-to-metallic nanoparticle mean distance, the color reflected from the incident spectrum of light by the second display pixel is changed from the first color to second color. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139959 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: a pixel area comprising pixels in rows and columns; main power lines at a first side of the pixel area and a second side of the pixel area facing the first side; first sub-power lines coupled to a first main power line of the main power lines formed at the first side and extending into the pixel area in a column direction; and second sub-power lines coupled to a second main power line of the main power lines formed at the second side and extending into the pixel area in the column direction, wherein the first sub-power lines and the second sub-power lines extend in different columns of pixels, and wherein a column of pixels of the pixels are alternatingly coupled to a neighboring sub-power line of the first sub-power lines and a neighboring sub-power line of the second sub-power lines. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139960 | REFLECTIVE COLOR FILTER, AND REFLECTIVE COLOR DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF COLOR DISPLAY EMPLOYING THE SAME - A reflective color filter, and a reflective color display apparatus and a method for a reflective color display employing the reflective color filter is provided. The reflective color filter includes first and second photonic crystal areas which reflect light in a selection wavelength band from external light and include a tunable photonic crystal which tunes a photonic band gap corresponding to a frequency bandwidth reflecting light through stimulation. A controller provides stimulations to the first and second photonic crystal areas to adjust the photonic band gap of the tunable photonic crystal of the first and second photonic crystal areas. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139961 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE PIXEL - A pixel may include: an OLED; a first transistor having a first electrode connected to a power line receiving a first power, the first power changes to an initial voltage, a reference voltage, and a high voltage, the first transistor controlling the amount of current supplied to the OLED; a second transistor connected between a data line and a second node and turned on when a scan signal is supplied to a scan line; a third transistor connected between a gate electrode and a second electrode of the first transistor and having a turn-on time partially overlapping the turn-on time of the second transistor; a fourth transistor, connected between the second node and the power line, and having a turn-on time not overlapping the turn-on time of the second transistor; and a storage capacitor connected between the gate electrode of the first transistor and the second node. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139962 | DISPLAY DEVICE, SCAN DRIVER FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE, AND A DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A scan driver may include: a first scan driving block, outputting a second clock signal to a first output terminal according to an input signal, in synchronization with a first clock signal; and a second scan driving block, outputting the first clock signal according to the output signal of the first scan driving block to a second output terminal, in synchronization with the second clock signal, wherein the first scan driving block and the second scan driving block simultaneously output an entire clock signal, according to a level of a simultaneous light emission control signal. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139963 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR MEASURING IMAGE STABILITY THEREOF - Disclosed are an electrophoretic display apparatus and a method for driving the same, which facilitate minimization of the flickering of the screen as well as minimization of the unintended gray scale transition caused by the neighboring cells. Disclosed also is a method for measuring the image stability of an electrophoretic display apparatus which allows a user to visually recognize any unintended gray scale transition that may occur after a predetermined time passes without a data voltage supplied and to identify whether the degree of the unintended gray scale transition exceeds an allowable range. When an image switching is performed, no data voltage is supplied to a first cell to be maintained with a first gray scale without gray scale transition, and a data voltage of a predetermined waveform is supplied to a second cell to be maintained with a second gray scale without gray scale transition. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139964 | DISPLAY PANEL MODULE AND MULTI-PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A display panel module includes a display panel, a lens sheet, and an upper polarizing plate. The display panel includes a display region in which an image is displayed, and a non-display region in which the image is not displayed. The lens sheet faces a light emitting surface of the display panel and changes a path of a portion of light emitted from the display region of the display panel, to transmit the portion of the light onto the non-display region of the display panel. The upper polarizing plate faces a light exiting surface of the lens sheet, and transmits only light traveling parallel to a polarizing axis | 06-07-2012 |
20120139965 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL THEREOF - An OLED display and a method for driving a display panel thereof are provided. The layout area of each pixel of the OLED display panel is specially designed to be a rectangle in shape, and the pixels are driven in such a manner that each two sub-pixels are taken as a unit to be driven. As such, according to the interaction manner among sub-pixels of the pixels, two sub-pixels can be viewed as one pixel to achieve more pixels within 1 inch in comparison with the conventional panels, which enables the current AMOLED driving circuit designs to be used in specific high resolution applications. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139966 | DISPLAY MEDIUM DRIVE DEVICE, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display medium drive device includes: a translucent display medium, a back substrate opposing the display substrate, a dispersant sealed between the display substrate and the back substrate, and plural types of particle groups with different colors and charge polarities that are dispersed in the dispersant so as to move in the inter-substrate space in response to an electric field; and a voltage application unit which, in a case of displaying a gradation of a color of a first particle group, applies a first voltage and which is a voltage equal to or greater than a threshold voltage needed to cause at least some of the first particle group to detach from the display substrate or the back substrate and thereafter applies a second voltage that has the same polarity as the first voltage and is lower than the threshold voltage. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139967 | Driving Method of Electrophoretic Display Device, Electrophoretic Display Device and Electronic Apparatus - In an image rewriting process of rewriting an image displayed on a display section by applying any one of a first electric potential, a second electric potential and voltage based on a driving pulse signal to each of a plurality of pixel electrodes and by moving electrophoretic particles by an electric field generated between the pixel electrodes and a common electrode, a first pulse application process which uses the driving pulse signal with the pulse width of the first electric potential being a first width, a second pulse application process which uses the driving pulse signal with the pulse width of the first electric potential being a second width longer than the first width, and a third pulse application process which uses the driving pulse signal with the pulse width of the first electric potential being a third width shorter than the second width, are sequentially performed. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139968 | BRIGHTNESS CONTROL APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LIGHTING APPARATUS - A brightness control apparatus configured to perform brightness control for backlights formed by plural light-emitting elements for a display screen, including: a pulse control signal transmit unit configured to transmit a pulse control signal for performing driving control on the plural light-emitting elements based on a preset brightness control signal; a voltage control unit configured to control a voltage of the pulse control signal obtained by the pulse control signal transmit unit for each set of light-emitting elements of the same color so as to correct brightness variation in a regular state for the plural light-emitting elements; and a current control unit configured to control a current for each of the plural light-emitting elements based on a voltage value obtained by the voltage control unit so as to correct brightness variation due to temperature change or temporal change. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139969 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes plural pixel circuits each of which includes a light emitting element where an amount of light emission changes corresponding to an amount of current and a drive transistor which controls the amount of current which flows to the light emitting element based on a display signal, a data line drive circuit which supplies a display signal to the plural pixel circuits respectively based on image data, a power source part which outputs a light-emitting potential, and a current amount prediction part which calculates an amount of current which flows to the plural pixel circuits from the power source part based on the image data. The power source part performs a control for suppressing fluctuation of the light-emitting potential based on the calculated amount of current and the outputted light-emitting potential. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139970 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes; a first substrate, a plurality of pixels arranged substantially in a matrix-shape on the first substrate; a plurality of gate lines disposed on the first substrate and which transmit gate signals to the pixels, and a plurality of data lines which intersect the gate lines and which transmit data voltages to the pixels, wherein at least two adjacent gate lines are electrically connected to each other. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139971 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATOR AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A gamma voltage generator can control brightness of a first color pixel unit and a second color pixel unit. A first potential divider is coupled between a first node and a second node for generating a first main gamma voltage. At least one second potential divider is coupled between the second node and a third node for generating a first sub-gamma voltage and a second sub-gamma voltage. The brightness of the first color pixel unit is controlled by the first main gamma voltage and the first sub-gamma voltage. The brightness of the second color pixel unit is controlled by the first main gamma voltage and the second sub-gamma voltage. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139972 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING - Display driving arrangements including: generation circuit dividing a reference voltage by variable resistors for plural levels of voltages; a decoder circuit decoding gray scale voltage corresponding to the display data among the levels of voltages; and a register setting variable resisters resistance values to adjust amplitude and gradient of the gamma characteristic curve of the gray scale voltages with respect to the gray scale number, the generation circuit having a group of resistive voltage dividing circuits dividing the reference voltage, a variable resister amplitude adjusting the gamma characteristic curve in accordance with register setting values connected with a side of the reference voltage in series, being closer to the side of the reference voltage than the group of resistive voltage dividing circuits, a variable resister to adjust the gradient of the gamma characteristic curve per the register setting values connected within the group of resistive voltage dividing circuits in series. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139973 | COLOR SPACE MATCHING OF VIDEO SIGNALS - A system for color space matching a plurality of signals is provided. The system can include a first and second sources operably connected to a first and second inputs, respectively. The first and second inputs can be operably connected to a switch ( | 06-07-2012 |
20120139974 | Image Display Device And Image Display Method - A display position information acquisition section of an image display device outputs display position identification data for identifying a display position on the screen. An LED output value calculation section divides an input image into a plurality of areas and obtains LED data which is data for emission luminances of LEDs in the areas. At this time, emission luminances of LEDs in a non-display area are set to 0 on the basis of the display position identification data. A display luminance calculation section obtains display luminances of the areas based upon the emission luminances. A partial display correction filter generation section generates a partial display correction filter having correction data for each pixel stored therein, based upon the display position identification data. An LCD data calculation section obtains liquid crystal data based upon the input image, the display luminances, and the correction data. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139975 | Display Device - Disclosed is a display device that has improved correspondence between brightness distribution of an illuminating device including a plurality of partial lights and brightness distribution of images displayed on a display panel. Specifically, in a liquid crystal display, a filtering unit generates brightness distribution data by filtering each item of brightness adjustment data corresponding to partial lights using a filter among a plurality of brightness diffusing filters. Furthermore, a panel control data correcting unit generates panel control data that controls images displayed on a liquid crystal display panel from the brightness distribution data and panel control data. | 06-07-2012 |
20120139976 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MULTISTATE INTERFEROMETRIC LIGHT MODULATION - A multi-state light modulator comprises a first reflector. A first electrode is positioned at a distance from the first reflector. A second reflector is positioned between the first reflector and the first electrode. The second reflector is movable between an undriven position, a first driven position, and a second driven position, each having a corresponding distance from the first reflector. In one embodiment, the three positions correspond to reflecting white light, being non-reflective, and reflecting a selected color of light. Another embodiment is a method of making the light modulator. Another embodiment is a display including the light modulator. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147059 | DISPLAY WITH DIMENSION SWITCHABLE FUNCTION - A display with dimension switchable function is introduced herein. The display can selectively display 3D images or 2D images in a part of or entire of a display area of display. The display at least includes a collimated backlight module, an image display device, a light guiding module, and a switching unit. The light guiding module and the switching unit are disposed between the collimated backlight module and the image display module, and positions thereof can be exchanged according to different design requirements. The light from the collimated backlight module is directed to different viewing zones after passing through the light guiding module. By controlling diffusion states of the switching unit, the 3D images or the 2D images are selectively displayed in a part of or entire of the display area of the image display module, as required. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147060 | PIXEL, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a display unit including pixels coupled to scan lines for transmitting scan signals, data lines for transmitting data signals, and light emission control lines for transmitting light emission control signals; a scan driver; a data driver; and a light emission driver. Each pixel includes: an OLED; a driving transistor to transmit a driving current corresponding to a data signal to the OLED; a first transistor to transmit the data signal to the driving transistor according to a first scan signal; a second transistor to apply a first power source voltage to a first electrode of the driving transistor according to a second scan signal, during an initialization period for initializing a gate electrode voltage of the driving transistor; and a capacitor including a first electrode coupled to a gate electrode of the driving transistor and a second electrode coupled to a first power source supply. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147061 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TUNING COLOR TEMPERATURE IN DIGITAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to method and device for tuning a color temperature in a digital display device, in which variation of color temperatures and color feelings between gradients is reduced for improving a picture quality. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147062 | Liquid Crystal Display and Scanning Back Light Driving Method Thereof - A liquid crystal display includes a scanning backlight controller, that calculates a turn-on duty ratio of a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal for controlling turn-on and turn-off operations of light sources, and a light source driver, that synchronizes a frequency of the PWM signal with a frame frequency or synchronizes the frequency of the PWM signal with the frame frequency, changes the calculated turn-on duty ratio of the PWM signal to a maximum value, and adjusts an amplitude of the PWM signal based on a changed degree of the turn-on duty ratio of the PWM signal, based on the result of a comparison between the turn-on duty ratio of the PWM signal and a previously determined critical value, and then sequentially drive the light sources along a data scanning direction of the liquid crystal display panel. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147063 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed is a display device which facilitates to display an image with the same color as an external border (external case) of a liquid crystal display (LCD) device, or to display an image satisfying a user's taste during a no-signal period, and a method for driving the display device, wherein the display device comprises a video controller which outputs interior data in accordance with a preset mode during a no-signal period; a timing controller which arranges the interior data, supplied from the video controller, in a frame unit, and outputs the arranged interior data; a data driver which converts the interior data of the frame unit, supplied from the timing controller, into analog video data, and outputs the analog video data; and a liquid crystal display panel which displays an image by the use of analog video data based on the interior data during the no-signal period. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147064 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes light emitting elements, wherein when an input gray-scale signal is lower than a certain gray-scale level, a light emitting element is caused to emit light upon receiving a first brightness signal higher than a brightness given based on the input gray-scale signal and a second brightness signal lower than the brightness given based on the input gray-scale signal during a former and a latter half of a light-emission period, and wherein when the input gray-scale signal is higher than the certain gray-scale level, the light emitting element is caused to emit light upon receiving the third brightness signal corresponding to the brightness given based on the input gray-scale signal during the former and the latter half of the light-emission period. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147065 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for driving an organic light emitting display device. The driving apparatus includes a display panel, a data converter, a timing controller, and a panel driver. The data converter gamma-corrects three-color input data having red, green, and blue, performs color coordinate conversion based on the gamma-corrected blue data to generate three-color conversion data and a color gamut determination signal, inversely gamma-corrects the three-color conversion data, and generates four-color image data to be supplied to a unit pixel according to the color gamut determination signal on the basis of the three-color input data and the inversely gamma-corrected three-color conversion data. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147066 | DRIVER DEVICE, BACKLIGHT UNIT, AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed is a backlight unit ( | 06-14-2012 |
20120147067 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In an image display device of at least one embodiment, a regional maximum detection section detects an areal maximum pixel luminance (regional maximum) on the basis of an input image. A regional mean calculation section calculates an areal mean pixel luminance (regional mean) on the basis of the input image. A data comparison section compares a control determination threshold retained in a control determination threshold storage section with the regional maximum for each area, and outputs a comparison result for that area. An LED output value calculation section sets a value corresponding to the regional maximum as an LED output value for each area with the regional maximum greater than the control determination threshold, and sets a value corresponding to the regional mean as an LED output value for each area with the regional maximum less than or equal to the control determination threshold. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147068 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes an illuminance sensor for detecting an illuminance in a surrounding environment, an input average luminance detection circuit for detecting an average luminance of input images, a frame insertion control circuit for producing a gray image frame and inserting the produced gray image frame into between an input image frame and its subsequently input image frame input, and an insertion luminance level generation circuit for determining a luminance of the gray image frame according to the illuminance detected by the illuminance sensor and the average luminance of the input images detected by the input average luminance detection circuit. | 06-14-2012 |
20120154450 | DUAL-ORIENTATION AUTOSTEREOSCOPIC BACKLIGHT AND DISPLAY - Stereoscopic displays and backlights include a light guide with individually addressable light sources disposed at opposite edges of the light guide, and a light redirecting film disposed in front of the light guide. Light from one light source is emitted from the backlight as a right eye elongated light beam, and light from the opposite light source is emitted as a left eye elongated light beam. Structured surface features, e.g. linear prismatic or linear lenticular features, on the light guide and/or the light redirecting film are oriented such that the elongated light beams are offset from an optical axis of the backlight. Moreover, each of the elongated light beams is oriented to intersect both a first observation plane and a second observation plane perpendicular to the first observation plane, the first observation plane defined by the optical axis and an in-plane axis along which the light sources are disposed. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154451 | BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT DEVICE OF A DISPLAY AND METHOD THEREOF - A backlight adjustment device includes a color saturation generation unit, a gain generation unit, and an adjustment unit. The color saturation generation unit is used for receiving red, green, and blue sub-pixels of an RGB pixel, and generating a color saturation of the RGB pixel according to the red, green, and blue sub-pixels of the RGB pixel. The gain generation unit is used for generating a gain of the RGB pixel according to the color saturation of the RGB pixel. The adjustment unit is used for adjusting a backlight source according to an average of gains of a plurality of pixels. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154452 | METHOD FOR QUICKLY ADJUSTING THE WAVEFORM BRIGHTNESS OF DIGITAL THREE-DIMENSIONAL OSCILLOSCOPE - The present invention provides a method for quickly adjusting the waveform brightness of digital three-dimensional (3D) oscilloscope, creates a ROM in FPGA and take it as a look-up table of screen display brightness value of LCD that is corresponding to the waveform occurrence N(T, A) at the current brightness gradation L, and divide the ROM into 2 | 06-21-2012 |
20120154453 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS DRIVING METHOD - A display apparatus includes: a display panel that includes display elements having a current-driven light-emitting portion, in which the display elements are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix in a first direction and a second direction, and that displays an image on the basis of a video signal; and a luminance correcting unit that corrects the luminance of the display elements when displaying an image on the display panel by correcting a gradation value of an input signal and outputting the corrected input signal as the video signal. The luminance correcting unit includes a reference operating time calculator, an accumulated reference operating time storage, a reference curve storage, a gradation correction value holder, and a video signal generator. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154454 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a liquid crystal panel including a plurality of regions, where each of the regions includes a plurality of liquid crystal pixels; a plurality of data driving units; and a plurality of timing controllers, where the data driving units is in a one-to-one correspondence with the regions, where each of the data driving units controls transmittance of light of the liquid crystal pixels in a corresponding region thereof, where the timing controllers is in a one-to-one correspondence with the data driving units, where each of the timing controllers acquires data of a partial image to be displayed at the corresponding region of the corresponding data driving unit thereof, generates control data for controlling transmittance of light of the liquid crystal pixels of the corresponding region of the corresponding data driving unit thereof, and outputs the control data to the corresponding data driving unit thereof. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154455 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MEMS LIGHT MODULATOR ARRAYS WITH REDUCED ACOUSTIC EMISSION - Systems and methods for a display having an array of pixels, a substrate, and a control matrix formed on the substrate are described. The array of pixels includes mechanical light modulators that can be referred to as micro-electro-mechanical or MEMS light modulators. The MEMS light modulators may be shutter-based light modulators, and an array of apertures may be formed on the substrate corresponding spatially to the shutters in the array of shutter-based light modulators. Each modulator is configured to be driven from a-light-blocking state to a-light-transmissive state through a movement direction. The array of light modulators are arranged to reduce the correlations in movement directions of neighboring pixels, thereby reducing the amplitude of acoustic emissions from the display. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154456 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - A semiconductor device including a plurality of pixels over a substrate and a display medium including an electronic ink over the substrate, in which at least one pixel of the plurality of pixels comprises first and second subpixels each of which comprises a transistor that comprises an oxide semiconductor including indium, and in which one image of at least one of the plurality of pixels is displayed by a plurality of signals, is provided. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154457 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A voltage is applied to liquid crystal which corresponds to each pixel so that the voltage is supplied to a source of a TFT (30) and is outputted from a drain of the TFT (30), a voltage at which light transmittance becomes a maximum value in the each pixel varying depending on the color displayed by the each pixel, source-drain capacitance being set to be larger in a pixel for displaying a corresponding color, in which pixel a voltage at which light transmittance becomes a maximum value is lower. This allows an effective voltage, applied to liquid crystal corresponding to each pixel during the voltage application, to vary depending on the color of the each pixel. This allows a voltage, at which transmittance in each of the pixels of the respective colors becomes a maximum value, to be applied to the liquid crystals corresponding to the pixels. This makes it possible to (i) prevent gradation deviation in the pixels of the respective colors and (ii) improve overall transmittance of white light in the pixels included in the display panel (2). | 06-21-2012 |
20120154458 | APPARATUS, DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND METHOD THEREOF FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA FOR DISPLAY BY A DISPLAY PANEL - A method of processing image data for display by a display panel of a display device is provided. The method comprises receiving main image pixel data representing a main and side image pixel data representing a side image. In a first processing step, a mapping is performed of the pixel data to signals used to drive the display panel. The mapping is arranged to produce an average on-axis luminance which is dependent mainly on the main image pixel data and an average off-axis luminance which is dependent at least to some extent on the side image pixel data. In a second processing step, the received side image pixel data are processed to emphasise at least one feature of the side image which might otherwise be perceived by a viewer as being de-emphasised in the side image displayed off axis as a result of the first processing step. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154459 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In an image display device which performs area-active drive, backlight sources are emitted with appropriate luminances while inhibiting increase in power consumption and inhibiting reduction of image quality. An emission luminance calculation section divides an input image into a plurality of areas, and obtains luminances upon emission (first emission luminances) of LEDs in the areas. A plurality of correction modes are prepared as methods for correcting the first emission luminances, and a correction mode that is applied to an emission luminance correction process (selected correction mode) is stored to a correction mode storage section. For any LED units whose flag data stored in a correction-enabled map has the value of 1, an emission luminance correction section corrects their first emission luminances to obtain second emission luminances in accordance with the selected correction mode, with reference to correction value data stored in correction value tables. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154460 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD - An organic electroluminescence display device includes a display panel including pixels. The pixels each include a light-emitter, driver and capacitor. A storage is configured to store a correction parameter for each of the pixels for correcting, in accordance with characteristics of each of the pixels, an image signal input from an external source. A controller is configured to, for each pixel of the pixels, obtain a corrected signal voltage by reading the correction parameter corresponding to the pixel from the storage and multiplying the image signal corresponding to the pixel by the correction parameter corresponding to the pixel. The storage is configured to store a gain and not an offset as the correction parameter. | 06-21-2012 |
20120154461 | Liquid Crystal Display Device For Displaying Video Data - A liquid crystal display device for displaying video data includes a liquid crystal panel, a back light for illuminating the liquid crystal panel, an input video data characteristic detection section for detecting a luminance characteristic according to gradation of the inputted video data, and a back light control section for controlling an amount of light of the back light in accordance with the luminance characteristic. | 06-21-2012 |
20120162268 | Transparent Display Active Panels - In embodiments of transparent display active panels, a display device includes a lighting system that directs light from a light source to illuminate a display panel. A multi-mode panel is operable as a transparent panel of the display device, and is further operable for activation to absorb or reflect a portion of the light from the light source. An active diffuser is operable as an additional transparent panel of the display device, and is further operable for activation to diffuse the light that illuminates the display panel. The display device also includes a display controller that controls the activation of the multi-mode panel and the active diffuser. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162269 | Transparent Display Active Backlight - In embodiments of a transparent display active backlight, a light guide is operable as a transparent panel, and a light source generates light that the light guide reflects within the light guide. An electrowetted panel of the active backlight has electrowetted cells that are each operable to direct the reflected light from the light guide to illuminate a display panel of a display device. Each of the electrowetted cells are further operable for transparency when activated, and each of the electrowetted cells can be individually controlled. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162270 | Mixed Sequential Color Display - In embodiments of mixed sequential color display, a light source sequentially generates different colors of light in a timed sequence. A display panel is implemented with multiple sub-pixel combinations, where each pixel of the display panel is a combination of sub-pixels that emit a color based on a color of the light that illuminates a sub-pixel combination. The emitted color from a sub-pixel combination is generated as a product of the color of the light and a combination of sub-pixel colors (to include clear and/or colored sub-pixels). The clear and/or different colored sub-pixels in a sub-pixel combination are a spatial aspect of the emitted color, and the sequentially generated different colors of light are a temporal aspect of the emitted color. The pixel combination and the light source together enhance the luminescence of the emitted color over the chrominescence of the emitted color. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162271 | PIXEL STRUCTURE OF ACTIVE MATRIX ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF MAKING THE SAME - A pixel structure of active matrix organic electroluminescent display panel includes a first light emitting device, a first driving switching device electrically connected to the first light emitting device for driving the first light emitting device, a second light emitting device, a second driving switching device electrically connected to the second light emitting device for driving the second light emitting device, and at least one addressing switching device electrically connected to at least one of the first driving switching device and the second driving switching device. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162272 | Gamma Voltage Controller, Gradation Voltage Generator, and Display Device Including Them - The present invention relates to a gamma voltage controller, a gradation voltage generator, and a display device including them. The gamma voltage controller corrects luminance in high and low gradations according to a color mode of a display panel, and generates a plurality of gradation voltages through inflection point adjustment, thus minimizing gradation mismatch between color modes. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162273 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels. Each pixel includes a first sub-pixel that is charged with a data signal corresponding to an input gray-scale, in response to a gate signal, and a second sub-pixel that is charged with the data signal in response to the gate signal. A boost capacitor is disposed between the first and second sub-pixels. The boost capacitor increases the voltage of the signal charged in the first sub-pixel and decreases the voltage of the signal charged in the second sub-pixel. Each pixel further includes an initializing device to initialize a first electrode of the boost capacitor and a switching device to change an electric potential of the first electrode of the boost capacitor. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162274 | 6BIT/8BIT GAMMA COMMON DRIVING CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a 6 bit/8 bit gamma common driving circuit and a method for driving the same, in which a gamma voltage is changed selectively according to a number of received bits by using an R-string for using gamma in common. The 6 bit/8 bit gamma common driving circuit includes a gamma selection unit having an 8 bit receiving terminal for receiving a 6 bit or 8 bit digital data, and the gamma selection unit by passing the 8 bit data received at the receiving terminal, or adding “00” to least significant two bits of the 6 bit data received at the receiving terminal to change the 6 bit data to an 8 bit data and forwarding the 8 bit data, according to an external bit selection BSEL signal; a summing unit for summing most significant 6 bit data of the 8 bit data from the gamma selection unit and forwarding a carry signal “0 or 1”, or summing the 8 bit data from the gamma selection unit and forwarding a carry signal “0 or 1”, according to the bit selection BSEL signal; and a digital-to-analog converter for forwarding an analog signal corresponding to a R-string relevant to the data from the gamma selection unit if the carry signal from the summing unit is “0”, or forwarding an analog signal corresponding to R225 of the R-string if the carry signal from the summing unit is “1”. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162275 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display with improved long range uniformity is disclosed. The OLED display includes an OLED, a first transistor for transmitting a data signal of a voltage level in response to a current scan signal, a second transistor for generating a driving current of the OLED according to the data signal of the voltage level transmitted by the first transistor, a first capacitor for storing the data signal of the voltage level transmitted to the second transistor, and a second capacitor for shielding parasitic capacitor between a gate electrode of the second transistor and a cathode of the OLED. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162276 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - In a display apparatus, a display panel is divided into dimming areas and a backlight device includes light source blocks providing light to the dimming areas. Average gray-scale values and maximum gray-scale values respectively corresponding to the dimming areas are generated based on image signals provided to the dimming areas. Whether the average gray-scale values and the maximum gray-scale values are respectively within first and second reference ranges are checked. One of at least two parameters is selected according to a checked result, and representative brightness values respectively corresponding to the dimming areas are determined using the selected parameter. Duty ratios of the light source blocks are controlled based on the representative brightness values. As a result, power consumption is reduced when applying a dimming device to the display apparatus. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162277 | DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD AND DISPLAYING METHOD THEREOF - A display includes a display panel, a driver, a memory and a scaler. The driver is used for driving the display panel. The memory is used for storing multiple sets of preset modes. The scaler is electrically connected to the memory and the driver. When the scaler receives an image signal corresponding to at least two different applications, the scaler provides the different preset modes of the applications to non-overlapped display zones, which the applications located in, of a display frame, such that the driver can simultaneously drives at least two of the different preset modes on the display panel. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162278 | DISPLAY PANEL - An exemplary display panel includes a plurality of monochrome pixels, a plurality of data lines and a plurality of control lines. Each monochrome pixel provides a specific color on the display panel. The data lines are electrically coupled to the monochrome pixels for providing the display data. The data lines includes a first data line electrically coupled to a part of the monochrome pixels, and the specific colors provided by the part of the monochrome pixels are of the same color. Besides, each of the control lines is electrically coupled to a part of the monochrome pixels for controlling the part of the monochrome pixels electrically coupled thereto whether to receive the display data from the data lines. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162279 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof are disclosed. The display apparatus includes a signal processor which processes a video signal; a display which displays an image based on the video signal processed by the signal processor, a light source providing light for displaying the image; and a driving circuit which drives the light source on the basis of a dimming signal having an on-section and an off-section for dimming the light source. The driving circuit includes a protection circuit for performing a protection operation as a result of an abnormal electric current flowing in the light source during the off-section. The display apparatus is protected when a short circuit occurs between the light source and the driving circuit, thereby enhancing the stability and reliability of the apparatus. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162280 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A signal processing device measures an actual luminance of a pixel circuit having a light-emitting device every update period by setting levels of gradation values. A conversion efficiency value is calculated for the light-emitting device to convert a driving current supplied in accordance with a gradation value into a luminance based on the luminance value and a gradation value corresponding to the luminance value. A driving current corresponding to the luminance value is calculated, and a comparison is made of the relationship between the driving current and a gradation value corresponding to the luminance value with the relationship between a driving current and a gradation value when the pixel circuit is in a correction reference state. This is used to calculate a current amount deterioration value of a driving current of the pixel circuit, and generates current amount deterioration characteristic information of the pixel circuit. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162281 | LIGHT GUIDE PLATE, BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A light guide plate, a backlight unit and a display apparatus including the same and a manufacturing method thereof are provided. The light guide plate includes: a body which includes an incident surface and an emission surface; at least one first optical path converter which is formed in an opposite surface of the body which is opposite to the emission surface, and extends continuously in a first direction to convert an optical path of an incident light introduced through the incident surface so that the incident light passes through the emission surface; and at least one second optical path converter which is formed in the opposite surface, and is arranged discontinuously in at least one row extending in the first direction. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162282 | Display Device - Disclosed is a display device that reduces a data transmission frequency, thereby minimizing generation of EMI noise and realizing high resolution. The display device includes a display panel to display images, a gate driver to drive gate lines of the display panel, a data driver to drive data lines of the display panel, a timing controller to control the gate driver and the data driver and to arrange and supply display data to the data driver, and N (N is a natural number greater than 1) data ports to transmit the display data while being synchronized with N low-speed clock signals having a lower frequency than a clock signal necessary to transmit the display data in the timing controller. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162283 | DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Input of image signals to part of a plurality of pixels included in a particular region of a pixel portion and supply of light to part of another plurality of pixels which is different from the part are performed concurrently. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a period in which light is supplied to all of the plurality of pixels included in the region after the image signals are input thereto. In other words, it is possible to start input of the next image signals to all of the plurality of pixels included in the region just after the image signals are input thereto. Accordingly, it is possible to increase the input frequency of the image signals. As a result, it is possible to suppress deteriorations of display caused in the field-sequential liquid crystal display device. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162284 | Signal processing device, signal processing method, display device, and electronic apparatus - A signal processing device includes a measuring unit, a conversion efficiency calculation unit, and a conversion efficient deterioration value calculation unit. The measuring unit outputs levels of driving signals having different magnitudes every update period to drive a pixel circuit and measures the luminance of the pixel circuit when driven accordingly. The conversion efficiency calculation unit calculates a conversion efficiency value of the pixel circuit based on the relationship between driving current value and luminance value. The conversion efficiency deterioration value calculation unit compares the conversion efficiency value of the pixel circuit with a conversion efficiency value of a correction reference state, calculates a conversion efficiency deterioration value corresponding to an elapsed time from the correction reference state, and updates luminance deterioration information with the conversion efficiency deterioration value. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162285 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A signal processing device measures an actual luminance of a light-emitting device by setting levels of gradation values indicating the degree of light emission to a pixel circuit having the light-emitting device to generate measurement information. The device also calculates gradation deterioration characteristics based on the measurement information and the relationship between a gradation value and a luminance value when the pixel circuit is in a correction reference state. A deterioration value calculation calculates a conversion efficiency deterioration value of conversion efficiency for the light-emitting device to convert a driving current supplied for a gradation value into a luminance to generate conversion efficiency deterioration characteristic information. Finally, the device calculates current amount deterioration value that calculates a current amount deterioration value regarding deterioration of a driving current of the pixel circuit based on the gradation deterioration characteristic to generate current amount deterioration characteristic information of the prescribed pixel circuit. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162286 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - To reduce crosstalk in sequential frame periods. An image signal is written to a pixel in a first sub-frame period. Then, just before a second sub-frame period, the light source is lit in accordance with the image signal written in the first sub-frame period and sequentially, the image signal is written in the second sub-frame period of the right eye frame period. Then, just before the next first sub-frame period, the light source is lit in accordance with the image signal in the third sub-frame period and sequentially, writing of the image signal is performed in the third sub-frame period of the right eye frame period. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162287 | DRIVER CIRCUIT - A driver circuit including a DA converting circuit that converts video data input from the outside to a grayscale voltage; an amplifying circuit that amplifies the grayscale voltage; and a switch circuit that selects the grayscale voltage output from the amplifying circuit and a predetermined voltage as a voltage that is output to the image line. When video data indicating a minimum grayscale, the switch circuit outputs the predetermined voltage to the image line, and when video data indicating a grayscale other than the minimum grayscale is input, the switch circuit outputs the grayscale voltage output from the amplifying circuit to the image line. The predetermined voltage allows a voltage of the pixel electrode and a voltage of the counter electrode after passage of the writing of the image voltage to be coincident with each other. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162288 | Image Display Device - An image display device comprises multiple gate lines each of which corresponds to each pixel line along the vertical directions in the display panel, and each of which transmits a scan signal to the pixels of each pixel line. Transmission directions of the scan signals of each two adjacent gate lines are opposite to each other. Accordingly, even though the waveform distortion of the scan signal causes display unevenness between the near side and the far side of the transmission direction of the scan signal in each pixel line, the direction of the gradation of each two adjacent pixel lines corresponding to each two adjacent gate lines are opposite to each other. Thus, the display unevenness of the display panel is totally balanced regardless of the size of the display panel, so that the display unevenness of the display panel can be reduced. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162289 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - To provide a liquid crystal display device capable of reducing the occurrence of a multi-contour in the display of a moving image to the minimum, the cycle of execution of an intermittent lighting operation in backlight scanning and the cycle of a vertical synchronization signal are made equal when an interpolation image insertion mode in which an interpolation image signal generated on the basis of two or more continuous frame images is inserted between frames and written into a liquid crystal panel is executed, and the cycle of the execution of the intermittent lighting operation in the backlight scanning is made longer than the cycle of the vertical synchronization signal (or the backlight scanning is disabled) when an overlapped image output mode in which the same frame image is written into the liquid crystal panel continuously n times is executed. | 06-28-2012 |
20120162290 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING SAME CONTROL PROGRAM RECORDED THEREIN - Provided is a display driver circuit which carries out frame interpolation and overshooting. An interpolation frame generation section has (i) a first generation mode of generating, based on an image of a key frame corresponding to a video signal, an interpolation frame so that a position of an object is changed with passage of time and (ii) a second generation mode of generating, based on the image of the key frame, an interpolation frame so that a display gradation of the object is changed with passage of time. An overshooting section causes an emphasis level in a tone transition for the interpolation frame generated according to the second generation mode to be different from that for the key frame. Thus, a configuration is proposed which can improve a moving image response characteristic in a display driver circuit which carries out frame interpolation and overshooting. | 06-28-2012 |
20120169777 | FINE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL IN PANELS OR SCREENS WITH PIXELS - Techniques and devices use panels or screens with pixels for display or illumination applications to achieve dithered pixel brightness beyond pixel brightness levels set by a digital to analog conversion (DAC) circuit module with a preset DAC resolution between two adjacent DAC levels. In one implementation, when a pixel is to be dictated by a digital pixel signal to operate within an unstable brightness region, a control mechanism is provided to control the DAC circuit module to operate the pixel in the block at a DAC level below the unstable brightness region or at a different DAC level above the respective unstable brightness region, to achieve a perceived brightness level within the respective unstable brightness region. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169778 | 3D GLASSES WITH ADJUSTING DEVICE FOR ALLOWING USER TO ADJUST DEGREES OF CROSSTALK AND BRIGHTNESS AND RELATED 3D DISPLAY SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention provides 3D glasses and a 3D display system. The 3D glasses includes: a first glass, a second glass, a control device, a power supply unit, and an adjusting device. The first glass is utilized for receiving left eye image. The second glass is utilized for receiving right eye image. The control device includes: a duty cycle unit and a control unit. The duty cycle unit is utilized for providing a duty cycle, and the control unit is utilized for controlling the first glass and the second glass whether to be pervious to light or not. The power supply unit is coupled to the control device, and utilized for providing power. The adjusting device is coupled to the control device, and utilized for adjusting the duty cycle provided by the duty cycle unit according to a user input. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169779 | Gradation voltage generator and display device having the same - Embodiments may be directed to a gradation voltage generator and a display device having the same. The display device may include a gradation voltage generator including a first reference voltage selecting unit, which selects a highest reference voltage, a second highest reference voltage, a lowest reference voltage, and a second lowest reference voltage from among a plurality of first voltages between a first power voltage and a second power voltage; a second reference voltage selecting unit, which receives the highest reference voltage and the lowest reference voltage and selects and outputs a first gradation voltage and a N−1th gradation voltage; a gamma voltage selecting unit, which receives the second highest reference voltage and the second lowest reference voltage and generates a plurality of gamma voltages; and a gradation distributing unit, which receives the plurality of gamma voltages and generates second through N−1th gradation voltages. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169780 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING DATA, DATA COMPENSATING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE COMPENSATING APPARATUS - A method of compensating data includes extending a number of bits of data and outputting extended data of a first color, compensating a luminance of the extended data of the first color based on a position of the extended data of the first color in a display panel and outputting compensated data of the first color, and outputting compensated data of a second color and compensated data of a third color based on the compensated data of the first color. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169781 | FIELD EMISSION DISPLAY AND DRIVE METHOD FOR THE SAME - A field emission display includes a panel and a control unit. The panel has a number of pixel units. Each of the pixel units has at least one fluorescent layer. The control unit which electrically connects to the pixel units receives an objective image. The control unit further selects a part of the pixel units corresponding to the objective image, divides the part of the pixel units into a number of pixel unit groups, and scans the pixel unit groups to make the plurality of pixel unit groups sequentially work such that the panel displays the objective image. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169782 | IMAGE DISPLAYING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - An exemplary image displaying method for a display device includes steps of: providing display data to pixels of the display device for displaying images; taking a special amount of frame of images as an image group, making polarities of a same pixel being of adjacent two frame of images in the image group and using a same polarity inversion in the adjacent two frame of images be different from each other, and making polarities of a same pixel being of the last frame of image in a former one of adjacent two image groups and of the first frame of image in a latter one of the adjacent two image groups and using the same polarity inversion in the last and first frame of images be the same with each other. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169783 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHODS - A display driving circuit includes a buffer unit receiving gradation voltages and generating data signals that drive a panel. A first buffer unit includes “M” main buffers corresponding to M data lines of the panel and a second buffer unit comprises “N” sub buffers, N being less than M. A first switch unit controls a transmission path along which the gradation voltages are applied to the buffer unit, and a second switch unit controls a transmission path along which the data signals are supplied to the data lines. Switches in the second switch unit are turned ON during charge sharing. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169784 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A method of driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus, the method including the operations of determining whether a grayscale value of an input image has a same value for at least two frames; if the grayscale value of the input image has the same value for at least two frames, correcting a display image by generating the display image by converting the grayscale value of the input image into an adjacent grayscale value; and displaying the display image. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169785 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device which effectively reduces the occurrences of a false contour is provided. A driver digitally drives each pixel by obtaining a plurality of bit data from pixel data for one pixel to assign the plurality of bit data to a corresponding subframe; configuring one frame with a predetermined number of unit frames; and supplying corresponding bit data in each unit frame to each pixel. Specifically, an analyzing circuit | 07-05-2012 |
20120169786 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, ILLUMINATING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting device includes: one or plural light emitting elements having plural electrodes; a chip-like insulator surrounding the one or plural light emitting elements from a side surface side of the one or plural light emitting elements; and plural terminal electrodes electrically connected one-to-one with the plural electrodes, and having protrusions each protruding from a peripheral edge of the chip-like insulator. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169787 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DRIVING PIXEL OF DISPLAY PANEL - A method for driving a pixel of a panel includes: during a first frame period: generating N different first pixel driving signals according to a first grayscale level; and during N driving time periods included in the first frame period, utilizing different first pixel driving signals in the N first pixel driving signals to orderly drive the pixel, respectively; and during a second frame period: generating N different second pixel driving signals according to a second grayscale level; and during N driving time periods included in the second frame period, utilizing different second pixel driving signals in the N second pixel driving signals to orderly drive the pixel, respectively. A first pixel driving signal of the N first pixel driving signals and a second pixel driving signal of the N second pixel driving signals that correspond to a same driving order have different signal polarities. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169788 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display and a method for driving the same, which improve image quality by increasing data line charge speed, are provided. In the display, a preparatory charging controller receives current image data to be provided to m current pixels of an nth horizontal line and a current vertical polarity-reversal control signal for vertically controlling polarities of the current image data, compares current image data with previous data provided to m corresponding previous pixels of an n−1th horizontal line, compares the current control signal with a previous one, and determines a logic value of a preparatory charging control signal based on the comparison. A data driver performs either a first operation for connecting and separating m data lines connected respectively to m current pixels, or a second operation for maintaining the m data lines separated, according to the logic value and provides the current data to the m pixels. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169789 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The image display quality is improved by reducing the afterimage phenomenon of a display image on a plasma display panel. For this purpose, the image display region of the panel is divided into a plurality of regions, the difference between the luminance gradation value in the present field and that in the field immediately before the present field is calculated as the inter-field luminance difference. Then, the number of pixels where the inter-field luminance difference is lower than a predetermined luminance comparison value is counted, and the counting result is set as a first count value. The number of edges where the difference between the luminance gradation values of adjacent pixels is equal to a predetermined edge comparison value or larger is counted, and the counting result is set as a second count value. The afterimage strength level region is calculated based on the first and second count values. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169790 | APPARATUS, DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD, PROGRAM, STORAGE MEDIUM AND LOOKUP TABLE FOR OPERATING A DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING A DISPLAY PANEL - A method of operating a display device comprising a display panel comprises receiving main and side image pixel data respectively representing a main image (S | 07-05-2012 |
20120169791 | Displays with a Backlight Incorporating Reflecting Layer - Displays comprise light control layers ( | 07-05-2012 |
20120169792 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - Disclosed is a display device capable of compensating unevenness in brightness caused by physical restrictions of a display device or degradation in image quality caused by a partial reduction in contrast occurring in the local dimming technology using human visual characteristics. A liquid crystal panel ( | 07-05-2012 |
20120169793 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DRIVING AN ACTIVE MATRIX DISPLAY - A method and system for driving an active matrix display is provided. The system includes a drive circuit for a pixel having a light emitting device. The drive circuit includes a drive transistor for driving the light emitting device. The system includes a mechanism for adjusting the gate voltage of the drive transistor. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169794 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING PIXEL CIRCUIT - A pixel circuit, display device, and method of driving a pixel circuit enabling source-follower output with no deterioration of luminance even with a change of the current-voltage characteristic of the light emitting element along with elapse, enabling a source-follower circuit of n-channel transistors, and able to use an n-channel transistor as an EL drive transistor while using current anode-cathode electrodes, wherein a source of a TFT | 07-05-2012 |
20120169795 | DISPLAY METHODS AND APPARATUS - The invention relates to methods and apparatus for forming images on a display utilizing a control matrix to control the movement of MEMs-based light modulators. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169796 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - There is provided an image display apparatus that corrects the gradation of an input video signal in accordance with an ambient illuminance, in which the adaptation amount of the eye and a surface reflection amount are calculated based on an illuminance signal acquired through a sensor, and the screen luminance of the screen and the gamma conversion for the video signal are controlled based on the adaptation amount of the eye and the surface reflection amount. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169797 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING BRIGHTNESS ENHANCEMENT AND POWER CONTROL AND METHOD THEREOF - An image display device capable of supporting brightness enhancement and power control and a method thereof, in which the brightness and contrast are enhanced and the power of a light source is controlled in accordance with the image characteristic. In the image display method, a parameter representative of an input image is calculated from a histogram of the input image, a model corresponding to the input image is selected from a plurality of representative models by analyzing the parameter, and then a brightness controlling function matched with the selected model is selected. The size of each component of a pixel constituting the input image is controlled using the brightness controlling function, and the output image of the pixel whose component size has been controlled is displayed. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169798 | ORGANIC EL DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An organic electroluminescent display includes pixels. Each pixel includes a driver, a capacitor between a gate and a source of the driver, a luminescent element connected to the source, and first and second switches. The first switch is between a data line and a first electrode of the capacitor. The second switch is between a power line and a second electrode of the capacitor. A drive circuit provides a bias voltage to a back gate electrode of the driver so that an absolute value of a threshold voltage of the driver is greater than a gate-source voltage of the driver to place the driver in a non-conducting state, and provides a signal voltage to the first electrode of the capacitor and sets a reference voltage to the second electrode of the capacitor. | 07-05-2012 |
20120169799 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The display device including pixels has formed therein at least two drive blocks each made up of pixel rows. Each of the pixels includes: a drive transistor; a first capacitor element, a luminescence element; a first switching transistor which causes conduction between the drive transistor and the first capacitor element; and a second switching transistor which applies power supply voltage to the drive transistor. Each of the pixels further includes: a third switching transistor connecting a pixel in a k-th drive block and a first signal line; or a fourth switching transistor connecting a pixel in a (k+1)-th drive block and a second signal line. A first control line for controlling conduction of the first switching transistor and a third control line for establishing a source potential of the drive transistor are connected to each of the pixels in a same one of the drive blocks. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176417 | EMISSION CONTROL LINE DRIVER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY USING THE SAME - An emission control line driver is capable of securing the stability of an output and of freely controlling the width of emission control signals. The emission control line driver includes a plurality of stages respectively coupled to emission control lines. Each of the stages includes a plurality of transistors that are configured to output the emission control signal. The width of the emission control signal may be controlled to correspond to the width of a start signal. Furthermore, a circuit structure of the stages is simplified. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176418 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display area is divided into two upper and lower areas, and with respect to a first area, data of a first subfield is written to a memory in a pixel. If the writing is ended, display of the first subfield of the first area is performed and also data of a second subfield is written to the memory in the pixel. If the writing of the data of the second subfield with respect to the first area is ended, display of the second subfield of the first area is performed and also the data of the first subfield of the second area is written to the memory in the pixel. If the writing is ended, display of the first subfield of the second area is performed and also the data of the second subfield is written to the memory in the pixel. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176419 | Image Display Device And Image Display Method - An emission luminance calculation section of an image display device divides an input image into a plurality of areas, and obtains luminances upon emission of LEDs in the areas. A maximum luminance position eccentricity coefficient calculation section obtains maximum luminance position eccentricity coefficients indicating maximum luminance positions in the areas. An emission luminance correction section corrects the first emission luminances on the basis of the maximum luminance position eccentricity coefficients and contribution ratios stored in an LED filter. At this time, luminances of areas positioned in the same direction as the maximum luminance positions are set to be relatively high, and luminances of areas positioned in the opposite direction to the maximum luminance positions are set to be relatively low. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176420 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN BRIGHTNESS - The present invention provides a device and method for controlling screen brightness. The method comprises: a light sensor acquiring a brightness signal intensity value of external environment and transmitting the brightness signal intensity value to a comparator; the comparator comparing the received brightness signal intensity value with a stored brightness signal intensity value and outputting a comparison result to an integrator; if the comparison result is that the received brightness signal intensity value is greater than the stored brightness signal intensity value, the integrator increasing the stored brightness signal intensity value by a fixed value according to the comparison result; and if the comparison result is that the received brightness signal intensity value is less than the stored brightness signal intensity value, the integrator decreasing the stored brightness signal intensity value by a fixed value according to the comparison result. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176421 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF LAYING OUT PIXEL CIRCUITS - Herein disclosed a display apparatus including: a pixel array having a matrix of pixel circuits each including respective electrooptical elements for determining a display brightness level and respective drive circuits for driving the electrooptical elements; wherein adjacent two of the pixel circuits are paired with each other, and each of the drive circuits of the adjacent two pixel circuits includes at least one transistor having a low-concentration source/drain region or an offset region of an offset gate structure, the electrooptical elements and the drive circuits of the adjacent two pixel circuits being laid out such that a line interconnecting a drain region and a source region of the at least one transistor extends parallel to a direction of pixel columns of the pixel circuits of the pixel array. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176422 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The display device including pixels has formed therein at least two drive blocks each made up of pixel rows. Each of the pixels includes: a drive transistor; a capacitor element, a luminescence element; and a first switching transistor which causes conduction between the source of the drive transistor and a fixed potential line. Each of the pixels further includes a second switching transistor which connects a pixel in a k-th drive block and a first signal line or a third switching transistor which connects a pixel in a (k+1)-th drive block and a second signal line. A first control line for controlling conduction of the first switching element is connected to each of the pixels in a same one of the drive blocks. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176423 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes an optical switch panel, and a light source device. The optical switch panel includes pixels and a drive part controlling transmissivity of the pixels. The light source device is stacked with the panel and includes a light source to emit a source light, a light guiding unit, interference filters, and light controlling parts. The light guiding unit includes a light guide region guiding the source light, a reflecting part provided around the region to reflect the source light, and apertures provided around the region and causing semi-collimated light to be emitted. The interference filters cause lights in certain wavelength dands of the light emitted from the aperture to pass. The light controlling parts cause the lights through the filters to enter the pixels to form an image. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176424 | Color Mixing Light Source and Color Control Data System - Apparatus including a color mixing light source having a first laser configured to lase at one or a plurality of light emission wavelengths of 459 nanometers or less and a second laser configured to lase at one or a plurality of light emission wavelengths of 470 nanometers or more; and a controller having a color control data input and a color control data output configured to cause the color mixing light source to generate a perceptual mixture of light having a perceptual color, the perceptual mixture including light emissions from the first and second light sources. System configured to map first color control data to second color control data. Method of forming a perceptual mixture of light having a perceptual color. Method of converting color control data. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176425 | SOURCE DRIVING APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A source driving apparatus and a driving method thereof are provided. The source driving apparatus comprises an encoder and a source driver. The encoder encodes a video data with n bits to the encoded data according to encoding rules, such that the bit change in two adjacent grays is less than n. The source driver outputs a pixel voltage corresponding to the video data according to the encoded data. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182326 | ANAMORPHIC EYEPIECE WITH A MICROLENS ARRAY FOR A PANORAMIC FIELD OF VIEW - An innovative anamorphic eyepiece is described, which uses a microlens array with complex surface features used in conjunction with a modified microdisplay to provide a high resolution image with a panoramic field of view. An optical system can be based on such an eyepiece with a microlens array and modified microdisplay that can provide a large, panoramic field of view to the user. The microdisplay is modified to increase the resolution in the horizontal axis. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182327 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTROPHORESIS DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME METHOD - A driving method of a display panel includes the following steps: driving the display panel to display a first image frame and providing display data of a second image frame, and each of the first and the second image frames has a first area and a second area for respectively displaying two different display contents, the positions of the two corresponding first areas overlap, and the positions of the two corresponding second areas overlap; determining whether display content differences exist between the two corresponding first areas, and determining whether display content differences exist between the two corresponding second areas, and driving the area where display content differences exist in the two areas of the first image frame to display a first-color display content when display content differences exist between the two corresponding first areas or the two corresponding second areas. Furthermore, a corresponding electrophoresis display apparatus is also provided. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182328 | BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A backlight driving circuit that provides backlight to a display panel of a display apparatus includes a power supply unit configured to supply power, a converter configured to convert and output a voltage of the supplied power, a light-emitting module supplied with the outputted voltage from the converter and providing the backlight, a switch connected to an output terminal of the light-emitting module and controlling an operation of the light-emitting module, a feedback resistor connected to an output terminal of the switch and sensing a voltage of a current flowing in the light-emitting module, a short-circuit sensing resistor connected between a ground of the power supply unit and a ground of the feedback resistor, and a short-circuit sensor configured to sense a voltage value of a current applied to the feedback resistor or the short-circuit sensing resistor according to whether the switch is switched on or off. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182329 | Low grey enhancement in the field emission display (FED) based on sub-Row driving (SRD) technology - This invention is involved with the discipline of the display manufacturing technique, especially a low grey enhancement method for the FED system based on a SRD grey modulation driving technique. The feature is which based on the sub-row grey modulation of the SRD technique, apply low grey enhancement to eliminate the low grey loss in the low grey image information. In addition, the low grey loss is modified by the time compensation, and the display quality of the image is improved. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182330 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a display apparatus includes a display region including a plurality of display pixels arranged in a matrix, a plurality of scanning lines arranged along rows in which the plurality of display pixels are arranged, a plurality of signal lines arranged along columns in which the plurality of display pixels are arranged, a driver including a scanning line driver configured to drive the plurality of scanning lines and a signal line driver configured to drive the plurality of signal lines, and a controller configured to control operation of the driver. The signal line driver includes a memory configured to store at least two frames of video signal data supplied from an external signal source. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182331 | COLOUR DISPLAY - A colour sequential display method and apparatus that reduces or eliminates colour breakup. In a given frame an illumination source provides a first illumination colour in a first subframe, a second illumination colour in a third subframe, and both the first and second illumination colours simultaneously in a second subframe to provide a third mixed illumination colour. A pixel is driven either: (a) during the first subframe to display the first colour; or (b) during the third subframe to display the second colour; or (c) at least during the second subframe to display the third colour. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188287 | Methods for Enhancing Longevity in Electronic Device Displays - An electronic device may contain components such as a processor, video circuitry, camera flash, communications circuitry, and other components that may generate heat during operation. The device may have a display with a backlight unit that contains light-emitting diodes. Control circuitry within the electronic device can apply drive powers to the light-emitting diodes in a way that is sensitive to the operating temperature of the light-emitting diodes. The control circuitry can determine whether the temperature of the light-emitting diodes is elevated by determining which components are active in the device. Activity levels can be ascertained by gathering status information on each component. Temperature sensors may be used to make real time temperature measurements. Based on factors such as component activity levels and measured temperature values, the control circuitry can adjust the maximum allowed light-emitting diode drive power level to avoid overdriving the diodes during operation at elevated temperatures. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188288 | Display Apparatus - An apparatus including at least one light source; a selective attenuation element, used for a plurality of adjacent pixels and configured to attenuate light from the at least one light source; and a group of adjacent mono-chrome light filters, used for the plurality of adjacent pixels, the group including a first mono-chrome light filter, for a first one of the plurality of adjacent pixels, configured to filter light transmitted via the selective attenuation element for the first one of the adjacent pixels; and a second mono-chrome light filter, for a second one of the plurality of adjacent pixels, configured to filter light transmitted via the selective attenuation element for the second one of the adjacent pixels. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188289 | PROJECTOR WITH LUMINANCE ADJUSTING FUNCTION AND METHOD THEREOF - A projector with a luminance adjusting function is provided. The projector projects images to a projective plane. The projector stores a color adjusting table. The color adjusting table records a number of modes of the projector and a fine luminance value preset for each mode of the projector. The projector controls a distance detecting unit to obtain a distance between the projector and the projective plane and controls a color sensor to obtain the color of the projective plane periodically or according to operations of user. The projector determines a current mode of the projector according to the obtained distance and the color and obtains the fine luminance value of the current mode of the projector, and adjusts the luminance of the projector according to the obtained fine luminance value. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188290 | DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A driver and a display device using the same may be provided. The driver, according to an exemplary embodiment includes at least one logic unit, receiving a plurality of clock signals and a plurality of input signals, to generate and sequentially transmit output signals to a plurality of pixel rows included in a display unit, and a buffer unit, receiving a plurality of control signals, to generate and simultaneously transmit the output signals of a same waveform to a plurality of pixels included in the display unit, wherein the at least one logic unit is supplied with a logic power source voltage, and the buffer unit is supplied with a buffer power source voltage, the buffer power source voltage being different from the logic power source voltage. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188291 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A single pixel is formed from a plurality of pixel circuits including a first pixel circuit that applies an electric signal for driving a first electro-optic device to the first electro-optic device and a second pixel circuit that applies an electric signal for driving a second electro-optic device having a shorter persistence time than the first electro-optic device to the second electro-optic device. The first and second pixel circuits output the respective electric signals such that a center of gravity of a waveform of the electric signal applied to the second electro-optic device is temporally delayed relative to a center of gravity of a waveform of the electric signal applied to the first electro-optic device. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188292 | SENSOR DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - The present invention provides a sensor device and an electronic apparatus each of which does not make malfunction derived from outside ambient light such as sunlight. In the sensor device, an ADC outputs, to one of two input terminals of a comparison circuit, second data which is a digital value ADCOUT corresponding to a current Iin−I | 07-26-2012 |
20120188293 | LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIGHT EMISSION CONTROLLING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a light emitting element driving circuit including: a capacitive element; a current limiting section limiting a charging current for the capacitive element; a first constant current source stabilizing a discharging current supplied from the capacitive element to a light emitting element; and a switch controlling ON and OFF in supplying the discharging current to the light emitting element. The capacitive element is charged with electricity from the power source circuit in the preceding stage through the current limiting section. Also, the electric charges in the capacitive element are discharged in the form of a given discharging current for the discharging time period, and the light emitting element emits light in accordance with the given discharging current. In this case, the charging current for the capacitive element is limited by the current limiting section in such a way that the current value thereof becomes small. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188294 | Backlight Device - A backlight device, used in a liquid crystal display device, comprising: a substrate including first and second areas; a plurality of first light emitting diodes (LEDs) arranged in the first area at a density equal to or higher than a predetermined density; a plurality of second LEDs arranged in the second area at a density lower than the predetermined density; and a control unit configured to control current supplied to the first LEDs with respect to the temperature of the first area, and current supplied to the second LEDs with respect to the temperature of the second area so as to make the rate of change in effective value of the current supplied to the first LEDs different from the rate of change in effective value of the current supplied to the second LEDs when temperatures of the first and second areas are higher than a predetermined temperature. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188295 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD AND MACHINE READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - In a display method or device according to one embodiment of the present invention, at least two of a photonic crystal reflection mode, a unique color reflection mode and a transmittance tuning mode may be implemented to be switched to each other within the same unit pixel. In addition, a machine readable storage medium recording a computer program performing the display method is provided. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188296 | LOCALLY DIMMED DISPLAY - A locally dimmed display has a spatial light modulator illuminated by a light source. The spatial light modulator is illuminated with a low resolution version of a desired image. The illumination may comprise a series of lighting elements that vary smoothly from one element to another at the spatial light modulator. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188297 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit includes a first sub-dot unit including a thin film transistor and a liquid crystal element, and a second sub-dot unit including thin film transistors and liquid crystal elements. During a selection period, some thin film transistors are turned to an ON state, and in a subsequent voltage adjustment period, another transistor is turned to the ON state. The second sub-dot unit is configured such that when shifting to the voltage adjustment period, a voltage applied to the liquid crystal element changes according to changes in states of the thin film transistors, excluding a case in which a maximum gradation voltage has been applied to the source line during the selection period. With this, for a display device pixels including a plurality of sub-dots, it is possible to set the transmittances of all of the plurality of sub-dots to a level corresponding to the maximum gradation voltage. | 07-26-2012 |
20120194563 | LIGHT MODULATING CELL, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - A 3D image display system with high resolution is disclosed. The system may deflect left and right eye images to a left and right eye of a viewer, respectively. As such, the viewer can see 3D images. With a time-sharing mode, all of electronically switchable light modulating cells are configured to modulate all of the images deflected to the left eye of the viewer during a first period, and modulate all of the images to the right eye of the viewer during a second period, and the first period and the second period are alternate periods. Alternatively, a part of the electronically switchable light modulating cells are configured to modulate left eye images deflected to the left eye of the viewer, and another part of the electronically switchable light modulating cells are configured to modulate right eye images to the right eye of the viewer during the same period. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194564 | DISPLAY WITH SECURE DECOMPRESSION OF IMAGE SIGNALS - A display decompresses an image signal divided spatially into a plurality of algorithm blocks. The display substrate has a display area, and a cover affixed to the display substrate. A plurality of pixels is disposed between the display substrate and cover in the display area for providing light to a user in response to a drive signal. A plurality of control units is disposed between the display substrate and cover in the display area. Each is connected to one or more of the plurality of pixels. Each control unit receives an algorithm block and produce respective drive signal(s) for the connected pixel(s) by decompressing the data in the received algorithm block. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194565 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE MULTILEVEL-DRIVE CHROMATICITY-SHIFT COMPENSATION - Compensation for chromaticity shift of an electroluminescent (EL) emitter having a luminance and a chromaticity that both correspond to current density is performed. Different black, first and second current densities are selected based on a received designated luminance and a selected chromaticity, each current density corresponding to emitted light colorimetrically distinct from the light emitted at the other two current densities. Respective percentages of a selected emission time are calculated for each current density to produce the designated luminance and selected chromaticity. The current densities are provided to the EL emitter for the calculated respective percentages of the emission time so that the integrated light output of the EL emitter during the selected emission time is colorimetrically indistinct from the designated luminance and selected chromaticity. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194566 | COMPENSATION CIRCUIT FOR A LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A compensation circuit for a liquid crystal panel includes a plurality of source scan lines, a plurality of gate scan lines, a plurality of inverse gate scan lines, a plurality of pixel units, and a plurality of compensation units. Each source scan line is used for outputting a data voltage, each gate scan line is used for outputting a control signal, and each inverse gate scan line is used for outputting an inverse control signal. A pixel unit of the plurality of pixel units is charged/discharged to a voltage corresponding to a gray level according to a corresponding control signal and a corresponding data voltage, and a corresponding compensation unit provides a compensation voltage to compensate the voltage corresponding to the gray level according to an inverse control signal. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194567 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MODIFYING IMAGE SIGNAL - A liquid crystal display includes an image signal modifier for generating a modified signal based on a first image signal of a first frame, a second image signal of a second frame, and a lookup table. A data driver converts the modified signal into a data voltage which is supplied to a pixel of the display. The lookup table stores a plurality of reference modified signals for a plurality of reference first image signals and a plurality of reference second image signals. The lookup table includes a first lookup table having a gray gap of the reference first image signals and a gray gap of the reference second image signals of x, and a second lookup table having a gray gap of the reference first image signals and a gray gap of the reference second image signals of y, where y is greater than x. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194568 | Method for Driving Liquid Crystal Display Device - A method of driving a light source unit of a liquid crystal display panel according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure includes the steps of calculating average and maximum values of image signals applied to the liquid crystal panel; calculating a representative value of the image signals using the average and maximum values; determining the luminance of the light source unit according to the representative value and driving the light source unit accordingly. The representative value may be calculated from L | 08-02-2012 |
20120194569 | DRIVER OF A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a method for driving a liquid crystal display panel. The liquid crystal display panel has a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix form and a plurality of data lines. The method includes generating gray level signals corresponding to the plurality of pixels according to input image data; determining whether the gray level values of the pixels in a same row corresponding to the plurality of data lines of a first color are all outside a first range; and when the gray level values of the pixels in the same row corresponding to the plurality of data lines of the first color are all outside the first range, controlling polarity of the gray level signals of the pixels in the same row corresponding to the plurality of data lines of the first color in a column inversion mode. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194570 | CONTROL DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A control device for a display unit that includes pixels each having display elements is disclosed. The control device comprising a control unit counting sections where pixels with different gradations are placed next to each other in a predetermined region among an image to be displayed on the display unit. The control unit outputs an instruction to execute a refresh drive in the predetermined region when an integrated value of the sections exceeds a predetermined value. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194571 | IMAGE DRIVER AND DISPLAY HAVING MULTIPLE GAMMA GENERATOR - An image driver includes an adjustment signal module, a multiplexer, and a conversion module. The adjustment module generates at least a first adjustment signal and a second adjustment signal. The multiplexer is connected to the adjustment signal module and selectively outputs one of the adjustment signals. The conversion module includes a plurality of conversion units, wherein each of the conversion units receives the selected adjustment signal and generates a driving signal based on the adjustment signal received. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194572 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention is a display apparatus ( | 08-02-2012 |
20120194573 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In the liquid crystal display device ( | 08-02-2012 |
20120194574 | Liquid Crystal Display Device With Influences of Offset Voltages Reduced - A semiconductor integrated circuit including a first register which latches display data, a second register which latches the display data of the first register in accordance with a first clock, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data of the second register from the plurality of gray scale voltages, and an amplifier including a first transistor and a second transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistor are connected to a first voltage line, and the gray scale voltage outputted from the decoder is supplied to one of input terminals of the first transistor and the second transistor in accordance with a control signal. A phase of the control signal is reversed at intervals of two horizontal scanning lines. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194575 | GAMMA-VOLTAGE GENERATOR - A gamma-voltage generator is provided to generating a plurality of first gamma voltages and second gamma voltages. At least one of the first gamma voltages generated by DACs of the gamma-voltage generator within a first frame period and at least one of the second gamma voltages generated by the DACs within a second frame period are outputted from a same one of the gamma buffers of the gamma-voltage generator, whereby the transmitted gamma voltages have substantially equal offset. Therefore, the display quality approaches an ideal condition. | 08-02-2012 |
20120194576 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device including pixels has formed therein at least two driving blocks each made up of pixel rows, and includes: a signal line driving circuit that outputs a signal voltage to an output line disposed in each of pixel columns; and a selector circuit that provides a signal voltage outputted from the output line to one of a first signal line and a second signal line which are provided in each of the columns, provides a standard voltage from a standard voltage source to one of the two signal lines, and provides the signal voltage and the standard voltage mutually exclusively to the two signal lines. Each of the pixels includes a current control unit and an organic EL element. Pixels in the k-th driving block are connected to the first signal line and pixels in the (k+1)-th driving block are connected to the second signal line. | 08-02-2012 |
20120200608 | GAMMA CONTROL MAPPING CIRCUIT AND METHOD, AND ORGANIC EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A gamma control data mapping circuit, a mapping method, and a display device using the gamma control data mapping circuit are provided. The gamma control data mapping circuit is for converting input data into grayscale data to display an original image on a display device. The mapping circuit separates the input data into high-order bit data and low-order bit data, and outputs a low-order grayscale boundary and a high-order grayscale boundary by using the high-order bit data. The gamma control data mapping circuit divides a grayscale region defined by the low-order grayscale boundary and the high-order grayscale boundary by a unit grayscale number to calculate unit grayscale data of the grayscale region, multiplies the low-order bit data by the unit grayscale data to calculate linear grayscale data, and adds the low-order grayscale boundary to the linear grayscale data to generate the grayscale data. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200609 | METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving method of a liquid crystal display is provided for improving an echo phenomenon in the screen and improving crosstalk in a 3D display device. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal panel and a light source unit divided into a plurality of blocks and that irradiates light by a light source unit of the corresponding block being driven at a response time of liquid crystals of the liquid crystal panel. Data of a liquid crystal panel corresponding to the plurality of blocks is analyzed to determine an n-th block corresponding to a portion having the highest visibility. Driving periods of light source units of the n-th block, an (n−1)-th block, and an (n+1)-th block are synchronized. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200610 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING MEMORY PROPERTY - An image display device expresses multiple colors including intermediate colors and an electrophoretic particle making up the image display device includes n-kinds of (n>2) charged particles each having colors and threshold value voltages each being different from one another. A specified period during which a voltage is applied includes a resetting period for applying a resetting voltage, a first, . . . , k | 08-09-2012 |
20120200611 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device including pixels has formed therein at least two driving blocks each made up of pixel rows, and includes: a signal line driving circuit that outputs a signal voltage to an output line disposed in each of pixel columns; and a selector circuit that controls a selector disposed in each of the columns for providing a signal voltage outputted from the output line to one of a first signal line and second signal line disposed in each of the columns, and selectively provides a standard voltage or the signal voltage outputted from the output line to one of the first signal line or the second signal line. Each of the pixels includes a current control unit and an organic EL element. Pixels in the k-th driving block are connected to the first signal line and pixels in the (k+1)-th driving block are connected to the second signal line. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200612 | Driving Method of Display Device - Pseudo contours occur in a display device that expresses a gray scale by dividing one frame into a plurality of subframes and using a time gray scale method. In the case of expressing a high-order bit, a gray scale is expressed by sequentially adding the weight (light emitting period, frequency of light emission, and the like) in each subframe. On the other hand, in the case of expressing a low-order bit, a gray scale is expressed by selecting a subframe where light is emitted. Then, subframes for a high-order bit and subframes for a low-order bit are not to be unevenly distributed in a specific place in one frame. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200613 | FLUORESCENT LAMP AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - To obtain effective luminance and light efficiency while avoiding discharge, it is necessary to sufficiently increase a current luminous efficiency of gas and an electron emission efficiency of an electron source. In a fluorescent lamp, an anode electric field is increased by setting a pressure of a noble gas or a molecular gas enclosed to 10 kPa or higher, setting an anode voltage to 240 V or lower, and setting a substrate distance to 0.4 mm or smaller. Furthermore, the resulting effect that the current luminous efficiency is increased in proportion to the electric field is used. Also, by applying a MIM electron source having an electron emission efficiency exceeding 10% as an electron source, a non-discharge fluorescent lamp having a light emission luminance equal to or larger than 10 | 08-09-2012 |
20120200614 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - In a display device (i) which carries out a display based on a video signal whose resolution has been converted to higher resolution (high-resolution conversion driving) and (ii) which carries out CC driving, when the resolution of the video signal is converted by a factor of 2 (double-size display), assuming that a direction in which the gate lines extend is a row-wise direction, signal potentials having the same polarity and the same gray scale are supplied to pixel electrodes included in respective two pixels that correspond to two adjacent gate lines and that are adjacent to each other in the column-wise direction (scanning direction), and a direction of change in the signal potentials written to the pixel electrodes from the source lines varies every two adjacent rows according to the polarities of the signal potentials. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200615 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The liquid crystal display device ( | 08-09-2012 |
20120200616 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD, PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY SYSTEM - Crosstalk between right-eye images and left-eye images is suppressed, and high-quality 3D images are displayed. For this purpose, a driving method of a plasma display apparatus is provided. The plasma display apparatus has a plasma display panel and a driver circuit for driving the panel. In this driving method, right-eye images and left-eye images are alternately displayed on the panel by alternately repeating right-eye fields, each of which has a plurality of subfields and displays a right-eye image signal, and left-eye fields, each of which has a plurality of subfields and displays a left-eye image signal. Each subfield has an address period for performing an address operation and a sustain period for performing a sustain operation. In a discharge cell where gradation of a predetermined threshold or higher is displayed, the address operation is prohibited in the subfield disposed last in the field. | 08-09-2012 |
20120200617 | Variable Flower Display Backlight System - Techniques for using variable flower assemblies to control light leakage between designated portions of light-emitting elements are provided. In some embodiments, a variable flower assembly ( | 08-09-2012 |
20120200618 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides an image display device capable of, by using a general-purpose image display driver configured to operate based on display data pieces each containing tones corresponding to plural bits, quickly performing bit extension processing to perform tone display corresponding to the display data pieces without providing any special circuit configured to perform the bit extension. A controller ( | 08-09-2012 |
20120206499 | CHIPLET DISPLAY DEVICE WITH SERIAL CONTROL - A digital display apparatus includes an array of light-emitting pixels, each with a first and second electrode, formed on a display substrate. A plurality of chiplets is located on the display substrate, each chiplet including an electrode connection pad, a signal connection pad, and a pixel circuit. The electrode connection pad is connected to one of the first or second electrodes. Each chiplet includes one or more pixel circuits formed in the chiplet and electrically connected to the corresponding electrode and signal connection pads. A digital image signal is provided to the signal connection pad(s) of at least one of the chiplets. Each pixel circuit converts at least one digital image signal value to a continuously valued analog pixel-driving signal that controls the luminance of a pixel. The display provides higher-performance pixel circuits with digital control resulting in improved image quality. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206500 | VIDEO DATA DEPENDENT ADJUSTMENT OF DISPLAY DRIVE - Devices and methods are disclosed for improving image quality in a display system. The devices and methods adjust the display optical states based on the input image data. The devices and methods may compensate for temporal variation of the optical states in a display panel arrangement having a liquid crystal and an insulating layer due to a net DC field across the liquid crystal. The variation in optical states may be variation between the position of the optic axis of the liquid crystal for a zero net DC field drive waveform and a drive waveform with a net DC field across the liquid crystal. The variation of the optic axis of the liquid crystal may be due to ionic charge movement through the liquid crystal. The display panel arrangement may have a decay time constant of the liquid crystal and the insulating layer less than a maximum time that is visually acceptable for image sticking to persist on the display panel. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206501 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a light source comprises gradually decreasing a luminance of a light emitted from an upper light emitting module disposed along a first side of a display panel during a frame where the first side corresponds to a start point of a scanning direction; and gradually increasing a luminance of a light emitted from a lower light emitting module disposed along a second side of the display panel during the frame where the second side corresponds to an end point of the scanning direction. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206502 | Method of Driving a Display Panel and Display Apparatus for Performing the Same - A method of driving a display panel determines luminance coefficients of a plurality of light emitting blocks included in a light source module using a Gaussian function. A pixel luminance is determined using the luminance coefficient and dimming levels of the light emitting block. The pixel luminance is a luminance of light provided to each pixel of the display panel. Input data compensated using the pixel luminance to generate compensated data. The pixel luminance provided to the pixels is calculated by considering the luminance change due to the adjacent light emitting blocks. Thus, the luminance of the input data is accurately displayed. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206503 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device capable of displaying both a 3D image and a 2D image is provided. The display device includes a plurality of optical filter regions where light-blocking panels for producing binocular disparity are arranged in matrix. The light-blocking panel can select whether to transmit light emitted from a display panel in each of the plurality of optical filter regions. Thus, in the display device, some regions where binocular disparity is produced can be provided. Consequently, the display device can display both a 3D image and a 2D image. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206504 | COMPENSATION TABLE GENERATING SYSTEM, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATION TABLE, AND METHOD OF GENERATING COMPENSATION TABLE - A compensation table generating system includes a test signal applying part which applies a test signal corresponding to reference gray scales to a display panel, an image obtaining part which obtains a test image of each of the reference gray scales displayed on the display panel based on the test signal, a position information extractor which measures a brightness distribution of each of the reference gray scales of the display panel based on the test image of each of the reference gray scales and extracts a representative position information of an stain area, in which a stain appears, based on the brightness distribution of each of the reference gray scales, a compensation data calculator which calculates a compensation data corresponding to a position of the stain area, and a brightness compensation table which stores the representative position information and the compensation data. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206505 | Projector Display Module and Power Saving Method thereof - A projector display module and its power saving method are provided. The projector display module includes a signal source, an analog-to-digital converter, a display control unit, a ballast, and a light source. The display control unit retrieves signal from the signal source and outputs a control signal to the ballast to adjust the power of light source. The display control unit includes a comparison module and a control signal generation module. The power saving method includes the following steps: retrieving the first pixel data of a preset position of the first frame and the second pixel data of the preset position of the second frame from the signal source. The display control unit compares the first pixel data and the second data to produce a comparison result. According to the comparison result, the display control unit produces a control signal to adjust the power of light source. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206506 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY DEVICE - A source driver, a display device including the same, and a method of driving the display device are provided. The source driver includes a global block configured to output “k” global gamma voltage signals, where “k” is 2 or an integer greater than 2. Each “k” global gamma voltage signal comprises a plurality of grayscale voltages and a pre-emphasis voltage that is output from the global block prior to each of the plurality of grayscale voltages. A channel driver is configured to select a global gamma voltage signal of the “k” global gamma voltage signals. The selected global gamma voltage signal includes a grayscale voltage of the plurality of grayscale voltages. The channel driver outputs the grayscale voltage to a source line in response to the channel driver receiving image data. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206507 | COLOR SIGNAL CONVERTER, DISPLAY UNIT, COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION PROGRAM, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION PROGRAM, AND COLOR SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD - A color conversion circuit converts a three-primary-color signal PS | 08-16-2012 |
20120206508 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS - The invention provides an electro-optical apparatus that can prevent a shift in a threshold voltage of an amorphous silicon transistor while driving an organic EL device in a pixel circuit including the amorphous silicon transistor. A characteristic-adjustment circuit can be provided, which has a function of returning a shift in the threshold voltage of the amorphous silicon transistor included in the pixel circuit to the original state. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206509 | DISPLAY PANEL HAVING CROSSOVER CONNECTIONS EFFECTING DOT INVERSION - A display device having subpixel repeating groups is presented. Each subpixel repeating group has an even number of four or more subpixels and includes odd-numbered subpixels and even-numbered subpixels alternately arranged in a row direction, each subpixel having a color. A data driver is configured to provide data signals to the subpixels such that the odd-numbered subpixels have a polarity that is opposite that of the even-numbered subpixels in each of the subpixel repeating groups. A first subpixel repeating group and a second subpixel repeating group are adjacent in the row direction. The first subpixel of the first subpixel repeating group and the first subpixel of the second subpixel repeating group have the same color and opposite polarities. | 08-16-2012 |
20120206510 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - A display device employing CC driving switches from (i) a first mode in which to carry out a display by converting resolution of a video signal by a factor of 2 in a column-wise direction to (ii) a second mode in which to carry out a display at the resolution of the video signal. During the first mode, signal potentials having the same polarity and the same gray scale are supplied to pixel electrodes included in respective two pixels that correspond to two adjacent scanning signal lines and that are adjacent to each other in the column-wise direction, and a direction of change in the signal potentials written to the pixel electrodes varies every two adjacent rows (2-line inversion driving). During the second mode, the direction of change in the signal potentials written to the pixel electrodes lines varies every single row (1-line inversion driving). | 08-16-2012 |
20120206511 | MULTIVIEW DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides an autostereoscopic display device having an adjuster for adjusting the direction of a light beam ( | 08-16-2012 |
20120212515 | OLED Display with Reduced Power Consumption - Methods for displaying an image on a color display having a target display white point luminance and chromaticity, and including three gamut-defining emitters defining a display gamut and two or more additional emitters which emit light within the display gamut; the method including receiving a three-component input image signal; transforming the three-component input image signal to a five-or-more component drive signal; and providing the drive signal to display an image corresponding to the input image signal. One method provides a reproduced luminance value higher than the sum of the respective luminance values of the three components of the input signal when reproduced with the gamut-defining emitters. Another method provides reduced power in an OLED display including a white-emitting layer with three color filters for gamut-defining emitters and two or more additional color filters for three additional within-gamut emitters. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212516 | DEGRADATION COMPENSATION UNIT, LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR DEGRADATION OF LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS - A degradation compensation unit including a first operation unit receiving downscaled gray data of each pixel for one frame at set or predetermined intervals and calculating a degradation time of each pixel corresponding to the downscaled gray data; an accumulation operation unit receiving the degradation time of each pixel from the first operation unit and calculating an accumulated degradation time of each pixel by accumulating the degradation time of each pixel; a weight calculation unit receiving the accumulated degradation time of each pixel from the accumulation operation unit and calculating a degradation compensation weight for each pixel based on the accumulated degradation time of each pixel; and a second operation unit producing compensated gray data for each pixel corresponding to the degradation compensation weight for each pixel, which is received from the weight calculation unit, and providing the compensated gray data for each pixel to a data driver. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212517 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting display includes a scan driver for transmitting scan signals to scan lines, a data driver for transmitting data signals to data lines, an emission driver for transmitting light emission control signals to light emission control lines, and a display unit including a plurality of pixels coupled to the scan lines, the data lines, and the light emission control lines. The emission driver includes a plurality of stages, and each of the stages includes a transistor having a first electrode coupled to a first power source, a second electrode coupled to one of the light emission control lines, and a gate electrode coupled to an input terminal to which a block control signal is input. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212518 | IMAGE PROCESSOR - An image processor receives information of a type of an input image, and performs a correction to the input image in accordance with an illuminance in an area near a display that displays the input image and the received information of the type of the input image. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212519 | Adaptive Control of Display Characteristics of Pixels of a LCD Based on Video Content - Determining pixel behavior type of a pixel or a group of pixels of a LCD and triggering adjustment in drive power of the pixel or the group of pixels based on the pixel behavior type. The pixel behavior type indicates relative motion of areas on the LCD in a video. A pixel behavior determination module directs one or more selected pixels of the LCD to be driven relative slower or faster based upon content of video that the selected pixels display. Operations include identifying an active window from a plurality of windows corresponding to a plurality of applications running on the host device and setting the drive power of those pixels that correspond to the active window based on speed of a video displayed on the active window. Operation may also include adapting LCD drive power on a pixel by pixel basis based upon user input and/or remaining battery life. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212520 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device performs suitable overshoot drive, even if a panel temperature is changed due to a change of the backlight emission luminance. The liquid crystal display device includes: a temperature sensor which detects the temperature in the device; an emphasis conversion section, which obtains, after the elapse of one vertical display period, an emphasis conversion parameter for making the transmissivity of the liquid crystal panel reach the transmissivity specified by input image signals, and which outputs applying voltage signals for the liquid crystal panel on the basis of the emphasis conversion parameter; and a main microcomputer which corrects the panel temperature of the liquid crystal panel on the basis of the changed light emission luminance when the light emission luminance of the backlight is changed. The emphasis conversion section variably controls the emphasis conversion parameter on the basis of the panel temperature corrected via the main microcomputer. | 08-23-2012 |
20120212521 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed is a display device that can achieve a reduction of power consumption without deteriorating the aperture ratio. A liquid crystal capacitance element (Clc) is formed by being sandwiched between a pixel electrode ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120218312 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DISPLAY REGIONS FOR A DISPLAY ON AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The disclosure describes a system and method for adjusting a display area for a display for an electronic device. The display system comprises: a display having a first region and a second region; a backlight for the display; and a display adjustment module located adjacent to the first region of the display, the display adjustment module having a first transmissivity mode where light from the backlight passes through the module to the first region and a second transmissivity mode where the light from the backlight is at least partially blocked from passing through the display adjustment module. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218313 | BACKLIGHT DIMMING RATIO BASED DYNAMIC KNEE POINT DETERMINATION OF SOFT CLIPPING - A liquid crystal display (LCD) system including a liquid crystal (LC) panel; an LC panel controller to send output code values to the LC panel; a backlight to illuminate the LC panel; a backlight controller; and a display controller to control the backlight controller and the LC panel controller, and receive input code values from an image source is presented wherein the LCD system uses a dynamic knee point determination of soft clipping to provide output code values to the LC panel. A method for using an LCD system as above is also provided. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218314 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO QUICKLY FADE THE LUMINANCE OF AN OLED DISPLAY - Various embodiments include devices, methods, circuits, data structures, and software that allow for rapid variation in the luminance of an OLED display panel. An OLED display driver circuit can include a first input, a second input, and a scaling circuit. The first input is to receive a scaling factor. The second input is to receive an image input signal including a digital representation of a desired output for a pixel. The scaling circuit is to multiply a pixel-level output voltage associated with the desired output for the pixel by the scaling factor. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218315 | DISPLAY BACKLIGHT STRUCTURE CAPABLE OF ENHANCING COLOR SATURATION DEGREE AND BRILLIANCE AND WHITE BALANCE - A display backlight structure capable of enhancing color saturation degree and brilliance and white balance is provided and disposed in a backlight module to provide light source for a liquid crystal display module, comprising: a plurality of light emitting areas adjoined to each other and respectively comprising: a color light source unit having a red light LED, a green light LED and a blue light LED; and a luminance light source unit having a white light LED; and a controller electrically connected to the color light source unit and the luminance light source unit to regulate turning-on/off or gradation of the color light source unit and the luminance light source unit. Accordingly, the structure could have both high saturation degree and high light emitting efficiency to improve the optical performance of the display. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218316 | LCD DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides an LCD device and a driving method thereof. The LCD device includes data lines, a source driver, pixel units, and a switching circuit connected between the source driver and the data lines. The source driver outputs gray level voltages in two adjacent data lines by using a dot inversion method. The switching circuit includes multiple first switches, multiple second switches, and multiple third switches. Before the gray level voltage is output in the data lines, the voltage level applied on the data lines approaches to the magnitude of the upcoming gray level voltage in advance. The power consumption of the LCD device of the present invention is lower. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218317 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel includes generating compensated grayscale data by increasing grayscale data corresponding to an N-th gate line of a plurality of gate lines of the display panel, where N is a natural number, generating a data voltage based on the compensated grayscale data, outputting the data voltage to the display panel including a plurality of pixel electrodes and a plurality of data lines, where each of the plurality of data lines is alternately connected to the plurality of pixel electrodes in a first pixel column and the plurality of pixel electrodes in a second pixel column, generating a storage voltage having a first level and a second level, where the second level is lower than the first level, and applying the storage voltage to the display panel. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218318 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, ILLUMINATION APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is a light emitting apparatus including: one or a plurality of light emitting devices each having a plurality of electrodes and each emitting light from the upper surface of the light emitting device; a plurality of terminal electrodes provided on the lower side of the light emitting devices in a positional relation with the light emitting devices and electrically connected to the electrodes of the light emitting devices; a first metal line brought into contact with the upper surfaces of the light emitting devices and one of the terminal electrodes, provided at a location separated away from side surfaces of the light emitting devices and created in a film creation process; and an insulator in which the light emitting devices and the first metal line are embedded. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218319 | GAMMA SWITCHING AMPLIFIER - Electronic devices with displays are configured to provide a gamma correction signal to each source driver chip driving the display. The gamma correction signal is supplied by a gamma application circuit coupled to each source driver chip. The gamma application circuit includes a switching amplifier configured to output a switching waveform and a filter to input the switching waveform and output the gamma correction signal to an input of each source driver chip. The switching amplifier functions as a switching power supply having improved power efficiency compared to conventional gamma application circuits. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218320 | COMPACT FLAT PANEL COLOR CALIBRATION SYSTEM - A compact flat panel color calibration system includes a lens prism optic able to pass a narrow, perpendicular, and uniform cone angle of incoming light to a spectrally non-selective photodetector. The calibration system also includes a microprocessor operable to determine the luminance of the display based upon the information gathered by the photodetector. A software module included in the calibration system is then operable to process the luminance information in order to adjust the flat panel display. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218321 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - The present invention provides an image display device capable of maintaining appropriate display luminance for human visual properties. The image display device of the present invention includes: a display device main body ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120218322 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - Data signal lines are provided to pixel arrays such that adjacent first and second pixel arrays (α, β) and including plural pixels are provided with two data signal lines each. Each pixel includes a pixel electrode ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120223973 | Display device - A plurality of display areas are provided in a liquid crystal panel (display portion) and a plurality of illumination areas respectively allowing light from light-emitting diodes (light sources) to be incident upon the plurality of display areas are set in a backlight device (backlight portion). Further, light-emitting diodes of RGB (a plurality of colors) are provided per illumination area. In the light-emitting diodes of RGB, a reference point of start of lighting of the light-emitting diode to be switched on lastly in a frame period is set so as to coincide with a beginning point of a lighting period of the light-emitting diode, and a reference point of start of lighting of the light-emitting diode to be switched on firstly in the frame period is set so as to coincide with an end point of the lighting period of the light-emitting diode. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223974 | DIGITAL HYBRID COCKPIT CONTROL PANEL SYSTEM WITH INTEGRATED PANEL MODULES AND COORDINATED DIGITAL CHROMATICITY CONTROL - The system includes a digital system architecture including digital chromaticity control. Such control may include color balance, luminance, and color compensation and/or harmonization of multiple integrated modules of display or illuminated panels. Embodiments include a system topology with an integrated modular design for multiple display or illuminated control panels, which can reduce the system weight, wiring complexity, and development expense. In embodiments, a digital chromaticity control includes in-module and cross-module control for balance and harmonization of multiple panels and modules, incorporating integrated digital signal processors and digital communications for internal and external networking. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223975 | Method and Apparatus for Driving a Display Device - The present invention discloses a driving device of a display device. The driving device comprises a gamma voltage generator, for generating a gamma voltage according to a control signal to a source driver of the display device, and a logic unit, for generating the control signal to the gamma voltage generator according to a difference among image properties of a plurality of frames to be displayed, to adjust the gamma voltage. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223976 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus and a driving method are provided. The LCD apparatus includes a LCD panel, an over-driving voltage provider and a backlight module. The LCD panel has a plurality of pixel units arranged in an array. The over-driving voltage provider is arranged for providing a plurality of over-driving voltages to drive the pixel units separately, such that times for liquid crystal of the pixel units rotating to a steady state are the same. A turn-on time of the backlight module is determined according to a number of the pixel units with the liquid crystals rotated to the steady state under the received over-driving voltages. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223977 | DISPLAY CONTROLLING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROLLING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a display controlling apparatus, including a light source controlling section adapted to generate a light emitting signal which defines a luminance of a light source based on an input image signal representative of an image and transmit the generated light emission signal to the light source; a gradation conversion section adapted to convert a gradation of the input image signal; and a transmission factor controlling section adapted to generate, based on the light emission signal and a conversion image signal which is an image signal having a gradation converted from that of the input image signal, a transmission controlling signal which defines a transmission factor of light emitted from the light source through a display panel and transmit the generated transmission controlling signal to the display panel. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223978 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - There is provided a pixel circuit capable of obtaining high-luminance while suppressing power consumption. Further, there are provided a display panel having the pixel circuit, and a display device including the display panel. Still further, there is provided an electronic unit including the display device. The pixel circuit includes a first transistor driving a light-emitting element, a plurality of holding capacitors connected in series between a gate and a source of the first transistor, a second transistor provided between a first signal line and the gate of the first transistor, and a third transistor provided between a second signal line and one of junctions of the holding capacitors. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223979 | OPTICAL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND LIGHTING DEVICE - A structure with which luminance of light extracted outside is improved in the case where a color filter is used is disclosed below. In an optical device including an optical element and a color conversion unit which light radiated from the optical element (light emitted from the optical element or light passing through the optical element) enters, the color conversion unit has a color filter region in which a color filter layer is provided and a transmissive region having higher transmittance per unit area than the color filter region. | 09-06-2012 |
20120223980 | POWER SUPPLYING SYSTEM - A power converter system ( | 09-06-2012 |
20120229522 | ILLUMINATION UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided an illumination unit and a display apparatus which are capable of improving convenience for users. The illumination unit includes a light source section including a laser light source, an optical device allowing a laser beam from the laser light source to pass therethrough, a drive section allowing the optical device to oscillate, and a control section performing one or both of control of decreasing brightness of emitted light from the light source section and control of outputting to the outside information that oscillation of the optical device has been stopped when the oscillation of the optical device has been stopped during drive operation by the drive section. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229523 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In the case where the gray-scale value of the pixel X is the minimum gray-scale value, the data line driving circuit ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120229524 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a liquid crystal display device, including: a data line; a plurality of pixel circuits; an output grayscale value generating circuit for outputting an output grayscale value obtained by correcting a display grayscale value indicating a grayscale potential having one of positive polarity and negative polarity; and a data-line driving circuit for selectively outputting an output potential having one of positive polarity and negative polarity corresponding to the output grayscale value to the data line. The data-line driving circuit outputs the potential so that the positive-polarity output potential corresponding to a smallest output grayscale value becomes lower than a positive-polarity grayscale potential indicated by a smallest one of the display grayscale values and that the negative-polarity output potential corresponding to the smallest output grayscale value becomes higher than a negative-polarity grayscale potential indicated by the smallest one of the display grayscale values. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229525 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes a plurality of pixel circuits, data lines, and a data-line driving circuit connected to the data lines. Each of the pixel circuits includes a pixel capacitance having one end provided with a common potential. In accordance with a grayscale value for one of the plurality of pixel circuits, the data-line driving circuit selectively outputs a positive-polarity signal and a negative-polarity signal to the one pixel circuit. The data-line driving circuit outputs the positive-polarity signal and the negative-polarity signal so that an average of a potential of the positive-polarity signal and a potential of the negative-polarity signal corresponding to the grayscale value changes in accordance with the grayscale value, a temperature, and a position of the one pixel circuit. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229526 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTELY CALIBRATING DISPLAY OF IMAGE DATA - A method for remotely calibrating display of image data is provided. Using a processor of the client computer display data are determined. The display data are indicative of a luminance dynamic range of the display and of an ambient lighting environment of the display. The display data are then transmitted to a server computer. Using a processor of the server computer display adjustment data are determined in dependence upon the display data. The display adjustment data are then transmitted to the client computer. Alternatively, image data for displaying on the display are received. Adjusted image data are then determined in dependence upon the received image data and the display adjustment data and transmitted to the client computer. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229527 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - A brightness detection unit detects brightness. An interpolation image signal generation unit generates interpolation image signal which are to be interpolated between each two adjacent frames of an input image signal. A temporal emphasis unit emphasizes high temporal frequency components of the input image signal and interpolation image signal. A time-series conversion memory converts the frame frequency of the image signal with the high temporal frequency components emphasized. A temporal emphasis unit adjusts amplitudes of a pair of inputted image signals according to the image brightness and determines a gain coefficient based on the pair of image signals with the amplitudes adjusted, the gain coefficient indicating the degree to which the high temporal frequency components are to be emphasized. | 09-13-2012 |
20120229528 | LUMINANCE CONTROL FOR PIXELS OF A DISPLAY PANEL - A display panel control apparatus receives an image to be displayed by a display panel ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120229529 | MULTIPLE-PRIMARY-COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A multiple primary color display device according to the present invention includes a pixel defined by a plurality of sub pixels. The plurality of sub pixels include a first sub pixel to display a first color having a first hue, a second sub pixel to display a second color having a second hue, a third sub pixel to display a third color having a third hue, and a fourth sub pixel to display a fourth color having a fourth hue. When a color represented by the input signal is changed from black to white via a color of a prescribed hue, luminance levels of the plurality of sub pixels are set such that the luminance level of each of the first sub pixel, the second sub pixel and the third sub pixel is started to be increased without increasing the luminance level of the fourth sub pixel and such that the luminance level of the third sub pixel is increased at a lower rate than that of the luminance level of each of the first sub pixel and the second sub pixel. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236041 | Active matrix display and method of driving the same - An active matrix display may include: a panel including a plurality of scan lines which transmit scan signals, a plurality of data lines which transmit data signals in response to the scan signals from the scan lines, a plurality of pixel circuits which are formed in a plurality of pixels, and each of the pixel circuits include a display element and a driving transistor driving the display element, and a power line which supplies a driving current to the driving transistor; a scan driver selectively transmitting the scan signals to the scan lines; a compensation circuit unit generating a compensation signal for compensating a voltage drop of the power line which results from a change in a total driving current flowing through the panel; and a data driver compensating the data signals using the compensation signal and transmitting compensated data signals to the data lines. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236042 | WHITE POINT TUNING FOR A DISPLAY - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for tuning the white point of a display device. In one aspect, a display device includes a set of display elements configured to output light and electronics configured to drive the display elements. Each display element can have an on-state where a reflective surface can be positioned at a distance from a partially reflective surface such that the display element can reflect incident light. Each distance can be dependent on a bias voltage. At least one of the bias voltages for the display elements can be non-zero in the on-state, and one or more of the bias voltages may be adjustable to control a white point of the display device. The electronics can be electrically connected to the display elements to provide the at least one non-zero bias voltage. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236043 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a panel module displaying a 2-dimensional (2D) image or a 3-dimensional (3D) stereoscopic image, a lens panel disposed over the panel module and including a first substrate, a second substrate and a liquid crystal layer disposed between the first substrate and the second substrate, the first substrate including a plurality of first electrodes, a plurality of floating electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes, the floating electrodes partially overlapping with the first electrodes and being electrically floated, the second electrodes partially overlapping with the floating electrodes, and a light source module supplying light to the panel module. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236044 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - Included are a backlight having a plurality of light emitting blocks, a display panel, a calibration unit which carries out calibration of the display panel based on a result of measurement of the brightness and chromaticity of the display panel, a first measuring unit which measures individual temperatures of the plurality of light emitting blocks, a setting unit which sets a patch image display area in a region of the display panel corresponding to a light emitting block of which the magnitude of a change in temperature within a predetermined period of time is smaller than a threshold value, and a generation unit which generates a patch image to be displayed in the patch image display area, wherein the calibration unit carries out the calibration based on the result of measurement by the first measuring unit in cases where the patch image is displayed in the patch image display area. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236045 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - The disclosed method includes: detecting a case where at least both of a condition that a pointer representing a pointing destination by a pointing device is not displayed on one display device of a plurality of display devices and a condition that a window generated by a predetermined program is not displayed on the one display device are satisfied; and upon the detecting, lowering brightness of the one display device. Moreover, another method includes: first detecting a predetermined operation for an active window displayed on any display device; identifying a first display device on which the active window is displayed; second detecting that a pointer representing a pointing destination by a pointing device is not displayed on the first display device after a predetermined period elapsed since the first detecting; and upon the second detecting, carrying out a setting for lowering brightness of the first display device. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236046 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, MOBILE OBJECT AND CONTROL APPARATUS - A display apparatus, includes: a display light emission unit which includes a light source, forms an image, and emits display light corresponding to formed image; a deflection unit which deflects the display light; a narrow band reflection unit which has characteristics of reflecting only light in a reflected wavelength range and transmitting light of wavelengths other than the reflected wavelength range, and reflects the display light incident from the deflection unit towards a viewpoint; and a control unit which changes an incidence angle at which the display light is incident on the narrow band reflection unit, in accordance with change in a wavelength of the light, wherein the narrow band reflection unit is configured such that the reflected wavelength range changes when an incidence angle of light changes, and the control unit changes the incidence angle such that a wavelength of the light is included within the reflected wavelength range. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236047 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING THE PROGRAM - An image display apparatus which is capable of optimizing the image quality of a plurality of display devices having different optical characteristics when carrying out processing of an image signal supplied to the display devices, without providing a dedicated display driving circuit for each display device. The image display apparatus comprises a plurality of liquid crystal display panels ( | 09-20-2012 |
20120242708 | ACTIVE MATRIX ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY - The present invention, in one aspect, relates to an active matrix electroluminescent display device. In one embodiment, the active matrix electroluminescent display device includes an emission layer and a circuit layer. The emission layer includes a plurality of regularly-spaced emission pixels disposed in a row. The circuit layer is disposed under the emission layer and includes a plurality of pixel circuits. Each pixel circuit is electrically coupled to a respective emission pixel for controlling the current through the respective emission pixel in response to an applied data signal. The plurality of pixel circuits is spatially arranged into a plurality of groups with each group including one or more adjacent pixel circuits. Any two neighboring groups of adjacent pixel circuits are separated by a space therebetween. The circuit layer further includes a plurality of buffer circuits connected to each other in series. Each buffer circuit is configured to drive a respective group of adjacent pixel circuits in response to a scan signal. At least one buffer circuit is positioned in a respective space between two neighboring groups of adjacent pixel circuits. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242709 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, an image display device has a liquid crystal panel, a backlight, an intensity setting unit, a presumption unit, a signal correction unit, an error calculation unit and a control unit. The intensity setting unit sets intensities of the light sources, respectively. The presumption unit presumes color information based on intensity information representing the intensities. The signal correction unit corrects an input video signal according to the color information, and obtains a corrected video signal. The error calculation unit presumes a display image from the corrected video signal and the input video signal, and calculates display errors between the presumed display image and an input image corresponding to the input video signal. The control unit controls sets the intensities of the light sources as the emission intensities of the backlight so that the display errors obtained from the error calculation unit can be minimum. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242710 | LUMINANCE CORRECTION SYSTEM FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICES - A luminance correction system for organic light emitting display devices is disclosed. In one aspect, an image displayed in a pixel unit of each of the display devices is analyzed and the luminance and color coordinate for main gray-level data is measured. A main-gamma offset value corresponding to the result of image analysis may be generated. A change in voltage of a driving power signal input from an external source of each of the display devices may be sensed. A sub-gamma offset value is generated by applying the change in voltage of the sensed driving power signal. A main-gamma voltage for the main gray level corresponding to the set main-gamma offset value and the set sub-gamma offset value is adjusted and output as an adjusted main-gamma voltage. The adjusted main-gamma voltage may be applied to a data driver of each of the display devices. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242711 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL - A display panel includes a display panel and a driving unit. The display panel has a plurality of pixels coupled to a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of storage lines. The driving unit sequentially applies a gate signal to the gate lines, to apply data voltages that are based on data signals to the data lines, and to selectively apply boost signals to the storage lines coupled to storage capacitors of the pixels based on color information related to each of the pixels, during each frame. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242712 | PIXEL CIRCUIT OF LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The gate of the first TFT in the present invention is discharged through the first TFT and the OLED in the compensation and data writing stage operation. As in cases that the usage time of the display pixel extends and the threshold voltage of the first TFT increases and the mobility thereof decreases, the voltage of the OLED increases, or the size of the display becomes larger to induce IR drop, the present invention enables to reduce the discharge voltage (charge current) to raise the gate voltage of the first TFT for compensating the OLED current drop. Meanwhile, the fifth TFT has characteristic of the threshold voltage increase. As the threshold voltage of the fifth TFT increases with usage time, the compensation of the OLED luminous efficiency drop can be realized. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242713 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - An electronic device includes a driver configured to drive light emitting elements under matrix control; a first electric current path to connect a first light emitting element to the driver, the first electric current path including parallel signal lines to connect a cathode of the first light emitting element to two or more terminals of the driver; a second electric current path to connect a second light emitting element to the driver, at least a portion of the second electric current path extending from a cathode of the second light emitting element sharing a common path with the first electric current path; and a backflow prevention element provided on the first electric current path and inserted between the cathode of the first light emitting element and the common path. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242714 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROJECTOR - Since green is expressed by the first sub-pixels and the second sub-pixels, and at the same time, red is expressed by the third sub-pixels using the yellow illumination light, and green is expressed by the first sub-pixels and the second sub-pixels, and at the same time, blue is expressed by the third sub-pixels using the cyan illumination light, the display device can assure the apparent resolution and the brightness using the first and second sub-pixels with greenish color. It should be noted that red and blue can be expressed by the third sub-pixels with magenta color. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242715 | CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A control device includes output means for outputting a signal for controlling an electro-optical device having a plurality of pixels which are provided so as to correspond to intersections of a plurality of scanning lines and a plurality of data lines, to the electro-optical device, and control means for controlling the output means to output a signal for applying a voltage corresponding to data stored in a memory to the plurality of data lines, whereby an image which is written by the signal when a first condition is satisfied has a higher spatial frequency of grayscale variations in an extending direction of the data lines than that of an image which is written by the signal when a second condition is satisfied. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242716 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS - When illuminance E by external light is lower than a high threshold Th, a backlight controller performs a duty cycle control that adjusts an amount of light of the backlight by changing a duty cycle of the control signal in accordance with the illuminance amount by the external light while maintaining the control signal at a constant level. When the illuminance E by the external light is higher than the high threshold Th, the backlight controller performs a pulse control that causes the backlight to periodically emit a pulsed light by making the level of the control signal higher than the level of the control signal in the duty cycle control while fixing the duty cycle of the control signal at a predetermined value or lower. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242717 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND PROGRAM USED FOR THE SAME - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes a feature amount generator configured to generate a feature amount based on the number of pixel pairs that satisfy a correspondence relationship between a gradation value of a target pixel and a gradation value of a surrounding pixel around the target pixel for a image represented by an input image signal, a processor configured to provide processing so as to set a correction value that reduces a dynamic range of a gradation value of the input image signal when the feature amount is larger than a first threshold, and so as not to set the correction value when the feature amount is equal to or smaller than the first threshold, and a liquid crystal driver configured to drive a liquid crystal display element based on the input image signal that has been corrected by the correction value. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242718 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - In one embodiment of the present invention, when a still image is displayed, applied voltages respectively corresponding to a total of n (n being an integer of not less than 4) types of gradation 0 to (n−1) are outputted to pixels. When a moving image is displayed, an applied voltage corresponding to a predetermined gradation m (1≦m≦(n−2)) is applied to the pixels instead of applied voltages respectively corresponding to gradations of less than the predetermined gradation m. Overdrive driving is performed with respect to a total of n types of gradation. | 09-27-2012 |
20120242719 | MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY - A multi-primary display with more than three additive primaries comprises a spatial repetition of a pixel repetition block. The block comprises a first pixel row ( | 09-27-2012 |
20120242720 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A loading phenomenon in a plasma display panel is reduced so as to enhance image display quality. For this purpose, a plasma display apparatus includes a plasma display panel and an image signal processing circuit ( | 09-27-2012 |
20120242721 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - A loading phenomenon in a plasma display panel is reduced and the image display quality is improved. For this purpose, image signal processing circuit ( | 09-27-2012 |
20120249602 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING SAME - In one aspect of the present invention, an electroluminescent (EL) display device has a plurality of pixels spatially arranged in a form of a matrix, each pixel having a first EL element, a second EL element, a third EL element, and a fourth EL element, a plurality of gate lines, each gate line coupled to a respective row of pixels, a plurality of first data lines, each first data line coupled to the first EL elements of a respective column of pixels, a plurality of second data lines, each second data line coupled to the second EL elements of a respective column of pixels, a plurality of first switches, each first switch coupled to a respective third EL element, a plurality of second switches, each second switch coupled to a respective fourth EL element, a switch control line coupled to the plurality of first switches and the plurality of second switches for providing a switching control signal to set the first switches and the second switches to be in an ON state or an OFF state, such that when the first switches are cooperatively in the ON state, the second switches are cooperatively in the OFF state, and vice versus, and a plurality of third data lines, each third data line coupled to the first switches and the second switches corresponding to a respective column of pixels for transmitting a data signal, such that when the first switches are cooperatively in the ON state, the data signal is provided to the third EL elements of the respective column of pixels, and when the second switches are cooperatively in the ON state, the data signal is provided to the fourth EL elements of the respective column of pixels. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249603 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes a plurality of pixels, a plurality of data lines connected to the plurality of pixels, and a data driver connected to the plurality of data lines, where the data driver supplies data voltage to the plurality of data lines, where the data driver includes a data latch which outputs input image data in response to image data corresponding to the plurality of pixels, wherein the data latch rearranges a sequence of the image data, and a digital-to-analog converting unit which includes a positive digital-to-analog converter which generates a positive data voltage in response to the input image data, and a negative digital-to-analog converter which generates a negative data voltage in response to the input image data. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249604 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes a first display unit having pixels coupled to odd scan and data lines, a second display unit having pixels coupled to even scan and data lines, a third display unit having pixels coupled to the odd scan lines and even data lines, and a fourth display unit having pixels coupled to the even scan lines and odd data lines. A timing controller extracts image data corresponding to each of the display units from inputted image data of one frame. A scan driver sequentially supplies a scan signal to the scan lines in each of four sub-frame periods of one frame period. A data driver converts extracted image data of each of the display units into corresponding data voltages, and supplies the corresponding data voltages to respective ones of the display units through the data lines for respective sub-frame periods of the one frame period. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249605 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes: a liquid crystal panel including a first region and a second region; a first signal controller which generates a first representative value representing image signals of the first region; a second signal controller which generates a second representative value representing image signals of the second region and transmits the second representative value to the first signal controller; a light source unit which irradiates light to the liquid crystal panel; and a light source driver which controls luminance of the light source unit. The first signal controller transmits a luminance of the light source unit to the light source driver. The luminance of the light source unit is calculated from the first representative value and the second representative value. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249606 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - A display device includes: pixels each including a display element; potential lines maintained at respective gray-scale potentials different from one another, the potential lines including first potential lines each maintained at a first gray-scale potential level allowing a luminance gradient to be relatively steep and second potential lines each maintained at a second gray-scale potential level allowing a luminance gradient to be relatively gentle, the luminance gradient representing a magnitude of a display luminance variation caused by a variation in a voltage or current applied to the display element; and a driving section performing display drive on the pixels based on an image signal, through supplying the display element of each of the pixels with a gray-scale potential level of selected one of the plurality of potential lines. A resistance of the first potential line is lower than a resistance of the second potential line. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249607 | OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR REDUCING OFFSET FOR USE IN SOURCE DRIVER ADAPTED TO DRIVE LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE - An offset-reducing output circuit of a source driver adapted to drive a liquid crystal device. The output circuit includes an operational amplifier having a non-inverting input to receive a reference voltage. The output circuit also includes input and output capacitors. One terminal of the input capacitor and one terminal of the output capacitor are connected to a node extending to an inverting input of the operational amplifier in at least a normal output operation mode. The output circuit also includes a switching circuit to short both terminals of the input capacitor and both terminals of the output capacitor in a reset operation so that the reference voltage is applied to the terminals of the input and output capacitors respectively. The switching device applies a gray scale voltage to an opposite terminal of the input capacitor in a normal operation mode. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249608 | DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DRIVER CELL - A driver circuit for driving a display panel is formed on a substrate and is organized into two families of sections. Each section includes a logic circuit, a level shifter, a decoder, an operational amplifier, and an output pad. In the first family, each section is laid out in the stated sequence (logic circuit, level shifter, decoder, operational amplifier, output pad). In the second family, each section is laid out in a different sequence: output pad, operational amplifier, logic circuit, level shifter, decoder. The output pads in the two families of sections are located on opposite sides of the substrate, and every output pad is adjacent to the operational amplifier to which it is connected. This arrangement reduces signal-to-signal variations in the output characteristics of the driver circuit and improves the slew rate of the output signals. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249609 | IMAGE DISPLAY MEDIUM, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display medium comprises a display member, a back substrate, spacers having a cell structure held between the substrates, and first particles and second particles, whose colors and charging polarities are different from one another, enclosed between the display member and back substrate. The display member includes a transparent support base, a transparent electrode formed thereon, a transparent dielectric layer formed on the transparent electrode, filters formed on the opposite side from the transparent electrodes side of the support base, and a protective layer formed thereon. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249610 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREFOR - In the present display device with each pixel being composed of subpixels of four or more colors, a backlight data processing portion sets a backlight source luminance to be high enough to compensate for a display luminance reduction caused by a maximum luminance adjustment portion ( | 10-04-2012 |
20120249611 | ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - The invention includes: an input section ( | 10-04-2012 |
20120249612 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes luminescence pixels that each include a driving transistor, a luminescence element, and a switching transistor that switches between conduction and non-conduction between a data line and an anode or a cathode of the luminescence element. A data driving circuit supplies a signal voltage to the data line, and a bias supplying circuit supplies a predetermined bias voltage to the data line. A controller applies the predetermined bias voltage to the anode or the cathode of the luminescence element by causing a non-conduction state between the data line and the data driving circuit, causing a conduction state between the data line and the bias supplying circuit, and switching the switching transistor ON within a period in which a signal current does not flow to the luminescence element. | 10-04-2012 |
20120249613 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A processing portion for conversion from RGB to RGBW includes a W generating circuit, a sub-pixel rendering circuit, a W intensity calculating portion which transmits a W intensity setting value to a W generating circuit, and a low power backlight control circuit which expands data on the basis of the RGBW pixels generated by the sub-pixel rendering portion and lowers the backlight in accordance with the amount by which the data is expanded. The inputted RGB data is used as the RGBW data with the W intensity calculated by the W intensity calculating portion. A backlight control signal is generated based on the amount of data expansion in the sub-pixel rendering portion. Deterioration (darkness) of image quality due to a reduction in the brightness of a single color as a result of the conversion from RGB pixels to RGBW pixels is prevented and a reduction in the power is achieved. | 10-04-2012 |
20120256969 | PRESENTATION OF HIGHLY SATURATED COLORS WITH HIGH LUMINANCE - A method is applicable to a pixel of a graphical display that is formed by LEDs or LED strings, with the colors that can be displayed by the pixel (i.e., the color gamut) defined by an LED drive specification matrix A. The method displays a desired color at a chromaticity coordinates (x | 10-11-2012 |
20120256970 | DRIVING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A display device includes a driving device, which includes a signal controller which receives an input image signal and an input control signal and outputs an image data and a data control signal; a reference voltage generator which generates a first reference voltage and a second reference voltage; and a data driver which receives the image data and the data control signal from the signal controller and outputs a data voltage. The data control signal includes a first color gamma control signal, a second color gamma control signal, and a third color gamma control signal. The data driver includes a reference gamma voltage generator which receives the first reference voltage and the second reference voltage from the reference voltage generator, receives the first color, second color, and third color gamma control signals from the signal controller, and generates a reference gamma voltage according to color information of the image data. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256971 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting diode display having improved display quality is disclosed. The organic light emitting diode display includes pixels positioned at intersections of scan lines and data lines, an emission control unit for controlling emission times of the pixels according to a second emission width signal indicating emission time information of the pixels, and an emission time controller for dividing the pixels into a plurality of blocks and for generating the second emission width signal according to a brightness history of the blocks. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256972 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device is disclosed. According to some aspects, the display device includes a display panel for displaying an image, data drivers for supplying data signals to the display panel such that the display panel displays an image, and a timing controller for setting the data drivers and 3n (where n is a natural number) ports. The display device is configured to transmit an R transmission signal including R data bits, a G transmission signal including G data bits, and a B transmission signal including B data bits to the data drivers through the 3n ports. According to some aspects, a display device capable of securing a band width required for driving a three dimensional image without unnecessarily increasing ports and without increasing the transmission speed of the ports and a method of driving the same are disclosed. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256973 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - The organic light emitting display device includes an organic light emitting display panel and a data driver, wherein the organic light emitting display panel includes an active region which includes pixel driving TFTs for embodying an image and organic luminescent elements respectively connected with the pixel driving TFTs to emit light, a GIP region which includes a gate driver formed with a plurality of gate driving TFTs for respectively driving gate lines of the active region, a GND region formed between the GIP region and the active region to be formed with a base voltage line for supplying base voltage to the organic luminescent elements of the active region, and a sealant region formed with a sealant for attaching an upper substrate to a lower substrate, and wherein the GND region includes out-gassing blocking holes. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256974 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, DISPLAY, AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - A display includes: a display section performing image display; and a light source device including a light guide plate and one or more first light sources, and emitting light for the image display, the light guide plate having a first internal reflection face and a second internal reflection face and having one or more side faces, and the first light sources being disposed to face the respective side faces of the light guide plate and to apply first illumination light. One or both of the first and second internal reflection faces each have a plurality of scattering regions, the scattering regions being configured to vary in form according to a distance from a side face of the light guide plate and allowing the first illumination light from the first light source to be scattered and to exit from the first internal reflection face to outside of the light guide plate. | 10-11-2012 |
20120256975 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention realizes a liquid crystal display device which can carry out overshoot driving in accordance with a picture element area. Picture elements can be classified into types depending on their picture element areas such that, in a case where display of a first tone (T | 10-11-2012 |
20120256976 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Provided is a liquid crystal display device which not only protects user's privacy but also improves a display quality of an image when a display is viewed from the front. According to a liquid crystal display device ( | 10-11-2012 |
20120262496 | Mapping Input Component Colors Directly to Waveforms - A method, image processing device, and an image display system for driving a bi-stable color display are disclosed. The image processing device may include first, second, third, and fourth units. The method may include receiving, and the first unit may receive, data describing a color display element of the display. The data may include descriptions of two or more component colors. The method may include determining, and the second unit may determine, a correspondence between one of the component colors and a particular subpixel of the color display element. In addition, the method may include mapping the component color to a waveform and driving the subpixel with the mapped waveform. The third unit may map the component colors to waveforms and the fourth unit may drive the subpixels with the mapped waveforms. The mappings may account for a property of the particular subpixel corresponding with the component color. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262497 | SCAN-LINE DRIVING DEVICE OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A scan-line driving device for a LCD apparatus is provided. The scan-line driving device comprises a PWM signal generating circuit, two impedances with different resistance values, a capacitor and two scan drivers. The PWM signal generating circuit outputs a PWM signal with two potentials and a predetermined duty cycle. A terminal of the capacitor is electrically coupled to a ground potential, and the other terminal of the capacitor receives the PWM signal. Each of the scan drivers comprises a core circuit and a transistor. A source/drain terminal of each transistor is electrically coupled to a PWM signal input terminal of a corresponding core circuit and the other terminal of the capacitor, the other source/drain terminal of each transistor is electrically coupled to the ground potential through a corresponding one of the impedances, and the gate terminal of each transistor receives a turn-on control signal. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262498 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE FOR ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A method of controlling an electro-optical device includes controlling a driving section such that, when an image is rewritten from a first image displayed in a first gradation to a second image including a background image portion to be displayed in the first gradation and a main image portion to be displayed in a second gradation, the same potential as a counter electrode is supplied to a pixel in the background image portion, and a potential corresponding to the second gradation is supplied to a pixel in the main image portion. The driving section is controlled such that at least one of the magnitude and application time of a voltage applied between the pixel electrode and the counter electrode is smaller in a pixel corresponding to an edge portion in the main image portion than in a pixel corresponding to a non-edge portion in the main image portion. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262499 | CONTROL METHOD FOR ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE FOR ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A control method for controlling an electro-optical device is disclosed. When an image in a display section is rewritten from a first image to a second image, a drive section is controlled such that voltage corresponding to the first gray level is applied to a first pixel whose gray level to be displayed changes from a second gray level to a first gray level, voltage corresponding to the first gray level is applied to a second pixel having two or more sides adjacent to pixels displayed in the second gray level when the first image is displayed, among pixels whose gray level to be displayed does not change and remains in the first gray level, and voltage is not applied to a third pixel, other than the second pixel, among the pixels whose gray level to be displayed does not change and remains in the first gray level. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262500 | OPTICAL FILTER, DISPLAY CELL, AND DISPLAY - Provided are a filter unit | 10-18-2012 |
20120262501 | ELECTROOPTICAL DEVICE - An electrooptical device according to the invention includes a plurality of pixels and a driving section that drives the pixel in such a way that the pixel is brought into a bright state or a dark state in each of subfields, and, when a specific gray level is designated, the details of driving of at least one pixel and a pixel adjacent to the one pixel, the details of driving in one frame, are different from each other. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262502 | AUTOSTEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY - An autostereoscopic display includes a background illumination with a multiplicity of parallel light strip groups with in each case at least two parallel light strips, wherein the individual light strip groups are arranged next to one another with a first grid dimension, and a lens grid arranged before the background illumination and has a multiplicity of parallel lens strips, wherein the lens strips are arranged next to one another with a second grid dimension, as well as a light modulator arranged before the lens grid and displays image information. | 10-18-2012 |
20120262503 | MONITOR AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING PIXELS ON DISPLAYING DEVICE - A monitor and a method of displaying a plurality of pixels on a displaying device are disclosed. The monitor includes a displaying device including a controlling module and a displaying panel electrically connected to the controlling module. The controlling module displaying the plurality of pixels on the displaying device partially according to a brightness adjustment relation and partially according to an original gray level-brightness relation. Therefore, the invention can adjust input images only in partial gray levels, not all gray levels, by a user's request, for example making dark portions become bright or making bright portions become dark, especially for games. | 10-18-2012 |
20120268500 | METHOD FOR ACCELERATING SPEED OF REFRESHING IMAGE FRAME OF DISPLAY-PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE FOR RAPID REFRESHING IMAGE FRAME - A method for accelerating speed of refreshing image frame is used for driving a display-panel to display and refresh an image frame rapidly. According to the method, the first step is to extract a digital content and generate the image frame according to the digital content, so as to drive the display-panel to display the image frame. A partial refresh area is defined on the image frame, and a partial image frame rather than the entire image frame is refreshed, so as to accelerate the speed of refreshing the image frame. Optionally, a number of gray levels of the partial refresh area are reduced, so as to accelerate the speed of refreshing the image frame. At least one screen operation command is received, partial refresh content is extracted from the digital content according to the screen operation command, and a displayed content in the partial refresh area is refreshed. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268501 | DISPLAY DEVICE - There is provided a display device in which disadvantageous effects due to unnecessary operations of an image lag alleviating function are minimized. In a display device of active matrix type, for each of the pixels arranged in a matrix, a current-driven emissive element is provided, and the current of the emissive element is controlled using a drive TFT so as to perform display. While a black display period during which an opposite bias voltage is applied between the gate electrode and the source electrode of the drive TFT is inserted in order to alleviate image lag, this insertion is performed only when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and is performed for a certain duration according to a command by a microcomputer ( | 10-25-2012 |
20120268502 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided. The display device includes a display unit having pixels arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, each pixel including additive mixture subpixels and a luminance adjustment subpixel, and a signal control unit controlling a luminance at a maximum gray scale in the luminance adjustment subpixel depending on an external light illuminance. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268503 | Light Source Device and Projection Display Apparatus - A solid-state light source unit emits excitation light. Fluorescent material layer is formed on each side of a glass substrate of a fluorescent plate so as to interpose a reflective film therebetween. The first optical system optically guides, to a rod integrator, red and blue LED light, and green fluorescence that is generated by excitation occurring when blue laser light emitted from the solid-state light source unit is applied to the fluorescent material layer on one surface of the fluorescent plate, and that is emitted in the −X direction. The second optical system optically guides, to the rod integrator, red and blue LED light, and green fluorescence that is generated by excitation occurring when blue laser light emitted from the solid-state light source unit is applied to the fluorescent material layer on the other surface of the fluorescent plate, and that is emitted in the +X direction. | 10-25-2012 |
20120268504 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device that appropriately compensates for a feed-through voltage. The liquid crystal display device is arranged such that when data of a certain gray level is to be displayed, the effective value of a pixel voltage changes in an N-frame cycle, a first pixel and a second pixel are provided that are different in the effective value during an i-th frame (1≦i≦N), the first pixel has a positive polarity during the i-th frame, whereas the second pixel has a negative polarity during an i{N/2 after}th frame, the first pixel has a polarity during a j-th frame (where 1≦j≦N and i≠j), the polarity being different from the polarity of the second pixel during a j{N/2 after}th frame, and when data of a first gray level is to be displayed, VB and VC are different from each other, where VA is a source voltage (VD) of the first pixel during the i-th frame, VB is a source voltage (VD) of the second pixel during the i{N/2 after}th frame, and VC is, in a case where data of a second gray level is to be displayed when the first pixel has a positive polarity during the j-th frame, a source voltage (VD) of the second pixel during the j{N/2 after}th frame for the case in which the source voltage (VD) of the first pixel during the first pixel is VA. | 10-25-2012 |
20120274666 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TUNING MULTI-COLOR DISPLAYS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatuses, including computer programs encoded on computer-readable storage media, for calibrating a display. In one aspect, a method of calibrating a display includes determining one or more array voltages and, based on the determined array voltages, determining one or more drive scheme voltages. The determined drive scheme voltages may include, for example, a single segment voltage applied to all of the display elements of the array, and multiple common voltages applies to multiple subsets of the display elements of the array. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274667 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: a transmission-type display member having a display area that is sequentially scanned; and an illumination member that is arranged on a rear face of the display member and includes a plurality of illumination units that are arranged so as to be aligned in a direction from one end portion side toward the other end portion side along a direction in which the display area is sequentially scanned. The illumination unit is in a light emitting state over a predetermined light emitting period after sequential scanning of display units formed from a portion of the display area, which corresponds to the illumination unit, is completed, and the illumination units are sequentially scanned from one end portion side to the other end portion side in accordance with the sequential scanning of the display area. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274668 | DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT - A driving circuit for causing a light emitting element to emit light in response to a driving signal is provided. The driving circuit comprising a first current supply circuit that starts to supply a driving current to the light emitting element in response to the driving signal, a second current supply circuit that starts to supply a supplementary current to the light emitting element in response to the driving signal. The second current supply circuit stops to supply the supplementary current upon detecting that a voltage applied to the light emitting element has reached a threshold voltage. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274669 | Apparatus and Method for Modeling the Light Field of a Local-Dimming LED Backlight for an LCD Display - An apparatus for displaying images. The apparatus comprises: an LCD panel comprising a plurality of pixels for displaying the images; and a backlight comprising a plurality of light sources. Each of the plurality of light sources is associated with one of a plurality of zones and each of the plurality of zones comprises a plurality of grid points. A controller coupled to the LCD panel and the backlight is configured to retrieve contour data associated with each of the plurality of light sources. The contour data is associated with a 3-D contour shape comprising a plurality of facets, each facet associated with at least one of the plurality of grids. The controller is configured to determine a brightness level of at least one pixel in a first grid based on a slope value associated with a first facet associated with the first grid. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274670 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING LIGHT BY USING IMAGE CODE - Provided are a method and system for controlling light by using an image code. The method includes displaying an image code on a display unit; acquiring information relating to light settings by recognizing the image code; determining apparatus information and lighting state information by using information relating to the light settings; and transmitting a light request message for requesting light settings according to the lighting state information to the lighting apparatus having apparatus information that is equal to the apparatus information of the image code. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274671 | DRIVING BISTABLE DISPLAYS - The disclosure relates to waveforms, circuits and methods for driving bistable displays. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274672 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL ELEMENT DRIVING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - The present invention permits a capacitance value of an electro-optical element such as organic EL element to be arbitrarily set without changing the light extraction efficiency of a pixel. That is, the present invention permits a capacitance value Coled of an organic EL element ( | 11-01-2012 |
20120274673 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS - A light emitting apparatus comprises a light emitting section for emitting light, a color of the light being changed with a value of a driving current, and a driving section for driving the light emitting section so that the light emitting section emits light having a desired color and a desired intensity, by generating the driving current based on a signal designating the desired color and a signal designating the desired intensity and by applying the driving current to the light emitting section. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274674 | LOCALLY DIMMED DISPLAY - A locally dimmed display has a spatial light modulator illuminated by a light source. The spatial light modulator is illuminated with a low resolution version of a desired image. The illumination may comprise a series of lighting elements that vary smoothly from one element to another at the spatial light modulator. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274675 | PIXEL INTERLEAVING CONFIGURATIONS FOR USE IN HIGH DEFINITION ELECTRONIC SIGN DISPLAYS - Pixel interleaving configurations for use in high definition electronic sign displays where each and every scan line includes full red, green, and blue color representation to provide for high resolution electronic video sign displays. | 11-01-2012 |
20120274676 | ADC CALIBRATION FOR COLOR ON LCD WITH NO STANDARDIZED COLOR BAR FOR GEOGRAPHIC AREA IN WHICH LCD IS LOCATED - Instead of estimating a saturation value for an ADC color comb register of an LCD made in a region without a standard color bar, a standard color bar of another geographic region is used to calculate the saturation value for the register so as to optimize the color of images presented on the LCD. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281024 | Scanning Projection Apparatus with Tangential Compensation - A scanning projector includes a scanning mirror that sweep a beam in two dimensions. Tangential distortion in a fast-scan dimension is compensated by incorporating a tangent function when determining the light beam location and interpolating pixel data. Tangential distortion in a slow-scan dimension is compensated by driving the scanning mirror nonlinearly in the slow scan dimension such that the light beam sweeps across the display surface at a constant rate. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281025 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The light sources are controlled by dividing a display period of one frame into such a first subframe period that blue transmitted light is obtained from the blue subpixel and red transmitted light is obtained from the red subpixel by turning ON the light sources of the blue color and the red color and such a second subframe period that green transmitted light is obtained from the green subpixel by turning ON a light source of a green color and at least any one of a procedure in which cyan transmitted light is obtained from the blue subpixel and a procedure in which yellow transmitted light is obtained from the red subpixel is performed. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281026 | DISPLAYS, INCLUDING HDR AND 3D, USING NOTCH FILTERS AND OTHER TECHNIQUES - A 3D display incorporates laser or saturated light sources to produce 3D images. The images may be produced on an LCD display or projector. Ambient light is filtered out through viewing glasses having passbands corresponding to the light sources. The light sources may include 2 sets of primary lights (one for each of 2 3D viewing channels) and a third set of primaries common to both channels. The display may be configured for a 2D display mode and a notch filter may be placed on a display surface to reduce reflections. The display may be a locally modulated or constant backlit LCD display. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281027 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Disclosed are a mobile terminal and a method of controlling a mobile terminal. A different backlight dimming algorithm can be applied according to an application, and a dimming algorithm is selectively applied in association with an input image during executing of a specific application. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281028 | Method and System for Backlight Control Using Statistical Attributes of Image Data Blocks - A method and system for generating backlight control values for a dual modulation display including a front panel having a first resolution and a backlight subsystem having lower resolution than the front panel, in response to input image data. Some embodiments determine statistical data indicative of at least one statistical measure of each of a number of spatially compact subsets of pixels of image data having the first resolution, where the pixels of image data are pixels of the input image data, color components of pixels of the input image data, or data values derived from pixels of the input image data. Some embodiments determine backlight drive values for each color channel of the backlight subsystem, including by determining statistical data for each color channel, determining backlight drive values for each color channel from the statistical data, and performing cross-channel correction on these backlight drive values. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281029 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - The plasma display apparatus suppresses addressing failure, enhancing stability of address discharge, and therefore, enhancing quality of display image on the panel. The present invention attains above through the followings: preparing display combination sets each of which having difference in number of combinations; determining whether or not magnitude of image signals, except for a predetermined color image signal, is greater than a threshold; and according to the determination above, selecting a set for the predetermined color image signal from the display combination sets. A display combination set used for the predetermined color image signal when the image signals except for the predetermined color image signal have magnitude not less than the threshold is smaller in number of combinations than that used for the predetermined color image signal when the image signals except for the predetermined color image signal have magnitude smaller than the threshold. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281030 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a method for suppressing a crosstalk without performing complicated correction calculation. The liquid crystal display device ( | 11-08-2012 |
20120281031 | MULTIPLE DISPLAY CHANNEL SYSTEM WITH HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE - A multi-channel display system comprises a plurality of display devices, each display device having a non-pixel addressable light output part, e.g. a backlight, and a pixel addressable light output part, e.g. an LCD panel, in an optical path. The non-pixel addressable light output part and the pixel addressable light output part are arranged to both have a temporal modulation, so that a perceivable optical output of the display device is a combination of the outputs of the temporal modulation of the pixel addressable light output part and the temporal modulation of the non pixel addressable light output part. At least two of the display devices are arranged for displaying adjacent image parts. The display system furthermore comprises a linking means for linking the driving of the non pixel addressable light output part of at least the two display devices being arranged for displaying adjacent image parts. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287166 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING IMAGES USING A COLOR FIELD SEQUENTIAL DISPLAY - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for generating and transmitting video frame data from a graphics processing unit (GPU) to a color field sequential display device capable of displaying an auto-stereoscopic image. A frame buffer image comprising per-pixel packed color channels is transformed to a frame buffer image comprising regions corresponding to the color channels with vertical blanking regions inserted between color sub-field regions. Each region of the transformed frame buffer image is sequentially transmitted to the color field sequential display device for display of the corresponding color channel. Backlight illumination for each color channel is controlled by the GPU for temporal alignment with display of each color channel during the vertical blanking interval. The technique is compatible with lenticular and parallax barrier displays. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287167 | LOCAL DIMMING DISPLAY ARCHITECTURE WHICH ACCOMMODATES IRREGULAR BACKLIGHTS - A display system and method for displaying an image on the display system are provided. The display system includes a display panel and a backlight for illuminating the display panel, the backlight including one or more light emitting zones that each emit light in response to a backlight drive value. The display system further includes a backlight selection module for selecting the backlight drive value for each light emitting zone from image data, an effective backlight module that generates effective backlight signals using light spread information for the backlight and the backlight drive values, and a module for modulating the image data according to the effective backlight signal and providing the modulated image data to the display panel. The light spread information includes information representing the contribution of light from each light emitting zone over the display panel. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287168 | APPARATUS FOR SELECTING BACKLIGHT COLOR VALUES - One embodiment may employ one or more non-transitory computer-readable memories, the memories collectively storing instructions for executing a method of facilitating the display of an image. This method may comprise, in a display system comprising a display panel having pixels and a backlight having individually addressable colored light emitters configured to provide light to the pixels of the display panel, receiving image data corresponding to an image for display upon the display panel, the pixels each having a color to be displayed, so as to collectively display the image. The method also includes, for each pixel, evaluating whether the corresponding color to be displayed is out-of-gamut to the each pixel, so as to form a set of out-of-gamut pixels. A set of virtual primaries is determined, defining intensities of light emitted by the colored light emitters of the backlight during display of the image, the virtual primaries determined according to the colors of the set of out-of-gamut pixels. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287169 | LED DISPLAY DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An LED displaying device includes a first transparent substrate, LEDs and a second transparent substrate. The first transparent substrate includes a circuit structure formed thereon. The LEDs are mounted on the first transparent substrate and electrically connected to the circuit structure. The second transparent substrate is covered on the LEDs. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287170 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display having adaptive driving mechanism includes plural pixel array areas and a driving module. Each pixel array area has a plurality of pixels. The driving module includes a signal generation unit for generating grey-level signals corresponding to the pixels based on input image data, a weighting conversion unit for converting the grey-level signals corresponding to the pixels into a plurality of weightings, a weighting processing unit for generating a weighting sum by summing up the weightings corresponding to the pixel array area, an inversion-mode setting unit for setting a polarity inversion mode according to the weighting sum, and a data signal output unit. The data signal output unit is utilized for providing a plurality of data signals to be written into the pixel array area based on the polarity inversion mode. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287171 | DISPLAY DEVICE - To alleviate an afterimage phenomenon caused by a hysteresis characteristic of a drive transistor. Current driven type light emitting elements | 11-15-2012 |
20120287172 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A BACKLIGHT OF A DISPLAY DEVICE AND DEVICE THEREOF - Adjust a backlight of a display device according to image loading and edge statistics of an input image. When the input image is a dark scene and includes relatively more edges, a luminance of the backlight would be controlled according to the image loading of the input image and compensated the backlight for showing details of the input image clearly. When the input image is a dark scene with negligible edges, the luminance of the backlight would be controlled by image loading with no or few compensation for lowering the power consumption. When the input image is a bright scene, or when the input image includes no edge or only negligible edges, minimum compensation is applied to the backlight for lowering the power consumption. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287173 | ALLOCATION REGISTERS ON A SPATIAL LIGHT MODULATOR - The present invention provides a digital backplane and various methods, systems and devices for controlling a digital backplane and light modulating elements. In some embodiments of the present invention, a recursive feedback method is used to control a digital backplane and/or light modulating elements and/or spatial light modulators. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287174 | CONTROL METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROLLER OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A control method of an electro-optical device includes: performing a first supply process for supplying an electric potential corresponding to the changed gray level to a pixel electrode of a first pixel; performing a second supply process for supplying the same electric potential as an electric potential of a counter electrode to a pixel electrode of a second pixel; extracting a contour image from a difference between an image before the image rewriting and an image after the image rewriting; determining whether or not the first supply process is being performed, in units of a pixel, for contour display pixels that display the contour image; and performing a contour elimination process for supplying an electric potential for eliminating the contour image to the pixel electrode of a pixel, for which it is determined that the first supply process is not being performed, among the contour display pixels. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287175 | CONTROLLER OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - When changing a pixel to white in the middle of a writing operation for writing the pixel in black, a new writing operation for writing the pixel in white is started. When changing a pixel to black in the middle of a writing operation for writing the pixel in white, a new writing operation for writing the pixel in black is started. In addition, when a difference between the number of times of application of a first voltage applied to change the pixel to white and the number of times of application of a second voltage applied to change the pixel to black is not a predetermined value at a predetermined timing, the first voltage or the second voltage is applied to the pixel until the difference becomes a predetermined value. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287176 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image display system is constituted by a server and a client apparatus. The server includes a storage unit that stores a plurality of illumination spectrum data after associating the data with values of adjustment parameters, an acquisition unit that acquires the present set value of an adjustment parameter of the client apparatus, a selection unit that selects, from among a plurality of illumination spectrum data stored in the storage unit, illumination spectrum data with a smallest difference between a value of the corresponding adjustment parameter and a value of the adjustment parameter acquired by the acquisition unit, a generation unit that generates image data representing appearance of an image pick-up object under illumination corresponding to the illumination spectrum data selected by the selection unit, and a delivery unit that delivers image data generated by the generation unit to the client apparatus. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287177 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE - A method for driving a light-emitting device comprises steps of: supplying a first potential to a drain of a transistor and a second potential being lower than the first potential to a cathode of a light-emitting element; supplying a third potential which is lower than a potential obtained by adding the threshold voltage of the transistor, the threshold voltage of the light-emitting element, and the second potential to a gate electrode of the transistor, and a fourth potential being lower than a potential obtained by subtracting the threshold voltage of the transistor from the third potential to the source of the transistor; stopping supply of the fourth potential to the source of the transistor; and supplying a potential of an image signal to the gate electrode of the transistor. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287178 | DISPLAY DRIVE WITH PERMUTATION AND SUPERPOSITION GRAY-LEVEL CONTROL - A display driver circuitry with permutation and superposition gray-level control comprises a gray-level controller. The controller may comprise a permutation and superposition adder configured to divide N-bit gray-level data G into M most significant bits, serving as a superposition reference G | 11-15-2012 |
20120287179 | Method for Writing an Image in a Liquid Crystal Display - A method of display on a color sequential liquid crystal screen, notably an LCOS technology screen (integrated circuit screen), is provided. The liquid crystal between a pixel electrode and counter-electrode common to all pixels, and provision is made to alternate the potential of the counter-electrode at each frame. Writing an image comprises successive addressing of various rows and simultaneous application of a voltage level to column conductors. The writing phase is followed, before the end of a frame, by a phase of switching counter-electrode potential wherein the transistors of the various rows are successively turned on for durations which overlap mutually such that all transistors are simultaneously on at a given moment of this switching phase, and the potential of the counter-electrode is switched at this moment. Overvoltages are thus avoided on the control transistors at the level of the pixel at the moment of the switching of counter-electrode potential. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287180 | POSITIVELY CHARGED INK COMPOSITION - Positively charged ink compositions, its use and method of making the same are disclosed. A disclosed example of the positively charged ink compositions includes a combination of a carrier liquid, basic pigment-loaded resin particles, a charge director and an acidic charge adjuvant. | 11-15-2012 |
20120293560 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING COMMON-VOLTAGE COMPENSATION MECHANISM AND COMMON-VOLTAGE COMPENSATION METHOD - A liquid crystal display having common voltage compensation mechanism includes a liquid-crystal capacitor common electrode for receiving a liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage, a storage capacitor common electrode for receiving a storage capacitor common voltage, a common voltage generator for providing the liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage according to a preliminary common voltage, a common voltage compensation circuit electrically connected to the liquid-crystal capacitor common electrode and the storage capacitor common electrode, and a timing controller electrically connected to the common voltage compensation circuit. The common voltage compensation circuit is utilized for generating the storage capacitor common voltage through performing a ripple inverting operation according to the liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage, the preliminary common voltage and a compensation control signal. The timing controller is employed to analyze an image input signal for generating the compensation control signal. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293561 | DISPLAY DEVICE CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING EXTERNAL LIGHT AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING EXTERNAL LIGHT - A display device capable of controlling an external light and a control method are provided. Image display of the display device and the external light are synchronously controlled through a synchronization signal generated by a control module in the display device. The control module generates a first and a second light source control signal during first cycles and second cycles of the synchronization signal. The first and the second light source control signal are used to control the external light to operate at a first operation state and at a second operation state respectively. Through the techniques of controlling the external light by the display device, i.e. turning off or reducing illumination intensity of the external light every other specific period, both influence of the external light on contrast ratio and light reflection from the display device are reduced. Power of the external light is also saved. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293562 | DC-DC CONVERTER, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A DRIVING VOLTAGE - A DC-DC converter may include a voltage conversion unit and a short detection unit. The voltage conversion unit may be configured to generate a DC voltage for driving a display panel based on an input voltage. The short detection unit may be configured to generate a driving voltage based on the DC voltage and to output the driving voltage through a power line. The short detection unit may be configured to perform a short detection to detect whether the display panel is shorted based on a short detection reference that is adjusted according to an operation mode of the display panel. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293563 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device which includes a light source which independently emits light of three colors of RGB, and an emission control unit which controls the light source to continuously emit one of principal wavelength light beams of three RGB light beams in each of the sub-frames, in which the emission control unit controls a Green light as one of the plural principal wavelengths among light beams of three RGB colors to be emitted in the sub-frame which is arranged at the same position in the one frame period of both an odd frame as the odd numbered single frame period and an even frame as the even numbered single frame period, and controls light of the R color and the B color to be emitted in different sub-frames between the odd frames and the even frames. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293564 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a display device that can suppress occurrence of a color breakup as well as occurrence of a false contour, and a control method therefor. In the display device, a plurality of sub-frame periods forming one frame period are divided into: a first group to which sub-frame periods with the same length of light transmission periods belong; and a second group to which sub-frame periods with lengths of light transmission periods shorter than those of the sub-frame periods in the first group and different from each other belong. Further, among the sub-frame periods that belong to the first group, sub-frame periods having the light transmission period increase in number from a middle of the one frame period toward a start point and an end point of the one frame period in accordance with an increase of the gray level. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293565 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus comprises a display panel, a backlight having emission brightness levels adjustable for each of divided sections, a graphic image generating unit that generates a graphic image signal, a synthetic image generating unit that generates a synthetic image signal representing a synthetic image in which an image based on the graphic image signal is overlapped on the image based on the input image signal, and a control unit, wherein the control unit controls the emission brightness levels of the backlight of a plurality of divided sections containing a graphic image display region, where a graphic image based on the graphic image signal is displayed, to be uniform, and controls the emission brightness levels of the backlight of other divided sections based on the input image signal. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293566 | DIMMING DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a dimming device capable of emitting light from any area on a flat plane and which is minimized in crosstalk. The dimming device ( | 11-22-2012 |
20120293567 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display device having color display dots with improved brightness and being excellent in visibility. The display device of the present invention comprises a pixel including an odd number of and at least three first sub pixels; and second sub pixels having a higher brightness than the first sub pixels, wherein units of the odd number of first sub pixels are repeatedly arranged, the second sub pixels are sequentially arranged along the arrangement direction of the first sub pixels, and the second sub pixels and at least one of the first sub pixels are alternately arranged in a direction perpendicular to the arrangement direction of the first sub pixels. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293568 | ALTERING FRAME RATES IN A MEMS DISPLAY BY SELECTIVE LINE SKIPPING - Systems and methods for improving frame rate in electromechanical display devices are disclosed. Rows or columns in a display device are given priorities and are selected for updating or for skipping during updates based on the priorities, the target frame rate, and the visual effect of skipping the particular line. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293569 | ACTIVE ENCLOSURE FOR COMPUTING DEVICE - A computing device is disclosed. The computing device includes a housing having an illuminable portion. The computing device also includes a light device disposed inside the housing. The light device is configured to illuminate the illuminable portion. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293570 | PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - A PDP is provided with a front plate and a rear plate. The front plate has a protective layer. The protective layer includes a base layer, a plurality of first particles and a plurality of second particles. The first particles are aggregated particles obtained by aggregating a plurality of crystal particles made of magnesium oxide and having a cathode luminescence peak in a wavelength region from 200 nm or more to 300 nm or less. The second particles are crystal particles made of magnesium oxide, which have a cathode luminescence peak in a wavelength region from 400 nm or more to 450 nm or less, but do not have a cathode luminescence peak in the wavelength region from 200 nm or more to 300 nm or less. | 11-22-2012 |
20120293571 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device of the present invention includes a subframe generation section ( | 11-22-2012 |
20120299970 | APPLICATION OF VOLTAGE TO DATA LINES DURING VCOM TOGGLING - With respect to liquid crystal display inversion schemes, a large change in voltage on a data line can affect the voltages on adjacent floating data lines due to capacitive coupling between data lines. The change in voltage on these floating data lines can be increased when the application of voltage to the data line occurs after a toggling operation of the Vcom, i.e., when a voltage applied to the Vcom changes the voltage on the Vcom from one polarity to an opposite polarity. Various embodiments of the present disclosure serve to eliminate or reduce the effects of Vcom voltage toggling on data line voltages by applying a voltage (e.g., a fixed voltage) to the data lines while the voltage on Vcom toggles. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299971 | ADDITIONAL APPLICATION OF VOLTAGE DURING A WRITE SEQUENCE - With respect to liquid crystal display inversion schemes, a large change in voltage on a data line can affect the voltages on adjacent data lines due to capacitive coupling between data lines. The resulting change in voltage on these adjacent data lines can give rise to visual artifacts in the data lines' corresponding sub-pixels. Various embodiments of the present disclosure serve to prevent or reduce these visual artifacts by applying voltage to a data line more than once during the write sequence. Doing so can allow erroneous brightening or darkening caused by large voltage swings to be overwritten without causing additional large voltage swings on the data line. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299972 | OFFSETTING MULTIPLE COUPLING EFFECTS IN DISPLAY SCREENS - Design criteria of display screens is provided that can be used in combination with particular inversion schemes and scanning orders of the display screens to reduce or eliminate visual artifacts that can be caused by the effects of capacitive coupling of voltage changes in one part of the display into other parts of the display. Using particular combinations of inversion schemes and scanning orders, together with particular design criteria for the display screen, can allow one type of effect, e.g., an increase or decrease in a brightness of a display pixel, caused by one type of coupling effect, such as a coupling between data lines, can be offset by the effect caused by another type of coupling effect, such as a coupling between pixel electrodes. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299973 | Adaptive Feedback System For Compensating For Aging Pixel Areas With Enhanced Estimation Speed - A local priority-based scanning scheme that focuses scanning to areas of a display panel whose measured characteristics are under continuous change (e.g., aging or relaxation). The algorithm identifies areas or regions needing compensation, using a current measurement from a single pixel in an area as a candidate to determine whether the rest of the region needs further compensation. The algorithm thus detects newly changed areas quickly, focusing time-consuming measurements on those areas that need high attention. Optionally, neighboring pixels sharing the same state (e.g., aging or overcompensated) as the measured pixel can be adjusted automatically given the likelihood that the neighboring pixels will also require compensation if the measured pixel needs compensation. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299974 | TIMING CONTROLLER AND A DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A timing controller that includes a noise detection circuit and a setting control unit. The noise detection circuit includes a detection unit and a reset signal generating unit. The detection unit outputs a detection signal having a first logic level based on at least one of a plurality of reference data toggling asynchronous with a clock signal. The reset signal generating unit outputs a reset signal having a second logic level based on the detection signal. The setting control unit stores setting data and initializes the setting data in response to the reset signal having the first logic level, and the setting data are used to process red, green and blue (RGB) image data. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299975 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOW-FLASH VEIL ON AN ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY - A system and method for controlling a user interface display that de-emphasizes a background image of a physical display. The system and method draws a pattern, preferably a checkered pattern, of black and transparent pixels over the background image. The system and method mitigates any jarring effect of the prior art of driving all of the display to black. Although in the preferred embodiment, the checkered pattern alternates pixels between black and transparent, any pattern that drives less than substantially all of the pixels to black is suitable. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299976 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device including a plurality of pixels and a driving module is disclosed. Each pixel stores voltage and displays brightness according to the stored voltage. The driving module updates the stored voltage during a frame period. The frame period includes a plurality of row times. Each row time includes at least one programming period and at least one emission period. The driving module de-activates the pixels to stop displaying brightness during the programming periods and activates the pixels to display brightness during the emission periods. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299977 | Display Control Circuit and Method Thereof - A display control circuit is capable of adjusting backlight intensity according to image content as well as compensating pixel values of frames for power saving and distortion reduction. The display control circuit includes a threshold determining circuit, a pulse width modulation (PWM) control circuit and a pixel value adjusting circuit. The threshold determining circuit determines a threshold according to a reference value by histogramming a to-be-displayed frame. The threshold is smaller than an upper limit of the pixel values, and a proportion of the number of pixel values between the threshold and the upper limit which occupy a total pixel number is lower than the reference value. The PWM control circuit generates a PWM signal for controlling a backlight luminance according to the threshold. The pixel value adjusting circuit adjusts the values of the pixels according to the threshold. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299978 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AGING COMPENSATION IN AMOLED DISPLAYS - Circuits for programming, monitoring, and driving pixels in a display are provided. Circuits generally include a driving transistor to drive current through a light emitting device according to programming information which is stored on a storage device, such as a capacitor. One or more switching transistors are generally included to select the circuits for programming, monitoring, and/or emission. Circuits advantageously incorporate emission transistors to selectively couple the gate and source terminals of a driving transistor to allow programming information to be applied to the driving transistor independently of a resistance of a switching transistor. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299979 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE FOR IMAGE DISPLAY, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND LED DRIVER - Specifically provided is a light emitting device for image display, wherein each of light emitting elements, a PWM control unit which PWM-controls a current to be supplied to the light emitting element, a control condition setting unit which, according to the APL of image data, determines and updatably sets the PWM limiting condition for limiting the PWM value that is the duty ratio of the PWM control, and the reference current value that is the value of the current flowing to the light emitting element in response to turn-on of the PWM control, and a PWM value calculation unit which on the basis of the image data, the PWM limit condition, and the reference current value, calculates the PWM value of each area, and the PWM control unit performs the PWM control on the basis of the reference current value and the calculated PWM value. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299980 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND ILLUMINATION CONTROL METHOD - A terminal device is provided that includes screens and solves a problem in that power is consumed more than necessary. When a prescribed operation is performed on operation section 104, controller 105 causes LCD controller 103 to illuminate at least one of LCDs 101 and 102 at a first brightness levels. Subsequently, a selection operation of selecting any one of LCDs 101 and 102 is performed on operation section 104. When the selected LCD is illuminated at the first brightness levels, controller 105 causes LCD controller 103 to illuminate the LCD selected by the selection operation at a second brightness levels higher than the first brightness levels. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299981 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - The present invention allows a plasma display panel to have gradation levels being sufficient in number and to have stable address discharge. In the plasma display apparatus having a panel and a driver circuit, the driver circuit drives the panel on the subfield structure that satisfies the following. One field has a first subfield group and a second subfield group temporally successive to the first subfield group. Each of the subfield groups is formed of a plurality of temporally successive subfields. The luminance weight increases in the order of occurrence of the subfields within each subfield group. The first subfield of the second subfield group has a luminance weight smaller than that of the last subfield of the first subfield group. When a gradation having a level greater than a gradation threshold is displayed, the first subfield of the second subfield group has no light emission. | 11-29-2012 |
20120299982 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A liquid crystal display device ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120306935 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY PANEL AND STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - Disclosed is a stereoscopic image display panel and a stereoscopic image display device including the same, which minimize the degradation of image quality due to crosstalk between left and right images discerned by a viewer, and have enhanced brightness and aperture ratio, wherein the stereoscopic image display panel comprises a first substrate including a plurality of data lines formed at certain intervals apart, a plurality of gate lines formed to intersect the data lines, and first and second pixel groups formed adjacently to each other with two adjacent gate lines therebetween; and a second substrate including a light shield layer formed at one side and other side of each of the first and second pixel groups to have different overlapped widths, and defining an open area of each of the first and second pixel groups, wherein the first and second pixel groups display different stereoscopic images, respectively. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306936 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display and a method of driving the display are disclosed. The organic light emitting display limits the rate of brightness change so as to reduce undesired visual artifacts. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306937 | BACKLIGHT MODULE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND DRIVING METHOD OF BACKLIGHT MODULE - A backlight module adapted to a display device for displaying multiple image frames to form an image. Herein the backlight module includes multiple light-emitting units and a driving circuit. The light-emitting units are arranged along a first direction. The driving circuit is electrically coupled to the light-emitting units to thereby drive the light-emitting units sequentially to emit light. During the driving circuit drives the light-emitting units, a light-emitting time of the firstly-turned-on light-emitting unit in the light-emitting units for illuminating a current image frame of the image frames has a portion in an image driving time of the current image frame, and the other portion of the light-emitting time is in the image driving time of a successive image frame immediately following the current image frame. Moreover, the disclosure also provides a display system using the above backlight module and a driving method of backlight module. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306938 | LCD DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a LCD device and a driving method thereof. A counting control unit is used for outputting control signals periodically. A determining unit receives the video signal and the control signal and determines if it is necessary to determine the video signal of a current frame is identical with the video signal of a previous frame based on the control signal. If it is not necessary, the determining unit commands light sources to be turned on. If it is necessary, the determining unit commands the light sources to be turned on when the video signal of the current frame and the video signal of the previous frame are different, and to be turned off when the video signal of the current frame and the video signal of the previous frame are identical. Through the above mentioned mechanism, power consumption of the LCD is greatly reduced. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306939 | ARRAY TEST DEVICE AND ARRAY TEST METHOD FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An array test method of an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display substrate is provided. The OLED display substrate includes a plurality of pixel circuits. Each pixel circuit includes an anode, a first transistor for transmitting a data signal that controls an amount of light emission of an OLED according to a scan signal, a driving transistor for receiving the data signal, generating a driving current corresponding to the data signal, and transmitting the driving current to the OLED, and a second transistor for diode-connecting a gate electrode and a drain electrode of the driving transistor. The array test method includes: injecting electrons or holes that generate an initialization voltage into the anode by turning on the second transistor; radiating electron beams at the anode; and determining whether or not the driving transistor performs normal operation from an amount of secondary electrons emitted from the anode | 12-06-2012 |
20120306940 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: (i) a glasses-type frame that is mounted on the head of an observer; and (ii) an image display device that is attached to the frame, wherein the image display device includes (A) an image forming device, and (B) an optical device on which light emitted from the image forming device is incident, in which the light is guided, and from which the light is emitted, a light control device that adjusts an amount of external light incident from the outside is provided in a region of the optical device from which light is emitted, and the light control device includes two opposite transparent substrates, electrodes that are provided on the substrates, and an electrophoretic dispersion liquid that is sealed between the two substrates. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306941 | Method and Device for Controlling Signal-Processing of the Backlight Module of the Display Device - A power-saving technology of a display device is provided, in which a device and a method are proposed to control the signal processing of the backlight module such that it is synchronized with the backlight and a frame output signal. The device comprises a signal generation module for generating a vertical synchronization (VSYNC) signal having a first and a second state in each time period and a first pulse width modulation (PWM) signal and a modulation control module for receiving the VSYNC and the first PWM signals. The modulation control module transmits the first PWM signal to the backlight module when the VSYNC signal is in the first state such that the backlight module operates accordingly. The modulation control module transmits a second PWM signal to the backlight module when the VSYNC signal is in the second state such that the backlight module turns off. | 12-06-2012 |
20120306942 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA GENERATION METHOD, DATA GENERATION PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A micon unit ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120306943 | Methods and Systems for Reducing Power Consumption in Dual Modulation Displays - A control system for a dual modulation display comprises an input configured to receive image data specifying a desired image at an initial resolution, a downsampler configured to downsample the image data into a plurality of downsample blocks and obtain one or more image values for each downsample block, a backlight processing pipeline which determines driving levels for light emitters based on the image values, a lightfield simulator which receives data about the driving levels and generates a backlight illumination pattern, a front modulator processing pipeline which receives the image data and the backlight illumination pattern and determines control levels for light transmission elements of the front modulator, and, an image value adjuster which receives the image values and reduces image values of downsample blocks which meet adjustment criteria before providing the image values to the backlight processing pipeline. | 12-06-2012 |
20120313978 | DRIVING METHOD USING PHASE DIFFERENCE TO CONTROL LUMINANCE OF FIELD EMISSION STRUCTURE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A driving method for a field emission structure including at least a pixel, each including a first emitter, a second emitter, a first electrode utilized to control the first emitter, and a second electrode utilized to control the second emitter, includes: receiving a first control signal and a second control signal; and controlling the first emitter and the second emitter according to the first control signal and the second control signal, wherein when the first control signal and the second control signal have a first phase difference, electrons emitted by the first emitter and the second emitter have a first intensity, and when the first control signal and the second control signal have a second phase difference different from the first phase difference, electrons emitted by the first emitter and the second emitter have a second intensity different from the first intensity. | 12-13-2012 |
20120313979 | ILLUMINATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - An illumination apparatus comprises a light source unit having a first light source which is composed of a plurality of light-emitting elements for generating white light by color mixture and a second light source which is composed of a light-emitting element having a color different from those of the light-emitting elements for constructing the first light source and which generates white light by color mixture with the first light source; a judging unit which judges degrees of deterioration of the first and second light source; and a control unit which allows the first light source to emit light if the degree of deterioration of the first light source is smaller than that of the second light source and which allows the first and second light source to emit light if the degree of deterioration of the first light source is not less than that of the second light source. | 12-13-2012 |
20120313980 | Cooling Module For Multiple Light Source Projecting Device - The present invention relates to an illumination device comprising a number of light sources and a number light collecting means, where the light collecting means collect light generated by the first light sources and convert the light into a source light beam propagating primarily along a primary optical axis. The light source module comprises a cooling module comprising a number of interconnected plane mounting surfaces angled in relation to each other and where the light sources is arranged on said plane mounting surfaces. The cooling module comprises a first side comprising the mounting surfaces and a second side comprising a number of cooling fins defining a number of radial air channels. | 12-13-2012 |
20120313981 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120313982 | PROJECTION-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - There are arranged two light sources | 12-13-2012 |
20120313983 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a method of driving a liquid crystal panel | 12-13-2012 |
20120313984 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - A display device includes: light sources that emit light in accordance with light emission currents, respectively, and that have overlapping illuminated areas illuminated with the emitted light; and a management unit that stores, as usage history, the amount of light emission current used by each of the light sources in association with the usage period. Accordingly, in the display device including the light sources arranged advantageously with respect to the manufacturing cost, the lives of the light sources can be extended by reducing the power consumption. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320096 | GAMMA CURVE VOLTAGE GENERATION - A gamma curve voltage generator circuit comprises a first linear resistor string and a second linear resistor string. The first linear resistor string comprises resistors of a first resistor value and corresponds to a first portion of a gamma curve. A first end of the first linear resistor string is ohmically coupled to a first end of the second linear resistor string. The second linear resistor string comprises resistors of a second resistor value and corresponds to a second portion of the gamma curve. The first resistor value is different from the second resistor value. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320097 | 3D DISPLAY PANEL AND PIXEL BRIGHTNESS CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A 3D display panel includes a plurality of first and second viewing angle pixels arranged along a first direction for displaying first and second viewing angle images respectively. The first viewing angle pixels and the second viewing angle pixels are interlacedly arranged along a second direction. A method for controlling pixel brightness of the 3D display panel includes determining a brightness value of a first block of a first viewing angle pixel according to a brightness value of the first viewing angle pixel and a brightness value of a second viewing angle pixel next to the first viewing angle pixel along the second direction, and determining a brightness value of a second block of the first viewing angle pixel according to the brightness value of the first block of the first viewing angle pixel and the brightness value of the first viewing angle pixel. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320098 | SYSTEM FOR COMPENSATING FOR GAMMA DATA, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING FOR GAMMA DATA - A system for compensating for gamma data is provided comprising a display panel including at least one feedback line connected to at least one pixel, a gray voltage generator generating a reference gray voltage based on first gamma data, a data driver generating a data voltage based on the reference gray voltage and applying the generated data voltage to a data line, a multiplexer receiving at least one feedback voltage from the at least one feedback line and selecting a feedback voltage from the received at least one feedback voltage and outputting the selected feedback voltage, an A/D converter converting the selected feedback voltage into feedback data, and a signal controller storing the feedback data as feedback gamma data for the entire grays and compensating for the first gamma data based on the feedback gamma data. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320099 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND FLAT DISPLAY PANEL USING THE SAME - An exemplary pixel circuit and a flat display panel using the same are provided. The pixel circuit includes three sub-electrode control circuits. The sub-electrode control circuits are controlled by two scan lines to receive data transmitted from two data lines. One of the three sub-electrode control circuits adjusts stored data by charge sharing. Accordingly, a display control of the pixel circuit is achieved by the three sub-electrode control circuits. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320100 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a spectacle type frame mounted on a head portion of an observer; and an image display apparatus installed in the frame. The image display apparatus includes an image forming device, and an optical device allowing light output from the image forming device to be incident thereon, to be guided therein, and to be output therefrom. A dimmer which adjusts the amount of external light incident from the outside is disposed in an area of the optical device where the light is output. The dimmer includes a first transparent substrate and a second transparent substrate facing the first substrate, first and second electrodes which are mounted on the first and second substrates, respectively, and an electrolyte sealed between the first and second substrates and containing metal ions. The first electrode includes a conductive material of a fine line shape. The second electrode includes a transparent electrode layer. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320101 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is a display apparatus. In the display apparatus, each row has as many row selection lines as the number of colors of light emitting elements, and row selection signals are supplied via the row selection lines such that a first row selection signal and a second row selection signals are supplied to driving circuits of light emitting elements of each color in first and second periods alternately and a plurality of times at different intervals in each frame. In the first period, light-emission or no-light-emission data signals are supplied over data lines. In the second period, only no-light-emission data signals are supplied. One of the first and second row selection signals is supplied with the same timing for all colors, while the other one of the row selection signals is supplied with timing different among the colors. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320102 | Projecting Illumination Device With Multiple Light Sources - The present invention relates to an illumination device illuminating an optical gate and projecting an image of the optical gate towards a target surface. The illumination device comprises a light source module generation light, an aperture delimiting the optical gate and a projecting system adapted to image the optical gate at a target surface. The light source module comprises a number of light sources and a number of light collecting means. The light collecting means comprise a central lens aligned along and a peripheral lens at least partially surrounding the central lens. The central lens collects and converts a first part of the light from the light source images the light source between the aperture the projecting system. The peripheral lens part collects and converts a second part of said light from said light source and is adapted to concentrate said second part of said light at said aperture. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320103 | Controlling Light Sources for Colour Sequential Image Displaying - Color sequential imaging involves illuminating, for each of two or more time-separated color fields, two or more light sources. Each of the two or more light sources emits at different wavelengths, and at least one of the first or second light sources is activated at different, non-zero current amplitudes during each of the first and second color fields. The color fields are projected via a spatial light modulator in synchronization with the activation of the at least one of the first or second light sources. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320104 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A compensation correction value of between two reference locations neighboring each other is computed based on correction values of a plurality of reference locations set to be spaced apart from each other in an X direction and gradation values of pixels corresponding to each location in the X direction is corrected. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320105 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In the present liquid crystal display device, an LED output value correction section ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320106 | VIDEO IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a video image display device that emits light so as to degrade image quality of illegally camcorded video images, thereby making it impossible to use the illegally camcorded image contents. A video image display system includes a projector that generates a display image based on digital video image signals; and a screen on which the image generated by the projector is projected and displayed. On a backside of the screen, there is provided an infrared ray emitting unit that emits infrared light from a video image display surface during a period while video images are being displayed on the screen. A light amount of the infrared light varies with time. It varies at a time interval equal to or less than a time constant of auto-iris control of a content recording device. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320107 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a liquid crystal display device ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320108 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A DISPLAY - A method and system for reducing power consumption in a display includes driving a display comprising a plurality of display elements having selectable resolution, wherein the display device is configured to operate at a plurality of selectable operational modes. In a first operational mode, data at a first resolution is provided to the display at a first data rate, and in a second operational mode, data at a second resolution is provided to the display at a second data rate. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320109 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, PROJECTION APPARATUS, AND PROJECTION METHOD - A light source device includes a first light source configured to emit light in a first wavelength band, a light-source light generation section configured to generate light of each of a plurality of colors by time division by using the first light source, a second light source configured to generate light of a second wavelength band different from the first wavelength band, and a light source control section. The light source control section is configured to cause each of the light-source light generation section and the second light source to generate light in one period, and to control a drive timing of each of the first and second light sources to adjust a light-emission timing and a light-emission period of light generated by each of the light-source light generation section and the second light source. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320110 | POWER CONSUMPTION DETECTION APPARATUS, POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, POWER CONSUMPTION DETECTION METHOD, POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Disclosed herein is a power consumption detection apparatus including: a line current calculation section configured to calculate, based on an image signal, a value of a line current consumed by each of horizontal lines; and a power consumption calculation section configured to calculate, on a horizontal line cycle, power consumed by an entire display panel based on the most recent values of the line currents, the values corresponding in number to a vertical resolution. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320111 | DIRECT-VIEW MEMS DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES THEREON - A direct-view display includes an array of MEMS light modulators and a control matrix formed on a transparent substrate, where each light modulator can be driven into at least two states, and a controller for controlling the states of each light modulator in the array. The control matrix transmits data and actuation voltages to the array. The controller includes an input, a processor, a memory, and an output. The input receives image data encoding an image frame for display. The processor derives a plurality of sub-frame data sets from the image data, where each sub-frame data set indicates desired states of light modulators in multiple rows and multiple columns of the array. The memory stores the plurality of sub-frame data sets. The output outputs the plurality of sub-frame data sets according to an output sequence to drive light modulators into the states indicated in the sub-frame data sets. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320112 | DIRECT-VIEW MEMS DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES THEREON - A direct-view display includes an array of MEMS light modulators and a control matrix formed on a transparent substrate, where each light modulator can be driven into at least two states, and a controller for controlling the states of each light modulator in the array. The control matrix transmits data and actuation voltages to the array. The controller includes an input, a processor, a memory, and an output. The input receives image data encoding an image frame for display. The processor derives a plurality of sub-frame data sets from the image data, where each sub-frame data set indicates desired states of light modulators in multiple rows and multiple columns of the array. The memory stores the plurality of sub-frame data sets. The output outputs the plurality of sub-frame data sets according to an output sequence to drive light modulators into the states indicated in the sub-frame data sets. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320113 | DIRECT-VIEW MEMS DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES THEREON - A direct-view display includes an array of MEMS light modulators and a control matrix formed on a transparent substrate, where each light modulator can be driven into at least two states, and a controller for controlling the states of each light modulator in the array. The control matrix transmits data and actuation voltages to the array. The controller includes an input, a processor, a memory, and an output. The input receives image data encoding an image frame for display. The processor derives a plurality of sub-frame data sets from the image data, where each sub-frame data set indicates desired states of light modulators in multiple rows and multiple columns of the array. The memory stores the plurality of sub-frame data sets. The output outputs the plurality of sub-frame data sets according to an output sequence to drive light modulators into the states indicated in the sub-frame data sets. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320114 | LCD AND DRIVE METHOD THEREOF - This invention relates to a liquid crystal display device and its driving method for improving a visual picture quality. A liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment includes a liquid crystal display panel where plural pixels composed of sub-pixels arranged in a fixed pattern are arranged by the unit of one horizontal line; a timing controller for controlling the gray level realization of digital data inputted from a system; and a data drive circuit that differently realigns a data pattern of the digital data by the unit of one horizontal line for each k horizontal period, that converts the digital data of the realigned data pattern into analog data voltages, and that makes the analog data voltages, which are buffered in accord with the realigned data pattern, in accord with an arrangement pattern of the sub-pixels constituting each pixel to supply the analog data voltages to each pixel. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327128 | LED DISPLAY SYSTEMS - An LED display system comprises an LED array and an LED driver circuit. An LED driver circuit comprises components including a phase lock loop, a pulse width modulation engine, a configuration register, a gain adjustable fast charge current source, and a serial input/output interface. The components in this driver circuit may be integrated on a same chip. The LED array may be arranged in a common cathode configuration. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327129 | LED DISPLAY SYSTEMS - An LED display system comprises an LED array and an LED driver circuit. An LED driver circuit comprises components including a phase lock loop, a pulse width modulation engine, a configuration register, a series of gain adjustable fast charge current sources, and a serial input/output interface. The components in this driver circuit may be integrated on a same chip. The LED array may be arranged in a common cathode configuration. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327130 | FLOATING VIRTUAL PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A floating virtual plasma display apparatus includes a scanning mechanism, an optical focusing unit and a laser light source; a laser line is focused by the optical focusing unit, allowing air particles in the air around a focus of the optical focusing unit to be ionized into plasma to generate an ionized beam spot when the laser line is emitted from the laser light source; a floating virtual image is generated after the position of the beam spot is altered through the scanning of the scanning mechanism; the floating virtual image is allowed to display a variable virtual image like a floating moving screen by controlling the laser light source to emit bright, dark laser lines corresponding to an image. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327131 | STAGE CIRCUIT AND EMISSION DRIVER USING THE SAME - A stage circuit includes an output unit for outputting the voltage of a first or second power source to a first output terminal, corresponding to a voltage at a first or second node; a bidirectional driver for receiving sampling signals of previous and next stages; a first driver coupled to the bidirectional driver to control the voltages at the first and second nodes, corresponding to first and second clock signals; and a second driver coupled to the bidirectional driver to output a sampling signal corresponding to the first and second clock signals. The first driver includes a first transistor coupled between the first power source and the second node; a second transistor coupled between the second node and the second power source; a third transistor coupled between the bidirectional driver and the first node; and a first capacitor coupled between the second node and a second input terminal. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327132 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, an image display apparatus includes a light-emitting source, a light modulation unit, a first control unit and a display. The light-emitting source emits a light beam. The light modulation unit is configured to modulate the light beam to generate data beams related to image data item displayed in a unit pixel region, and the unit pixel region includes at least one column of pixels defined by dividing all pixel region. The first control unit is configured to control beam paths of the data beams to guide the data beams to the unit pixel region. The display displays a parallax image by emitting the corresponding data beams from unit pixel regions of the all pixel region. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327133 | INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM - There is provided an information display apparatus. The information display apparatus includes a plurality of display units separately arranged in a foldable housing, a detection unit configured to detect posture angles of the plurality of display units, a gamma storage unit configured to store gamma correction values for the plurality of display units according to a relationship between the posture angles, and a display control unit configured to perform gamma correction on the plurality of display units by referring to the gamma storage unit based on the posture angles of the plurality of display units which are detected by the detection unit. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327134 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVE METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In a display apparatus provided with a backlight which includes a plurality of color components and emits light of a color of white or other colors and with a liquid crystal display section, RGB values for identifying a color of light which passes through the liquid crystal display section assuming that the backlight emits white light are calculated, first RGB values representing a transmittance of the liquid crystal display section are calculated based on the RGB values, and the liquid crystal display section is driven based on the first RGB values. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327135 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 12-27-2012 |
20120327136 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device ( | 12-27-2012 |
20120327137 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - A display device includes a display screen in which pixels each made up of at least two rows and two columns of subpixels R, G, B, and W corresponding to a plurality of colors are two-dimensionally disposed so that a desired color is displayed by a combination of the plurality of colors. Horizontal lines in each of which subpixels are aligned in a row direction are scanned so that (i) gate bus lines corresponding to horizontal lines each including a specific color subpixel are selected and (ii) gate bus lines corresponding to horizontal lines each including no specific color subpixel are non-selected, the specific color subpixel being a subpixel of a specific color for which driving is desired. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327138 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY-APPARATUS DRIVING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a driving method for driving a display apparatus, the display apparatus including: N×M light emitting units; M scan lines; N data lines; a driving circuit provided for each of the light emitting units to serve as a circuit having a signal writing transistor, a device driving transistor, a capacitor and a first switch circuit; and a light emitting device. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327139 | Field Sequential Light Source Modulation for a Digital Display System - A digital display system consists of an image modulator and multiple light modulators. An image processing system processes an incoming data stream, scans processed data to an image modulator and controls for the light modulators. Other user inputs and sensors are used to affect the processing and controls. The timing for scanning the processed data into the image modulators is controlled along with the intensity and wavelength of the light modulators. The display system may implement a spatial and temporal image processing, digital shutter controls, rolling shutter controls, sequential color output, adaptive dynamic sensor feedback, frame rate matching, motion compensated field sequencing and a variety of other techniques to produce a high quality display output. The resulting display has improved image consistency, enhanced color gamut, higher dynamic range and is better able to portray high motion content. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327140 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY FOR REDUCING MOTION BLUR - An LCD for reducing motion blur includes a display panel, a source driver, a gate driver, and a timing controller. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels for display an image data. The timing controller includes a timing control unit and a data processing unit. The timing control unit controls the timing of the image data outputting to the source driver and the gate driver. The data processing unit analyzes the image data so as to insert black gray-level for the different pixels of the plurality of pixels in the different frames. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327141 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device in which the image quality is improved by control of the peak luminance. A plurality of instantaneous luminances are expressed by performing signal writing to each pixel plural times within one frame period. The gray level is expressed by controlling time integration levels of the plurality of instantaneous luminances. Moreover, the time integration level is increased as the level of gray level data of the pixel is higher, and the time integration level is increased as the average value of gray level data of an image to be displayed is smaller. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327142 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device includes a load, a transistor for controlling a current value supplied to the load, a capacitor, a first wiring, a second wiring, and first to fourth switches. Variations in the current value caused by variations in the threshold voltage of the transistor can be suppressed through the steps of: (1) holding the threshold voltage of the transistor in the storage capacitor, (2) inputting a potential in accordance with a video signal, and (3) holding a voltage that is the sum of the threshold voltage and the potential in accordance with the video signal, in the storage capacitor. Accordingly, a desired current can be supplied to the load such as a light emitting element. | 12-27-2012 |
20130002727 | INPUT DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE LAYERS OF LUMINOUS PATTERNS - An input device with multiple layers of luminous patterns is provided. The input device includes an input interface, a first illumination module, a second illumination module and a circuit board. The circuit board is parallel with the first illumination module and the second illumination module. A first edge of the circuit board is inserted into a gap between the first illumination module and the second illumination module. Consequently, the first light beams from the first illumination module and the second light beams from the second illumination module are blocked by the first edge of the circuit board. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002728 | DUTY CYCLE CALCULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION FOR SOLID STATE ILLUMINATORS - A display uses x illuminator systems to produce x primary colors and y overlap colors, which are combinations of primary colors, to illuminate a spatial light modulator in a display system. A first set of n duty cycles for the x primary colors over a frame is provided, wherein the display system can select any one of the duty cycles to produce a desired white point. A second set of n duty cycles of x+y colors over a frame corresponding to the first set of duty cycles is determined, where the second set of duty cycles are generated responsive to a specified desired allocation of the frame to the y overlap colors, such that each of the overlap colors can be displayed from a dark shade to a bright shade while maintaining a constant color point. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002729 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image display apparatus and a method for operating the same are disclosed. The method for operating an image display apparatus includes entering a blackboard mode, receiving an image, inverting a gray level of the received image, and displaying the image with the inverted gray level. Accordingly, it is possible to improve visibility in a blackboard mode. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002730 | DISPLAY MODULE, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display module includes a light emitting element array and a lens array. The light emitting element array includes a plurality of light emitting elements arranged on a substrate and driven by driving signal to emit light. A lens array is configured to focus light emitted by the respective light emitting elements. The lens array includes a plurality of first lens pillars respectively provided on the light emitting elements, a plurality of second lens pillars respectively provided on the first lens pillars and having curved surfaces at tops thereof, and a plurality of lens portions formed so as to cover the first lens pillars and the second lens pillars, the lens portions having curved surfaces at tops thereof. A driving circuit is provided on the substrate. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002731 | LIGHT SENSING DEVICE HAVING A COLOR SENSOR AND A CLEAR SENSOR FOR INFRARED REJECTION - A light sensing device has a first filter to block visible light in a light path. The light sensing device also has a first color sensor and a clear sensor, to detect light in the light path after the first filter. A light intensity calculator computes a measure of the intensity of visible light in the light path, based on a difference between (a) an output signal of the first color sensor, and (b) an output signal of the clear sensor. Other embodiments are also described and claimed. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002732 | Circuit Configuration and Method for Controlling Particularly Segmented LED Background Illumination - A circuit arrangement for controlling a segmented LED backlight in particular, comprises a generator ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130002733 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD, PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PLASMA DISPLAY SYSTEM - A plasma display apparatus usable as a 3D image display apparatus can reduce the crosstalk for a user who views a 3D image displayed on a plasma display panel through shutter glasses. For this purpose, the plasma display apparatus displays the 3D image on the plasma display panel having a plurality of pixels each of which is formed of a plurality of discharge cells by alternately repeating a right-eye field and a left-eye field. The plasma display apparatus adds a predetermined gradation value to an image signal to be displayed in a certain field when the number of pixels where the gradation equal to or higher than a high gradation threshold is displayed in the field immediately before a certain field and the gradation equal to or lower than a low gradation threshold is displayed in the certain field is equal to or larger than a number-of-pixels threshold. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002734 | DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display includes pixels each having an switching element, drain drivers and gate drivers for operating the switching elements and the pixels, and drain lines and gate lines supplying signals from the drain drivers and the gate drivers to the switching elements being formed on one of a pair of substrates sandwiching a liquid crystal layer. Wiring lines are formed on the one of a pair of substrates for transferring display data signals and a clock signal to the gate drivers. | 01-03-2013 |
20130002735 | SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A self-luminous display device includes: pixel circuits; and a drive signal generating circuit, wherein each of the pixel circuits includes a light-emitting diode, a drive transistor connected to a drive current path of the light-emitting diode, and a holding capacitor coupled to a control node of the drive transistor, and the drive signal generating circuit generates the drive signal containing a second level signal adapted to stop the light emission without reverse-biasing the light-emitting diode, a first level signal, lower than the second level signal, adapted to reverse-bias the light-emitting diode, and a third level signal, higher than the second level signal, adapted to enable the light-emitting diode to emit light, the drive signal generating circuit supplying the drive signal to the pixel circuits. | 01-03-2013 |
20130010001 | LCD DISPLAY, A DRIVING DEVICE FOR DRIVING THE LCD DISPLAY, AND A DRIVING METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LCD DISPLAY - The present invention discloses an LCD display and related driving device and driving method. The driving method includes: obtaining an accumulated working time of the LCD display; obtaining a high reference voltage corresponding to the accumulated working time; utilizing the high reference voltage to drive the LCD display; making a multiplying product of a transmittance and a backlight magnitude of the LCD display remain equal or proximity. The present invention suppresses the backlight magnitude decrease phenomenon due to the long-used term of the LCD display such that the display quality can be improved. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010002 | ILLUMINATION UNIT AND DISPLAY - Provided are an illumination unit and a display capable of achieving size reduction in a case where a plurality types of light sources emitting light with various different wavelengths are in use. An optical-path conversion member | 01-10-2013 |
20130010003 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A display control device includes: a display control unit that controls displaying on a display allowing light, which is incident from a rear surface side opposite to an observation surface that is a surface of a side at which an observing user is present, to be transmitted through and to be observed by the user; and a state information acquiring unit that acquires state information representing a rear surface side state of the display, wherein the display control unit changes the displaying on the display in response to the state information. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010004 | FIBER OPTIC TAPESTRY - A woven fiber optic tapestry for conveying a specific representation of data on a woven fiber optic threaded surface. The tapestry is provided in a particular system including fiber optic threads threadedly arranged together to form a woven fiber optic panel, in which each of the threads is operatively connected to a light source, and a data interpretation device operatively connected to the light sources so as to provide a transfer of a pre-assigned value of data from the data interpretation device to the light sources and the threads, the transfer of the pre-assigned value causing an illumination of the light sources so as to correlate to a specific representation of the data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010005 | CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - A control device includes: a first storage device storing a dither matrix of two-dimensionally arranged dither values; a second storage device storing data of a-gradation levels; a first correction device that performs a first correction processing of calculating a first correction value for correcting gradation blurring-out from the target pixel to an adjacent pixel; a second correction device that performs a second correction processing of calculating a second correction value for correcting gradation blurring-in from the adjacent pixel to the target pixel; and a gradation value deciding device that decides a gradation value of the target pixel expressed in the b-gradation levels by using a value obtained by adding a corresponding one of the dither values stored in the first storage device, a corresponding one of the gradation values stored in the second storage device and at least one of the first correction value and the second correction value. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010006 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - In one unit period of a display period, each pair of two scanning lines is selected and a gray scale potential corresponding to an image signal of pixels of one scanning line of each pair of scanning lines is supplied to each signal line. In another unit period, the other scanning line of each pair of scanning lines is selected and a gray scale potential corresponding to an image signal of the pixels of the other scanning line is supplied to each signal line. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010007 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - In one unit period of a display period, each first pair of scanning lines is selected and a gray scale potential corresponding to pixels of one scanning line of the first pair of scanning lines is supplied to each signal line. In another unit period, each second pair of scanning lines is selected and a gray scale potential corresponding to pixels of one scanning line of the second pair of scanning lines is supplied to each signal line. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010008 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes a display portion including a plurality of pixels; a voltage driving portion that provides voltages to the plurality of pixels; and a control portion which controls the voltage driving portion to provide the voltages to the plurality of pixels, each of the voltages corresponding to a characteristic of a respective type of pixel of the plurality of pixels. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010009 | COLOUR CALIBRATION OF ELECTRONIC DISPLAY SCREENS - Process of colour calibrating an electronic display screen comprising the steps of displaying at least one trial colour of at least one physical sample having standardized colour on an electronic display screen, visually comparing the colour of the at least one physical sample and the at least one trial colour displayed on the electronic display screen, selecting the trial colour having the best visual match with the at least one physical sample, and using the selected trial colour on the electronic display screen having the best visual match with the at least one physical sample colour to colour calibrate the electronic display screen. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010010 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING A COLOR DISPLAY - Improved methods are provided for calibrating color on a color display coupled to a computer, which are useful for obtaining calibrated data in a virtual proof network for enabling different color devices to render consistent color. Methods involve user interactions with screens on the display to set color display parameters. An apparatus is also provided for calibrating a sensor which may be used for measuring color of a display in one or more of these methods. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010011 | DISPLAY METHOD OF PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS AND PLASMA DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display method of a plasma display apparatus to which primary color video signals are inputted and which carries out color display by letting phosphors for primary colors emit light is provided. The display method displays the primary color video signals by changing a gray level of an output primary color video signal in accordance with a gray level of an input primary color video signal. When each gray level of the inputted primary color video signals changes from a first value to a second value which is larger than the first value, a gray level of a primary color video signal for a phosphor having the largest influence of luminance saturation properties among the phosphors is increased relative to a gray level of the other primary color video signal. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010012 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COLOR UNIFORMITY - Methods and apparatus for achieving color and luminance uniformity in color output devices. In one embodiment, measurements of luminance and chrominance are taken at various regions of the display surface for a range of color inputs. Using the collected data, a color volume is formed for each of the measured regions. This color volume comprises a set of all colors producible at the measured region. The color volumes for each of the measured regions are then used to generate a common color gamut, i.e., a volume of colors that are producible in each of the measured regions. A gamut mapping can then be performed for all or a portion of the positions on the display surface to a target color gamut. Input data for the gamut mapping process may be determined by conventional interpolative techniques. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010013 | DISPLAY METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a display method and a display device. The display method comprises the following steps: a display screen provided with an optical wavelength conversion layer receives an exciting light which is projected by at least one projection device and carries image information; every projection pixel of an image carried by the exciting light corresponds to a unit optical wavelength conversion material in a series of repeating units which are arranged on the optical wavelength conversion layer according to a predetermined rule; and the exciting light excites the corresponding optical wavelength conversion materials in the repeating units to produce an excited light, and the image is reproduced in the display screen based on every repeating unit. Due to the modulation of a projection light source, the display brightness of the screen can be enhanced and seams of the image can be eliminated. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010014 | MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVE CIRCUIT, MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVE METHOD, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND OVERDRIVE SETTING METHOD - A multi-primary-color liquid crystal panel driver ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010015 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device which realizes constant display having multiple tones with low power consumption is provided. A pixel circuit | 01-10-2013 |
20130010016 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving a display panel having a display area including different first and second display areas includes: (1) supplying image data to each of the first and second display area by a supply circuit to display an image therein; and (2) performing a first correction to correct only the image data supplied to the first display area in the image data supplying step. The first correction is performed based on a first correction data stored in a first memory. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010017 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention aims to provide a display device capable of displaying an image in a color maintaining a hue and a tone expected from an input signal. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016130 | Audio/Visual Electronic Device Having an Integrated Visual Angular Limitation DeviceAANM Singaraju; SnehithaAACI GurneeAAST ILAACO USAAGP Singaraju; Snehitha Gurnee IL USAANM Zurek; Robert A.AACI AntiochAAST ILAACO USAAGP Zurek; Robert A. Antioch IL US - An audio/visual (A/V) electronic device includes a display and an integrated visual angular limitation device employed to limit a viewable angular area of the display. One or more directional acoustic transducers that have an associated characteristic acoustic pattern will include at least a portion of the associated characteristic acoustic pattern in cooperative alignment with the limited viewable angular area of the display. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016131 | DRIVING METHOD OF MULTI-STABLE DISPLAYAANM Chen; Chih-JenAACI Tainan CityAACO TWAAGP Chen; Chih-Jen Tainan City TWAANM Hsu; Chien-ChihAACI Miaoli CountyAACO TWAAGP Hsu; Chien-Chih Miaoli County TWAANM Chang; Yun-ShuoAACI Taoyuan CountyAACO TWAAGP Chang; Yun-Shuo Taoyuan County TWAANM Wu; Cheng-ChungAACI Taichung CityAACO TWAAGP Wu; Cheng-Chung Taichung City TW - A driving method of multi-stable display is provided. A first voltage is provided to a scan line of a pixel if a state of the pixel is not changed. If the pixel is set to a bright state, voltages V | 01-17-2013 |
20130016132 | METHOD FOR EXAMINING LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVING VOLTAGES IN LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICEAANM CHIANG; YA-HUIAACI Taichung CityAACO TWAAGP CHIANG; YA-HUI Taichung City TW - A method for examining liquid crystal driving voltages in a liquid crystal display device is provided. An image-sticking test frame is displayed on the liquid crystal display device. The image-sticking test frame includes at least one first pattern having a first gray level, at least one second pattern having a second gray level and at least one third pattern having a third gray level. The third gray level is between the first and second gray levels. The present invention uses the third gray level as a reference, so as to judge whether the liquid crystal driving voltage corresponding to the first gray level is accurate and whether the liquid crystal driving voltage corresponding to the second gray level is accurate. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016133 | BACKLIGHT MODULE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAMEAANM Chen; Chia-HsinAACI Taipei CityAACO TWAAGP Chen; Chia-Hsin Taipei City TWAANM Wei; Tsung-PingAACI Taipei CityAACO TWAAGP Wei; Tsung-Ping Taipei City TWAANM Lin; Chiu-YuanAACI Taipei CityAACO TWAAGP Lin; Chiu-Yuan Taipei City TW - A backlight module and a liquid crystal display (LCD) device using the same are provided. The backlight module includes a light-guide plate and a light source module. The light-guide plate has a first side surface and a second side surface, wherein the second side surface is tangent with the first side surface. The light source module is disposed beside the first side surface and the second side surface of the light-guide plate, and a plurality of first light emitting diode (LED) units and a plurality of second LED units are respectively disposed at portions of the light source module that face the first side surface and the second side surface of the light-guide plate. Thereby, the backlight module has the advantages of high image contrast and low power consumption offered by a direct type backlight module and maintains the thickness of a side-edge backlight module. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016134 | ILLUMINATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND DISPLAY APPARATUSAANM Hoshino; HironobuAACI Inagi-shiAACO JPAAGP Hoshino; Hironobu Inagi-shi JP - A light source unit that forms a backlight of liquid crystal panel includes LEDs and a light guiding plate. A reflecting sheet is provided on a light guiding plate and the reflecting sheet is movable. Hole portions are formed in the reflecting sheet, and low reflecting portions are formed on the reflecting sheet. The reflecting properties in the reflecting sheet are changed by sliding the reflecting sheet, and the color gamut can be changed thereby. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016135 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOFAANM WANG; Shou-ChengAACI Miao-Li CountyAACO TWAAGP WANG; Shou-Cheng Miao-Li County TWAANM CHEN; Tse-YuanAACI Miao-Li CountyAACO TWAAGP CHEN; Tse-Yuan Miao-Li County TWAANM TSENG; Chih-ChiangAACI Miao-Li CountyAACO TWAAGP TSENG; Chih-Chiang Miao-Li County TWAANM PENG; Du-ZenAACI Miao-Li CountyAACO TWAAGP PENG; Du-Zen Miao-Li County TW - A display system including a driving circuit and a display panel is disclosed. The display panel displays an image according to the data signals and the scan signals and includes a first driving unit, a second driving unit, a first luminous element, a second luminous element and a third luminous element. The first driving unit includes a first driving transistor to generate a first driving current. The second driving unit includes a second driving transistor to generate a second driving current. The first luminous element is lighted according to the first driving current when a first emitting signal is activated. The second luminous element is lighted according to the first driving current when a second emitting signal is activated. The third luminous element is lighted according to the second driving current when the first emitting signal is activated. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016136 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICEAANM Yasui; ToshifumiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Yasui; Toshifumi Kanagawa JPAANM Isobe; HiroshiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Isobe; Hiroshi Kanagawa JPAANM Takahashi; KazuyukiAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Takahashi; Kazuyuki Kanagawa JP - An illumination device includes: a light source section including a laser light source, and allowing a laser light beam emitted from the laser light source to be outputted intermittently at a predetermined frequency; an optical element through which the laser light beam passes; and a driver section changing a coherency of the laser light beam by driving the optical element at a predetermined drive frequency. Expressions (1) |2×f2−n1×f1|≧20 or (2) |2×f2−n2×f1|≦3, (3) f2≧20 or (4) f2≦3, and (5) |f2−n1×f1|≧20 or (6) |f2−n3×f1|≦3 are satisfied, where f1 denotes the frequency in Hz, f2 denotes a variation frequency of luminance in illumination light outputted from the optical element in Hz, the variation frequency being generated by the driving of the optical element, n1 denotes an arbitrary integer of 0 to 10 both inclusive, and n2 and n3 denote respective predetermined integers of 0 to 10 both inclusive. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016137 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICEAANM Nakagawa; TeruhisaAACI ChibaAACO JPAAGP Nakagawa; Teruhisa Chiba JPAANM Aono; YoshinoriAACI IbarakiAACO JPAAGP Aono; Yoshinori Ibaraki JPAANM Ishii; MasahiroAACI ChibaAACO JPAAGP Ishii; Masahiro Chiba JP - Each image signal line S is connected alternately to a plurality of sub-pixels P positioned on one side of the image signal line S and a plurality of sub-pixels P positioned on the other side. During one frame period, image signals having either one of the positive and negative polarities are input to the first, third, fourth, and sixth image signal lines S | 01-17-2013 |
20130016138 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING CIRCUIT, AND DISPLAY DEVICEAANM Sasaki; TakashiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Sasaki; Takashi Osaka-shi JP - According to a method of driving a display panel, image data is supplied to the display panel to drive the display panel. The method includes: selecting one correction data from a plurality of correction data stored in a first memory; and correcting the image data based on the selected one correction data. This driving method enables the image data to be corrected based on the one correction data selected from the plurality of correction data accordingly, as the gamma characteristic of the display panel varies due to various causes. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016139 | LIGHT SOURCE UNIT AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICEAANM Tomiyama; MizuhoAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Tomiyama; Mizuho Tokyo JPAANM Katayama; RyuichiAACI TokyoAACO JPAAGP Katayama; Ryuichi Tokyo JP - Provided is a light source unit that can solve a problem, namely, the inability to emit polarized light having high directivity. Active layer | 01-17-2013 |
20130016140 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TV RECEIVERAANM Oniki; MotoyukiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Oniki; Motoyuki Osaka-shi JP - Provided is a liquid crystal display device capable of improving motion blur and preventing excessive current flow into a light source with a desired balance in a structure where the light intensity of a backlight device is properly changed in conjunction with the ambient illuminance. If the ambient illuminance (S | 01-17-2013 |
20130021384 | DRIVE DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A drive device that drives a display medium displaying an image includes a setting unit that sets a drive voltage of second particles responsive to a display density of the second particles with respect to the image, and sets threshold characteristics of first particles responsive to the set drive voltage of the second particles and a display density of the first particles, and a voltage application unit that applies between a display substrate and a back substrate an initial drive voltage responsive to the threshold characteristics of the first particles set by the setting unit, and thereafter applies between the display substrate and the back substrate the drive voltage of the second particles responsive to the display density of the second particles set by the setting unit. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021385 | LCD DEVICE AND BLACK FRAME INSERTION METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses an LCD device, which includes N scan lines, N rows of first and second pixel units alternately arranged, N/2 auxiliary scan lines, and switches. The N/2 auxiliary scan lines are respectively disposed between an (i)th row of the first pixel units and an (i+1)th row of the second pixel units, in which N is a positive integer greater than 1, and i is an odd number and 1≦i01-24-2013 | |
20130021386 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING BACKLIGHT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ITS DRIVING METHOD - A backlight driving apparatus and method, and an LCD device using the same and a driving method thereof are discussed. The backlight driving apparatus includes a backlight unit, a backlight driver, and a backlight controller. The backlight unit includes a plurality of light sources irradiating light on a liquid crystal display panel which displays an image according to a response of liquid crystal. The backlight driver sequentially turns on the light sources in units of a frame, according to a backlight dimming signal having a duty-on period and a duty-off period. The backlight controller generates the backlight dimming signal having a frequency equal to or higher than a frequency of a frame sync signal for the liquid crystal display panel by analyzing the image, according to external duty-on information. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021387 | DISPLAY AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display includes: a frame-rate conversion section being configured to be capable of changing a frame-rate conversion ratio having a value of 1 or more, the frame-rate conversion section converting a frame rate of an image signal at the frame-rate conversion ratio being set; and a display section displaying an image having undergone frame rate conversion. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021388 | LIGHT REFRACTION CONTROLLING PANEL, 3D-DISPLAY COMPRISING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE 3D-DISPLAY - A light refraction controlling panel, a 3D-display, and a method of operating a 3D-display are provided. The light refraction controlling panel includes a transparent substrate, a barrier wall on the transparent substrate, first to fourth electrodes on the barrier wall, the first to fourth electrodes being separated from each other, an electro-wetting prism within the barrier wall, the electro-wetting prism being configured to refract incident light to a desired direction, and an isolation layer between the barrier wall and the first to fourth electrodes, and the electro-wetting prism. One electrode of two adjacent electrodes of the first to fourth electrodes is inside an other electrode of the two adjacent electrodes. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021389 | ORGANIC EL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF FABRICATING ORGANIC EL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method of fabricating an organic EL display apparatus includes: obtaining a representative current (I)-voltage (V) characteristic of a display panel including pixels each having an organic EL device and a driving transistor; dividing the display panel into a plurality of divided regions, and calculating a light-emitting efficiency and a light-emission starting current value for each of the divided regions calculated by a luminance (L)-I characteristic of the divided region; measuring luminance of light emitted from each of the pixels and calculating an L-V characteristic of each of the pixels; calculating an I-V characteristic of each pixel by dividing each luminance value of the L-V characteristic calculated for the pixel by light-emitting efficiency, and by adding a light-emission starting current value; and calculating a correction parameter for each pixel such that the I-V characteristic of each pixel is corrected to the representative I-V characteristic. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021390 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, DISPLAY METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An LCD device includes: an LC panel which exhibits different gamma curves under different view angles, and a display control circuit which divides a single frame period into first and second display periods and divides a display region of the LC panel into first and second regions. The display control circuit has a luminance computing section which computes A to D so that A to D satisfies A+C=B+D and A≠B≠D as well as C≠B≠D, where A and C are gray-level luminances, A and B are the white luminances of pixel data displayed in the first and second regions, respectively, during the first display period, and C and D are the white luminances of pixel data displayed in the first and second regions, respectively, during the second display period. | 01-24-2013 |
20130027436 | LASER SCROLLING COLOR SCHEME FOR PROJECTION DISPLAY - Methods and systems for improved optical efficiency and brightness of display systems are provided herein. Embodiments use laser light sources in substantially continuous mode, thereby increasing the maximum overall output of an optical system. Embodiments exploit the small étendue of laser sources to lower the loss of throughput of an optical system. Embodiments enable a scrolling color scheme that allows a display system to be illuminated with two or more colors at any given time, thereby increasing the brightness of the display system. Embodiments can be used with liquid crystal displays and/or digital mirror displays. Embodiments can be used in single-panel and/or two-panel display systems. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027437 | SUBPIXEL ARRANGEMENTS OF DISPLAYS AND METHOD FOR RENDERING THE SAME - An apparatus including a display and control logic is provided. In one example, the display includes an array of subpixels having a plurality of zigzag subpixel groups. Each zigzag subpixel group includes at least three zigzag subpixel units arranged adjacently along a horizontal or vertical direction. Each zigzag subpixel unit includes a plurality of subpixels of the same color arranged in a zigzag pattern. In each zigzag subpixel unit, a first plurality of subpixels are arranged along one diagonal direction from a turning subpixel disposed at a turning corner of the zigzag pattern, and a second plurality of subpixels are arranged along another diagonal direction from the turning subpixel. In another example, the display includes an array of subpixels having a novel subpixel repeating group. The control logic is operatively coupled to the display and configured to receive display data and render the display data into control signals for driving the display. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027438 | DISPLAY CAPABLE OF CALIBRATING WHITE BALANCE AND METHOD THEREOF - A white balance calibration method includes providing red light, green light, blue light, and white light to a display panel according to first image data; detecting a first temperature of a backlight module when the backlight module provides the red light, green light, blue light, and white light to the display panel; detecting whether luminance of white light of each pixel is lower than maximum luminance of a white light emitting diode (LED) corresponding to the pixel when a first difference between the first temperature and a standard temperature stored in a lookup table is less than a predetermined value; controlling the backlight module to turn on a red LED, a green LED, and a blue LED corresponding to the pixel during turning-on of the white light if the luminance of the white light is lower than the maximum luminance of the white LED corresponding to the pixel. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027439 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a display panel and a patterned retarder disposed on the display panel. The display apparatus displays a first image in a 2D mode and displays a second image including a left-eye image and a right-eye image in a 3D mode. Each of the sub-pixels included in the display panel includes two or three sub-pixel electrodes, and the patterned retarder includes a first retarder and a second retarder, which provide different directivities from each other to the left-eye image and the right-eye image, respectively. The first retarder is disposed corresponding to at least a portion of the sub-pixels and the second retarder is disposed corresponding to a remaining portion of the sub-pixels. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027440 | ENHANCED GRAYSCALE METHOD FOR FIELD-SEQUENTIAL COLOR ARCHITECTURE OF REFLECTIVE DISPLAYS - A field-sequential color architecture is included in a reflective mode display. The reflective mode display may be a direct-view display such as an interferometric modulator display. The reflective mode display may include three or more different subpixel types, each of which corresponds to a color. Data for each color may be written sequentially to all subpixels of the display. Flashing of a corresponding colored light, e.g., from a front light of the display, may be timed to immediately follow a process of writing data for that color. Colors other than the field color may be used to produce grayscale. The field color may correspond to the most significant bit (MSB) and the other colors may correspond to other bits. | 01-31-2013 |
20130027441 | METHOD OF DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving an image display device including (A) an image display panel in which pixels each having first to fourth subpixels displaying first to third primary colors and fourth color, respectively are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, and (B) a signal processor, in an i-th image display frame, in the signal processor, first to fourth subpixel output signals are obtained on the basis of at least first to fourth subpixel input signals and a corrected expansion coefficient α′ | 01-31-2013 |
20130027442 | Projecting Device With Multiple Mutual Boosting Light Sources - The present invention relates to an illumination device comprising a number of light sources and a number light collecting means, where the light collecting means collect light generated by the first light sources and convert the light into a source light beam propagating primarily along a primary optical axis. At least one light modifier is positioned along the primary optical axis and reflect at least a part of the light. A first light source comprises a light converting material capable of converting light into longer wavelengths and a second light source generates light having at least one spectral component which can be converted by the converting material of the first light source. The first and said second light source are mutually positioned in relation to the primary optical axis such that at least a part of a the second source light beam hits the first light source after being reflected by said light modifier. | 01-31-2013 |
20130033526 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING PANEL AND ASSOCIATED DISPLAY CONTROLLER - A method for adjusting a uniformity of a panel is provided. The panel includes a plurality of blocks. The method includes: comparing whether a color display component of each of the blocks in response to a first input value matches a target component, comparing whether a color characteristic value of each of the blocks in response to a second input value matches a target characteristic value, and providing a corresponding modified second input component and a modified third input component for each of the blocks. The target component is determined according to a plurality of main display components of a plurality of display values corresponding to the blocks, and the target characteristic value is determined according to the plurality of color characteristic values corresponding to the blocks. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033527 | DRIVING APPARATUS FOR DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving apparatus for display and a driving method thereof are provided. The driving apparatus includes a display data detector, a power controller and a source driver. The display data detector is used for detecting a plurality of display data and generating a control signal according to a maximal value of the display data, in which the display data are corresponding to a plurality of gamma voltages. The power controller is for receiving the control signal and providing a driving power according to the control signal. The source driver is for receiving the driving power as an operation power and generating a driving voltage corresponding to each of the display data according to the driving power and each of the gamma voltages. | 02-07-2013 |
20130033528 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AN IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE TO ALLOW THE SAME PERCEPTION OF COLOURS OVER A LARGE VARIETY OF OBSERVERS - For each colour, the method comprises the following steps: —converting the first set of colour coordinates (R | 02-07-2013 |
20130033529 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A display device includes: a display screen displaying screen images; a required-brightness computation unit computing required brightnesses for each of the screen images; a brightness determination unit comparing the required brightnesses computed for each of the screen images, and determining the screen image corresponding to the required brightness having highest brightness to be a maximum-required-brightness image; and a brightness control unit performing light-source brightness control and performing image gradation control, the light-source brightness control controlling the brightness of the light source so as to make the brightness of the light source the set brightness for the maximum-required-brightness image, the image gradation control controlling a gradation of the image displayed on the liquid-crystal panel in accordance with the brightness of the light source, so as to make a brightness of each of the screen images other than the maximum-required-brightness image the set brightness specified for each of the screen images. | 02-07-2013 |
20130038638 | CONTROL CIRCUIT AND LCD MODULE AND LCD USING THE SAME - A control circuit includes a power supply, a control IC, a liquid crystal panel, a driving integrated chip arranged between the control IC and the liquid crystal panel, and a number of voltage adjusting sub-circuits. The driving integrated chip includes a plurality of output ports for outputting a plurality of driving voltages respectively. Each voltage adjusting sub-circuit is arranged between the corresponding output port of the driving integrated chip and the liquid crystal panel for adjusting an initial value the voltage outputted from the corresponding output port before the driving voltage is transferred to the liquid crystal panel. With the voltage adjusting sub-circuits, the driving voltages received by the liquid crystal panel have the same value to avoid the color deviation of the images displayed in the liquid crystal panel. This improves the display effect of the liquid crystal panel under without increasing the layout area. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038639 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND A DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device including a display panel displaying a still image and a moving image and a signal controller controlling signals to drive the display panel, wherein the signal controller includes a frame memory storing image data of the still image and providing the image data to the display panel, and the display panel is driven with a first scan ratio when displaying the moving image and is driven with a second scan ratio that is lower than the first scan ratio when displaying the still image. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038640 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE ELEMENT, AND LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT ARRAY, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGING APPARATUS EACH USING THE ELEMENT - Provided are organic electroluminescence elements that suppress SP loss even in a strong cavity satisfying a λ/4 interference condition, thereby being improved in luminous efficiency. The organic electroluminescence elements emit light having a peak wavelength of 440 nm or more to 470 nm or less, in which a wavenumber difference δk (Re) between surface plasmons generated at respective reflecting electrode and transparent electrode falls within a specific range. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038641 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device and a method for manufacturing the same which can improve the reliability of TFTs and provide good contrast characteristics are provided. A display device according to the present invention includes a light-transmissive substrate; an impurity-doped layer provided in a part of the light-transmissive substrate; an insulating film provided on the impurity-doped layer and the light-transmissive substrate; a TFT circuit formed on the insulating film and including a plurality of TFTs; and a shutter array including a plurality of shutters drivable by the TFT circuit. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038642 | METHOD FOR DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PLASMA DISPLAY SYSTEM - Crosstalk is reduced to provide a high quality of image display when displaying a stereoscopic image on a plasma display panel. For this purpose, there is provided a method for driving a plasma display apparatus which displays the image on the plasma display panel, by alternately repeating a field for right-eye displaying an image signal for right-eye and a field for left-eye displaying an image signal for left-eye. The method is such that, in a first field and a temporally consecutive second field, for a discharge cell where a gradation displayed in the occurring-temporally-later second field is not larger than a predetermined comparison value, when displaying a gradation not smaller than a predetermined threshold in the occurring-temporally-earlier first field, image data are set where address operation is prohibited in a last subfield of the first field. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038643 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY MODULE AND DRIVING APPARATUS THEREOF - A liquid crystal display module includes a liquid crystal display panel, a plurality of lamps for irradiating a first light onto the liquid crystal display panel, and a back light unit including a plurality of light emitting diode arrays, each of the light emitting diode arrays having a plurality of light emitting diodes arranged between the lamps to irradiate a second light onto the liquid crystal display panel. | 02-14-2013 |
20130038644 | ALIGNED MULTIPLE EMITTER PACKAGE - A multiple element emitter package is disclosed for increasing color fidelity and heat dissipation, improving current control, and increasing rigidity of the package assembly. In one embodiment, the package comprises a casing with a cavity extending into the interior of the casing from a first main surface. A lead frame is at least partially encased by the casing, the lead frame comprising a plurality of electrically conductive parts carrying a linear array of LEDs. Electrically conductive parts, separate from the parts carrying the LEDs, have a connection pad, wherein the LEDs are electrically coupled to the connection pad, such as by a wire bond. This arrangement allows for a respective electrical signal to be applied to each of the LEDs. The emitter package may be substantially waterproof, and an array of the emitter packages may be used in an LED display such as an indoor and/or outdoor LED screen. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044142 | METHOD OF DRIVING A PIXEL AND A SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - The present invention provides a method of driving pixels of an LCD including step (S | 02-21-2013 |
20130044143 | Liquid Crystal Display - A liquid crystal display includes a TFT-LCD module which comprises a pixel for showing grayscale signal, a data line, and a first switching unit for controlling operation of the pixel. The pixel includes a main sub-pixel and a secondary sub-pixel. The TFT-LCD module further includes a pair of pixel capacitors and a second switching unit. The sub-pixel comprises a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel, and the TFT-LCD module further comprises a third switching unit for controlling operation of the second sub-pixel. The present invention can reduce crosstalk when showing a 3D image and keep the brightness of 2D images by controlling the operation of the second sub-pixel. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044144 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method for a liquid crystal display includes the following steps: before the switching operation from a preceding frame to a next frame, looking up a preset second lookup table to obtain an actual gray scale of the preceding frame based on frame data of the preceding frame, the frame data of the preceding frame at least includes gray scale; according to the actual gray scale of the preceding frame and a predetermined gray scale of the next frame, looking up a preset first lookup table to obtain an overdrive gray scale for the switching operation from the preceding frame to the next frame ; performing an overdrive operation according to the overdrive gray scale. With the driving method, the gray scale can be corrected by the second lookup table, which improves the display effect of the liquid crystal display. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044145 | BLUE PHASE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method is cooperated with a blue phase liquid crystal display (LCD) apparatus having a first substrate and a second substrate opposite to the first substrate. The first substrate has a first electrode layer, and the second substrate has a pixel electrode and a second electrode layer. The driving method includes the steps of: transmitting a first gray level voltage to the pixel electrode; transmitting a first black frame insertion voltage to the pixel electrode; and transmitting a first voltage to the first electrode layer, thereby providing a voltage gap between the first electrode layer and the second electrode layer. Accordingly, the dark-state light-leakage of the blue phase LCD apparatus can be improved. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044146 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DRIVER AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - In a display device and a display driver, when a grayscale of a display image is equal to or lower than a specific grayscale value obtained from a histogram of the display image, a display grayscale is extended with a linear function. On the other hand, when a grayscale of a display image is equal to or higher than the specific grayscale value, histogram equalization of a part higher than the specific grayscale value is performed, and the display grayscale is extended with a non-linear function obtained from the histogram equalization. | 02-21-2013 |
20130050283 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - A display device includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels each partitioned into a plurality of sub-pixel regions, and selectively performing two-dimensional image display based on a two-dimensional image signal or three-dimensional image display based on a three-dimensional image signal; and a separation section separating a plurality of perspective images provided for the three-dimensional image display when in a mode of three-dimensional image display. The display section separately drives each of the sub-pixel regions in each of the pixels according to a grayscale level when in a mode of two-dimensional image display. The display section drives the sub-pixel regions in each of the pixels, when in the mode of three-dimensional image display, to allow a drive state to be different from a drive state in the mode of two-dimensional image display. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050284 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - A display device includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels, and displaying a plurality of perspective images assigned to the pixels; and a plurality of selectors each selecting any from among the perspective images traveling in respective angle directions from the pixels, in which light transmittance of each of the selectors is non-uniform in time or space. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050289 | LED DRIVER APPARATUS - A Light Emitting Diode (LED) driver apparatus and a method of driving an LED array are provided. A Light Emitting Diode (LED) driver apparatus includes: a DC-DC converter configured to supply a driving voltage to an LED array, a plurality of LED drivers configured to drive the LED array according to a dimming signal, in which the plurality of LED drivers are connected to one another in parallel to supply currents to the LED array. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050290 | ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEM STRUCTURES WITH RIBS HAVING GAPS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for an electromechanical systems (EMS) assembly. The EMS assembly includes a substrate, an anchor disposed on the substrate, and a suspended planar body supported over the substrate by the anchor. The suspended planar body includes at least one depression extending out of a plane of the suspended planar body and protruding towards the substrate. The suspended planar body also includes a substantially horizontal portion corresponding to a gap in the at least one depression. An extent of the gap is up to 20% of a length of the suspended planar body. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050293 | MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY WITH ACTIVE BACKLIGHT - A method of illuminating a display includes spatially varying the luminance of a multi-colored light source illuminating a plurality of pixels of the display in response to receiving a plurality of pixel values, and varying the transmittance of a light valve of the display having filters corresponding to the multi-colored light source in response to receiving the plurality of pixel values. The illumination is modified for a plurality of pixel values based upon modification of the luminance of the light source and varying the transmittance of the light valve. | 02-28-2013 |
20130050294 | Electronic Sun Shader For Perimeter Boards - The present invention relates to an electronic display system comprising:
| 02-28-2013 |
20130057592 | COLOR ADJUSTING SYSTEM FOR USE IN VIDEO WALL - A color adjusting system for use in a video wall is provided. The color adjusting system comprises a plurality of color sensors and a processing module. The color sensors are configured to sense a plurality of red light signals, a plurality of green light signals, a plurality of blue light signals and a plurality of white light signals generated from a plurality of light modules of a plurality of display devices of the video wall. The processing module is configured to calculate a red light color space coordinate criterion value of the red light signals, a green light color space coordinate criterion value of the green light signals, a blue light color space coordinate criterion value of the blue light signals and a white light color space coordinate criterion value of the white light signals respectively so that the display devices can adjust the light modules accordingly. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057593 | LIGHTING APPARATUS - A lighting apparatus according to the present invention is configured from a plurality of blocks controllable individually for brightness or color, wherein each of the blocks comprises a plurality of light emitting devices including a plurality of white light emitting devices and a plurality of colored light emitting devices, and the plurality of light emitting devices of each of the blocks are arranged in a matrix so that the white light emitting devices are positioned at four corners. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057594 | RECONFIGURABLE CONTROL DISPLAYS FOR GAMES, TOYS, AND OTHER APPLICATIONS - Disclosed herein are new forms of computer inputs particularly using TV cameras, and providing affordable methods and apparatus for unique game play, such as rear projection devices for pinball and common board games using machine vision to determine the location of objects and/or features of objects. Particular embodiments employing fast and reliable acquisition and tracking of game related objects and their motion are disclosed, together with numerous applications. Also disclosed are related embodiments for instrumentation and control systems, such as those used in homes and cars. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057595 | OLED LUMINANCE DEGRADATION COMPENSATION - A system and method are disclosed for determining a pixel capacitance. The pixel capacitance is correlated to a pixel age to determine a current correction factor used for compensating the pixel drive current to account for luminance degradation of the pixel that results from the pixel aging. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057596 | Projector, Projector System, and Image Correcting Method - A projector that can solve a problem in which a projection image is disturbed due to deviation of incident positions of projection light to a screen is provided. Projection section | 03-07-2013 |
20130057597 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD FOR HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE LCD - A cumulative function of image is obtained according to its gray levels of pixels. This function is then mapped to obtain a backlight modulation function according to a reference line. The backlight brightness provided for different regions of the liquid crystal display are decided by the backlight modulation function while displaying the images. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057598 | DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention provides a display panel having decreased cost and current consumption by decreasing the number of data signal lines from the conventional number, a display device including the display panel, and a method of driving the display device. | 03-07-2013 |
20130057599 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - For the purpose of reducing cross-talk which occurs when a display image is being switched, a liquid crystal display device is provided with an image signal correction means ( | 03-07-2013 |
20130063496 | HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE DISPLAYS COMPRISING MEMS/IMOD COMPONENTS - Several embodiments of display systems are disclosed that comprise a backlight source, a first modulator, a second modulator and a controller. The backlight source may further comprise an edge-lit backlighting source that may be controlled to affect a field-sequential illumination for the dual or multiple modulator display system. In another embodiment, the display system may comprise two or more color primary emitters that each comprise a color gamut. When the color gamuts are driven in a field sequential pattern, the resulting overall gamut is substantially wider. Other display systems and methods are disclosed herein that affect a variety of 3D viewing embodiments. Systems, methods and techniques to increase the dynamic range, color gamut and bit precision of display systems comprising MEMS and/or IMODs are presented. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063497 | Driving System For Electrophoretic Displays - This application is directed to a driving system for an electrophoretic display. The driving system can reduce the memory space required for driving an electrophoretic display. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063498 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a plurality of light emitting elements to display an image; a plurality of pixel circuits including a drive transistor configured to generate a current supplied to each of the light emitting elements, a capacitor having one terminal connected to a gate of the drive transistor, and a reset transistor connected between the gate and a drain of the drive transistor; and a display image determination unit configured to determine a brightness of the image from image data. The reset transistor is brought into a conductive state in a reset period while a voltage of a terminal of the capacitor opposite to the terminal connected to the gate of the drive transistor is set to a data voltage. A length of the reset period is determined according to determination of the display image determination unit. An embodiment of the present invention is the pixel circuit for driving the display apparatus. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063499 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device having a memory function within pixels, includes: a drive unit that divides image generation for one frame into plural sub-frames and performs display drive by time-division drive in units of sub-frames, wherein the drive unit performs drive of bringing centers of pixels of gray scale representation into coincidence with centers of display images among the plural sub-frames. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063500 | LIGHT SOURCE CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LIGHT SOURCE CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a light source control apparatus including an image change determination unit that determines presence or absence of at least one of a change of an image signal and the image signal, and a light source controller that reduces luminous output of a light source at a predetermined decreasing rate when the image change determination unit determines at least one of no change of the image signal and absence of the image signal. | 03-14-2013 |
20130063501 | System and Method of Boosting Lamp Luminance in a Laptop Computing Device - An information handling system is disclosed and includes a display, a lamp back lighting the display, and a lamp control system coupled to the lamp. The lamp control system is configured to boost a maximum luminance of the lamp as the lamp ages. | 03-14-2013 |
20130069992 | PIXEL STRUCTURE - A pixel structure is provided. The pixel structure includes a first pixel unit, a second pixel unit and a discharge unit. The first pixel unit includes a first active device and a first pixel electrode. The second pixel unit includes a second active device and a second pixel electrode. Gates of the first active device and the second active device are electrically connected to a scan line. Drains of the first active device and the second active device are electrically connected to a data line. The first pixel electrode is electrically connected to a source of the first active device. The second pixel electrode is electrically connected to a source of the second active device. The discharge unit is configured to set that a voltage of the second pixel electrode is smaller than a threshold voltage according to a driving signal received by a driving line. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069993 | ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE - An electro-optic device has electro-optic elements; a storage units storing a first table including pairs of a gray-scale value and an a-bit sub-field code and a second table including pairs of a gray-scale value and a b-bit (b>a) sub-field code; a converting unit converting the gray-scale value of an object pixel into the sub-field code using the second table when a difference in gray-scale value between a first image and a second image is less than a threshold value, while converting the gray-scale value of the object pixel into the sub-field code using the first table when the difference in gray-scale value between the first image and the second image is the threshold value or more; and a driving unit supplying a signal corresponding to the sub-field code converted by the converting unit to drive the electro-optic elements. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069994 | Projector and Electronic Apparatus having Projector Function - This projector includes a laser beam generation portion emitting a laser beam on the basis of an input image signal, a projection portion scanning the laser beam, a light detection portion detecting the laser beam reflected by a detection object, and a control portion controlling the laser beam generation portion to project a detection guide beam, different from the laser beam corresponding to the input image signal, for detection by the light detection portion when determining that detection of the laser beam corresponding to the input image signal by the light detection portion is unexpectable on the basis of color information of the input image signal. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069995 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC UNIT - A liquid crystal display includes: a display section including a plurality of pixels and displaying an image through varying a gray scale of each of the pixels based on an image signal; a detection section detecting, based on the image signal, variations in gray scales of a first pixel and a second pixel which are adjacent to each other; and a control section performing control, based on a detection result of the detection section, to allow one of the first and second pixels to be maintained in black state of display for a predetermined period. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069996 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A plurality of pixels are arranged corresponding to interconnection between a plurality of scan lines and a plurality of signal lines. A drive circuit alternately displays a right-eye image and a left-eye image on the plurality of pixels every display period. Specifically, the drive circuit sequentially selects the scan lines and supplies a preparation potential corresponding to given grayscale potential (for example, black grayscale) to each of the pixels corresponding to the scan line in a selection state, during a preparation of each of the display periods, and sequentially selects the scan lines and supplies grayscale potential that is in response to an assigned grayscale of the corresponding pixel to each of the pixels corresponding to the scan line in the selection state, during a drive period that starts before selecting the scan line during the preparation of each of the display periods. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069997 | DISPLAY APPARATUS WITH A BACKLIGHT UNIT FOR DECREASING VARIATIONS IN BRIGHTNESS - A display apparatus for decreasing variations in brightness is disclosed. The display apparatus includes: a cover; a display panel accommodated in the cover; a light source unit disposed along at least one side wall on one edge from among side walls on four edges of the cover at the rear of the display panel and radiating light in a direction parallel with a plane surface of the display panel; a rear sheet disposed at the rear of the display panel which faces the display panel and reflects the radiated light to provide to the display panel. At least one side sheet is disposed along a side wall on a different edge from among the sides walls on the four edges of the cover, to stand upright to the rear sheet and totally reflecting the radiated light. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069998 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PREPARING, STORING, TRANSMITTING AND DISPLAYING IMAGES - An imaging and display apparatus for passive displays evaluates the illumination of an input scene and incorporates data representative of such input scene within a transfer media. The transfer media may be a storage medium storing image data, illumination data and gamma information for delivery to a passive display system. The data controls the optical characteristics of the illumination source for the passive display and the gamma and tends to minimize energy requirements, to maximize contrast or shades of gray in the displayed image, and to optimize light source operation for color fidelity. The data provided the media and/or display as a video signal, modulated video signal, s-video signal, digital signal, or other signal that can be used by a passive display system to display images. | 03-21-2013 |
20130069999 | POWER SAVING DRIVE MODE FOR BI-LEVEL VIDEO - Liquid crystal display (LCD) driver circuits, and corresponding driving methods, having selectable grayscale and bi-level modes, that also provide DC restore are presented, including an example embodiment driver circuit having selectable direct current (DC) restore voltage switches including a digital to analog converter, a high voltage video signal path including a high voltage video amplifier, a set of high voltage level switches, a high voltage capacitor and a low voltage video signal path including a low voltage video amplifier, a set of low voltage level switches, a low voltage capacitor. Advantages include, for some applications, a display operates in a bi-level mode saving power relative to operating in a grayscale mode, while also being able to offer full grayscale mode in other applications. Further, advantages of some example embodiments include an extended DC-restore mode providing a longer period of DC restore voltage. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070000 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device in which problems such as an increase of power consumption and increase of a load of when light is emitted are reduced by using a method for realizing pseudo impulsive driving by inserting an dark image, and a driving method thereof. A display device which displays a gray scale by dividing one frame period into a plurality of subframe periods, where one frame period is divided into at least a first subframe period and a second subframe period; and when luminance in the first subframe period to display the maximum gray scale is Lmax1 and luminance in the second subframe period to display the maximum gray scale is Lmax2, (½) Lmax203-21-2013 | |
20130070001 | DRIVING METHOD OF LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - If a potential of a gate electrode of a driving transistor varies after a gray scale signal is inputted into each pixel, a current value of a current supplied to a light emitting element varies so that accurate gray scale display cannot be obtained. In particular, in the case of performing black display, current may flow, which makes clear black display difficult. Accordingly, the invention provides a light emitting device capable of performing accurate gray scale display, and a driving method thereof. According to the invention, a signal for display is inputted plural times within a predetermined timing period, or a writing operation period is lengthened. Consequently, the gate voltage of the transistor is determined after the anode potential of the light emitting element is stabilized, and therefore accurate gray scale display can be performed. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070002 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention is to provide a display panel and a display device in each of which the white luminance and/or the color reproduction range are/is sufficiently improved by changing the sub-pixel area for each color, so that unevenness of luminance is sufficiently suppressed, and the influence of line width variation on the aperture ratio is reduced. The display panel according to the present invention includes a pair of substrates, a display element sandwiched between the pair of substrates, and pixels each formed by sub-pixels of four or more colors, and is featured in that one of the pair of substrates includes scanning lines, signal lines, and sub-pixel electrodes, and in that the area of at least one of the sub-pixels of four or more colors is different from the area of the other sub-pixels, and the sub-pixel having the larger area overlaps with a plurality of the signal lines in plan view of the main surface of the display panel. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070003 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEFECT CORRECTION METHOD - A liquid crystal display device ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130070004 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND TELEVISION RECEIVER - Disclosed is a liquid crystal display device wherein display performance of a two-dimensional image and that of a three-dimensional image are both improved. The liquid crystal display device is provided with: a liquid crystal display panel, which displays the two-dimensional image and the three-dimensional image by selectively switching the images; and a backlight, which supplies light to the liquid crystal display panel. The backlight includes an illuminating region, which is scan-lighted corresponding to scanning of the liquid crystal display panel, and the scanning frequencies of the illuminating region at the time of displaying the two-dimensional image and the three-dimensional image on the liquid crystal display panel are different from each other. | 03-21-2013 |
20130076798 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - Disclosed is an image display system for multi-viewing, including a display device for displaying right-eye images and left-eye images. A system controller is electrically connected to the display device and a light modulating device. A motion sensor, in response to a control signal from the system controller, is utilized for determining the positions of the eyes of a viewer. A processor, in response to one or more image signals from the motion sensor, provides the system controller with the positions. The light modulating device is utilized for spatially or angularly deflecting the right-eye images to the right eye of the viewer and for spatially or angularly deflecting the left-eye images to the left eye of the viewer in accordance with the positions. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076799 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAY TERMPREATURE DETECTION - Disclosed embodiments relate to a display temperature detection system that can detect temperature variations in different regions of a display panel. The temperature measuring display system includes a display panel that provides graphical images. Further, the temperature measuring display system includes temperature measurement circuitry. The temperature measurement circuitry includes one or more thermal diodes, transistors, or a mesh layer useful to determine at least one temperature measurement of the display panel. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076800 | SCANNING PROJECTION APPARATUS AND SCANNING IMAGE DISPLAY - In a light beam scanning projection apparatus which scans a light beam emitted from a laser light source, an image display apparatus is configured including a plurality of light beams, a reflection mirror for reflecting the light beams to project them onto a screen or the like, and a mirror driving unit for driving the reflection mirror so that the plurality of light beams are incident on the reflection mirror with different optical axes and projected on different projection areas, thereby displaying a single image with a plurality of images. Further, by forming a single image by causing a plurality of the light beams to have predetermined relative angles thereamong so as to make a plurality of images overlap on each other with slight shifts, a scanning projection apparatus is provided with which the luminance of the image is improved while conforming to safety standards. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076801 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - A display method includes: performing display by driving a display pixel at a drive interval that conforms to a weight of each bit in a gray-scale code that includes the bits; and so correcting the drive interval, the gray-scale code, or both of the drive interval and the gray-scale code as to change a luminance of the display pixel smoothly. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076802 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVE CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - A drive circuit includes: a control section generating address information by which a horizontal line to be driven in a display section is designated, the display section including a plurality of display pixels; and a driving section driving, at a drive interval that conforms to a weight of each bit in a gray-scale code that includes the bits, the display pixels based on a value of each of the bits, within a unit driving period that is set to drive the horizontal line designated by the address information. The control section sets a start timing of the unit driving period on an optional basis. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076803 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device includes: an APL calculation unit; a current value calculation unit output a first result value or output a second result value; a peak luminance controller configured to output a first luminance control signal based on a first gamma conversion value when receiving the first result value from the current value calculation unit and output a second luminance control signal based on a second gamma conversion value when receiving the second value from the current value calculation unit; a programmable gamma unit configured to output a gamma voltage; and a data driver configured to generate a data signal and supply the generated data signal to a display panel. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076804 | LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT ARRAY, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A light emitting device includes: a wiring including an AuGeNi layer; and a semiconductor light emitting element bonded to the surface of the AuGeNi layer with the aid of intermolecular force, and electrically connected to the wiring. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076805 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - Provided is a display device and a control method of the same which suppress the occurrence of color separation. The display device includes: a light source of plural kinds of colors; a plurality of elements which are provided to a plurality of pixels respectively, and change over transmission/non-transmission of light emitted from the light source; and a control part which expresses gray levels of the respective pixels by color sequential driving in which the presence/non-presence of lighting of the light source and the transmission/non-transmission of light by the elements are sequentially controlled. The control part fetches image data amounting to 1 screen and performs a display based on the image data for every image data use period, and performs a display of an image amounting to 1 screen for every frame display period. The frame display period differs from the image data use period in length. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076806 | DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display drive circuit of the invention has: an initial-color-gamut-apex-coordinate-storing unit capable of storing initial color gamut apex coordinates; a user-target-color-gamut-apex-coordinate-storing unit capable of storing user target color gamut apex coordinates; a saturation-expansion-coefficient-deciding unit for deciding expansion coefficients of saturation data based on the initial and user target color gamut apex coordinates; and an expansion unit for expanding saturations of display data based on the saturation expansion coefficients. The expansion coefficients of saturation data are decided based on the initial and user target color gamut apex coordinates, and saturations of display data are expanded according to the expansion coefficients. Thus, the degree of expanding the saturations can be controlled for each color gamut or each of R, G and B color properties of an LC display panel. | 03-28-2013 |
20130076807 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes: a liquid crystal panel ( | 03-28-2013 |
20130083080 | OPTICAL SYSTEM AND METHOD TO MIMIC ZERO-BORDER DISPLAY - A system and methods to extending the overall display area for a device. At or near the borders of a device, pixel pitch between adjacent pixels may be increased such that overall pixel placement may be provided closer to a border of a display of a device. In one embodiment, pixel drive circuitry may be located in the spacing between adjacent pixels. Additionally, various optical systems and techniques may be utilized to provide an appearance of a lack of a border around the display such as decreasing the size of border pixels, overdriving the border pixels, or utilizing a light pipe on a surface above the border pixels. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083081 | STEREOSCOPIC PROJECTOR USING SPECTRALLY-ADJACENT COLOR BANDS - A stereoscopic digital projection system for projecting a stereoscopic image including a left-eye image and a right-eye image, comprising: first and second light sources providing corresponding first and second light beams having spectrally-adjacent, substantially non-overlapping spectral bands falling within a single component color spectrum; a spatial light modulator having an array of pixels that can be modulated according to image data to provide imaging light; illumination optics arranged to receive the first and second light beams and provide substantially uniform first and second bands of light; beam scanning optics arranged to cyclically scroll the first and second bands of light across the spatial light modulator; a controller system that synchronously modulates the spatial light modulator pixels according to image data for the stereoscopic image; projection optics for delivering the imaging light from the to a display surface; and filter glasses for a viewer. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083082 | COMPOSITE AND OTHER PHOSPHOR MATERIALS FOR EMITTING VISIBLE LIGHT AND APPLICATIONS IN GENERATION OF VISIBLE LIGHT INCLUDING LIGHT-EMITTING SCREENS - Techniques and optically excited light-emitting devices based on phosphors are provided to use phosphor materials which absorb excitation light to emit visible light and include a composite phosphor material including two or more different transition metal compounds that, under optical excitation of the excitation light, emit visible light at spectrally close but different spectral wavelengths or bands that spectrally overlap to produce a desired color. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083083 | Method for Driving Organic Light Emitting Display Device - A display device, such as a OLED device, and a method of driving the OLED device. The display device includes a gamma voltage generator that generates sequentially decreasing gamma voltages based on sequentially decreasing reference voltages. A data driver selects a gamma voltage from the gamma voltages for driving a pixel based on digital data indicative of a gray scale level for the pixel. In one embodiment the gamma voltage generator includes a resistor string and an input tab that is electrically isolated from the resistor string. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083084 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FULL-COLOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY - Methods and systems for displaying full-color three-dimensional imagery are provided. A first color set, having a first color spectrum, is defined to include a first set of LEDs. The first color set is assigned to a first color-coded image perspective. A second color set, having a second color spectrum, is defined to include a second set of LEDs. The second color set is assigned to a second color-coded image perspective. The full-color three-dimensional imagery is caused by activating, alternatively, at least two LEDs of the first color set or the second color set and one LED of a remaining color set and displaying the three-dimensional image based on the first image perspective and the second image perspective. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083085 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - One embodiment provides an electronic apparatus, including: a connection module configured to be detachably connected with an external device; a display module configured to display an image; and a display controller configured to control display of the display unit so that a larger image is displayed when the connection module is connected to the external device than when the connection module is not connected to the external device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083086 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY ELEMENT - A display device includes: a display element having memory properties; an electrostatic capacitance detection circuit; a temperature sensor detecting the temperature of the display element; and a control unit, wherein the control unit includes: a drive condition adjustment circuit configured to adjust the drive condition of the display element based on the electrostatic capacitance detected in the display state where the display element is driven under a predetermined drive condition; and a temperature compensation storage circuit storing one or more temperature compensation models indicating a correspondence relationship of the drive condition with which the display element has the optimum display characteristics across a predetermined temperature range, and the control unit changes the drive conditions of the display element at temperatures other than the temperature when the adjustment is performed based on: the temperature when the drive condition of the display element is adjusted; and the temperature compensation model. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083087 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light-emitting display device includes: an organic light-emitting panel in which a plurality of pixel regions are arranged, the pixel regions each including a drive transistor configured to drive an organic light emission element and a sensing transistor configured to detect a threshold voltage of the drive transistor during a sensing interval; and a controller configured to compare a pixel number of a low grayscale range and a pixel number of a high grayscale range, which are obtained from an image signal, and adjust the sensing interval according to a compared resultant. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083088 | Color Display Device And Method - It is intended to provide a field sequential color display device capable of reducing the problem of saccadic color breakup. The color display device represents color images by depicting data of respective color images with a monochromatic display element in synchronism with sequential on-off switching to three color light sources of red, green and blue. Each display frame, which is the minimum cycle of sequential on-off switching of red, green and blue light sources to display any given color image, includes a red color field for displaying data of a red color image, a green color field for displaying data of a green color image and a blue color field for displaying data of a blue color image. In each green color field, at least the red light source or the blue light source is turned on and off in addition to the green light source. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083089 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a display device including a display part including a pixel of a first series having a first horizontal pixel width and a pixel of a second series having a second horizontal pixel width smaller than the first horizontal pixel width, the pixels of the first series and the pixels of the second series being arrayed alternately in each of a horizontal direction and a vertical direction, and a light beam control part that controls a light beam from the display part or a light beam toward the display part. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083090 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM AND CONTROL APPARATUS - An image display system includes a screen capable of switching a state thereof between a scatter state in which the screen scatters light and a transmission state in which the screen transmits light by changing the magnitude of a voltage applied to the screen, a projector that projects video image light modulated in accordance with an image signal on the screen to display an image on the screen, and a controller that controls operation of driving the screen and the projector, wherein the controller instructs the projector to project the video image light on the screen that operates in the scatter state and instructs the screen to change the degree of light scattering in the scatter state in accordance with a luminance level of the image displayed on the screen. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083091 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - Liquid crystal display where grayscale inversion is reduced. The liquid crystal cell having pixel groups, each group comprising a red (R) pixel, a green (G) pixel, a blue (B) pixel, and a white (W) pixel, the liquid crystal display further comprising drive means that applies a voltage V | 04-04-2013 |
20130083092 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a liquid crystal display apparatus which improves uniformity in luminance of RGB pixels by asymmetrically designing RGB pixels, and to enhances display quality, the apparatus comprises a red pixel switching element that switches a driving signal of the red pixel; a green pixel for transmitting green-colored light; a green pixel switching element that switches a driving signal of the green pixel; a blue pixel for transmitting blue-colored light; and a blue pixel switching element that switches a driving signal of the blue pixel, wherein a switching element of at least one pixel having relatively low luminance among the red pixel, green pixel and blue pixel is formed in the pixel area having relatively high luminance. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083093 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an organic light emitting display device including: plurality of data lines; a charging line formed in a direction crossing the plurality of data lines; and charging switches connected between the charging line and the data lines. The charging line inputs a charging voltage and the charging switches are individually controlled in data line. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083094 | FOUR COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONVERTING IMAGE SIGNAL THEREOF - One or more embodiments of the present invention relate to a four color image display device. A display device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes a first pixel adapted to display a first color, a second pixel adapted to display a second color, a third pixel adapted to display a third color, and a white pixel adapted to display a first white. In one aspect, the first to third pixels are adapted to display a second white in combination, and a ratio of the first white and the second white varies according to a gray. Accordingly, a greenish phenomenon of a low-luminance white light in a four color display device may be reduced. | 04-04-2013 |
20130088522 | WHITE POINT UNIFORMITY TECHNIQUES FOR DISPLAYS - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and techniques for calibrating displays to improve the white point uniformity between similar type devices. In one embodiment, a backlight includes multiple strings of LEDs, where each string is driven by a separate driver, or driver channel. Each string may be separately tested at a base current to determine its emitted chromaticity, and values indicative of the emitted chromaticities may be stored within the backlight as calibration values. The calibration values may then be used to determine the driving strength for each string that allows the display to produce the target white point when the light from the strings is mixed. Further, in certain embodiments, adjustments also may be made to the LCD panel based on the emitted chromaticities at the base current. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088523 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH FUNCTION OF ADJUSTING DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS AND METHOD THEREFOR - A device and a method for adjusting display brightness employed in a display are provided. Two light sensors are mounted in the electronic device in different locations and the two light sensors are configured to sense levels of ambient light at those different locations. A control unit of the electronic device constantly monitors the two light sensors to determine whether any adjustment of the brightness of the display unit is required, so as to present an appropriate display mode at all times. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088524 | ACTIVE-MATRIX DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ACTIVE-MATRIX ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE - An active-matrix display device employs current-programmed-type pixel circuits and performs the writing data to each of pixels on a line-by-line basis. The active-matrix display device having a matrix of current-programmed-type pixel circuits includes a data line driving circuit | 04-11-2013 |
20130088525 | Display Device and Drive Method of the Same - A display device is provided. The display device includes an interface board, a display panel and a connecting interface. The interface board includes a system control module and a system storage module for storing a plurality groups of panel driving data. The display panel includes a pixel array, a signal receiver and a panel data storage module for storing panel data. The connecting interface connects the interface board and the display panel and generates an intimating signal and transmits the same when these elements are electrically connected. The system control module retrieves panel data from the panel data storage module through the connecting interface to further retrieve one of the groups of panel driving data to output the same. The signal receiver drives the pixel array according to the one of the groups of panel driving data. A display device drive method is also disclosed. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088526 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus including: a display section; and a light-beam control section configured to control a light beam coming from the display section or a light beam propagating to the display section; the display apparatus having a first display mode for displaying a plurality of observing-point images on the display section wherein the observing-point images include two or more first observing-point images, and one or a plurality of second observing-point images, and the number of pixels included in each of the second observing-point images is smaller than the number of pixels included in each of the first observing-point images. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088527 | Color Liquid Crystal Display Device And Gamma Correction Method For The Same - A color liquid crystal display device configured to employ a pixel division method in which each pixel of a displayed image is configured with sub-pixels obtained by spatial division of one pixel in a division ratio may include: pixel formation portions provided correspondingly to respective pixels of the image, each portion configured to form a pixel of primary colors with the sub-pixels; a drive circuit configured to provide each portion with applied voltages respectively corresponding to the sub-pixels composing the pixel to be formed by that portion, based on a gradation value indicated by an input signal provided as a video signal representing the image; and a gamma correction part configured to correct a relationship between the gradation value indicated by the input signal and a luminance value of the pixel to be formed by that portion according to the gradation value independently for each of the primary colors. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088528 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR REDUCED COLOUR SHIFT IN MULTI-PRIMARY LCDs - A method of processing an image comprises: receiving pixel data constituting an image, the pixel data including at least four sub-pixel colour components having respective data values, and modifying one or more of the sub-pixel colour component data values. The data values of corresponding sub-pixels from two pixels are modified in opposite directions to one another and such that the overall luminance of the display panel appears substantially unchanged to an on-axis viewer of the display panel. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088529 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit includes: a display panel; an illumination device illuminating the display panel; and a drive circuit driving the display panel and the illumination device. The illumination device includes a light modulation layer, and a first electrode and a second electrode sandwiching the light modulation layer therebetween, the first electrode and the second electrode each include a plurality of strip-like electrodes. The strip-like electrodes of the first electrode and the strip-like electrodes of the second electrode extend in directions intersecting with each other, and the drive circuit drives the respective strip-like electrodes to allow an in-plane distribution of a potential difference between the strip-like electrodes of the first electrode and the strip-like electrodes of the second electrode to be constant within one frame period, when a two-dimensional image, a three-dimensional image, or an image including a two-dimensional image and a three-dimensional image is displayed on the display panel. | 04-11-2013 |
20130088530 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ELEMENT DRIVING DEVICE - In a method of driving a liquid crystal panel, an overshoot signal is applied to the liquid crystal panel to display images on the liquid crystal panel. An overshoot level C is selected from a plurality of overshoot levels Dn. In this selecting, difference values between momentary values of a response waveform gn and momentary values of an ideal waveform f are obtained and added for a predetermined period and a minimum first error value E | 04-11-2013 |
20130093796 | COMPENSATED METHOD OF DISPLAYING BASED ON A VISUAL ADJUSTMENT FACTOR - A method and a device for displaying images on a display based on a visual adjustment factor related to a user's prescription eyewear are provided. The display includes a front display plane and a back display plane and for each of a plurality of image elements of an image, a respective version of the image element is displayed on each of the front display plane and the back display plane based on the visual adjustment factor such that the respective versions of the image element differ in at least one of line weight and transparency. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093797 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING SAME AND BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD - A backlight control unit for a display device includes a processing unit and a backlight control circuit. The display device includes a plurality of lamps and defines a plurality of display regions each display region being illuminated by at least one lamp. When the processing unit determines that one or more display regions on the display device are constantly displaying a black image, the processing unit outputs a control signal to the backlight control circuit. The backlight control circuit turns off the lamps serving the one or more display regions displaying the black image, based on the control signal. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093798 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND SIGNAL DRIVING METHOD FOR THE SAME - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display (LCD) device. By means of pre-charging in one frame and cooperating with the high or low signals of an array of the common lines, the LCD device can utilize a high voltage to pre-charge the pixels before writing correct gray scale signals into the pixels, i.e. executing an over-driving before writing the correct gray scale signals into the pixels. The present invention further provides a signal driving method for the LCD device. In comparison with the conventional technology, a frame buffer is not required for the present invention, thereby saving the cost. In addition, a complicated timing function is not required to the present invention for over-driving. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093799 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN BRIGHTNESS IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for controlling a screen brightness in a portable terminal, by which consumption of current by the portable terminal can be reduced by reducing the brightness of the display while a screen is being loaded for display. The apparatus preferably includes: a display unit for changing a screen brightness value thereof depending on whether data is operated, and displaying a screen thereof having the changed screen brightness value; and a controller for performing a control operation for changing the screen brightness value while the data is operated, and performing a control operation for causing the changed screen brightness value to return to a screen brightness value before the change when the operation of the data is completed. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093800 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a light emitting display device capable of minimizing a difference in current driving capability between driving switching elements so as to improve image quality of the display device. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093801 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display panel including pixels disposed on a substrate, where each of the pixels includes a light emitting element, and a capacitor. The capacitor of a first one of the pixels is partially overlapped, in a vertical direction, by respective pixel areas of two of the pixels. The anode of the capacitor of the first one of the pixels may be disposed closer to the substrate than a cathode of the capacitor, thereby reducing a parasitic capacitance between the capacitor and an anode of the light emitting element of one of the two pixels overlapping the capacitor. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093802 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - When first and second region-processing sections ( | 04-18-2013 |
20130093803 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - According to a display control method in accordance with the present invention, in a case where an image to be displayed changes in tone between two successive frames, (i) a first dimming process for changing a luminance of a backlight and a second dimming process for changing a level of a tone distribution setting are carried out in a plurality of frame periods in accordance with tones obtained before and after the change, and (ii) at least a second dimming period containing a start timing and a processing time of the second dimming process is controlled in accordance with a temperature of a liquid crystal display panel. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093804 | Back Light Unit for Stereoscopic Display - Techniques for 3D back light units are described. In some possible embodiments, in a first time interval during which one or more back light units of a display system are turned off, a complete set of left pixel values in a left frame is outputted to a display panel of the display system. In some possible embodiments, in a second time interval during which the complete set of left pixel values in the left frame has been outputted to the display panel of the display system, the one or more back light units are turned on to illuminate the display panel and the second time interval is subsequent to, and is not overlapped with, the first time interval. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093805 | DOUBLE STACKED PROJECTION - A method for producing a first output image and a second output image for being projected by a first projector and a second projector, respectively, is disclosed. The method comprises: providing a source image comprising a plurality of pixels, each pixel having a source value, providing a threshold value and an inverted threshold value for each pixel of the plurality of pixels, and generating there from a temporary image comprising a temporary value for each pixel of the plurality of pixels. The method further comprises generating the first output image comprising a first output value for each pixel of the plurality of pixels, the first output value being generated from the temporary value and the source value for each pixel, and generating the second output image comprising a second output value for each pixel of the plurality of pixels, the second output value being generated from the temporary value. | 04-18-2013 |
20130093806 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A light-collecting type liquid crystal display device capable of displaying an image properly is provided. The liquid crystal display device | 04-18-2013 |
20130100172 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses an LCD device and a driving method of the LCD device. The LCD device comprises a plurality of scan lines, a plurality of data lines, a data driver, a scan driver, and a plurality of pixels. The pixels comprise a first pixel set and a second pixel set. The first pixel set and the second pixel set are arranged alternatively. Each of the pixels has a first display mode and a second display mode. The pixels of the first pixel set and the pixels of the second pixel set are alternatively switched between the first display mode and the second display mode. The LCD device and related driving method in the present invention is capable of improving the display quality. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100173 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPERATING PIXELS IN A DISPLAY TO MITIGATE IMAGE FLICKER - Circuits for programming a circuit with decreased programming time are provided. Such circuits include a storage device such as a capacitor for storing display information and for ensuring a driving device such as a driving transistor drives a light emitting device according to the display information. The present disclosure provides driving schemes for decreasing flickering perceived while displaying video content by introducing idle phases in between in emission phases to increase the effective refresh rate of a display. Driving schemes are also disclosed for reducing the effects of cross-talk by ensuring that programming information is refreshed in a display array that utilizes a driver connected to multiple data lines via a multiplexer. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100174 | Luminaire - According to one embodiment, a luminaire includes an image forming part, a display part, a light-emitting part and a control part. The image forming part is configured to form an image. The display part is configured to display the image formed. by the image forming part. The light-emitting part is configured to generate a light having directivity, and to irradiate the light through the display part to an irradiation area, with luminous intensity distribution of the light being controlled. The control part is configured to control the image forming part, the display part and the light-emitting part. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100175 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including: an image display section in which unit pixels each composed of a plurality of sub-pixels corresponding to a plurality of colors are arranged; and an optical element having a window section allocating light emitted from the image display section in units of the sub-pixels to a plurality of viewpoints, wherein a color arrangement of the sub-pixels of the image display section or an arrangement of the window section of the optical element is set such that, when the image display section is viewed from each of the plurality of viewpoints, in an arrangement of colors of light allocated by the window section of the optical element, a same color is not arranged linearly in a predetermined number of sub-pixels or more in succession in any of a row direction, a column direction, and an oblique direction. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100176 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OPTIMIZING FRAME RATE AND RESOLUTION FOR DISPLAYS - This disclosure describes systems, methods, and apparatus for increasing the frame rate of a display, while maintaining or improving image resolution. In one aspect, displays may include a plurality of pixels arranged along segment lines and common lines, and the common lines may be associated with one or more colors. In one implementation, one set of common lines is written independently of the other common lines, and at least one other set of common lines is written simultaneously. The resolution is preserved by the independent writing of one set of common lines, while the frame rate is increased by the line multiplication of another set of common lines. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100177 | SPATIALLY MULTIPLEXED PULSE WIDTH MODULATION - A process of operating a PWM display system wherein some display data bits are assigned substantially equal time weights. Display data codewords are defined for every pixel intensity value to form display data codeword tables so that there are at least as many display data codeword tables as the number of display data bits with substantially equal time weights. The display pixel is subsequently operated in a digital manner according to the display data codeword in the selected display data codeword table to display a desired pixel intensity value. The display data codeword tables are configured so that immediately adjacent display pixels are operated so that identical pixel intensity values are displayed with different temporal sequences. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100178 | DISPLAYING IMAGES ON LOCAL-DIMMING DISPLAYS - Displays, display components, image and video processing apparatus and related methods are described. A method for driving local-dimming displays comprises generating control values for driving pixels of a spatial light modulator from one image data component and generating control values for driving backlight elements from a second image data component. The first and second image data components may respectively comprise a tone map and a ratio image. Control values for the spatial light modulator and/or backlight may be obtained using cost effective hardware. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100179 | MULTIPLE-PRIMARY COLOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A multi-primary-color liquid crystal display device ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130106918 | MULTILAYER LIGHT GUIDE ASSEMBLY | 05-02-2013 |
20130106919 | PIXEL STRUCTURE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY THEREOF | 05-02-2013 |
20130106920 | DISPLAY APPARATUS | 05-02-2013 |
20130106921 | SCREEN DISPLAY DEVICE, SCREEN DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, SCREEN DISPLAY CONTROL PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION TERMINAL DEVICE | 05-02-2013 |
20130106922 | Transparent Display Device and Display Method Thereof | 05-02-2013 |
20130106923 | Systems and Methods for Accurately Representing High Contrast Imagery on High Dynamic Range Display Systems | 05-02-2013 |
20130106924 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE | 05-02-2013 |
20130106925 | LIQUID CRYSTAL CONTROL DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL | 05-02-2013 |
20130113838 | COLOR ADJUSTMENT TECHNIQUES FOR DISPLAYS - The present disclosure relates generally to systems and techniques for applying color adjustments to a display. In certain embodiments, the color adjustment techniques may be employed to transition current color correction values, which are based on a previously detected temperature of the display, to target correction values, which are based on a presently detected temperature of the display. Adjustment increments for each color channel of the display may be determined based on the color channel that has the largest difference between the current color correction value and the target color correction value. In particular, the number of adjustment steps may be determined so that the adjustment increment for each channel is less than or equal to a maximum adjustment increment. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113839 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A three-dimensional (3D) display panel has a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, and each of the rows has at least one sub-row. The 3D display panel includes at least one first group and at least one second group arranged on the first row. The first group and the second group respectively have a first color region, a second color region and a third color region. The first color region and the second color region of the first group as well as the third color region and the first color region of the second group are arranged on one sub-row, while the third color region of the first group and the second color region of the second group are arranged on another sub-row. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113840 | Method for Panel Color Calibration and Associated Color Calibration System - A method for panel color calibration for corresponding a source input to a calibrated input is provided. From color components of the calibrated input, a primary calibrated component and secondary calibrated components are selected to perform a color characteristic value fitting for the calibrated input. In the color characteristic value fitting, the primary calibrated component is kept unchanged and the secondary calibrated components are adjusted, such that a color characteristic value of the calibrated input matches a target characteristic value. A luma comparison is next performed to determine whether a luma corresponding to the calibrated input obtained from the color characteristic value fitting matches a target luma. When a result from the luma comparison is negative, the primary calibrated component of the calibrated input is updated, and the color characteristic value fitting and the luma comparison are iterated accordingly. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113841 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes: a light source unit including at least one light emitting diode (“LED”) string; a driving current controller which is connected to a cathode terminal of the at least one LED string and controls a driving current which flows through the at least one LED string; a feedback unit which generates a feedback signal based on a dimming input signal and a voltage of the cathode terminal of the at least one LED string; and a direct current to direct current (“DC-DC”) converter which generates a driving voltage in response to the feedback signal and provides the driving voltage to the light source unit. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113842 | METHOD OF DRIVING AN ELECTRO-WETTING DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRO-WETTING DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving an electro wetting display panel includes applying a first data voltage to a pixel part of the display panel during a first section of a frame and applying a second data voltage different from the first data voltage to the same pixel part during a second section of the frame. The first data voltage is converted from display data based on a first gamma curve. The second data voltage is converted from the display data based on a second gamma curve. Light transmittance through the pixel part is changed based on movement of a fluid within the pixel part. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113843 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a display device including a pixel portion having a plurality of pixels which have a display element and a transmissive portion. The display element includes a light-emitting element which does not transmit external light, while the transmissive portion is arranged to transmit external light. In the display element, a top-emission or bottom-emission type light-emitting element is provided. On the other hand, no light-emitting element or a dual-emission type light-emitting element which possesses an EL layer interposed between two light-transmissive electrodes is provided to the transmissive portion. The emission color of the display element is controlled by a color filter which overlaps with the light-emitting element in the display element, while no color filter is given to the transmissive portion. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113844 | LED DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE LED DRIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel which displays an image; a light-emitting diode (LED) module which provides backlight to the display panel; an LED driving unit which applies a driving voltage to the LED module; and an LED driving control unit which senses the driving voltage from the LED module and stops an operation of the LED driving unit if the sensed driving voltage is lower than a first reference voltage or higher than a second reference voltage. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113845 | DISPLAY DEVICE, VIDEO PROCESSING DEVICE AND VIDEO DISPLAY METHOD - A normal video data acquisition section acquires, as normal video data, a plurality of pieces of video data respectively assigned to a plurality of light sources in normal display from an input video signal A computing section performs a predetermined computation on the plurality of pieces of video data included in the normal video data to generate auxiliary video data used in place of the normal video data in auxiliary display. A selection section performs, in accordance with an instruction from a control section, a selection process for providing any one of the normal video data and the auxiliary video data to a modulation driving section. | 05-09-2013 |
20130113846 | PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE, PLASMA DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF DRIVING A PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL - High image display quality is achieved when a 3D image is displayed on a plasma display panel ( | 05-09-2013 |
20130113847 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The liquid crystal display device ( | 05-09-2013 |
20130120465 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DRIVING MULTIPLE LINES OF DISPLAY ELEMENTS SIMULTANEOUSLY - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for driving a pixel of a display. In one aspect, a segment driver and a common driver may be used to substantially concurrently address all display elements in the pixel. This addressing may reduce write time of the pixel, and may reduce the power consumed during the write process. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120466 | DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A driving method of a display panel is described. A display panel including a pixel array is provided. The pixel array includes N scan lines, M data lines, and a plurality of first pixel units and a plurality of second pixel units electrically connected to the scan lines and the data lines. When an image is displayed with a wide-viewing angle mode, a first scanning procedure is performed to sequentially scan the first scan line of the scan lines to the Nth scan line of the scan lines in order. When the image is displayed with a narrow-viewing angle mode, the second scanning procedure is performed to sequentially scan the Nth scan line of the scan lines to the first scan line of the scan lines in order. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120467 | COLOR SEQUENTIAL LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The color sequential LCD device comprises an LCD panel, a data drive circuit, a gate drive circuit and backlight units. The LCD panel comprises data lines disposed along a major-axis direction of a substrate of the LCD panel, gate lines orthogonally intersecting the data lines, and a plurality of color sequential displaying areas defined along the major-axis direction of the substrate. The data drive circuit disposed at one side of the substrate in the minor-axis direction applies image signals to the data lines. The gate drive circuit disposed at one side of the substrate in the major-axis direction applies strobe pulse to the gate lines. The backlight units disposed at one side of the substrate in the major-axis direction at least comprises red LEDs, green LEDs and blue LEDs. The invention improves the displaying effect due to increase the number of the color sequential displaying areas. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120468 | Four-Primary Color Display Device and Method for Calculating Relative Brightness of Fourth Primary Color - A four-primary color display device and a method for calculating relative brightness of a fourth primary color are provided. The display device includes plural pixels and a relative brightness computation module of the fourth primary color for calculating relative brightness of that color. The pixel has at least four sub-pixels for displaying red, green, blue and the fourth primary color respectively. The relative brightness computation module of the fourth primary color includes a basic value computation unit, a gain value computation unit, a weighting proportion computation unit and a relative brightness computation unit of the fourth primary color. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120469 | PIXEL ARRAY - A pixel array includes a first color pixel unit, a second color pixel unit and a third pixel unit, and the first, second and third pixel units respectively include a scan line, a data line, an active device electrically connected to the scan line and the data line and a first pixel electrode electrically connected to the active device. The first pixel electrode has at least one first slit, and a first acute angle is formed between an extending direction of the first slit and an extending direction of the scan line. Any two of the first acute angle of the first color pixel unit, the first acute angle of the second color pixel unit, and the first acute angle of the third color pixel unit are different. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120470 | SHIFTED QUAD PIXEL AND OTHER PIXEL MOSAICS FOR DISPLAYS - This disclosure provides systems and apparatuses having pixels connected to various drive lines. In one implementation, a passive matrix display apparatus comprises a plurality of display elements, arranged in rows and columns, each common line driving display elements of a single color, wherein at least one common line of the plurality of common lines is coupled to display elements in two or more rows to drive the two or more rows, and a plurality of sets of multiple segment lines, each set of multiple segment lines associated with a column of display elements, wherein one segment line of the set of multiple segment lines addresses display elements of a given color of one row along the column and an other segment line in the set of multiple segment lines addresses display elements of the given color of another row along the column. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120471 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF, AND SCALER CHIP IMAGE - A display control apparatus applied for an image display apparatus having a plurality of display regions is provided. The display regions are respectively corresponding to a plurality of backlight modules and the luminance of the backlight modules are independently controlled. The display control apparatus includes a backlight control unit. The backlight control unit receives a first image data to generate a plurality of local backlight control signals accordingly. The local backlight control signals are used for controlling the luminance of the backlight modules. The backlight control unit divides the first image data to be a plurality of local image data respectively corresponding to the display regions. Furthermore, the backlight control unit generates one of the local backlight control signals according to one of the local image data respectively. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120472 | 4-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY AND PIXEL DATA RENDERING METHOD THEREOF - A 4-primary color display includes a display panel including a plurality of 4-primary color pixels each including red, green, blue, and white liquid crystal cells, and a pixel data rendering circuit for producing 4-primary color pixel data corresponding to a second horizontal resolution, which is equal to a physical horizontal resolution of the display panel, using 3-primary color pixel data corresponding to a first horizontal resolution, which is two times higher than the physical horizontal resolution of the display panel. The pixel data rendering circuit determines a weighting factor based on a luminance ratio of two 3-primary color pixel data so as to increase a cognitive horizontal resolution of a luminance in the 4-primary color pixel data to the first horizontal resolution, and reflects the weighting factor to the calculation of a gray value of one 4-primary color pixel data. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120473 | CONTROL DEVICE, ELECTROOPTICS DEVICE, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT, AND CONTROL METHOD - For a target pixel to be processed among plural pixels, when a comparison result between the gray level value stored in the first memory and the gray level value stored in the second memory, and the remainder frequency stored in the third memory meet a predetermined condition, the control device rewrites the remainder frequency to a set value decided according to the gray level value stored in the second memory, and the control device performs a cleanup processing to display a predetermined image at the plural pixels with a predetermined timing. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120474 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed is a display device including a display section configured to display an image and a light source device for emitting light for displaying the image to the display section. The light source device includes a first light source for applying first illumination light, and a light guide plate having a plurality of scattering areas, the light guide plate emitting the first illumination light applied from a direction of a side of the light guide plate to an outside by scattering the first illumination light in the plurality of scattering areas, and a light scattering characteristic is added to the scattering areas by forming a plurality of depression and projection shapes in surfaces of the scattering areas or dispersing a light scattering material in the scattering areas, and density of the depression and projection shapes or concentration of the light scattering material in the scattering areas changes according to position. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120475 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - Disclosed herein is a display device including: a liquid crystal display section adapted to display an image based on a video signal; a backlight; and a processing section adapted to correct the video signal and set the luminance of the backlight based on two pieces of information, a peak level of the video signal in a display screen or in each of a plurality of partial display areas into which the display screen is divided, and factor data obtained from a data map made up of a reference position on the display screen and the factor data that are associated with each other. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120476 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DRIVING A PLURALITY OF DISPLAY SECTIONS - An apparatus for displaying data includes a first array of display elements having a plurality of rows and columns, a second array display of display elements having a plurality of rows and columns, and a third array of display elements having a plurality of rows and columns. In some implementations, the third array is disposed between the first and second arrays. The apparatus further includes a first set of busses connected to supply display signals to columns of the first array, a second set of busses connected to supply display signals to columns of the second array, and a third set of busses connected to supply display signals to columns of the third array. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120477 | DISPLAY APPARATUS LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY UNIT - A light emission control method controls a display that includes a display portion, a scanning portion, and a driving portion. The display portion includes light emitting elements in a matrix form. The scanning portion is connected to common lines. Each common line is connected to the anode terminals of corresponding elements in corresponding row so that the common lines are scanned. The driving portion is connected to driving lines. Each driving line is connected to the cathodes terminals of corresponding elements in a corresponding column. The driving portion can drive selected elements when the common line corresponding to the selected elements is scanned. The method displays an image in each cycle including frames. All common lines are scanned in each frame. A part of the rows in one frame in one cycle is/are driven. Other part is driven in a frame after the one frame in the one cycle. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120478 | DISPLAY SIGNAL GENERATOR, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF IMAGE DISPLAY - In a display signal generator for use in a display device, in order to display the image corresponding to the input image signals, a combination of desired display time aperture ratios are obtained for each pixel in N number of sub-frame phases, a combination of display time aperture ratios in the N number of sub-frame phases at the time the display color is actually reproduced is set from the combination of the desired time aperture ratios on the basis of response characteristics of a pixel array unit, and a modulation signal which implements the combination of display time aperture ratios that were set is output. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120479 | MONITOR RETRAINING DEVICE - A monitor retraining device includes a handheld housing, a controller disposed within the housing, and a connector connected to the controller and connectable directly to a monitor having a screen. The controller has a first state wherein the controller provides an output signal to the connector to cause the monitor to display a white image over the entire screen for a first time period, and a second state wherein the controller provides no output signal to the connector to cause the monitor to display a black image over the entire screen for a second time period, the controller automatically alternating between the first and second states without feedback as to the white image or the black image displayed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120480 | DISPLAY DRIVER - In a display driver, a first backlight control unit using a histogram and a second backlight control unit using an optical sensor can be used in combination. The display driver includes a PWM generating unit setting a control signal value consisting of a product of a luminance rate of X % and a luminance rate of Y % as a luminance rate of a control signal for controlling a backlight with respect to maximum backlight luminance when a luminance rate of a control signal obtained by first backlight control with respect to the maximum backlight luminance is X % and a luminance rate of a control signal obtained by second backlight control with respect to the maximum backlight luminance is Y %. | 05-16-2013 |
20130120481 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVER APPARATUS, AND BACKLIGHT UNIT - An image display apparatus comprising: a driver apparatus; and a total of N device groups of a first group to an N-th group (2≦N) each of which includes one or a plurality of light emitting devices, the image display apparatus uses the driver apparatus to make each of the device groups emit light preventing light emission capable periods from overlapping one another and displays an image by using the obtained light as backlight; wherein the driver apparatus includes: a power output circuit that outputs light emission power used for the light emission of the light emitting device; and a switch mechanism that switches, in accordance with arrival of the light emission capable period of a device group K (1≦K≦N), an output destination of the light emission power output from the power output circuit to the device group K. | 05-16-2013 |
20130127922 | STRUCTURES FOR DIRECTING INCIDENT LIGHT ONTO THE ACTIVE AREAS OF DISPLAY ELEMENTS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for improving brightness, contrast, and viewable angle of a reflective display. In one aspect, a display includes a structure having a steering layer including steering features. The steering features are configured to direct light away from inactive regions of a display and towards active regions of the display. The structure may also include a diffuser for scattering light incident on the display and reflected by the display. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127923 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof are disclosed. In one aspect, the display device includes a display unit including a plurality of pixels connected to scan lines, light emission control lines, and data lines, where each pixel is configured to emit light with a driving current corresponding to image data signals transmitted through the data lines based on light emission control signals transmitted through the light emission control lines. Each of the pixels includes subpixels, each configured to display one of a plurality of colors. The device also includes a controller configured to convert external video signals to image data signals, output the converted signals to a data driver, generate light emission driving control signals for controlling the light emission duty ratio of the light emission control signals, and calculate the pixel-on-ratio for each subpixel to reduce the driving current. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127924 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS IN A DISPLAY DEVICE AND THE DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A luminance control method of a display device is provided to control luminance of a display device. The display device has a display unit having a plurality of pixels emitting light. In some aspects, the luminance control method includes receiving a luminance level, applying a first luminance control method if the received luminance level is less than a reference luminance level, calculating an average value of video data for each frame if the luminance level is greater than the reference luminance level, applying the first luminance control method if the average value is less than a reference gray level value, and applying a second luminance control method if the average value is greater than the reference gray value level. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127925 | READING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A control method for a reading apparatus, includes making a display screen of the reading apparatus display a first pattern with a first gray value according to a first display request; and making the display screen display a second pattern with a second gray value according to a second display request in a condition of the first pattern existing. The second gray value is different from the first gray value. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127926 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for writing data to a display. The frame rate is improved by simultaneously and independently writing data to multiple common lines of the display. In some implementations, lines of common color are written simultaneously. In some implementations, more common lines of lower visual importance are written simultaneously than common lines of higher visual importance. In these implementations, colors of higher visual importance can be displayed at a higher resolution to maintain good image quality while still improving frame rate. Display element electrodes may be coupled along common lines in various ways to implement simultaneous writing to multiple common lines. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127927 | Optimizing Light Output Profile for Dual-Modulation Display Performance - Techniques for optimizing light output profiles in display systems are described. A light output profile is defined in relation to a plurality of sample locations on an illuminated surface. Point spread functions that satisfy illumination performance values specified in the light output profile in aggregate are computed or derived. A design process that adds or removes optical components to a display light assembly derives an optimal design of a light illumination layer for display systems. Relationships and parameter values determined in the design process may be configured into display systems along with the optical components for the purpose of generating optimized light output profiles in the display systems. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127928 | ADJUSTING THE COLOR OUTPUT OF A DISPLAY DEVICE BASED ON A COLOR PROFILE - Disclosed embodiments relate to adjusting the color output of a display device. For example, a method for adjusting the color output of a display device based on a color profile may comprise receiving, by a display device, a color profile indicative of the native properties of a display device, generating, by the display device, a color mapping based on the received color profile, and storing, by the display device, the color mapping. The method may further comprise displaying, by the display device, an image based on the stored color mapping. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127929 | LIGHTING PERIOD SETTING METHOD, DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, BACKLIGHT DRIVING METHOD, LIGHTING CONDITION SETTING DEVICE, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - Disclosed herein is a lighting period setting method for a display panel which permits control of the peak luminance level by controlling the total lighting period length which is the sum of all lighting periods per field period, the lighting period setting method including the steps of, calculating the average luminance level across the screen based on input image data, determining light emission mode based on the calculated average luminance level, and setting the number, arrangement and lengths of lighting periods per field period according to the setting conditions defined for the determined light emission mode so as to provide the peak luminance level which is set according to the input image data. | 05-23-2013 |
20130127930 | VIDEO SIGNAL LINE DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED WITH SAME - In this liquid crystal display device, typically, when a +3V source voltage VCI or a −3V source voltage VCI | 05-23-2013 |
20130127931 | PROJECTION DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A projection display apparatus comprises a lamp; a display element that modulates light emitted from the lamp according to an amplitude of the image signal, and emits the light as the image light; a light intensity controller that changes a lamp power according to a power changing operation, and, if the changed lamp power is lower than a rated power of the lamp and supplied to the lamp for a certain period of time, increases the lamp power and then reduces the lamp power to an original power, identifies an amplitude of the image signal where an intensity of the image light is constant before and after the change of the lamp power; and an image signal controller that controls the amplitude of the image signal to the identified amplitude, and supplies the display element with the image signal. | 05-23-2013 |
20130135358 | LIGHT COLLIMATING MANIFOLD FOR PRODUCING MULTIPLE VIRTUAL LIGHT SOURCES - The present disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus to produce a plurality of virtual light sources and at least partially collimate light. In one aspect, a manifold to collimate light can produce a plurality of virtual light sources used to inject light into a light guide for illuminating a display. The manifold can be formed of optically transmissive material and can have a backside for receiving light from a light source and a front wall, opposite the backside, for outputting light. The front wall can include first and second output portions separated by a non-light emitting area, each of the output portions providing a separate virtual light source. The upper, bottom, and side walls of the manifold can extend along a curve from the backside to the front wall and can be configured to collimate light propagating in directions extending out of the plane of the light guide. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135359 | DISPLAY SYSTEMS INCLUDING ILLUMINATION AND OPTICAL TOUCHSCREEN - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for a display device having a front light to provide front illumination to the display element included in the display device and an optical touch screen to provide a touch input to the display device. In one aspect, the display device includes a light source disposed to inject light into a backplate of the display device rearward of the display elements and a light redirector disposed to receive light from the backplate and redirect the received light forward of the display elements for optical touch purpose. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135360 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes first, second, and third gate lines. The display device further includes a first data line and a second data line neighboring the first data line. The display device further includes first, second, and third pixel electrodes connected to the first, second, and third gate lines, respectively, and further includes a fourth pixel electrode connected to the second gate line. The fourth pixel electrode is disposed between the first and third electrodes and neighbors each of the first, second, and third pixel electrodes. The first, second, and third pixel electrodes are connected to the first data line. The display device further comprises a gate driver for applying copies of a gate-on voltage to the gate lines, the gate-on voltage including a first voltage in a first horizontal period, a second voltage in a second horizontal period, and a third voltage in a third horizontal period. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135361 | IMAGE DISPLAY MEDIUM DRIVER, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND IMAGE DISPLAY MEDIUM DRIVING METHOD - An image display medium driver includes a voltage applying unit that applies a voltage between a pair of substrates of an image display medium that displays an image, the image display medium including plural groups of colored particles colored in a color which is different for every group, at least one of the substrates having transparent properties, each group of colored particles moved when the voltage equal to or higher than a threshold voltage in terms of absolute value, that is different for every group, and a controller that determines a substrate on which the colored particles are present for each group of colored particles based on the last image information used for displaying an image. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135362 | DATA DRIVER DRIVING METHOD FOR REDUCING GAMMA SETTLING TIME AND DISPLAY DRIVE DEVICE - A data driver driving method includes separately generating gamma voltages through respective separate gamma voltage generators according to colors, applying the separate gamma voltages to their corresponding drive circuits in a data driver through separate channels to obtain first, second, and third color converting outputs, and alternately and sequentially applying the first, second, and third color converting outputs to common pixel nodes of a panel. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135363 | Electrophoretic Display and Drive Method Thereof - The present invention discloses an electrophoretic display and a driving met hod thereof, comprising: arranging each pixel electrode in the electrophoretic display to correspond to a pixel; determining a driving waveform of the electrophoretic display based on the initial gray level and the final gray level of the pixel, applying a display signal of the driving waveform to the pixel electrode, controlling the pixel whose gray level value needs to be changed; wherein the driving waveform comprises at least one gray level driving procedure, each driving procedure corresponds to a gray level changing direction, the final gray level is a gradually changing gray level in the gray level changing direction which the last driving procedure corresponds to. The present invention can realize relatively accurate control to the gray level change while keeping DC balance by means of the electrophoretic display and the driving method thereof when the screen is refreshed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135364 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERPOLATING COLORS - This disclosure provides methods, apparatus, and computer programs encoded on computer storage media for converting drive instructions for a plurality of display devices to drive instructions for a first display device. In one aspect, a method includes processing the drive instructions for the plurality of display devices to produce a first color in a set of potential colors for the plurality of display devices, selecting a color for the first display device that approximates the produced first color, displaying the selected color with the first display device, determining an error between the selected color and the produced first color, and diffusing the error by displaying at least another color on at least a portion of the plurality of display devices. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135365 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A plurality of pixels are arranged at each intersection of a plurality of scanning lines and a plurality of signal lines, and respectively includes a liquid crystal element displaying grayscales according to a grayscale potential of each signal line during the selection of each scanning line. To two pixels which are adjacent to each other in an extending direction of a signal line and correspond to two scanning lines selected by a scanning line driving circuit in each selection period, a signal line driving circuit supplies a grayscale potential according to a grayscale computed as the weighted average of grayscales designated by display data supplied to a display control circuit for each of the two pixels. | 05-30-2013 |
20130135366 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND VEHICLE-MOUNTED INFORMATION DEVICE - A liquid crystal display unit | 05-30-2013 |
20130141469 | ACTIVE MATRIX ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - In one exemplary embodiment, a method for driving an AMOLED display having OLED arranged in rows and columns, a pixel circuit for driving an OLED, a scan line for selecting the pixel circuits of each row and a data line for controlling the pixel circuits of each column and supply lines connectable to the anodes and cathodes of the AMOLED pixels may be described. The method may be steps for decomposing image data into a plurality of subframes based on a dependence of physical characteristics of the AMOLED display; generating binary subframe signals according to the decomposed subframes; activating an OLED, based on a scan signal on the scan line and a generated subframe signal applied on the data line, allowing or blocking a current to flow through the organic light emitting diode; and connecting the supply lines to a voltage source for a predetermined duration for each subframe. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141470 | Pixel Matrix, Array Substrate, Liquid Crystal Display Device and Driving Method - The present invention discloses a pixel matrix, an array substrate, a liquid crystal display device and a driving method. A pixel matrix comprises a plurality of sub-pixels arranged in rows; the sub-pixels are distinguished in colors, and comprise a plurality of first sub-pixels, a plurality of second sub-pixels and a plurality of third sub-pixels which are respectively corresponding to three primary colors. Each row comprises said sub-pixels of more than two colors. In the present invention, a plurality of sub-pixel electrodes are corresponding to different colors in each row of matrix, so when under solid color drive or two-solid color mixture drive, if the matrix in the current row is under drive, not all the gate lines are needed to open, so that the load of data scanning chip in the same chronology is reduced so as to further reduce the temperature of the data chip and extend the service life of the data chip. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141471 | OBSCURING GRAPHICAL OUTPUT ON REMOTE DISPLAYS - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that facilitates interaction between an electronic device and a remote display. The system includes a first application and an encoding apparatus on the electronic device, and a second application and a decoding apparatus on the remote display. The first application obtains graphical output for a display of the electronic device and a set of filtering parameters associated with the graphical output. Next, the encoding apparatus encodes the graphical output, and the first application transmits the graphical output and the filtering parameters to the remote display. Upon receiving the graphical output and the filtering parameters at the remote display, the decoding apparatus decodes the graphical output. The second application then uses the graphical output to drive the remote display and the filtering parameters to obscure a subset of the graphical output on the remote display. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141472 | LIQUID CRYSTAL STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal stereoscopic display system and a method for driving the same are provided. The system includes an image display device, for displaying a right-eye image and a left-eye image in sequence according to a timing control signal; a shutter glass unit, having a right-eye lens and a left-eye lens, where the right-eye lens is in an open state or a closed state according to the timing control signal, and the left-eye lens is in an open state or a closed state according to the timing control signal; and a backlight unit, for providing a light source for a display panel unit, where the backlight unit performs an close action according to the timing control signal, and performs a open action before a next timing control signal is generated. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141473 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL, METHOD OF DISPLAYING THREE-DIMENSIONAL STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel includes: applying a data signal to the display panel during a sub-active interval based on a data enable signal, and blocking the data signal applied to the display panel during the sub-blanking interval. In such an embodiment, the data enable signal is activated during the sub-active interval and deactivated during the sub-blanking interval, a frame is divided into a plurality of sub-frames, and each of the sub-frames is divided into the sub-active interval and the sub-blanking interval. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141474 | VOLTAGE SUMMING BUFFER, DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER AND SOURCE DRIVER OF DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A digital-to-analog converter includes a first decoder, a second decoder and a voltage summing buffer. The first decoder receives upper bits of a digital signal and upper reference voltages to output an upper voltage corresponding to the upper bits. The second decoder configured to receive lower bits of the digital signal and lower reference voltages to output a lower differential voltage corresponding to the lower bits. The voltage summing buffer generates an output voltage based on the upper voltage and the lower differential voltage, such that the output voltage corresponds to the digital signal including the upper bits and the lower bits. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141475 | PROJECTION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processor receives, from each of a plurality of projectors, the number of pixels to be projected and the number of pixels of a region to be superposed of the projector, and the information processor calculates the number of pixels of an integrated image based on the number of pixels to be projected and the number of pixels of a region to be superposed of each projection screen of the projectors. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141476 | DOUBLE-VISION DISPLAY AND DOUBLE-VISION DISPLAYING METHOD - Embodiments of the invention provide a double-vision display and a double-vision displaying method. The double-vision display comprises a first display plane for displaying a first content and a second display plane for displaying a second content, the first display plane comprises a plurality of first display units, the second display plane comprises a plurality of second display units, and the first display units and the second display units are alternately arranged. The method comprises: when the first display plane of a display panel of the double-vision display displays a first image of the first content, the second display plane of the display panel displaying one black image; and when the second display plane displays a second image of the second content, the first display plane displaying one black image; the first images of the first content and the second images of the second content are temporally alternately displayed. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141477 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention discloses a backlight unit having a plurality of light-emitting blocks and a light source driving section. The plurality of light-emitting blocks is arranged in a matrix shape along first and second directions different from each other. Each of the light-emitting blocks includes a light source unit having at least one light-emitting chip to emit light, and a light guiding unit to guide the light. The light source driving section controls the light source unit of the light-emitting blocks to drive the light source unit. | 06-06-2013 |
20130141478 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a method of driving the same. An image signal receiver sequentially outputs frames for image display. A local illumination calculation unit displays an image on a display unit based on the frames and calculates light emission amount of a light source provided for each section of a backlight unit. A frame interpolator generates sub-frames based on the frames and outputs the sub-frames and the frames. A pixel adjuster adjusts light transmittance of each pixel according to the brightness of each pixel and the amount of the light emitted from each section which is calculated by the local illumination calculation unit when the image is displayed based on the frames and the sub-frames sequentially output from a frame interpolator. Local illumination is realized without increasing the number of memory devices while a frame frequency is increased. | 06-06-2013 |
20130147851 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OPTICAL TRANSMITTANCE - A display apparatus for controlling optical transmittance thereof, is provided. The display apparatus includes: a display panel including a pixel having a first region for emitting light via at least one surface thereof and a second region disposed adjacent to the first region and for transmitting external light therethrough; a signal generator for generating a signal including image words representing image data corresponding to the light emitted from the first region, wherein one or more transmittance bits of the signal represent transmittance of the second region; and a transmittance control device for controlling transmittance of the second region based on the one or more transmittance bits. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147852 | Three-Dimensional Image Display Device - A three-dimensional image display device is provided. The three-dimensional image display device includes a display panel and a plurality of light control units. The display panel includes a pixel array composed of a plurality of pixels. Each of the pixels consists of a plurality of sub-pixels. The sub-pixel has an aspect ratio of about 1:1. A symmetry axis of each of the light control units is substantially parallel to a diagonal of each of the sub-pixels. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147853 | METHOD AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS FOR POWER-SAVING DISPLAY - A method for power saving of display devices is provided. The method includes: while displaying a frame on a display, providing a representative data luma according to a plurality of original data lumas of a plurality of pixels of the frame, mapping a representative data luma value of a frame and a corresponding original drive value to a target display luma value according to the display characteristic, providing a power-saving data luma and a power-saving drive by mapping the target display value to a reference curve to display the frame. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147854 | MULTI-VIEW DISPLAY APPARATUS - A multi-view display apparatus includes a screen, a projection lens, two spatial light modulators, light sources, an optical guidance system and a combining prism. The light sources can radiate light in turn. When one of the light sources radiate light, the optical guiding system can divide the light into two portions and guide the two portions of the light to the spatial light modulators respectively, and the spatial light modulators can reflect the light. The combining prism can transmit light that is reflected from the spatial light modulators to the projection lens, where the projection lens is aligned with the screen in an optical path so that the screen can receive the light that is projected from the projection lens. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147855 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF DISPLAY - An electronic device includes a display, an illumination sensor, a distance detecting unit, a storage unit and a control unit. The illumination sensor periodically detects a current ambient illumination. The distance detecting unit periodically detects a current distance between a user and the electronic device. The control unit determines a corresponding current illumination level, and compares the current illumination level with a historical illumination level. If the current illumination level differs from the historical illumination level, the control unit further compares the current distance with a historical distance. If the current distance differs from the historical distance, the control unit maintains the brightness of the display; otherwise, the control unit adjusts the brightness of the display according to the illumination level. Then, the control unit stores the current illumination level and the current distance in the storage unit to update the historical illumination level and the historical distance. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147856 | DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD, DRIVING MODULE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display driving method comprises the steps of: determining a first target-level voltage and a second target-level voltage of a signal of the scan line; determining a first switch time and a second switch time according to an RC loading of the scan line; determining at least one first precharge-level voltage and at least one second precharge-level voltage according to the first target-level voltage, the second target-level voltage, the first switch time, and the second switch time; and outputting the first precharge-level voltage, the first target-level voltage, the second precharge-level voltage, and the second target-level voltage to drive the display panel, wherein the first precharge-level voltage is switched to the first target-level voltage after the first switch time, and the second precharge-level voltage is switched to the second target-level voltage after the second switch time. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147857 | Methods and Apparatus for Reducing Flickering and Motion Blur in a Display Device - A method including selecting a luminance setting for at least a portion of a display from a plurality of luminance settings; controlling the insertion of blank fields with respect to frames of data displayed on the display for the selected luminance setting at a duty ratio, at least some of the luminance settings having an associated range of duty ratios for reducing flicker and/or blur perceived by a user. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147858 | DISPLAY UNIT AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display unit includes: a display panel including, for each pixel, four or more types of sub-pixels that are different from one another in luminescent colors; and a driving circuit applying a pulse based on an image signal to each of the sub-pixels, and applying, when the sub-pixels include a sub-pixel of a defect dot, a compensated pulse configured to correct the defect dot to the sub-pixels that are adjacent or close to the sub-pixel of the defect dot. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147859 | TRANSMISSION TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD AND DISPLAY PROGRAM - A transmission type display device includes an image formation unit that forms an image of image light, a display unit that transmits ambient light to an image extraction area, and a control unit that determines a first mode in which alight intensity determination value that is a value for determining a light intensity of an image formed by the image formation unit is fixed, and a second mode in which the light intensity determination value is variably set, wherein in the first mode, the control unit fixes the light intensity determination value, and controls the transmittance of the shade, and wherein in the second mode, the control unit variably sets the light intensity determination value, and controls the transmittance of the shade. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147860 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention provides a display system capable of efficiently calibrating image content even when the image is displayed and thereby capable of reducing the time and cost required for calibration, and also provides a computer-readable recording medium. The control device thereof processes an image to be displayed on a display section beforehand so as to be usable for calibration. While the image is actually being displayed on the display section, the control device captures an image displayed on the display section using a capturing device at the timing at which a calibration image is displayed, compares the luminance or color in the calibration image with the luminance or color in the image obtained by capturing the calibration image, and creates correction information for correcting an image signal to be output to the display section on the basis of the result of the comparison. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147861 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD DRIVING THE SAME - A display device is disclosed. The device includes: a timing controller configured to derive data signals for a display panel from external signals; a date driver configured to derive data voltages from the data signals and apply the data voltage to data lines on the display panel; a gamma IC (integrated circuit) chip configured to apply gamma voltages to the data driver; a power supply IC chip configured to apply a most significant voltage to the data driver; a DAC (digital-to-analog converter) configured to receive the gamma voltages and the most significant voltage from the gamma IC chip and the power supply IC chip and generate the data voltages opposite to the data signals; and a power supply unit configured to convert the gamma voltages and the most significant voltage using the data signals and apply the converted voltages to the DAC. | 06-13-2013 |
20130147862 | Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Drive Values for Dual Modulation Displays - Method and apparatus are provided for determining and adjusting drive values for a display comprising light source modulation layer such as a backlight array of LED and a display modulation layer such as an LCD panel. Image regions for which any of the display modulation layer drive values are above a predetermined threshold maximum value or below a predetermined threshold minimum value are flagged. The light source modulation layer control values determined for a subsequent frame of image data may be adjusted based on the flagged image regions. The adjustments to the light source modulation layer control values may reduce artifacts in the displayed image and increase the efficiency of the display. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155119 | TEMPORAL CONTROL OF ILLUMINATION SCALING IN A DISPLAY DEVICE - The techniques of the disclosure are directed to reducing power consumption in a device through adaptive backlight level (ABL) scaling. The techniques may utilize a temporal approach in implementing the ABL scaling to adjust the backlight level of a display for a current video frame in a sequence of video frames presented on the display. The techniques may include receiving an initial backlight level adjustment for the current video frame and determining whether to adjust the backlight level adjustment for the current video frame based on a historical trend. The techniques may also determine the historical trend of backlight level adjustments between the current video frame and one or more preceding video frames in the sequence. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155120 | Color Adjustment Device, Method for Adjusting Color, and Display for the Same - A method for adjusting color measures tristimulus values of white, red, green, and blue at all grayscales performed on a LCD panel, and then converts a white-measured stimulus set (WX | 06-20-2013 |
20130155121 | WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTING METHOD - The invention relates to a white balance adjusting method, which includes steps of: obtaining the maximum and minimum spectral tristimulus values X | 06-20-2013 |
20130155122 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving apparatus of a display device includes: a panel driving unit that receives a panel control signal and a first light control signal from an external device, drives a display panel of the display device based on the panel control signal, processes the first light control signal, and outputs the processed first light control signal as a second light control signal; and a light driving unit that drives the light source based on the second light control signal, where the second light control signal is configured to have the light source provide light for the display panel after a completion of a pre-display operation of the panel driving unit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155123 | IMAGE OUTPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image output apparatus that outputs a plurality of image data to one or a plurality of image display apparatuses capable of controlling amounts of light of backlights, the image output apparatus including: a determining unit configured to determine whether the plurality of image data satisfy a predetermined condition; and a controlling unit configured to control, when the determining unit determines that the plurality of image data satisfy the predetermined condition, the one or the plurality of image display apparatuses such that either or both of amounts of light and number of light emission control units of the backlights used for display of the plurality of image data are the same. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155124 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The method is for driving a display device including luminescence pixels arranged in rows and columns. The method includes: applying a black signal voltage to (a) a first target luminescence pixel in one row of each row pair and (b) a second target luminescence pixel in the other row at the same time, thereby starting the non-light-emission durations of the first and second target luminescence pixels simultaneously; (ii) applying a first data signal voltage to the first target luminescence pixel; (iii) applying a second data signal voltage to the second target luminescence pixel; and (iv) causing the first and second target luminescence pixels to emit light simultaneously based on these data signal voltages, thereby starting the light-emission durations of the first and the second target luminescence pixels simultaneously. The processing starts at different times for all row pairs. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155125 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus comprises a determination unit and a control unit, wherein when a block corresponding to an object region is not included in a predetermined number of blocks centered around a determination-target block, the determination unit determines that the determination-target block is a block which satisfies a predetermined condition, and wherein the control unit: sets a backlight emission brightness of a block corresponding to the object region to a first level, sets a backlight emission brightness of a block which satisfies the predetermined condition, among the blocks corresponding to a background region, to a second level that is lower than the first level, and sets a backlight emission brightness of a block which does not satisfy the predetermined condition, among the blocks corresponding to the background region, to a third level that is higher than the second level and not higher than the first level. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155126 | DETERMINATION OF DISPLAY DEVICE POWER CONSUMPTION - Example embodiments disclosed herein relate to determination of display device power consumption. In example embodiments, an operating parameter of a display device of a computing device is received, which, in some embodiments, may be a current level of brightness of the display device. A level of power consumption of the display device may then be determined based on the operating parameter. | 06-20-2013 |
20130162690 | Breakover Conduction Driving Method - A device operating in accordance with the invention receives data respective of an image to be displayed, determines the illumination load requirement for at least one illumination period according to the image data and adjusts the operation of the illumination driver according to the illumination load requirement such that a driving current is maintained between an electrode charging phase and an illumination phase according to the illumination load requirement. The invention seeks to negate the driving electrode inductance between the driving circuit and the load by maintaining an electrical current within the driving electrode between the charging phase and the conductive phase. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162691 | DISPLAY - A display includes: a display section that includes first pixels to nth pixels and displays perspective images assigned to the first to nth pixels; and a display control section that partitions the display section into sub-regions and performs display control on pixels in each of the sub-regions, independently, to vary a correspondence relationship between the first to nth pixels and the perspective images for each of the sub-regions. The display control section assigns a first perspective image to two pixels of the first pixel to the nth pixel and assigns a second perspective image to other two pixels of the first pixel to the nth pixel, in each of the sub-regions. The display control section adjusts a luminance level of one or both of the two pixels and a luminance level of one or both of the other two pixels in each of the sub-regions. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162692 | LUMINANCE TEST SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODES - A luminance test system includes a plurality of LEDs, a microcontroller, a plurality of light sensors, a plurality of shielding members, a plurality of AD converters, a MCU and a display module. Each of the plurality of light sensors detects a luminance of one of the plurality of LEDs to generate an analog luminance signal. Each of the shielding members receives one of the plurality of LEDs and one of the plurality of light sensors. Each of the plurality AD converters converts the analog luminance signal into a digital luminance signal. The plurality of AD converters in turn transmit the digital luminance signal to the MCU. The display module displays a luminance value of each of the plurality of LEDs according to the digital luminance signal. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162693 | MULTI-GRAY LEVEL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A display with at least N(P−1)+1 number of gray levels extended from P number of gray levels is disclosed. The display includes a row driver, a column driver, scan lines and data lines crossing the scan lines to form a pixel matrix with pixels. The scan lines couple with the row driver and the data lines couple with the column driver. Each pixel further includes N number of sub-pixels and M number of transistors. The N number of sub-pixels are grouped into M number of sub-pixel groups. The M number of transistors control the M number of sub-pixel groups respectively and each sub-pixel group receives one of the P number of gray levels to display corresponding gray levels. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162694 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, DISPLAY UNIT, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display unit includes: a display section displaying an image; and a light source device emitting light for image display toward the display section, the light source device including a first light source emitting first illumination light and a light guide plate, the light guide plate including a plurality of scattering regions that allow the first illumination light entering through a side surface of the light guide plate to be scattered and then to exit from the light guide plate, in which the scattering regions each are configured of a plurality of scattering patterns including a first scattering pattern with a width varying according to a distance from the first light source. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162695 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS - A display control apparatus is provided. Every time when the level of the signal is obtained, the peak display with respect to the level of the signal is initiated by the first peak display control unit in a predetermined display manner in the display position obtained by the peak position obtaining unit. On the other hand, the previous peak displays being displayed according to the level of the signal obtained at a previous time and a time before the previous time is continued, and the display manner of the previous peak display being displayed is changed according to the second peak display control unit. Accordingly, while one and more than one level are simultaneously displayed on one display device, the temporal sequence of the levels, which is simultaneously displayed with different display manners, can be recognized by the user. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162696 | DISPLAY APPARATUS LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method controls a display that includes a display portion, a scanner, and a driver. The display portion includes light emitting elements arranged in a matrix form. The scanner is connected to common lines each of which is connected to corresponding elements that are arranged in a corresponding row. The scanner applies a voltage to a selected common line. The driver is connected to driving lines each of which is connected to corresponding elements that are arranged in a corresponding column. The driver activates selected elements. The method controls the display whereby displaying an image in each cycle including frames. The voltage is applied to the selected one of the common lines in a lighting frame in which the light emitting elements are driven in one cycle. The scanner is prevented from applying the voltage in a non-lighting frame in which the elements are not driven in the one cycle. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162697 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal display unit including pixels and displaying an image based on an input image signal; a drive unit that applies a voltage based on the input image signal to the pixels while inverting a polarity of the voltage for each of frames; a luminance determination unit that determines whether a detected average luminance has changed, between the frames, by an amount equal to or more than a reference luminance; and a signal generation unit that generates a phase inversion enabling signal for inverting a phase of the polarity of the voltage applied to the pixels, in a case where the luminance determination unit determines that the average luminance has changed by the above amount, wherein the drive unit inverts the phase of the polarity of the voltage applied to the pixels when the phase inversion enabling signal is generated. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162698 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROJECTOR AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A driving device of a display apparatus includes a calculation unit which calculates a correction value to correct a gradation value of a pixel that is a correction target on the basis of n gradation values that corresponds to n pixels and a correction unit which corrects the gradation value of a pixel that is a correction target on the basis of the correction value and the calculation unit performs a first calculation in a case in which a gradation value among the n gradation values is included in a first range, performs a second calculation in a case in which a gradation value among the n gradation values is included in a second range, respectively performs the first calculation or the second calculation on the n gradation values, and calculates the correction value on the basis of the calculation results performed on the n gradation values. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162699 | ACTIVE MATRIX TYPE BISTABLE CHIRAL NEMATIC LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The disclosure provides a driving method for an active matrix type bistable chiral nematic liquid crystal display, including: dividing a frame into at least two fields, wherein each field is formed by a plurality of pixel rows; driving one of the at least two fields by a plurality of driving operations, wherein a liquid crystal unit of each pixel in the field is driven to one of two predetermined states in each driving operation; and driving the other fields by the plurality of driving operations. | 06-27-2013 |
20130162700 | DRIVE CIRCUIT, DRIVE METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A drive circuit is configured to drive a display panel including pixels and a backlight including LEDs. The display panel includes a critical light transmission level that is a minimum level for causing each pixel to respond in a predetermined time upon an input of an image. The drive circuit includes first and second circuits. The first circuit is configured to divide the image into areas and determine brightness levels of the LEDs for the areas based on the image. The second circuit is configured to determine a light transmission level based on the image and the brightness levels such that the level is higher than the critical level. | 06-27-2013 |
20130169692 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROL METHOD CAPABLE OF REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel, a backlight module, a driving circuit and a control unit. The driving circuit is electrically connected to the backlight module and used for providing a driving voltage for the backlight module. The control unit is electrically connected to the display panel and the driving circuit. The control unit controls the driving voltage to vary within a predetermined ratio range periodically so as to make a backlight brightness of the backlight module vary periodically in response to the driving voltage within the predetermined ratio range and controls a display parameter of the display panel to vary periodically according to the backlight brightness of the backlight module so as to compensate the backlight brightness of the backlight module. Accordingly, the invention can reduce power consumption of the backlight module effectively so as to reduce power consumption of the display device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169693 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGES, AND GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGE COMPENSATION CIRCUIT - In a method of compensating gamma reference voltages includes setting a plurality of emission signal on-duty ratios that have different values in a range from 0% to 100%, setting a plurality of data offsets for the emission signal on-duty ratios and each of the data offsets being set based on a color shift, the color shift being caused according to the emission signal on-duty ratios, generating a plurality of compensation gamma reference voltages by multiplying a gamma reference voltage by the data offsets, and applying the compensation gamma reference voltages to an organic light emitting display panel in dimming ranges that include the emission signal on-duty ratios, respectively. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169694 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a backlight module and a transmissive display panel is provided. The backlight module includes a light guide plate, a patterned light scattering structure, and a light emitting device. The light guide plate has a first surface, a second surface opposite to the first surface, and a light incident surface connecting the first surface and the second surface. The patterned light scattering structure is disposed on the light guide plate or inside the light guide plate. The patterned light scattering structure includes a plurality of light scattering strips. The light emitting device is configured to emit an illumination light and the light incident surface is disposed on the path of the illumination light. The light scattering strips are configured to scatter the illumination light. The transmissive display panel is disposed beside the backlight module. The first surface faces the transmissive display panel. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169695 | POWER SUPPLY DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME, AND POWER SUPPLY METHOD - A display apparatus includes an OLED panel receiving an input of a video signal and a plurality of driving power levels for RGB colors and displaying an image, a video signal providing unit providing the video signal to the OLED panel, and a power supply supplying the plurality of driving power levels to the OLED panel unit and performing individual feedback control for each of the plurality of driving power levels. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169696 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY PANEL SYSTEM - A display panel comprises an array of light elements arranged in n rows by m columns. At least one driver is configured to drive one of said columns and rows, wherein the or each driver is configured to drive each of said columns or said rows. A plurality of the display panels may be used together to form a display panel system. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169697 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE, DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SUPPLYING POWER, AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF CONTENTS - A device and a method for displaying an image, a device and a method for supplying power, and a method for adjusting brightness of contents are provided. The device for displaying the image includes: a pixel value converter which, if a plurality of color pixel values of the image is received, converts the received color pixel values; a display panel which includes a plurality of color light-emitting devices and which drives each of the plurality of color light-emitting devices based on the converted color pixel values; a light-emission controller which provides the display panel with a control signal which variably controls respective driving times of each of the color light-emitting devices based on colors; and a global controller which controls the light-emission controller to variably adjust a duty ratio of the control signal based on colors and the converted color pixel values. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169698 | BACKLIGHT PROVIDING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A backlight providing apparatus is provided. The backlight providing apparatus includes image analyzers which detect brightness property information of an image frame for each of content views; a light source which provides a backlight to a display panel; a backlight driver which drives the light source; and a controller which controls the backlight driver to provide a backlight corresponding to the detected brightness property information for each of the plurality of content views. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169699 | LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a light emitting display device capable of minimizing deviation of current driving capability between driving switching devices of respective pixels, thereby achieving enhanced screen quality. A method of driving the light emitting display device includes sensing the threshold voltage and mobility of driving Thin Film Transistor (TFT) of each pixel through each data line or each power line using a first sensing voltage; correcting an error of the mobility between the driving TFTs by again sensing the mobility of the driving TFT of each pixel through each data line or each power line using a second voltage; and compensating for video data to be displayed on a display panel using the threshold voltage and the corrected mobility. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169700 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CALIBRATING COLOR - A display device and a method of calibrating color are provided. The display device includes an image acquisition device, a display which displays a reference color standard and displays a color standard acquired by photographing on a screen the reference color standard through the image acquisition device, a color measurer which measures color of the acquired color standard displayed on the screen of the display, and a color calibrator which calibrates colors of an image acquired through photographing by the image acquisition device using color information measured by the color measurer. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169701 | DISPLAY WITH RED, GREEN, AND BLUE LIGHT SOURCES - A display has a screen which incorporates a light modulator. The screen may be a front projection screen or a rear-projection screen. The screen is illuminated with light from a light source comprising an array of controllable light-emitters. The controllable-emitters and elements of the light modulator may be controlled to adjust the intensity of light emanating from corresponding areas on the screen. The display may provide a high dynamic range. | 07-04-2013 |
20130169702 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device including pixels has formed therein at least two drive blocks each made up of pixel rows. Each of the pixels includes: a drive transistor; a first electrostatic capacitor and a second electrostatic capacitor; an organic EL element; a first switching transistor provided between the source and the drain of the drive transistor; and a second switching transistor that supplies a signal current to the organic EL element. Each of the pixels in a kth drive block includes a third switching transistor provided between a first signal line and the first electrostatic storing capacitor, and each of the pixels in a k-th drive block includes a fourth switching transistor provided between a second signal line and the first electrostatic storing capacitor. A second control line for controlling conduction of the first switching transistor is connected to each of the pixels in a same one of the drive blocks. | 07-04-2013 |
20130176347 | PROJECTION APPARATUS AND PROJECTION METHOD - A projection apparatus including an image panel, a projection lens, and a control unit is provided. The image panel is configured to provide an image beam and has a displaying area. The projection lens is configured to project the image beam to form an image. When the optical axis of the projection lens is tilted with respect to a normal of the image, the control unit commands a first portion of the displaying area to show a compressed frame corresponding to the image and commands a second portion of the displaying area to show a black border. A projection method is also provided. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176348 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display (LCD) and an operating method thereof are provided. The operating method includes the following steps. It is determined whether a first frame and a second frame following the first frame are dynamic frames. When the first frame and the second frame are dynamic frames, a timing controller of the LCD performs a polarity inversion on a polarity signal, so that the polarity signal corresponding to the first frame is the same as the polarity signal corresponding to the second frame. When the second frame is written into an LCD panel of the LCD, energy written into the LCD panel is reduced. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176349 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device and a method of driving such a display device including a display module and a DC-DC converter provided outside the display module to supply first and second power source voltages to the display module. The display module includes a gamma voltage generator for generating a plurality of gamma voltages from a first driving voltage and a second driving voltage and a driving voltage varying unit for correcting the first driving voltage and the second driving voltage based on a change in the first power source voltage. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176350 | OPTICAL DISPLAY SYSTEM AND METHOD, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE DITHERING USING BIREFRINGENCE, COLOR IMAGE SUPERPOSITIONING AND DISPLAY ENHANCEMENT WITH PHASE COORDINATED POLARIZATION SWITCHING - A display apparatus includes a passive display, a light source, and a video signal input, in operation in response to a video signal the passive display modulates light from the light source to provide an image, and the intensity of the light source is controlled by the video signal.
| 07-11-2013 |
20130176351 | DEVICE FOR PROJECTING AN IMAGE - According to the present invention there is provided a projection device, which is configured to project an image which is co-operable with images projected by one or more other projection devices, wherein the projection device comprises a detector operable to detect characteristics of images projected on a display surface by the projection device and one or more other projection devices, and a controller operable to adjust the projection device and/or to adjust one or more of the other projection devices, based on the characteristics of the images detected by the detector, such that the images projected by each projection device co-operate on the display surfaces. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176352 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A direct-viewing type display device ( | 07-11-2013 |
20130182017 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR HIGH REFLECTANCE MULTI-STATE ARCHITECTURES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for device and methods for high reflectance multi-state architectures. In one aspect, a display device can include a plurality of reflective pixels including subpixels. Each subpixel can be selectively switched among first, second, and third states, with each state having a different spectral reflectance. Each subpixel has a spectral reflectance associated with a first set of primary colors and with a second set of primary colors. At least one of the colors in the second set of primary colors can be different from the colors in the first set of primary colors. The first set of primary colors can include colors that combine to produce white. A combination of colors of the first set of primary colors can have a brightness that is higher than the brightness of the combination of colors of the second set of primary colors. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182018 | DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display panel comprises a plurality of pixels. A first pixel among the plurality of pixels comprises a first subpixel which further comprises a first subpixel electrode, a first switching element configured to apply a data voltage to the first subpixel electrode, and a second switching element applying a boosting voltage to the first subpixel electrode. The first pixel further comprises a second subpixel comprising a second subpixel electrode and a third switching element applying the data voltage to the low pixel electrode. Accordingly, the display quality and the reliability of the display panel may be improved. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182019 | METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of calculating a correction value used when signal value correction is performed with respect to an image signal supplied to a display panel includes setting a target luminance value, which is not uniform in an overall surface of the display panel, as a target luminance value of one image signal value such that at least a portion of a distribution of target luminance values at each plane position of the display panel becomes a curved distribution, and calculating a correction value at each plane position of the display panel using luminance observed at each plane position of the display panel when one image signal value is given to the overall surface of the display panel and the target luminance value at each plane position of the display panel. | 07-18-2013 |
20130187958 | LUMINANCE BOOST METHOD AND SYSTEM - A system and method for increasing perceived contrast in a medical display ( | 07-25-2013 |
20130187959 | Optical correction for high uniformity panel lights - A display has a spatial light modulator for dynamically controlling a luminance of each pixel according to an input signal, the spatial light modulator having a non-uniform spatial characteristic, the display also having an optical filter having a spatial pattern to alter the luminance to compensate at least partially for the non-uniform spatial characteristic. An electronic signal processing element applies some precompensation predominantly of higher spatial frequencies for the non-uniform spatial characteristic. Such dynamic and optical compensation can enable tuning for different optimizations or for compensating for variations over time. A backlight has an optical source and an optical filter, the source having a color output which has a non-uniform spatial characteristic, and the optical filter having a spatial pattern to alter the color to compensate in part at least for the non-uniform spatial characteristic. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194315 | GAMUT CONTROL USING RGB DRIVING WITH ADDITIONAL BALANCING PHASE FOR FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR DISPLAYS AND OTHER DISPLAYS - A system includes multiple light emitting diodes (LEDs), where different LEDs are configured to generate light of different individual colors. The system also includes a display driver configured to generate drive signals for driving the LEDs. The display driver is configured in different phases of a repeating frame to activate different ones of the LEDs in order to generate the different individual colors of light. The display driver is also configured in a balancing phase of the repeating frame to activate two or more of the LEDs in order to generate a non-white color of light. The non-white color of light comprising a combination of at least two of the different individual colors of light. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194316 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - There is provided an organic light emitting display capable of improving the display quality of a low brightness region. The organic light emitting display includes pixels positioned at intersections of scan lines, emission control lines, and data lines, a converter for receiving data to generate brightness values, a timing controller for extracting emission time values and gamma values to correspond to the brightness values, an emission control line driver for supplying emission control signals to the emission control lines so that emission times of the pixels are controlled to correspond to the emission time values, and a gamma voltage generator for generating gamma voltages corresponding to the gamma values. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194317 | SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method of operating a data processing apparatus for testing visual acuity and/or visual contrast, the method comprising displaying symbols on a display device, the symbols displayed having luminance, colour and contrast, varying the luminance, colour and/or contrast or any one or combination of luminance, colour and/or contrast of the symbols displayed on the display device; and varying the time period for displaying the symbols. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194318 | LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHODS THEREFOR - A light source device including: a boost-type conversion unit configured to convert an input AC voltage into a DC voltage; a detection unit configured to detect a voltage value of the input AC voltage; and a control unit configured to control the brightness of a light source unit on the basis of an input image signal. The control unit changes the timing of brightness change of the light source unit according to a voltage value detected by the detection unit. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194319 | Color Signal Converter, Display Unit, Color Signal Conversion Program, Computer-Readable Storage Medium Storing Color Signal Conversion Program, And Color Signal Conversion Method - A color conversion circuit converts a three-primary-color signal PS | 08-01-2013 |
20130194320 | METHOD FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - In one embodiment of the present invention, when a still image is displayed, applied voltages respectively corresponding to a total of n (n being an integer of not less than 4) types of gradation | 08-01-2013 |
20130194321 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHODS AND APPARATUS USING LOCALIZED GAMUT DEFINITIONS - Methods and apparatus are provided for encoding and decoding image data using localized gamut definitions. The localized gamut definitions may be defined based on gamut characteristics of the image data. A gamut transform is applied to the image data wherein color coordinates specified by the image data are mapped to corresponding color coordinates in the localized gamut definition. Use of localized gamut definitions may facilitate image data compression of increased color depth specification of image data. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201223 | DRIVING SYSTEM FOR ACTIVE-MATRIX DISPLAYS - Raw grayscale image data, representing images to be displayed in successive frames, is used to drive a display having pixels that include a drive transistor and an organic light emitting device by dividing each frame into at least first and second-frames, and supplying each pixel with a drive current that is higher in the first sub-frame than in the second sub-frame for raw grayscale values in a first preselected range, and higher in the second sub-frame than in the first sub-frame for raw grayscale values in a second preselected range. The display may be an active matrix display, such as an AMOLED display. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201224 | WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTING METHOD - A white balance adjusting method is disclosed. The white balance adjusting method includes obtaining maximum spectral tristimulus values, minimum spectral tristimulus values and spectral tristimulus values of respective gray levels of a red color, a green color and a blue color; computing spectral tristimulus values Y of the middle respective gray levels; setting a chromaticity and setting polynomial functions which varied based on the gray levels in the spectral tristimulus values; establishing relationships between the spectral tristimulus values of three colors in a white field and the polynomial functions of spectral tristimulus values of a color field; utilizing an approximation method to obtain gray level numbers in the white field. In the present invention, since brightness exponentially varies with the gray level, the chromaticity of a white color dot is set to adjust the white field. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201225 | MULTIMEDIA PLAYER DISPLAYING PROJECTION IMAGE - A multimedia player for providing clear projection image includes; a projection unit displaying a projection image; a screen sensing unit sensing a color of a display plane on which the projection image will be displayed; and a virtual input unit for detecting and providing coordinates of a position being touched on the projection image, wherein a driving unit of the projection unit controls a focal length of a projection lens unit based on a projection image being captured by the screen sensing unit. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201226 | Liquid Crystal Display Driving Method and Display Device Using the Same - A driving method for a display device includes receiving a first image data corresponding to a display of the display device and composed of a plurality of frames; obtaining a first frame and a second frame neighboring to the first frame from the plurality of frames; calculating a plurality of sub-frames according to the first frame and the second frame; adjusting a brightness of at least one sub-frame of the plurality of sub-frames, to have an average brightness of the plurality of sub-frames be lower than an average brightness of the plurality of frames; sequentially inserting the plurality of sub-frames between the first frame and the second frame, to obtain a second image data; and driving the display device according to the second image data. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201227 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - The image display apparatus according to the invention is characterized by comprising a light source for emitting out parallel light, a light deflector capable of deflecting the parallel light emitted out from the light source, and a control unit operable to produce a scan signal for deflecting the light deflector periodically and produce a light intensity control signal in sync with the scan signal based on entered image information thereby controlling the light source. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208015 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display is disclosed. In one embodiment, the OLED display includes a panel including pixels which are configured to control an amount of current that flows from a first power source to a second power source to generate an image of predetermined brightness. The display may also include at least one first power source line formed on a top of the panel and at least one second power source line positioned on a bottom of the panel to face the first power source line. The display may further include a first switch configured to alternately supply the first power source to the first power source line and the second power source line. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208016 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is disclosed. In one aspect the apparatus includes an encoder configured to encode a Nth first image data, where N is an integer of 2 or greater and a (N−1)th second image data at different rates. The display further includes a memory configured to store the encoded Nth first image data and the encoded (N−1)th second image data, a decoder configured to decode the encoded Nth first image data and the encoded (N−1)th second image data received from the memory and, an image processor configured to perform color processing on the decoded Nth first image data. It also includes an image converter configured to convert the Nth first image data received from the image processor into Nth second image data and an image quality enhancer configured to enhance image quality of the Nth second image data based on the decoded (N−1)th second image data. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208017 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS - An organic light emitting display apparatus that is transparent and in which transmittance of external light is high and transmittance is locally different. The organic light emitting display apparatus includes: a first region comprising a plurality of pixels for displaying an image, a first transmitting unit, and a second transmitting unit, the first and second transmitting units being for transmitting external light, and the first transmitting unit being formed smaller than the second transmitting unit; and a second region comprising a plurality of pixels for displaying an image and another first transmitting unit for transmitting external light. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208018 | FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE AND A METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A flat panel display device includes a display panel for displaying an image in a first direction and for displaying the image in a second direction, the display panel including an emissive diode, a first surface, and a second surface substantially parallel to and opposite the first surface, a light-irradiating unit facing the first surface for irradiating light overlapping the image displayed in the second direction, and a control unit for operating the light-irradiating unit, wherein the first direction is substantially perpendicular to the second surface and the second direction forms an inclination angle, with the second surface. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208019 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND MEMORY ARRANGING METHOD FOR IMAGE DATA THEREOF - A display device and an image data memory arrangement method thereof are disclosed. When driving one frame with first and second fields, an input data signal is divided into first and second field data and the first and second field data are respectively arranged according to a light emitting driving sequence to control the light emitting for each field to be displayed. The first and second field data signals respectively include a color data signal pattern in which the data signals transmitted to the pixels corresponding to the same pixel column among the pixels respectively included in the first pixel row and the fourth pixel row display the same color, and the data signals transmitted to the pixels corresponding to the same pixel column among the pixels respectively included in the second pixel row and the third pixel row display the same color. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208020 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE USING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel including a three-dimensional (“3D”) pixel, including multiple subpixels corresponding to multiple viewpoints, a viewpoint detecting part configured to detect a target viewpoint, a display panel driver configured to generate grayscale data of the subpixels based on the detected target viewpoint, and a light converting element including a light converting axis sequentially corresponding to central regions of the subpixels including colors different from one another And configured to convert an image on the display panel into a 3D image. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208021 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ARRANGING METHOD FOR IMAGE DATA THEREOF - A display device including a display panel having first pixels emitting light in a first field and second pixels emitting light in a second field is disclosed. According to one aspect, the display device includes a controller configured to extract first field data transmitted to the first pixels and second field data transmitted to the second pixels from input data, divide the first field data, insert black data between two neighboring first field data to generate first output data, divide the second field data, and insert black data between two neighboring second field data to generate second output data. The display device also includes a data driver configured to transmit a first data signal based on the first output data to the display panel in the first field and transmitting a second data signal based on the second output data to the display panel in the second field. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208022 | DUAL MODE FUNCTION PIXEL AND DUAL MODE FUNCTION DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - Disclosed is a dual mode function pixel that operates either in a first mode or in a second mode according to the intensity of a projected light to have a high visibility regardless of the intensity of projected light. The dual mode function pixel includes: a first membrane on which a self-luminescent element is formed; one or more membranes formed to surround the first membrane; and a lower layer formed below the first membrane and the one or more membranes to be spaced apart from the first membrane and the one or more membranes. The dual mode function pixel is controlled such that the self-luminescent element is driven either to emit light in a first mode operation or to selectively reflect a projected light by utilizing an interference of light generated between the first to one or more membranes and the lower layer in a second mode operation. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208023 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DRIVE METHOD AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Provided is a display device including a pixel array forming by arranging a plurality of pixels whose display grayscale are controlled according to a pixel signal written, a signal line drive unit that outputs a pixel signal, to a plurality of signal lines, with a polarity according to a polarity signal, a scan line drive unit that drives the plurality of signal lines and performs a writing of the pixel signal output to the signal line into the pixels, a polarity signal generation unit that generates the polarity signal instructing the polarity of the pixel signal to be reversed, and supplies the result to the signal line drive unit, and a frame cycle set unit that generates the vertical start pulse in such a manner that a period of the number of vertical clocks that is not a multiple of the N is one frame period. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208024 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING CIRCUIT AND IMAGE DISPLAY UNIT - Provided are an image processing method, an image processing device, an image processing circuit, and an image display unit that allow occurrence of a crosstalk to be reduced. When an image signal Din is input, the image signal Din is converted into an image signal D′in with a narrower dynamic range based on a lookup table ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130208025 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a display control device including a display control unit that performs display control of displaying an input pixel using display elements classified into high-luminance elements having luminance higher than reference luminance, which is luminance of the input pixel, and low-luminance elements having luminance lower than the reference luminance, and equalizing the number of display elements to which a driving voltage of positive polarity is applied with the number of display elements to which a driving voltage of negative polarity is applied, among the display elements belonging to the classification of the same luminance. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208026 | SEMICONDUCTOR LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAYING APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL, HEAD-UP DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROJECTOR, HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A semiconductor light emitting apparatus includes a substrate. A plurality of first electrode wirings are formed on the surface of the substrate. At least one second electrode wiring is formed on the surface of the substrate. A light emitting section is connected between a corresponding one of the plurality of first electrode wirings and the at least one second electrode wiring. The light emitting section includes a plurality of light emitting elements. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208027 | METHOD OF PROVIDING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON EACH OBJECT WITHIN IMAGE BY DIGITAL INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, DIGITAL INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE FOR THE SAME, AND VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION TERMINAL FOR RECEIVING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for providing additional information to a visible light communication terminal through visible light communication by an information display device having a back light unit is provided. The method includes, when the visible light communication terminal is located in one area corresponding to at least one additional information providing area that is disposed within a screen of the information display device, receiving time slot information allocated to the one area through the visible light communication, when the visible light communication terminal is located in remaining areas of the at least one area corresponding to the at least one object, except for the one area, receiving additional information on all objects from the remaining areas through the visible light communication, and acquiring additional information on the object corresponding to the one area from among the additional information on all the objects by using the allocated time slot information. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208028 | INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE - An information display apparatus includes main image tone value modification means for modifying a tone value to compress a tone of a main image, first projection means for projecting the main image having the compressed tone by the main image tone value modification part with a first polarization component, sub-image tone value modification means for compressing tones of the sub-image, then modifying tone values of the sub-image by adding to the tone values after the compression an offset value, the offset value being not less than the maximum tone value of the main image having the compressed tone, correction image generation means for generating the correction image formed by subtracting the tone values of the main image having the compressed tone from the tone values modified by the sub-image tone value modification means, and second projection means for projecting the correction image with a second polarization component different from the first polarization component overlaying to the main image projected by the first projection means. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215156 | PORTABLE PROJECTOR DEVICE, AND METHOD OF PROLONGING BATTERY LIFE OF A BATTERY OF THE SAME AND OPTIMIZING QUALITY OF AN IMAGE PROJECTED BY THE SAME - A portable projector device includes an image processing unit, an optical mechanical system, a light source controller, and a power supply management unit. The power supply management unit is to be coupled to a battery, which powers up the portable projector, is for detecting a residual capacity of the battery, and is operable according to the residual capacity of the battery to enable the light source controller to adjust illumination of a light source of the optical mechanical system and to enable the image processing unit to process an input image signal according to a display parameter so as to optimize the image projected by the image projecting unit. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215157 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING THREE-DIMENSIONAL STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE AND A DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of displaying a three-dimensional (“3D”) stereoscopic image includes providing a first 3D data signal to a first display area portion of a display panel; and selectively providing a second 3D data signal or a black data signal to a second display area portion of the display panel when the first 3D data signal is being provided to the first display area. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215158 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a display portion, a data line driving circuit, a first retention capacitor that retains the potential of the data line, a driving control circuit, and a display control circuit that supplies brightness information to the driving control circuit and also supplies an image signal to the data line driving circuit. The data line driving circuit includes a potential control line to which a potential control signal is supplied, a third retention capacitor one end of which is connected with the data line and the other one of which is supplied with a potential based on the image signal, and a first transistor that is electrically connected between the other end of the third retention capacitor and the potential control line. The driving control circuit controls the potential of the potential control signal based on the brightness information. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215159 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes a processing device that performs a color reduction processing of converting data of a-levels of gray indicative of an image to be displayed in a display area including a plurality of pixels arranged along a first direction and a second direction into data of b-levels of gray (b | 08-22-2013 |
20130222436 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND A METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display that includes a plurality of pixels configured to display four colors, and a color gamut mapping unit configured to convert three color input image signals into four color image signals, wherein when the three color input image signals include yellow, the color gamut mapping unit converts the three color input image signals based on a hue shift of the yellow. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222437 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display includes first scan lines, data lines, and first emission control lines at an active region for displaying an image, second scan lines and second emission control lines at a blank region where no image is displayed, pixels coupled to the first scan lines, the data lines, and the first emission control lines in the active region, a dimming controller for controlling brightness of the pixels, and an emission control line driver for supplying emission control signals to the first and second emission control lines corresponding to control of the dimming controller so that a light-emitting area including ones of the pixels is uniform in the active region. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222438 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM USING THE SAME AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING IMAGE OF THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display unit including a plurality of pixels connected to a plurality of scan lines and a plurality of data lines, an inverse image processor configured to receive a first image data signal input from an external source and to generate a gray-inverted second image data signal, a controller configured to mix the first image data signal and the second image data signal alternately for each frame to generate a third image data signal, and to generate a driving control signal opening and closing a pair of shutter spectacles for each image frame displayed in the display unit, and a data driver configured to receive the third image data signal from the controller and to apply a corresponding data voltage to each of the plurality of data lines. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222439 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, GRAYSCALE CONVERSION PROGRAM, AND GRAYSCALE CONVERSION APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes: a grayscale conversion device configured to perform grayscale conversion processing on input data to output data; and a display device configured to operate in accordance with the output data to display an image by pixels arranged in a two-dimensional matrix state, wherein the grayscale conversion device is configured to perform first error diffusion processing for converting N | 08-29-2013 |
20130222440 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel circuit with a source follower type connection is provided that corrects variation in threshold voltage of a driving transistor, reduces power consumption and realizes high resolution. The pixel circuit includes: a data line for supplying a data voltage; a power source line for supplying a power source voltage; a reference voltage line for supplying a reference voltage lower than the power source voltage; a plurality of control signal lines for supplying control signals; a light emitting element; a driving transistor; a capacitor; and a plurality of switching transistors. The circuit writes the data voltage through one end of the capacitor and subsequently connects the one end of the capacitor to the anode electrode of the light emitting element. | 08-29-2013 |
20130222441 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DRIVING CIRCUIT AND METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes L number of display panels where L is a positive integer greater than 1; a driving circuit having L number of controllers for driving the respective display panels; and a central control unit configured to control the driving circuit. The controllers are configured to be synchronized with one another based on a clock signal from the central control unit, and each of the controllers is configured to sequentially and continuously select each one of K number of lines (where K is a positive integer greater than 1) arranged in a row in the corresponding display panel, and allow the selected line to emit light. Further, a direction for sequentially and continuously selecting each one of the lines is set to be the same in all the display panels. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229442 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN STATE OF MOBILE DEVICE AND RELATED MOBILE DEVICE - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for controlling a screen state of a mobile device and a related mobile device. The method according to the embodiments of the present invention includes: judging, when a mobile device is in a standby screen-off state and a screen turn-on instruction is received, whether a cover exists within a preset distance in front of a proximity sensor of the mobile device. If a cover exists within the preset distance in front of the proximity sensor, the mobile device stays in the standby screen-off state, and if no cover exists within the preset distance in front of the proximity sensor, the mobile device switches from the standby screen-off state to a screen-on state. By implementing the solutions in the present invention, battery power of the mobile device can be saved, and time for using the mobile device can be prolonged. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229443 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided an image processing device including a gamma value calculation unit that calculates a gamma value for a pixel of an input image based on a grayscale value of the pixel, the gamma value being varied depending on the grayscale value, and an image generation unit that performs grayscale correction on the input image by raising the grayscale value of the pixel of the input image to a power of the gamma value, the grayscale value being normalized. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229444 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - A display device in which pixels having a memory function are arranged includes a driving unit that performs display driving in a driving method that obtains a middle gradation by temporally changing gradation of each of the pixels in one period in which a plurality of frames are assumed, wherein the driving unit is configured to discontinuously write lower bits and higher bits of gradation data with respect to the pixels in a scanning direction in a unit of one line or a plurality of lines. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229445 | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, ELECTRO-OPTIC DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - When a write operation to change the pixel into one of the first gray level and the second gray level is stopped before completion of the write operation, and when a write section executes a write operation to change the pixel into another of the first gray level and the second gray level, the write section executes the write operation by voltage application to change the pixel into the other gray level the same number of times of voltage application as the number of times of voltage application in the write operation that has been stopped. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229446 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE EMPLOYING SAME - Uniformize afterimages caused by black insertion to each image when two types of images are alternately displayed. There are provided a left and right image alternate output unit, a mask pattern storage unit a mask pattern selection counter , and a mask synthesizing unit. The left and right image alternate output unit alternately outputs two types of video frames. The mask pattern storage unit stores m mask patterns, wherein basic regions are defined in a pixel region of a liquid crystal panel, the pixel region has m pixels arrayed in a matrix, m is an even number equal to or greater than 4, the in mask patterns have different arrangements of mask pixels in the basic region, and the number of the mask pixels is an even number smaller than m and equal to or greater than 2. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235089 | 3-D Displaying Device And Method For Controlling Displaying - The present invention provides a 3-D displaying device and a method for controlling the same. The liquid crystal displaying panel is configured with a plurality of displaying sections which are driven and scanned from sides to a center thereof. A plurality of backlight module is provided and also controlled with respect to the scanning sequence of the displaying device in a way that it opens from sides to center thereof. Each of the backlight units is turned on only when the corresponding displaying section receives a driving signal of a picture, and the pixels of the displaying section reacts, each of the backlight units is turned off only when the displaying sections receive another driving signal of a picture. With this arrangement, the duration of turn-on and running time of the backlight units is increased so as to reduce the crosstalk of the displaying device, and the ghosting image is reduced. The displaying effect is increased, and the substantial experience of the viewer is upgraded. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235090 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A backlight unit includes light source units which emit light, and light source driving integrated circuits which control a brightness of the light source units, respectively. Each of the light source driving integrated circuits includes a current generator which generates a first current and a second current, a current level controller which controls a current value of the first current in response to duty ratio information of a pulse width modulation signal, a voltage supply unit which outputs a voltage corresponding to the second current, an output buffer unit which outputs the voltage from the voltage supply unit, and a driving switch unit which drives the light source units to allow a current corresponding to the voltage provided from the output buffer unit to flow through the light source units, where current values of the second current and the first current are the same as each other. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235091 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel circuit is provided. The pixel circuit is electrically coupled to a data line, a first scan line, and a second scan line. The pixel circuit includes a first pixel unit, a second pixel unit, and a third pixel unit. The first pixel unit is electrically coupled to the data line and the second scan line, to determine a first displayed gray scale of the first pixel unit. The second pixel unit is electrically coupled to the data line and the first scan line, to determine a second displayed gray scale of the second pixel unit. The third pixel unit is electrically coupled to the data line, the first scan line, and the second scan line, to determine a third displayed gray scale of the third pixel unit. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235092 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROJECTOR AND CONTROL METHOD OF PROJECTOR - An image processing apparatus projects and displays an image on a projection surface. The image processing apparatus includes an adjustment image producing section (an adjustment image producing section and an image analysis section) that produces an adjustment image for adjusting a focus of a projected image to be displayed on the projection surface and an imaging section that images the adjustment image projected on the projection surface. The adjustment image producing section changes the adjustment image to be produced, such that a grayscale pattern of a captured adjustment image obtained by imaging is close to a grayscale pattern of the adjustment image. | 09-12-2013 |
20130241958 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY COLUMN INVERSION USING 3-COLUMN DEMULTIPLEXERS - Systems, methods, and devices for column inversion are provided. In one example, an electronic display may include a display panel having columns of pixels and display driver circuitry. The display driver circuitry may include source amplifiers and demultiplexers. Each demultiplexer may channel data output by at least one source amplifier to one of three columns of pixels. The display driver circuitry may drive the display panel according to a 3-column inversion scheme using one source amplifier per demultiplexer per frame of image data. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241959 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING LOSS OF TRANSMITTANCE DUE TO COLUMN INVERSION - Systems, methods, and devices for reducing the loss of transmittance caused by column inversion. To provide one example, an electronic display may include a display panel with columns of pixels and driver circuitry to drive the pixels using column inversion. Adjacent columns that are driven at like polarity are spaced more closely than adjacent columns driven at opposite polarities. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241960 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY COLUMN INVERSION USING REORDERED IMAGE DATA - Systems, methods, and devices for performing column inversion using reordered image data are provided. In one example, an electronic display may include a display panel with columns of pixels and driver circuitry to drive the pixels using column inversion. The driver circuitry may drive pixels of a first superpixel in a first color order and drive pixels of an adjacent second superpixel in a second color order, such that more pixels are driven sequentially at a common polarity than would have been driven sequentially at the common polarity were the pixels of the first superpixel driven at the same color order as the pixels of the second superpixel. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241961 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are an electrophoretic display device and a method for driving the same. The electrophoretic display device includes a first electrode layer, a second electrode layer, an electrophoretic layer, and a controller. The first electrode layer includes a plurality of pixels formed thereon. The electrophoretic layer is disposed between the first electrode layer and the second electrode layer. The controller looks up a write-in gray level data of each pixel in each frame from a lookup table. The lookup table records the write-in gray level data of each pixel in each frame when a gray level of each pixel is changed from a reference gray level to a required gray level. The present invention is capable of decreasing the lookup table size. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241962 | LIGHT SOURCE MODULE AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - An approach is provided for a light source module and a display device including the same. The light source module includes two first light source packages configured to emit light of a first color, one or more second light source packages disposed between the two first light source packages, and a plurality of third light source packages disposed between the two first light source packages and alternately arranged with the one or more second light source packages. The one or more second light source packages are configured to emit light of the first color and the plurality of third light source packages are configured to emit light of a second color. An intensity of light emitted from each of the one or more second light source packages is approximately twice an intensity of light emitted from each of the two first light source packages. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241963 | DISPLAYING APPARATUS, DISPLAYING PANEL DRIVER AND DISPLAYING PANEL DRIVING METHOD - A display panel driver includes a color reducing circuit and a driving section. The driving section is configured to drive a first pixel and a second pixel. If a second input image data and a third input image data corresponding to the second pixel are supplied as an image data of a second image display format, then the color reducing circuit generates a third color reduction image data and a fourth color reduction image data. If the first input image data is supplied as the image data of the first image display format, then the first selector selects the third error value, and if the second input image data and the third input image data are supplied as the image data of the second image display format, then the first selector selects the second error value. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241964 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes: a display portion in which pixel openings displaying colors included in a pixel are arranged in a first direction and a second direction which is different from the first direction, and the ratio of colors displayed by the pixel openings arranged in the same line is equal to the ratio of colors included in the pixel; and a light separation portion dividing an image displayed on the display portion into plural viewpoint images by spatially separating light, and the dividing direction is switched between the first direction and the second direction. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241965 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Display defects of a display device are suppressed. The display device includes in each pixel, a light-emitting element, a driving transistor which supplies current to the light-emitting element, and transistors in each of which a channel is formed in an oxide semiconductor layer. A transistor which controls whether to electrically connect a gate and a source of the driving transistor provided in each pixel is provided. The above transistor and a transistor which controls electrical connection between the gate of the driving transistor and another node are transistors in each of which a channel is formed in an oxide semiconductor layer. Accordingly, charge stored in the node electrically connected to the gate of the driving transistor can be arbitrarily retained or released. Consequently, display defects of the display device can be suppressed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241966 | EL DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an EL display device that includes: an EL display panel including an array of a plurality of pixel circuits each having a drive transistor that applies a current to an organic EL element; a driver circuit that applies, to each of the pixel circuits, a signal in response to an image signal and a signal for selecting pixel circuits that are expected to emit light; and an N-bit D/A converter. An image display period in a single frame is divided into a first subframe and a second subframe, the first subframe performing display by light emission based on a gray-level signal of high N bits, the second subframe performing display by light emission based on a gray-level signal of low M bits (where M satisfies M09-19-2013 | |
20130241967 | SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL APPARATUS, ELECTRONICS DEVICE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - In the case where a gray-scale difference Δ | 09-19-2013 |
20130241968 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A signal processing device using a liquid crystal device having a plurality of pixels includes a storage unit that stores a signal which controls a level of transmittance in a plurality of pixels, a detection unit that, based on the signal that is stored in the storage unit, detects a first pixel associated with a second value which indicates higher transmittance than a first value, and a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel and associated with a fourth value which indicates the higher transmittance than a third value; and a correction unit that corrects the second value so that a difference of the transmittance indicated by the second value and the fourth value decreases. The third value indicates the higher transmittance than the first value, and the fourth value indicates a higher transmittance than the second value. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241969 | DISPLAY SYSTEM, DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display system according to an embodiment of the invention generates display image data having the luminance difference between the outer edge pixel of a figure of input image data and the outer peripheral pixel located outside the figure and adjacent to the outer edge pixel set so that the larger the color difference between the outer edge pixel and the outer peripheral pixel is, or the larger the saturation of the outer edge pixel is, the larger the luminance difference between the outer edge pixel and the outer peripheral pixel is, and performs display using the display image data. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241970 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device is disclosed. In one embodiment, the display device includes a first conversion unit receiving gray data and outputting a gray data value of a second gamma curve, which has a luminance equal to a luminance of the gray data on a first gamma curve. The device may also include a memory storing a look-up table (LUT) which includes first and second data groups and compensated gray data for the second gamma curve. The device may further include a reference unit generating the compensated gray data based on the two converted gray data. Coordinates formed of i) each value in the first data group and ii) each value in the second data group may correspond to any one of the compensated gray data. | 09-19-2013 |
20130241971 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device capable of obtaining stable light output even in a state of low brightness and capable of displaying desired display colors is provided. An output control means ( | 09-19-2013 |
20130241972 | METHOD OF DRIVING PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - In a plasma display apparatus, contrast is enhanced and a stable address discharge is caused. For this purpose, one of a forced initializing operation and a selective initializing operation is performed in initializing periods. A specified-cell initializing subfield and a selective initializing subfield are set in one field. In the specified-cell initializing subfield, the forced initializing operation is performed on specified discharge cells and the selective initializing operation is performed on the other discharge cells. In the selective initializing subfield, the selective initializing operation is performed on all the discharge cells. In the selective initializing period, a down-ramp waveform voltage is applied to the scan electrodes and a positive voltage is applied to the data electrodes. In the selective initializing subfield, based on the load calculated in the address period of the immediately preceding subfield, the minimum voltage of the down-ramp waveform voltage is controlled. | 09-19-2013 |
20130249954 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display having a back light module and a control unit is provided. The control unit controls the back light module to adjust turn-on time and light luminous intensity of a back light source according to the brightness difference of a left eye image and a right eye image, so as to balance the brightness of the left eye image and the right eye image and improve cross talk problem. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249955 | APPARATUS GENERATING GRAY SCALE VOLTAGE FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND GENERATING METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for generating gray scale voltage includes a brightness/color coordinate correction unit having a gamma table including data corresponding to an image displayed on a pixel unit of an OLED device at a first brightness level, and a gamma reference voltage look-up table including voltage values of red, green, and blue data corresponding to each gray scale and brightness values at the first brightness level in accordance with the gamma table, a gamma control signal output unit configured to output a gamma reference voltage control signal corresponding to a second brightness level in accordance with the gamma table and the gamma reference voltage look-up table, and a gamma correction circuit configured to receive the gamma reference voltage control signal, to generate gray scale voltages corresponding to the second brightness level, and to output the generated gray scale voltages to a data driver. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249956 | CIE Lab Color Space Based Color Conversion Method and Device and Liquid Crystal Display Device - The present invention provides a CIE Lab color space based color conversion method, which includes converting two-dimensional color planes Ln and Ln- | 09-26-2013 |
20130249957 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A liquid crystal display apparatus includes: a detection unit that detects the luminance of a backlight unit; and a controller that controls a voltage of a counter electrode, shared by pixels, based on a detection result of the detection unit. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249958 | LIGHT SOURCE CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed is a light source control apparatus which controls a plurality of light sources; wherein a luminance can be independently controlled for each of the plurality of light sources by changing a ratio between a turned-on period and a turned-off period; the light source control apparatus comprising a determining unit configured to determine the respective luminances of the plurality of light sources and to determine, as a light source driving condition, a length of the turned-on period of each of the plurality of light sources and a turn-on reference timing as a start timing of the turned-on period; a correcting unit configured to perform correction for the light source driving condition to lower the luminance(s) of at least one of the plurality of light sources so that an electric power consumption is not more than a threshold value at all of the turn-on reference timings. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249959 | PROJECTOR - A projector includes a projecting unit that generates an optical image by modulating light emitted from a light source according to image information and projects the optical image, and an illuminating unit that guides a part of the light emitted from the light source to a light diffusing plate with use of an optical member so as to diffuse the light at the light diffusing plate for illumination. The light diffusing plate includes a plurality of light diffusing members arranged with a gap interposed therebetween, and is mounted on an outlet that allows dissipation of heat generated in the projector. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249960 | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A control device for a display device includes an image acquisition part that designates a gray level value of each of the pixels, and acquires first image data with the number of gray levels being a-gray levels, a parameter acquisition part that acquires a parameter that decides the number of gray levels displayed by the pixel, a color reduction part that decides a number of gray levels to be displayed by the pixel according to the parameter acquired by the parameter acquisition part, and generates second image data in which the first image data acquired in the image acquisition part is color-reduced to the number of gray levels decided, and
| 09-26-2013 |
20130249961 | NON-SPECTACLED STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY APPARATUS CAPABLE OF IMPROVING OPTICAL CHARACTERISTICS - A non-spectacled stereoscopic display apparatus includes a light guide plate, first and second light sources, a single-face prism sheet, a transmissive display panel, a synchronous drive circuit adapted to synchronize the first and second light sources to display parallax images on the transmissive display panel, a phase difference plate, and an optically-modulating structure adapted to receive light emitted from the phase difference plate. The optically-modulating structure includes first and second transparent substrates, a prism array provided on the first transparent substrate, a first transparent electrode layer, a second transparent electrode layer, a liquid crystal layer, and first and second alignment layers for performing an aligning process upon liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal layer. The phase difference plate is adapted to rotate a main polarization angle of the single-face prism sheet by a predetermined angle to coincide with an aligning direction of the liquid crystal layer. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249962 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an edge processing section extracting an edge component of a display data signal; a display data signal processing section changing the display data signal according to a level conversion signal and adding the edge component thereto; a level conversion signal generating section changing the level conversion signal according to the display data signal and a signal output from the display data signal processing section; and a display section performing a display operation according to the signal output from the display data processing section. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249963 | PROJECTOR AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A LIGHT SOURCE FOR USE WITH THE PROJECTOR - A projector has a storage unit storing data on a plurality of different light emission patterns each occurring in a period based on a plurality of different-colored lights, wherein each light emission pattern corresponds to a respective one of a plurality of different projection conditions of a color image. An acquiring unit acquires a present projection condition of the color image, and a controller controls a light emission operation of the plurality of different-colored light emitting elements in the period in accordance with data on a light emission pattern corresponding to the present projection condition of the color image. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249964 | CONTROLLER AND DRIVER FEATURES FOR DISPLAY - The invention comprises systems and methods for controller and driver features for displays, and in particular, controller and driver features that relate to displays. In one embodiment, such a display includes at least one driving circuit and an array comprising a plurality of display elements, where the array is configured to be driven by the driving circuit, and where the driving circuit is programmed to receive video data and provide a subset of the received video data to the array based on a frame skip count. In some embodiments, the frame skip count is programmable or dynamically determined. In another embodiment, a method of displaying data on an array having a plurality of display elements comprises receiving video data comprising a plurality of frames, displaying selected frames based upon a frame skip count, measuring the change between each selected frame and a frame previous to the selected frame, and displaying non-selected frames if the measured change is greater than or equal to a threshold. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249965 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device comprising a display panel that has a display region in which display pixels are two-dimensionally arranged, and a non-display region in which first and second dummy pixels are arranged. The display panel displays an image based on an input image signal. A drive section drives the first dummy pixels such that voltages provided to them are different magnitudes from each other, and drives the second dummy pixels such that currents provided to them are different magnitudes from each other. A measurement section outputs a first data based on respective current information of the first dummy pixels, and outputs second data based on respective luminance information of each of the second dummy pixels. A correction section determines a correction amount based on the first and the second data, and corrects the input image signal based upon the correction amount. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249966 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY HAVING COMMON-VOLTAGE COMPENSATION MECHANISM AND COMMON-VOLTAGE COMPENSATION METHOD - A liquid crystal display having common voltage compensation mechanism includes a liquid-crystal capacitor common electrode for receiving a liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage, a storage capacitor common electrode for receiving a storage capacitor common voltage, a common voltage generator for providing the liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage according to a preliminary common voltage, a common voltage compensation circuit electrically connected to the liquid-crystal capacitor common electrode and the storage capacitor common electrode, and a timing controller electrically connected to the common voltage compensation circuit. The common voltage compensation circuit is utilized for generating the storage capacitor common voltage through performing a ripple inverting operation according to the liquid-crystal capacitor common voltage, the preliminary common voltage and a compensation control signal. The timing controller is employed to analyze an image input signal for generating the compensation control signal. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249967 | BACKLIGHT COMPENSATION PATTERN - For estimating an illumination pattern generated by the plurality of light sources, a combination of contributions of the light sources is computed. The contribution of a light source comprises a combination of at least a first component, comprising a part of a reference profile aligned on a position of said light source, said part of the aligned reference profile extending within the illumination area, and a second component depending on a distance between the position of said light source and an edge of the illumination area. | 09-26-2013 |
20130249968 | FUSED POLYCYCLIC COMPOUND AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE USING THE SAME - Provided is an organic light emitting device having high emission efficiency and a low driving voltage. The organic light emitting device includes an anode, a cathode, and an organic compound layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, in which the organic compound layer includes a fused polycyclic compound represented by any one of the following general formulae [1] to [4]. | 09-26-2013 |
20130257913 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method for an image display device including sub-pixels arranged in rows and columns, the driving method including: receiving first data corresponding to one frame; dividing the one frame into fields; generating second data from the first data for each of the fields; and supplying the second data to the sub-pixels. Where, the second data is generated by selectively inserting black data in portions of the first data. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257914 | ELECTROWETTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display capacitor, a data switching device, and a reset switching device. The data switching device may transmit a data voltage to the display capacitor in response to an activating gate signal that is applied to the data switching device for a activating gate signal duration. The reset switching device may transmit a storage voltage to the display capacitor in response to an activating reset signal that is applied to the first reset switching device for an activating reset signal duration. The storage voltage is configured for resetting a pixel associated with the first display capacitor. The activating reset signal duration is longer than the activating gate signal duration. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257915 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus having improved display quality is disclosed. According to one aspect, the display apparatus includes a display panel including first to Mth data lines extending in a first direction, where M is an integer greater than 2, first to Nth scan lines extending in a second direction, where N is an integer greater than 2, and a plurality of pixel regions defined by one or more of the data lines and one or more of the scan lines. An image data processor is configured to process input image signals and output corrected input image signals, and a data driver is configured to receive the corrected input image signals and supply the same to the first to Mth data lines. The plurality of pixel regions include first to Mth pixel arrays extending in parallel, and the image data signal processor is configured to output the corrected input image signals to adjust a gray value applied to at least one of the first pixel array and the Mth pixel array. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257916 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD AND ENCODING METHOD USING THE SAME - The present disclosure discloses a display device including a display unit, a backlight module, a decoding device, and a backlight driver. The display unit includes a plurality of pixels, including a plurality of sub-pixels, arranged in a matrix. The decoding device decodes an encoded RGB data stream, and produces a dimming control signal, wherein the encoded RGB data stream is arranged to drive each of the sub-pixels to display a frame, the encoded RGB data stream includes a first set of the encoded RGB data stream corresponding to a row of pixels of the frame and having binary data corresponding to each of the light emitting elements, and the decoding device produces the dimming control signal according to the binary data. The backlight driver controls brightness of a plurality of light emitting elements of the backlight module according to the dimming control signal. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257917 | DISPLAY DRIVING OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND DISPLAY DRIVER - A display driving optimization method and a display driver are provided. The method includes following steps. Previous data and current data of at least a data line of a display panel are estimated to obtain an estimate result. A pre-charge operation or a charge-sharing operation of the data line is enabled or disabled according to the estimation result. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257918 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image display apparatus according this invention includes: a light-emitting unit configured to emit light; a display panel configured to display an image by transmitting the light from the light-emitting unit at a transmittance based on an input image signal; and a control unit configured to set a plurality of lighting periods respectively having different lengths on a frame-by-frame basis and control lighting and extinction of the light-emitting unit in such a manner that the light-emitting unit is lit during the lighting periods and extinguished during a period other than the lighting periods, wherein the control unit makes the number of lighting periods within one frame larger when a brightness of the image is bright than when the brightness of the image is dark. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257919 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image display apparatus of the invention includes a storage unit that stores representative point brightness data, which is data of brightnesses in predetermined representative points at the time when only one each of a plurality of light emission blocks is caused to emit light, and brightness distribution data, which is data showing a brightness distribution in individual positions between representative points at the time when only the one light emission block is caused to emit light. An amount of correction corresponding to each representative point is calculated based on an amount of light emission for each light emission block, and representative point brightness data, and an amount of correction for correcting a pixel value of each of pixels other than those at the representative points is calculated based on the amount of correction corresponding to each representative point, and the brightness distribution data. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257920 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a first light source, a second light source, a third light source, a first color filter, a second color filter, a third color filter, and an opto-functional device. The first light source and the second light source are allowed to emit light in a first emission time period to form a first display pattern. The third light source is allowed to emit light and the opto-functional device controls the third color filter to transmit light in a second emission time period to form a second display pattern. The first emission time period and the second emission time period are alternately repeated to combine the first display pattern and the second display pattern to obtain an intended display pattern when the display apparatus displays the intended display pattern. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257921 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH READBACK DISPLAY - A display device includes a plurality of cells arranged in a two-dimensional matrix and including luminous elements and feedback elements arranged in the cells. A control device emits control signals to control the luminous elements individually in accordance with a setpoint control pattern. An evaluation device receives from the feedback elements feedback signals depending on actual control states of the luminous elements and determines a feedback pattern based on the feedback signals. The evaluation device then compares the feedback pattern with the setpoint control pattern and producing a normal reaction when the feedback pattern matches the setpoint control pattern, and producing a fault reaction that is different from the normal reaction when the feedback pattern fails to match the setpoint control pattern. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257922 | LIGHT SOURCE MODULE, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LIGHT SOURCE MODULE, DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE MODULE - A light source module having a plurality of light source blocks corresponding to a plurality of display regions, a method for driving the light source module, and a display device having the light source module. The output brightness of each of the light source blocks is individually dimmed according to a dimming control signal. A dimming control unit determines the average gray level and inherent brightness of each of the respective display regions, calculates a threshold gray level of each display region by using its inherent brightness, outputs a fixed brightness as a dimming control signal when the average gray level of the display region is greater than the threshold gray level, and outputs a variable brightness based upon the inherent brightness value, as the dimming control signal when the average gray level of the display region is less than the threshold gray level. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257923 | DISPLAY DEVICE USING LED BLOCKS - The present invention relates to a display device using LED blocks, which includes at least one LED block having an LED installed. The LED block adjusts the color of light displayed according to the contact by the user. According to the present invention, the display device using LED blocks includes: at least one LED block including a plurality of installed color LEDs and a contact sensing unit for sensing contact by the user; and a controller for adjusting the color of light displayed by the LED block on the basis of the color data corresponding to the contact data which is generated by the contact sensing unit in accordance with contact by the user. | 10-03-2013 |
20130257924 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device includes a display portion having red, green, blue and white sub pixels, a converter generating red, green and blue conversion signals using a brightness ratio from a ratio storage, an upper limit value calculator calculating an upper limit value of a display brightness of the white sub pixel using the red, green and blue conversion signals and the brightness ratio, a lower limit value calculator calculating a lower limit value of the display brightness of the white sub pixel using the red, green and blue conversion signals and the brightness ratio, and a white control signal generator generating a white output control signal for controlling the display brightness of the white sub pixel such that the display brightness is not more than the upper limit value and not less than the lower limit value, and outputting the generated white output control signal to the display portion. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265336 | LIGHTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND BACKLIGHT APPARATUS - A lighting apparatus includes a plurality of light sources of which emissions of light are able to be controlled independently of one another, a control unit configured to control brightness of each light source, and a measurement unit configured to measure the brightness of each light source. In cases where the brightness of each light source is measured, the control unit carries out a first control which causes a measurement target light source to turn on and at the same time light sources other than the measurement target light source to turn off, and a second control which decreases the brightness of each of the light sources in a stepwise manner immediately before a turn-off period of time thereof, and which increases the brightness of each of the light sources in a stepwise manner immediately after the turn-off period of time. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265337 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus according to the present invention comprises: an acquisition unit that acquires, for each of division regions, brightness information; a decision unit that decides light emission brightness for each of the division regions; a light emitting unit; and a display panel, wherein the decision unit sets light emission brightness of a division region, in which a displayed image does not include a predetermined region, at light emission brightness according to brightness information of the division region, and sets light emission brightness of a division region, in which a displayed image includes the predetermined region, at light emission brightness lower than the light emission brightness according to brightness information of the division region. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265338 | COMPENSATION TECHNIQUE FOR COLOR SHIFT IN DISPLAYS - A system for maintaining a substantially constant display white point over an extended period of operation of a color display formed by an array of multiple pixels in which each of the pixels includes multiple subpixels having different colors, and each of the subpixels includes a light emissive device. The display is generated by energizing the subpixels of successively selected pixels, and the color of each selected pixel is controlled by the relatives levels of energization of the subpixels in the selected pixel. The degradation behavior of the subpixels in each pixel is determined, and the relative levels of energization of the subpixels in each pixel are adjusted to adjust the brightness shares of the subpixels to compensate for the degradation behavior of the subpixels. The brightness shares are preferably adjusted to maintain a substantially constant display white point. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265339 | CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD - An application control changes a first image displayed with a plurality of pixels composing the entirety or a part of a display section to an image in the first gray level displayed with the plurality of pixels, and thereafter display a second image displayed with the plurality of pixels. Also, the application control device controls an application device such that the numbers of application of the first voltage and the second voltage to each of the plurality of pixels are equal to each other from a state in which each of the plurality of pixels lastly assumes the first gray level before the first image is displayed until a state in which each of the plurality of pixels first assumes the first gray level after the first image is displayed. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265340 | Display Device and Method for Driving the Same - A display device capable of displaying a standby screen on a display panel with various colors in a standby mode, and a method for controlling the same are disclosed. The display device includes a display panel including pixels, gate lines and data lines connected to the pixels and a common line connected to the pixels, a gate switching unit for connecting the gate lines in response to an external standby mode signal, a data switching unit for grouping the data lines in response to the standby mode signal and connecting the data lines belonging to the same group, and a standby mode driving unit for driving the gate lines in response to the standby mode signal and driving the data lines of at least one group and the common line so as to generate a potential difference between the data lines of the group and the common line. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265341 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTABLE OUTPUTTING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGES AND SOURCE DRIVER FOR ADJUSTABLE OUTPUTTING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGES - A method for adjustable outputting Gamma reference voltages includes generating a polarity control signal corresponding to one of plural predetermined display panel types, where a plurality of polarity control signals corresponding to the panel types of the plurality of display panels are different; generating a polarity signal corresponding to the display panel according to the polarity control signal; and generating and outputting a plurality of Gamma reference voltages according to the polarity signal. The plurality of Gamma reference voltages include a positive polarity Gamma reference voltage set and a negative polarity Gamma reference voltage set, and a voltage number of the positive polarity Gamma reference voltage set is the same as a voltage number of the negative polarity Gamma reference voltage set. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265342 | CORRECTION DEVICE FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND CORRECTION METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A correction device for a display device includes a detection unit which detects the measured XYZ values of a CIE1931 color system; a first conversion unit which calculates the measured X10Y10Z10 values of a CIE1964 color system based on the measured XYZ values with reference to the characteristics of the display device; a second conversion unit which calculates the target X10Y10Z10 values of the CIE1964 color system based on the target XYZ values representing tristimulus values of a target color in the CIE1931 color system; a correction value calculation unit which compares the measured X10Y10Z10 values with the target X10Y10Z10 values so as to produce a correction value which allows those values to match each other; a correction value calibration unit which rewrites the correction value with a correction value of the CIE1931 color system; and a compensation unit which performs color correction on the display device. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265343 | Quantum Dots for Display Panels - Techniques for rendering images directly with light conversion materials are described. In some embodiments, image data for one or more image frames is received. A light source may be controlled to emit first light to irradiate a light conversion material disposed with an image rendering surface. Second light that renders the one or more image frames may be emitted from the light conversion material. The second light emitted from the light conversion material may be excited by the first light. A display system under techniques herein may be free of a light valve layer on which light transmittance is modulated on a pixel-by-pixel basis. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265344 | DRIVING DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD, AND SYSTEM FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A smoothing circuit is configured such that: a voltage between two voltages having been divided by voltage dividing resistors near a node to which an intermediate reference voltage is applied is further divided by buffers and voltage dividing resistors into intermediate voltages which are output as grayscale voltages, respectively. Also, a voltage between the voltage having been divided by the voltage dividing resistors and a voltage having been divided by the voltage dividing resistors, and a voltage between the voltage having been divided by the voltage dividing resistors and a voltage having been divided by the voltage dividing resistors are further divided, thereby generating intermediate voltages which are output as grayscale voltages and, respectively. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265345 | Adjusting Liquid Crystal Display Voltage Drive for Flicker Compensation - Liquid crystal display flicker may be controlled by adjusting the positive and negative drive signals differently in one embodiment. Moreover, the drive signals may be adjusted per pixel to an extent dependent on the intensity of the pixel. | 10-10-2013 |
20130271500 | LED Backlight Driving Circuit, Backlight Module, and LCD Device - The invention provides an LED backlight driving circuit, a backlight module, and an LCD device. The LED backlight driving circuit includes LED light string(s); an anode of the LED light string is connected with a boost circuit, and a cathode of the LED light string is connected with a buck-boost circuit. The invention has the advantages that the limitation of the maximum voltage supplied by the single boost circuit is broken, the voltage difference between both ends of the LED light string is added, namely more LED lights can be connected in series in a single channel. Therefore, the requirement is met by a single string of LEDs or few strings of LEDs instead of the original multiple strings of LEDs, the difficulty of the current sharing of the LED light strings is reduced, the type selection of current sharing IC is convenient, equipment involved therein doesn't need a high voltage resistance, and the use of the current sharing IC is reduced, thereby favoring cost reduction. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271501 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and an operating method thereof are provided. The organic light emitting diode display includes an organic light emitting diode display panel and a driving circuit. The organic light emitting diode display panel has a plurality of pixels. The driving circuit is coupled to the organic light emitting display panel and receives a primitive display frame. The driving circuit generates a first frame and a second frame corresponding to the primitive display frame by a polarity inverting means, and outputs a zero gray-level pixel voltage to the corresponding pixels of the organic light emitting diode display panel corresponding to a negative polarity data of the first frame and the second frame, wherein the second frame is adjacent to the first frame. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271502 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display capable of improving display quality is disclosed. The organic light emitting display includes pixels positioned at intersections of scan lines and data lines, a data driver for generating data signals to be supplied to the data lines using second data, and a data processing unit for generating a second data whose bit value is changed in consideration of brightness distribution of first data items supplied from the outside. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271503 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING THREE DIMENSIONAL IMAGES USING PLURAL BARRIER STATES - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a display panel driver, a light source part, a light directing element and a barrier driver. The display panel displays a 3D image by dividing a single 3D image frame into plural sub frames including one corresponding to a first stereoscopic view for display during a first sub frame and a second corresponding to a second stereoscopic view for display during a second sub frame. The light source part provides selectively blockable backlighting. The light directing element is disposed between the display panel and the light source part so as to implement selective blocking. The light directing element includes a barrier part and a lens part disposed on the barrier part. The barrier part has a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes crossing the first electrodes. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271504 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a gate line, a first data line which receives a first data signal, a second data line which receives a second data signal having a gray scale lower than a gray scale of the first data signal and a polarity opposite to the first data signal, a short gate line which receives a short gate signal, and a plurality of pixels, each pixel including a first sub-pixel which displays a first image corresponding to the first data signal, a second sub-pixel which displays a second image corresponding to the second data signal, and a switching device which electrically connects the first sub-pixel and the second sub-pixel in response to the short gate signal. A pixel alternately displays a display image and a black image in a unit of at least one frame. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271505 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A gamma voltage generator, which can improve display quality, and an organic light emitting device including the gamma voltage generator are provided. The gamma voltage generator includes a voltage divider that generates first to n | 10-17-2013 |
20130271506 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD AND BACKLIGHT SYSTEM - A backlight control method for a backlight module corresponding to a display panel is disclosed, which includes the steps of dividing the backlight module into a plurality of backlight areas, calculating a first blanking period, a active pixel period and a second blanking period of an image frame, sequentially turning on light sources of the plurality of backlight areas to provide backlights for the display panel during the active pixel period, wherein light sources of each backlight area is turned on and lasted to a light-on duration, the active pixel period begins at a time point of displaying the first active pixel of the image frame and ends at a time point of displaying the last active pixel of the image frame. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271507 | GRADATION VOLTAGE GENERATOR AND DISPLAY DRIVING APPARATUS - A gradation voltage generator for applying a gradation voltage according to gamma characteristics of a display panel includes a reference gamma selector that receives a maximum reference voltage, a minimum reference voltage, and a first reference voltage, and selects and outputs a maximum gamma voltage and a minimum gamma voltage from among voltages between the maximum reference voltage and the minimum reference voltage, wherein when the maximum reference voltage changes, the minimum gamma voltage is compensated by a difference the changed maximum reference voltage and the first reference voltage and a gamma curve controller that receives the maximum gamma voltage and the minimum gamma voltage, and generates and outputs a plurality of gradation voltages. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271508 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - In a portable terminal, a controller converts a tag ID as information to be transmitted to a marker used for visible light communication. The controller and a driver display the converted marker in a display. The controller and the driver adjust a display mode of the marker displayed on the display. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271509 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PICTURE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a display device including a display unit having pixels, each of which includes a luminescence element that individually becomes luminous depending on a current amount and a pixel circuit for controlling a current applied to the luminescence element according to a voltage signal, where the pixels are arranged in a matrix pattern. The display device includes an average luminance calculator ( | 10-17-2013 |
20130271510 | AUTOSTEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY APPARATUS - An autostereoscopic display apparatus includes: a display panel displaying an image by using light beams from color pixels; and a parallax division part disposed to face the display panel. The parallax division part divides a color pixel region of the display panel into a right-eye color pixel region RG visible to the right eye but invisible to the left eye and a left-eye color pixel region LG visible to the left eye but invisible to the right eye, so that different images are visible respectively from the right eye and the left eye. Color pixels BG outputting no light beams are arranged in a boundary between the right-eye color pixel region RG and the left-eye color pixel region LG. An arrangement direction of the color pixels BG outputting no light beams is inclined. | 10-17-2013 |
20130271511 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR-CORRECTION METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a backlight power detector for detecting electrical power driving a backlight; a luminance detector for detecting luminance of a display panel; a luminous efficiency chromaticity storage unit for storing the relationship between display chromaticity and a luminous efficiency calculated based on display luminance and backlight power; and a chromaticity correction device for calculating a luminous efficiency based on the detection result of the backlight power detector and the detection result of the display luminance detector, for reading the display chromaticity, corresponding to the calculated luminous efficiency, from the luminous efficiency chromaticity storage unit, and for correcting the display chromaticity of a video signal, thus matching the display chromaticity displayed on the display panel with the read display chromaticity. | 10-17-2013 |
20130278639 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING CIRCUIT THEREOF - The present relates to a display panel and the driving circuit thereof. A scan driving circuit of the driving circuit of the display panel according to the present invention produces a plurality of scan signal for scanning a plurality of pixel structures of the display panel. In addition, a data driving circuit produces a plurality of data signals corresponding to the plurality of scan signals and transmits the plurality of data signals to the plurality of pixel structures, where a common electrode of the plurality of pixel structures is coupled to a ground. Moreover, the data driving circuit according to the present invention adjusts the signal levels of a plurality of gamma voltages according to a compensation signal of a compensation circuit, and thus further adjusting the levels of the data signals. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278640 | DYNAMIC DIMMING LED BACKLIGHT - A system and method for controlling subsections of an LED backlight for a liquid crystal display (LCD). Exemplary embodiments analyze the histograms for each subsection of the LCD which corresponds with the subsections of the LED backlight in order to produce a proper luminance for the backlight subsection. The proper luminance may be less than the maximum or typical luminance that is produced by common LED backlights. By reducing the luminance the resulting display can have less power consumption, longer lifetime, and higher contrast ratios. The original subpixel voltages for the LCD are re-scaled based on the proper luminance for the backlight subsection. Virtual backlight data may be created to simulate the luminance at each subpixel and the virtual backlight data may be used to re-scale the original subpixel voltages. The virtual backlight data may be used to blend between adjacent subsections of the LED backlight which may be producing different levels of luminance. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278641 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING BACKLIGHT - A method, apparatus, and system for displaying an image on a liquid crystal display (LCD). The method, apparatus, and system can include condensing a plurality of pixel gray values to a concentrated pixel, the concentrated pixel assigned to a geometric position on a display and described by at least one of a plurality of parameters and gray value; forming the concentrated pixels to a condensed image; resolving a light spread function of a first LED in substantially the same resolution as the condensed image; calculating a backlight needed based on the condensed image; and optimizing a value of a plurality of LEDs by considering the contribution of the plurality of LEDs on the concentrated pixel, wherein light spread functions of the LEDs are used. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278642 | PERCEPTUAL LOSSLESS DISPLAY POWER REDUCTION - Segments for a video are transmitted in payload units with an extended network abstraction layer unit (NALU) header or supplemental enhancement information (SEI) message within which is embedded display adaptation information that may be employed to control display brightness and thereby reduce power consumption during display of the respective segment. The display adaptation information includes at least a maximum pixel brightness that may be used to scale pixel brightness and correspondingly reduce backlighting for liquid crystal displays, or to adjust the supply voltage for OLED displays. The maximum pixel brightness is set to a level saturating a portion of the pixel histogram without perceptual loss to the viewer, resulting in further reduction of power consumption. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278643 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus is disclosed, including a detection part, a change part, and a determination part. The detection part detects a change of a first color temperature of an external environment. The change part changes a second color temperature of a display part at a predetermined speed to a targeted value corresponding to the first color temperature after the change in response to a detected change of the first color temperature. The determination part determines whether brightness of an image is changed, in response to a switch of the image on the display part. when it is determined that the brightness of the image on the display part is changed during the change of the second color temperature of the display part, the change part changes the second color temperature of the display part at a different speed from the predetermined speed. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278644 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD USED IN DISPLAY - A display control method used in a display with color light sources. Whether a frame is tending to at least one of colors of color lights is determined. When the frame is tending to the at least one of the colors, executing at least one of steps of: ( | 10-24-2013 |
20130278645 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD USED IN DISPLAY - A display control method used in a display with color light sources. Whether at least one of frame gray levels of the colors associated with the frame is less than a frame gray level threshold is determined. When the at least one of the frame gray levels of the colors associated with the frame is less than the frame gray level threshold, the frame gray level of the color less than the frame gray level threshold is increased, and the corresponding color light source of the color of the frame is adjusted to be weak or dark accordingly. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278646 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING IMAGING DEVICE - An image display device having an imaging device, includes: an image display part in which a plurality of pixels including light-emitting devices are arranged; a light transmission region provided in the image display part; an imaging device arranged on a back side of the image display part; a light condensing means for condensing light passing through the light transmission region to the imaging device; and a position detecting means for obtaining position information of a subject based on image information acquired through the imaging device. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278647 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREFOR - A liquid crystal display apparatus according to the invention is an in-plane switching liquid crystal display apparatus having gate wirings and source wirings, which intersect one another, and also having pixel electrodes each connected to an associated one of the source wirings, and common electrodes disposed opposite to the pixel electrodes. A scanning signal is inputted to the gate wiring so that one horizontal period has a writing period, in which a pixel potential is written to the pixel electrode, and a nonwriting period, in which no pixel potential is written to the pixel electrode. The pixel potential is outputted to the source wiring in the writing period, while a common potential is inputted to the source wiring in the nonwriting period. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278648 | DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING DISPLAY - A display includes a pixel array part with pixels that each have at least one transistor whose conduction state is controlled by a drive signal input to a control terminal, and a scanner including a plurality of buffers that are formed of transistors. The buffers correspond to a pixel arrangement and output a drive signal to the control terminals of the transistors of the pixels. The transistors of the pixels and the transistors of the buffers are formed through irradiation with laser light that is moved for scanning in a predetermined direction and has a predetermined wavelength. The transistors in the buffers are formed in such a way that the channel length direction of the transistors is set parallel to the scan direction of the laser light. | 10-24-2013 |
20130278649 | DRIVING METHOD FOR PLASMA DISPLAY PANEL, AND PLASMA DISPLAY DEVICE - In the plasma display apparatus, address discharge is caused stably. For this purpose, one of a forced initializing operation and a selective initializing operation is performed in the initializing period. Then, one field includes a specific-cell initializing subfield having an initializing period in which a forced initializing operation is performed in a specific discharge cell and a selective initializing operation is performed in the other discharge cells. In the address period of the specific-cell initializing subfield, the period in which a scan pulse and an address pulse are simultaneously applied to a discharge cell having undergone the selective initializing operation in the initializing period of the specific-cell initializing subfield is made longer than the period in which a scan pulse and an address pulse are simultaneously applied to a discharge cell having undergone the forced initializing operation in the initializing period of the specific-cell initializing subfield. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286051 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL CONFIGURED TO DISPLAY DECODABLE INDICIA - A mobile communication terminal can comprise a hand-held housing, a microprocessor disposed within the housing, a display incorporated into the housing and equipped with a backlight, a display adapter configured to control the display, a video memory configured to store data representing images displayed by the display, and a wireless communication interface at least partially disposed within the housing. The mobile communication terminal can be configured, responsive to detecting a byte sequence representing an image of decodable indicia being transferred to the video memory, to increase an intensity of the backlight to a pre-defined level, increase a timeout associated with the backlight to a pre-defined value, disable a power save mode for the display, and/or change a display color scheme to a pre-defined color scheme. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286052 | PROJECTOR - A projector includes a light modulation part modulating light generated by a light source part, a video signal processing part processing a video signal to be input, and a projection optical system projecting the light modulated by the light modulation part onto an external projection target to obtain a projected video image. The video signal processing part includes a blue light effect alleviating part alleviating effects of blue light on retinas. In a case where among a red signal, a green signal, and a blue signal included in a video signal, only a ratio of the blue signal is high, the blue light effect alleviating part generates a blue light effect alleviating signal for controlling the light source part to reduce the brightness of the projected video image as a whole. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286053 | DIRECT VIEW AUGMENTED REALITY EYEGLASS-TYPE DISPLAY - A low-power, high-resolution, see-through (i.e., “transparent”) augmented reality (AR) display without projectors with relay optics separate from the display surface but instead feature a small size, low power consumption, and/or high quality images (high contrast ratio). The AR display comprises sparse integrated light-emitting diode (iLED) array configurations, transparent drive solutions, and polarizing optics or time multiplexed lenses to combine virtual iLED projection images with a user's real world view. The AR display may also feature full eye-tracking support in order to selectively utilize only the portions of the display(s) that will produce only projection light that will enter the user's eye(s) (based on the position of the user's eyes at any given moment of time) in order to achieve power conservation. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286054 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a first pixel circuit provided so as to correspond to a first data line, a second pixel circuit provided so as to correspond to a second data line, a first storage capacitor of which one end is connected to the first data line and the other end is potential-shifted according to a current to be supplied to a light emitting element of the first pixel circuit, a second storage capacitor of which one end is connected to the second data line and the other end is potential-shifted according to a current to be supplied to a light emitting element of the second pixel circuit, and a constant potential line provided between the first storage capacitor and the second storage capacitor in plan view. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286055 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATION OF NON-UNIFORMITIES IN LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE DISPLAYS - A system and method for operating a display at a constant luminance even as some of the pixels in the display are degraded over time. Each pixel in the display is configured to emit light when a voltage is supplied to the pixel's driving circuit, which causes a current to flow through a light emitting element. Degraded pixels are compensated by supplying their respective driving circuits with greater voltages. The display data is scaled by a compression factor less than one to reserve some voltage levels for compensating degraded pixels. As pixels become more degraded, and require additional compensation, the compression factor is decreased to reserve additional voltage levels for use in compensation. | 10-31-2013 |
20130293591 | Projector with Shutter - A projection apparatus includes a shutter mechanism to prevent light from reaching an image plane during calibration of light sources. The shutter mechanism may include liquid crystal material that exhibits an effective index of refraction that varies with applied voltage. During calibration, a light beam is shuttered, light sources are driven by calibration data, and optical power is measured. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293592 | 3D DISPLAY APPARATUS AND 3D DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a 3D display apparatus, a 3D display system and a driving method thereof. The 3D display system comprises 3D display glasses and the 3D display apparatus. The 3D display apparatus comprises a liquid crystal display panel and a backlight module. In the driving method, when driving the liquid crystal display panel, the backlight module is turned on at least two times within a frame time. The present invention can improve a crosstalk problem and a flickering problem of the 3D display apparatus. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293593 | Stereoscopic image display device and method for driving the same - A stereoscopic image display device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention comprises: a display panel comprising data lines, gate lines, and a plurality of pixels; a data modulation unit that outputs modulated 3D image data by modulating kth pixel data of a jth line based on the kth pixel data of the jth line and kth pixel data of a line adjacent to the jth line; a data driving circuit that converts the modulated 3D image data into analog data voltages and outputs the analog data voltages to the data lines; and a gate driving circuit that sequentially outputs gate pulses to the gate lines. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293594 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE - An apparatus and a method for displaying an image, and an apparatus and a method for driving a light-emitting device are provided. The apparatus includes: a transient state information provider which generates and outputs image data of an input image and a timing signal for displaying the image data on a screen, and provides a transient state signal in an abnormal operation of a power source or the image input into the apparatus; a display panel which receives the image data and the timing signal and displays the image on the screen by using the image data and the timing signal; and a backlight unit (BLU) which generates a control signal for controlling a light-emitting device providing light to the display panel and adjusts a characteristic of the control signal corresponding to an abnormal operation section of the abnormal operation to be linearly changed by using the transient state signal provided from the transient state information provider in order to control the light-emitting device. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293595 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF FABRICATING THE SAME - Disclosed are a liquid crystal display (LCD) device and a method of fabricating the same, the LCD device having a dual link structure for reducing width of a line diverging section where data link wires diverge to come in contact with data lines. A set of data link wires are placed in a first layer and another set of data link wires are placed in a second layer so that the pitch between the data link wires can be reduced. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293596 | High Dynamic Range Display Using LED Backlighting, Stacked Optical Films, and LCD Drive Signals Based on a Low Resolution Light Field Simulation - An HDR display is a combination of technologies including, for example, a dual modulation architecture incorporating algorithms for artifact reduction, selection of individual components, and a design process for the display and/or pipeline for preserving the visual dynamic range from capture to display of an image or images. In one embodiment, the dual modulation architecture includes a backlight with an array of RGB LEDs and a combination of a heat sink and thermally conductive vias for maintaining a desired operating temperature. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293597 | ORGANIC ELECTRO LUMINESCENSE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND APPLICATION THEREOF - A technology for reducing the so-called “phosphor burn-in” phenomenon where the variation of luminance arises by reducing display luminance of a certain pixel caused by deterioration in a display apparatus constituted by an organic electro luminescence element is provided. In the display apparatus, when displaying an image acquired by an image acquiring unit, luminance substantially same as average luminance of the acquired image is set to a non-display area where the image is not displayed. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293598 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus operates in field sequence mode which effectively reduces the generation of color break. A color break strength calculating unit determines a color break strength that indicates the noticeability of the generation of the color break. A light-source signal generating unit controls each light source so that as the color break strength of a color mixed component having the highest color break strength is higher, the color mixed component is contained more in light output from a light-source unit during the extension subframe period. If there is present a first pixel region as an area including one or more pixel formation regions where an image containing the component of interest is displayed, the color break strength of the component of interest increases more as a magnitude of the component of interest is larger in the first pixel region. | 11-07-2013 |
20130293599 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND CHROMATICITY ADJUSTMENT METHOD - An electronic device includes a plurality of display modules, and an adjusting module operable to adjust chromaticity of the plurality of display modules. Each of the plurality of display modules comprises a display screen, and a backlight that emits light of a predetermined color and illuminates the display screen from the rear surface side. The display screens of the plurality of display modules are simultaneously viewable. The adjusting module performs, for each of plurality of display modules, an adjustment process for adjusting target chromaticity so that the target chromaticity to be displayed on the display module approaches a target value, the target chromaticity being chromaticity of the same color as the predetermined color. | 11-07-2013 |
20130300770 | LED Backlight Driving Circuit, Liquid Crystal Display Device, and Driving Method - The invention discloses an LED backlight driving circuit, an LCD device, and a driving method. The LED backlight driving circuit includes a plurality of LED light strings which are arranged in parallel; each LED light string is correspondingly connected with a dimming branch in series. The LED backlight driving circuit further includes a plurality of controllable disconnectors; one end of the controllable disconnector is connected to at least two LED light strings, and the other end of the controllable disconnector is connected with an equal amount of dimming branches; at the moment, only one of the dimming branches connected with the same controllable disconnector can be conducted. In the invention, on the premise of ensuring that the whole brightness is not variously reduced, the number of the controllable disconnector can be reduced by sharing the same controllable disconnector, thereby reducing the cost. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300771 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel and a light source part. The display panel includes a first subpixel having a first color, a second subpixel having a second color and a transparent subpixel. The light source part provides a light to the display panel. The light source part includes a first light source generating a first light having a mixed color of the first primary color and the second primary color and a second light source generating a second light having a third primary color. At least one of the first and second light sources are repeatedly turned on and off. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300772 | IMAGE QUALITY PROCESSING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - This embodiments herein relate to an image quality processing method and a display device using the same which decrease a hardware processing load of the display device and improve both a contrast ratio and sharpness of edges in an image. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300773 | Display Device - The present invention has been made in an effort to provide a display device comprising: a data driver; a display panel for displaying an image in response to a data signal supplied from the data driver; and a programmable gamma unit for supplying a gamma reference voltage to the data driver, wherein a different number of bits is allocated to each of decoders included in the programmable gamma unit. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300774 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing method is for subsampling a plurality of pixels of a frame. Related information about how subsample is applied to the pixels is generated. The pixels are subsampled so that respective numbers of bits of luminance components of the pixels are higher that respective numbers of bits of chroma components. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300775 | ELECTROWETTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An electrowetting display device including a display panel that includes a display area in which a plurality of pixels is partitioned by a partition wall and a non-display area, a data driver that applies data voltages to the pixels through a plurality of data lines, and a gate driver disposed in the non-display area to apply gate signals to the pixels through a plurality of gate lines. The pixels receive the data voltages in response to the gate signals and display gray scales corresponding to the data voltages, and the partition wall is extended in the non-display area to cover the gate driver. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300776 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a display panel; and a control signal circuit that supplies a control signal to the display panel. The controls signal circuit includes a plurality of driving units and a plurality of reverse circuit, wherein the driving units are supplied with a clock signal and generate a first output pulse that has the same waveform as the clock signal, and wherein the reverse circuit reverses the first output pulse to generate a second output pulse that is an output of the control signal circuit. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300777 | Semiconductor Device and Driving Method Thereof, and Electronic Device - A driving method of a semiconductor device for compensating variation in threshold voltage and mobility of a transistor is provided. A driving method of a semiconductor device including a transistor and a capacitor electrically connected to a gate of the transistor includes a first period where voltage corresponding to threshold voltage of the transistor is held in the capacitor, a second period where a total voltage of video signal voltage and threshold voltage is held in the capacitor holding the threshold voltage, and a third period where charge held in the capacitor in accordance with the total voltage of the video signal voltage and the threshold voltage in the second period is discharged through the transistor. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300778 | Low Color Shift Multi-View Display Device and Display Method Thereof - According to various embodiments of the invention, gamma curves for multiple pixel groups can be calibrated using look-up tables or by using reference voltage groups provided by gamma voltage generators so that the pixels can display multiple images with correct gray levels at different view angles. Therefore, color shift can be avoided or lessened without necessarily using extra circuitry on the display panel. Also, any related light transmittance or light utilization efficiency reduction may be decreased or eliminated. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300779 | Automatic Waveform Linking in an Electrophoretic Display Controller - In a linked waveform update mode, an impulse-driven, particle-based electrophoretic display may be updated using a first waveform and then automatically up-dated using a second drive scheme when the update using the first waveform finishes. The display may be automatically up-dated using a third drive scheme when the update using the second drive scheme finishes. The automatic updating using a subsequent drive scheme may be interrupted if the desired display states for the region changes after performing the first update. Waveforms may be selected using: (a) the desired display state of a pixel if the desired display state is a valid display state for the specified drive scheme, or (b) a mapped display state of the pixel if the desired display state is an invalid display state for the drive scheme. | 11-14-2013 |
20130300780 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - In a display device ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130307877 | Controlling One or More Displays - An apparatus including at least a first display including display pixels arranged as a first plurality of lines of display pixels; and a display controller configured to control display of an image by mapping at least a portion of the image to lines of display pixels of the first display. The display controller is configured to operate in a first mode or a second mode. In the first mode the display controller is configured to map images including N lines of image pixels to a first sub-set of the first plurality of lines of display pixels, including N lines of display pixels, and in the second mode the display controller is configured to map images including N lines of image pixels to a second sub-set of the first plurality of lines of display pixels, including N lines of display pixels. The second sub-set is offset from the first sub-set. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307878 | LED Backlight Driving Circuit, Backlight Module, and LCD Device - The invention provides an LED backlight driving circuit, a backlight module, and an LCD device. The LED backlight driving circuit includes an LED light string; an input end of the LED light string is directly connected with an input end of a power source, and an output end of the LED light string is coupled with a buck module. In the invention, because the output end of the LED light string is in series connected with the buck module, the LED light string is connected in series between an input voltage and an output voltage, and a part of LEDs are directly supplied by the input voltage without the first stage conversion. Thus, the energy supplied by the buck module is reduced, the conversion efficiency is improved, the energy efficiency is increased, the requirement of the buck module to withstand voltage is reduced, and the device standard is decreased, thereby favoring cost reduction. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307879 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a display panel for displaying image information and having edges, an edge-roll implementation unit at at least one edge of the display panel, the edge-roll implementation unit being configured to roll the at least one edge, a lighting unit at a surface of the at least one edge at which the edge-roll implementation unit is located, and a control unit for controlling the edge-roll implementation unit. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307880 | CONTROLLER, HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL ADJUSTING METHOD FOR HOLD-TYPE DISPLAY DEVICE - To provide a hold-type display device having a fine luminance efficiency while suppressing generation of motion blur. A controller according to the invention adjusts a signal outputted to a hold-type image display panel, which includes: a double-speed drive converting part which divides one frame of an inputted video signal to a plurality of sub-frames; a color converting part which converts a video signal of three primary colors including the plurality of sub-frames to a video signal of four or more colors including the three primary colors and a compound color; and a sub-frame converting part which converts, the video signal converted by the color converting part, to a signal having a plurality of different gradations whose average luminance value becomes equivalent to luminance of the video signal converted by the color converting part, and takes each of the plurality of gradations as each of gradations of the plurality of sub-frames. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307881 | Low Color Shift Multi-View Display Device and Display Method Thereof - According to various embodiments of the invention, gamma curves for multiple pixel groups can be calibrated using look-up tables or by using reference voltage groups provided by gamma voltage generators so that the pixels can display multiple images with correct gray levels at different view angles. Therefore, color shift can be avoided or lessened without necessarily using extra circuitry on the display panel. Also, any related light transmittance or light utilization efficiency reduction may be decreased or eliminated. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307882 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY - An ElectroPhoretic Display (EPD) for changing a display is provided. An apparatus having the EPD applies a driving voltage with a periodic pulse to first color particles for a voltage applying period of the first color particles if a current temperature is below a predetermined temperature. The apparatus applies a driving voltage with a pulse that is kept at the same level as applied to second color particles for a voltage applying period of the second color particles. The first color particles have a higher mobility than the second color particles. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307883 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid-crystal display (LCD) panel is disclosed. The LCD panel includes a plurality of pixel units arranged in a matrix, each pixel unit including at least two adjacent pixel sub-units. The LCD panel also includes a plurality of scan lines and a plurality of data lines, each pixel sub-unit being connected to one scan line and to one data line. The LCD panel also includes a driving circuit connected with the scan lines and the data lines, where the driving circuit is configured to drive each of the pixel sub-units via the scan lines and the data lines. | 11-21-2013 |
20130307884 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD - The object of the present invention is to provide a display device and a driving method each of which is capable of displaying moving images without causing flicker and reducing power consumption. The display device ( | 11-21-2013 |
20130314447 | Method and Apparatus for Display Calibration - A calibration system may be provided for calibrating displays in electronic devices during manufacturing. The calibration system may include calibration computing equipment and a test chamber having a light sensor. The calibration computing equipment may be configured to operate the light sensor and the display to gather display intensity performance data for obtaining a display gamma model. The display intensity performance data may be gathered using a range of display control settings that will be used in performing color calibration operations for the display. The calibration computing equipment may be configured to operate the light sensor and the display to gather display color performance data for determining a display white point calibration. Display white point calibration data may be provided to the electronic device and stored in volatile or non-volatile memory in the device or may be permanently stored in circuitry associated with the display. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314448 | Individual Control of Backlight Light-Emitting Diodes - In one embodiment, a method includes, by software of a computing device, dynamically identifying a particular region of a display of the computing device. The method also includes, by the software and through a device driver of the computing device, dynamically adjusting one or more particular ones of a plurality of backlighting components of the display associated with the particular region. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314449 | DISPLAY WITH SELECTIVE LINE UPDATING AND POLARITY INVERSION - Techniques are disclosed for updating an array of display elements of an electronic display. The electronic display, which may be an interferometric modulator (IMOD) display, includes an array of display elements that is updated, at a frame update rate, on a frame by frame basis. Each frame includes data to be written to a plurality of pixel rows, each pixel row including at least a respective first display element line (DEL) of a first color and a respective second DEL of a second color. A processor compares display data for each pixel row in a first frame with display data for a corresponding pixel row in a comparison frame, and updates only selected DEL's based on the comparison. A polarity of a bias voltage of a subset of DEL's in the display, is periodically inverted, the subset of DEL's being substantially fewer than all of the DEL's. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314450 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device prevents breakage due to overheating of a data driver and a signal controller. The display device includes a display panel including a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines and pixels connected to the gate lines and the data lines. A gate driver supplies a gate signal to the gate lines. A data driver supplies a data signal to the data lines. A signal controller controls the gate signal and the data signal. The signal controller includes a data converter converting a gray value of image data when a difference in the gray value of the image data of two adjacent pixels connected to the same data line among the plurality of data lines is greater than or equal to a first threshold value. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314451 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL, DRIVING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE DRIVING APPARATUS - A method of driving a display panel includes receiving an input image data, based on which the display panel displays an image, outputting a first image data during N frames corresponding to a first reference time and outputting a second image data during M frames corresponding to a second reference time based on a inversion signal, where N and M are natural number, the first image data has a first polarity equal to a polarity of the input image data, and the second image data has a second polarity inverted from the polarity of the input image data, and skipping a first frame of the first image data and a first frame of the second image data based on the inversion signal. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314452 | TRANSPARENT DISPAY DEVICE - A transparent display device is provided. The thickness of the transparent display device is reduced by using a transparent backlight unit as a backlight source of a transparent display panel, and transparency of the transparent display panel can be changed by adjusting gray scale levels of transparent areas on the transparent display panel. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314453 | TRANSPARENT DISPLAY DEVICE AND TRANSPARENCY ADJUSTMENT METHOD THEREOF - A transparent display device and a transparency adjustment method thereof are provided. The transparent display device includes a transparent display unit, a backlight-penetrating unit and a processing unit. The processing unit control the backlight-penetrating unit to scatter a backlight or to block the backlight irradiated to the transparent display unit, so as to adjust the transparent degree of a transparent image displayed by the transparent display unit. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314454 | Selective Dimming to Reduce Power of a Light Emitting Display Device - Selective dimming in a light emitting display device to reduce power consumption. The display device includes a display panel that includes a plurality of light emitting pixels. An image processor is configured to divide an image frame into a plurality of regions and to reduce pixel intensity levels in at least one region of the plurality of regions to generate an adjusted image frame. The at least one region corresponds to a background of the image frame. A display driver converts data for the adjusted image frame into control signals for controlling brightness of the light emitting pixels. The display device may be, for example, an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device or other type of display device that includes light emitting pixels. | 11-28-2013 |
20130314455 | TRANSFLECTIVE LIQUID-CRYSTAL-DISPLAY DEVICE - A LCD device has a LC layer sandwiched between a TFT substrate and a counter substrate, first and second polarizing films, a first λ/2 film between the first polarizing film and the counter substrate, and a second λ/2 film between the second polarizing film and the TFT substrate. Angle θ1 between the direction of the optical axis of the LC layer and the polarized direction of the light entering the LC layer satisfies the relationship: 0 degree<θ1<45 degrees. The resultant LCD device has lower leakage light and coloring. | 11-28-2013 |
20130321475 | ZONAL ILLUMINATION FOR HIGH DYNAMIC RANGE PROJECTION - A zonal illumination system for use in a projector, comprising a source of illumination; a first modulation stage for dividing light from the source of illumination into a plurality of zones having respective light intensities based on zonal lighting intensity of an image to be projected; and a second modulation stage for modulating light from the first modulation stage to generate the image to be projected. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321476 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING IMAGE DATA - A module processes image data to provide gray level signals to be used for displaying an image. The module may include a scale value control member for determining a first scale value. The module may further include a brightness control member for determining a controlled brightness value using a requested brightness value, a brightness control parameter, and a baseline brightness value. The module may further include a modification member for determining a modified scale value using the first scale value and the controlled brightness value. The module may further include a scaler for generating the gray level signals using the image data and at least one of the modified scale value and a damped scale value, the damped scale value being determined using the modified scale value. The module may further include hardware circuitry for implementing at least one of the aforementioned components. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321477 | DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GENERATING IMAGES THEREON ACCORDING TO A VARIABLE COMPOSITE COLOR REPLACEMENT POLICY - This disclosure provides systems, methods and display apparatus including pixels and a controller. The controller controls the amount of light emitted by the display apparatus for each of the pixels. Controlling the amount of light emitted includes controlling the luminance of at least four contributing colors emitted for the pixel. At least one of the contributing colors is a composite color which substantially corresponds to a combination of at least two of the remaining contributing colors, and the combined luminance of the at least four contributing colors results in a set of color tristimulus values for the pixel. The controller is further configured to generate substantially the same color tristimulus values for first and second pixels of an image frame by causing the display apparatus to emit a different composite color luminance for the first pixel than for the second pixel. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321478 | Dislplay Panel, Flat-Panel Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - The display panel includes data driven chip and at least two scanning driven chips. The second scanning signal input terminal of each of the scanning driven chip is connected to a first scanning signal output terminal of the data driven chip by corresponding transmission circuits. At least one transmission circuit includes a serially connected resistor so that sum of impedance of the transmission circuits are equal, or the difference of the impedance of the transmission circuit is less than a predetermined value. In addition, a flat-panel display device with uniform brightness and a driving method thereof are also provided. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321479 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device capable of stably compensating for a threshold voltage of a driving transistor is provided. The organic light emitting display device includes pixels each having a driving transistor and being configured to initialize a voltage of the driving transistor by an initialization power, a gray level determining unit for generating a gray level value using externally supplied data, and an initialization power generator for controlling a voltage level of the initialization power to correspond to the gray level value. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321480 | DRIVING METHOD OF ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of driving organic light emitting display device includes: supplying data signals during scanning periods of each of n subfields of one frame, where n is a natural number greater than or equal to 2; and generating light in each of the pixels, the light corresponding to the data signals and being emitted during light emitting periods of one or more of the subfields, wherein a pixel set to be in a non-light emitting state during an i-th subfield is set to be in the non-emitting state during subfields of the one frame after the i-th subfield. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321481 | SELF-LUMINESCENT DISPLAY APPARATUS, ADAPTIVE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND ADAPTIVE ADJUSTING CIRCUIT - A self-luminescent display apparatus is provided. The self-luminescent display apparatus includes a self-luminescent panel, a display controller and an adaptive adjusting unit. The self-luminescent panel comprises self-luminescent elements and an allowed active region. When the allowed active region is configured to a first range, the display controller drives the self-luminescent elements in the first range to display an image frame. The adaptive adjusting unit configures the allowed active region to a second range according to a trigger condition, and scales the image frame to correspond to the second range. The adaptive adjusting unit controls the display controller to drive the self-luminescent elements in the second range to display an adjusted image frame, and controls the self-luminescent elements outside the second range to turn off. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321482 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A 3D image display device including a position detector, a display panel, a barrier panel, and a barrier panel controller. The position detector detects a position of a viewer and generates a selection signal. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels and alternately displays a left-eye image and a right-eye image. The barrier panel includes a light transmitting portion and a light blocking portion. The barrier panel controller controls a width of each of the light transmitting portion and the light blocking portion. The barrier panel is operated in one of a first mode, a second mode, and a third mode. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321483 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a memory which stores gamma data for gamma curves including a first gamma curve and a second gamma curve; a gray voltage generator which generates gray voltages based on the gamma data; a data driver which receives an input image signal from a signal controller and converts the input image signal into a data voltage using the gray voltages; and a display panel including pixels which receives the data voltage and may display an image, where the pixel displays images corresponding to the input image signal during one frame set, one frame set includes consecutive frames, the images displayed by a pixel includes first and second images displayed based on the first and second gamma curves, respectively, a luminance of the first image is not less than a luminance of the second image, and the second image is displayed in two consecutive frames. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321484 | METHOD OF DRIVING LIGHT-SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of driving a light-source module includes adjusting a frequency of a boosting switching signal based on a dimming signal which controls luminance of a light-emitting diode (“LED”) string of the light-source module, where the LED string comprises a plurality of LEDs connected to each other in series, and controlling a main transistor in response to the boosting switching signal to transfer a driving voltage to the LED string. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321485 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method of an organic light emitting display device includes: classifying a plurality of luminance steps into at least a low luminance section and a high luminance section; and setting a reference luminance at a predefined level during the low luminance section and adjusting an off duty according to predetermined criteria for each step in the low luminance section. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321486 | DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A uniform display method and an apparatus of a self-luminous display device are provided. In the method, a brightness value of an image to display is determined. An amount of a supply current corresponding to the image is controlled depending on the brightness value of the image. And the controlled amount of current is supplied to a self-light emitting device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321487 | DISPLAY, IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display includes: a display section; and a display driving section driving the display section based on a first image data set and a second image data set that alternate with each other. The display driving section drives the display section by performing a first scan with use of a first block as a driving unit in accordance with the first image data set and a second scan with use of a second block as a driving unit in accordance with the second image data set. The first block is composed of a plurality of consecutive pixel lines, and the second block is composed of a plurality of consecutive pixel lines and is different from the first block. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321488 | SELF CONTAINED DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING ELECTRONIC INFORMATION - A thin flexible electronic display includes a flexible membrane, control circuitry, and self-contained power source, which may be a thin flexible battery. A display may be affixed to an associated device for use in displaying dynamic information or video. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321489 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGING DEVICE AND GRAY LEVEL VOLTAGE GENERATION CIRCUIT - Disclosed herein is a display device capable of displaying an image with two or more gray levels. The display device includes: a voltage division circuit adapted to generate a plurality of voltages using a resistance division circuit; a gamma correction section adapted to gamma-correct the image using the voltages generated at division points of the resistance division circuit; an amplification circuit adapted to amplify a given voltage and supply the amplified voltage to at least one of the division points of the resistance division circuit; and an adjustment section adapted to adjust an amplification factor of the amplification circuit. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321490 | Display System for displaying a Signal Parameter and Related Text - A display system for receiving an input signal is provided. The system includes an LCD display screen configured to indicate a signal parameter and to display text relating to the input signal. The LCD display screen includes a first area where the signal parameter is indicated and a second area where the text relating to the input signal is displayed. The display system includes a plurality of LEDs configured to provide a back illumination for the LCD display screen. The plurality of LEDs includes a first group of LEDs a second group of LEDs. The display system includes a guidance structure for guiding light emitted from the plurality of LEDs to the LCD display screen. The guidance structure limits an emission of light from the first group of LEDs to the first area and limits an emission of light from the second group of LEDs to the second area. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321491 | LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD, LIGHT EMISSION DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A light emission control device includes a partial region feature quantity detector, an enlarged region feature quantity detector, a whole screen feature quantity detector, and a light emission controller. The partial region feature quantity detector detects a feature quantity of the image as a partial region feature quantity. The enlarged region feature quantity detector defines the partial region of interest and the partial regions neighboring the partial region of interest, and detects a feature quantity of the image of the enlarged region. The whole screen feature quantity detector detects this feature quantity as a whole screen feature quantity. On the basis of the partial region feature quantity and the enlarged region feature quantity pertaining to the partial region of interest, and the whole screen feature quantity, the light emission controller controls the light emission luminance of the light emission unit corresponding to the partial region of interest. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321492 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - In a liquid crystal display device having a configuration in which one pixel is divided into a plurality of sub pixels, low power consumption is realized by reducing an amplitude of a video signal. In each pixel formation portion, an amplification circuit unit including a second-capacitor is provided between a dark display pixel electrode and a bright display pixel electrode. A selection period consists of a precharge period and an amplification period. In the precharge period, a potential of a control wiring is applied to the dark display pixel electrode, and a potential of a video signal line is applied to the bright display pixel electrode. In the amplification period, a potential of the video signal line is applied to the dark display pixel electrode in the state where the bright display pixel electrode is placed in a floating state. | 12-05-2013 |
20130321493 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The display device includes: a display unit configured to display a combined image formed by dividing a plurality of different images into divided images and arranging the divided images in a predetermined order; a separating unit configured to separate the plurality of images included in the combined image; and a correcting unit configured to correct the gray scale data of a pixel that displays one of the plurality of images included in the combined image that the viewer is supposed to see, wherein the correcting unit includes: a shift amount generating unit configured to generate a shift amount used to adjust the gray scale data of each pixel that displays one of the plurality of images included in the combined image; and a determining unit configured to determine a correction amount used to correct the gray scale data using the shift amount generated by the shift amount generating unit. | 12-05-2013 |
20130328942 | HEAD UP DISPLAY FOR A VEHICLE - A head up display for a vehicle uses an anti-peep film to limit the optical image from the display module to be projected along a predetermined path, and the HUD is particularly designed so that the driver just can see the optical image displayed on the windshield without being able to see the optical image displayed on the display module. The use of the anti-peep film can reduce the brightness of the optical image projected from the display module. Therefore, a brightness-enhancement module is used to enhance the brightness of the optical image projected from the display module, so as to ensure that the optical image projected onto the reflection film from the display module can be clearly seen. Moreover, a first light source below the light guiding layer of the backlight module to substantially enhance the brightness of the optical image projected from the display module. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328943 | DIFFUSER INCLUDING PARTICLES AND BINDER - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for improving brightness, contrast, and/or viewable angle of a reflective display. A display includes a diffuser including particles and a binder over a substrate. At least some of the particles protrude from a planar or substantially planar upper surface of the binder, which provides a topographical pattern for the diffuser. The display includes a planarization layer on the diffuser. The planarization layer provides a planar or substantially planar surface for the formation of display elements over the planarization layer. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328944 | FRAMEWORK FOR DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND VISUAL EXPERIENCE - A system and method calibrating operational characteristics of a device. Commands for operation of the device may be derived from a set of operational characteristics common to a set of devices similar to the device. This set of operational characteristics may further be adjusted by operational characteristics related to the device itself. This may allow for more adaptive control signals to be generated for control of portions of the device. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328945 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A display device includes a first substrate, a display unit, an encapsulation structure, and a light transmittance converter. Each of the pixels in the display unit includes a first region from which light is emitted in a first direction and a second region, adjacent to the first region, through which external light is transmitted. The encapsulation structure covers and encapsulates the display unit, and includes at least one first layer having an inorganic material and at least one second layer having an organic material. The light transmittance converter is adjacent to the first substrate or the encapsulation structure, is on an outer side of the display unit in a second direction that is opposite to the first direction, and converts transmittance of the external light transmitted through the second region. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328946 | DISPLAY - A display having a substrate is provided. The substrate is at least partially made of a partially transparent material having a non-homogenous spectral transmission curve. The substrate has a display face and a rear face with at least one luminous element disposed in the region of the rear face. The luminous element includes at least two base color lamps, where the base color brightness of at least one of the base color lamps is different, in order to compensate for the spectrally non-homogenous transmission curve of the substrate. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328947 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display system includes a first image data generation section that generates first image data from color image data inputted, a second image data generation section that generates second image data by area coverage modulation of the first image data and a display processing section that performs a processing to display an image on an electronic paper based on the second image data. The first data generation section performs a processing to expand a difference between the luminance of a first pixel in the color image data and the luminance of a second pixel adjoining the first pixel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328948 | Combined Emissive and Reflective Dual Modulation Display System - Pixels of a display system may comprise light emitting elements whose light output levels are set based on image data as well as background areas whose light reflectance levels are set based on the same image data. These light output levels and/or light reflectance levels may also be adjusted based on an ambient light level. The background areas may comprise light reflective elements which may be controlled individually or as a whole. The light output levels of the light emitting elements and the light reflectance levels of the light reflective elements are configured to generate collectively a pixel value for the pixel dependent on the image data. One or more modulation algorithms may be used to control the energy consumption, dynamic range, color gamut, point-spread function, etc., of the pixels in the display system. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328949 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - An apparatus and a method for displaying an image, and an apparatus and a method for driving a light emitting device are provided. The light emitting device of the image display is controlled in accordance with a periodic signal relating to the image and a sensing signal reflecting an operating state of the light emitting device. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION FOR DISPLAYS - A system, apparatus and method to reduce power consumption for displays is described. The method may include receiving image data comprising a plurality of color components, generating a histogram for each of the plurality of color components, and adjusting each of a plurality of light sources based on the histograms. The plurality of light sources may correspond to the plurality of color components. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130328951 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVE METHOD THEREFOR, AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A drive section sequentially supplies respective scanning lines with a control signal and supplies respective signal lines with a video signal to carry out a correction operation for holding a voltage equivalent to a threshold voltage of a drive transistor in a holding capacitance, and subsequently performs a write operation for writing the video signal in the holding capacitance, and before the correction operation, the drive section switches potentials at the bias line and adds a coupling voltage to one current terminal of the drive transistor via an auxiliary capacitance to carry out a preparation operation for an initialization to set a potential difference between a control terminal and the one current terminal of the drive transistor larger than the threshold voltage. | 12-12-2013 |
20130335456 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A display device having pixels in a matrix where the pixels compose at least two drive blocks each including at least two pixel rows, includes a first signal line and a second signal line disposed in a pixel column direction. The first signal line is disposed in one of the left and right sides of the pixels of the corresponding column, and the second signal line is disposed in the other of the sides. Each of the pixels includes an organic EL element and a current control unit. Pixels in a kth drive block are connected to the first signal line via a first connecting line, and pixels in a (k+1)th drive block are connected to the second signal line via a second connecting line. The first signal line is disposed without crossing the second connecting line, and the second signal line is disposed without the first connecting line. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335457 | DISPLAY UNIT, IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT, AND DISPLAY METHOD - An image processing unit includes: a gain calculating section obtaining, based on first luminance information for each pixel, a first gain, in which the first gain is configured to increase with an increase in pixel luminance value in a range where the pixel luminance value is equal to or larger than a predetermined luminance value, and in which the pixel luminance value is derived from the first luminance information; and a determination section determining, based on the first luminance information and the first gain, second luminance information for each of the pixels. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335458 | IMAGE PROJECTION MODULE, MOBILE DEVICE INCLUDING IMAGE PROJECTION MODULE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING THE SAME - An image projection module, a mobile device including the image projection module, and a method for operating the same are disclosed. A method for operating a mobile device including an image projection module includes splitting an input image into a left-eye image and a right-eye image in a three-dimensional (3D) image display mode, driving left-eye and right-eye light sources for outputting light having different wavelengths based on the left-eye image and the right-eye image, synthesizing light output from the left-eye light source and light output from the right-eye light source, and projecting the synthesized light in a first direction and then a second direction. Therefore, it is possible to conveniently display a three-dimensional (3D) image. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335459 | STEREOGRAPHIC DISPLAY APPARATUS AND VEHICLE HEADLIGHT - A stereographic display apparatus and a vehicle headlight can include an optical modulator including a position sensor and a voltage supply. The position sensor can be configured to detect an inclined angle, and the voltage supply can be configured to apply a voltage to the optical modulator in accordance with the inclined angle output from the position sensor. The optical modulator can refract light at a refraction angle in accordance with the voltage output from the voltage supply. Therefore, when the optical modulator is incorporated into a stereographic display apparatus, the stereographic display apparatus can provide comfortable stereographic displays to viewers, even if it inclines due to hand movement and the like. A vehicle headlight incorporating the optical modulator can also form light distributions in a useful direction for drivers with a simple structure, even when it moves in various directions with reference to a road due to road conditions. | 12-19-2013 |
20130335460 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling the Refresh and Illumination of a Display - An apparatus, method and computer program are provided. The method includes detecting, at processing circuitry and illumination drive circuitry, at least one synchronization signal provided by display drive circuitry; writing display data to at least one frame memory using the processing circuitry, in dependence upon the at least one synchronization signal detected at the processing circuitry; and controlling at least one illumination source using the illumination drive circuitry, in dependence upon the at least one synchronization signal detected at the illumination drive circuitry | 12-19-2013 |
20130342583 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device capable of substantially preventing a bruising phenomenon and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes a display panel which displays an image and a signal controller which controls signals for driving the display panel. The signal controller includes a first accurate color capture (“ACC”) unit which performs ACC correction on input image data to generate first correction image data; a second ACC unit which performs the ACC correction on the input image data to generate second correction image data; and an ACC selection unit which selectively applies the input image data to the first ACC unit or the second ACC unit. A maximum gray of the second correction image data is lower than a maximum gray of the first correction image data. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342584 | Stage Circuit and Organic Light Emitting Display Device Using the Same - An organic light emitting display device having a stage circuit capable of creating a scan signal and a light emitting control signal. The stage circuit includes a control unit controlling a first node and a second node corresponding to signals of a first input terminal, a third input terminal, and a fourth input terminal, a first output unit supplying a light emitting control signal to a second output terminal corresponding to voltages at the first node and the second node, and a second output unit supplying a scan signal having different polarity than that of the light emitting control signal to a first output terminal corresponding to a signal of a second input terminal and voltages at the first node and the second node. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342585 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus and image processing method are disclosed. The image processing apparatus includes an image input unit receiving input image data to obtain grayscale values of a display image, a modeling unit calculating a luminance change ratio for each grayscale value according to a change of an on-pixel ratio and a final luminance reflected by the luminance change ratio, a grayscale re-mapping unit determining a compensation grayscale value for compensating a luminance change ratio according to the on-pixel ratio of the input image data to display a target luminance corresponding to a predetermined grayscale value included in grayscale information of the input image data in the on-pixel ratio condition of the input image data, and an image output unit outputting an output image data compensating the input image data by the compensation grayscale value. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342586 | PARALLAX BARRIER TYPE STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A parallax barrier type stereoscopic image display device comprises: an image panel that display a left-eye image and a right-eye image; a barrier panel that has a switchable barrier comprising a liquid crystal layer, a reference electrode positioned above the liquid crystal layer, and a plurality of driving electrode channels positioned below the liquid crystal layer, each of which is controlled independently, and selectively blocks light from the image panel; and a driver that supplies a reference voltage to the reference electrode and applies a channel driving voltage to the driving electrode channels to form a barrier area and an open area in the switchable barrier. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342587 | DISPLAY, IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display includes: a gain calculation section obtaining, according to an area of a high luminance region in a frame image, a first gain for each pixel in the region; a determination section determining, based on first luminance information for each pixel in the high luminance region and the first gain, second luminance information for each pixel in the high luminance region; and a display section performing display based on the second luminance information. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342588 | SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A signal processing circuit supplies a gradation signal specifying a gradation to be displayed on pixels comprising; a conversion unit that extracts a extraction signal specifying a gradation to be displayed on a predetermined number of pixels including a certain pixel for each RGBW, from the video signal specifying a gradation to be displayed on a pixel for each RGBW, a storage unit that stores a predetermined number of coefficients for each RGBW, a first selection unit that selects a single color signal specifying a gradation to be displayed on a block with regard to a display color of a certain pixel, from the extraction signal, a second selection unit that acquires a predetermined number of coefficients corresponding to the display color of a certain pixel and a calculation unit that generates a gradation signal based on the outputs from the first selection unit and the second selection unit. | 12-26-2013 |
20130342589 | DISPLAY METHOD AND APPARATUS HAVING A DISPLAY PANEL WITH A BACKLIGHT UNIT UTILIZING WHITE AND BLUE LIGHT SOURCES - A display apparatus is disclosed. The display apparatus includes a panel unit which comprises a plurality of sub pixels having different colors; a backlight unit which provides backlight to the panel unit using a white light source and a blue light source; an image processing unit which converts image data into first color frame data and second color frame data; a panel driving unit which turns on a first color sub pixel according to the first color frame data, and which turns on a second color sub pixel according to the second color frame data; a backlight driving unit for driving the backlight unit; and a control unit which controls the backlight driving unit to consecutively turn on the white light source and the blue light source according to operations of the panel driving unit. Accordingly, brightness may be enhanced. | 12-26-2013 |
20140002507 | MULTI PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME | 01-02-2014 |
20140002508 | SELECTIVE DISPLAY OF WAVEFORMS GOVERNED BY MEASURED PARAMETERS | 01-02-2014 |
20140002509 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE | 01-02-2014 |
20140002510 | Shared Buffer Display Panel Drive Methods and Systems | 01-02-2014 |
20140002511 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING BRIGHTNESS ENCHANCEMENT AND POWER CONTROL AND METHOD THEREOF | 01-02-2014 |
20140009505 | DISPLAY PANEL TEST APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A display panel test apparatus that may include: a first measurer measuring first R, G, and B components of light emitted from a display panel at a first viewing angle; a second measurer measuring second R, G, and B components of light emitted from the display panel at a second viewing angle; a color coordinate calculator calculating a first xy color coordinate at the first viewing angle using the first R, G, and B components and calculating a second xy color coordinate at the second viewing angle using the second R, G, and B components; and a panel controller compensating a target color coordinate of the display panel to include the first xy color coordinate and the second xy color coordinate into a specification area on a color coordinate system. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009506 | DRIVING VOLTAGE GENERATOR AND DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - A digital to analog converter is disclosed. The digital to analog converter includes a voltage selector, M voltage transmitting switches and a selecting signal decoder. The voltage selector receives N first voltages among a plurality of analog input voltages, and receives a plurality of digital selecting signals. The voltage selector selects at most one of the first voltages for providing to an output terminal. One terminals of the voltage transmitting switches receives M second voltages among the input voltages respectively, and the voltage transmitting switches are turned on or off according to M transmitting enable signals respectively. The selecting signal decoder generates the transmitting enable signals according to the selecting signals. Wherein, M and N are positive integers. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009507 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a display module and a solar cell module is provided. The display module displays image content and provides a charging light, wherein the energy of the charging light is related to the image content. The solar cell module is disposed at one side of the display module to receive the charging light and proceed to charge, wherein the efficiency of charging for the solar cell module is related to the image content displayed by the display module. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009510 | Display Device with Backlight Dimming Compensation - A light emitting display device with backlight dimming compensation. A backlight emits light based on a backlight control signal. A power supply generates a first supply voltage based on a supply control signal. A data driver converts pixel data into analog data voltages. A dynamic voltage range of the analog data voltages is controlled by the first supply voltage. A pixel array includes a plurality of pixels, and transparency of the pixels to the light emitted by the backlight is based on the analog data voltages. A power control module of the display device determines if a power condition is met and, responsive to the power condition being met, adjusts the backlight control signal to reduce a brightness of light emitted by the backlight and adjusts the supply control signal to increase the first supply voltage. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009511 | POWER SELECTOR, SOURCE DRIVER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A power selector, a source driver and an operating method thereof are provided. The source driver includes a plurality of channel groups. Each channel group includes a first and a second switching unit, a first and a second multiplexer, and an operating voltage control module. The first and the second switching unit respectively receive a first-polarity grayscale data and a second-polarity grayscale data. Output terminals of the first and the second multiplexer are respectively coupled to a first and a second data line. The operating voltage control module switches operating voltages of the first and the second multiplexer to a first operating power set or a second operating power set according to polarities of the first and the second data line and controls the first and the second switching unit to prevent the first and the second multiplexer from receiving the first-polarity grayscale data and the second-polarity grayscale data simultaneously. | 01-09-2014 |
20140009514 | P-TYPE OXIDE, P-TYPE OXIDE-PRODUCING COMPOSITION, METHOD FOR PRODUCING P-TYPE OXIDE, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - A p-type oxide which is amorphous and is represented by the following compositional formula: xAO.yCu | 01-09-2014 |
20140009515 | Pixel Circuit Display Driver - A display includes a plurality of pixels and operates in a selected load period, a separate deselected load period, and a separate illumination period. Light may be generated by the plurality of pixels during the illumination period based on voltages stored in the plurality of pixels during the selected and deselected load periods. Methods of operating a display are also disclosed. | 01-09-2014 |
20140015864 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND A METHOD OF DISPLAYING A THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE USING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a light converting element and a display panel driver. The display panel includes a plurality of two-dimensional (“2D”) pixels. At least one of the 2D pixels includes a plurality of 2D subpixels. The light converting element is disposed on the display panel. The light converting element includes a three dimensional (“3D”) pixel. The 3D pixel corresponds to the plurality of 2D pixels. The 3D pixel includes a plurality of 3D subpixels. The display panel driver is connected to the display panel. The display panel driver renders grayscale data of the 2D subpixels such that the 3D pixel disposed at a first position in a first frame is shifted to a second position in a second frame. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015865 | DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING - A display control method and an apparatus for power saving of a display unit are provided. The method includes, determining a display mode in response to input of external illumination data, detecting input of a Red-Green-Blue-White (RGBW) data frame, applying a weight corresponding to the determined display mode to at least a White (W) sub-pixel value among pixel values of the RGBW data frame, determining luminance control data using the pixel values to which the weight is applied; and controlling the lighting system to output light based on the determined luminance control data, and controlling the display panel to transmit the light based on the determined luminance control data. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015866 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a display device includes a display panel and a plurality of memory circuits. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels each including a plurality of sub-pixel electrodes arranged in a matrix, and the display panel is divided into at least a first region and a second region in which at least one of the predetermined maximum number of displayable gradations and maximum resolution is different from that of the first region. The memory circuits are located under the sub-pixel electrodes and each of the memory circuits stores therein pixel potential corresponding to gradation to be applied to at least one of the sub-pixel electrodes. The arrangement of the sub-pixel electrodes is the same in the first region and the second region of the display panel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015867 | Spatial Stereoscopic Display Device And Operating Method Thereof - Embodiments of the invention relate to a spatial stereoscopic display device and an operating method thereof. The spatial stereoscopic display device comprises: a laser source; a two-dimensional scanning unit, receiving and projecting the laser light onto a variable isoclinic transflective unit; the variable isoclinic transflective unit, receiving and dividing the laser light into a first and second splitting lights intersecting in an imaging space, by transmission and reflection; a power source and position sensor unit, connected with the variable isoclinic transflective unit to control an intersection of the first and second splitting lights in the imaging space; the imaging space, provided with an up-conversion material inside, and the up-conversion material at the intersection of the first and second splitting lights is excited to form a light-emitting point; and the 3D modulator, connected with the laser source, the two-dimensional scanning unit, the power source and position sensor unit. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015868 | Liquid Crystal Display Device and Method for Driving Liquid Crystal Display Device - A liquid crystal display device capable of consuming less power and a method for driving the liquid crystal display device are provided. The liquid crystal display device includes a pixel portion, a light supply portion sequentially supplying lights of a plurality of hues to the pixel portion, a counter counting the number of frame periods, a signal generator determining timing of inverting the polarity of an image signal every plural consecutive frame periods by using data on the number of frame periods counted by the counter, and a controller inverting the polarity of the image signal in accordance with the timing. A plurality of pixels are provided in the pixel portion. The image signal whose polarity is inverted every plural frame periods is input to the plurality of pixels. | 01-16-2014 |
20140015869 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device of the present invention includes (i) a BL control parameter calculating section ( | 01-16-2014 |
20140022286 | DISPLAY DEVICE OPERATING IN 2D AND 3D DISPLAY MODES AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a first scan line, a second scan line, a third scan line, a data line, a pixel, a low color-shifting circuit, and a black zone generation circuit. In the low color-shifting circuit, a low color-shifting switch receives a third scan signal from the third scan line to selectively couple a compensating capacitor to the second sub-pixel electrode. The black zone generation circuit receives a black zone generation signal to selectively couple either the first sub-pixel electrode or the second sub-pixel electrode to a common node such that either the first sub-pixel or the second sub-pixel becomes a black zone. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022287 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display and a method of driving the same are disclosed. The liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel for displaying an image, an external light sensing unit for sensing an illuminance of external light around the liquid crystal display panel, a backlight unit whose an output luminance is controlled by an adjustment dimming signal, and a gamma curve adjusting circuit for modulating digital video data or varying resistances of variable resistors constituting a gamma resistor string based on the illuminance of external light or according to a relative maximum white luminance based on the adjustment dimming signal, so as to uniformly keep a relative brightness of the input image a user perceives irrespective of changes in the illuminance of external light. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022288 | DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - A pixel circuit includes a current light emitting device, a driving transistor, a first capacitor, a second capacitor, a first switch applying a reference voltage to a gate of the driving transistor, a second switch supplying an image signal voltage to a node at which the first and the second capacitors are connected, a third switch supplying an initialization voltage to a source of the driving transistor, and a fourth switch configured to short circuit the first capacitor. In initializing period, differential voltage between the reference voltage and the initializing voltage is applied to the second capacitor. In threshold detection period, the voltage of the second capacitor is reduced by closing a current path having the driving transistor. In writing period, a differential voltage between the reference voltage and the image signal voltage to the first capacitor. In luminescence period, a current is applied to the current light emitting device. | 01-23-2014 |
20140028731 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT SOURCE, LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS - A light source apparatus includes a display panel luminance change storing part, a light source part and a light source driving part. The display panel luminance change data storing part stores a display panel luminance change data indicating a luminance change of a display panel with respect to time. The light source part provides a light to the display panel and outputs a light source luminance. The light source driving part drives the light source part based on the display panel luminance change data so that the light source luminance is decreased when a display panel luminance is increased and the light source luminance is increased when the display panel luminance is decreased. Thus, a display quality of a display apparatus may be enhanced. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028732 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A display device is disclosed. In one aspect, the device includes a display panel that includes i) a plurality of pixels including first and second light emission control transistors, ii) a first light emission driver configured to generate a first switching control signal, iii) a second light emission driver configured to generate a second switching control signal, iv) a signal controller configured to generate and transfer a first light emission control signal and v) a light emission controller configured to generate and transfer a second light emission control signal. The light emission controller acquires information of a gray depth from a result value obtained by summing gray data, determines a light emission control algorithm according to the gray depth, and generates the second light emission control signal so that the pixels emit light during different light emission periods for a plurality of frames. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028733 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY USING THE SAME - A pixel capable of stably compensating for a threshold voltage is disclosed. The pixel includes an organic light emitting diode (OLED), a driving transistor having a gate electrode, a source electrode, and first and second drain electrodes. The pixel also has a plurality of second transistors serially coupled between the first drain electrode and a gate electrode of the driving transistor, and a node electrically coupled to the second drain electrode and to each of the second transistors. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028734 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing device includes: a gain calculation section determining a gain, on the basis of a first partial image in a first frame image that includes a process target line; and a correction section correcting pixel luminance information regarding the process target line, on the basis of the gain. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028735 | LIGHTING TECHNIQUES FOR DISPLAY DEVICES - Techniques are disclosed for lighting displays such as those associated with electrophoretic display (EPD) devices such as e-readers or any other display technologies or applications. In an embodiment, an EPD device is provided with a number of internal LEDs or other suitable light source generally disposed along at least a portion of the display perimeter. The light can be activated in situations where the available ambient light is inadequate for viewing the display. Light from the light source is distributed across the display, and in some embodiments can be adjusted to provide a desired degree of brightness. The light can be turned on or off via an existing single press-button or otherwise tactile, physical user interface that serves multiple functions. This user interface can be readily found and engaged by the user without the benefit of sight. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028736 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND 3D IMAGING APPARATUS AND OPERATING METHODS THEREOF - Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), 3D imaging apparatus and operating methods thereof are disclosed. The operating method for the disclosed LCD includes the steps of: driving a pixel array of the LCD to display a frame of data by a first frame scan and a second frame scan; and, controlling a backlight module of the LCD in accordance with the first frame scan and the second frame scan. In the first frame scan, the scan lines of pixel array are driven in groups, wherein, in each group, all rows corresponding thereto are driven by identical data. The rows which have not been driven by correct data in the first frame scan are driven again and corrected in the second frame scan. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028737 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided having improved reliability compared with the related art. The display device includes, for each pixel: a photo-emission element and a first MOS transistor connected in series between a first power source line and a second power source line; a capacitor connected to be inserted between a gate and a source of the first MOS transistor; and a second MOS transistor connected to be inserted between a signal line to be applied with a image signal voltage and the gate of the first MOS transistor, the second MOS transistor being controlled by a scan signal to change between ON-state and OFF-state, wherein ON-period of the first transistor is established within a period in which the photo-emission element is maintained to an extinction state and the signal line is applied with a voltage having a fixed level independent from the image signal voltage. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028738 | CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING AN ARRAY OF LIGHT EMITTING PIXELS - A technique for driving a column of pixels that include light emitting elements. The technique incorporates feedback data provided from feedback data sources connected to the data line and to feedback line of the array, pixel driving circuit with feedback path. The technique can also include block of the reference elements for input signal corrections. | 01-30-2014 |
20140028739 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed is a display device that (i) converts an input image formed of R, G, and B into a converted image formed of R, G, B, and W to display the converted image and that (ii) compresses the luminance of an input image for the subsequent frame on the basis of an adjustment value C which is corrected in correspondence with the number of, among all pixels in a converted image for the current frame, pixels in a state of luminance saturation and that then converts the input image into a converted image, the display device including a luminance oscillation detecting section ( | 01-30-2014 |
20140035958 | Method for Driving Liquid Crystal Display - A method for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) is disclosed. The LCD includes a common electrode, a pixel electrode, and a liquid crystal layer having a plurality of impurity ions. The method includes: separating the impurity ions toward the common electrode and the pixel electrode to form an internal electric field in the liquid crystal layer; and providing a common voltage for the common electrode, and providing a first compensation voltage and a second compensation voltage for the pixel electrode. The first compensation voltage and the second compensation voltage herein are utilized to compensate the internal electric field so that a difference between the first compensation voltage and the common voltage is equal to a difference between the second compensation voltage and the common voltage. Charge accumulation is formed intentionally, and then the first compensation voltage and the second compensation voltage are provided to correctly display images. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035959 | Light Field Display Device and Method - The present invention provides a light field display device ( | 02-06-2014 |
20140035960 | BACKLIGHT DIMMING CONTROL FOR A DISPLAY UTILIZING QUANTUM DOTS - Quantum dot backlights for use in displays and processes for controlling the dimming of quantum dot backlights are provided. The backlight can include an LED (e.g., a blue LED) configured to emit a light through a sheet of quantum dots. The quantum dots can be configured to emit colored light (e.g., red and green light) in response to the light emitted from the LED. To control the relative luminance of the LED, the backlight can be controlled through the use of current dimming to adjust the brightness of the LED at high relative luminance settings to increase the light output efficiency and can include the use of pulse width modulation to adjust the brightness of the LED at low relative luminance settings to reduce the amount of wavelength shift experienced by the LED. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035961 | DISPLAY DEVICE, SIGNAL CONVERTER FOR THE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel including pixels for displaying four colors including a white color. The display device further includes a signal converter for generating four output signals pertaining to the four colors using three input signals pertaining to three non-white colors of the four colors. The display device further includes a signal processor for processing the output signals to generate data signals and to provide the data signals to the display panel for the pixels to display an image. The signal converter includes at least one adder and a plurality of bit shifters for calculating a white-signal candidate using signals related to the input signals. The signal converter may determine a white-related output signal of the output signals using the white-signal candidate. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035962 | SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY UNIT, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A signal processing circuit performs a correction on a first image signal to generate a noise-like pattern with regularity in an image, and thereby to generate a second image signal. Therefore, even if stripes or luminance unevenness is caused in a display image in the case where the first image signal is input into a display panel, a pattern making the stripes and the luminance unevenness less visible is allowed to be superimposed on the display image. Moreover, a pattern superimposed on the display image is the noise-like pattern with regularity which is obtainable without measuring light emission characteristics of the display panel. Therefore, it is not necessary to measure the light emission characteristics of the display panel to superimpose the above-described pattern on the display image. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035963 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes a display panel and a driving module. The driving module is electrically connected with the display panel and has an image processing circuit and a data driving circuit. The image processing circuit receives a first image signal of a frame time. When an average gray level of the first image signal is greater than or equal to a first setting gray level, the image processing circuit reduces gray levels of the first image signal according to a first ratio to obtain a second image signal. The data driving circuit receives the second image signal and drives the display panel to display an image according to the second image signal. An image control method of the display panel is also disclosed. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035964 | LIGHTING SYSTEM, LIGHTING METHOD, AND LIGHTING PROGRAM - A lighting system includes a master set and a plurality of lighting devices controlled by the master set. At least one of the plurality of lighting devices is a bulb-type lighting device having a lighting function and an image displaying function and including a light source for lighting and a light source for image display provided in common or separately, an image forming unit configured to modulate light from the light source for image display on the basis of image information for image display and form image light, a lens configured to project the image light formed by the image forming unit on a projection surface, and a connecting unit electrically connectable to a lighting device fitting. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035965 | DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - A color display unit includes pixels arranged in matrix form. Display pixel units are formed from multiple pixels, one of each of the display colors, grouped together across multiple rows. Drive units are formed by multiple rows of display pixel units that are connected to a common power supply line. Common write scanning lines are provided, where the number of common write scanning lines per drive unit equals the number of rows of pixels that are included in a display pixel unit. Each common write scanning line is connected to every pixel of at least one given color in its respective drive unit. Within a single drive unit, every pixel of a given color has a transistor whose layout orientation is the same as the layout orientation of a corresponding transistor in every other pixel of that given color. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035966 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - For each predetermined block of a display image, a correction value is calculated based on an image in the block, and the image of the predetermined block is corrected based on the correction value of the predetermined block and the correction values of blocks around the predetermined block. | 02-06-2014 |
20140035967 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND MANUFACTURING APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus having a plurality of Bayer arrays each including 4 pixels sharing a common electrode connected to a vertical signal line wherein: each of the pixels has a pixel electrode connected to a horizontal signal line; and the location of each of the horizontal signal lines and the location of each of the pixel electrodes each connected to one of the horizontal signal lines are determined so that the locations in a neighboring Bayer array are a mirror image of counterpart locations in another Bayer array adjacent to the neighboring Bayer array. | 02-06-2014 |
20140043369 | Displays and Display Pixel Adaptation - An electronic device may include a display and display control circuitry. The display may be calibrated to reduce color non-uniformity in the display. Display calibration information may be obtained during manufacturing and may be stored in the electronic device. The display calibration information may include color-specific, intensity-specific, location-specific correction factors. During operation of the display, display control circuitry may receive pixel data to be displayed by each pixel in the display. The pixel data may include color information and intensity information for each pixel. Based on the color information for each pixel, the intensity information for each pixel, and the location of each pixel in the display, the display control circuitry may determine a color-specific, intensity-specific, location-specific correction factor to apply to the pixel data for each pixel. Adapted pixel data may be supplied to each pixel in the display. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043370 | THREE DIMENSIONAL (3D) IMAGE GENERATION USING ELECTROMECHANICAL DISPLAY ELEMENTS - An apparatus for displaying three-dimensional (3D) images includes an array of display elements and a controller. The controller can control a set of display elements in the array to form, at a first time, a first eye image corresponding to input data by causing the light modulators to be driven into a first set of positions. The first eye image includes an angular distribution of light weighted towards a first side of the display. The controller also can control the same set of display elements to form, at a second time, a second eye image corresponding to input data by causing the light modulators to be driven into a second set of positions. The second eye image includes an angular distribution of light weighted towards an opposite side of the display. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043371 | DISPLAY CONTROL FOR MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY - A controller for a multi-primary display having M>3 primaries receives a set of input N-primary image color defining values comprising drive values for N primaries for each pixel. A compensator ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140043372 | DISPLAY PANEL - A display panel includes a plurality of scan lines, a plurality of data lines, a plurality of power lines, a plurality of light emitting units, a plurality of first pixel circuits and a plurality of second pixel circuits. The plurality of light emitting units are arranged in an array and adapted to display different colors. In the organic light emitting units with the same color, some parts are connected to the first pixel circuits, and other parts are connected to the second pixel circuits. A first terminal and a second terminal of a first control transistor in the first pixel circuit are sequentially arranged on a forward direction of a first direction, and a first terminal and a second terminal of a second control transistor in the second pixel circuit are sequentially arranged on a reverse direction of the first direction. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043373 | SCAN DRIVING DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A scan driving device and a driving method thereof are disclosed. The scan driving device includes a plurality of scan driving blocks, and each of the plurality of scan driving blocks includes a first transistor configured to transfer a clock signal inputted to a first clock signal input terminal to a first node according to a first input signal inputted to a first input signal input terminal; a second transistor configured to transfer a first power source voltage to a second node according to a voltage of the first node; and a third transistor configured to transfer the clock signal inputted to the first clock signal input terminal to an output terminal connected to a scan line according to the voltage of the fourth node. The scan driving blocks may also include a plurality of capacitor configured to store and/or change voltage at a plurality of nodes. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043374 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A projector includes a first light source group having a plurality of solid-state light sources, a second light source group having a plurality of solid-state light source, and emitting light having a peak wavelength on a longer wavelength side of that of the first light source group, a first regulation section adapted to cool the first light source group, a second regulation section adapted to cool the second light source group, and a control device adapted to control the first regulation section and the second regulation section, and the first regulation section and the second regulation section are controlled so as to approximate the peak wavelengths of the lights emitted respectively from the first light source group and the second light source group to each other when forming a two-dimensional image, or to make the peak wavelengths get further from each other when forming a three-dimensional image. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043375 | DRIVING APPARATUS OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL - A driving apparatus of a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel including a source driving unit and a channel selection unit is provided. The source driving unit is configured to drive the LCD panel and includes a plurality of data driving channels and at least one dummy driving channel. The channel selection unit is coupled to the source driving unit. The channel selection unit outputs driving signals of a part of the data driving channels and the at least one dummy driving channel to drive the LCD panel based on a testing result under a normal operation. Alternatively, the channel selection unit outputs the driving signals of the data driving channels to drive the LCD panel based on the testing result under the normal operation. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043376 | METHOD FOR INSERTING FRAMES IN A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present disclosure relates to a technical field of Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), and particularly discloses a method for inserting frames in a LCD apparatus and the LCD apparatus, for addressing the problem of trails and improving the response time of picture. The method for inserting frames comprises: acquiring gray scale values of chromatic aberrations of individual pixel units on a current N | 02-13-2014 |
20140043377 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight unit ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140043378 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an electrophoretic display device that can be more easily produced. The electrophoretic display device with pixels comprises a substrate, a plurality of pixel electrode units formed for each pixel on the substrate, a voltage applying means for applying a voltage to each pixel electrode unit, and a charged particle-containing chamber containing colored charged particles and disposed so as to extend across the plurality of pixel electrode units; each of the pixel electrode units having a first electrode disposed in the center of a pixel, and a second electrode disposed on the peripheral edge of the pixel. | 02-13-2014 |
20140043379 | PROJECTOR - Green light from solid-state light source | 02-13-2014 |
20140043380 | MULTI-DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A multi-display device M | 02-13-2014 |
20140049567 | METHOD, DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY FOR REDUECING CROSSTALK OF SHUTTER-TYPE 3D LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A method for reducing crosstalk of a liquid crystal display is disclosed. The method includes receiving digital information of an original left eye image and an original right eye image, determining if the gray level values of the pixels in each scanning lines of the left eye image is the same with that of a corresponding pixel in the right eye image, adjusting the gray level values of the pixels to be a first target gray level value of a first gray level table when the comparing result is the same, adjusting the gray level values of the pixels to be a second target gray level value combination of a second gray level table when the comparing result is not the same, and transmitting the digital information of the sorted left eye image and the right eye image after the adjusting steps are executed. | 02-20-2014 |
20140049568 | AMOLED DRIVING AND COMPENSATING CIRCUIT AND METHOD, AND AMOLED DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure discloses an AMOLED driving and compensating circuit and method, and AMOLED display device. The driving and compensating circuit comprising: several driving circuits set inside several pixel regions used for driving several AMOLEDs; an external compensating circuit set outside the pixel regions used for eliminating an effect of threshold voltage of a driving thin film transistors in the several driving circuits set inside the several pixel regions on driving currents passing through the driving thin film transistors. The driving and compensating method comprising: storing threshold voltage of the driving thin film transistors of the several driving circuits set inside the several pixel regions; storing grayscale voltage of each of the several driving circuits set inside the several pixel regions; gate voltage of the driving thin film transistor of each of the several driving circuits set inside the several pixel regions jumping to a sum of the threshold voltage and the grayscale voltage of the driving circuit. The display device comprises the AMOLED driving and compensating circuit. | 02-20-2014 |
20140049569 | INFORMATION TERMINAL, MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL, AND VIDEO IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - An information terminal includes: a display section that displays an image; a light source that emits light; an optical signal generator that uses the light emitted from the light source to generate an optical signal with which an optical scanner scans an object; a drive signal generator that generates a drive signal for driving the optical scanner; and a switcher that switches the state of the information terminal between a first state in which the display section displays an image, the optical signal generator does not generate the optical signal, and the drive signal generator does not generate the drive signal and a second state in which the optical signal generator generates the optical signal, the drive signal generator generates the drive signal, and the display section displays no image. | 02-20-2014 |
20140049570 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY-APPARATUS DRIVING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a driving method and display apparatus, the display apparatus including light emitting units, scan lines, data lines, a driving circuit provided for each of the light emitting units to serve as a circuit having a signal writing transistor, a device driving transistor, a capacitor and a first switch circuit, and a light emitting device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140049571 | Dual LCD Display with Color Correction to Compensate for Varying Achromatic LCD Panel Drive Conditions - A display including a color panel, an achromatic panel, a backlight, and a panel controller configured to generate color panel and achromatic panel drive values. The panels may be LCD panels. The color panel drive values dynamically compensating for variations in the color of light transmitted by the achromatic panel due to varying drive conditions of the achromatic panel. The invention includes a system, method, or controller for generating or providing color panel drive values (and optionally also achromatic panel drive values) for a dual panel display in accordance with any embodiment of the method), and optionally also storing the drive values in an look-up table, and a computer readable medium which stores code for implementing any embodiment of the method. | 02-20-2014 |
20140055500 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE BASED DISPLAY AGING MONITORING - A multiple pixel display driving system and method. A display generator displays a plurality of images on a multiple pixel display. An aging monitor determines values of total electrical current consumed by the multiple pixel display while displaying the images, and determines electrical current value differences between baseline electrical currents total electrical currents associated with a test pattern image. A plurality of pixel aging characterization values indicating decreases in electrical current consumed by a pixels of the display is determined, and a display aging compensation matrix representing values by which pixel intensity values are to be compensated is determined based on the pixel aging characterization values. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055501 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A method of driving a display device includes driving a light source unit with a first driving ratio and outputting received image data to a display panel of the display device, storing the received image data upon receipt of a signal indicating a still image is displayed, calculating a second driving ratio of the light source unit from a representative value of the stored image data, compensating the stored image data according to the second driving ratio, driving the light source unit with the second driving ratio that is lower than the first driving ratio, and outputting the compensated image data to the display panel. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055502 | METHOD OF COMPENSATING COLOR GAMUT OF DISPLAY - A method of compensating the color gamut of a display includes establishing a plurality of color gamut boundaries of four color hues, generating m sets of original luminance, chrominance and hue values according to m sets of tricolor grey level values, adjusting the chrominance of n sets of luminance, chrominance and hue values of the m sets of luminance, chrominance and hue values exceeding the plurality of color gamut boundaries with four color hues to generate n sets of corrected luminance, chrominance and hue values, generating m sets of four color grey levels according to the n sets of corrected luminance, chrominance and hue values and (m−n) sets of uncorrected luminance, chrominance and hue values, and displaying images on the display according to the m sets of four color grey levels. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055503 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels, each of the pixels including a high pixel and a low pixel, a first data driver disposed on a first side of the display panel and applying first data voltages to the high pixels through first data lines, a second data driver disposed on a second side opposite the first side of the display panel and applying second data voltages to the low pixels through second data lines, and a first gate driver formed on a third side of the display panel between the first side and the second side, and sequentially applying gate signals to the plurality of pixels connected to gate lines. The first data voltages are sequentially supplied to the high pixels from the first side of the display panel and the second data voltages are sequentially supplied to the low pixels from the second side of the display. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055504 | GPU-BASED LCD DYNAMIC BACKLIGHT SCALING - Apparatus and methods scale a backlight of a display. A graphics processing unit (GPU) is configured to calculate a histogram. A central processing unit (CPU) is configured to control the backlight of the display responsive to a backlight level that is based on the histogram. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055505 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus according to the present invention, includes: a light-emitting unit capable of separately controlling emission brightness in each of a plurality of divided regions in a screen; a determining unit configured to determine target brightness of a predetermined divided region, based on image data corresponding to the predetermined divided region; an estimating unit configured to estimate brightness of the predetermined divided region when light is emitted by the light-emitting unit at emission brightness which is based on image data in each of the plurality of divided regions; and a control unit configured to control emission brightness of two or more divided regions including the predetermined divided region based on a difference between the target brightness determined by the determining unit and the brightness estimated by the estimating unit. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055506 | Dynamic Image Modification for a Color Deficient User - A system and method for detecting spectrum of colors that is indistinguishable to a color blind individual and modifying the colors to fade in or out to the shade of same color, is provided. While the partial color blind user is enabled to view and better distinguish colors that were problematic earlier, the present invention achieves a significant reduction in power consumption of the display device with this modified color set. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055507 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - According to one embodiment, a backlight unit is of the edge light type that guides emitted light from a light source to a liquid crystal display panel by a light guide plate for irradiation from the back surface side thereof and includes a controller. The controller is configured so that the degree of irradiation at the center of a video display screen in the liquid crystal display panel is set to be greater than that at the periphery of the screen. | 02-27-2014 |
20140055508 | METHOD OF DRIVING PIXEL CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a method of driving a pixel circuit that includes a light emitting element; a driving transistor that is connected to the light emitting element in series; and a storage capacitor that is interposed between a gate of the driving transistor and a path, which is formed between the light emitting element and the driving transistor. | 02-27-2014 |
20140063074 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING CURRENT IN DISPLAY DEVICES - The present disclosure relates generally systems and methods for controlling current provided to display devices. A method for controlling the current may include receiving drive current values associated with subpixels in a display and receiving information that corresponds to an application type being rendered on the display and/or an indication of image data being rendered on the display. The method may then include reducing at least some of the drive current values based at least in part on the application type. Alternatively, the method may include reducing the at least a portion of the image data corresponding to the at least some of the drive current values has substantially similar luminance and color values. The method may then include supplying the subpixels with drive currents that correspond to the drive current values. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063075 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is disclosed. The display device comprises a display panel whose luminance changes from a start luminance to a target luminance lower than the start luminance and which displays an image, wherein the image comprises a start frame having the start luminance and a start gamma, a target frame having the target luminance and a target gamma, and a plurality of intermediate frames sequentially placed between the start frame and the target frame, where a difference in the luminance of the display panel between adjacent frames is reduced. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063076 | DRIVING METHOD OF PIXELS OF DISPLAY PANEL - A driving method of pixels of a display panel is provided, which is adapted to drive a pixel of the display panel corresponding to a target grey-level of a display frame. In this method, a first pixel voltage is applied to the pixel during a first display period. At least one second pixel voltage is applied to the pixel during a second display period. The first and second display periods correspond to the display frame, and an enabling duration of the second display period is longer than the enabling duration of the first display period. When the target grey-level is not equal to a limit grey-level, the grey-level corresponding to the pixel voltage is different from the grey-level corresponding to the second pixel voltages. A sum of optical effects of the pixel during the first and second display periods is equal to the optical effect of the target grey-level. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063077 | Tensor Displays - In exemplary implementations of this invention, an automultiscopic display device includes (1) one or more spatially addressable, light attenuating layers, and (2) a controller which is configured to perform calculations to control the device. In these calculations, tensors provide sparse, memory-efficient representations of a light field. The calculations include using weighted nonnegative tensor factorization (NTF) to solve an optimization problem. The NTF calculations can be sufficiently efficient to achieve interactive refresh rates. Either a directional backlight or a uniform backlight may be used. For example, the device may have (1) a high resolution LCD in front, and (2) a low resolution directional backlight. Or, for example, the device may have a uniform backlight and three or more LCD panels. In these examples, all of the LCDs and the directional backlight (if applicable) may be time-multiplexed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063078 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A DIMMING OPERATION, DIMMING OPERATION CONTROL DEVICE, AND FLAT PANEL DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A method of controlling a dimming operation is disclosed. In one aspect, the method includes determining the brightness of an input image frame based on input image data, determining an input dimming value based on the brightness of the input image frame, selectively performing the dimming operation is based on a comparison of an absolute value of a difference between the input dimming value and a current output dimming value against a predetermined threshold value, where a value generated by adjusting the current output dimming value by a predetermined adjustment value is output as a next output dimming value when performing the dimming operation, and the input dimming value is output as the next output dimming value when not performing the dimming operation. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063079 | METHOD OF GENERATING GAMMA CORRECTION CURVES, GAMMA CORRECTION UNIT, AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A method of gamma correction for an organic light emitting display device includes calculating a high-power voltage to be supplied in an emission period of the organic light emitting display device based on a gray-level range of an input image data for each frame, generating a gamma correction curve for the calculated high-power voltage based on a predetermined minimum gamma correction curve and a predetermined maximum gamma correction curve, performing a gamma correction on image data based on the gamma correction curve to generate gamma-corrected image data, and displaying the gamma-corrected image data on the organic light emitting display device. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063080 | Method And Apparatus For Controlling Image Display - The present disclosure discloses a method and an apparatus for controlling image display, which achieve uniformity of image display and remove the image-retention in a compensation manner of high precision, high efficiency and low cost. The method for controlling image display comprises: reading gray scales of all sub-pixels of a current frame image displayed by a display device; determining an ideal luminance corresponding to the gray scale according to a predetermined ideal corresponding relationship between the gray scales and luminance of respective sub-pixels respectively; determining an adjusted gray scale corresponding to the ideal luminance according to the predetermined original corresponding relationship between the gray scales and the luminance of respective sub-pixels respectively; driving the display device to display the current frame image according to the adjusted gray scale. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063081 | DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Under a normal environment, when red, green and blue displays are to be performed, the displays are performed singly by a red pixel, a green pixel and a blue pixel respectively, and under a high-illuminance environment, when the red display is to be performed, the display is performed by also shining the pixels other than the red pixel simultaneously, when the green display is to be performed, the display is performed by also shining the pixels other than the green pixel simultaneously, and when the blue display is to be performed, the display is performed by also shining the pixels other than the blue pixel simultaneously, thereby increasing the luminance of a screen. In this case, although the chromaticity of each color is lowered, since the luminance works more predominantly on the image quality under the high-illuminance environment than the chromaticity, image quality degradation does not occur. | 03-06-2014 |
20140063082 | PROJECTION APPARATUS, PROJECTION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM, FOR REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION BY SHORTENING COLOR MIXING PERIOD - A projection apparatus includes a light source with light emitting devices of a plurality of colors, a drive unit configured to drive the light emitting devices of the plurality of colors so as to orderly emit single-color light and mixed-color light, an input unit configured to input an image signal, a projection unit configured to form and emit an optical image corresponding to an image signal input by the input unit, using the single-color light and the mixed-color light, and a control unit configured to emit the mixed-color light in a part of a light emission period of the mixed-color light and switch off the light emitting devices during a rest of the part of the light emission period, based on the image signal input by the input unit. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071172 | REDUCED BACKLIGHT TURN ON TIME - Systems, devices, and methods for using a hot plug detect (HPD) signal to reduce turn on time of a backlight of a display are disclosed. The backlight controller may pre-charge the backlight based at least in part on receiving the HPD signal prior to receiving a BL_EN signal to turn on the backlight. The HPD signal may be a multipurpose signal used by components of a system in addition to the backlight driver. The backlight driver may turn on the pre-charged backlight immediately upon receiving the BL_EN signal. The backlight controller may maintain the pre-charge of the backlight while the device is in a sleep state to reduce the turn on time of the backlight from the sleep state. Embodiments of the HPD signal may also power down the display and backlight. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071173 | LINEAR COLOR SEPARATION FOR MULTI-PRIMARY OUTPUT DEVICES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, to reproduce a target color in an output device. In one aspect, the output device can include display elements and a processor. The processor can be configured to (a) receive data on the target color to be reproduced, (b) select the display element associated with the highest brightness, (c) determine a portion of the target color to be reproduced by the selected display element, (d) calculate a remaining amount of the target color, (e) use the display element having the next highest brightness as the selected display element of (c), and (f) repeat (c) to (e) iteratively until all display elements have been selected or the remaining amount of the target color is below a threshold. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071174 | COLOR-COMPENSATING IMAGE DRIVING - An image driving method includes receiving basic image data including a first set of primary colors. The basic image data is transformed into output image data including a second set of primary colors. Luminance values of the second set of primary colors of the output image data is reduced to compensate the luminance values of the second set of primary colors of the output image data when a luminance value of the first set of primary color of the basic image data is saturated. Image distortion is thereby minimized or prevented. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071175 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device and a driving method thereof are disclosed. The display device has sub-pixels of multiple colors. In one aspect, the organic light emitting display device detects sub-pixels which are positioned at the edges of the panel. Data for the sub-pixels on the edges are reduced so that colors on the edges are less observable. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071176 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display device capable of improving image quality. A driving method of an organic light emitting display device in which a plurality of sub-fields may be included in one frame, wherein a first sub-field includes an initialization period in which voltage of an initialization power supply is supplied to a gate electrode of a driving transistor included in each of the pixels, a scan period that voltage corresponding to a data signal is stored in the pixels, and a light emitting period that the pixels emit light, and wherein the remaining sub-fields with the exception of the first sub-field include only a scan period and a light emitting period. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071177 | SUBTRACTIVE COLOR BASED DISPLAY WHITE POINT CALIBRATION - Systems, methods, and devices for white point calibration using subtractive color measurements are provided. Specifically, a white point of a display may be calibrated using subtractive color measurements rather than merely additive color measurements. In one example, a display having red, green, and blue pixels may measure the responses in a subtractive color space (e.g., CMY) rather than additive color space (e.g., RGB). Measurements of the display response using subtractive color space may involve providing image data to two or more color channels at once. Thus, any crosstalk effect between channels may be accounted for, even though the same crosstalk effect might not be apparent using additive color measurements in which only a single channel color channel were measured. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071178 | ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention relate to an electronic paper display device and its driving method. The electronic paper display device comprises a plurality of pixels. Each of the pixels includes at least two thin film transistors, and each thin film transistor is electrically connected to a corresponding data line and a corresponding gate line respectively, and within one refresh cycle, is turned on once separately. Embodiments of the invention can make refresh rate quicker and requirement on storage capacitance lower so as to achieve faster grayscale refresh. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071179 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a control method thereof which minimizes power consumed for driving a display unit includes a display unit which displays an image thereon; an image processor which processes an input image signal to display an image on the display unit; and a controller which determines a peripheral area which is an outer part of a main viewing area of the image for a user, and controls the image processor to display the image by reducing a brightness of the input image signal with respect to the peripheral area. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071180 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPRESSING BACKGROUND LIGHT IN TIME OF FLIGHT SENSOR - A background light suppression apparatus and method capable of suppressing influences of background light in a depth sensor includes measuring output signals of sub pixels for a sub integration time shorter than a frame integration time; and integrating differences between the output signals after the sub integration time. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071181 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, an image processing device includes a first obtaining unit, a specifying unit, a first calculator, a second obtaining unit, and a selector. The first obtaining unit obtains a first parallax number representing a parallax image that is actually observed. The specifying unit specifies a panel parameter candidate. The first calculator calculates a second parallax number which represents a parallax image to be observed from the viewpoint position when the panel parameter is changed from the first panel parameter to the panel parameter candidate. The second obtaining unit obtains a third parallax number calculated when a first panel parameter candidate is specified, and the third parallax number is smaller than an error between the second parallax number calculated when a second panel parameter candidate is specified, and the third parallax number, the selector selects the first panel parameter candidate as the panel parameter. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071182 | ILLUMINATION LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND PROJECTOR PROVIDED WITH THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE PROJECTOR - An illumination light source device, comprising: a light path junction member which splits light emitted from a light source into a first light path emitting excitation light for phosphor and a second light path irradiating illumination light; a first diffuser disposed in the first light path; and a second diffuser disposed in the second light path, the second diffuser having a diffusion degree larger than that of the first diffuser. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071183 | METHOD FOR DRIVING ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND ELECTRONIC TIMEPIECE - A method includes: causing a first image to be displayed in a first color by a partial drive format; causing a background of the first image to be displayed in the first color; causing a background of a second image to be displayed in a second color; and causing the second image to be displayed in the second color. In a case where a temperature detection unit detects a predetermined change in temperature after causing a background of a second image to be displayed in a second color and before causing the second image to be displayed in the second color, then causing a predetermined image to be displayed and causing the predetermined image to be complementarily displayed using a drive pulse signal adjusted for the temperature after the change. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071184 | DRIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - The present disclosure provides a driving method and apparatus of a liquid crystal display apparatus and a liquid crystal display apparatus, and belongs to a liquid crystal display field. The driving method comprises: generating gray scale data of sub-pixels according to received image data; taking a plurality of sub-pixels as a processing unit, generating gray scale voltage polarity signals, which are used for making gray scale voltages of the plurality of sub-pixels tend to zero entirely, respectively corresponding to the gray scale data of the plurality of sub-pixels; outputting the gray scale data and the corresponding polarity signal of the each sub-pixel to a source driver of the liquid crystal display apparatus. The present disclosure may improve display defects caused by turbulence in a common voltage, such as a green attachment, a crosstalk, a flicker, etc. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071185 | STEREOSCOPIC SCREEN - A stereoscopic screen, including a control device and a display screen. The display screen includes a plurality of light-emitting pixels controlled by the control device. Each of the light-emitting pixels is provided with a cylindrical lens, by which forming a difference between the visual images perceived by a left eye and a right eye according to a light-emitting principle of the cylindrical lens. The light-emitting pixel is in the form of a cylindrical light-emitting tube or a surface mounted device (SMD). The cylindrical light-emitting tube includes the cylindrical lens, a capsule, a pin, and a light-emitting chip. The light-emitting chip is disposed inside the capsule. The cylindrical lens is disposed on the capsule. The pin is connected to the light-emitting chip. The SMD includes the cylindrical lens and the capsule, or a cylindrical cover is arranged on a light-emitting surface of the capsule of the SMD. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071186 | LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE - A light source device includes a light source module having a light-emitting block, an image analysis part, a duty ratio calculation part, a duty ratio determination part and a signal generation part. The image analysis part extracts representative luminance data of the light-emitting block based on pixel data. The duty ratio calculation part calculates duty ratio data of the light-emitting block based on the representative luminance data. The duty ratio determination part generates determined duty ratio data of the light-emitting block based on the duty ratio data from a first period, and the signal generation part generates a driving signal having a duty ratio corresponding to the determined duty ratio data to drive the light-emitting block. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071187 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display device includes a calculation unit which calculates a required luminance according to a set luminance for each color of a backlight, for each of a first video signal and a second video signal, and obtains the higher of the required luminance corresponding to the first video signal and the required luminance corresponding to the second video signal as an objective luminance for each color based on a calculation result, a backlight driving unit which drives the backlight for each color according to the obtained objective luminance of each color, a detection unit which compares the required luminance with the objective luminance and detects, for each color, the required luminance corresponding to the video signal lower than the objective luminance, and a brightness adjustment unit which performs adjustment for each color so that an image corresponding to the video signal lower than the objective luminance is darkened. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078185 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING IMAGE QUALITY OF A DISPLAY - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for writing data to a display. In one aspect, the display includes an array of display elements arranged at the intersection of a plurality of common lines and segment lines. The display also includes a common driver and a segment driver coupled to the common lines and segment lines. According to one aspect, the display includes a greater number of segment lines than columns of display elements in the array. According to another aspect, the display may also include a first number of display element segment electrodes that are coupled to each other along a first common line, and a second number of display element segment electrodes coupled to each other along a second common line, where the first number is different than the second number. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078186 | Array Substrate and Liquid Crystal Display - An array substrate includes a plurality of data lines arranged along a row direction to input data signal, a plurality of scanning lines arranged along a column direction to input scanning signals, and a plurality of pixels. Each of the pixels includes a first sub-pixel, a second sub-pixel, a third sub-pixel, and a fourth sub-pixel horizontally arranged along the data lines in turn. And each of the sub-pixels respectively connects to one data lines and one scanning lines. When entering a 3D display mode, the data lines cooperatively operates with the scanning lines so that one of the sub-pixels displays a black image to form an equivalent black matrix. A liquid crystal device including the array substrate is also disclosed. The above array substrate and the liquid crystal device may satisfy the view angle requirement and reduce the crosstalk between two eyes. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078187 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING INSPECTION CIRCUIT AND INSPECTION METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an LCD device having a structure such as a column inversion type or a Z-inversion type where a single data line can be shared by two neighboring pixels, and an inspection circuit and method thereof. The inspection circuit for outputting gate driving signals in a division manner into odd and even-numbered signals is provided between the gate driving unit and a pixel region, so that only color pixels to be inspected can be driven. This can allow pixels to be normally inspected in an LCD device having an enhanced column inversion structure. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078188 | DRIVING DEVICE OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A driving device of a display device includes: a reference voltage generator configured to receive a high potential power supply voltage, a low potential power supply voltage and a medium power supply voltage and to generate reference voltages between the high potential power supply voltage and the low potential power supply voltage, where the low potential power supply voltage is lower than the high potential power supply voltage, and the medium power supply voltage has a value between the high potential power supply voltage and the low potential power supply voltage; a gray reference voltage generator configured to receive and divide the reference voltages and to generate gray reference voltages; and a data driver configured to receive the gray reference voltages and the high and medium potential power supply voltages, and to generate data voltages using the gray reference voltages and the high and medium potential power supply voltages. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078189 | LOAD DRIVING APPARATUS AND GRAYSCALE VOLTAGE GENERATING CIRCUIT - A load driving apparatus for driving a plurality of loads is provided. The load driving apparatus includes an output stage module, a load driving module, and an output stage selection module. The output stage module includes a plurality of output stages. Each of the output stages is coupled to a corresponding one of the loads. The load driving module is coupled to the output stage module and outputs a driving signal to drive one of the loads through the output stage module. The output stage selection module is coupled between the output stage module and the load driving module and selects one of the output stages in the output stage module, so that the load driving module drives the load which is coupled to the selected output stage through the selected output stage. Furthermore, a grayscale voltage generating circuit including the foregoing load driving apparatus is also provided. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078190 | DISPLAY-DRIVING STRUCTURE AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A display-driving structure for driving a display panel is disclosed. The display-driving structure includes a first circuit board, a second circuit board, a transmission wiring, a first circuit, a second circuit, first source driver circuits and second source driver circuits. The transmission wiring is connected between the first circuit board and the second circuit board. The first circuit is disposed on the first circuit board for generating a first signal. The second circuit is disposed on the second circuit board for generating a second signal. The first source driver circuits receive the first signal from the first circuit board, and further receive the second signal via the transmission wiring and the second circuit board. The second source driver circuits receive the second signal from the second circuit board, and further receive the first signal via the transmission wiring and the first circuit board. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078191 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIGHT ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - The present disclosure provides a display device including a light emitting diode and a driving module. The driving module drives the light emitting diode. The driving module includes a first switch circuit, a second switch circuit, and a driver transistor. The first switch circuit selectively writes a gray scale voltage in a first capacitor. The second switch circuit selectively writes an offset voltage in a second capacitor. The driver transistor is coupled to the light emitting diode, the first capacitor, and the second capacitor. The driver transistor adjusts a driving current being outputted to the light emitting diode according to the gray scale voltage and the offset voltage. The gray scale voltage adjusts the voltage difference between the gate and the source of the driver transistor, while the offset voltage adjusts a threshold voltage of the driver transistor. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078192 | Temporal Filtering for Dynamic Pixel and Backlight Control - Systems, methods, and devices are provided for temporal filtering of tone mapping slopes used in adjusting the power consumed by a backlight of an electronic display. One such method involves computing a current first target slope of an intermediate tone mapping function based at least in part on characteristics of a current image frame and temporally filtering the current first target slope to obtain a current first transition slope. A current backlight intensity of the display and a current final tone mapping function may be determined based at least in part on the current first transition slope. The current final tone mapping function may be applied to the current image frame or a subsequent image frame. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078193 | Generation of Tone Mapping Function for Dynamic Pixel and Backlight Control - Systems, methods, and devices are provided for generating a tone mapping function used in adjusting the power consumed by a backlight of an electronic display. One such method includes sampling an image frame in framebuffer space and generating a tone mapping function in linear space. The tone mapping function may have at least two portions: a nondistorting portion that does not to distort pixels to which it applies when an intensity of a backlight of the electronic display is modified and a distorting portion that does distort pixels to which it applies when the intensity of the backlight is modified. Thereafter, the intensity of the backlight may be modified based at least in part on the nondistorting portion of the tone mapping function, the tone mapping function converted to framebuffer space, and the tone mapping function applied to the image frame or a subsequent image frame. | 03-20-2014 |
20140085344 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel for displaying an image, a backlight unit positioned in the rear of the display panel, and a back cover positioned in the rear of the backlight unit. The backlight unit includes a substrate part including a plurality of substrates, and a plurality of light sources disposed on each of the plurality of substrates. A transverse width and a longitudinal width of at least one of the plurality of substrates are different from a transverse width and a longitudinal width of at least one of the remaining substrates, respectively. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085345 | COMMON ELECTRODE VOLTAGE COMPENSATING METHOD, APPARATUS AND TIMING CONTROLLER - A common electrode voltage compensating method, apparatus and a timing controller, the method comprising making statistics for grey scale data of every pixel for displaying a display picture; calculating a grey scale shifting rate between two adjacent rows of pixels, and obtaining common electrode voltage compensation signal parameters based on the grey scale shifting rate; generating positive/negative polarity information of the common electrode voltage compensation signal parameters based on a pixel voltage polarity inversion signal; generating a common electrode voltage compensation control signal based on the common electrode voltage compensation signal parameters and the positive/negative polarity thereof. The common electrode voltage compensating method, apparatus and timing controller address the problem of display picture pixels grey scale shifting due to a reversion of the positive/negative polarity of grey scale voltage. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085346 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display unit including a modulator that modulates a plurality of color light fluxes and a light source section that includes a plurality of light sources corresponding to at least any of the color light fluxes; a light source driver that supplies the light sources with pulse currents; and a controller that sets the cycle of each of the pulse currents and an ON-period of the pulses in the pulse current in accordance with the luminance of the light source, wherein when the luminance of any of the light sources is so set that the ON-period of the pulse current is shorter than a preset lower limit, the controller sets the length of the ON period of the pulse current to be equal to the lower limit or at a value longer than the lower limit and reduces the current value of the pulse current. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085347 | ELECTRO-OPTIC APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR, AND ELECTRONICS DEVICE - A drive circuit is configured to, during a first period, sequentially select each of pairs of odd-number-th and even-number-th scanning lines and write an off electric potential into pixels corresponding the selected scanning lines; during a second period, sequentially select each of pairs of odd-number-th and even-number-th scanning lines and write gray-scale electric potentials in accordance with the selected odd-number-th scanning line into pixels corresponding to the selected odd-number-th and even-number-th scanning lines; and during a third period, sequentially select each of even-number-th scanning lines and write gray-scale electric potentials in accordance with the selected even-number-th scanning line into pixels corresponding to the selected scanning line. A common electric potential supply circuit reverses the polarity of a common electric potential during a polarity reverse period between the first period and the second period. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085348 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - According to one embodiment, a liquid crystal display device includes a driving module configured to apply a DC bias to a voltage corresponding to a gradation which is displayed on a pixel and to supply a resultant voltage to a pixel electrode, the driving module being configured to apply a higher DC bias in a white display state in which a potential difference is produced between a pixel electrode and a common electrode than in a black display state in which no potential difference is produced between the pixel electrode and the common electrode. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085349 | SOURCE DRIVER IC CHIP - A source driver IC chip, designed to prevent flicker in images displayed on a display panel while suppressing power consumption and heat generation, includes: a reference gradation voltage generating part ( | 03-27-2014 |
20140085350 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - Waveforms for driving electro-optic displays, especially bistable electro-optic displays, are modified by one or more of insertion of at least one balanced pulse pair into a base waveform; excision of at least one balanced pulse pair from the base waveform; and insertion of at least one period of zero voltage into the base waveform. Such modifications permit fine control of gray levels. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085351 | METHOD OF DIMMING BACKLIGHT ASSEMBLY - A plurality of gray-scale values is extracted from image signals corresponding to a dimming area to calculate a mean value of the gray-scale values, and at least one of a variance, a standard deviation, a kurtosis, a skewness, a central moment, and an image moment is calculated using the mean value. Then, a representative gray-scale value corresponding to the dimming area is determined using the calculated values, and a dimming function for the light sources included in the dimming area is determined based on the representative gray-scale value. Then, the light sources included in the dimming area are driven based on the dimming function. | 03-27-2014 |
20140085352 | STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY WITH IMPROVED VERTICAL RESOLUTION - A pixel based 3D display ( | 03-27-2014 |
20140085353 | SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DEBUGGING METHOD FOR SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED DEVICE - Provided is a semiconductor integrated device that supports a high-speed serial interface specification and allows easy debugging to be performed at low cost. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092144 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF ERASING AFTERIMAGE THEREOF - An organic light emitting display and a method of erasing an image sticking thereof are provided. In the image sticking erasing method, a panel driving circuit is driven by a logic power voltage during a power-off delay time to discharge pixels. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092145 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method of a display device is provided. The display device comprises a display panel having a plurality of pixels, a signal controller for controlling operation of the display panel, and a memory connected to the signal controller. The driving method comprises receiving an input image signal for a motion picture or a stationary image, and if the input image signal for the stationary image is received, determining whether the stationary image includes at least one weak pattern, setting a first frequency as a driving frequency to display the stationary image if the stationary image does not include a weak pattern, and setting a second frequency that is higher than the first frequency as the driving frequency if the stationary image includes the at least one weak pattern. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092146 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive data via a network, a display controller configured to display information on a display unit based on the data received by the receiver, and a light source controller configured to lower luminance of a light source of the display unit in a predetermined period from a time at which the receiver starts receiving the data to a time at which the display controller completes displaying the information on the display unit, and restore the luminance after the predetermined period has elapsed. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092147 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A display apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a display unit configured to display an image based on image data; and an output unit configured to generate image data in which, among pixel values of image data generated by applying predetermined image processing to input image data, a pixel value outside a predetermined range is limited to a value within the predetermined range and a pixel value of a pixel around the pixel, the pixel value of which is limited, is adjusted such that a change in brightness due to the limitation of the pixel value outside the predetermined range is suppressed, and configured to output the image data to the display unit. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092148 | DISPLAY SUBSTRATE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME AND DISPLAY PANEL HAVING THE SAME - A display substrate includes a data line disposed on a base substrate, a first pixel electrode disposed at a first side of the data line, a second pixel electrode disposed at a second side of the data line and a storage electrode overlapping with the data line. The storage electrode overlaps with the first pixel electrode by a first overlapping width, and overlaps with the second pixel electrode by a second overlapping width larger than the first overlapping width. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098143 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels arranged in a pentile pattern, the plurality of pixels having at least a first pixel and a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, and the display panel being configured to display colors corresponding to respective output color data of the first and second pixels, and a color data converter configured to convert input color data to generate the output color data, the color data converter including a determiner configured to receive the input color data, to determine whether the first pixel displays a white color and the second pixel displays a black color, and to generate a first determination signal based on a result of the determination, and an adjustment unit configured to adjust the output color data of the first or second pixel based on the first determination signal. | 04-10-2014 |
20140104321 | SYSTEM OF ADJUSTING ELECTRONIC DISPLAYS AND LIGHTING TO A CIRCADIAN RHYTHM - A software determines the settings and timing of luminance and color emitting from an electronic device display based on an individual's circadian rhythm preferences. The circadian rhythm preferences of the individual may be determined by certain inputs by the individual. For example, the inputs may include a visual system age preference, an operation mode preference, and a degree of entrainment preference. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104322 | Method and Device for Adjusting a Display Picture - The present invention discloses a method and a device for adjusting a display picture to solve a problem in the prior art that when Greenish phenomenon of a liquid crystal display screen is alleviated, aperture ratio of the display panel is decreased so that power consumption of the screen is increased. The method for adjusting the display picture includes the steps of: receiving a first clock signal for controlling a data line voltage signal for a pixel of the first color in the display picture and receiving a second clock signal for controlling data line voltage signals for pixels of the other colors; and making a pulse width at high level of the first clock signal smaller than a high level pulse width of the second clock signal, wherein the first color is closer to green than other colors. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104323 | LIQUID CRYSTAL MONITOR DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD - A parent device which is a liquid crystal monitor device serving as a reference for adjusting the backlight distributes, through communication, a backlight-setting value indicating luminance of a backlight to an child device which is a liquid crystal monitor device receiving adjustment of the backlight. A processing unit in the child device obtains a correction value from the backlight-setting value of the parent device received by a reception unit and a backlight-setting value input to an adjustment switch by the user. When the reception unit has received a new backlight-setting value of the parent device, the processing unit obtains the backlight-setting value of the child device from the new backlight-setting value and the correction value and instructs a backlight control circuit to light a backlight based on a lighting period corresponding to the obtained backlight-setting value. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104324 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a temperature sensor, a timing controller, a data driver and a display panel. The temperature sensor senses a temperature, the timing controller includes a dynamic capacitance capture (“DCC”) block, which converts a green data, a red data and a blue data into a green compensation data, a red compensation data and a blue compensation data, respectively, based on the temperature sensed by the temperature sensor, and the data driver converts the red compensation data, the green compensation data and the blue compensation data into a data voltage and outputs the data voltage. The display panel receives the data voltage and displays an image. | 04-17-2014 |
20140104325 | STABLE FAST PROGRAMMING SCHEME FOR DISPLAYS - A technique for improving the spatial and/or temporal uniformity of a light-emitting display by providing a faster calibration of reference current sources and reducing the noise effect by improving the dynamic range, despite instability and non-uniformity of the transistor devices. A calibration circuit for a display panel having an active area having a plurality of light emitting devices arranged on a substrate, and a peripheral area of the display panel separate from the active area is provided. The calibration circuit includes a first row of calibration current source or sink circuits and a second row of calibration current source or sink circuits. A first calibration control line is configured to cause the first row of calibration current source or sink circuits to calibrate the display panel with a bias current while the second row of calibration current source or sink circuits is being calibrated by a reference current. A second calibration control line is configured to cause the second row of calibration current source or sink circuits to calibrate the display panel with the bias current while the first row of calibration current source or sink circuits is being calibrated by the reference current. | 04-17-2014 |
20140111555 | DISPLAY AND GLASSES - A security display system including security glasses and a security display is provided. The security display includes a noise image generator, a synchronous packet generator, a display unit and an image asymmetry generator. The noise image generator generates a noise image signal according to a normal image signal. The synchronous packet generator outputs a synchronous packet to the security glasses. The display unit displays a normal image according to the normal image signal in a glasses-open period and a noise image according to the noise image signal in a glasses-shut period. The image asymmetry generator corresponds to a first brightness integral when displaying the normal image in the glasses-open period, and to a second brightness integral when displaying the noise image the glasses-shut period. The second brightness integral is greater than the first brightness integral. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111556 | Array Substrate and Liquid Crystal Device with the Same - An array substrate is disclosed. Data lines directly pass through the area where a secondary pixel electrode is located to input, data signals to the secondary pixel electrode. First scanning lines, second scanning lines and switches are arranged between the adjacent pixels in an up-down direction. The area between the pixels is a dark area corresponding to an opaque area. Under a 3D display mode, a difference of the default voltages exists between a main pixel electrode and a secondary pixel electrode. In addition, a liquid crystal display is provided. By adopting the above design, the crosstalk and the color shift under the 3D display mode may be reduced. In addition, the reliability of the liquid crystal panel may be enhanced,. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111557 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a display apparatus includes a plurality of pixels and a plurality of control lines. A pixel circuit of each of the pixels includes a driving transistor, an output switch, a pixel switch and a storage capacitance. A number of pixels PX of the plurality of pixels which are adjacent to one another in a column direction share the output switch. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111558 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROGRAM - Provided are a display device and the driving method of the display device with which eye fatigue of a user in long-term use of the display device is reduced. The display device includes a display unit, a detection unit, and a control unit. The detection unit detects a condition of a user's eye to obtain detected information and transmits the detected information to the control unit. The control unit extracts fatigue information on the user from the detected information and drives the display unit such that a luminance of light with a wavelength shorter than or equal to a predetermined wavelength among light emitted from the display unit is changed on the basis of the fatigue information. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111559 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus comprises a substrate, a plurality of scan lines, a plurality of data lines crossing the scan lines on the substrate, a plurality of light emitting units disposed in a display area of the substrate and at least a control integrated circuit (IC) chip. The control IC chip is disposed within the display area of the substrate and electrically connected to at least one of the scan lines and at least one of the data lines. The light emitting units are electrically connected to at least one of the control IC chip, which is controlled by at least one of the scan lines and receives a data signal from at least one of the data lines to control the luminous states of the light emitting units according to the data signal. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111560 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device (A) that can suppress variation in gradation of color temperature even if there is variation in components during production, the liquid crystal display device being provided with: an image signal generating section ( | 04-24-2014 |
20140111561 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVE DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a liquid crystal drive device and a liquid crystal display device each of which has a sufficiently excellent transmittance, provides a sufficiently high response speed, and sufficiently reduces the load on the circuit and the driver. The liquid crystal drive device of the present invention includes a first electrode pair that is a pair of electrodes and second electrode pair that is a pair of electrodes different from the first electrode pair. The device implements a driving operation that generates a potential difference between the electrodes of the first electrode pair and simultaneously generates a potential difference between the electrodes of the second electrode pair when a displayed image has a gray scale value that is half or smaller of the total number of gray scale values for image display. | 04-24-2014 |
20140111562 | AMOLED DRIVING CIRCUIT, AMOLED DRIVING METHOD, AND AMOLED DISPLAY DEVICE - In embodiments of the present disclosure, there are provided an AMOLED driving circuit, an AMOLED driving method and an AMOLED display device. The AMOLED driving circuit includes a light emitting device, a first switching transistor, a voltage regulator, a driving transistor and a capacitor. The driving transistor in the AMOLED driving circuit drives the light emitting device to emit light under the control of the voltage regulator, a driving current provided by the driving transistor is independent of Vth of the driving transistor, so that the driving current flowing through the light emitting device is prevented from being affected by the poor uniformity and drift of Vth, the uniformity in the driving currents flowing through the light emitting devices is enhanced, and thus the uniformity in the brightness of the AMOLED is improved. | 04-24-2014 |
20140118407 | Enhanced Retroreflective Display Device - Method and apparatus features are implemented in a visual display system to provide coordinated interaction between an independent light source and a proximate retroreflective display. The light rays output characteristics of the independent light source are adjusted (e.g., by a controller) based on predetermined and/or detected viewing parameters of the retroreflective display. The retroreflected rays are targeted back toward an eye of a user associated with the independent light source to provide improved brightness and contrast for screen viewing by the user. Some retroreflective display screen embodiments may also include a self-illuminating mode as well as other non-retroreflective illumination modes of operation. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118408 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR UNIFYING LED LIGHT COLOR AND METHOD THEREOF - In a management system and a method for unifying LED light color, light colors are projected from a plurality of display units, and each display unit has at least one LED having a color coordinate and a brightness value. The system and method read the color coordinate and the brightness value and compare the color coordinate and the brightness value with a predetermined color coordinate and a predetermined brightness value respectively to produce a coordinate variation value of each LED to correct a duty ratio of a PWM signal of the display unit, so as to adjust a driving current of each LED and move the color coordinate to a position corresponding to the predetermined color coordinate. Therefore, each LED can show the same primary colors through a software calibration without having any chromatic aberration of mixed lights, so as to improve the display effect. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118409 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A display device includes: a display panel including scan lines, data lines, and color pixels located at crossing regions of the scan lines and the data lines, each of the color pixels including a driving transistor, the color pixels including first color pixels, second color pixels, and third color pixels; a scan driver configured to transfer a scan signal; a data driver configured to transfer an image data signal; an initialization voltage controller configured to set different initialization voltages for each pixel during each frame according to a threshold voltage deviation for the driving transistor of each pixel and calculate the initialization voltages including first, second, and third initialization voltages corresponding to the plurality of color pixels; an initialization voltage driver configured to apply the calculated first, second, and third initialization voltages; and a signal controller configured to generate and transfer a control signal and the image data signals. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118410 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device and a driving method thereof which compensates for hysteresis of a driving transistor is disclosed. In one aspect, an OLED display device includes a pixel unit; a scan driver that supplies a scan signal to the scan lines; a data driver that supplies a data signal to the data lines; a data compensator that extracts a hysteresis compensation value by comparing current and previous data, and outputs compensation data using the hysteresis compensation value and a luminance/color coordinate compensation value stored in a luminance correction process of a panel. Furthermore, it includes a timing controller that supplies a control signal to the scan driver, the data driver and the data compensator, and provides the data driver with the compensation data supplied from the data compensator. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118411 | DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING RGBW SUB-PIXELS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a data mapping unit for extracting a minimum value among three-color input data which respectively correspond to red, green, and blue, determining white color output data by multiplying the extracted minimum value by a gain ratio, and determining red, green, and blue color output data respectively by subtracting the white color output data from the three-color input data; and a gain adjustment unit for determining the gain ratio to minimize a standard deviation respectively for the white color output data and the red, green, and blue color output data. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118412 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes: a pixel part including a plurality of pixels arranged substantially in a matrix form, where the matrix form includes a unit matrix having X columns in a horizontal direction and Y rows in a vertical direction, where X and Y are natural numbers; and a plurality of light controlling parts inclined with respect to the vertical direction of the pixels on the pixel part at an inclined angle of θ, where the inclined angle of θ satisfies the following equation: θ=tan | 05-01-2014 |
20140118413 | DC-DC CONVERTER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - There are provided a DC-DC converter and an organic light emitting display device using the same. A DC-DC converter includes a switching module that converts an input voltage into a first voltage through switching operations of a plurality of switches that are turned on or off in response to a pulse width modulation (PWM) signal, and outputs the first voltage; a sensing unit that senses driving current supplied to a load to which the first voltage is provided; and a control module that controls the switching module by generating the PWM signal. The control module is configured to adaptively control the turn-on resistance of the switching module according to the sensed result of the sensing unit. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a DC-DC converter and an organic light emitting display device using the same which has optimal efficiency by adaptively operating according to a load condition. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118414 | DC-DC CONVERTER AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - There are provided a DC-DC converter and an organic light emitting display device using the same. A DC-DC converter includes a converting module and a sensing unit. The converting module includes a switching module and a control module. The switching module has a plurality of switches, and each of the plurality of switches converts an input voltage into a first voltage and outputs the first voltage while being turned on/off in response to a corresponding pulse width modulation (PWM) signal. The control module controls a switching operation of the switching module by generating the PWM signal. The sensing unit senses driving current supplied to a load to which the first voltage is provided. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118415 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY, METHOD OF AUTHENTICATING THE DISPLAY, AND IDENTIFICATION CARD COMPRISING THE DISPLAY - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display is disclosed. In one aspect, the display includes a plurality of pixels. At least two of the pixels are configured such that a value, into which a permutation or combination of luminance values of light emitted respectively from the at least two or more pixels is converted based on data of an original image displayed on the display, is used as identification information for identifying the display. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118416 | DISPLAY HAVING LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - A backlight module of a display provides a backlight controlled by a switch. A first electrochromic film comprises a plurality of first electrochromic devices which may each be powered on to appear white or transparent, and a first power supply module. A second electrochromic film comprises a plurality of second electrochromic devices which may each be powered to appear black or transparent, and a second power supply module. The first electrochromic film is positioned between the backlight module and the second electrochromic film. A controller applies voltages to the first electrochromic devices and to the second electrochromic devices to control appearances of each individual first electrochromic devices and each individual second electrochromic devices. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118417 | BACKLIGHT UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A backlight unit and a display device including the same are disclosed. The backlight unit includes a substrate and a plurality of light sources disposed on the substrate. The plurality of light sources are divided into a plurality of groups each including at least one light source. The plurality of groups are electrically connected in series with one another. A switching element is electrically connected in parallel with each of the plurality of groups. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118418 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display panel driver that can take in pixel data without wasteful electric power consumption even if the number of output terminals of the display panel driver is greater than the number of source lines of the display panel, and a driving method thereof. The display panel driver has latches individually, respectively hold pixel data pieces, each of which is for a pixel, based on an input video signal according to information stored in a setting register and applies drive pulses corresponding to the pixel data pieces held in the latches to the source lines of the display panel. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118419 | COLOR FILTER SUBSTRATE HAVING TOUCH-SENSING FUNCTION - The present invention provides a color filter substrate with a touch-sensing function including a substrate, a black matrix, a plurality of color filters, and a patterned common electrode layer. The substrate has a plurality of pixel regions arranged as a matrix, and each pixel region includes a plurality of sub-pixel regions. The black matrix is disposed on the substrate, and has a plurality of openings exposing the substrate and corresponding to each sub-pixel region respectively. Each color filter covers the substrate exposed by each opening. The patterned common electrode layer is disposed on the black matrix and the color filters, and the patterned common electrode layer includes a plurality of integrated units respectively configured for touch sensing and transferring a common signal. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118420 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided are a pixel circuit and a display apparatus. The pixel circuit comprises a charging sub-circuit, a driving sub-circuit and a light-emitting control sub-circuit; wherein the driving sub-circuit comprises a reference signal source, a driving transistor, a capacitor and a light-emitting device; the charging sub-circuit has a first terminal connected to a source of the driving transistor, a second terminal connected to a drain of the driving transistor, and a third terminal connected to a gate of the driving transistor and one terminal of the capacitor; the light-emitting control sub-circuit comprises a first terminal connected to an output terminal of the reference signal source and the other terminal of the capacitor, a second terminal connected to the source of the driving transistor, a third terminal connected to one terminal of the light-emitting device, and a fourth terminal connected to the drain of the driving transistor. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118421 | DISPLAY MODULE, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY MODULE - A display module of the present invention includes first through third source drivers ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140118422 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - Provided are an image display device and an image display method, which is capable of increasing charging period and reducing switching frequency of driving data while performing display device driving. The image display device comprises combined pixels of m columns and n rows, wherein each of the combined pixels comprises a first row of sub-pixels and a second row of sub-pixels beneath the first row of sub-pixels, wherein in a 2D image display mode, both the first rows of sub-pixels and the second rows of sub-pixels in the respective rows of combined pixels are driven and receive 2D display data; and in a 3D image display mode, one row of sub-pixels in the respective rows of combined pixels receives data and the other row of sub-pixels in the respective rows of combined pixels do not receive data. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118423 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - Viewing angle characteristics on the entire display surface are improved while suppressing harmful effects such as flicker and banding caused by viewing angle improvement control. A liquid crystal display apparatus ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140118424 | APPARATUS, METHODS, AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTI-PRIMARY DISPLAY OR PROJECTION - An apparatus, methods, and systems for multi-color projection or display for video or lighting applications. One aspect of the present invention comprises an algorithm for utilizing at least four primary light sources to represent a projected pixel color. The algorithm and associated system can be applied to both a natively monochromatic light source or traditional light sources filtered for their colored components. The algorithm can be used for either color sequential or parallel modes of operation. The algorithm takes input pixel data represented in a universal color coordinate system, performs a color transform, and disperses the results among parallel display devices or sequentially to a single device such that each pixel is presented by the combination of four or more primaries. | 05-01-2014 |
20140118425 | RAPID IMAGE RENDERING ON DUAL-MODULATOR DISPLAYS - A method for estimating an effective luminance pattern representing a distribution of projected light in a display apparatus involves determining driving values for one or more light sources arranged to project light. The light sources are solid-state light sources such as light-emitting diodes in some embodiments. The method determines an effective luminance pattern for the projected light by determining contributions to the effective luminance pattern for different components of a point spread function and then combining the contributions of the components the effective luminance pattern to yield an estimated effective luminance pattern. | 05-01-2014 |
20140125707 | COLOR PERFORMANCE AND IMAGE QUALITY USING FIELD SEQUENTIAL COLOR (FSC) TOGETHER WITH SINGLE-MIRROR IMODS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for applying field-sequential color (FSC) methods to displays that include single-mirror interferometric modulators (IMODs), which may be multi-state IMODs or analog IMODs. In one aspect, grayscale levels may be provided by varying a mirror/absorber gap height between black and white states. In other implementations, grayscale levels may be obtained by varying the gap height between the black state and second-order color peaks. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125708 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT THEREOF, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY SYSTEM - A display device including a timing controller, a data driving circuit and a display system is provided. The timing controller outputs first pixel data according to input pixel data, wherein a color depth of the first pixel data is a first bit number or a second bit number smaller than the first bit number. The data driving circuit receives the first pixel data and a notice signal, and maps the first pixel data to generate second pixel data according to the notice signal when the color depth of the first pixel data is the second bit number, and directly takes the first pixel data as the second pixel data when the color depth of the first pixel data is the first bit number, and generates at least one driving voltage according to the second pixel data, wherein the color depth of the second pixel data is the first bit number. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125709 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR VEHICLE - A display device for a vehicle includes a liquid crystal panel, a light source, and a controller. The liquid crystal panel includes a particular display pixel and a normal display pixel. The controller controls the ratio of the gradation value of the normal display pixel to a set gradation value of the normal display pixel as a gradation ratio of the normal display pixel. At the same time, it controls the ratio of the gradation value of the particular display pixel to a set gradation value of the particular display pixel as a gradation ratio of the particular display pixel. Further, the controller sets first and second modes as a control mode, the first mode in which the light source emits light, and the second mode in which the light source emits light with brightness lower than in the first mode. In the first mode, the controller sets the gradation ratio of the normal display pixel and the gradation ratio of the particular display pixel at a particular time to a maximum ratio. In the second mode, the controller executes a gradation processing to make the gradation ratio of the particular display pixel at a particular time higher than the gradation ratio of the normal display pixel. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125710 | DRIVING SYSTEM FOR LCD APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - A driving system for a liquid crystal display apparatus and a method thereof are provided, the driving system comprises a data-latching circuit, a synchronous-signal separating module, a vertical synchronous-signal discriminator, a vertical synchronous-signal counter, a horizontal synchronous-signal discriminator, a data operator and a polarity-signal generator. The vertical synchronous-signal discriminator outputs a start signal to the polarity-signal generator when vertical synchronous signals exist. The vertical synchronous-signal counter accumulates an amount of the vertical synchronous signals, and outputs an accumulated result to the data operator. The horizontal synchronous-signal discriminator sends the start signal to the data operator. The data operator subtracts odd sub-pixel data from even sub-pixel data of RGB data in a horizontal line or subtracts the even sub-pixel date from the odd sub-pixel date to obtain an Msum value, and controls the polarity-signal generator output polar-controlling signals to scan lines according to the Msum value and the accumulated result. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125711 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display portion having an emitting portion, a brightness distribution storage storing brightness distribution information indicating emission brightness distribution of the display portion and target brightness distribution thereof, a first feature amount calculator calculating a first feature amount of the image for judging an allowable corrective increase amount, from a video signal for plural pixels, and a brightness increase processor making corrective increase for the display brightness of the pixels based on the brightness distribution information and the first feature amount. The brightness increase processor judges the allowable corrective increase amount of the display brightness of each of the pixels based on the first feature amount, and makes corrective increase for the display brightness of the pixels corresponding to a low brightness area where the emission brightness distribution of the display portion is lower than the target brightness distribution, based on the allowable corrective increase amount. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125712 | THIN FILM TRANSISTOR CIRCUIT, LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - In order to suppress an influence of an electrical stress on a TFT characteristic in use of a TFT, a light emitting display apparatus according to the present invention comprises organic EL devices and driving circuits for driving the organic EL devices. The driving circuit includes plural pixels each having a thin film transistor of which a threshold voltage reversibly changes due to the electrical stress applied between a gate terminal and a source terminal, and a voltage applying unit which sets gate potential of the thin film transistor higher than source potential. The voltage applying unit applies the electrical stress between the gate terminal and the source terminal at a time when the thin film transistor is not driven, so as to drive the thin film transistor in a region that the threshold voltage is saturated to the electrical stress. | 05-08-2014 |
20140125713 | DATA DRIVER, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A data driver capable of displaying images with a substantially uniform brightness, an organic light emitting display device using the same, and a method of driving the organic light emitting display device. The data driver includes a plurality of current sink units for controlling predetermined currents to flow through data lines, a plurality of voltage generators for resetting values of gray scale voltages using compensation voltages generated when the predetermined currents flow, a plurality of digital-to-analog converters for selecting one gray scale voltage among the gray scale voltages as a data signal in response to bit values of the data supplied from the outside, and a plurality of switching units for supplying the data signal to the data lines. The predetermined currents may be set equal to pixel currents that correspond to a maximum brightness. | 05-08-2014 |
20140132641 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LIGHT-LOAD EFFICIENCY IN DISPLAYS - Systems and methods for light-load efficiency in displays may include a backlight driver circuit that may adjust a gate drive voltage provided to a gate of a metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistor (MOSFET) in the boost converter based on the load conditions of light-emitting diodes used to illuminate the display panel. The backlight driver circuit may also switch between two different voltage sources to further broaden a range of gate drive voltages available to drive the gate of the MOSFET in the boost converter. As a result, the backlight driver circuit may decrease gate drive losses associated with the MOSFET, thereby increasing the efficiency of the boost converter. | 05-15-2014 |
20140132642 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF PIXEL CIRCUIT - The embodiments of the invention disclose a pixel circuit, a display device and a driving method thereof. The pixel circuit comprises a light-emitting element; a driving TFT, its drain is input a power supply voltage signal; a first TFT, its drain is connected with a source of the driving TFT, its source is connected with the light-emitting element, its gate receives a first control signal; a second TFT, its source receives a data signal, its drain is connected with a gate of the driving TFT, its gate receives a scanning signal; a third TFT, its source receives a reference voltage signal, its gate receives the scanning signal; a fourth TFT, its source is connected with a drain of the third TFT, its drain is connected with the gate of the driving TFT and the drain of the second TFT, its gate receives a second control signal; and a capacitor. | 05-15-2014 |
20140132643 | METHOD FOR DRIVING INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - An information processing device including a display unit and an input unit is driven by a first step of inputting an input signal from the input unit, a second step of starting to move an image displayed on the display unit, a third step of lowering luminance of the image, a fourth step of checking whether the image reaches a position of predetermined coordinates, a fifth step of increasing the luminance of the image in the case where the image reaches the position of the predetermined coordinates, and a sixth step of stopping moving the image so as to perform eye-friendly display with the display unit. | 05-15-2014 |
20140132644 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY COMPRISING ERASE ELECTRODES - Active matrix liquid crystal displays, mainly applicable to screens with small dimensions, fabricated for example starting from silicon substrates, are especially applicable to display operation in color sequential mode. The pixel comprises a pixel electrode controlled by a control transistor and counter-electrodes situated on the same side of the liquid crystal as the pixel electrode and parallel to the pixel electrode; the liquid crystal is composed of molecules having a natural rest orientation in the absence of a voltage between the pixel electrode and the counter-electrodes and a different orientation in the presence of an electric field created between the pixel electrode and the counter-electrodes. Erase electrodes are situated on either side of the pixel in a transverse direction with respect to the counter-electrodes and are designed to produce, during an erase phase, an erase electric field tending to return the molecules of the liquid crystal to their rest orientation. | 05-15-2014 |
20140132645 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE WITH INFLUENCES OF OFFSET VOLTAGES REDUCED - A semiconductor integrated circuit including a first register which latches display data, a second register which latches the display data of the first register in accordance with a first clock, a gray scale voltage generator which outputs a plurality of gray scale voltages, a decoder which selects a gray scale voltage in accordance with the display data of the second register from the plurality of gray scale voltages, and an amplifier including a first transistor and a second transistor. A first terminal of the first transistor and a first terminal of the second transistor are connected to a first voltage line, and the gray scale voltage outputted from the decoder is supplied to one of input terminals of the first transistor and the second transistor in accordance with a control signal. A phase of the control signal is reversed at intervals of two horizontal scanning lines. | 05-15-2014 |
20140139557 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAVING POWER THEREOF - In a method and a device for controlling luminance of a display unit to save power of a display device including the display unit for displaying on a screen, the method includes: calculating a second luminance to which the luminance of the display unit is to be changed considering a first luminance that is a current luminance of the display unit and a constant K determined according to Weber's law; and changing the luminance of the display unit to the second luminance. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139558 | Driving controller, display panel device, and driving method capable of reducing crosstalk - A driving controller for reducing crosstalk in a display panel device includes a type detection unit and a polarity configuration unit. The type detection unit receives a color domain signal corresponding to one line data of an image so as to decide a data type of the line data. The polarity configuration unit is connected to the type detection unit for producing a polarity configuration corresponding to the data type of the line data based on the data type. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139559 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSPARENT DISPLAY - An electronic device controls a transparent display using a transparent display unit having a front side, a rear side and a lateral side, and allowing penetration of light. A light transmittance adjustable panel is disposed at one or more sides of the transparent display unit and a control unit automatically adjusts light transmittance of at least part of the transmittance adjustable panel in response to data associated with an event. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139560 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF SCREEN AND METHOD THEREOF - An operation method of an electronic device is provided. The operation method includes detecting a movement speed of contents being scrolled, if the detected movement speed is determined as being equal to or greater than a set speed, changing a brightness of a screen having been displayed at a first brightness, into a second brightness, and changing the brightness of the screen from the second brightness to the first brightness according to a changing movement speed of the contents being scrolled. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139561 | Display Processing Method Display Processing Device and Display - The present invention discloses a display processing method, a display processing device and a display device. The display processing method is used for the display device having display areas. The display processing method includes: obtaining a first area of the display device which is currently displaying 3D display data; controlling the display in the first area based on a first GAMMA curve, and controlling the display in a second area other than the first area in the display area based on a second GAMMA curve; the first GAMMA curve is different from the second GAMMA curve. In the embodiments of the present invention, GAMMA curves corresponding to different types of display areas are used to control the display of pixels in the different types of display areas respectively. Therefore, the display effect is improved. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139562 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid crystal display device adopting a time-division scheme to improve viewing angle characteristics, the occurrence of horizontal lines on a screen is suppressed. When first output gray scales are obtained for one-line data, the sum total of differences between “source voltages for a horizontal scanning period immediately before a horizontal scanning period during which a processing target line is placed in a selected state” and “source voltages determined based on the first output gray scales obtained by a gray scale value obtaining unit” for all source bus lines is determined (step S | 05-22-2014 |
20140139563 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display includes a timing controller and a liquid crystal panel. The timing controller sequentially receives first through third primitive image signals and sequentially outputs first through third corrected image signals. The liquid crystal panel displays an image based on the first through third corrected image signals. The timing controller generates a first converted image signal having a first gray level based on the first primitive image signal and stores the first converted image signal. The second primitive image signal has a second gray level and the timing controller generates a second converted image signal having a third gray level higher than the second gray level when the second gray level is lower than the first gray level. The timing controller generates the third corrected image signal using the second converted image signal and the third primitive image signal. | 05-22-2014 |
20140139564 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - The invention provides an image display device that has an especially satisfactory display quality for animated images, and sufficiently suppresses the irregularities of display quality among pixels. The image display device includes a light emitting drive means that drives a light emitting means, based on an analog display signal inputted to the pixels, and a light emitting control switch for controlling a light-on or light-off of the light emitting means on one end of the light emitting drive means in each pixel. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146088 | PATTERNED ILLUMINATION SCANNING DISPLAY - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer storage media, for providing a compact, low-sensor count scanning display that is capable of both displaying graphical content and of capturing images of objects placed on or above the scanning display. Various implementations are discussed, including raster scan, line scan, and compressive sampling version. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146089 | CONTROLLER, DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR THE SAME - A controller configured to control a display unit configured to change a maximum luminescence level is provided, the controller including a setting acquirer acquiring a setting value associated with the maximum luminescence level, an image data acquirer acquiring target image data, a feature value acquirer acquiring a feature value correlated with a brightness of a target image expressed by the target image data, using pixel values contained in the target image data, a corrector applying to the target image data a correction for adjusting the brightness of the target image using the setting value associated with the maximum luminescence level and the feature value correlated with the brightness of the target image, and a display controller controlling the display unit to display the target image expressed by the corrected target image data. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146090 | METHOD OF STORING GAMMA DATA IN A DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING A DISPLAY DEVICE - In one aspect, a method of storing gamma data in a display device is disclosed. First, a plurality of gamma curves for a plurality of pixels are provided. One of the plurality of gamma curves is stored as a reference gamma curve in a gamma table included in the display device. Among a plurality of gray levels, a portion of the plurality of gray levels are selected according to a gamma curve characteristic of the display device. With respect to at least one gamma curve of the plurality of gamma curves, differences between the at least one gamma curve and the reference gamma curve at the selected portion of the plurality of gray levels are stored in the gamma table. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146091 | DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING LINE LIGHT SOURCE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes: a display panel for displaying an image toward a plurality of viewing zones; a light guide plate under the display panel; a lens array disposed along a side of the light guide plate, the lens array including a plurality of lenses; a light source part including a plurality of line light sources each emitting a ray toward the lens array; a position sensing unit for obtaining a position information about the plurality of viewing zones; and a control unit for controlling the display panel, the light source part and the position sensing unit according to the position information. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146092 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a solid-state light source driven by a PWM signal, a light modulation device that modulates light emitted by the solid-state light source in response to an image signal, and a signal output unit that determines a duty ratio and a current value of the PWM signal in response to brightness of an image represented by the image signal. The signal output unit outputs a PWM signal having a predetermined first current value to the solid-state light source if the duty ratio is equal to or more than a predetermined first threshold value and outputs a PWM signal having a current value less than the first current value to the solid-state light source if the duty ratio is less than the first threshold value. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146093 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND RECORDING MEDIUM - There is provided a display control device including a determination unit configured to determine a type of input information, and a display controller configured to switch modes of a display unit capable of being switched to a mirror surface mode and a display mode in accordance with a result of determination by the determination unit. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146094 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a display device includes a display area portion in which first line segments and second line segments intersect each other and are arranged in a grid to form a non-open portion that divides a light-transmitting opening into open portions, and the open portions form pixels arranged in a matrix. Metal layers are formed on a color filter in the display area portion and disposed in positions overlapping the non-open portion. A metal layer having the largest area in areas overlapping the first line segments among metal layers is the same as a metal layer having the largest area in areas overlapping the second line segments among those of metal layers, and is formed of a metal layer having the highest reflectance among the metal layers. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146095 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION - Provided is a display apparatus and method. The display apparatus includes an image analyzer configured to generate information about an input image, an image classifier configured to classify the input image by using the information about the input image, and an image processor configured to generate a mapping function for outputting the input image by using the information about the input image and classification information regarding the input image, and to set a maximum brightness value of the input image to a maximum brightness value which is input to the mapping function. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146096 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGE, DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A method and an apparatus for setting a gamma reference voltage, and a driving circuit are provided, which decrease a driving voltage of a display apparatus and reduce power consumption by resetting the gamma reference voltage of the display apparatus. The method comprises: acquiring a dielectric constant of a liquid crystal capacitor according to a first gamma reference voltage ( | 05-29-2014 |
20140146097 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An adjacent gradation correcting unit | 05-29-2014 |
20140152703 | Displays With Adjustable Circular Polarizers - An electronic device display may have an organic light-emitting diode layer that emits light to form images for a user. Reflective structures such as metal signal lines may be present in the organic light-emitting diode layer. Ambient light reflections from the metal signal lines may be suppressed using a circular polarizer on the organic light-emitting diode layer. To increase light emission efficiency from the organic light-emitting diode display layer under low ambient light conditions in which ambient light reflections are not significant, the polarization efficiency of the circular polarizer may be reduced. Control circuitry may make measurements of ambient light intensity using an ambient light sensor and can control the polarization efficiency of the circular polarizer accordingly by applying adjustable amounts of light or electric field. Polarization efficiency may also be adjusted using a photosensitive polarizer material that responds directly to changes in ambient light level. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CURRENT OF ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE - A method and apparatus for controlling current of an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device, which is able to accurately estimate the amount of current according to an input image and control current to converge upon target current disclosed. The apparatus includes a current controller for estimating a total current value using a peak luminance corresponding to an average picture level of input data and a histogram analysis result of the input data, comparing an estimated total current value and a target value to generate a luminance control gain, feeding the luminance control gain back and repeatedly performing an operation for estimating the total current value and generating the luminance control gain to determine a final luminance control gain, and applying the final luminance control gain to the peak luminance to determine a final peak luminance, a gamma voltage generator, and a data driver. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152705 | PIXEL ARRAY AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A pixel array and an organic light emitting display device including the same, can display an image with uniform luminance by compensating for a variation in threshold voltage/mobility of a driving transistor for each pixel and compensating for a change in efficiency due to degradation of an organic light emitting diode. A first pixel among the pixel array includes an organic light emitting diode; a pixel circuit positioned among an anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode, a first scan line and a first data line through which a data signal is supplied to the first pixel, and controlling current flowing in the organic light emitting diode; and a switching element controlling the coupling between a second data line through which a data signal is supplied to a second pixel of the plurality of pixels and the anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152706 | COLOR CALIBRATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USABLE WITH DISPLAY DEVICE - A color calibration apparatus includes an image obtaining unit configured to obtain first and second photographed images which are generated by photographing first and second mono-color test images displayed on the display device; a controller configured to detect an ambient light area on which an ambient light is shining within the first photographed image based on pixel values of the first photographed image, and further configured to determine a remaining area of the first photographed image other than the ambient light area as a representative value calculating area; and an image processor configured to calculate a representative value based on pixel values of an area corresponding to the representative value calculating area within the second photographed image, and further configured to perform color calibration of the display device based on the representative value. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152707 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic electroluminescence display device is provided in which circuit components can be installed at a high density and which can reduce power consumption. The organic electroluminescence display device of the present invention comprises a display part including a first display area including a plurality of first pixels and a second display area including a plurality of second pixels, and a switch unit formed from a plurality of transistors and switching between display in the first display area and display in the second display area. The switch unit does not drive the plurality of second pixels during a frame time period for driving the plurality of first pixels in the display part and drives the plurality of second pixels during a vertical retrace time period in which the plurality of first pixels are not driven in the display part. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152708 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting diode display device can include a display panel in which data lines and gate lines intersect each other; an image processing circuit converting a first digital image data including a plurality of color digital data into any one of a second digital image data including the plurality of color digital data and a first white digital data and a third digital image data including a plurality of color conversion digital data that converts the plurality of color digital data and a second white digital data according to whether the first digital image data is included in a first gray scale region or a second gray scale region which is higher than the first gray scale region; and a data driving circuit converting the second digital image data into data voltages and supplying the data voltages to the data lines. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152709 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a light emitting diode that emits a light in response to a current supplied thereto, a constant current circuit that includes a first transistor to control an amount of the current supplied to the light emitting diode, and a pixel circuit that includes a switching circuit including a second transistor to switch the supply of the current to the light emitting diode and a capacitor including a first terminal connected to a gate terminal of the second transistor and a second terminal connected to a signal line that changes a voltage of the other terminal. The first transistor and the second transistor are connected between a first power supply line and an anode of the light emitting diode including a cathode connected to a second power supply line in series. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152710 | Backlight Driving Method, Backlight Driving Device, and Display Device - The invention discloses a backlight driving method, a backlight driving device, and a display device. The method comprises steps of: acquiring turn-on timings of respective areas of a backlight source of a display device and an opening timing of a 3D glasses; adjusting driving signals for the respective areas of the backlight source based on each length of overlapping time between the opening timing of the 3D glasses and each of the turn-on timings of the respective areas of the backlight source, thus making brightness of light from pictures corresponding to the respective areas of the backlight source in the display device be the same, said light being received through the 3D glasses; and driving the corresponding areas in the backlight source to be turned on by using the adjusted driving signals for the respective areas of the backlight source. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152711 | HEAD-UP DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a heads-up display device that stably achieves a low brightness display in which the display does not feel too bright in a dark environment at night, which further does not give a vehicle driver discomfort with continuous changes in brightness, and which has excellent white balance in the entire range of display brightness. A heads-up display device ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140152712 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - It is an object of the present invention to reduce a cause of pseudo contour when display is performed with a time gray scale method. According to the present invention, one pixel is divided into m sub-pixels so that an area ratio of each sub-pixel becomes 2 | 06-05-2014 |
20140152713 | PROJECTION DISPLAYS - A locally dimmed display has a spatial light modulator illuminated by a light source. The spatial light modulator is illuminated with a low resolution version of a desired image. The illumination may comprise a series of lighting elements that vary smoothly from one element to another at the spatial light modulator. | 06-05-2014 |
20140152714 | MULTI-PRIMARY COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A multiple primary color display device ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140160171 | DRIVE SYSTEM FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a drive system for liquid crystal display device, which includes timing controller, providing timing control signal; source driver, connected to a plurality of data lines S | 06-12-2014 |
20140160172 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A driving integrated circuit capable of driving various image display panels having different pixel arrangements is described. A data driving unit alternately supplies analog image signals to one of two adjacent data lines. A data switching unit selects the data lines such that the image signals are alternately supplied to the adjacent data lines of the plurality of data lines and electrically connecting the data lines to the output channels of the data driving unit. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160173 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed are an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device and a method for driving the same, which are capable of simplifying the configuration of an overcurrent prevention circuit while preventing overcurrent generation at an image display panel, and achieving a reduction in production costs. The OLED display device includes an image data converter for analyzing input image data, to reduce the possibility of overcurrent generation and to prevent overcurrent generation, modulating image data and a grayscale voltage level (or a gamma voltage level) of a next frame when overcurrent is generated, and outputting the modulated image data and the modulated grayscale voltage (or the modulated gamma voltage), and a timing controller for arranging the image data from the image data converter to match a size of an image display panel, supplying the arranged image data to a data driver, and generating a data control signal to control the data driver. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160174 | CROSSTALK COMPENSATION METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The present disclosure provides a crosstalk compensation method and a display apparatus using the same. The method includes: configuring a compensation range with the compensation range set between the maximum gray level and the minimum gray level; establishing a look-up table to record compensation values for each gray level in the compensation range; determining whether the gray level of a first color sub-pixel on the display panel is set within the compensating range. When determines that the gray level of the first color sub-pixel is set within the compensation range selects a compensating value for configuring an initial gray level of an adjacent second color sub-pixel to a correction gray level. When determines that the gray level of the first color sub-pixel set outside the compensation range, maintains the gray level of the second color sub-pixel at the initial gray level. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160175 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus according to the present invention includes: a backlight; a display panel configured to transmit light from the backlight at a transmittance based on an input image signal; a backlight sensor configured to detect light from the backlight; a external light sensor configured to detect external light of the display apparatus; and a control unit configured to control an amount of luminescence of the backlight based on a detection value of the backlight sensor and a detection value of the external light sensor. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160176 | DISPLAY DEVICE IN WHICH FEATURE DATA ARE EXCHANGED BETWEEN DRIVERS - A display device includes a display panel including a display region and first and second drivers. Feature data indicating feature values of first and second images displayed on first and second portions of the display region are exchanged between the first and second drivers, and the first and second drivers drive the first and second portions of the display region in response to the feature data. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160177 | DISPLAY - A display comprises independently addressable pixels, a pixel comprising first and second electrodes ( | 06-12-2014 |
20140160178 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device and a method for driving the same, are capable of achieving an enhancement in response characteristics of OLEDs and an enhancement in display picture quality through application of an overdriving (or accelerated driving) method taking into consideration intrinsic response characteristics of OLEDs. The OLED display device includes an image display panel including a plurality of pixel regions, and a driving integrated circuit for converting digital image data into an analog image signal, generating a plurality of gamma voltage levels through modulation, for overdriving or accelerated driving of the analog image signal, and modulating gray levels of the digital image data such that the modulated gray levels correspond to the modulated gamma voltage levels, for display of an image according to the modulated image data on the image display panel. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160179 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit is provided which includes a light-emitting element; a driving transistor configured to control an amount of current supplied from a first power line to the light-emitting element according to a pixel voltage; a capacitor having one end connected to a second power line and the other end connected to a gate of the driving transistor and configured to hold the pixel voltage; a first switch transistor configured to selectively switch the pixel voltage provided through a data signal line into the capacitor; and a second switch transistor configured to selectively connect the first power line and the second power line. The first and second power lines are separated during a period where the capacitor is charged by the pixel voltage, and are shorted during a period where the driving transistor operates according to the pixel voltage. | 06-12-2014 |
20140160180 | VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS - Light leakage and black float are reduced in dark ambient while a perception of high contrast is achieved when a backlight is divided into a plurality of areas and backlight brightness is controlled depending on a video signal corresponding to each area. An area active control portion ( | 06-12-2014 |
20140160181 | VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention effectively suppresses not only occurrences of halos but also degradation of the black level. This image display device has a liquid crystal panel ( | 06-12-2014 |
20140168278 | DISPLAY WITH LIGHT MODULATING PIXELS ORGANIZED IN OFF-AXIS ARRANGEMENT - Displays having a plurality of shutter assemblies with movable shutters. Typically, the shutter assemblies are arranged in a grid of rows and columns, and the grid has a horizontal axis aligned with a horizontal axis of the display. The shutter assembly is aligned within the grid to have the axis of motion of respective shutters extend at an angle relative to the horizontal axis of the grid. In certain implementations, the shutter assemblies have a rectangular peripheral edge, and are arranged in the grid to have the square peripheral edge disposed at an angle relative to the horizontal axis of the grid. This can arrange the shutter assemblies into a diamond layout within the grid and place the shutter assemblies of adjacent columns into spatially offset rows of the grid. In some implementations, this increases the pixels per inch of the display, in other implementations, increases the aperture ratio. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168279 | DIMMING A DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is dimmed after a threshold time of in activity has elapsed. The threshold time may be determined from a user's content viewing behavior and content source. The threshold time is dynamically adjusted based on changes in at least one of the user's viewing behavior and the content source. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168280 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A driving method of an organic light emitting display device includes sensing temperatures of a plurality of areas included in a pixel unit and, when a temperature difference between the respective areas is less than a predetermined reference value, outputting first data that is input from outside. When the temperature difference between the respective areas is equal to or greater than the reference value, the method includes generating second data by changing a grayscale of the first data such that the temperatures of the respective areas are similar to each other, and outputting the second data. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168281 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a liquid crystal display panel including a liquid crystal cell connected to a data line and a gate line includes: outputting a data signal to the data line; outputting a plurality of gate clock signals; and outputting a gate signal to the gate line based on the gate clock signals. Here, an interval between rising edges of the gate signals adjacent to each other is increased as a distance between the liquid crystal cell receiving the gate signal and a data driving part outputting the data signal increases. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168282 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING GATE DRIVING CIRCUIT THEREOF - A display device and a method of controlling a gate driving circuit thereof are discussed. The display device includes a display panel, first and second gate driving circuits which are respectively disposed on both sides of the display panel, and a timing controller. The timing controller controls the first and second gate driving circuits in conformity with a first shift mode, compares carry signals received from the first and second gate driving circuits, and controls the first and second gate driving circuits in conformity with a second shift mode when a time interval between the carry signals is greater than a previously determined reference value. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168283 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus, which generates low gradation luminance correction values with respect to an overlap region and a non-overlap region of a plurality of images constituting a multi-screen display, generates the low gradation luminance correction values so as to make the values gradually change from the overlap region throughout the non-overlap region. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168284 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a display device includes a first sub-pixel, a second sub-pixel, a third sub-pixel; and a fourth sub-pixel. A signal obtained based on at least an input signal for the first sub-pixel and an extension coefficient is supplied to the first sub-pixel. A signal obtained based on at least an input signal for the second sub-pixel and the extension coefficient is supplied to the second sub-pixel. A signal obtained based on at least an input signal for the third sub-pixel and the extension coefficient is supplied to the third sub-pixel. A signal obtained based on at least the input signal for the first sub-pixel, the input signal for the second sub-pixel, the input signal for the third sub-pixel, and the extension coefficient is supplied to the fourth sub-pixel. The extension coefficient varies based on at least a saturation of the input signals. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168285 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An image processor includes a input converter converting an input image into linear first image data of a first color gamut; a color gamut converter converting first image data into second image data expressing a second color gamut narrower than the first color gamut; a blend coefficient selector selecting a first blend coefficient when hue and saturation belong to a first color domain range, a second blend coefficient, having a reduced synthesis ratio of second image data compared with the first blend coefficient, when hue and saturation belong to a second color domain range, and a third blend coefficient, between the first and second blend coefficients, when hue and saturation belong to a color domain between the first color domain range and the second color domain range; and a color synthesis unit synthesizing first image data and second image data according to the decided blend coefficient. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168286 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device including a display unit including first and second lines, light emitting elements and pixel circuits; a first drive unit sequentially applying a selection pulse to the first lines; and a second drive unit applying a signal pulse including first to third voltages to each of the second lines. Each of the pixel circuits includes a first transistor sampling the signal pulse, and a second transistor driving one of the light emitting elements. The first drive unit applies the selection pulse when the first voltage is being applied by the second drive unit, before a correction of a threshold voltage of the second transistor is initiated and within a period that the one of the light emitting elements is being turned out, and the first drive unit applies the selection pulse when the second voltage is being applied by the second drive unit. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168287 | Power Management for Modulated Backlights - Power levels of a backlight are adjusted in a number of ways and based on a number of criteria. The adjustments result in a lower power consumption and, in some cases, may enhance audience attention to important objects in a scene. The adjustments comprise, for example, a combination of ramping down power (lowering final display brightness) in concert with corresponding compensatory LCD adjustments (increasing final display brightness). The adjustments may also include, for example, system dimming after ramp down/LCD adjustments are exhausted, or the shifting of an LDR2HDR curve. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168288 | DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROL - A method of controlling in a display device screen brightness and strength of dynamic range compression of display data in dependence on ambient light level. Ambient light level values are required from one or more ambient light sensors. The ambient light level values are averaged using a first method to obtain a first average value and using a second, different method to obtain a second average value. The first average value is used for controlling the screen brightness and the second average value is used for controlling the strength of the dynamic range compression. | 06-19-2014 |
20140168289 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In a display device ( | 06-19-2014 |
20140176614 | Dynamically Updating an Electronic Paper Display by Computational Modeling - Embodiments provide techniques for updating pixels of an electrophoretic display through computational modeling of a current state of each pixel. A model buffer may store data for a modeled current state of each pixel in a display, providing a prediction of a current color state for each pixel based on voltages previously applied to the pixel. Upon receiving a frame to be displayed, including a target state for each pixel, embodiments determine which of a set of voltages (e.g., positive, negative, or neural/zero voltages) optimally alters the state of the pixel to be as close as possible to the target state. These voltage(s) may be applied to each pixel in an iterative manner, with each voltage determined based on the current modeled state of the pixel. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176615 | TRANSPARENT DISPLAY USING SELECTIVE LIGHT FILTERING - A transparent display device and method of forming such device. The transparent display device includes a substrate, wherein the substrate allows greater than 50% of incident light to pass through the substrate. The device also includes a plurality of pixels formed on the substrate, wherein the pixels are formed of an adjustable permittivity material wherein the adjustable permittivity material exhibits a change in permittivity upon the application of a voltage and is normally transparent. The device further includes interconnects operatively coupled to the adjustable permittivity material in each pixel, wherein the interconnects are configured to provide voltage to the adjustable permittivity material. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176616 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - In a method of driving an organic light emitting display device, a first data signal constituting an image frame is sequentially written into first pixel circuits coupled to first scan-lines by sequentially performing a scanning operation on the first scan-lines in a first direction, a second data signal constituting the image frame is sequentially written into second pixel circuits coupled to second scan-lines by sequentially performing the scanning operation on the second scan-lines in a second direction, and the image frame is displayed by controlling the first and second pixel circuits to simultaneously emit light. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176617 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an organic light emitting display device. The organic light emitting display device includes a display panel arranged to include a plurality of unit pixels having red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels, a four-color data converter configured to convert input data of red, green, and blue of each unit pixel into data of red, green, blue, and white respectively corresponding to the red, green, blue, and white sub-pixels, and a panel driver configured to accumulate data of each of the sub-pixels at every accumulation period, store the accumulated data in a memory, decide a color correction mode for correcting a color of each unit pixel on the basis of the accumulated data of the white sub-pixel stored in the memory, drive the white sub-pixel of each unit pixel according to the decided color correction mode, and selectively drive the red, green, and blue sub-pixels. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176618 | Backlight Driving Apparatus and Liquid Crystal Display Device Using the Same - Disclosed is a backlight driving apparatus. The backlight driving apparatus includes a light source configured to include at least one LED, a DC-DC converter configured to generate a driving voltage according to a turn-on of a switching element and supply the driving voltage to the light source, a feedback circuit configured to generate a feedback voltage corresponding to a voltage level of the driving voltage supplied from light source, a duty controller connected to the light source, and configured to control a turn-on period of the LED according to an LED duty signal corresponding to a backlight dimming signal, and a switching controller configured to generate a PWM signal for controlling the turn-on of the switching element according to the feedback signal, generate a switching control signal corresponding to the PWM signal according to the LED duty signal, and selectively control the turn-on of the switching element. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176619 | SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF SELF LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a self light emitting display device, including a variation detection unit configured to detect a variation of a video signal equal to, or greater than a predetermined threshold, a correction unit configured to correct an output level of the video signal based on the detection of the variation by the variation detection unit, and a video processing unit configured to perform a process with a predetermined time delay on the video signal supplied from the variation detection unit and configured to output the processed video signal to the correction unit. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176620 | DISPLAY UNIT, IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An image processing device includes a control section configured to determine, based on first luminance information for each display pixel, frame luminance information in a single frame and current information. The current information indicates a magnitude of a current that is expected to be consumed in displaying the single frame on a display section. The control section is configured to control, based on the frame luminance information and the current information, light-emitting luminance of the display section. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176621 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN ACCORDING TO DATA LOADING IN TERMINAL - A device for controlling a screen according to data loading in a terminal is provided. The device includes a display whose screen brightness value is changed step by step while data is being loaded, and a controller configured to control to change, if data information is requested, a screen brightness value of the display step by step according to progress of data loading, and to control to display the data being loaded, on the display whose screen brightness value is changed step by step. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176622 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed is an organic light emitting display device. The organic light emitting display device includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels formed in intersection areas between a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of sensing lines, a gate driver supplying a gate signal to the gate lines, a plurality of data driving ICs including a data driver, supplying data voltages to the data lines, and a sensing unit including a plurality of ADCs that each sense characteristic change of a driving transistor included in a corresponding pixel to generate sensing data, a memory storing a gain error and offset error of each ADC, and a timing controller correcting the sensing data on a basis of the gain error and offset error, modulating input data on a basis of the corrected sensing data, and supplying the modulated data to the data driving ICs. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176623 | SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Provided is a self-luminous display device including a data calculation section configured to calculate, by using a supplied video signal, data relating to a luminance amount accumulated in a unit of a first block in a target region for luminance control in a screen on which a plurality of pixels are arranged in a matrix, each of the pixels including a light emitting element which emits light by itself according to a current amount, a resampling section configured to resample the data relating to the luminance amount in the target region, in a unit of a second block, the data relating to the luminance amount being calculated by the data calculation section, the second block being larger than the first block, and a scaling section configured to generate data for luminance control in the target region by scaling the data resampled by the resampling section. | 06-26-2014 |
20140176624 | GATE-ON VOLTAGE GENERATOR, DRIVING DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS COMPRISING THE SAME - A gate-on voltage generator that can enhance display quality at low temperatures, a driving device, and a display apparatus having the same, in which the gate-on voltage generator includes a temperature sensor having an operational amplifier configured to receive a driving voltage and produce a temperature-dependent variable voltage, the level of which varies according to the ambient temperature, and a charge pumping unit shifting the temperature-dependent variable voltage by the voltage level of a pulse signal and generating a gate-on voltage. | 06-26-2014 |
20140184653 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - An image processing device includes a first filter that filters the image signal to output a first image signal, a second filter that converts the image signal corresponding to a predetermined pixel to a second image signal based on image signals corresponding to a plurality of peripheral pixels adjacent to the predetermined pixel, a third filter that filters the second image signal from the second filter to output a third image signal, a fourth filter that filters the third image signal from the third filter to output a fourth image signal, and an image synthesizer that synthesizes the first image signal from the first filter and the fourth image signal from the fourth filter. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184654 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A MULTI-TIME PROGRAMMABLE OPERATION, AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE EMPLOYING THE SAME - A method of performing a multi-time programmable (MTP) operation includes independently setting respective pixel gamma curves for respective pixel circuits, obtaining respective actual gamma curves, the obtaining of the respective actual gamma curves including performing tests based on the respective pixel gamma curves for the respective pixel circuits, and storing respective gamma offsets, the storing of the respective gamma offsets including comparing the respective actual gamma curves with a reference gamma curve for the respective pixel circuits. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184655 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING RGBW SUB-PIXELS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including a data mapping unit configured to identify a minimum value of the three-color input data corresponding to red, green, and blue (RGB), to determine white output color data by multiplying the identified minimum value by a gain ratio, and to subtract the white output color data from each of the three-color input data to determine RGB output color data, a gain adjustment unit configured to determine a preliminary gain ratio to minimize standard deviations of each of the white and RGB output color data, and to change a preliminary gain ratio based on an accumulated sum of color data used for respective sub-pixels in a previously displayed image to determine the gain ratio, and a display unit including unit pixels, each including RGB and white sub-pixels, and configured to display an image which corresponds to the and RGB output color data. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184656 | Image Compensation Method for Side-Emitting Backlight and LCD Apparatus with the Same - The present application provides a an image compensation method for side-emitting backlight comprising steps of: S | 07-03-2014 |
20140184657 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATION UNIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A gamma voltage generation unit is discussed which includes: a voltage booster to boost a first maximum reference voltage into at least one second maximum reference voltage; a mode selector configured to select one of the maximum reference voltage and the at least one second maximum reference voltage as a selected maximum reference voltage; and a plurality of gamma voltage adjusters. The selected maximum reference voltage selected by the mode selector is provided as a 255th gray-scale gamma voltage. A first gamma voltage adjuster among the gamma voltage adjusters can generate the 255th gray-scale gamma voltage and another gray-scale gamma voltage based on the selected maximum reference voltage. The remaining gamma voltage adjusters are connected to one another in a cascade. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184658 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF DISPLAY DEVICES AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING SAME - An exemplary display system includes a plurality of display devices spliced together, to increase a display size of the display system. Each of the display devices includes a screen, an image processing circuit, a first data interface, and a second data interface. The first data interface receives image signals from a signal source and outputs the image signals. The image processing circuit is connected to the first data interface, receives the image signals, converts the image signals into corresponding gray scale voltages, and outputs the gray scale voltages. The screen is connected to the image processing circuit, receives the gray scale voltages, and displays images based on the gray scale voltages. The second data interface is connected to the first data interface, receives the image signals from the first data interface, and outputs the image signals to another display device connected to the second data interface. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184659 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes a system and a liquid crystal module. The system detects an input frame frequency, generates a DISP signal indicating the input of an abnormal signal at a high logic level when the detected frame frequency is within a previously determined range, and generates the DISP signal at a low logic level when the detected frame frequency is beyond the previously determined range. The liquid crystal module includes a signal processing unit which selectively outputs digital video data for implementing a normal screen and digital black data for implementing a black screen in response to the DISP signal. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184660 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A one-pixel structure of a display panel included in an auto-stereoscopic image display device adopts an in-plane switching mode. Transparent counter electrodes that are not provided in a liquid crystal panel of a normal in-plane switching mode are formed correspondingly to pixel peripheral regions on a second transparent substrate side and, in | 07-03-2014 |
20140184661 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A first substrate includes a first switching element arranged in a first color pixel and a second switching element arranged in a second color pixel of which color is different from the color of the first color pixel in an active area. A driving unit superimposes DC bias voltages on voltages corresponding to gradations to be displayed in the first color pixel and the second color pixel, and to supply the superimposed voltages to the first pixel electrode and the second pixel electrode, respectively. A first halftone gradation voltage obtained by superimposing a first DC bias voltage on a voltage corresponding to a halftone gradation is supplied to the first pixel electrode. A second halftone gradation voltage obtained by superimposing a second DC bias voltage different from the first DC bias voltage on a voltage corresponding to the halftone gradation is supplied to the second pixel electrode. | 07-03-2014 |
20140184662 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a weight calculation unit, a gamma calculation unit, and a conversion unit. The weight calculation unit calculates a weight coefficient to calculate a second gamma characteristic based on light information of an image. The second gamma characteristic has a narrower range of lightness than a first gamma characteristic. The first gamma characteristic represents a characteristic of a display connected to the apparatus in the dark. The gamma calculation unit calculates the second gamma characteristic based on the weight coefficient, and calculates a gamma conversion function based on the second gamma characteristic. The second gamma characteristic more approximates a lightness of the first gamma characteristic if the light information is darker, and more approximates a gradation of the lightness of the first gamma characteristic if the light information is brighter. The conversion unit converts pixel values of the image, based on the gamma conversion function. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192091 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed herein is a display device with an adjustable viewing angle. The display device at least includes a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel adjacent to the first sub-pixel. When the display device is operated in a wide viewing angle mode, the first and second sub-pixels each have an on-axis brightness at a predetermined gray level. When the display device is operated in a narrow viewing angle mode, the first and second sub-pixels respectively have a first on-axis brightness at a first gray level and a second on-axis brightness at a second gray level. The first on-axis brightness at the first gray level is substantially less than the on-axis brightness at the predetermined gray level of the first sub-pixel. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192092 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A head-mounted display device includes: a display section that outputs an image light to overlap with an outside light and causes an image to be viewed; a distance detecting section that detects a distance to an object positioned in a visual line direction of a wearer; and an image adjusting section that changes the image light output by the display section according to the distance detected by the distance detecting section. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192093 | LASER BEAM DISPLAY DEVICE - A laser beam display device includes: a dimming setting input unit into which any one of the dimming values of plural dimming steps are input; a first dimming processing unit having plural dimming LUTs that store dimming amounts regarding the respective dimming steps with the corresponding gradation levels as indexes; a second dimming processing unit having one gain LUT that holds gains regarding the respective dimming steps and a multiplier that creates the indexes for the respective diming LUTs by multiplying a video signal by the gains; and a light source drive unit that drives a laser diode on the basis of reference results obtained by referring to the dimming LUTs of the first dimming processing unit. The luminance of the emission beam of the laser diode, which corresponds to the video signal, is dimmed in accordance with a dimming setting input from the dimming setting input unit. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192094 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING MODULE THEREOF, AND DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a driving circuit of a display panel. A plurality of driving units produce a reference driving voltage according to a gamma voltage of a gamma circuit, respectively. A plurality of digital-to-analog converting circuits receive the reference driving voltages output by the plurality of driving units, and select one of the plurality of reference driving voltage as a data driving voltage according to pixel data, respectively. The plurality of digital-to-analog converting circuits transmit the plurality of data driving voltages to the display panel for displaying images. A voltage boost circuit is used for producing a first supply voltage and providing the first supply voltage to the plurality of digital-to-analog converting circuits. At least a voltage boost unit is used for producing a second supply voltage and providing the second supply voltage to the plurality of driving units. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192095 | AREA-SAVING DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR DISPLAY PANEL - The present invention relates to an area-saving driving circuit for a display panel, which comprises a plurality of digital-to-analog converting circuits convert input data, respectively, and produce a pixel signal. A plurality of driving units are coupled to the plurality of digital-to-analog converting circuits, respectively. They produce a driving signal according to the pixel signal and transmit the driving signal to the display panel for displaying. A plurality of voltage booster units are coupled to the plurality of driving units, respectively, and produce a supply voltage according to a control signal. Then the supply voltage is provided to the plurality of driving units. Thereby, by providing the supply voltage to the plurality of driving units of the display panel by means of the plurality of voltage booster units, the area of the external storage capacitor is reduced. Alternative, the external storage capacitor can be even not required. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192096 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a liquid crystal display device, including: a first analog power supply circuit that outputs, to each data signal line driving circuit, a first analog voltage generated based on a power supply voltage of an external power supply; a second analog power supply circuit that outputs a second analog voltage based on the first analog voltage; and a reference voltage generating circuit that generates a reference voltage based on the second analog voltage, in which the each data signal line driving circuit generates a gray-scale voltage based on the reference voltage. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192097 | DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A DISPLAY DRIVER CIRCUIT - A display driver circuit includes a source driver and a display driver. The source driver drives source lines of a display panel, and the timing controller transmits image data to the source driver and controls the source driver such that the transmitted image data is displayed in the display panel. The timing controller randomizes the image data in a scrambling mode when the timing controller transmits data packets including pixel data field in which the image data is written. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192098 | Semiconductor Device and Driving Method Thereof - Brightness irregularities that develop in a light emitting device due to is persion among pixels in the threshold values of TFTs used for supplying electric current to light emitting devices become obstacles to improved image quality of the light emitting device. As an image signal input to a pixel from a source signal line, a desired electric potential is applied to a gate electrode of a TFT for supplying electric current to an EL device, through a TFT having its gate and drain connected to each other. A voltage equal to the TFT threshold value is produced between the source and the drain of the TFT | 07-10-2014 |
20140192099 | METHOD FOR UNEVEN LIGHT EMISSION CORRECTION OF ORGANIC EL PANEL AND DISPLAY CORRECTION CIRCUIT OF ORGANIC EL PANEL - A correction method for correcting uneven light emission of an organic EL panel, the correction method includes the steps of: supplying a predetermined signal to the organic EL panel to detect the brightness of the panel at horizontal and vertical scan positions; forming, based on a detection output thereof, correction data adapted to correct uneven brightness of the organic EL panel at a horizontal or vertical display position of the panel; storing the correction data in a memory; and reading the correction data from the memory during viewing to correct the level of a video signal supplied to the organic EL panel. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192100 | BURN-IN REDUCTION APPARATUS, SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, BURN-IN REDUCTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A burn-in reduction apparatus, includes an illumination sensor configured to detect brightness of outside light incident on an area near a display screen; and a contrast control section configured to control a drive condition of a display device in accordance with the detected brightness to reduce a contrast ratio of display brightness steplessly or in a stepwise manner. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192101 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus has an image display unit having a plurality of arrayed pixel circuits, and an image signal compensation circuit compensating an image signal and outputs the compensated signal to the image display unit. Each of the pixel circuits has a compensating capacitor which compensates the threshold voltage of the driving transistor. The image signal compensation circuit has a compensation memory storing a compensation data for compensating the current variation of the driving transistors, a first comparison circuit which compares the image signal and first threshold value, and an arithmetic circuit compensating the image signal. When the image signal has a luminance larger than the threshold value, the compensation is performed. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198133 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - There is provided an organic light emitting display that includes a plurality of pixels are arranged in a plurality of rows and columns Each of the pixels includes a plurality of sub pixels. At least one sub pixel of the plurality of sub pixels of at least one pixel is divided into a plurality of divisional sub pixels. Since the divisional sub pixels alternately emit light, it is possible to reduce deterioration speed of the sub pixels, thereby preventing an afterimage from being generated by deterioration of the sub pixels. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198134 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING AN IMAGE, DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME, METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CALCULATING A CORRECTION VALUE APPLIED TO THE SAME - A method of displaying an image on a display panel having a plurality of pixels arranged as rows and columns includes calculating a row correction value corresponding to a pixel position of a received data based on an average luminance of pixels in a pixel row of a sample-grayscale image, calculating a column correction value corresponding to the pixel position of the received data based on an average luminance of pixels in a pixel column of the sample-grayscale image, generating correction data for the received data using a row correction value and a column correction value corresponding to a pixel position of the received data, and converting the correction data to a data voltage to provide a data line of the display panel with the data voltage. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198135 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is an organic light emitting display device including: a scan driver configured to supply a scan signal to a scan line during a scan period of a horizontal period; a data driver configured to supply a plurality of data signals to a plurality of output lines during a data period of the horizontal period; a demultiplexer configured to transmit the data signals through the output lines to a plurality of data lines according to a plurality of control signals; and a demultiplexer controller configured to supply the control signals to the demultiplexer, with a supply order of the control signals being changed for each frame. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198136 | PIXEL CIRCUIT OF AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A pixel circuit according to an embodiment includes: a capacitor; a first switching unit configured to initialize the capacitor in response to a first scan signal received from a first scan line; a second switching unit configured to receive a second scan signal from a second scan line disposed in a first direction from the first scan line, to receive a third scan signal from a third scan line disposed in a second direction opposite to the first direction from the first scan line, and to be turned on in response to one of the second scan signal and the third scan signal that is activated after the first scan signal is activated to store a data signal in the capacitor; and a driving transistor configured to provide a driving current to an OLED in response to the data signal stored in the capacitor. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198137 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF A DISPLAY AND A DISPLAY SYSTEM - The present application relates to a method and apparatus for adjusting the brightness of a display, and a display system. The method for adjusting the brightness of a display comprises: acquiring a brightness adjusting signal, wherein the brightness adjusting signal includes a position value indicative of a desired brightness of the display; comparing the position value with a first threshold, wherein an adjusting scale is defined according to a variable range of transparency of an object displayed on the display if the position value is smaller than the first threshold; generating a brightness value of the object according to the position of the position value in the adjusting scale; and applying the brightness value to the object displayed on the display. The method can adjust the transparency of the displayed object through the graphical system in an electronic device, thereby further lowering the brightness of the display. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198138 | LOW POWER DISPLAY DEVICE WITH VARIABLE REFRESH RATES - The disclosure describes procedures for dynamically employing a variable refresh rate at an LCD display of a consumer electronic device, such as a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a mobile phone, or a music player device. In some configurations, the consumer electronic device can include a host system portion, having one or more processors and a display system portion, having a timing controller, a buffer circuit, a display driver, and a display panel. The display system can receive image data and image control data from a GPU of the host system, evaluate the received image control data to determine a reduced refresh rate (RRR) for employing at the display panel, and then transition to the RRR, whenever practicable, to conserve power. In some scenarios, the transition to the RRR can be a transition from a LRR of 50 hertz or above to a RRR of 40 hertz or below. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204128 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH PHOTO-LUMINESCENT MATERIAL LAYER - In one embodiment, a method for controlling a liquid crystal display (LCD) is provided. The method receives a first light from a light source structure at a light emitting layer and emits from the light emitting layer a first color component, a second color component, and a third color component. The method then receives a second light through a first polarizer layer of a first polarization state positioned above the light emitting layer, a liquid crystal layer positioned above the first polarizer layer, and a second polarizer layer of a second polarization state positioned above the liquid crystal layer and converts the second light into the first color component, the second component, and the third color component in the light emitting layer. An intensity of the first light is dynamically controlled based on the converting of the second light. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204129 | DISPLAY METHOD - A display method capable of reducing the probability of communication error without causing significant deterioration of picture quality includes: specifying, as a specified light emission period, a light emission period in which light emission is performed for greater than or equal to a time required for transmitting a block included in a visible light communication signal, out of one or more light emission periods in which light emission is performed for displaying an image included in a video signal; and transmitting the block of the visible light communication signal by luminance changing in the specified light emission period. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204130 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display panel driver includes an image data generator, a brightness correction circuit performing a correction calculation on image data, a drive section driving the display panel in response to corrected image data; and a display timing generator outputting a timing control signal. The correction calculation by the brightness correction circuit is adjustable. When the display panel driver is placed into a test mode, the display timing generator is configured to output an internally-generated timing control signal and the image data generator outputs internally-generated evaluation image data. The evaluation image data are generated so that the evaluation images are switched from one to another in response to the internally-generated timing control signal. | 07-24-2014 |
20140210864 | LOW-VOLTAGE MEMS SHUTTER ASSEMBLIES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for providing relatively thinner and less stiff compliant beams for a shutter assembly. A protective coating is deposited and patterned over the shutter assembly before it is released from a sacrificial mold over which the shutter assembly is formed. Because some primary surfaces of the compliant beams are in contact with the sacrificial mold, these primary surfaces are not coated with the protective coating. Therefore, when the shutter assembly is finally released, the resulting compliant beams are relatively thinner and less stiff providing a reduction in an actuation voltage used to operate the shutter assembly. In some instances, the protective coating is patterned into discontinuous segments before release. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210865 | DRIVING DEVICE OF IMAGE DISPLAY MEDIUM, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Provided is a driving device of an image display medium including a voltage application unit that varies a voltage applied to a common electrode provided in one of a pair of substrates, and applies a voltage to a pixel electrode provided in the other substrate through active matrix driving, with respect to the image display medium including plural kinds of particles, and a controller that controls the voltage application unit such that a voltage is applied between the pair of substrates, and controls the voltage application unit such that a deviation time of a scanning timing generated due to the active matrix driving during transition to the steps and a potential difference between the pair of substrates in the deviation time are equal to or less than predefined threshold characteristics of the particles. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210866 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR DRIVING AN ANALOG INTERFEROMETRIC MODULATOR - Display elements of a display array include at least one fixed layer and a movable layer. The movable layer is positioned with respect to the at least one fixed layer by placing a charge on the movable layer and applying a voltage to the at least one fixed layer. The at least one fixed layer may be two layers positioned on either side of the movable layer. The movable layer may be positioned in a desired position when driving an array of display elements by executing a reset stage, a charging stage, and a bias stage. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210867 | PIXEL, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY INCLUDING THE PIXEL, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - In an organic light emitting display including a pixel, and a method of driving the same, the pixel includes an organic light emitting diode (OLED), a storage capacitor coupled between a first power supply and a first node, a first transistor for controlling a current that flows from the first power supply to a second power supply through the OLED in response to a voltage applied to the first node, a second transistor coupled between a data line and a first electrode of the first transistor and turned on when a control signal is supplied through a control line, a third transistor coupled between the first node and a second electrode of the first transistor and turned on when a scan signal is supplied through an nth (n is a natural number) scan line, and a fourth transistor coupled between an initializing power supply and the first node and turned on when the scan signal is supplied through an (n-1)th scan line. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210868 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device including gate lines extending on a substrate; data lines crossing the gate lines to define a plurality of pixels; a thin film transistor in each pixel; and a liquid crystal capacitor in each pixel region, an electrode of the liquid crystal capacitor is connected to the thin film transistor, wherein the thin film transistors of a (2 | 07-31-2014 |
20140210869 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display device includes a light modulation device, a light source, a light modulation device control section, and a light source control section. The light modulation device control section controls the light modulation device to select a plurality of scan lines of the light modulation device by K lines (K is an integer not smaller than 2), and write a data signal into the pixels corresponding to the selected scan lines in an image update period, and to select at least a part of the plurality of scan lines line by line, and then write the data signal into the pixels corresponding to the selected scan line in an image display period subsequent to the image update period. The light source control section sets a duty ratio in a part of the image display period to be higher than the duty ratio in another part of the image display period. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210870 | Method and Apparatus For Adjusting Drive Values for Dual Modulation Displays - Method and apparatus are provided for determining and adjusting drive values for a display comprising light source modulation layer such as a backlight array of LED and a display modulation layer such as an LCD panel. Image regions for which any of the display modulation layer drive values are above a predetermined threshold maximum value or below a predetermined threshold minimum value are flagged. The light source modulation layer control values determined for a subsequent frame of image data may be adjusted based on the flagged image regions. The adjustments to the light source modulation layer control values may reduce artifacts in the displayed image and increase the efficiency of the display. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210871 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit includes: a switching transistor whose conduction is controlled by a drive signal supplied to the control terminal; a drive wiring adapted to propagate the drive signal; and a data wiring adapted to propagate a data signal. The drive wiring is formed on a first wiring layer and connected to the control terminal of the switching transistor. The data wiring is formed on a second wiring layer and connected to a first terminal of the switching transistor. A multi-layered wiring structure is used so that the second wiring layer is formed on a layer different from that on which the first wiring layer is formed. | 07-31-2014 |
20140210872 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An object of the present invention is to reduce noise during three-dimensional display without increasing memory capacity in a liquid crystal display apparatus capable of displaying an image in two display modes of a 2D mode (two-dimensional display) and a 3D mode (three-dimensional display). | 07-31-2014 |
20140210873 | DISPLAY SYSTEM, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided a display apparatus, a display system and a control method of the display apparatus. The display apparatus includes: a display unit; an image processing unit which processes an input image signal for display through the display unit; and a controller which determines whether the image signal corresponds to a two-dimensional (2D) image or a three-dimensional (3D) image and adjusts, if it is determined that the image signal corresponds to the 3D image, a brightness level of an image to be displayed differently from a brightness level corresponding to the 2D image. | 07-31-2014 |
20140218410 | System And Method For Efficiently Generating Device-Dependent Anaglyph Images - A system for efficiently generating device-dependent anaglyph images includes a display device for presenting anaglyph images in a three-dimensional format. An anaglyph converter includes a conversion manager that interacts with system users to perform configuration procedures for generating anaglyph images. The configuration procedures are utilized to define one or more imaging parameters that are dependent upon imaging characteristics of said display device. The imaging parameters may include ghosting reduction parameters and color adjustment parameters. A processor device typically controls the conversion manager to perform the anaglyph image generation procedures. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218411 | Method and System for Improving a Color Shift of Viewing Angle of Skin Color of an LCD Screen - The present invention discloses a method and system for improving a color shift of viewing angle of skin color of an LCD screen. The method comprises: comparing the gamma curves and the chromaticity of 0-255 grayscale of front viewing angle and oblique viewing angle of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) after adjusting according to the initial white balance voltage and changing the voltage dividing proportion of the blue-white-balance (BWB) voltage according to the color shift result to make a color shift value of oblique viewing angle of skin color picture of the LCD screen be always within a specification requirement. Through foregoing method, the present invention makes the color shift of skin color of viewing angle of the LCD screen is always within the specification requirement. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218412 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING DISPLAY PANEL WITH INTEGRATED LOGO - A display device including a display panel having an image display area and a non-display area, a driver circuit unit to feed an image formation driving signal to the display panel and a controller is provided. The display panel includes a transparent board including a light shielding portion formed along an edge thereof to define the non-display area and a light transmitting portion formed at a part of the light shielding portion, a rear board placed to face the transparent board and a logo module placed on a rear surface of the transparent board to overlap the light transmitting portion to outwardly display a logo through the light transmitting portion. At least a part of the driver circuit unit is formed on one of the transparent board and the rear board so as to overlap the light shielding portion. The display device may minimize a lower bezel region. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218413 | PIXEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel includes a first electrode, a second electrode and a third electrode. The first electrode and the second electrode are formed on a lower substrate. The third electrode is formed on an upper substrate and above a position between the first and second electrodes. Liquid crystals are formed between the upper and lower substrates. A method for driving the pixel includes providing a first data voltage to the first electrode, providing a second data voltage to the second electrode, and providing a common voltage to the third electrode. The common voltage is substantially the mean value of the first and second data voltages. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218414 | COMPARATOR UNIT, DISPLAY, AND METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY - A comparator unit includes: a comparison section configured to compare a control pulse with an electric potential based on a signal voltage; and a control section configured to control, based on the control pulse, operation and non-operation of the comparison section. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218415 | PIXEL CIRCUIT OF AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A pixel circuit of a display device includes a capacitor having first and second electrodes, a switching transistor having a gate terminal coupled to a scan line, a first terminal coupled to a data line, and a second terminal coupled to the capacitor's first electrode, an emission control transistor having a gate terminal coupled to an emission control line, a first terminal coupled to a power supply, and a second terminal, the emission control line being coupled to the emission control transistor's gate terminal and the capacitor's second electrode, and a panel distribution compensating voltage being applied to the capacitor's second electrode through the emission control line, a driving transistor having a gate terminal coupled to the capacitor's first electrode, a first terminal coupled to the emission control transistor's second terminal, and a second terminal, and an organic light emitting diode coupled to the driving transistor. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218416 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display unit displays an image. A light emission unit emits light to the display unit. A control unit controls the light emission brightness of the light emission unit. A gradation correction unit executes a gradation correction processing to the image to be displayed by the display unit based on the light emission brightness of the light emission unit. | 08-07-2014 |
20140218417 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device which effectively reduces the occurrences of a false contour is provided. A driver digitally drives each pixel by obtaining a plurality of bit data from pixel data for one pixel to assign the plurality of bit data to a corresponding subframe; configuring one frame with a predetermined number of unit frames; and supplying corresponding bit data in each unit frame to each pixel. Specifically, an analyzing circuit | 08-07-2014 |
20140232755 | DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE OF USING SAME - In one aspect of the invention, a driving circuit has a PCB, a transmitter disposed on the PCB for providing an input signal, first and second transmission lines disposed on the PCB and electrically coupled to the transmitter for transmitting the input signal, and a plurality of source drivers formed in a COF architecture disposed between the PCB and the display panel. The input signal is an encoded signal including first and second Gamma reference voltages control signals, and image data. The first and second Gamma reference voltages are transmitted by the PLC technology through the first and second transmission lines, respectively. The driving circuit is implemented with differential transmission of the Gamma voltages, the image data and the control signals. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232756 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROCESSING METHOD OF IMAGE SIGNAL THEREOF - A image signal processing method of a liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving a previous image signal and a current image signal as two sequential input image signals; performing a first correction (DCC) and a doubling for the current image signal to generate a correction image signal comprising a plurality of doubled frames for the current image signal; and post-processing the portion of the plurality of doubled frames to generate a final correction image signal. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232757 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes: a plurality of pixels that are two-dimensionally arranged, and each including two or more sub-pixels configured to emit respective color light beams that are different in color from one another; and a drive section configured to perform a display drive of the pixels. The two or more sub-pixels include a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel each configured to emit the color light beam that contains a luminance component as a primary component, and the first sub-pixel and the second sub-pixel are disposed to have a symmetry property with respect to a center of a unit region that is formed by one or more pixels of the pixels, or with respect to an axis that passes through the center. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232758 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCT HAVING LIGHT SENSORS IN PLURAL PIXEL REGIONS - A display device includes: a screen unit; a drive unit; a signal processing unit; and a selector, wherein the screen unit includes rows of scanning lines, columns of signal lines, matrix-state pixel circuits and a light sensor, the drive unit includes a scanner supplying a control signal to the scanning lines and a driver supplying a video signal to the signal lines, the screen unit is sectioned into plural regions each having plural pixel circuits, the pixel circuit emits light in accordance with the video signal, the light sensor is arranged with respect to each region and outputs a luminance signal in accordance with the light emission, the selector supplies plural luminance signals to the signal processing unit by switching the signals, and the signal processing unit corrects the video signal in accordance with the luminance signals and supplies the video signal to the driver. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232759 | DISPLAY - In present invention provides a micro-display device having a source of illumination comprising an array of illuminating portions and an image generator arranged for receiving a signal comprising image data and comprising an array of image forming portions which may be selectively activated to project image-bearing light corresponding with the image data when illuminated by light from the source of illumination. A controller is also provided, arranged for receiving the image data and for selectively activating illuminating portions of the array of illuminating portions according to the image data and according to predetermined criteria relating to heat generation or power consumption by the micro-display device. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232760 | VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention causes noise in a low-luminance portion to become less prominent when a backlight is divided into a plurality of regions and the luminance of the backlight is controlled in accordance with a video signal corresponding to each of the regions. An area active control portion ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140232761 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND OUTPUT BUFFER CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a display device including: a plurality of pixel circuits; a power source line connected to corresponding ones of the plurality of pixel circuits; and an output buffer circuit for supplying currents to corresponding ones of the plurality of pixel circuits by alternately applying a first potential applied to a first power source supply terminal, and a second potential applied to a second power source supply terminal to the power source line. The output buffer includes a variable resistance circuit connected to a path between the first power source supply terminal and the power source line, the variable resistance circuit serving to change a resistance value thereof in accordance with a magnitude of a total sum of the currents. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232762 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display with improved long range uniformity, driving method and manufacturing method are disclosed. The OLED display manufacturing method includes forming a first active pattern on a substrate, a gate insulating layer, a gate electrode overlapping at least a part of the first active pattern on the gate insulating layer and an interlayer insulating layer. The OLED display manufacturing method further includes forming a conductive layer pattern and an anode of an OLED, forming a pixel defining layer and forming the OLED by forming an organic emission layer and a cathode. The conductive layer pattern is formed to cover the gate electrode and contact a first power line on the interlayer insulating layer. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232763 | FIELD SEQUENTIAL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - There has been room for improvement in terms of increasing the life of display elements which have occurrences of irreversible bright point defects and black point defects and shortened lives of display elements when DMDs, which are reflective display devices, are used in high temperature environments such as being installed in vehicles. In the present invention, a display control means displays a display image in display elements. An illumination control means drives various illumination means in each subframe into which a frame of the display image is temporally divided, by a field sequential system. The frame is provided with a display period in which the display image is displayed in the display elements by the display control means normally driving a plurality of pixels and the illumination control means driving the illumination means and a non-display period in which the display image is not displayed in the display elements by the display control means engaging in non-display period drive of the plurality of pixels and the illumination control means turning off the illumination means. | 08-21-2014 |
20140232764 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The present invention in its first aspect provides an image display apparatus capable of controlling, for each block obtained by dividing a region of a screen, a backlight emission brightness based on image data of an inputted frame, the image display apparatus comprising: a detecting unit that detects a block in which a predetermined object is displayed; a determining unit that determines an object block that is a block in which a background and the predetermined object are displayed based on a detection result by the detecting unit; and a control unit that controls a backlight emission brightness for each block, wherein the control unit approximates a backlight emission brightness of the object block to a backlight emission brightness of another block in which the background is displayed. | 08-21-2014 |
20140240365 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE CONTROLLING SOURCE DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE THE SAME - A semiconductor device includes: a transmitter transforming n data into first serial data and transmitting the first serial data through a first transmission line and transforming m data into second serial data and transmitting the second serial data through a second transmission line, where n and m are natural numbers at least one of which is greater than 1; a first driver integrated circuit (IC) group including n driver ICs; and a second driver IC group including m driver ICs, wherein each of the n driver ICs receives the first serial data through the first transmission line and is driven by part of the first serial data, each of the m driver ICs receives the second serial data through the second transmission line and is driven by part of the second serial data, and each of the n data and the m data includes identification information about a driver IC. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240366 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR REDUCING DYNAMIC FALSE CONTOUR - A display device with reduced dynamic false contouring effect is disclosed. In one aspect, the device includes a display unit including a plurality of pixels and a timing controller. The timing controller is configured to determine a grayscale value of an image frame based on a grayscale distribution of the image frame. The controller is further configured to determine an arrangement of sub-frames as a driving mode based on the determined grayscale. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240367 | LUMINANCE ADJUSTMENT PART, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE LUMINANCE ADJUSTMENT PART, AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING LUMINANCE - A luminance adjustment part includes a luminance determination part and a data compensation part. The luminance determination part may determine a control value for controlling luminance of a backlight assembly using linear image data that has a linear luminance profile and is generated by performing a de-gamma process on a first copy of input image data that has a nonlinear luminance profile. The compensation part may compensate pixel data that corresponds to pixels of a display panel using the control value, the pixel data being generated using a second copy of the input image data. Thus, color distortion of a displayed image as perceived by a viewer may be minimized when power consumption of a display apparatus that includes the display panel is decreased. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240368 | PIXEL, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND METHOD THEREOF - A pixel may include a switching transistor connected to a data line and a first node, having a gate electrode connected to a scan line, a sustain transistor connected to a sustain voltage and the first node, having a gate electrode connected to the scan line, a storage capacitor connected to the first node and the second node, a driving transistor connected to the first power source voltage and a third node, having a gate electrode connected to the second node, a compensation transistor connected to the second node and the third node, having a gate electrode connected to a control line, a reset transistor connected to an initializing voltage and the second node, having a gate electrode connected to a reset control line, and an organic light emitting diode including an anode connected to the third node and a cathode connected to the second power source voltage. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240369 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A semiconductor device includes a p-substrate, a digital circuit unit, and an analogy circuit unit. The digital circuit unit includes a deep n-well, a first p-type semiconductor element, a first n-type semiconductor element, and a p-well. The deep n-well is formed on the p-substrate, the first p-type semiconductor element and the p-well are formed on the deep n-well, and the first n-type semiconductor element formed on the p-well. The analogy circuit unit includes a second p-type semiconductor element, a second n-type semiconductor element, and an n-well. The second n-type semiconductor element and the n-well are formed on the p-substrate, and the second p-type semiconductor element formed on the n-well. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240370 | DISPLAY, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DISPLAY, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display includes: a light-emitting section provided in a display region; and a light-receiving section provided in the display region, and configured to receive light from the light-emitting section. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240371 | Phase Locked Loop for Preventing Harmonic Lock, Method of Operating the Same, and Devices Including the Same - A phase locked loop includes a voltage controlled oscillator including a plurality of delay cells configured to respectively generate a plurality of clock signals having different phases and a harmonic lock detector configured to detect harmonic lock in the voltage controlled oscillator and to generate a reset signal in response. Remaining ones of the delay cells other than a first delay cell among the plurality of delay cells are reset in response to the reset signal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240372 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display capable of improving display quality. The organic light emitting display includes effective pixels positioned in an effective display unit, at least one dummy pixels positioned in a dummy display unit in order to generate light with predetermined luminance, at least one photodiodes arranged on the dummy display unit to be adjacent to the dummy pixels, and a sensing unit for extracting first resistance information from organic light emitting diodes (OLED) included in the effective pixels, extracting second resistance information from OLEDs included in the dummy pixels, and extracting luminance information corresponding to the second resistance information from the photodiodes. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240373 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - An electro-optic display having a plurality of pixels is driven from a first image to a second image using a first drive scheme, and then from the second image to a third image using a second drive scheme different from the first drive scheme and having at least one impulse differential gray level having an impulse potential different from the corresponding gray level in the first drive scheme. Each pixel which is in an impulse differential gray level in the second image is driven from the second image to the third image using a modified version of the second drive scheme which reduces its impulse differential The subsequent transition from the third image to a fourth image is also conducted using the modified second drive scheme but after a limited number of transitions using the modified second drive scheme, all subsequent transitions are conducted using the unmodified second drive scheme. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240374 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THEREOF - A row common electrode drive circuit and a column common electrode drive circuit control an effective value of a voltage to be applied to common electrodes along rows in which pixels are arrayed and an effective value of a voltage to be applied to the common electrodes along columns in which the pixels are arrayed. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240375 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SMART LED DISPLAY BOARD CAPABLE OF COMPENSATING FOR LUMINANCE OF LED - A system for controlling a smart LED display board capable of compensating for luminance of an LED includes a luminance measurement unit which creates first luminance measurement data obtained by digitizing measured luminance of each LED, an image data input unit which receives first input data about each LED, a comparison unit which selects at least one first LED having a luminance value greater than a preset reference value, and creates a compensation power value compensating for the luminance value of the selected first LED; an image data compensation unit which receives the first input data and the compensation power value and creates second input data in which a power value that is contained in the first input data transmitted to the first LED is changed into the compensation power value; and a drive unit which transmits the second input data to the first LED. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240376 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY-APPARATUS DRIVING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a driving method and display apparatus, the display apparatus including light emitting units, scan lines, data lines, a driving circuit provided for each of the light emitting units to serve as a circuit having a signal writing transistor, a device driving transistor, a capacitor and a first switch circuit, and a light emitting device. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240377 | DETERIORATION-DETECTING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PERFORMANCE DETERIORATION-DETECTING METHOD - A reference luminescence amount-acquiring unit of a display device obtains reference brightness corresponding to a BL drive value detected by a drive value-detecting unit and a temperature detected by a temperature-detecting unit. A deterioration-detecting unit calculates an initial status value based on a ratio of reference brightness obtained based on a temperature and a BL drive value in an initial status and brightness in the initial status detected by a luminescence amount-detecting unit, and stores the initial status value. The deterioration-detecting unit further calculates a current status value based on a ratio of reference brightness obtained based on a current temperature and a current BL drive value and current brightness detected by the luminescence amount-detecting unit, compares the initial status value with the current status value, and determines whether calibration is required. When calibration is determined to be required, a warning screen display unit causes performance deterioration to be displayed on a display unit. | 08-28-2014 |
20140240378 | IMAGE PROJECTION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - The image projection apparatus of the present invention includes a light source that outputs coherent light; a phase modulator that performs phase modulation on the light output from the light source to create a Fourier transform image; an amplitude modulator that performs amplitude modulation on the Fourier transform image in accordance with an image signal; a projection optical system that projects the light that has been amplitude modulated, and a controller that divides the image represented by the image signal into a plurality of divided images, determines the target luminance value of each of the areas of the Fourier transform image that is divided corresponding to the division of the image, based on the image signal, and outputs phase data indicating the amount of phase modulation so as to make the luminance value of each area of the Fourier transform image acquire the target luminance value of the associated area. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247288 | CONTENT ADAPTIVE POWER MAGNEMENT OF PROJECTOR SYSTEMS - Content adaptive power management technologies of projector systems are described. One method analyzes image data to be displayed by a projector system. A projector brightness of a light source of the projector system is adjusted based on the analyzed image data. The pixel values of the image data input into an imager of the projector system are adjusted based on the analyzed image data. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247289 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND PROCESSING METHOD OF IMAGE SIGNAL - An image processing method includes: receiving an input image signal (IIS); doubling the IIS into frames; determining a TGM mode to control an order in which gamma curves (GC) are to be applied to the doubled IIS, the GCs including first and second GCs; applying the GCs to the doubled IIS based on the TGM mode to generate a doubled, TGM-processed image signal (DTIS); correcting the DTIS to generate a corrected image signal (CIS); and dither-processing the CIS to generate an output image signal. The dither-processing of the CIS includes: performing dither-processing by sequentially applying dithering patterns (DP) of a first DP set to the CIS in association with first ones of the frames with respect to the first GC, and performing the dither-processing by sequentially applying DPs of a second DP set to the CIS in association with second ones of the frames with respect to the second GC. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247290 | CONTROL APPARATUS, ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD - In order to achieve a desired gray level in an optical state of a bi-stable display element, voltage application is carried out so that the gray level follows a predetermined gray level change loop through a erasing period, a reset period, and a write period. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247291 | DISPLAY DRIVER - In a display driver, a first backlight control unit using a histogram and a second backlight control unit using an optical sensor can be used in combination. The display driver includes a PWM generating unit setting a control signal value consisting of a product of a luminance rate of X % and a luminance rate of Y % as a luminance rate of a control signal for controlling a backlight with respect to maximum backlight luminance when a luminance rate of a control signal obtained by first backlight control with respect to the maximum backlight luminance is X % and a luminance rate of a control signal obtained by second backlight control with respect to the maximum backlight luminance is Y %. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247292 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - In the present invention, there is provided a display panel driving method of the type wherein the total light emitting period length within a one-field period is controlled to variably control the peak luminance level of a display panel, the driving method including a step of variably controlling, where the one-field period has N light emitting periods disposed therein, N being equal to or greater than 2, the light emitting period length of a particular one of the light emitting periods and the other light emitting period or periods to provide a difference in luminance between the particular light emitting period and the other light emitting period or periods so that the particular light emitting period is visually observed as the center of light emission. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247293 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a display device that can suppress occurrence of a color breakup as well as occurrence of a false contour, and a control method therefor. In the display device, a plurality of sub-frame periods forming one frame period are divided into a first group to which sub-frame periods with the same length of light transmission periods belong; and a second group to which sub-frame periods with lengths of light transmission periods shorter than those of the sub-frame periods in the first group and different from each other belong. Further, among the sub-frame periods that belong to the first group, sub-frame periods having the light transmission period increase in number from a middle of the one frame period toward a start point and an endpoint of the one frame period in accordance with an increase of the gray level. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247294 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF ACTIVE MATRIX ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE - A method and device for controlling power of an active matrix organic light-emitting diode are provided. The method for controlling power of an active matrix organic light-emitting diode includes: calculating a frame data rate, which is a ratio of a light emitting pixel quantity representing a specific color in an image data to be displayed; determining a luminance reducing amount mapped to the frame data rate; and controlling and displaying an entire luminance of an image according to the luminance reducing amount. | 09-04-2014 |
20140253601 | DISPLAY POWER REDUCTION USING SEI INFORMATION - Segments for a video are transmitted in payload units with a supplemental enhancement information (SEI) message within which is embedded display adaptation information that may be employed to control display brightness and thereby reduce power consumption during display of the respective segment. The display adaptation information includes at least a maximum pixel brightness that may be used to scale pixel brightness to maximum and correspondingly reduce backlighting for liquid crystal displays, or to adjust the supply voltage for OLED displays. The display adaptation information may optionally include a minimum pixel brightness, a pixel histogram step size, and an indicator of scaling method. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253602 | METHOD FOR COMPENSATING LARGE VIEW ANGLE MURA AREA OF FLAT DISPLAY PANEL - A method for compensating large view angle Mura area of a flat display, comprising the steps of: 1) providing a flat panel including a number of main pixels, and a Mura area and a normal area; 2) setting two or more than two main pixels as a set of Mura area brightness adjustment units; 3) providing a driving circuit for driving the number of main pixels within the flat panel, and the driving circuit supplying a number of gamma voltages; and 4) using the driving circuit to apply two or more than two different gamma voltages to the set of main pixels within the Mura area brightness adjustment units such that the gray scales of Mura area within a center view area and the large view angle area are closer to the gray scales of the normal area thereby achieving a uniform brightness across the flat panel. Accordingly, with the method provided, the gray scales of the central view and the large view angle of the Mura area are substantially closer to the gray scales of the normal area. The yield of the flat panel is increased, and the quality of the flat display using such a flat panel is also guaranteed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253603 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATION OF IMAGE DATA OF THE SAME - A display device includes: a display including a plurality of pixels; and a controller configured to: receive an external input image signal, adjust the external input image signal to compensate for brightness deviations of the pixels, and transmit corresponding image data signals to the pixels, wherein the controller includes: a data input section configured to receive the external input image signal and transmit a test image data signal to the pixels through a data driver, a luminance information extracting section configured to: extract brightness information for the pixels after displaying a test image in accordance with the test image data signal, and calculate first, second, and third parameters, using the brightness information, and a data compensating section configured to generate the image data signals by adjusting the external input image signal based on the first, second, and third parameters. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253604 | CONTROL APPARATUS, ELECTRO-OPTICAL APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD - An adjustment phase, a clearing phase, and a gray level control phase are used when changing the gray levels of pixels. A plurality of pixels are aligned to a predetermined gray level in the adjustment phase. In the adjustment phase, the gray level of a pixel is changed earlier the greater a gray level difference between the gray level of the pixel and the predetermined gray level is. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253605 | CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS OF A DISPLAYED IMAGE - The disclosure relates to adjusting a brightness of an image displayed on a see-through display in response to a measured brightness of a see-through view. In one example, the brightness of the see-through view is measured via a sensor located behind a see-through display so that the measured brightness corresponds to the brightness perceived by the user's eyes. Changes in brightness of the displayed image are determined in correspondence to changes in the measured brightness of the see-through view. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253606 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus and a control method thereof, there is provided a display apparatus is provided including: an image processor configured to process a video signal into an image; a display unit comprising a reproducing area where the processed image is displayed and a non-reproducing area where no image is displayed; and an optical sheet provided on the non-reproducing area of the display unit, wherein the optical sheet is configured to diffuse light passed therethrough and configured to visually hide the non-reproducing area. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253607 | ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An array substrate is provided comprising a base substrate; an array of pixel electrodes formed on the base substrate; a plurality of gate lines, each of which is formed corresponding to each row of pixel electrodes; a plurality of data lines, each of which is formed corresponding to each odd number column of pixel electrodes and the next adjacent even number column of pixel electrodes; a plurality of first switching devices, each of which is connected with each odd-number-column pixel electrode, and the data lines charging the corresponding odd-number-column pixel electrodes via the corresponding first switching devices under driving control in corresponding time sequence; a plurality of second switching devices, each of which is connected with each even-number-column pixel electrode, and the data lines charging the corresponding even-number-column pixel electrodes via the corresponding second switching devices under driving control in corresponding time sequence. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253608 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT - A display device is disclosed. The display device includes: a pixel array unit and a driving unit which drives the pixel array unit. The pixel array unit includes rows of first scanning lines and second′ scanning lines, columns of signals, pixels in a matrix state arranged at portions where the scanning lines and the signal lines cross each other and power supply lines and ground lines supplying power to respective pixels. The driving unit includes a first scanner performing line-sequential scanning to pixels by each row by supplying a first control signal to each first scanning line sequentially, a second scanner supplying a second control signal to each second scanning line sequentially so as to correspond to the line-sequential scanning and a signal selector supplying a video signal to rows of signal lines so as to correspond to the line-sequential scanning. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253609 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BACKLIGHTING DUAL MODULATION DISPLAY DEVICES - Methods and apparatus are provided for backlighting a dual modulation display device. Each type of light source comprises a multi-primary light source having two or more primary color light emitters having different primary color characteristics from corresponding primary color emitters of other types of light source. Methods may comprise receiving illumination target values for a plurality of locations on the front modulator corresponding to the plurality of light sources, each of the locations on the front modulator configured to be illuminated by two or more of the plurality of light sources, determining primary color drive values source based on the primary color characteristics for that primary color and the illumination target value for the location corresponding to that light source, and driving the primary color light emitters or each type of light source based on the primary color drive values. | 09-11-2014 |
20140253610 | PROCESS FOR DISPLAYING AND DESIGNING COLORS - The present disclosure is directed to a system for displaying and designing one or more colors on digital display devices, non-digital display media, or a combination thereof. The system can comprise one or more comparative colors, background colors, or a combination thereof for improved color visual comparison. The system can be used for comparing and selecting colors, such as for use in fashion color designs, automotive color designs, architecture color designs, appliance color designs, or a combination thereof. This disclosure is further directed to a kit and a method for displaying and producing one or more colors. | 09-11-2014 |
20140267442 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING RGB DATA SIGNALS TO RGBW DATA SIGNALS IN AN OLED DISPLAY - A method for converting input RGB data signals to output RGBW data signals for use in an OLED display is disclosed. In the OLED display, each pixel has three color sub-pixels in RGB and one W sub-pixel. Input RGB data signals in signal space are normalized and converted into input data in luminance space. A baseline adjustment level is determined from the input data and is used to compute baseline adjusted data in luminance space. After being converted from luminance space into signal space, baseline adjusted data in RGBW are represented by N binary bits presented to the four sub-pixels. To suit the color characteristics of the display, color-temperature correction to the output signals is also carried out. In luminance space, the maximum color-temperature corrected output data fall within the range of 0.4/k and 0.5/k, with k being the ratio of W sub-pixel area to the color sub-pixel area. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267443 | ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS DEVICE WITH SEGMENTED ELECTRODES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for increasing a range of stable travel positions of a movable layer within electromechanical systems (EMS) devices. In one aspect, an electrically isolated floating electrode can be disposed between a driving electrode within a movable layer and a fixed electrode in order to increase a stable travel range of the movable layer. By segmenting the electrically isolated floating electrode into multiple isolated electrode segments, unbalanced charge accumulation in response to tilting of the movable layer can be constrained to further increase the stable travel range of the movable layer. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267444 | AMOLED Display Device and Method for Precisely Compensating Aging Thereof - The present invention relates to an AMOLED display device, which includes a display panel; a data processor, which processes image data from a video source and compensation data from a compensation unit and outputs compensated image data, the image data having a first color depth, the compensation data and the compensated image data having a second color depth that is greater than the first color depth; a frame rate control module, which adjusts the compensated image data to the first color depth; a timing controller, which generates a timing control signal; a driver, which drives the display panel; a display measurement module, which measures homogeneity of displaying of the display panel; and a compensation unit, which generates compensation data of second color depth. The present invention also provides a method for precisely compensating an AMOLED display device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267445 | Display Apparatus Configured For Selective Illumination of Image Subframes - Systems, apparatus, and methods are disclosed herein for displaying images. One such apparatus includes an input, subfield derivation logic, subframe generation logic, dark subframe detection logic, and output logic. The input is configured to receive image data associated with an image frame. The subfield derivation logic is configured to derive at least one color subfield for the received image frame. The subframe generation logic is configured to generate a plurality of subframes for each of the at least one derived color subfields. The dark subframe detection logic is configured to identify dark subframes. The output logic is configured to, in response to identification of a dark subframe, suppress the outputting of the dark subframe and to modify a display parameter associated with at least one other subframe based on a timing value associated with the identified dark subframe. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267446 | Controlling color and white temperature in an LCD display modulating supply current frequency - A display system, having an emissive body, emitting light in a way that is color temperature controllable. The light emission can be from zones. The emissive body can be a FIPEL type device with a first transparent conductive coating over a light emitting substrate. The zones are each separately controllable for color temperature. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267447 | BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT, LCD DEVICE, AND DRIVING METHOD - The present disclosure provides a backlight driving circuit, a liquid crystal display (LCD) device, and a driving method. The backlight driving circuit includes a monitoring device and a conversion device, the conversion device includes a microcontroller (MCU) and a switch module. A control end of the switch module is coupled to the monitoring device, and the monitoring device outputs a monitoring signal to turn on or turn off the switch module. An input end of a power source of the MCU is coupled to a power end of the backlight driving circuit through the switch module. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267448 | Compensation Methods for Display Brightness Change Associated with Reduced Refresh Rate - A method and system are provided for compensating for brightness changes in a display having an array of display pixels. The method includes storing a plurality of look-up tables, where each table has a plurality of brightness signals that provide compensation for a brightness change when the refresh rate is changed during a panel self-refresh. The method also includes using display control circuitry to determine the refresh rate associated with an input signal and to determine a compensation based on the refresh rate. The display control circuitry may, for example, use non-linear interpolation to generate a look-up table for the refresh rate. The display control circuitry may adjust the input signal based on the look-up table to produce an output signal that compensates for a brightness change at the refresh rate. The output signal may be transmitted to the array of display pixels. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267449 | DISPLAY PANEL, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display panel includes a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of date lines and a plurality of pixel portions. The gate lines transfer gate signals. The data lines transfer intersect with the gate lines and transfer data signals. The pixel portions and the data lines, include pixel electrodes, and charge a pixel voltage by using a first gamma signal and a second gamma signal. The first gamma signal is changed from a first level lower than a common voltage to a second level higher than the common voltage as a grayscale is increased. The second gamma signal is changed from a third level higher than the common voltage to a fourth level lower than the common voltage as the grayscale is increased. A display quality of the display apparatus may thus be improved. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267450 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY CAPABLE OF REDUCING PASSIVE MATRIX COUPLING EFFECT AND METHOD THEREOF - An electrophoretic display capable of reducing passive matrix coupling effect includes an electrophoretic panel, a plurality of first scan lines, and a plurality of second scan lines. The electrophoretic panel includes a plurality of pixels. Each pixel of the plurality of pixels corresponds to a storage capacitor, and the storage capacitor is coupled to a first scan line and a second scan line. When the pixel is used for displaying a first color, the first scan line receives a first driving voltage, the second scan line is coupled to ground, and other first scan lines and other second scan lines receive a first voltage. A voltage difference between the first driving voltage and the first voltage and a voltage difference between the ground and the first voltage are smaller than a first threshold value corresponding to the first color. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267451 | PROJECTOR AND CONTROL METHOD - A projector includes a light source, a light source control section adapted to control a luminance of light emitted from the light source, an acquisition section adapted to obtain an image signal, a projection section adapted to project image light obtained by modulating the light emitted from the light source based on the image signal obtained by the acquisition section, and the correction section adapted to correct the image signal, when the luminance of the light emitted from the light source changes under control of the light source control section, so that a variation in an output luminance of the image light projected by the projection section is increased to a level greater than the variation in the luminance of the light emitted by the light source. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267452 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A signal generation circuit of an electro-optical device includes a generation unit that generates correction data corresponding to each pixel circuit based on input image data, a specification unit that, when a value which denotes a difference of two pieces of correction data corresponding to two pixel circuits adjacent to each other is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, specifies the two pixel circuits as boundary pixel circuits, an updating unit that generates updated correction data by modifying each value of a predetermined number of pieces of correction data corresponding to a predetermined number of pixel circuits including at least one of the boundary pixel circuits so as to be a value between two values indicated by the two pieces of correction data corresponding to the boundary pixel circuits. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267453 | System and Method for Pulse Width Modulating a Scrolling Color Display - A method of organizing and ordering pulse width modulation image data is disclosed, so that it may be displayed on the pixels of a scrolling color display. The method includes a method of formatting received image data into a different form suitable for driving a pulse width modulated display and a method of distributing image data across a series of different image modulation segments to minimize flicker and gray scale errors. The method includes means for reducing lateral field effects between adjacent pixels in different data states. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267454 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE OUTPUT APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - There is provided an image processing method for applying color conversion to an input image and outputting the image, this method including: acquiring profile information concerning display characteristics of a display apparatus including a backlight unit, a control unit configured to control a light emission amount of the backlight unit, and a display panel configured to modulate light from the backlight unit, the display characteristics being changed according to the light emission amount of the backlight unit; color converting the input image into an image in a color space of the display apparatus in use of the acquired profile information in the acquiring; and outputting the image being subjected to the color conversion. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267455 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes image signal lines, a plurality of pixel circuits that is connected to the image signal lines, an image signal line driving circuit that is connected to the image signal lines, and sequentially outputs an image signal, a gate line driving circuit that supplies a scanning signal. A period in which the gate line driving circuit supplies a scanning signal to any pixel circuit is a first period in which the image signal is output to the pixel circuit when a polarity of the image signal in a previous frame is different from the polarity in the present frame, and the first period and a second period in which the image signal of a different polarity is supplied before the first period when the polarity in the previous frame is identical with the polarity in the present frame. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267456 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image display device includes: a light transmitting unit having transmission wavelength characteristics corresponding to each of a plurality of colors; an illuminating unit configured to emit light corresponding to each of the plurality of colors, the illuminating unit being configured to emit, with respect to at least one predetermined color, light including first light and second light whose emission peak wavelengths are both within a range of the transmission wavelength characteristics corresponding to the predetermined color and whose emission peak wavelengths differ from one another; and a control unit configured to control an intensity of each of the light of the plurality of emission spectra corresponding to the predetermined color in accordance with a color distribution of the image. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267457 | DISPLAY DEVICES - A display device includes a base structure, a plurality of modules coupled to the base structure, where each of the modules include a plurality of actuator assemblies. Each of the actuator assemblies is individually controllable to move the actuator assemblies between a retracted state and a plurality of extended states. A controller is coupled to each of the modules and is programmed to control the actuator assemblies to move the actuator assemblies between the retracted state and the plurality of extended states. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267458 | VEHICLE WHEEL-BASED POWER GENERATION AND DISPLAY SYSTEMS - A power generation system is provided configured for installation within a wheel of a vehicle. The system includes a stator having a plurality of face-mounted permanent magnets; and a rotor having a plurality of windings configured to rotate, with rotation of the wheel, in proximity to the permanent magnets thereby generating a current. The stator is mounted to a brake caliper of the vehicle. Also provided is a wheel-based vehicle display system including a light emitting diode (LED) array arranged on or within a wheel of a vehicle; a power source connected thereto; and a controller connected to the LED array. The display system is configured to display at least one of: textual information, visual images or full-motion video. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267459 | LIGHT MEASURING DEVICE, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A light measuring device can measure, in one place, a plurality of lights guided from different places. The light measuring device includes a spectroscope configured to selectively transmit light having a desired wavelength, a plurality of light guiding units configured to guide measurement target light to the spectroscope, and a light receiving unit configured to receive the light emitted from the spectroscope. The light guiding units are provided in positions where different lights are respectively made incident on incident ends of the light guiding units as the measurement target light and positions where emission ends of the light guiding units respectively emit lights to different positions of the spectroscope. The spectroscope emits the lights, which are made incident from the light guiding units, respectively from different positions. The light receiving unit separately receives the lights emitted from the different positions of the spectroscope. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267460 | CONTROL OF AMBIENT AND STRAY LIGHTING IN A HEAD MOUNTED DISPLAY - A head mounted display (HMD) for viewing a virtual environment generally include a flat display (FD), lenses for focusing on the FD, and a housing to enclose the FD and lenses. The housing is generally opaque to block out all external light, so the viewer only sees light from the FD. By making a portion or all of the housing translucent or transparent, ambient light and other external light can be seen by the viewer, providing additional visual cues and a larger perceived field of view. Additionally, other people can see light from the FD. The lenses are configured to view the FD and parts of the translucent housing. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267461 | LED-BASED LIGHT ENGINE - An LED-based light engine has a circuit board upon which at least one LED circuit is mounted. A power driver is also mounted on the circuit board. The power driver accepts an AC input power and outputs a DC output power that powers the LED circuit. The circuit board is divided into an LED zone and a driver zone, which are thermally insulated relative to one another so that heat does not flow between the LED and driver zones. Slots are formed through the circuit board between the LED zone and driver zone to further block heat flow between the LED and driver zones. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267462 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A first sample holding unit ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140267463 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An object of the present invention is to suppress a reduction in image quality caused by crosstalk in a liquid crystal display device capable of performing 3D display. A predetermined number of pixels (e.g., pixels of two rows×two columns) having the same gray scale value are divided into pixels (first pixel group) whose post-correction gray scale values are the same between a left-eye image and a right-eye image, and pixels (second pixel group) whose post-correction gray scale values are different between the left-eye image and the right-eye image. For example, an average value between a pre-correction gray scale value of the left-eye image and a pre-correction gray scale value of the right-eye image is a post-correction gray scale value of the first pixel group. The post-correction gray scale values of the second pixel group are determined such that, for both of the left-eye image and the right-eye image, an average gray scale value of each group including the predetermined number of pixels is not changed between before and after the correction. | 09-18-2014 |
20140267464 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - In a display control circuit ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140267465 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE, SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Provided is a signal processing device including a signal synthesis unit that generates a first synthesis signal configured from an image signal to cause a first light emitting element used for displaying an image to emit light and a dummy pixel signal to cause a second light emitting element used for measuring brightness to emit light, a conversion unit that converts the generated first synthesis signal into a second synthesis signal to cause only the first light emitting element of the first light emitting element and the second light emitting element to emit light at identical brightness, regardless of a degradation degree of the first light emitting element, and a light emission control unit that causes the first light emitting element and the second light emitting element to emit light, on a basis of the second synthesis signal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140285531 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING DISPLAY LUMINANCE - A system, method, and device for adjusting display luminance based upon luminance control information associated with content being presented on a display associated with a computing device. A luminance module in the computing device determines luminance control information for the content. The luminance control information is used to control a luminance of a display. The luminance control information corresponds to brightness values of the content. A display driver adjusts a luminance of the display during presentation of the content based upon control signals received from the luminance module. The luminance module uses the luminance control information to generate the control signals. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285532 | PROJECTION SYSYEM, PROJECTOR, AND CALIBRATION METHOD THEREOF - A projection system includes a projector, an uncalibrated DDL output unit, a light detection device, a characteristic curve computation unit, a calibration unit and a calibrated DDL output unit. The uncalibrated DDL output unit is used for driving the projector to project a frame to an area of a projected object. The light detection device is used for detecting brightness values of the area. The characteristic curve computation unit is used for obtaining a characteristic curve based on the uncalibrated DDLs and the detected brightness values. The calibration unit is used for executing a calibration process according to the to characteristic curve and GSDF, so as to map each of the uncalibrated DDLs to a calibrated DDL. The calibrated DDL output unit is used for driving the projector to project another frame to the area of the projected object. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285533 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA PROCESSING DEVICE FOR THE SAME, AND METHOD THEREOF - A data processing device includes a gamma processor applying a gamma function to grayscale data including red grayscale data, green grayscale data, and blue grayscale data to generate luminance data including red luminance data, green luminance data, and blue luminance data, a first compensation coefficient generator generating a first compensation coefficient, a second compensation coefficient generator calculating a first grayscale ratio of the blue grayscale data and a second grayscale ratio of the red grayscale data, and generating a second compensation coefficient, a data compensation coefficient generator generating a data compensation coefficient by multiplying the first compensation coefficient and the second compensation coefficient, a data compensator generating compensation luminance data by adding the luminance data to a value of the data compensation coefficient multiplied by the luminance data, and an inverse processor generating compensation grayscale data. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285534 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING THE RESPONSE TIME OF A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A method and system for measuring the response time of an LCD are provided. The method comprises the following steps: step A: controlling the LCD to display a preset image; step B: obtaining the luminance of the LCD that is displaying the preset image, and outputting a luminance-time curve in which the luminance changes over the time; step C: correcting the luminance-time curve to obtain a corrected luminance-time curve, and calculating the response time of the LCD according to the corrected luminance-time curve. When implementing the present application, the measuring errors about the response time of the system for measuring the response time, which are resulted from using different actual luminance measuring devices, can be reduced or eliminated. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285535 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - An organic light emitting display includes a pixel unit, a data driver, a power supply unit and a controller. The pixel unit includes a plurality of pixels, and is divided into a plurality of division areas. The data driver outputs, to the pixel unit, a data signal corresponding to image data. The power supply unit applies power voltages to the respective division areas in the pixel unit. The controller controls the power supply unit to apply each power voltage having a voltage level corresponding to the maximum gray scale level of the image data allocated to each division area, and corrects the image data so as to compensate for differences in luminance between the division areas according to different voltage levels of the power voltages. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285536 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A change in the white balance caused due to the temperature is reduced in an image display device using MEMS and a laser light source. An image processing unit of the device superposes a signal based on a first measured value of a light quantity at a first temperature on a image signal to be supplied to the laser light source. An amplification factor of the light source drive unit is changed so that a second measured value at a second temperature comes close to the first measured value at the first temperature as a target value based on the second measured value at which the light quantity of light generated at the laser light source is measured at the second temperature different from the first temperature on the signal based on the first measured value. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285537 | GRAY-SCALE VOLTAGE GENERATING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY UNIT - A gray-scale voltage generating circuit includes: a ladder resistor circuit including a plurality of resistors connected in series to one another, and configured to output a plurality of gray-scale voltages with different voltage values from ends of the respective resistors; and a constant current source configured to be connected in series to the ladder resistor circuit. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285538 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PROJECTOR, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a signal generation section that generates a drive signal to drive a light attenuation member that attenuates light radiated from a light source based on a difference between first transmittance and second transmittance, the first transmittance being a target value calculated based on image data and the second transmittance being detected based on the position of the light attenuation member, an expansion factor calculation section that calculates an expansion factor based on the first transmittance and the second transmittance, an expansion section that expands the range of the distribution of luminance values in the image data based on the expansion factor calculated by the expansion factor calculation section, and an output section that outputs the image data expanded by the expansion section to a driver that drives a light modulator that modulates light incident thereon. | 09-25-2014 |
20140285539 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a display device includes: an image display panel; a color conversion device including a signal processing unit and a signal output unit; a planar light-source device; and a light-source-device control unit. The signal processing unit includes a color conversion circuit that converts an input signal in a reference color area into a converted input signal generated in a definition color area where a chromaticity point of at least one of a first color, a second color, and a third color is inside of a reference color area, and a four-color generation circuit that generates an output signal and a light-source-device control signal from the converted input signal. The signal output unit outputs the drive signal to each sub-pixel based on the output signal. The light-source-device control unit outputs a drive voltage for emitting white light on the planar light-source device based on the light-source-device control signal. | 09-25-2014 |
20140292819 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - A display apparatus and an image forming method are provided. The display apparatus includes a transparent display layer and a light modification layer. The transparent display layer includes a plurality of pixel units for displaying an image. The light modification layer disposed under the transparent display layer and includes a substrate body having a plurality of first apertures and a plurality of shutter units disposed above the substrate body. When at least one of the shutter units is moved to a first position, an incident light transmits through the shutter unit and is reflected by the substrate body. When at least one of the shutter units is moved to a second position, the incident light transmits through the shutter unit and the at least one of first apertures. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292820 | IMAGE CONTROL DISPLAY DEVICE AND IMAGE CONTROL METHOD - An image control technology that enables low power consumption with less compromise in the overall quality of the image is disclosed, in which color information of an image is saved while minimizing degradation of picture quality, and improving text readability. In one aspect, an image control display device includes an image controller configured to measure at least one of luminance values and chroma values of pixels of an input image. In addition, the image controller is configured to detect an edge using the at least one of luminance and chroma values and is configured to invert color information of the input image into inverted image data. The image controller is further configured to generate output image data comprising an inverted region and an exception region, where the inverted region displays the inverted image data and the exception region displays uninverted input image data. The display device additionally includes a data driver configured to receive the output image data and to apply a plurality of data voltages corresponding to the output image data to a display panel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292821 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a scan driver, a data driver, a power supply unit configured to supply power through a plurality of power supply inlet portions, a pixel unit including a plurality of pixels that receives scan signals, emission control signals, data signals and the power so as to display an image, the pixel unit being partitioned into a plurality of partition areas to correspond to the respective power supply inlet portions, and a current limit circuit configured to calculate values of current for each of the partition areas based on gray scale data of an image signal, and configured to correct the gray scale data so as to limit luminance of the pixel unit when at least one of the values of current for each partition area is a reference value or more. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292822 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display includes a display unit including first pixels emitting first color light, second pixels emitting second color light, and third pixels emitting third color light, and a power source voltage supplier supplying a driving voltage to the respective pixels of the display unit. The display further includes a first voltage wire transferring the driving voltage to the first pixels, a second voltage wire transferring the driving voltage to the second pixels, and a third voltage wire transferring the driving voltage to the third pixels. The first, second and third voltage wires being provided in a first layer. The display includes auxiliary voltage wires provided in a second layer different from the first layer. Contact areas between the first, second and third voltage wire and the auxiliary voltage wires are different from each other. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292823 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes: a display region including: a plurality of data lines, a plurality of scan lines, and a plurality of pixels coupled to corresponding ones of the data lines and corresponding ones of the scan lines; a timing controller configured to: divide input data into frames, select a set of a plurality of subfields having different time-weighted values for a plurality of gray levels of the input data to generate conversion data, and convert the input data into image data based on the conversion data; a scan driver configured to supply a plurality of scan signals to the scan lines; and a data driver configured to generate a plurality of data signals using the image data and to supply the data signals to the data lines. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292824 | BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT, LCD DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE BACKLIGHT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A backlight driving circuit includes a transformer, a controllable switch connected in series with a primary side of the transformer, a voltage collection unit receiving a voltage of the primary side of the transformer, and a comparing unit coupled to the voltage collection unit. When an output voltage of the voltage collection unit is less than a preset reference voltage, the comparing unit drives the controllable switch to turn on. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292825 | MULTI-LAYER DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD USING IT - The present invention relates to a multi-layer display apparatus and a display method using the same, and more particularly, relates to a multi-layer display apparatus for adjusting a color value and an object size in an overlapping part so as to maintain an original color when a background image displayed on a general LCD panel and an exhibition image displayed on a transparent LCD panel are superimposed in a structure where the general LCD panel and the transparent LCD panel are disposed in order, and a display method using the same. To this end, the multi-layer display apparatus according to the present invention includes a first display panel for displaying a background image, a second display panel disposed in front of the first display panel and displaying an exhibition image, and a control box for correcting a color value and a coordinate value of a pixel position where the background image and the exhibition image are superimposed, and outputting an image reflecting the corrected color value and coordinate value. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292826 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL USING THE SAME, AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a gate driver, a data driver and a coupling voltage generator. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels. The gate driver provides a gate signal to the display panel. The data driver provides a data voltage to the display panel. The coupling voltage generator provides a coupling voltage to the display panel. The coupling voltage has a plurality of levels. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292827 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF REPAIRING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting display device includes a plurality of emission pixels aligned in columns and rows, each of the emission pixels including an emission device and a first pixel circuit coupled to the emission device, a dummy pixel including a second pixel circuit in each column of the emission pixels, and a repair line in each column, wherein a same data signal is provided to one of the emission pixels coupled to the repair line and to the dummy pixel coupled to the repair line, and wherein the emission pixels are configured to simultaneously emit light. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292828 | VEHICLE-MOUNTED DISPLAY SYSTEM - In one embodiment, left and right frame elements are provided in such a manner as to be movable in a horizontal direction. The left frame element has a shape of the left half of a circular ring and the right frame element has a shape of the right half of the circular ring. The frame elements are horizontally positioned away from each other such that the left frame element surrounds the left side of a circular meter image displayed on a display and the right frame element surrounds the right side of another circular meter image displayed on the display. Two frame interpolation part images are arranged and displayed on the display in a form that the two frame interpolation part images couple upper edges of the left and right frame elements to each other and couple lower edges of the left and right frame elements to each other, respectively. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292829 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR BACKLIGHTING LCD DISPLAY TO PROVIDE DIFFERENT DISPLAY DEFINITIONS - Electronic device and a method for backlighting a liquid crystal display (LCD) display to provide different display definitions, the LCD display includes a backlight unit composed of one or more backlighting blocks. The method determines a display definition of a video image and illuminates or turns off backlighting blocks of the backlight unit to display the video image accordingly. The video image is displayed in full screen by all backlighting blocks if the video image is an ultra high definition (UHD) image, and turns on a smaller number of the backlighting blocks to display the video image if the video image has other than UHD display definition. As such, the electronic device is controlled to save power consumption in different display definitions of the LCD display. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292830 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - Methods for driving electro-optic displays, especially bistable displays, include (a) using two-part waveforms, the first part of which is dependent only upon the initial state of the relevant pixel; (b) measuring the response of each individual pixel and storing for each pixel data indicating which of a set of standard drive schemes are to be used for that pixel; (c) for at least one transition in a drive scheme, applying multiple different waveforms to pixels on a random basis; and (d) when updating a limited area of the display, driving “extra” pixels in an edge elimination region to avoid edge effects. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292831 | PROJECTION DEVICE AND HEAD-UP DISPLAY DEVICE - A projection device includes a laser light generator that outputs a laser light based on input image signals, a projector that comprises a scanner that scans the laser light irradiated from the laser light generator and projects an image on a projection area, a neutral density filter that coarsely adjusts brightness of the projected image by incrementally changing transmittance of the laser light irradiated from the laser light generator, and a laser output controller that finely adjusts brightness of the projected image by changing light intensity of the laser light by performing output adjustment of the laser light irradiated from the laser light generator. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292832 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - In a display control method applied to a display device including a display panel, statistics of luminance information of each row of display data is gathered and a statistical table of luminance information of each row of the display data is generated. A lookup table for each row of the display data, which defines a relationship between luminance and compensated pulse widths of each row of the display data, is generated according to the statistical table of luminance information of each row of the display data and a pulse width compensation table. Compensated display data is generated according to lookup tables of each row of the display data and the display data. Data driving signals and scan driving signals are generated according to the compensated display data. The data driving signals and the scan driving signals are outputted to the display panel to display an image. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292833 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a liquid-crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal layer including a pixel; a driving circuit unit for applying a driving voltage to the pixel; a status detection unit that detects a response speed of the liquid crystal layer; and a control unit that controls a gradation of the pixel by controlling the driving voltage. The control unit switches between a first mode and a second mode based on a detection result from the status detection unit. In the first mode, the control unit uses each of a predetermined number of voltage values from a minimum voltage value to a maximum voltage as a voltage value of the driving voltage corresponding to a gradation value. In the second mode, the control unit uses part of the predetermined number of voltage values as a voltage value of the driving voltage for overdrive. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292834 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - An image display device includes: a color gamut determining unit configured to determine a color gamut of pixels constituting an image; an image separating unit configured to separate the image into a low chroma image component and a high chroma image component based on a color gamut determination result; and a display unit configured to divide one frame period into subframe periods and temporally separate the low chroma image component and the high chroma image component in each subframe period to form an image. A backlight driving unit causes a broadband light source to emit light when the low chroma image component is being displayed and causes a narrowband light source to emit light when the high chroma image component is being displayed. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292835 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a liquid-crystal display device includes: a liquid crystal layer; and a control unit that controls a display operation. The control unit performs a first display control mode when a response speed of the liquid crystal layer is equal to or higher than a predetermined speed and performs a second display control mode when the response speed of the liquid crystal layer is lower than the predetermined speed. In the first display control mode, the control unit executes a display control at a first frame rate with which a number of frames per unit time is equal to a predetermined number. In the second display control mode, the control unit executes a display control at a second frame rate obtained by dividing the number of frames at the first frame rate by an integer equal to or larger than 2. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292836 | PROJECTION-TYPE IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE PROJECTION CONTROL DEVICE, AND IMAGE PROJECTION CONTROL METHOD - The projection-type image display device includes a light source unit, a color generation unit provided on the optical path of emitted light from the light source unit and configured to generate multiple colors of light from emitted light from the light source in a time-division manner by rotating at a predetermined rotation cycle, a light modulation unit, and a control unit. In accordance with a color component of the input image signal, the control unit sets current values for current to be applied to the light source unit and a polarity inversion timing for inverting the polarity of the light source unit. The control unit applies current having the current values to the light source unit while inverting the polarity according to the polarity inversion timing. The control unit shifts the polarity inversion timing according to change in the current values for current to be applied to the light source unit. | 10-02-2014 |
20140292837 | COLOR TEMPERATURE TUNING METHOD, COLOR TEMPERATURE TUNING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a color temperature tuning method, a color temperature tuning apparatus, and a display apparatus. The color temperature tuning method includes the steps of: matching an input color temperature signal with a color temperature value in the color temperature lookup table, and extracting a current signal corresponding to the color temperature value matching with the input color temperature signal from the color temperature lookup table; and controlling a light emitting device to emit light according to the current signal. According to embodiments of the present invention, intermediate calculation process is omitted and time for tuning the color temperature is shorten. Currents flowing through the blue and green light emitting elements are controlled to emit lights to excite red fluorescent powder, so that the LED emits lights having various color temperatures, and tuning accuracy of the color temperature and user experience are improved. | 10-02-2014 |
20140300649 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF INSPECTING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device includes a display panel including a display area in which pixels are arranged and a non-display area disposed in vicinity of the display area, a scan driver applying scan signals to the pixels, a source driver chip connected to the non-display area to apply a data voltage to the pixels and generating an input signal, a light emitting control driver applying light emitting control signals to the pixels, a detecting capacitor disposed in the non-display area, and first and second test lines connected between the source driver chip and the detecting capacitor to apply the input signal to the detecting capacitor. The source driver chip outputs a charging time of the detecting capacitor on the basis of the input signal as an output signal. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300650 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF LCD PANEL, LCD DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A method for driving a liquid crystal display (LCD) panel includes: A: setting an M*M over drive (OD) table, the M*M OD table includes a grey scale value XN*a of a previous-frame image, a grey scale value XN*b of a current-frame image, and an OD value (XN*a, XN*b) corresponding to the grey scale value XN*a and the grey scale value XN*b, where a and bε[0, M], N and M are integers, and N>=2. B: regarding x′ as the grey scale value of the previous-frame image and y′ as the grey scale value of the current-frame image when the LCD panel is driven, the OD value (x′, y′) is fitted to a continuous two-dimensional surface by reference to an OD value (XN*a, XN*b) in the OD table, and the OD value (x′, y′) is correspondingly calculated according to function of the two-dimensional surface fitted and is output to the LCD panel. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300651 | DRIVING BISTABLE DISPLAYS - The invention relates to waveforms, circuits and methods for driving bistable displays. The invention is directed to a method, comprising in combination: applying, across a bistable display device, a shaking signal comprising a plurality of positive and negative pulses each driven for a first time to disperse partially packed particles; applying, across the device, one or more first driving signals to first pixels of the device for second times that are sufficient to drive the first pixels to one or more reference states; and concurrently with the first driving signals, applying, across the device, one or more second driving signals to second pixels of the device for third times that are shorter than necessary to drive the second pixels to any of the one or more reference states. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300652 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus is provided that detects brightness and outputs an illuminance value corresponding to the detected brightness, derives a luminance set value for controlling a light emission signal regulating luminance of a light source based on the illuminance value, and displays derived power consumption information related to power consumption of the light source based on the luminance set value. | 10-09-2014 |
20140300653 | LOW COLOR SHIFT MULTI-VIEW DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - According to various embodiments of the invention, gamma curves for multiple pixel groups can be calibrated using look-up tables or by using reference voltage groups provided by gamma voltage generators so that the pixels can display multiple images with correct gray levels at different view angles. Therefore, color shift can be avoided or lessened without necessarily using extra circuitry on the display panel. Also, any related light transmittance or light utilization efficiency reduction may be decreased or eliminated. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307002 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of driving the same are provided. The OLED display includes a display panel including data lines, scan lines, and pixels that are connected to a corresponding data line and a corresponding scan line; a signal controller that generates display gamma control data corresponding to a display grayscale of an image source signal according to previously stored gamma curve information and that generates offset gamma control data corresponding to a position of each pixel according to threshold voltage deviation information; a scan driver that supplies scan signals to the scan lines; and a data driver that generates data signals according to the display gamma control data and the offset gamma control data and that supplies signals to the data lines. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307003 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: a display panel configured to display an image; and a signal controller configured to control signals to drive the display panel. The signal controller includes: an image data converter configured to convert image data of “m” bits into image data of “n” bits; a gray voltage generator configured to generate a gray voltage corresponding to the image data of “n” bits; a control signal generator configured to generate a gate control signal; and a luminance change controller configured to control a luminance change period of an image displayed via the display panel to be greater than or equal to one second. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307004 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display is disclosed. In one aspect the display includes a display panel having first through fourth pixels and a scan driving unit that outputs a scan signal to the display panel. The display also includes a data driving unit that alternately outputs a first data signal for the first pixels and a second data signal for the second pixels to the display panel, alternately outputs a third data signal for the third pixels and a fourth data signal for the fourth pixels to the display panel, and begins outputting the first and third data signals before one horizontal period begins The display further includes a demultiplexing unit that alternately applies the first and second data signals to the first and second pixels and the third and fourth data signals to the third and fourth pixels. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307005 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display apparatus includes a light source unit including a laser light source, at least one reflection-type light modulation element configured to modulate light to be incident thereon and reflect the modulated light, an optical system that includes an optical element configured to cause light from the light source unit to be incident on the at least one reflection-type light modulation element, and to transmit light modulated by the at least one reflection-type light modulation element therethrough, and is configured to emit the modulated light transmitted through the optical element to a projection optical system capable of projecting light, and at least one polarizing plate that is arranged in the optical system, is configured to control a polarizing direction of the modulated light transmitted through the optical element, and has an extinction ratio of equal to or less than 50:1. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307006 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display and a controller. The display includes a plurality of signal lines that transmits signals for controlling brightness values of a plurality of pixels configuring a display panel, and a drive circuit that applies a voltage to a plurality of scanning lines that transmits signals for switching between SELECT and DESELECT for each of the plurality of pixels. The controller generates a power source voltage for a signal line voltage to be applied to the plurality of signal lines. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307007 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, DISPLAY CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - There are provided an electronic device and a display controlling apparatus and method. The display controlling apparatus that is driven in a paper mode and includes a backlight includes an image processing device that first converts a gradation value of an input image so as to have image characteristics of the paper mode, and second converts the first converted gradation value of the input image so as to have a upper limit gradation value is scaled up to the maximum gradation value, and a backlight brightness determining unit that determines brightness of light irradiated by the backlight to be lowered in response to the second conversion of the gradation value. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307008 | IMAGE DISPLAY UNIT, MOBILE PHONE AND METHOD - An image display unit for displaying still or moving images, this unit having at least one ambient light sensor which is configured to detect a color and an intensity of an ambient light in the surroundings of the image display unit and this unit also having an intensity control device which is configured to adjust the intensity of each individual image point in the images displayed by the image display unit based on the detected color and intensity of the ambient light. Also described is a related mobile phone and a related method. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307009 | LIGHT EMITTING PERIOD SETTING METHOD, DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY PANEL, DRIVING METHOD FOR BACKLIGHT, LIGHT EMITTING PERIOD SETTING APPARATUS, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is a light emitting period setting method for a display panel wherein the peak luminance level is varied through control of a total light emitting period length which is the sum total of period lengths of light emitting periods arranged in a one-field period, including a step of setting period lengths of N light emitting periods, which are arranged in a one-field period, in response to the total light emitting period length such that the period lengths of the light emitting periods continue to keep a fixed ratio thereamong, N being equal to or higher than 3. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313232 | PIXEL, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device comprising a plurality of pixels is disclosed. In one aspect, each pixel of the display device comprises a first capacitor connected between a data line and a first node, a reference voltage transistor configured to apply a reference voltage on the first node, a driving transistor having a gate connected to a second node and configured to control a drive current flowing from a first power supply voltage to an organic light emitting diode in response to a voltage of the second node applied to the gate of the driving transistor, a light emitting transistor configured to apply the first power supply voltage to an electrode of the driving transistor in response to a light emission signal applied to a gate of the light emitting transistor, a second capacitor connected between the second node and an anode of the organic light emitting diode, and a relay transistor configured to electrically connect the first node and the second node in response to a write signal applied to a gate of the relay transistor. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313233 | PIXEL, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device is disclosed. In one aspect, the device includes a plurality of pixels, a scan driver sequentially applying scan signals at a gate-on voltage to a plurality of scan lines connected to a plurality of pixels and a data driver applying data signals to a plurality of data lines connected to a plurality of pixels in response to the scan signals at the gate-on voltage. The device also includes a power supply unit sequentially changing first power voltages at a high level voltage into a low level voltage and applying the changed voltages, and sequentially changing second power voltages at the low level voltage into the high level voltage and applying the changed voltages. The device further includes a light-emitting signal unit sequentially applying light-emitting signals at the gate-on voltage to a plurality of light-emitting lines connected to a plurality of pixels. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313234 | BRIGHTNESS CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD - A brightness control device includes a back light panel, a controller, and an image signal processing chip. The back light panel includes a blue light LED module and a green light LED module. The controller includes a converting module and a sub-control module. The image signal processing chip includes a main control module and a storing module. The storing module stores first corresponding data and second corresponding data. The main control module sends two initial pulse signals corresponding to a brightness of the two light LED modules to the converting module. The converting module converts the two initial pulse signals into direct current signals and sends the direct current signals to the sub-control module. The sub-control module sends a first drive current signal and a second drive current signal to the blue light LED module and the green light LED module. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313235 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL USING THE SAME AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A display panel driver that includes a compensating value generating part, a compensating lookup table and a compensating part. The compensating value generating part generates an offset and a compensating grayscale based on luminances of pixels of a display panel. The compensating lookup table stores the offset and the compensating grayscale. The compensating part compensates an input grayscale of the pixel to generate a data signal using the compensating lookup table. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313236 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device configured to consume less power is disclosed. In one aspect, the display device includes a display panel comprising a pixel connected to a gate line and a data line, a data driver connected to the data line to apply a data voltage, and a gate driver connected to the gate line to sequentially apply a gate-on voltage. The display device additionally includes a signal controller configured to determine image data as corresponding to one of a motion picture, a still image, and a text screen. Furthermore, the signal controller is configured to drive the display panel, the data driver, and the gate driver at one of a motion picture frequency for displaying the motion picture, a still image frequency lower than the motion picture frequency for displaying the still image, and an ultra-low frequency of about 10 Hz or less for displaying the text screen. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313237 | REDUNDANT POWER/CONTROL SYSTEM FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS - A system for powering and controlling an LED-backlit liquid crystal display (LCD) where redundancy is used to provide two independent paths from a pair of power supplies to the LED backlight. Further, two independent paths are also used from a pair of power supplies to the LCD. If any one of the paths were to fail or begin to degrade in performance, the system contains monitoring circuits which can direct another path to be used by the system. Two separate control circuits for the LCD may be used so that either one may be used to control the LCD if one were to fail. Two separate temperature sensors and luminance sensors may also be used to increase the durability of the system. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313238 | PIXEL INTERLEAVING CONFIGURATIONS FOR USE IN HIGH DEFINITION ELECTRONIC SIGN DISPLAYS - Pixel interleaving configurations for use in high definition electronic sign displays where each and every scan line includes fall red, green, and blue color representation to provide for high resolution electronic video sign displays. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313239 | LOW COLOR SHIFT MULTI-VIEW DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - According to various embodiments of the invention, gamma curves for multiple pixel groups can be calibrated using look-up tables or by using reference voltage groups provided by gamma voltage generators so that the pixels can display multiple images with correct gray levels at different view angles. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313240 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A display device includes: an extraction unit extracting an edge component of a display data signal; an adder unit adding an edge component to the display data signal; a signal generation unit generating a control signal in accordance with the display data signal and an output signal of the adder unit; a correction unit carrying out correction processing on the edge component in accordance with the control signal and outputting the corrected edge component to the adder unit; and a display unit carrying out a display operation in accordance with the output signal of the adder unit. | 10-23-2014 |
20140320541 | ACTIVE MATRIX TRIODE SWITCH DRIVER CIRCUIT - A pixel circuit for an active matrix organic light-emitting diode display system includes a first input node, a second input node, first power supply node, a second power supply node, a triode switch circuit, a storage capacitor, an organic light emitting diode, and a resistive element. The triode switch circuit is connected to the first and second input nodes. The storage capacitor is connected between an output of the triode switch circuit and the second power supply node. The organic light-emitting diode is connected between the output of the triode switch circuit and the second power supply node. The first resistive element is connected between the output of the triode switch circuit and the first power supply node. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320542 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF INFORMATION TRANSFER - Discussed herein is a method to transfer information from an output side terminal of a first device to an input side terminal of a second device. Information is enclosed in a predetermined region on the display panel of the device and is transmitted by changing the brightness (luminance) or the RGB color of the image with respect to time. A sensor positioned within the predetermined region detects the modulated luminance value of the information and demodulates the detected luminance to acquire the information. After performing the demodulation process, the acquired information is displayed on a display panel. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320543 | DISPLAY PANEL - A display panel includes a flat area and a bent area bent relative to the flat area. The flat area includes a plurality of first pixels, and the bent area includes a plurality of second pixels. Each of the second pixels has an area greater than an area of each of the first pixels. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320544 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display is provided. One inventive aspect includes: a substrate, a scan line formed on the substrate and transmitting a scan signal, a data line configured to intersect the scan line and to transmit a data signal, a switching transistor connected to the scan line and the data line, a driving transistor connected to a switching drain electrode of the switching transistor, a compensation transistor connected to the driving transistor, an aging transistor connected to a driving drain electrode of the driving transistor and a source electrode of the compensation transistor, and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) connected to a driving drain electrode of the driving transistor. The compensation transistor is configured to compensate a threshold voltage of the driving transistor. The aging transistor is configured to perform an aging process for reducing a leakage current of the compensation transistor. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320545 | PIXEL CIRCUIT OF ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY - A pixel of an OLED display is disclosed. A gate voltage of a driving transistor can be precisely adjusted using a second gate electrode that can supply DC power easily securing an operation range of an OLED. Further, by only adding one power line that can precisely adjust a gate voltage of a driving transistor to an OLED display, an operation range of the OLED can be easily secured and thus a drain current can be reduced without increasing a channel length of the driving transistor resulting in a narrower pixel area. According to various embodiments, the pixel can secure an operation range of the OLED by reducing a magnitude of a drain current by adjusting a gate voltage of a driving transistor. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320546 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - Provided is an organic light emitting diode display including a display panel having data lines, gate lines, and pixels disposed in a matrix form in a crossing region of the data lines and the gate lines, a gamma reference voltage adjustment unit that calculates an weighted average picture level of digital video data, adjusts gamma reference voltages so that peak luminance of the display panel is reduced as the weighted average picture level is increased, and outputs the adjusted gamma reference voltages, a data driving circuit converting the digital video data into analogue data voltages by using the gamma reference voltages, and supplying the data voltages to the data lines, and a gate driving circuit sequentially outputting gate pulses to the gate lines. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320547 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING AUGMENTED REALITY USING UNIDIRECTIONAL BEAM - An image display device includes a display panel unit having a plurality of optical elements configured to generate and emit unidirectional lights in an array and a control unit configured to control the plurality of optical elements according to image information. The image display device is located very close to the eyes of a user and displays an additional information image added to a real image, thereby implementing augmented reality. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320548 | SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY PANEL DRIVING METHOD, SELF-LUMINOUS DISPLAY PANEL AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A self-luminous display panel driving method for driving a self-luminous display panel of the active matrix driving type, includes the step of executing threshold value correction operation for a driving transistor divisionally in a plurality of periods within at least one of which, after a point of time of an end of a preceding correction period till a point of time of a start of a succeeding correction period, a potential to be applied to the drain electrode of the driving transistor is controlled to an intermediate potential between a first potential for lighting driving of the driving transistor and a second potential for initialization applied within a preparation period of the first one of the correction periods. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320549 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display device includes a driving transistor in a pixel circuit. A signal line is connected to a source or drain of the driving transistor. The source or drain of the driving transistor receives a power source voltage, an initialization voltage, and a data voltage through the signal line during different periods of operation. The periods of operation include a emission and non-emission periods. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320550 | LIGHT-EMITTING COMPONENT DRIVING CIRCUIT AND RELATED PIXEL CIRCUIT AND APPLICATIONS USING THE SAME - A pixel circuit relating to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) is provided by the invention, and if the circuit configuration (5T1C or 6T1C) thereof collaborates with suitable operation waveforms, the current flowing through an OLED in the OLED pixel circuit is not be changed along with variation of a power supply voltage (Vdd) influenced by the IR drop, and is not be varied along with the threshold voltage (Vth) shift of a TFT used for driving the OLED. Accordingly, the brightness uniformity of the applied OLED display can be substantially improved. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320551 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device allows an optimal display mode to be selected in accordance with the form of use, so that the total power consumption is decreased. The display device includes an organic EL display panel for displaying a monochromatic image; and a color shutter glass unit including a pair of shutters. The pair of shutters are each controllable to be in a light transmissive state for a first color, a second color and a third color or in a light non-transmissive state. The pair of shutters corresponding to left and right glasses are each controllable in synchronization with display of an image on the organic EL display panel, so that one of a monochromatic image display mode, a color image display mode, a monochromatic three-dimensional image display mode, and a color three-dimensional image display mode is selected. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320552 | GAMMA COMPENSATION METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A gamma compensation method and a display device using the same are disclosed. The gamma compensation method includes: sensing a level of external illuminance; determining whether the sensed level of external illuminance is equal to or lower than a predetermined illuminance, wherein when the sensed level is equal to or lower than the predetermined illuminance, the luminance of the display device is reduced to an optimum luminance; and modulating gray levels of input data of the display device based on a first gamma curve when the sensed level of external illuminance is equal to or lower than the predetermined illuminance, and modulating based on a second gamma curve when the sensed level of external illuminance is greater than the predetermined illuminance, wherein the first gamma curve includes a concave curve set in a low gray level area and a convex curve set in a high gray level area, and the concave curve and the convex curve are connected via an inflection point. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320553 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING FOR DEGRADATION OF PIXEL LUMINANCE - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of compensating for degradation are disclosed. One inventive aspect includes a panel assembly including a plurality of pixels. Luminance measuring units are formed along a perimeter of the panel assembly to measure luminance of light emitted from the pixels. A processing unit compares the measured luminance data so as to detect and also compensate for a degraded pixel. | 10-30-2014 |
20140320554 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVE METHOD THEREOF, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device includes: a timing controller ( | 10-30-2014 |
20140327704 | Intensity Compensation Method and Display Control Device and Image Display Device Applying the same - An intensity compensation method for a display control device includes steps of obtaining a plurality of backlight duties of a plurality of backlights according to an image data; calculating a plurality of compensation gains according to the plurality of backlight duties and a non-uniform backlight profile, wherein the non-uniform backlight profile indicates a plurality of respective actual intensity distributions of the plurality of backlights; and compensating a plurality of first image intensities corresponding to a plurality of pixels of the image data according to the plurality of compensation gains, to obtain a plurality of second image intensities. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327705 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE WITH SIDE-VIEW PROTECTING FEATURE - A method of operating a light emitting, image display device that is configured to normally display to one or more viewers, a corresponding image thereof with a relatively wide viewing angle and relatively good contrast, includes selectively outputting to one or more peripheral portions of the wide viewing angle, privacy-protecting light rays of sufficient luminance to substantially reduce, for corresponding viewers viewing from the respective one or more peripheral portions of the relatively wide viewing angle, the otherwise normal and relatively good contrast of the image so as to thereby inhibit viewing of the image from the respective one or more peripheral portions. In one embodiment, the method is carried out using an organic light emitting diode (OLED) panel and a light source part disposed on a backside of the OLED panel and comprising at least one light guide plate and at least one light source. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327706 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a method is disclosed for adjusting a display device. The device includes light sources, light guides, light extraction units, and a controller. The light guides have an incident portion, one other end portion, and a side surface. The light extraction units form pixels. The controller supplies an electrical signal to the light extraction units to form a light-extracting state and a non light-extracting state. The method can include light intensity acquisition processing, change amount calculation processing, and light intensity modification processing. The acquisition processing acquires first and second intensities of the light. The calculation processing calculates a ratio of a difference between the first and second intensities to a difference between a first previous intensity in the light-extracting state and a second previous intensity in the non light-extracting state. The modification processing reduces the intensity of the light in the light-extracting state. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327707 | Custom PSFs Using Clustered Light Sources - Light sources of a backlight are configured to customize the shape of light emitted from the clusters. The clusters are activated as a unit and modulated as to brightness, but of the customized shape. All clusters can have a similar customized PSF, or the customization of each cluster may be varied in real time. Real time changes of a clusters PSF may be based, for example, an image or a region of the image to be displayed using the clusters. | 11-06-2014 |
20140327708 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a liquid crystal display device (display device) | 11-06-2014 |
20140333676 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device is provided including a display unit including a plurality of color pixels; a scan driver that sequentially applies a gate-on voltage scan signal to a plurality of scan lines that are connected to the color pixels; a demux unit that is connected to a plurality of color data lines that are connected to the color pixels, and that sequentially selects the plurality color data lines at a predetermined time interval; and a data driver that applies a data signal to each of the plurality of color data lines that are sequentially selected in the demux unit, and that applies a previous data signal to at least one of the plurality of color data lines during the predetermined time interval, wherein the previous data signal has a same voltage as a voltage applied to one of the plurality of color data lines before the predetermined time interval. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333677 | PIXEL, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY INCLUDING THE PIXEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes a scan driver, a data driver, a current sink unit, and pixels. The scan driver is configured to provide a first scan signal to first scan lines and a second scan signal to second scan lines. The data driver is configured to provide a data signal to first data lines and a voltage data signal to second data lines. The current sink unit is configured to provide a current data signal to third data lines. The pixels are configured to store a voltage corresponding to the voltage data signal and the current data signal. A light emission time of the pixels is controlled by the data signal. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333678 | DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING 2D MODE AND 3D MODE - Disclosed is an image display apparatus for switching a two-dimensional (2D) mode and a three-dimensional (3D) mode. The image display apparatus includes a display panel in which pixels are arranged, a back light line source arranged so as to be spaced apart from the display panel, a fixed light diffusion plate arranged between the display panel and the back light line source, and a control unit controlling to switch the 2D mode and the 3D mode, wherein 3D line sources forming at least one set are arranged in the back light line source so as to be spaced apart from each other at regular intervals, and a 2D line source is arranged between the 3D line sources arranged so as to be spaced apart from each other. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333679 | IMAGE ADJUSTING METHOD, LIGHT SOURCE MODULE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An image adjusting method, a light source module, and an electronic device are provided. The image adjusting method includes the following steps. A first set of light source and a second set of light source of the light source module are driven independently by corresponding driving intensity respectively. An image display command is received. The driving intensity corresponding to the first set of light sources and the second set of light sources respectively are adjusted according to the image display command, wherein a gamut of the first set of light sources is wider than that of the second set of light sources, and luminous efficacy of the second set of light sources is higher than that of the first set of light sources. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333680 | PIXEL OF AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel of an organic light emitting display device includes a first capacitor, second capacitor, and a number of transistors. The first capacitor stores an emission data voltage from a data line. The second capacitor stores a scan data voltage from the data line. A switching transistor is selectively turned on or off in response to the scan data voltage stored in the second capacitor. When the switching transistor and the driving transistor are turned on, an organic light emitting diode is driven to display an image. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333681 | METHOD OF GENERATING IMAGE COMPENSATION DATA FOR DISPLAY DEVICE, IMAGE COMPENSATION DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of generating image compensation data for a display device includes concurrently measuring, by a first image compensation device, first luminance values and first color coordinate values from an image displayed at a display panel in the display device, a number of the first color coordinate values being less than a number of the first luminance values; concurrently generating first luminance data and first color coordinate data associated with the image based on the first luminance values and the first color coordinate values, respectively; and generating first image compensation data for compensating the image based on the first luminance data, the first color coordinate data, a reference luminance value and a reference color coordinate value. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333682 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A method for driving a display device includes driving a first pixel circuit based on first and second fields of a frame, and driving a second pixel circuit based on first and second fields of the frame. The first field of the first pixel circuit overlaps the second field of the second pixel circuit. The second field of the first pixel circuit overlaps the first field of the second pixel circuit. Operations performed in the first field include storing a gray scale data voltage, and operations performed in the second field include supplying an amount of current to a light emitter based on the stored gray scale data voltage. The first and second pixel circuits are in adjacent rows of the display device. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333683 | Adaptive Color Gamut Management for RGBW Display Systems - An electronic device may include a display having an array of display pixels. Each display pixel may include a red subpixel, a green subpixel, a blue subpixel, and a white subpixel. The display may be controlled using display control circuitry. The display control circuitry may convert frames of display data from a red-green-blue (RGB) color space to a red-green-blue-white (RGBW) color space. The display control circuitry may supply data signals corresponding to a frame of display data in the RGBW color space to the array of display pixels. A frame of display data may be converted from the RGB color space to the RGBW color space based on an amount of color saturation in the frame of display data, based on information identifying what code is running on control circuitry in the electronic device, and/or based on ambient lighting condition information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140333684 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR INCREASING THE APPARENT BRIGHTNESS OF A DISPLAY - Methods and apparatuses to varying the apparent brightness of a display are described. The change in apparent brightness is accompanied by unchanged in relative contrast, rendering a display with higher or lower brightness while maintaining contrast fidelity. In exemplary embodiments, the signals for the middle tone levels are adjusted to increase or decrease the brightness intensity, while keeping constant the gamma correction. This maintains the relative contrast of images while rendering them at a different brightness. Implementations of the present process include an adjusted gamma correction lookup table, incorporated in the video card to modify the video signal before reaching the display. The present invention can be used for matching the brightness of two or more displays or to provide compensation for variations in display characteristics to ensure consistency in display brightness within a data processing model. | 11-13-2014 |
20140340429 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image display apparatus includes: a light-emitting unit, a light emission amount of which is variably controllable; a display unit configured to display an image by modulating, according to image data, light emitted from the light-emitting unit; and a control unit configured to control the light emission amount of the light-emitting unit according to a maximum and a minimum of a pixel value in a frame. The control unit maximizes the light emission amount of the light-emitting unit irrespective of the maximum when the minimum is larger than a first threshold. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340430 | COLORED ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS - An electrophoretic medium comprises a fluid and at least one species of particles disposed, When a first addressing impulse is applied to the medium, the first species of particles move in one direction relative to the electric field, but when a second addressing impulse, larger than the first addressing impulse, is applied to the medium, the first species of particles move in the opposed direction relative to the electric field. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340431 | CONTROL UNIT, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING CONTROL UNIT, AND CONTROL METHOD - A control unit ( | 11-20-2014 |
20140340432 | CHARGED-BASED COMPENSATION AND PARAMETER EXTRACTION IN AMOLED DISPLAYS - A system reads a desired circuit parameter from a pixel circuit that includes a light emitting device, a drive device to provide a programmable drive current to the light emitting device, a programming input, and a storage device to store a programming signal. One embodiment of the extraction system turns off the drive device and supplies a predetermined voltage from an external source to the light emitting device, discharges the light emitting device until the light emitting device turns off, and then reads the voltage on the light emitting device while that device is turned off. The voltages on the light emitting devices in a plurality of pixel circuits may be read via the same external line, at different times. In-pixel, charge-based compensation schemes are also discussed, which can be used with the external parameter extraction implementations. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340433 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A three-dimensional (3D) display panel has a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, and each of the rows has at least one sub-row. The 3D display panel includes at least one first group and at least one second group arranged on the first row. The first group and the second group respectively have a first color region, a second color region and a third color region. The first color region and the second color region of the first group as well as the third color region and the first color region of the second group are arranged on one sub-row, while the third color region of the first group and the second color region of the second group are arranged on another sub-row. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340434 | Dynamic Gamut Display Systems, Methods, and Applications Thereof - In the dynamic gamut display systems, video input data is processed to extract metrics indicative of the gamut occupancy of the frame pixels. The extracted metrics are used to form a set of scale factors to be used by the display to synthesize an adapted gamut that matches the frame pixel color gamut from the native color primaries of the display. The generated gamut adaptation scale factors are used to convert the frame pixels' values to the adapted gamut which are provided to the display for modulation using the synthesized adapted gamut for each video frame or a sub-region of a video frame. The methods enable increased display brightness, reduced power consumption and reduced interface and processing bandwidth. Also disclosed is an adapted video frame data formatting method that maps the benefits of the adapted gamut into a reduced frame data size enabling bandwidth savings when used for video distribution. | 11-20-2014 |
20140340435 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an edge processing section extracting an edge component of a display data signal; a display data signal processing section changing the display data signal according to a level conversion signal and adding the edge component thereto; a level conversion signal generating section changing the level conversion signal according to the display data signal and a signal output from the display data signal processing section; and a display section performing a display operation according to the signal output from the display data processing section. | 11-20-2014 |
20140347400 | Electroluminescent display where each pixel can emit light of any EIA color index - A display system, having an emissive body, varying light emitted from the surface in a way that each area becomes a pixel. The emissive body can be a FIPEL type device. Light can be both color varied and also color temperature controlled. The light color is changed by changing a frequency used to drive the body. Multiplexers can be used to reduce the number of generators needed. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347401 | PIXEL, DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING THE SAME AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a driving method thereof are disclosed. In one aspect, the display device includes a plurality of pixels, each including a driver which generates a driving current according to an input image data signal and a light emission portion formed of an organic light-emitting diode which emits light according to the driving current and at least one dummy pixel connected to a repair line that is connected to a light emission portion of at least one first pixel among the plurality of pixels. The dummy pixel includes a dummy pixel driver having the same structure as the drivers of each of the plurality of pixels, a dummy pixel light emission portion formed of an organic light-emitting diode, and a repair driver which transmits a driving current generated in the dummy pixel driver through the repair line when a driver of the first pixel fails. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347402 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD - A display device includes a display unit including pixels, each of which emits light according to data voltages, respectively; and a timing controller which divides an area of the display unit into an upper, center and bottom portions, divides one frame time into light emission sub-frames of a light emission period and a blank sub-frame of a blank period in which is supplied a black data signal, divides the upper, center and the bottom portions into groups, differentiates a scan start time of a light emission sub-frame and a scan start time of the blank sub-frame of each group, and increases the light emission period and decreases the blank period in proportional to an increase ratio of the light emission period as a group is closer to a middle of the center portion. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347403 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATION OF IMAGE DATA OF THE SAME - A display device and an image compensation method are disclosed. One inventive aspect includes a controller and a data driver. The controller processes image data signal based on at least one of pixel information, a reference brightness condition, a present brightness of the display device and a target luminance and generate final compensated data. The pixel information is measured under the reference brightness condition. The data driver transmits the final compensated data to an activated driving pixel. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347404 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A controller for a display panel includes a detector, a timing controller, and a voltage generator. The detector detects a predetermined pattern in an image signal. The timing controller generates a control signal based on detection of the pattern. The voltage generator changes at least one driving voltage for a display panel from a first level to a second level based on the control signal. The predetermined pattern may correspond to at least one region having a predetermined arrangement of at least first and second gray scale values of pixels in an image corresponding to the image signal. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347405 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel circuit includes a plurality of pixels. Each pixel includes a data storage capacitor to store a voltage for controlling a gray scale value based on an input data signal, a plurality of switch transistors connected in series between a data signal line and the data storage capacitor, and a plurality of connection transistors coupled to the pixels. The switch transistors have a gate electrode connected to a first gate control signal line. At least one connection transistor is connected between at least one node between the switch transistors of a first pixel and at least one node between the switch transistors of a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel. The at least one connection transistor includes a gate electrode connected to a second gate control signal line. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347406 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Disclosed herein is a display apparatus, including: a pixel array section including a plurality of pixels, a writing transistor, a driving transistor, a first switching transistor, a holding capacitor, and a second switching transistor; a first scanning section configured to drive the writing transistor in a unit of a row of the pixels; a second scanning section configured to drive the switching transistors in synchronism with scanning by the first scanning section; and a third scanning section configured to control the second switching transistors to a non-conducting state within a period after the image signal is written by the writing transistor until the signal writing period of the same row of the pixels ends but to a conducting state within any other period. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347407 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a solution for a highlight or multicolor display device, in which each display cell can display high quality color states. More specifically, an electrophoretic fluid is provided which comprises three types of pigment particles, having different levels of size, threshold voltage or charge intensity. | 11-27-2014 |
20140347408 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MEASURING AND CORRECTING ELECTRONIC VISUAL DISPLAYS - The present disclosure relates to methods and systems for measuring and correcting electronic visual displays. A method in accordance with one embodiment of the present technology includes generating a series of patterns for illuminating proper subsets of the light emitting elements of the display, such as regular grids of nonadjacent activated light emitting elements with the elements in between deactivated. For each generated pattern, an imaging device captures information about the activated light emitting elements. A computing device analyzes the captured information, comparing the output of the activated light emitting elements to target output values, and determines correction factors to calibrate the display to better achieve the target output values. In some embodiments, the correction factors may be uploaded to firmware controlling the display or used to process images to be shown on the display. | 11-27-2014 |
20140354697 | ANALOG INTERFEROMETRIC MODULATOR COLOR CALIBRATION - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for calibration of analog display elements such as analog interferometric modulators (IMODs). In one aspect, display devices include both a light-turning layer and integrated color sensor in order to provide feedback on the operation of the display. In particular, the integrated color sensors can be used to determine a relative shift in a color signal output by an analog display element. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354698 | SELF-LIGHTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The self-lighting subpixels of a display device are ones whose output luminances are functions of analog drive voltages applied to the subpixels and corresponding digital grayscale command signals used for controlling the subpixels. The display device generates corresponding analog dimming values and digital dimming values in accordance with supplied current limiting parameters and generates control value signals using the analog dimming values and the digital dimming values. It also changes the original grayscale digital data values of input video signals of one frame in accordance with the digital dimming values. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354699 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device for sequentially displaying a plurality of subframes (images) within one frame period according to an image source signal, the device including: a pixel array including a plurality of pixels; a scale factor generator configured to separately calculate electric current values of the electric to be consumed by each of the plurality of respective subframes (per frame period), and to calculate an initial scale factor by comparing the electric current value with a threshold electric current value, and to generate a correction scale factor (for each among the plurality of subframes) of the first frame by using the initial scale factor and a correction scale factor of a previous frame (previous to the first frame) (and of the same subframe index) corresponding to the initial scale factor; and an image processor configured to convert a gray data of the image source signal of the first frame. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354700 | REPAIRABLE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPAIRING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting display apparatus includes a plurality of lines disposed to include crossing points where lines insulated from one another by an insulation layer cross. If a defect occurs at one of the crossing points, the lines may be shorted together and the apparatus malfunctions. A method of identifying a shorted crossing point uses a test light-emitting device that is disposed to correspond to the crossing point and to emit light when a short is present at its corresponding crossing point. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354701 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diodes (OLED's) display has differently composed OLED's with respective different voltage-to-current characteristic curves. Variable power voltages are applied to the subpixels of these differently composed OLED's based on their respective voltage-to-current characteristic curves. In one embodiment, a display unit includes first subpixels emitting respective lights according to first image data representing a first color, second subpixels emitting respective lights according to second image data representing a second color, and third subpixels emitting respective lights according to third image data representing a third color, wherein the first, and second subpixels are powered by a first variable voltage power supply and the third subpixels are powered by a second and independently variable voltage power supply. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354702 | Stereoscopic Display Device, Image Processing Device and Image Processing Method - A stereoscopic display device includes a display unit. The display unit includes a plurality of pixels. A scan driving unit sequentially applies scan signals through a plurality of scan lines to the plurality of pixels. A data driving unit applies gray voltages through a plurality of data lines to the plurality of pixels in response to the scan signals. A signal controlling unit transfers a data control signal and an image data signal to the data driving unit. The signal controlling unit classifies, in accordance with a disparity of objects respectively included in a left-eye image and a right-eye image, an object depth in which an object is recognized by a user. The signal controlling unit resets a luminance of at least one of the left-eye image or the right-eye image corresponding to the object depth. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354703 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display includes: a display panel including a plurality of pixels; an image processor which receives a plurality of image data, where the image processor generates a scale control variation for each of the image data, and performs a gamma-correction on the image data based on the scale control variation and predetermined gamma curve information to output a plurality of grayscale data; and a power controller which controls a driving voltage supplied to the display panel based on the scale control variation of each of the image data. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354704 | PIXEL, DRIVING METHOD OF THE PIXEL, AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE PIXEL - A pixel of a display device includes: a first and second organic light emitting diodes; a driving transistor which generates a driving current based on a data voltage; and a luminance control transistor which controls an electric connection between the first and second organic light emitting diodes based on a first or second sub-data signal supplied through a sub-data line connected thereto, where when the data voltage is a first data voltage corresponding to a first grayscale, the first and second organic light emitting diodes emit light by the driving current based on the first data voltage in response to the first sub-data signal, and when the data voltage is a second data voltage corresponding to a second grayscale, the first organic light emitting diode emits light by the driving current based on the second data voltage in response to the second sub-data signal. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354705 | DISPLAY DEVICE, IN PARTICULAR FOR A MOTOR VEHICLE - A display device, in particular for a motor vehicle, includes a projection module and a reflection element, the reflection element being designed to at least partially reflect an image from the projection module in a normal direction of vision of a user of the display device. The display module is a monochrome display module. The display device has a display area of a display module. The display area comprises a first part of the display area, the display area comprises a second part of the display area, and the display device has at least one light source. The display device is designed to display a first symbol in the first part of the display area and a second symbol in the second part of the display area. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354706 | 3-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A 3-dimensional image display device includes a signal controller, a data driver, a display panel, and glasses. The signal controller includes a reference gamma data generator to correct image data. The data driver includes a gray voltage generator to generate a gray voltage based on the corrected image data. The display panel displays left-eye and right-eye images based on a data voltage from the data driver. The lenses of the glasses are controlled by a glasses synchronization signal from the signal controller, to compensate for charging rates of the left-eye and right-eye images. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354707 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal display includes a plurality of dots arranged in a matrix formed with pixel columns and pixel rows, wherein each of the dots includes at least a pixel and displays a dot of a first resolution image and the dot size is at least 0.018 mm | 12-04-2014 |
20140354708 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A frame image is divided into a plurality of divided areas, and it is determined whether each of the divided areas is a first region including a predetermined object or a second region not including the object. A brightness of each light emitting block is decided based on a result of the determination of each divided area. In cases where a divided area determined as the second region in a target frame has been determined as the first region in frames, which satisfy a predetermined condition, among past frames, the brightness of a light emitting block corresponding to the divided area is decided to a brightness closer to the brightness of a light emitting block corresponding to a divided area determined as the first region as compared to the brightnesses of light emitting blocks corresponding to the other divided areas determined as the second region. | 12-04-2014 |
20140354709 | Variable Flower Display Backlight System - Techniques for using variable flower assemblies to control light leakage between designated portions of light-emitting elements are provided. In some embodiments, a variable flower assembly comprises a plurality of light-transmissive segments each may be electronically set to a different light-transparency level. The variable flower assembly substantially forms a tube around a light-emitting element mounted on a first plane. A first edge of each of the light-transmissive segments collectively surrounds the light-emitting element on a second plane substantially parallel to the first plane. A second opposing edge of each of the light-transmissive segments collectively forms an opening of the tube. In some embodiments, a reflective assembly which reflectance level is electronically controllable may surround the variable flower assembly. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362124 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display includes a display panel, a power supply circuit, a voltage detection unit and a voltage compensation unit. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels. The power supply circuit outputs a first power source to the display panel. The voltage detection unit is positioned between the display panel and the power supply circuit, and detects a detection voltage data of the first power source output from the power supply circuit. The voltage compensation unit compares the detection voltage data with a previously stored reference voltage data, and controls the power supply circuit to output the first power source having a voltage level set based on the reference voltage data. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362125 | DRIVING DEVICE OF DISPLAY MEDIUM, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A driving device of a display medium, includes: an applying unit that applies a gray level adjusting voltage including unit pulses in accordance with a gray level of a pixel to the pixel of a display medium; and a control unit that controls the applying unit so that the number of unit pulses of the gray level adjusting voltage which is applied at a movement time of each of plural types of panicle groups is equal to the number of unit pulses of the gray level adjusting voltage which is applied at the movement time of a particle group having the highest threshold value among the plural types of particle groups. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362126 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND IMAGE COMPENSATION METHOD - An organic light emitting diode (OLED) display includes a substrate and a display unit. The substrate includes a flat portion and a curved portion. The display unit includes pixels configured to display an image. At least some of the pixels are disposed in association with the flat portion and at least some of the pixels are disposed in association with the curved portion. The display unit includes first driving power lines connected to the pixels disposed in association with the flat portion and second driving power lines connected to the pixels disposed in association with the curved portion. The first driving power lines are configured to transmit a first power source voltage and the second driving power lines are configured to transmit a second power source voltage. The first power source voltage and the second power source voltage are different. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362127 | DISPLAY DEVICE, PIXEL ARRAY, AND COLOR COMPENSATING METHOD - A pixel array includes a first pixel and a second pixel. The pixels are disposed adjacent to each other and jointly include six sub-pixels. The sub-pixels include one red sub-pixel, two green sub-pixels, one blue sub-pixel, and two fourth color sub-pixels. The pixel area configuration of the first pixel is the same as the pixel area configuration of the second pixel, and the order of the sub-pixel areas disposed therein is, sequentially, a first sub-pixel area, a second sub-pixel area and a third sub-pixel area. The red sub-pixel is disposed in the first sub-pixel area of the first pixel, and the blue sub-pixel is disposed in to the first sub-pixel area of the second pixel. Furthermore, a display device and a color compensating method are also disclosed herein. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362128 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING PIXEL ARRANGEMENT AND OLED DISPLAY THEREOF - A method for displaying a pixel arrangement has the following steps: step S1: dividing a time taken for displaying a pixel into a first period of time, a darkening period of time and a second period of time; step S2: determining respectively intensities of a first sub pixel of a first pixel and a second sub pixel of a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel in the pixel arrangement during the first period of time, and determining the intensities of the first sub pixel and the second sub pixel during the second period of time such that a virtual pixel is virtualized out between the first pixel and the second pixel; and step S3: displaying the first pixel and the second pixel respectively in accordance with the intensities determined in step S2 during the first period of time and the second period of time. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362129 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - According to one embodiment, a liquid crystal display apparatus includes a display panel on which a plurality of liquid crystal pixels are arrayed in a matrix, a lighting module arranged to be opposed to the display panel and configured to illuminate the display panel, and a control module configured to control image display on the display panel and luminance of a light source of the lighting module, the control module rewriting an image signal to the liquid crystal pixels by intermittent driving and controlling the luminance of the light source to be proportional to a reciprocal of transmittance of the display panel. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362130 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND PIXEL ARRAY STRUCTURE - Disclosed are a pixel circuit, a driving method thereof and a pixel array structure. The pixel circuit comprises a load controlling module( | 12-11-2014 |
20140368551 | CHROMATICITY ADJUSTMENT FOR LED VIDEO SCREENS - A system and method for color matching/chromaticity adjustment for a video screen, display panel, module or other component that comprises different batches of light emitting diodes (“LEDs”). The system and method do not alter the panel/module's RGB gain when adjusting saturation, luminance and hue. This way, the panels and modules can achieve a desired/targeted white balance. As such, different batches of LEDs can be set to the same RGB ratios to achieve proper color matching. Thus, the system and method can mix different batches of LEDs in the same video screen or wall, yet achieve uniformity across the screen/wall. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368552 | LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL AND THE LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY WITH THE SAME - A liquid crystal (LC) cell and the liquid crystal display with the same are disclosed. The LC cell includes a first LC cell and a second LC cell arranged opposite to the first LC cell, wherein the first LC cell is a normally white cell, and the second LC cell is a normally black cell. A display brightness of the second LC cell is white when the display brightness of the first LC cell transforms from white to black. The display brightness of the first LC cell is white when the display brightness of the second LC cell transforms from black to white. By mixing the normally white cell and the normally black cell, the response time is enhanced. In addition, the tracking or blurring effects occurring for the moving objects are efficiently eliminated. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368553 | SOURCE DRIVER APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL - A source driver apparatus configured to drive a display panel is provided. The source driver apparatus includes a data operation circuit and a pixel driving circuit. The data operation circuit is configured to receive pixel data and perform a polarity determination operation on the pixel data to determine a polarity distribution information of pixels on the display panel. The pixel driving circuit is coupled to the data operation circuit. The pixel driving circuit is configured to drive the display panel according to the pixel data and the polarity distribution information. Furthermore, a driving method of the display panel is also provided. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368554 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE ENCODE DEVICE AND METHOD, AND STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DECODE DEVICE AND METHOD - According to an embodiment, a stereoscopic image encode device encodes a stereoscopic image displayed on a display device including a light control unit capable of controlling directions of light beams and including a display for emitting light beams from sub-pixels through the light control unit. The stereoscopic image encode device includes a determining unit, a generating unit, and an encoding unit. The determining unit configured to determine a method of dividing the stereoscopic image for each color component based on mapping information indicating the direction of emitted light beam from each sub-pixel, when the number of sub-pixels corresponding to a single cycle of the light control unit is not an integral multiple of the number of parallaxes in the stereoscopic image. The generating unit configure to generate a plurality of divided image. The encoding unit configured to encode each divided image. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368555 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided is a display apparatus including: a first substrate; a first electrode disposed on the first substrate; an organic emission layer disposed on the first electrode and configured to generate light; a ferromagnetic electrode disposed on the organic emission layer and configured to control a spin of the light; a second electrode disposed on the ferromagnetic electrode, the second electrode opposing the first electrode; a polarizer disposed on the second electrode and configured to selectively transmit and convert at least part of the light, the polarizer comprising at least two laminated layers; and a second substrate disposed on the polarizer, the second substrate opposing the first substrate. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368556 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display apparatus includes: a display unit that includes a display area including display elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix and is configured to display an image in the display area based on a video signal; and a correction signal generation unit configured to generate a correction signal that accelerates a change with time for a display element having a small change with time and performs a slowdown or a stop of the change with time for a display element having a large change with time, based on a value of the video signal and time-varying characteristics of a luminance of each display element. When the display apparatus is not used after a normal image is displayed based on the video signal, a corrected image based on the correction signal is displayed to equalize a degree of the change with time of each display element. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368557 | CONTENT AWARE IMAGE ADJUSTMENT TO REDUCE CURRENT LOAD ON OLED DISPLAYS - A system for adjusting image content of an image to be displayed includes: a processor; and a memory, and the memory stores instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to: evaluate the image; calculate a current load amount for displaying the image; compare the current load amount with a current threshold of the system; and adjust or not adjust the image content of the image in response to the comparison. The image content is adjusted by selecting a dynamic range for rendering the image content. | 12-18-2014 |
20140368558 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - An image display apparatus includes: a light-emitting unit having a plurality of light sources capable of controlling emission brightness individually; a display unit that displays an image on a screen; and a control unit that controls the respective emission brightnesses of the respective light sources according to images of regions on the screen corresponding to the respective light sources. When a difference between an image of a subject frame and an image of a past frame earlier than the subject frame is caused from movement of a predetermined object, the control unit suppresses the emission brightness of a light source corresponding to an image region of the subject frame brighter than that of the past frame from changing from the emission brightness of a light source corresponding to this image region of the past frame. | 12-18-2014 |
20140375695 | DISPLAY DRIVING APPARATUS - A display driving apparatus including a plurality of driving circuits and a controller is provided. The driving circuits include a main driving circuit and a plurality of slave driving circuits. The driving circuits respectively receive a plurality of partial data of a display data from the controller. The slave driving circuits and the main driving circuit respectively generate a plurality of slave luminance distribution data and a main luminance distribution data. The slave driving circuits transport the generated slave luminance distribution data to the main driving circuit, and the main driving circuit generates a luminance control signal according to the slave luminance distribution data and the main luminance distribution data. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375696 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT ADJUSTING METHOD THEREOF - An image display apparatus and a backlight adjusting method are provided. The image display apparatus has a backlight module. The image display apparatus includes an ambient light sensor, an image content analyzer and a backlight controller. The ambient light sensor detects a luminance of ambient light. The image content analyzer receives an image data. The backlight controller sets a backlight basic value according to the luminance of ambient light, and sets a backlight adjusting ratio according to the image data and the luminance of ambient light. The backlight controller further sets a luminance of the backlight module according to the backlight basic value and the backlight adjusting ratio. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375697 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device, including: a drive circuit for inputting input signals generated based on video signals corresponding to at least red, green, and blue input from an exterior thereof; and a substrate including a plurality of connection wiring lines and a plurality of signal lines formed thereon, the plurality of connection wiring lines being connected to the drive circuit, the plurality of signal lines being provided in a display region, to which output signals output from the drive circuit are input through the plurality of connection wiring lines. The plurality of connection wiring lines supplied with the output signals corresponding to the respective colors are formed in layers different from each other corresponding to the respective colors on the substrate. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375698 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DISPLAY UNIT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The embodiments of the disclosure provide a method for adjusting a display unit. The method is applied to an electronic device having the display unit, and in a case where a current viewing angle at which a user views the display unit is a first angle, a current brightness of the display unit is a first brightness. The method includes: detecting whether the current viewing angle is adjusted from the first angle to a second angle different from the first angle, and obtaining a first detection result; determining a brightness corresponding to the second angle as a second brightness different from the first brightness based on a viewing angle-to-brightness correspondence in a case where it is indicated by the first detection result that the current viewing angle is adjusted to the second angle; and adjusting the current brightness from the first brightness to the second brightness. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375699 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND RELATED CONTROL METHOD - A display panel driver includes an adjustment value generation part configured to generate a first adjustment value and/or a second adjustment value based on pre-adjustment luminance values associated with pixels of a display panel, the pixels including a first pixel. The display panel driver further includes an adjustment part configured to receive image data associated with the first pixel for providing a first data signal. The adjustment part may generate the first data signal by adjusting the image data based on the first adjustment value if an input grayscale value associated with the first image data is greater than a reference value. The adjustment part may provide the image data as the first data signal or generate the first data signal by adjusting the image data based on the second adjustment value if the input grayscale value is equal to or less than the reference value. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375700 | DISPLAY DEVICE - In a display device ( | 12-25-2014 |
20140375701 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR AGING COMPENSATION IN AMOLED DISPLAYS - Methods and systems to provide baseline measurements for aging compensation for a display device are disclosed. An example display system has a plurality of active pixels and a reference pixel. Common input signals are provided to the reference pixel and the plurality of active pixels. The outputs of the reference pixel is measured and compared to the output of the active pixels to determine aging effects. The display system may also be tested applying a first known reference current to a current comparator with a second variable reference current and the output of a device under test such as one of the pixels. The variable reference current is adjusted until the second current and the output of the device under test is equivalent of the first current. The resulting current of the device under test is stored in a look up table for a baseline for aging measurements during the display system operation. The display system may also be tested to determine production flaws by determining anomalies such as short circuits in pixel components such as OLEDs and drive transistors. | 12-25-2014 |
20140375702 | PORTABLE DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - Disclosed are a portable device and a control method thereof for convenient and accurate dimming control. The portable device includes a foldable display unit, a state sensor unit to detect folded and unfolded states of the foldable display unit, an input sensor unit to sense user input and a processor to control the respective units. The processor converts the portable device from a first dimming mode to a second dimming mode upon detection of change of the foldable display unit from the unfolded state to the folded state, perform dimming of the foldable display unit based on a dimming time different with the second dimming time when the user input is sensed in the second dimming mode within a second dimming time, and performs dimming of the foldable display unit after the second dimming time has passed when the user input is not sensed in the second dimming mode within the second dimming time. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009239 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a backlight module, a backlight control module and a flicker removing module. The backlight module electrically connected between an input pin and an output pin which belong to the backlight control module, provides a backlight source to a display panel. The input pin receives a first voltage to control a continuity of an input current which is supplied to the backlight module and has no frequency variation. The flicker removing module electrically connected to the output pin receives a pulse width modulation signal and according to a duty cycle of the pulse width modulation signal, controls an output current outputted by the output pin, so as to control the backlight control module to control the input current according to the output current. The input current is associated with a backlight brightness of the backlight module. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009240 | GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGES GENERATING CIRCUIT WITH OUTPUT OFFSET AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A gamma reference voltages generating circuit with output offset for controlling a gray level of a light-emitting unit is provided. The light-emitting unit includes a switch and a light-emitting element which is coupled to a bias voltage. The gamma reference voltages generating circuit includes a first gamma voltage divider and a digital-to-analog converter. The first gamma voltage divider includes a plurality of resistors. A first terminal of the first gamma voltage divider is coupled to the bias voltage, and a second terminal of the first gamma voltage divider is coupled to a reference current source. The digital-to-analog converter is coupled to the first gamma voltage divider to receive a plurality of reference voltages generated by the first gamma voltage divider. The digital-to-analog converter is controlled by a digital control signal to output one of the reference voltages to a control terminal of the switch in the light-emitting unit. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009241 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of driving a display panel includes determining a source voltage level by a vertical portion in a present horizontal line of the display panel based on data of the present horizontal line, the display panel including a plurality of vertical portions extended along a vertical direction and arranged in a horizontal direction (the plurality of vertical portions including a vertical portion), generating correction data of the present horizontal line by the vertical portion utilizing the source voltage level of the present horizontal line determined by the vertical portion, generating a source voltage of the present horizontal line by the vertical portion utilizing the source voltage level of the horizontal line determined by the vertical portion, and driving the display panel by the vertical portion utilizing the correction data and the source voltage of the present horizontal line. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009242 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVING METHOD - A display device includes: a signal controller which receives an input image signal and generates a changed image signal, where the signal controller divides the inputted image signal into red, green and blue image signals, changes the blue image signal to a first blue image signal or a second blue image signal, matches white balance of the red, green, first blue or second blue image signals, and generates the changed image signal by compensating a gamma value of the red, green, first blue or second blue image signals; a display panel which displays an image corresponding to the changed image signal, where the display panel includes a pixel including red, green, first blue and second blue sub-pixels; and a data driver which receives the changed image signal from the signal controller and applies a data voltage corresponding to the changed image signal to the display panel. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009243 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes a pixel array unit that is formed by disposing pixel circuits that include a P-channel type drive transistor that drives a light-emitting unit, a sampling transistor that applies a signal voltage, a light emission control transistor that controls light emission and non-light emission of the light-emitting unit, a storage capacitor that is connected between a gate electrode and a source electrode of the drive transistor and an auxiliary capacitor, a first end of which is connected to the source electrode of the drive transistor, and a drive unit that, during threshold correction, applies a standard voltage that is used in threshold correction to the gate electrode of the drive transistor in a state in which the source electrode of the drive transistor has been set to a floating state, and subsequently applies a pulse signal to a second end of the auxiliary capacitor. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009244 | ELECTROFLUIDIC DISPLAY PIXELS - A device cover includes a protective layer and a display layer. The display layer includes a plurality of display pixels. Each display pixel includes a first fluid having a first color characteristic and a second fluid having a second color characteristic. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009245 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, CONTROL CIRCUIT OF ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electro-optical device includes a control unit that controls a display unit having a plurality of pixels. The control unit performs a differential driving operation of performing an operation of erasing a first image component which is a part of a display image in a first display state and an operation of displaying a second image component which is a part of a display image in a second display state by selectively driving the pixels having different gray scales in the first display state and the second display state when the display unit is changed from the first display state to the second display state. The operation of erasing the first image component includes an extended erasing operation of driving a first pixel group which includes the pixels constituting the first image component and the pixels being adjacent to the first image component and surrounding the first image component. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009246 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD - An image display method includes the steps of: acquiring a third image formed by applying dynamic range extension processing to a first image and a second image photographed with low sensitivity or low exposure with respect to the first image, or a fourth image without dynamic range extension processing; displaying the acquired image in a transmissive type display panel; and making backlight luminance of a segment corresponding to a high luminance portion in the third image higher than backlight luminance of a segment corresponding to a low luminance portion when the acquired image is determined to be the third image. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009247 | SEQUENTIAL COLOUR MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A video system including a sequential color liquid crystal display with a panel of pixels arranged in rows and columns, including a mechanism that controls unit brightness levels on each pixel in the panel called grey levels, each grey level corresponding to a video information received at the input. The grey level controlled on a pixel is achieved with an analog voltage that varies monotonously depending on the row associated with the pixel and/or a color to be displayed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150015615 | LCD AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An LCD includes multiple pixel units and a processing unit. The pixel units are used for displaying 2D or 3D images upon receiving 2D image signals or 3D image signals. The processing unit is used for outputting the plurality of 2D/3D image signals upon receiving a 2D/3D image enbaling signal. Each pixel unit includes a first pixel electrode, a second pixel electrode, and a third pixel electrode. The first pixel electrode is used for receiving a first voltage signal in response to the 2D or 3D image enbaling signal. The second pixel electrode is used for receiving the first voltage signal in response to the 2D image enbaling signal or for receiving a second voltage signal when corresponding to the 3D image enbaling signal. The third pixel electrode is used for receiving the plurality of 2D or 3D image signals. The first, second, and third pixel electrodes are disposed on the same substrate and are not connected to one another. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015616 | DIGITAL LIGHT MODULATOR CONFIGURED FOR ANALOG CONTROL - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for providing analog control for operating the states of a light modulator in a pixel. In one aspect, a pixel circuit can be coupled to the light modulator, and can control the duration for which the light modulator is operated in an open or closed state based on an analog data voltage. In some implementations, the pixel circuit includes a voltage controlled current source (VCCS), which draws a current of a magnitude that is based on the magnitude of the data voltage. The current drawn by the VCCS can be used to control a charge and a voltage on an actuation capacitor coupled to the light modulator. The rate of change of the voltage on the actuation capacitor, and the duration for which the light modulator is maintained in a particular state, is a function of the data voltage applied to the VCCS. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015617 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING OPTICAL QUANTITIES OF ORGANIC LIGHT EMISSION DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for controlling optical quantities of an organic light emitting diode (“OLED”) display includes generating an inverse matrix using an initial setting of the OLED display, calculating a variation between the initial setting and a target setting using the target setting, the initial setting and the inverse matrix, where the target setting is input by a user of the OLED, and controlling optical quantities of the OLED display using the variation. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015618 | GAMMA VOLTAGE SUPPLY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A display device includes a display unit, a gamma voltage generator, a gamma voltage unit, a data driver, and a timing controller. The display unit includes pixels emitting light according to data signals supplied through data lines. The gamma voltage generator is configured to generate a first set of reference gamma voltages, and to supply the first set of reference gamma voltages to a gamma voltage unit. The gamma voltage unit is configured to generate gamma voltages using the first set of reference gamma voltages and a second set of reference gamma voltages, and to supply the generated gamma voltages to a data driver. The data driver is configured to generate the data signals using the generated gamma voltages, and to supply the generated data signal to the data lines. The timing controller is configured to control the data driver according to an image signal. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015619 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a first pixel group and a second pixel group. A central value of positive-side and negative-side grayscale voltages of the first pixel group is set to be a fixed value. A common voltage is adjusted to its optimal value with respect to the first pixel group. A difference between the common voltage adjusted to the optimal value with respect to the first pixel group and an optimal common voltage of the second pixel group is corrected by shifting entire positive-side and negative-side grayscale voltages of the second pixel group in a vertical direction. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015620 | DRIVE DEVICE OF DISPLAY PANEL, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND DRIVE METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL - An object of the present invention is to provide a drive device, of a display panel capable of performing changeover (reversal) of a scanning order, that can suppress occurrence of screen burn-in, an afterimage, or disturbance of display. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015621 | ILLUMINATING A FIRST LIGHT SOURCE AND A SECOND LIGHT SOURCE OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device can include a first light source and a second light source different in color gamut than the first light source. It can be determined if an image to be displayed would benefit from the second light source. | 01-15-2015 |
20150015622 | STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY - A first display zone and a second display zone are displayed based on a first light source group, which corresponds to a first voltage data signal; and then the second display zone and a third display zone are displayed based on light for a second light source group, which corresponding to a second voltage data signal. The first light source group and the second light source group illuminate the display zones alternatively. Each display zone is fed with either a first data voltage signal or a second data voltage signal. While the first data voltage signal is updating each display zone in sequence, the second data voltage signal starts updating the first display zone when the first voltage signal is updating the third display zone. | 01-15-2015 |
20150022560 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DEVICE AND THE DRIVEN METHOD THEREOF - A liquid crystal device (LCD) and a driving method thereof are disclosed. The LCD includes a display panel, a data driven circuit configured for providing data voltages to the data lines, and a power reducing module. The display panel includes data lines, scanning lines intersecting with the data lines, and a matrix of pixels arranged in intersections of rows and columns The power reducing module is configured for storing a most-reload-image, comparing the data of the most-reload-image and the data of an input image, determining if the input image is a reload image increasing a power consumption of the data driven circuit, and changing a polarity inversion method of a timing controller. By changing the polarity inversion method of the timing controller basing on the input images, the display performance is guaranteed and the power consumption of the data driven circuit is reduced at the same time. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022561 | DATA PROCESSING DEVICE - To provide a highly browsable data processing device, provide a highly portable data processing device, provide a data processing device which consumes low power, or provide a data processing device having high display quality, the data processing device includes a display portion having flexibility, a plurality of driver circuit portions arranged in the periphery of the display portion, a sensor portion discerning an external state of the display portion, an arithmetic portion supplying image data to the driver circuit portions, and a memory portion storing a program executed by the arithmetic portion. A first mode in which the display portion is unfolded or a second mode in which the display portion is folded is sensed by the sensor. Luminance adjustment processing is carried out by the program in accordance with the first mode or the second mode. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022562 | DISPLAY DRIVER - A gradation voltage corresponding to a display data is input to a signal electrode driving circuit. The signal electrode driving circuit includes a voltage output circuit which outputs a drive voltage corresponding to the input gradation voltage, and a slew rate assist circuit which accelerates a transition of an output voltage of the voltage output circuit. The slew rate assist circuit accelerates the transition of the output voltage after a predetermined time from a start of transition of the gradation voltage. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022563 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELF ADDRESSED INFORMATION DISPLAY - A system and method are described for creation of a mosaic display system. A device is assigned an address which may be used to produce unique sequence of illumination which is based on a code determined by the address. A sequence of images of a number of devices may be used to determine a spatial location associated with a device address. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022564 | Display Device And Method - A display device includes a first display module for receiving image data and displaying an image according to the received image data; a second display module disposed on the first display module and for receiving image data and displaying an image according to the received image data; and a control module for controlling the first display module and the second display module. The control module controls the second display module and makes the second display module modulated into a visible light band transmission state or a visible light band reflection state. When the second display module is modulated into the visible light band transmission state, the second display module is transparent to the visible light and penetrates the image displayed on the first display module. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022565 | Single pixel monochromatic display and signal-receivable module, and a device containing the module - A single pixel monochromatic display and signal-receivable module, and a device containing the module; the module is mainly a combination of a set of lenses and a color mixing screen; light beams projected from color light sources are converged through a light convergent plate, and then refracted through the light refractive color convergent plate which has refraction curved surfaces to same locations on a color mixing screen on which a single color is formed and a single pixel is thereby constituted; even subject to enlargement, there are no more tri-colors in a single pixel but only one single color in a single pixel; the module can also be used to emit or receive invisible electromagnetic waves, or can receive electromagnetic wave signals of another wave length during display. | 01-22-2015 |
20150022566 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - A color display device including a lower substrate, a driving array, a display layer, a color filter substrate and a transparent substrate is provided. The driving array is disposed on the lower substrate. The display layer is disposed on the driving array and includes a first region and a second region. The color filter substrate is disposed on the display layer and is located in the first region. The transparent substrate is disposed on the display layer and is located in the second region. The color display device has a high light reflectivity, thereby improving the display quality of the color display device. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029232 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus is provided. The display apparatus includes: a self-luminous display panel; a processor configured to designate a pixel of the self-luminous display panel which corresponds to image data and configured to process the image data to be displayed as an image by discharging the self-luminous display panel so that the designated pixel emits light; and a controller configured to convert a control instruction to control an operation of an external device into a waveform according to a protocol that the external device is able to receive in response to the control instruction being received, and configured to control the external device to operate through electromagnetic interference (EMI) radiated from the self-luminous display panel by additionally discharging the self-luminous display panel with the converted waveform during a period in which the self-luminous display panel is discharged. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029233 | DISPLAY DRIVER IC, APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A method of operating a display driver IC (DDI) includes comparing previous line data with current line data and the R, G, and B components of a color data signals, and controlling whether to activate part of an intermediate processing circuit to process the current line data or more than a single component of the color data signal according to a comparison result. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029234 | LIGHT SOURCE UNIT, PROJECTION APPARATUS, PROJECTION METHOD AND A PROGRAM MEDIUM - Disclosed is a light source unit which emits fluorescence light to a display element which displays an image by using the fluorescence light including an excitation light source which emits excitation light, a fluorescent plate including a fluorescence emission region on a surface of a circular substrate which emits the fluorescence light by the fluorescence emission region being irradiated with the excitation light from the excitation light source, a drive unit which rotates the fluorescent plate in a circumferential direction and a control unit which controls the excitation light source and the drive unit. And the control unit controls the drive unit so that a display frequency of the display element and a rotation frequency of the fluorescent plate fulfill formula (1) | 01-29-2015 |
20150029235 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DISPLAY DEVICE - A light-emitting element display device includes a light-emitting element display panel that displays an image by light emission of light-emitting regions of a plurality of sub-pixels. Each of the pixels includes a first R sub-pixel, a second R sub-pixel, a first G sub-pixel, a second G sub-pixel, a first B sub-pixel and a second B sub-pixel. The second R sub-pixel, the second G sub-pixel, and the second B sub-pixel include a W electrode as a common electrode that causes the second R sub-pixel, the second G sub-pixel, and the second B sub-pixel to simultaneously emit lights in response to the application of a potential. The driver circuit includes a sub-pixel control unit that calculates a peak luminance in a screen based on the video signal and controls the plurality of sub-pixels based on the peak luminance. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029236 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY - A display driver drives a display ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029237 | TV Set, Method Of Controlling Backlight Of Liquid Crystal Panel And Storage Medium - A TV set including a liquid crystal panel, a processor-readable storage medium storing instruction units for providing the TV set functions to control backlight of the liquid crystal panel; and one or more processors in communication with the storage medium to execute the instruction units, wherein the instruction units include: an image information amount determining unit ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029238 | DRIVE CIRCUIT, OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND DRIVE METHOD - A device includes pixel circuits arranged in columns and rows, n data lines (n being an integer of 2 or more) for each column, gate lines supplied with scan signals, and light-emitting control lines supplied with light-emitting control signals. The pixel circuits are divided into n groups of rows, each group of rows being exclusively connected to a corresponding data line. Each pixel circuit includes a write control transistor to control writing a data voltage in response to a scan signal, a driving transistor to control the amount of current to be supplied to a current light-emitting element, a light-emitting control transistor to control supply of a current to the light-emitting element in response to a light-emitting control signal, a capacitor to retain a voltage corresponding to a write data voltage, and a reset transistor to set the gate electrode of the driving transistor with the initial voltage. | 01-29-2015 |
20150035866 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a signal controller and a data driver. The signal controller processes an input image signal to generate an output image signal. The signal controller processes the input image signal using a correction unit. The correction unit corrects the input image signal to a first gray scale value greater than 0 gray scale value when the gray scale value of the input image signal is 0. The output image signal is based on the corrected input image signal. The data driver converts the output image signal into a data voltage to be applied to a display panel. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035867 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device that includes: a light source unit comprising light-emitting diodes that belong to color coordinate ranks, according to variations in the color coordinates of white light emitted thereby; and a display panel comprising pixels configured to display an image by selectively emitting light received from the light-emitting diodes; and a color correction module configured to compensate a color coordinate of a white color gradation of the image, by controlling the display panel to adjust an intensity of light emitted from one or more of the pixels, according to the color coordinate ranks of corresponding light-emitting diodes that provide light to the pixels. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035868 | PROJECTION DEVICE AND LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD OF FRAME THEREOF - A projection device and a luminance control method of a frame are provided. The luminance control method of the frame includes the following steps. Whether the frame is a dark-like frame or not is determined according to a gray level distribution of the frame and whether at least one sub-frame of the frame is a dark-like sub-frame or not is determined according to a gray level distribution of the sub-frame. When the frame is the dark-like frame and the sub-frame is not the dark-like sub-frame, a corresponding area of the sub-frame is ignored and a reference value of luminance is computed according to a part corresponding to the unignored area in the frame. The luminance of a projection light of the projection device is adjusted according to the reference value of luminance. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035869 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - In a display apparatus having a liquid crystal panel, a change in luminance of the entire display frame when overshoot driving is performed is suppressed, while improving a viewing angle of the liquid crystal panel. A processing unit performs a high gradation display displaying a gradation higher than a gradation of an input image at one of two adjacent pixels, performs a low gradation display displaying a gradation lower than a gradation of an input image at the other of the two adjacent pixels, and switches between the high gradation display and the low gradation display for each pixel every display frame. A correction unit corrects a gradation of a pixel located adjacent to a pixel displayed with a gradation for which predetermined overshoot driving is difficult in the next display frame to a gradation for which overshoot driving stronger than the predetermined overshoot driving is possible. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035870 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME - The display apparatus comprises: a light-emitting unit having a plurality of light sources; a display unit configured to display an image on a screen by modulating light from the light-emitting unit; a first storage unit configured to store a first brightness correction value corresponding to a first gradation level, and a second brightness correction value corresponding to a second gradation level; and a control unit configured to determine, by using the first brightness correction value and the second brightness correction value, a brightness correction value corresponding to a gradation level of a display object image data, and control, on the basis of the determined brightness correction value, the light emission brightnesses of respective light sources. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035871 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a plurality of pixels, a gate control line electrically connected to the pixels, an auxiliary power line isolated from the gate control line, and a number of auxiliary switches between the gate control line and the auxiliary power line. The at least one auxiliary switch is controlled by an auxiliary control line isolated from the auxiliary power line and the gate control line. The at least one auxiliary switch electrically connects the gate control line and the auxiliary power line. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035872 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A device according to an embodiment includes an array substrate including electrodes corresponding to pixels arranged in a matrix, a color filter substrate opposed to the array substrate and including color filters corresponding to the pixels, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, a backlight, and a controller which controls the substrates and the backlight. The pixels are configured to each have a parallelogrammatic shape elongated in a lateral direction, such that identical colors are arranged in the lateral direction, and different colors are arranged in a vertical direction. Pixels neighboring in the lateral direction are in line-symmetry with respect to a center line of the neighboring pixels. Liquid crystal molecules have negative dielectric constant anisotropy, and rotate horizontally relative to a substrate plane in a direction of the line-symmetry with respect to the center line when the voltage is applied to the electrodes of the neighboring pixels. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035873 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A device according to an embodiment includes an array substrate, a color filter substrate including color filters corresponding to pixels, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, a backlight unit, and a controller. The controller controls an application timing of a driving voltage to the pixel electrodes, and a light emission timing of the backlight unit. Each of the pixels has a shape elongated in a lateral direction. Identical colors of the pixels are arranged in the lateral direction, and different colors of the pixels are arranged in a vertical direction. Pixels neighboring in the lateral direction have shapes of line-symmetry with respect to a center line of the neighboring pixels, and liquid crystal molecules of them tilt in directions of the line-symmetry with respect to the center line when the driving voltage is applied to the pixel electrodes corresponding to the neighboring pixels. | 02-05-2015 |
20150035874 | SUBPIXEL ARRANGEMENTS OF DISPLAYS AND METHOD FOR RENDERING THE SAME - An apparatus including a display and control logic is provided. In one example, the display includes an array of subpixels having a plurality of zigzag subpixel groups. Each zigzag subpixel group includes at least three zigzag subpixel units arranged adjacently along a horizontal or vertical direction. Each zigzag subpixel unit includes a plurality of subpixels of the same color arranged in a zigzag pattern. In each zigzag subpixel unit, a first plurality of subpixels are arranged along one diagonal direction from a turning subpixel disposed at a turning corner of the zigzag pattern, and a second plurality of subpixels are arranged along another diagonal direction from the turning subpixel. In another example, the display includes an array of subpixels having a novel subpixel repeating group. The control logic is operatively coupled to the display and configured to receive display data and render the display data into control signals for driving the display. | 02-05-2015 |
20150042688 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display is disclosed. In one aspect, the OLED display includes a plurality of pixels, a luminance measuring unit, a current measuring unit, and a compensation data generator. The luminance measuring unit measures the luminance of each pixel and generates luminance information corresponding to the measured luminances. The current measuring unit measures the current output from each pixel and generates current information corresponding to the measured currents. The compensation data generator generates compensation data including a compensation value for each pixel based on the luminance information and/or the current information. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042689 | GATE DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A gate driving circuit and a display apparatus having the gate driving circuit, in which the gate driving circuit includes a voltage adjusting part using a low clock signal to increase the reliability of the gate driving circuit, thereby extending the lifetime of the gate driving circuit. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042690 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display includes a substrate, a semiconductor layer disposed on the substrate and including an intrinsic poly-semiconductor part and a doped poly-semiconductor part, a gate insulating layer covering the semiconductor layer, a scan line disposed on the gate insulating layer and transmitting a scan signal, a data line insulated from and intersecting the scan line and transmitting a data signal, a thin film transistor connected to the scan line and the data line, and an organic light emitting diode connected to the thin film transistor, where the intrinsic poly-semiconductor part is positioned at a region near the scan line. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042691 | PIXEL DRIVING METHOD AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A pixel driving method is adapted for a liquid crystal display. Each pixel includes a first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel, in which the first sub-pixel and the second sub-pixel each includes a first display region and a second display region. The pixel driving method includes providing a first voltage to the first displaying region of the first sub-pixel and the second sub-pixel; providing a second voltage to the second displaying region of the first sub-pixel and a third voltage to the second displaying region of the second sub-pixel; and when the provided first voltage is larger than a predetermined voltage, providing the second voltage so that the provided second voltage is smaller than the provided third voltage. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042692 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An apparatus includes a controller to generate at least one pulse width modulated (PWM) signal to control a switch connected to a pixel circuit of a display device. The at least one PWM signal controls coupling of a current source or a current sink through the switch to the pixel circuit. When the PWM signal is applied during a first period, the PWM signal has a width sufficient to discharge a pixel capacitor. When the PWM signal is applied during a second period, the PWM signal has a width which is based on a data signal. The pixel circuit controls emission of light with a certain gray scale value based on the data signal. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042693 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A liquid crystal display device of the present invention employs a liquid crystal panel of CS control pixel division, and is configured such that two adjacent pixel rows share one retention capacitor wire, and two adjacent scanning signal lines are simultaneously selected. In a case where two pixels ((Pn+1) and (Pn+2)) which are adjacent along a scanning direction but are not simultaneously selected are to have an identical predetermined luminance in two frames, a first signal potential is written to one pixel (Pn+1) in one of the two frames and a second signal potential having a polarity identical to that of the first signal potential is written to the other pixel (Pn+2) in the other of the two frames, the first and second signal potentials are different from each other. The present invention makes it possible to suppress transverse lines of display unevenness which occur in the liquid crystal display device. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042694 | LUMINANCE COMPENSATION APPARATUS FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE PANEL - Disclosed is a luminance compensation apparatus of an organic light emitting diode panel including a reference pixel element unit that is installed at an outer peripheral portion of a display area on an organic light emitting diode panel and operate corresponding to a pixel element aligned in the display area, and a driving chip that is provided in an area including the reference pixel element unit of the outer peripheral portion of the display area, compares a luminance value of light incident from the reference pixel element unit with a reference luminance value to calculate a luminance deviation value based on a comparison result, controls driving of pixel elements aligned in the display area according to the luminance deviation value, and allows light, luminance deviation of which has been compensated, to be irradiated. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042695 | DISPLAY ELEMENT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - In a display element ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150042696 | VIDEO SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT, VIDEO DISPLAY DEVICE, AND VIDEO SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - The video signal processing circuit which analyzes video signals inputted from outside, performs conversion processing for image quality adjustment on the video signals based on a result of analysis, transmits those towards a video display unit includes: a feature value/maximum value calculation module which calculates a feature value that is a numerical value showing a degree of brightness of the video signals; a gradation conversion threshold value calculation module which calculates a threshold value regarding conversion of the gradation based on a threshold value calculation expression that is formed based on the feature value and a conversion coefficient set in advance; and a gradation conversion module which performs gradation conversion based on a linear function that increases linearly by taking a region of the gradation equal to or higher than the threshold value among the video signals as a target. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042697 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING LUMINANCE OF THE SAME - A method of adjusting luminance of an organic light emitting display device is provided. By the method, initial compensation data are derived from optical images of a plurality of pixels, a look-up table (LUT) is generated using the initial compensation data, compensation data are derived by measuring deterioration degrees of the pixels, the LUT is updated by applying a filter for redistributing the compensation data among the pixels, an operation for adjusting the luminance are performed with image data of the pixels and the compensation data stored in the LUT, and driving data that are calculated by the operation for adjusting the luminance are outputted. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042698 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - There is provided an information processing apparatus including a display portion, an illuminance sensor and a controller. The display portion has a display screen. The illuminance sensor measures an ambient brightness of the display screen at a first interval. The controller shifts the illuminance sensor to a state in which the illuminance sensor measures the ambient brightness at a second interval which is longer than the first interval when a change of the brightness is relatively small. | 02-12-2015 |
20150042699 | AMOLED DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An emission control circuit for controlling emission of R, G, B EL elements and method for driving an organic light emitting diode display using the same. An emission control signal generating circuit of a flat panel display includes a plurality of pixels. Each pixel includes a plurality of EL elements, and emission of the elements is controlled by emission control signals. The circuit includes a first signal generating device for generating one of the emission control signals, and a plurality of second signal generating devices for generating other ones of the emission control signals using an output signal of the first signal generating device and an external control signal. The first signal generating device may include a shift register. Each of the plurality of second signal generating devices may include a NAND gate using the external signal and the external control signal, or an inverted signal thereof, as two inputs. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049122 | Display Apparatus Configured For Image Formation With Variable Subframes - This disclosure provides systems, methods, non-transitory computer readable media and apparatus for improving power efficiency of display devices. Control logic of a display device can reduce a number of subframes used to display a series of image frames. In some implementations, the control logic can detect a scene change in the series of image frames and reduce the number of subframes utilized for displaying a following image frame. Subsequently, the control logic can monotonically increase the number of subframes utilized for displaying a first set of successive image frames. In some implementations, the control logic may monotonically increase the number of subframes for a first set of image frames and then monotonically decrease the number of subframes for a second set of image frames. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049123 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a similar gray level block detector configured to detect a pixel data block in which a gray level difference between a plurality of pixel data included in an image signal is smaller than or equal to a threshold; a skin tone detector configured to detect the pixel data block including a skin tone; and a gamma processor configured to apply a first gamma to a plurality of pixel data included in the pixel data block when the pixel data block does not include the skin tone and apply a second gamma to the plurality of pixel data included in the pixel data block when the pixel data block includes the skin tone. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049124 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a color transformer and an image controller. The color transformer receives and transforms a three-color image into a four-color image. The four-color image includes a red image, a green image, a blue image, and a white image. The image controller calculates decrement offsets of the red image, the green image, and the blue image, and a compensation value of the white image. The image controller calculates gray level values of the red image, the green image, and the blue image when a value of the white image is zero. The image controller respectively calculates a red image control signal, a green image control signal, and a blue image control signal based on the gray level values and the decrement offsets, and the image controller calculates a white image control signal based on the gray level values and the compensation value of the white image. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049125 | PIXEL, PIXEL DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE PIXEL - A pixel includes a switching transistor connected to a data line, a first circuit to control compensation of a first driving transistor, and a second circuit to control compensation of a second driving transistor. The first and second circuits are connected to the switching transistor. The first and second transistors are connected to respective organic light emitting diodes of a same pixel. Compensation of the first and second driving transistors is based on respective first and second subscan signals, which overlap periods of corresponding common scan signals to be received by the switching transistor. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049126 | PIXEL, PIXEL DRIVING METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A pixel includes a first transistor, an organic light emitting diode, and a second transistor having a terminal connected between the first transistor and the organic light emitting diode. The first transistor is a driving transistor. The second transistor controls flow of leakage current along a signal path that bypasses the organic light emitting diode. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049127 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING LUMINESCENT PANEL, AGING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED WITH LUMINESCENT PANEL - The application discloses a method for manufacturing a luminescent panel including a luminescent area provided with emission pixels arranged in row and column directions. The manufacturing method includes a first step of dividing the luminescent area into segment areas so that each of the segment areas includes at least one of the emission pixels; a second step of selecting a part of the segment areas as a first area, and the segment areas adjacent to the first area in the row and column directions as second areas; and a third step of aging the emission pixel in the first area by energization to generate an aging area. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049128 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DRIVE METHOD AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a method for driving a liquid crystal and a liquid crystal display device, wherein a high contrast ratio is achieved even at oblique viewing angles while achieving sufficiently high transmittance during white display. The present invention relates to a method for driving a liquid crystal by generating a potential difference between at least two electrode pairs arranged on upper and lower substrates, the liquid crystal being interposed between the upper and lower substrates and having negative anisotropy of dielectric constant, and the method for driving a liquid crystal including, in the stated order, executing a first driving operation to generate a potential difference between electrodes of a first electrode pair, and executing a second driving operation to generate a potential difference between electrodes of a second electrode pair, the first electrode pair being a pair of electrodes consisting of a first electrode and a second electrode arranged separately on the upper and lower substrates, and the second electrode pair being a pair of electrodes consisting of the second electrode and a third electrode arranged on one of the upper and lower substrates. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049129 | CONTROL CIRCUIT AND A DISPLAY THEREOF - This invention n provides a control circuit having large effects of low power consumption in CABC drive. The control circuit performs B/L luminance reduction in eliminating a discomfort in image quality by using the feature value calculation circuit in the video signal. The control circuit comprises a luminance control circuit controlling a backlight luminance according to an inputted video signal and a gradation conversion circuit for converting a gradation of inputted video signal according to a controlled luminance. The control circuit reduces continuously and smoothly the backlight luminance, while the screen area reaches one-pixel white, in case where the all white is inputted as video signal, one-pixel black is displayed in any screen area from a display condition of all white, a rate of screen area displaying one-pixel black is gradually increased, and the video signal is continuously changed until the screen area of all white reaches the one-pixel white. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049130 | OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - An optoelectronic device includes a first power supply line and a second power supply line extending between two adjacent columns of pixel circuits. A first voltage and a second voltage are alternately applied to each of the first and second power supply lines. The first voltage may be a power voltage, and the second voltage may be an initialization voltage. The first and second power supply lines extend in a direction parallel to data lines and are perpendicular to gate lines connected to the pixel circuits. The first power supply line is connected to even-numbered rows of the pixel circuits, and the second power supply line is connected to odd-numbered rows of the pixel circuits. Each of the pixel circuits includes a capacitive circuit connected between one of the gate lines and a driving transistor. The capacitive circuit stores a voltage to boost a gate voltage of the driving transistor. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049131 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel including n×m array of pixels and which sequentially drives the pixels from pixels in a first row to pixels in an n-th row, a panel driving circuit which sequentially applies first, second, third or fourth image data to the display panel, a backlight unit including a first light source disposed adjacent to the pixels in the first row and a second light source disposed adjacent to the pixels in the n-th row, and a backlight control circuit which divides each of first and second time periods into first, second, third and fourth blinking time periods, and applies a control signal to the backlight unit, where the first time period corresponds to two frames during which the first and second image data are applied, and the second time period corresponds to two frames during which the third and fourth image data are applied. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049132 | Backlight Simulation at Reduced Resolutions to Determine Spatial Modulation of Light for High Dynamic Range Images - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to generating images with an enhanced range of brightness levels, and more particularly, to facilitating high dynamic range imaging by adjusting pixel data and/or using predicted values of luminance, for example, at different resolutions. In at least one embodiment, a method generates an image with an enhanced range of brightness levels. The method can include accessing a model of backlight that includes data representing values of luminance for a number of first samples. The method also can include inverting the values of luminance, as well as upsampling inverted values of luminance to determine upsampled values of luminance. Further, the method can include scaling pixel data for a number of second samples by the upsampled values of luminance to control a modulator to generate an image. | 02-19-2015 |
20150054858 | TECHNIQUES FOR DYNAMICALLY REGULATING DISPLAY IMAGES FOR AMBIENT VIEWING CONDITIONS - Techniques pertaining to dynamically regulating brightness of backlighting in display devices are disclosed. According to one aspect of the present invention, the brightness dynamic range of a display device is adjusted according to the current ambient viewing conditions. In order words, the original brightness dynamic range of the display image is mapped to the brightness dynamic range suitable for human eyes under the current ambient viewing conditions. The brightness of the display image is corrected according to a histogram to enhance the contrast and details of the display image, thereby a high quality displayed image can be presented under the current ambient viewing conditions. | 02-26-2015 |
20150054859 | DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD FOR LIGHT EMITTING DIODE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The present invention provides a driving circuit and a driving method for light-emitting diodes (LEDs), and a display apparatus using the same. The driving circuit comprises a power switch and a dimmer circuit. The method comprising: providing a pulse width modulation (PWM) dimming signal and a high frequency dimming signal; and multiplying the PWM dimming signal and the high frequency dimming signal for providing a driving signal to the power switch. The present invention can improve a dimming effect of the LEDs. | 02-26-2015 |
20150054860 | STEREOSCOPIC DISPLAY AND A METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A stereoscopic display and a driving method are disclosed herein. The stereoscopic display includes a sensor, a barrier cell, and a control unit. The sensor is configured to detect a user to generate a sensing signal. The barrier cell is configured to generate a 3D image with a 2D image. The barrier cell includes barrier pitches disposed in parallel. Each of the barrier pitches includes switchable barrier units. The control unit is configured to generate control signals to adjust the switchable barrier units according to the sensing signal, so as to make at least one of the switchable barrier units of each of barrier pitches form a shading zone, to make the switchable barrier units disposed at the two adjacent sides of the shading zone form a gray level zone, and to make the rest of the switchable barrier units in the same barrier pitch form a photic zone. | 02-26-2015 |
20150054861 | BRIGHTNESS ADJUSTING CIRCUIT FOR DISPIAY - A brightness adjusting circuit is coupled to a display. The brightness adjusting circuit includes an acquisition module, a conversion module, a control module, and a processing module. The conversion module is connected to the acquisition module. The control module is connected to the conversion module. The processing module is connected to the control module and the conversion module. The display receives brightness signals outputted from the processing module and adjusts the brightness of the display. | 02-26-2015 |
20150062185 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BRIGHTNESS FOR A DISPLAY - An electronic apparatus including a display, a light sensor and a controller is provided. The display displays an image. The light sensor measures the ambient brightness received by the display. The controller is coupled to the display and the light sensor. The hardware brightness range of the display is divided into a plurality of segments, wherein the first segment includes the hardware lowest brightness of the display and the last segment includes the hardware highest brightness of the display. The controller limits the display brightness of the display to one of the segments according to the ambient brightness. The controller allows the user of the electronic apparatus to set the display brightness only when the display brightness is limited to the first segment. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062186 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a method for controlling a luminance of the display device are disclosed. The display device includes an average picture level (APL) calculator which calculates an APL of an input image and outputs the APL of the input image and an APL curve data, a luminance adjuster which adjusts the APL curve data and includes at least two luminance adjusting units which are enabled in response to a user input through a user interface, a data modulator for modulating data of the input image using a luminance defined in the APL curve data adjusted by the luminance adjuster, and a display panel driving circuit which writes data from the data modulator on a display panel and reproduces the input image on the display panel. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062187 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LUMINANCE CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device and a method for controlling a luminance of the display device are disclosed. The display device includes an average picture level (APL) calculator which calculates an APL of an input image and outputs the APL of the input image and an APL curve data, a luminance adjuster which includes at least two luminance adjusting units enabled in response to a user input through a user interface and reduces a luminance of an APL section equal to or less than a predetermined reference value, a data modulator modulating data of the input image using a luminance defined in the APL curve data, and a display panel driving circuit which writes data from the data modulator on a display panel and reproduces the input image on the display panel. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062188 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, LIGHT SOURCE DRIVING APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a display apparatus, a light source driving apparatus and a driving method thereof, the display apparatus including: an image processor which is configured to process an image; and a controller which is configured to set a plurality of current levels corresponding to a plurality of screen modes for a display and control the display to perform a dimming by receiving a current level of a current which corresponds to a screen mode of the display. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062189 | 3D IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An image display control unit in a three-dimensional image display apparatus is configured to drive gate lines and the data lines so as to provide the display panel with a left eye image signal during a first frame in which a right eye image signal is displayed on the display panel, and with the right eye image signal during a second frame in which the left eye image signal is displayed on the display panel. During the first frame, each of the pixels provides a second capacitor with the right eye image signal, and a first capacitor with the left eye image signal. During the second frame, each of the pixels provides the first capacitor with the right eye image signal, and the second capacitor with the left eye image signal. A backlight unit maintains a turn-on state during the first and second frames. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062190 | LCD DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IMAGE DITHERING COMPENSATION - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes: a data source, for generating a N-bit pixel data, N being a positive integer; a digital gamma correction unit, coupled to the data source, for performing digital gamma correction on the pixel data to generate a (N+M)-bit digital gamma correction pixel data, M being a positive integer; an image dithering unit, coupled to the digital gamma correction unit, for performing image dithering on the digital gamma correction pixel data to generate a (N+M−K)-bit dithering compensation pixel data, K being a positive integer; and a converter, coupled to the image dithering unit, for converting the dithering compensation pixel data into an output image. A bit number of the converter is lower than a bit number of the digital gamma correction unit. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062191 | METHOD OF DRIVING A LIGHT-SOURCE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of driving a light-source which provides a display panel displaying a picture during at least one frame period with light, includes determining a dimming-level configured to control a luminance of the light based on image data, determining whether the dimming-level of a current picture corresponds to a repetition dimming mode based on the dimming-level of a first previous picture, the first previous picture being displayed on the display panel prior to the current picture, and determining the dimming-level of the current picture to a fixed dimming-level in the repetition dimming mode. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062192 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Discussed is an organic light emitting display device. The organic light emitting display device in one embodiment includes a plurality of pixels configured to each include an organic light emitting device which emits light with a data current, and a pixel circuit that includes a driving transistor which supplies the data current, which is based on a difference voltage between a data voltage and a reference voltage, to the organic light emitting device, a plurality of data lines configured to respectively supply a plurality of the data voltages to the plurality of pixels, a plurality of gate lines configured to supply a gate signal to the pixels, and a plurality of reference lines connected to at least one of the pixels, and configured to supply the reference voltage to the connected pixel. The reference voltage is varied according to data of a pixel connected to a corresponding reference line. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062193 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE - An electro-optical device includes a driving transistor, a first capacitor, a second capacitor, and a switching circuit. The driving transistor is connected between a power supply and an electrode of a light-emitting element. The first capacitor is connected between a gate and source of the driving transistor. The second capacitor stores a gray scale voltage. The switching circuit selectively connects the first capacitor and the second capacitor to the gate of the driving transistor. A control circuit applies the gray scale voltage to the second capacitor while the first capacitor is connected to the gate of the driving transistor by the switching circuit, and writes a source voltage of the driving transistor at the first capacitor while the second capacitor is connected to the gate of the driving transistor by the switching circuit. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062194 | PRE-CHARGING APPARATUS OF SOURCE DRIVING CIRCUIT AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A source driver pre-charging apparatus including a data detection module, a determining module, and a pre-charging module is disclosed. The data detection module captures a first most significant bit having N bits in a current data and a second most significant bit having N bits in a former data and compares them to generate a compared result. N is a positive integer larger than or equal to 2. The determining module judges whether any data is transited from a first grey-level region to a second grey-level region between the former data and the current data and at least one other grey-level region is existed between the first grey-level region and the second grey-level region. If the judgment result of the determining module is yes, the pre-charging module performs a pre-charging action on an output voltage of a source driver. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062195 | ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electroluminescence display device includes a controller which generates signals for controlling at least one pixel circuit during a first period and a second period. The controller controls current to a light-emitting element of the at least one pixel circuit based on a data voltage in the first period. The controller controls a supplying period of current to the light-emitting element based on a duty control voltage in the second period. The supplying period when the pixel circuit is driven at a first gray scale value is longer than that when the pixel circuit is driven at a second gray scale. The first gray scale value is greater than the second gray scale value. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062196 | NIGHT VISION COMPATIBLE DISPLAY - An aspect of the disclosure relates to an OLED display compatible for operation in both a day mode and a night mode and methods of operating such a display. In one embodiment, a display comprises a screen, a plurality of sub-pixels including red, green, blue and red-orange pixels. The display also comprises an arrangement scheme for the sub-pixels. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062197 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An image display device includes a plurality of pixels, a pixel detection unit configured to detect first pixels having same R, G, and B gray scale values for a predetermined time among the plurality of pixels, a gray scale value calculation unit configured to calculate average gray scale values of the first pixels and average gray scale values of corresponding R, G and B of second pixels in a predetermined area around the first pixels, a data correction unit configured to correct the R, G and B gray scale values of the first pixels, using the calculated average gray scale values of the first and second pixels, and a data driver configured to correct the image data with the corrected R, G and B gray scale values of the first pixels, and to supply the corrected image data to each pixel of the plurality of pixels. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062198 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a timing controller and a data driver. The timing controller to output a first control value including information on low gray scale values, a second control value including information on high gray scale values, and a third control value including information on subfields, corresponding to input data. The data driver to control the gray scale value of a pixel in a plurality of subfields in one frame based on the first, second and third control values. The pixel is driven in an analog manner when the gray scale value based on whether the first or second control value is output, and is driven in a digital manner when the gray scale value corresponds to an emission time during a predetermined subfield among the plurality of subfields. | 03-05-2015 |
20150062199 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display that can stably extract information from pixels. A driving method of the organic light emitting display includes: generating first digital values by sensing deterioration information of organic light emitting diodes respectively included in a plurality of pixels coupled to a data line during two or more continuous frame periods; storing the first digital values in a memory; generating second digital values by sensing threshold voltage and mobility information of driving transistors respectively included in the pixels during two or more continuous frame periods; storing the second digital values in the memory; converting input data into calibration data according to the information stored in the memory to display an image having a uniform brightness, irrespective of the deterioration information of the organic light emitting diodes and the threshold voltage and mobility information of the driving transistors; and supplying a data signal in accordance with the calibration data to the data line. | 03-05-2015 |
20150070400 | REMOTE DISPLAY RENDERING FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - An image is remotely processed over a network. An electronic device is characterized based on a unique identifier associated therewith and properties data, which relate to display related properties of the device. Local data is collected from the device in relation to real-time conditions and control data and, which correspond to the device in relation to the characterizing. The image is remotely generated for download to the device and includes processing data. The processing data are based on the properties data and the local data. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070401 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY USING BACKLIGHT INTENSITY TO COMPENSATE FOR PIXEL DAMAGE - A method of controlling a liquid crystal display (LCD) includes applying a test voltage to the LCD, and detecting an amount of light received by a plurality of photosensors while the test voltage is being applied, wherein the photosensors are each aligned behind one of the liquid crystal elements of the LCD. An image is then displayed on the LCD by applying selected voltage levels to the LCD elements. An amount of backlight produced by backlighting elements is controlled to compensate for differences in the light transmittance of the individual LCD elements. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070402 | REAL-TIME COLOR CALIBRATION OF DISPLAYS - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for adjusting an output color gamut of a display. The display includes a processor, a planar light guide, and light sensors disposed outside a periphery of the planar light guide. The planar light guide includes a first light-turning arrangement that redirects a portion of light received from the display toward one or more of the light sensors. Each light sensor is configured to output, to the processor, a signal representative of a characteristic of the redirected light. The first light-turning arrangement includes a first light turning element that turns ambient light toward a first light sensor, and a second light turning element that turns light received from the display toward a second, different, light sensor. The processor is configured to adjust an output color gamut of the display, responsive to respective outputs from the first light sensor and the second light sensor. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070403 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL,DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME, METHOD OF DETERMINING A CORRECTION VALUE APPLIED TO THE SAME, AND METHOD OF CORRECTING GRAYSCALE DATA - A method of driving a display panel includes generating corrected grayscale data utilizing a grayscale correction value of a reference pixel including m×n pixels, “m” and “n” being natural numbers greater than zero, and driving M×N pixels of the display panel based on the corrected grayscale data, “M” and “N” being natural numbers greater than zero. “M” is greater than “m” and “N” is greater than “n.” | 03-12-2015 |
20150070404 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING SATURATION DEGREE AND COLOR ADJUSTING SYSTEM - A method for adjusting saturation degree and a color adjusting system are provided. The method for adjusting saturation degree includes the following steps. A hue circle is divided into a plurality of hue regions, and each of the hue regions is divided into a plurality of saturation regions according to at least one saturation threshold. A plurality of first input saturation degrees of a first saturation region of a first hue region of the hue regions are weighted by a first weighting formula for obtaining a plurality of first output saturation degrees. A plurality of second input saturation degrees of a second saturation region of the first hue region of the hue regions are weighted by a second weighting formula for obtaining a plurality of second output saturation degrees. The first weighting formula is different from the second weighting formula. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070405 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel includes generating a high data voltage having a high gamma corresponding to a grayscale of input image data, generating a low data voltage having a low gamma less than the high gamma corresponding to the grayscale of the input image data and outputting the high data voltage and the low data voltage to pixels of a display panel. Of the high data voltage and the low data voltage, only the low data voltage is outputted to the pixels of the display panel during at least one frame. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070406 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a panel including a plurality of pixels configured to display an image; an ambient light sensor configured to sense an illumination level of ambient light and to generate ambient light data; a gamma controller configured to control sections of a reference gamma curve based on the ambient light data to generate a controlled gamma curve, the controlled gamma curve defining output data according to input data; a data driver configured to convert an image signal into a data voltage based on the controlled gamma curve and to supply the data voltage to the pixels; and a gate driver configured to supply a gate signal to the pixels. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070407 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A method of driving an organic light emitting display device includes: dividing one frame into one blank frame and sub-frames; determining whether a data signal to be applied to a pixel circuit of the organic light emitting display device is a data signal of a high gray-level region or a data signal of a low gray-level region based on a predetermined reference gray-level; applying the data signal to the pixel circuit in all of the sub-frames when the data signal is the data signal of the high gray-level region; and applying a first setting data signal corresponding to a gray-level higher than the reference gray-level to the pixel circuit in some of the sub-frames, and applying a second setting data signal corresponding to a zeroth gray-level to the pixel circuit in other sub-frames among the sub-frames when the data signal is the data signal of the low gray-level region. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070408 | PIXEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A pixel includes a pixel circuit to control an amount of current supplied from a first power source to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) based on a data signal. At least one first transistor is located in a current path between the first power source and OLED. A second transistor is coupled between a gate electrode of the at least one first transistor and an emission control line through which an emission control signal is supplied. The emission control line controls a state of the at least one first transistor, and the second transistor turns on or off based on the data signal. | 03-12-2015 |
20150070409 | COLOR DISPLAY BASED ON SPATIAL CLUSTERING - A color display has a monochrome modulator. An active area of the modulator is illuminated by an array of light sources. The light sources include light sources of three or more colors. The intensities of the light sources may be adjusted to project desired luminance patterns on an active area of the modulator. In a fast field sequential method different colors are projected sequentially. The modulator is set to modulate the projected luminance patterns to display a desired image. In a slow field sequential method, colors are projected simultaneously and the modulator is set to modulate most important colors in the image. | 03-12-2015 |
20150077440 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING REFLECTION OF LIGHT ON DISPLAY DEVICE - A method and a system for preventing reflection of light on a display device are provided. The system includes a light reflection detector that is configured to detect a region in which light reflection is generated by external light interference on a screen of the display device. A light reflection preventing controller is configured to change a color of the detected light reflection region into a light absorbing color when the light reflection region is detected by the light reflection detector to minimize the light reflection on the display device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077441 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes: a sampling transistor sampling a signal voltage of a video signal; a holding capacitor holding the signal voltage sampled by the sampling transistor; and a pixel circuit including a driving transistor that drives a light-emitting portion according to the signal voltage held in the holding capacitor. The light-emitting portion is formed by stacking at least two electro-optic elements, an uppermost electrode is connected to one source or drain electrode of the driving transistor, and a lowermost electrode is connected to a node of a reference potential. A potential of an intermediate node between the uppermost electrode and the lowermost electrode at a time of extinction is set with a potential relation in which the potential of the intermediate node is lower than a threshold voltage of the electro-optic element on a side of the reference potential and is higher than the reference potential. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077442 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - An integrated circuit accesses a first storage section that stores a plurality of pattern groups of voltage application for changing an optical state of a pixel to a designated gray level, and outputs a control signal for applying a voltage to a single target pixel of a plurality of pixels as defined above, the voltage being indicated by a pattern that is contained in a pattern group of the plurality of pattern groups that is selected in accordance with the position of the single pixel and the gray level value of the single pixel, the gray level value being indicated by image data acquired by an acquiring section. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077443 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - A three-dimensional display apparatus, including a backlight module, two panels, and a synchronization device, is provided. The backlight module has a light emitting side and sequentially emits a plurality of color light. Both panels are disposed at the light emitting side, and the first panel is disposed between the backlight module and the second panel. The first panel includes a first polarizer and a first liquid crystal substrate, and the first polarizer is disposed between the backlight module and the first liquid crystal substrate. The second panel includes a second liquid crystal substrate and a second polarizer, and the second liquid crystal substrate is disposed between the second polarizer and the first panel. The synchronization device is electrically connected to the backlight module and the two liquid crystal substrates. During a frame time, the backlight module and the two liquid crystal substrates are synchronously driven by the synchronization device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077444 | 2D/3D Image Displaying Apparatus - A 2D/3D image displaying apparatus includes a sub-pixel, a first and second data lines and a gamma circuit. The sub-pixel includes a first portion and a second portion. The first and second data lines are coupled to the first and second portion of the sub-pixel, respectively. The gamma circuit transmits correlated gamma signals to a driving circuit for driving the first and second part of the sub-pixel via the first and second data lines when 2D image is to be displayed, and transmits a single gamma signal to the driving circuit for driving the first and second portion of the sub-pixel via the first and second data lines when 3D image is to be displayed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077445 | PIXEL STRUCTURE - A pixel structure is provided. The pixel structure includes a first pixel unit, a second pixel unit and a discharge unit. The first pixel unit includes a first active device and a first pixel electrode. The second pixel unit includes a second active device and a second pixel electrode. Gates of the first active device and the second active device are electrically connected to a scan line. Drains of the first active device and the second active device are electrically connected to a data line. The first pixel electrode is electrically connected to a source of the first active device. The second pixel electrode is electrically connected to a source of the second active device. The discharge unit is configured to set that a voltage of the second pixel electrode is smaller than a threshold voltage according to a driving signal received by a driving line. | 03-19-2015 |
20150077446 | DRIVING SYSTEM FOR ACTIVE-MATRIX DISPLAYS - Raw grayscale image data, representing images to be displayed in successive frames, is used to drive a display having pixels that include a drive transistor and an organic light emitting device by dividing each frame into at least first and second-frames, and supplying each pixel with a drive current that is higher in the first sub-frame than in the second sub-frame for raw grayscale values in a first preselected range, and higher in the second sub-frame than in the first sub-frame for raw grayscale values in a second preselected range. The display may be an active matrix display, such as an AMOLED display. | 03-19-2015 |
20150084994 | TOUCH-ENABLED FIELD-SEQUENTIAL COLOR (FSC) DISPLAY USING A LIGHT GUIDE WITH LIGHT TURNING FEATURES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for touch and gesture recognition, using a field sequential color display. The display includes a processor, a lighting system, and an arrangement for spatial light modulation that includes an array of light modulators. Each light modulator is switchable between an open position that permits transmittance of light from the lighting system through a respective aperture and a shut position that blocks light transmission through the respective aperture. The processor switches the light modulators in accordance with a first modulation scheme to render an image and in accordance with a second modulation scheme to selectively pass object illuminating light through at least one of the respective apertures. A light sensor receives light resulting from interaction of the object illuminating with an object and outputs a signal to the processor. The processor recognizes, from the output of the light sensor, a characteristic of the object. | 03-26-2015 |
20150084995 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided is a display device. The display device includes: a pixel including an emissive element circuit, a reflective element circuit, and a switch transistor selecting one of the emissive element circuit and the reflective element circuit; an illumination sensor generating an illumination information signal according to an illumination of an external light source by detecting the external light source; and a controller generating control signals for driving the pixel according to pixel data, wherein the controller generates a light signal controlling the switch transistor by referencing the illumination information signal. | 03-26-2015 |
20150084996 | DISPLAY CONTROL CIRCUIT, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE PROVIDED THEREWITH, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - In a liquid crystal display device that performs white balance adjustment, the difference between hues during still image display and hues during moving image display can be reduced. In a display control circuit used in the liquid crystal display device that performs white balance adjustment, an R overshoot LUT, a G overshoot LUT, and a B overshoot LUT are provided as tables for overshoot parameters. The overshoot parameters are determined for each color among red, green, and blue such that, the more the white balance parameter of a particular color has a maximum value corresponding to applied voltage to liquid crystal lowered by a white balance processing circuit, the more the signal time shift will be emphasized through correction by an overshoot driving circuit. | 03-26-2015 |
20150084997 | ADJUSTING LIGHT EMITTING PIXELS - Disclosed herein are an apparatus and a method for controlling a screen display in an electronic device. A signal from a light-receiving pixel on a display unit is detected. The display unit comprises light emitting pixels and light receiving pixels arranged in a pattern. The light emitting pixels are adjusted based at least partially on a brightness of light indicated by the signal from the light receiving pixels. | 03-26-2015 |
20150084998 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A DISPLAY - A method and system for reducing power consumption in a display includes driving a display comprising a plurality of display elements having selectable resolution, wherein the display device is configured to operate at a plurality of selectable operational modes. In a first operational mode, data at a first resolution is provided to the display at a first data rate, and in a second operational mode, data at a second resolution is provided to the display at a second data rate. | 03-26-2015 |
20150084999 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SEE-THROUGH DISPLAY PANELS - Various embodiments of the present invention provide for systems and apparatus directed toward using a contact lens and deflection optics to process display information and non-display information. In one embodiment of the invention, a display panel assembly is provided, comprising: a transparent substrate that permits light to pass through substantially undistorted; a reflector disposed on the transparent substrate; and a display panel aimed toward the reflector and substantially away from a human visual system, wherein the reflector reflects light emitted from the display panel toward the human visual system. The reflector may comprise a narrow band reflector or a polarization reflector. | 03-26-2015 |
20150091948 | DISPLAY INTERFACE PARTITIONING - Various embodiments are generally directed to techniques to partition a display interface such that pixel data associated with display data having indications of an image to be displayed may be transmitted to multiple timing controller and driver (TCON-DR) sets over the display interface without necessitating each TCON-DR set receive all the pixel data. In some examples, the display interface may be partitioned such that each TCON-DR set receives only the pixel data for which the respective TCON-DR set corresponds to. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091949 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CORRECTING GAMMA DEVIATION - A display device may include a display panel that includes a first region and a second region. The display device may include a controller that may receive a first gamma value and a second gamma value, use the first gamma value or a third gamma value to generate first image data, use the first gamma value and the second gamma value to generate a fourth gamma value, and use the fourth gamma value to generate second image data. The display device may include a data driver that may use the first image data and the second image data to generate a first data voltage set and a second data voltage set. The first region may use the first data voltage set to display a first portion of an image. The second region may use the second data voltage set to display a second portion of the image. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091950 | METHOD OF OPERATING AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - In a method of operating an organic light emitting display device, the organic light emitting display device including a red sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel, a blue sub-pixel and a white sub-pixel, the method includes: receiving input data; calculating an on-pixel ratio (OPR) representing a ratio of a driving amount of the input data to a maximum driving amount; adjusting at least one gamma voltage of a first gamma voltage for the red, green, and blue sub-pixels and a second gamma voltage for the white sub-pixel according to the calculated OPR; and displaying an image corresponding to the input data using the first and second gamma voltages. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091951 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY CORRECTION METHOD - A display device includes a display which is configured to display an image; a backlight which is turned on in the rear face of the display; a storage unit which is configured to store luminance characteristics at the center of the display; an optical sensor which is configured to measure luminance in the periphery of the display; and a signal processing unit which is configured to correct the measured value measured with the optical sensor in the periphery of the display based on luminance characteristics stored in the storage unit, thus controlling the luminance of the display based on the corrected measured value. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091952 | SUB-PIXEL DRIVING SYSTEM AND THE DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An exemplary embodiment provides a sub-pixel driving system including a display panel, an image receiver, a control unit, an image-arrangement unit, and a driving unit. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels having a plurality of sub-pixels, wherein the display panel has a display characteristic. The image receiver receives a plurality of sub-pixel gradation signals. The control unit provides at least one driving parameter and determines a predetermined driving order, both according to the display characteristic. The image-arrangement unit arranges the sub-pixel gradation signals in a specific order according to the driving parameter. The driving unit drives the sub-pixels by the sub-pixel gradation signals that are arranged in the specific order according to the predetermined driving order. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091953 | DISPLAY WITH APPARATUS FOR COMPENSATING IMAGE AND DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - A display comprises a display panel and an image compensating portion. The display panel comprises a main display region and a periphery display region outside the main display region. Each of the main display region and the periphery display region respectively comprises a plurality of pixels. When a pixel of the main display region and a pixel of the periphery display region have the same original gray scale, an intensity of lights from the pixels in the periphery display region is greater than an intensity of lights from the pixels in the main display region. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091954 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes: pixel electrodes to each of which a potential corresponding to a gray-scale value is applied, for a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix in a display area, via a pixel transistor of each of the pixels; a common electrode forming, in cooperation with the pixel electrode, an electric field to align a liquid crystal composition; a plurality of scanning signal lines each connected in common to gates of the pixel transistors of the plurality of pixels constituting each of a plurality of rows forming the matrix; and a driver circuit setting, after powering on and before displaying an image in the display area, the common electrode into a high impedance state and then setting the scanning signal line to an inactive potential to cut off a source and a drain of the pixel transistor from each other. | 04-02-2015 |
20150091955 | PIXEL ARRAY - A pixel array includes a first color pixel unit, a second color pixel unit and a third pixel unit, and the first, second and third pixel units respectively include a scan line, a data line, an active device electrically connected to the scan line and the data line and a first pixel electrode electrically connected to the active device. The first pixel electrode has at least one first slit, and a first acute angle is formed between an extending direction of the first slit and an extending direction of the scan line. Any two of the first acute angle of the first color pixel unit, the first acute angle of the second color pixel unit, and the first acute angle of the third color pixel unit are different. | 04-02-2015 |
20150097870 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device Includes a control board including a timing controller (TCON) for controlling driving of the display device, and further including a driving memory for storing driving data for driving the display device, and a source board coupled to the control board by a connection cable, the source board including a driving integrated circuit (IC) for outputting a data signal, and further including a panel memory for storing panel characteristic data for compensating for the data signal. | 04-09-2015 |
20150097871 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes an acquiring circuit, a calculator, and a delay controller. The acquiring circuit acquires a gray scale voltage of a gray scale value of a pixel. The calculator calculates a first delay correction value based on a voltage currently retained on a data signal line to which the gray scale voltage is output and a gray scale voltage to be subsequently output to the data signal line. The delay controller determines a timing when the gray scale voltage is to be output to the data signal line based on the first delay correction value. | 04-09-2015 |
20150097872 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Discussed is an organic light emitting display device capable of reducing power consumption and increasing lifespan of the device. The device includes a display panel including pixels in respective pixel regions defined by a plurality of gate lines, data lines and driving voltage lines, wherein each pixel includes an organic light emitting diode which emits light by a current, and a pixel circuit having a driving transistor for controlling a current flowing from the driving voltage line to the organic light emitting diode on the basis of data voltage; and a panel driver for converting frame video data into the data voltage, supplying the data voltage to each pixel, calculating peak luminance value and maximum grayscale value by analyzing the frame video data, and varying the driving voltage based on the peak luminance value and maximum grayscale value. | 04-09-2015 |
20150097873 | HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE - A head-mounted display device includes: an image display unit including an image-light generating unit that generates image light representing an image and emits the image light and a light guide unit that guides the emitted image light to the eye of a user, the image display unit being for causing the user to visually recognize a virtual image; and a control unit that includes an operation surface, is connected to the image display unit, and controls image display by the image display unit. When it is assumed that the user shifts the user's attention from the virtual image, the control unit adjusts the luminance of the image-light generating unit or adjusts the image light generated by the image-light generating unit to reduce the visibility of the virtual image. | 04-09-2015 |
20150097874 | CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING AN ARRAY OF LIGHT EMITTING PIXELS - A technique for driving a column of pixels that include light emitting elements. The technique incorporates feedback data provided from feedback data sources connected to the data line and to feedback line of the array, pixel driving circuit with feedback path. The technique can also include block of the reference elements for input signal corrections. | 04-09-2015 |
20150097875 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A liquid crystal display includes: a light source unit that includes a light-guiding plate with a light-exit plane partitioned into emission subsections, and one or plural sides, and light sources; a liquid-crystal-display panel that includes pixels, and modulates light emitted from the light source unit, thereby performing image display; and a display control unit that includes a partitioning-drive processing section generating each of a light-emission pattern signal and a partitioning-drive image signal, performs light-emission driving for each light source, and performs display driving for each pixel. The partitioning-drive processing section performs a gain correction of multiplying each pixel signal in the input image signal by a predetermined gain factor that is set so that a value increases as a pixel position of the pixel signal goes away from the light source, and generates the light-emission pattern signal and the partitioning-drive image signal, by using gain-corrected pixel signal. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103103 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a plurality of sub-pixel groups. At least one of the sub-pixel groups includes a plurality of first sub-pixels to emit a first color of light, a plurality of second sub-pixels to emit a second color of light, and a dummy pixel between the first sub-pixels and the second sub-pixels. A first dummy driving transistor is connectable to one of the first sub-pixels and a second dummy driving transistor is connectable to one of the second sub-pixels. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103104 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PORTABLE TERMINAL INCLUDING THE DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT AND THE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display driving circuit, a display device, and a portable terminal including the driving circuit and the display device, which prevent the occurrence of flicker are provided. The display device includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels, a plurality of data lines and a plurality of gate lines that are respectively connected with the plurality of pixels, and a display driving circuit configured to vary a frame frequency of the display panel according to an operation mode, to select a gamma curve corresponding to the frame frequency, wherein the selected gamma curve is one among a plurality of gamma curves that are set so as to correspond to different frame frequencies, and to drive the display panel based on the selected gamma curve. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103105 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME, AND PORTABLE TERMINAL INCLUDING THE SAME - A display apparatus, a method for driving the display apparatus, and a portable terminal are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels, a plurality of gate lines connected to the plurality of pixels, and a plurality of data lines connected to the plurality of pixels, a backlight unit configured to emit light on the display panel, an image signal convertor configured to convert received image data to be suitable for a pixel arrangement of the display panel, a backlight driver configured to adjust a brightness of the backlight unit based on the converted image data, and a host controller configured to adjust a brightness change speed, when the brightness of the backlight unit is changed in correspondence with a change in the image data. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103106 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR EXTRACTING CORRELATION CURVES FOR AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A system for equalizing the pixels in an array of pixels that include semiconductor devices that age differently under different ambient and stress conditions. The system extracts at least one pixel parameter from the array; creates a stress pattern for the array, based on the extracted pixel parameter; stresses the pixels in accordance with the stress pattern; extracts the pixel parameter from the stressed pixels; determines whether the pixel parameter extracted from the stressed pixels is within a preselected range and, when the answer is negative, creates a second stress pattern for the array, based on the pixel parameter extracted from the stressed pixels, stresses the pixels in accordance with the second stress pattern, extracts the pixel parameter from the stressed pixels, and determines whether the pixel parameter extracted from the stressed pixels is within the preselected range. | 04-16-2015 |
20150109346 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, TELEVISION RECEIVER, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A backlight control circuit ( | 04-23-2015 |
20150109347 | CHARGE-SHARING CONTROLLING METHOD AND DISPLAY PANEL - A charge-sharing controlling method and a display panel are disclosed. The charge-sharing controlling method is suitable for the display panel including plural sub-pixels. The charge-sharing controlling method includes following steps: determining whether the display panel is displaying a primary color screen; if the display panel is displaying a primary color screen, prolonging an activated time of a charge-sharing circuit, which is coupled between any two of the sub-pixels displaying the same color, adjacent to each other and having opposite polarities. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109348 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DRIVER - The display device includes display drivers including first and second ones operable to output, based on display data, gradation signals to source lines of display panel regions. The display device is arranged to be able to suppress the variation in output voltage between display drivers while minimizing the increases in chip area of the display drivers and in wiring area of a display panel and keeping high noise resistance. Each display driver can generate gray scale reference voltages for producing gradation signals corresponding to display data. The first display driver can sequentially transmit gray scale reference voltages generated by itself to the second display driver. Based on the transmitted gray scale reference voltages, the second display driver makes the first display driver execute calibration for decreasing the absolute value of difference between gray scale reference voltages generated by the first and second display drivers, or executes the calibration by itself. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109349 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: an image display unit that includes an image display region; a plurality of light sources that are arranged corresponding to a plurality of partial regions included in the image display region and irradiate the partial regions with light; a light amount correction processing unit that detects that the partial regions are non-display regions in which no image is displayed, and corrects a light amount of the light sources based on a predetermined threshold when the partial regions adjacent to each other are continuous non-display regions; and a light source control unit that controls the light amount of the light sources. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109350 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: an image display unit that includes a plurality of main pixels in an image display region, the image display unit including sub-pixels; a light source that irradiates the image display region; a light source control unit that controls luminance of the light source; and a color information correction processing unit that corrects first color information that is obtained based on the luminance of the light source and an input video signal to second color information, when color information of at least one of a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel included in the first color information exceeds a predetermined threshold, the second information is corrected by degenerating color information of the red pixel, the green pixel, and the blue pixel, and by adding color information of the white pixel included in the first color information based on the degenerated color information. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109351 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an aspect, a display device includes: an image display panel; and a planar light source including a light guide plate and an edge-lit light source, the light guide plate illuminating the image display panel from a back side, the edge-lit light source including a plurality of light sources arranged facing a plane of incidence; and a controller that controls luminance of each of the light sources independently. The controller stores therein, as lookup tables for the respective light sources, information on light intensity distributions of light that is incident on the light guide plate from the respective light sources and is emitted to a plane of the image display panel from the light guide plate, and controls a light quantity of each of the light sources based on information on an input signal of an image, and on the lookup tables. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109352 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an aspect, a display device includes an image display panel; a planar light source including a light guide plate and an edge-lit light source that has light sources; and a controller. The controller sets luminance determination blocks by virtually dividing the image display panel in a light-source-arrangement-direction, identifies a luminance determination block with a highest luminance in the incidence direction, among luminance determination blocks at a same position in the light-source-arrangement-direction, identifies a luminance determination block the luminance of which is to be corrected by referring to luminance information of the light sources, and controls a light quantity of each of the light sources in such a manner that luminance of the identified luminance determination block is achieved. | 04-23-2015 |
20150116373 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display includes a liquid crystal display panel including a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of pixels, a gate driver connected to the plurality of gate lines and configured to apply a gate-on voltage, a data driver connected to the plurality of data lines and configured to apply a data voltage, and a signal controller configured to receive an image signal and controlling the gate driver and the data driver, wherein the signal controller is configured to generate two correction data for each image signal referring to two compensation lookup tables, and the two compensation lookup tables are provided to make absolute values of pixel voltages for each polarity substantially identical to each other with respect to the same gray scale value. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116374 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a display panel having a first liquid crystal layer, a timing controller that converts image signals to have gray scales corresponding to a first reference value, and compensates the converted image signals to over-drive the first liquid crystal layer, the first reference value being a product of a refractive index anisotropy and a thickness of the first liquid crystal layer, a first driver that converts the compensated image signals to voltages that drive the first liquid crystal layer, a liquid crystal lens panel including a second liquid crystal layer, a liquid crystal lens controller that generates lens signals corresponding to a second reference value defined by a product of a refractive index anisotropy and a second thickness of the second liquid crystal layer, anda second driver that convert the lens signals to voltages that drive the second liquid crystal layer. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116375 | PIXEL ARRANGEMENT OF COLOR DISPLAY PANEL - A pixel arrangement of color display panel includes a plurality of first sub-pixels for providing a first color light, a plurality of second sub-pixels for providing a second color light, a plurality of third sub-pixels for providing a third color light and a plurality of white sub-pixels for providing a white light. The first sub-pixels extend along a first direction, and form a plurality of first sub-pixel columns disposed in parallel. The second and third sub-pixels are disposed between two adjacent first sub-pixel columns. The white sub-pixels are disposed between two adjacent first sub-pixel columns, and the white sub-pixels extend along the first direction, and form a plurality of white sub-pixel columns disposed in parallel. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116376 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A display apparatus includes: a light emitting unit having a plurality of light sources; a display unit; a determination unit configured to determine, for each light source, a target brightness on the basis of a display image data in region corresponding to the light source; and a control unit configured to control the emission brightness of each light source to the target brightness, wherein when a brightness-insufficient light source is present, the determination unit adjusts the target brightness of light sources around the brightness-insufficient light source, to a value higher than a value corresponding to the display image data in regions corresponding to the light sources around the brightness-insufficient light source. | 04-30-2015 |
20150116377 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING GRAY-LEVEL OF IMAGE FRAME DEPENDING ON ENVIRONMENT ILLUMINATION - A display device for adjusting the gray level of an image frame depending on environment illumination is provided. The display device includes a display-panel, a controller, an optical interface, and an adjusting module. The display-panel displays the image frame with the plurality of pixels. The controller is used to drive the display-panel to display the image frame. The operation interface is used to send an image frame brightening command or an image frame dimming command to the controller. The adjusting module is used to adjust gray-levels of the pixels according to the environment illumination. When the environment illumination is too high, the adjusting module raises the gray-level of partial or all pixels; and when the environment illumination is too low, the adjusting module reduces the gray-level of partial or all pixels; so that visual effect of the display device is enhanced. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124002 | AUTOMATIC CORRECTION FUNCTION DETERMINING APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND AUTOMATIC CORRECTION FUNCTION DETERMINING METHOD - An automatic correction function determining apparatus includes an output unit and a determining unit. The output unit sequentially outputs a first display image and a second display image to a display. The first display image includes a target area being a colorimetric target and formed of a first image and a non-target area not being a colorimetric target and formed of a second image. The second display image includes the target area formed of the first image and the non-target area formed of a third image different in mean gradation value from the second image. The determining unit determines that an automatic correction function is active on the display, if a colorimetric measurement result of the target area in the first display image displayed on the display is different from a colorimetric measurement result of the target area in the second display image displayed on the display. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124003 | LED DRIVING CIRCUIT, LED DRIVING METHOD, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - An LED driving circuit, an LED driving method, and a liquid crystal display device, which prevent deterioration of display quality by effectively shortening the time required for starting the LED backlight and stabilizing the driving operations are provided. The LED driving circuit for controlling an LED circuit constituted with one LED or two or more LEDs includes: a duty ratio adjusting circuit unit which generates/outputs adjusting signals for adjusting drive of the LED based on a PWM dimming signal inputted from outside; and a booster circuit unit which applies driving voltages to the LED circuit according to the adjusting signal outputted from the duty ratio adjusting circuit unit. The duty ratio adjusting circuit unit sets the adjusting signal to have a larger duty ratio than that of the PWM dimming signal within an adjusting period set after the power is supplied until the LED circuit starts to connect electrically. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124004 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A display device includes a display unit including luminescence pixels each including a luminescence element and a driving transistor configured to supply a current to the luminescence element to cause the element to emit light, a signal line driving circuit configured to supply a voltage applied between a gate and a source of the driving transistor, and a control circuit configured to apply a certain voltage between the gate and the source of the driving transistor by controlling the signal line driving circuit and the display unit when a power supply to the signal line driving circuit is stopped. The control circuit applies the certain voltage between the gate and the source of the driving transistor so that a recovery of a shift amount of a threshold voltage of the driving transistor is suppressed, the recovery being made when the power supply to the signal line driving circuit is stopped. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124005 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A pixel includes a driving transistor, an organic light emitting diode, a first transistor, and the second transistor. The driving transistor includes a gate electrode coupled to a first node, a first electrode coupled to a second node, and a drain electrode coupled to a third node. The driving transistor controls an amount of drain-source current based on a level of a voltage applied to the first node. The first transistor is coupled between the second node and a data line, and turns on by a scan signal of a scan line. The second transistor is coupled between the first node and an initialization voltage line, and turns on by an initialization signal of an initialization line. The first and second transistors are turned on during a first period. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124006 | DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A display drive circuit includes: source amplifiers capable of driving source lines of a display panel connected thereto; preamplifiers capable of outputting first gradation voltages; source circuits each including a division of the source amplifiers, provided that the source amplifiers are divided equally; and resistance arrays. Each source circuit is provided with one of the resistance arrays. Each resistance array divides input first gradation voltages to generate second gradation voltages and provides them to the corresponding source circuit. The worsening of the capability of converging of gradation lines for supplying second gradation voltages to the source circuits can be suppressed without providing gradation-voltage-generation circuits even with a display driver IC having an increased long side length, or more than one display driver IC provided. | 05-07-2015 |
20150130850 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO PROVIDE A LOWER POWER USER INTERFACE ON AN LCD PANEL THROUGH LOCALIZED BACKLIGHT CONTROL - A system and method are provided for displaying a lower power user interface on an liquid crystal display (LCD) panel using localized backlight control. The method includes the step of identifying a subset of light emitting elements included in a backlight for the LCD panel, where the backlight includes a plurality of light emitting elements. The subset of light emitting elements consumes less power when operated individually or in combination with other subsets of light emitting elements than the total backlight with all light emitting elements simultaneously active. The method also includes the steps of activating the subset of light emitting elements to at least partially illuminate the LCD panel while at least one light emitting element is not activated, adjusting an image for a user interface based on a compensation map corresponding to the subset of light emitting elements, and displaying the adjusted image on the LCD panel. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130851 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes: a display unit including a plurality of pixels and a plurality of division areas; a data driver configured to apply a data signal corresponding to image data to the display unit, and to control a slew rate of the data signal, based on a bias voltage; and a bias controller configured to control the data driver so that the slew rate of the data signal is changed for each division area, based on a luminance variation of the image data corresponding to each of the division areas. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130852 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATING CIRCUIT, CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF, AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - The present disclosure relates to a gamma voltage generating circuit, a controlling method thereof and a liquid crystal display. The gamma voltage generating circuit comprises an output end, a first reference voltage input end, a second reference voltage input end, a pre-stage voltage-dividing circuit, and a post-stage voltage-dividing circuit. A first pre-stage output end of the pre-stage voltage-dividing circuit is coupled to a first post-stage input end, and a second pre-stage output end is coupled to a second post-stage input end, so as to divide reference voltages input from the first and second reference voltage input ends, thereby to generate a primary gamma voltage. A post-stage output end of the post-stage voltage-dividing circuit is coupled to the output end of the gamma voltage generating circuit, so as to divide the primary gamma voltage, thereby to generate a secondary gamma voltage. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130853 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR VEHICLE - Provided is a display device for a vehicle such that the life of display elements can be made long even when used in a high temperature environment and, further, unpleasant sensations due to changes in brightness of display images can be prevented. A control unit ( | 05-14-2015 |
20150130854 | LIQUID-CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - An objective of the present invention is to implement a liquid crystal display device which is capable of a three dimensional display, with which it is possible to alleviate image quality degradation caused by crosstalk when a difference in gradation between a left eye image and a right eye image is large. Provided is a liquid-crystal display device that is capable of a three dimensional display, in which a panel drive control circuit alternately performs writing of a right-eye image and writing of a left-eye image for each frame period in order from one end to another end of a liquid crystal panel, and performs writing of either a near-black image or a black image in order from the one end to the other end of the liquid crystal panel in a vertical blanking period during each of the frame periods. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130855 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM AND SIGNAL SYNCHRONIZATION DEVICE THEREOF - An image display system and a signal synchronization device are provided. The image display system includes an image source, an image projection device and a liquid crystal shutter device. The image source is configured to provide an image signal and a first clock signal. The image projection device is connected to the image source and configured to generate an image projection light signal and a second clock signal according to the image signal and the first clock signal. The liquid crystal shutter device is disposed on a path of the image projection light signal and connected to the image source or the image projection device. The liquid crystal shutter device includes a plurality of liquid crystal molecules and is configured to control a light shading rate of the liquid crystal molecules according to phase changes of the first clock signal or the second clock signal. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130856 | SIGNAL GENERATION APPARATUS, SIGNAL GENERATION PROGRAM, SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - There is provided a signal generation apparatus for generating an output video signal based on an input video signal provided corresponding to an image to be displayed, the output video signal being a signal for driving an image display section including a display area, the display area including a plurality of pixels arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. At a change of the input video signal from low-brightness display to high-brightness display for a portion of the display area including one or more of the pixels, during a period for the signal change, the output video signal being generated for each of the one or more of the pixels in the portion of the display area to obtain a higher brightness than usual for the portion of the display area. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130857 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - The present invention solves the motion blur of moving images in hold-type display devices. An amount of a moving image is detected from image data included in frames and an image at the intermediate state between an image of the current frame and an image of the next frame is made as an interpolation image. Thus, the movement of the image can follow the movement of human eyes and the luminance of the interpolation image is changed, and thus, display can be made close to pseudo impulse type display. In this manner, hold-type display devices without motion blur and methods of driving the hold-type display devices can be provided. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130858 | RECORDING DEVICE AND RECORDING METHOD USING THE SAME - A device is provided that includes a subtraction portion that outputs a difference value between a target totalizing value, obtained by accumulating a luminance value of a target pixel up to a current frame, and a reference totalizing value corresponding to a luminance value of a reference pixel, adjacent the target pixel, accumulated up to the current frame; a quantization portion that quantizes the difference value and outputs a quantization value; and a quantization error correction portion that corrects the quantization value at a correction frame selected based on a quantization step of the quantization value and a quantization error of the quantization value. | 05-14-2015 |
20150130859 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An organic light emitting display includes pixels, a scan driver configured to supply a scan signal to a specific scan line during a third period of the sensing frame, and configured to sequentially supply scan signals to the scan lines during a sixth period of the sensing frame, a data driver configured to supply, to the data lines, a previous data signal corresponding to a gray scale according to the scan signal supplied to the specific scan line during the third period, and configured to supply a current data signal to the data lines to be synchronized with the scan signals supplied during the sixth period, and a compensation unit configured to extract the threshold voltage and mobility information of the driving transistor from pixels at a specific horizontal line and coupled to the specific scan line before the scan signal is supplied during the third period. | 05-14-2015 |
20150138246 | COLOR REFLECTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A color reflective display device includes a plurality of color sub-pixels and a control circuit. The control circuit is configured to provide a first driving signal to at least one of a plurality of mini-pixels of a first color sub-pixel, such that the at least one of mini-pixels receiving the first driving signal displays a first color, provide a second driving signal to another at least one of the mini-pixels of the first color sub-pixel, such that the another at least one of the mini-pixels receiving the second driving signal displays a second color, and provide a third driving signal to a second color sub-pixel of the color sub-pixels, such that the second color sub-pixel displays a third color. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138247 | IMAGE DISPLAY MEDIUM DRIVING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, DRIVING PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A image display medium driving device includes a voltage application unit that applies a voltage between a pair of substrates, at least one of which is transparent, of an image display medium including plural types of particles which are sealed between the pair of substrates, are attached to the substrates, and start to be separated from the substrates at different times when a predetermined voltage is applied and a control unit that controls the voltage application unit such that a time when the voltage is applied between the pair of substrates varies depending on image information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138248 | Image Providing Apparatus, Method and Computer Program - An apparatus, method and computer program wherein the apparatus includes an optical arrangement including an image source and an exit pupil wherein the exit pupil is configured to be positioned proximate to an eye of a user to enable a user to view an image from the image source; and wherein the apparatus is configured to control a size and location of the exit pupil of the optical arrangement in response to a determination of a size and location of a pupil of the eye. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138249 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA LINE DRIVE CIRCUIT, AND DRIVE METHOD FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a liquid crystal display device that can suppress, more than the prior art, lowering of display quality when low-frequency drive is being carried out. The liquid crystal display device is operated in a low frequency drive mode. A source driver applies a gradation voltage during write periods and an idle period voltage during an idle period to each source line. The value of the idle period voltage is, for example, an average value of a maximum gradation positive voltage, a maximum gradation negative voltage, a minimum gradation positive voltage, and a minimum gradation negative voltage. By making the voltage for each source line during the idle period be the idle period voltage, potential variations in the source lines when switching from the write periods to the idle period are smaller than the prior art. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138250 | Systems and Methods for Controlling Dual Modulation Displays - In one embodiment, a dual modulator display systems and methods for rendering target image data upon the dual modulator display system are disclosed where the display system receives target image data, possible HDR image data and first calculates display control signals and then calculates backlight control signals from the display control signals. This order of calculating display signals and then backlight control signals later as a function of the display systems may tend to reduce clipping artifacts. In other embodiments, it is possible to split the input target HDR image data into a base layer and a detail layer, wherein the base layer is the low spatial resolution image data that may be utilized as for backlight illumination data. The detail layer is higher spatial resolution image data that may be utilized for display control data. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138251 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING LUMINANCE, LUMINANCE CONTROLLER, AND ORGANIC LlGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A method of controlling a luminance, a luminance controller, and an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display are disclosed. In one aspect, a luminance data to be displayed on a display panel is received from an external device. A gamma group corresponding to the luminance data is selected among a plurality of gamma groups, each gamma group including a plurality of gamma data. A dimming data corresponding to the selected gamma group is retrieved. The selected gamma group is output to a data driver and the dimming data is output to an emission controller. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138252 | MULTISCREEN DISPLAY DEVICE - A microcomputer calculates a target brightness per brightness mode. Each projection video image display device specifies a target control current value corresponding to a calculated target brightness corresponding to a brightness mode set to the projection video image display device. Each projection video image display device supplies a current indicating the specified control current value to a light source of the projection video image display device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138253 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device including a driving transistor, a switching unit, and a control unit. The driving transistor includes a control terminal, a first terminal, and a second terminal, and controls supply of current to a light emitting element, which is connected to the first terminal and emits light in accordance with the current amount, in accordance with a signal voltage applied to the control terminal The switching unit can switch a conduction and non-conduction state, and, by being brought in the conduction state, forms a path that bypasses the light emitting element so that the current is not supplied to the light emitting element. The control unit performs control so that the switching unit is brought in the non-conduction state after the signal voltage is written into the control terminal, and controls a potential of the control terminal in synchronization with the control of the switching unit. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138254 | DRIVING DEVICE FOR DRIVING A DISPLAY UNIT - Disclosed is a display unit driving device which has a reduced power consumption rate. The display unit displays an image in response to a video data signal which is constituted by a plurality of frames each including a data scanning period and a blanking period. The driving device stops power supply to a data driver for a predetermined power stop period within the blanking period. The data driver applies pixel drive voltages respectively corresponding to luminance levels of each pixel based on the video data signal to multiple data lines of the display device in each horizontal scanning cycle within the data scanning period. | 05-21-2015 |
20150138255 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - The invention provides a pixel circuit that can cancel the influence of the mobility of a drive transistor. A drive transistor supplies a light-emitting element with an output current dependent upon an input voltage. The light-emitting element emits light with a luminance dependent upon a video signal in response to the output current supplied from the drive transistor. The pixel circuit includes a correction unit that corrects the input voltage held by a capacitive part in order to cancel the dependence of the output current on the carrier mobility. | 05-21-2015 |
20150145894 | METHOD OF COMPENSATIING A LEFT-RIGHT GAMMA DIFFERENCE, VISION INSPECTION APPARATUS PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS UTILIZING THE METHOD - A method of compensating a left-right gamma difference in a display apparatus using a vision inspection apparatus, which includes sensing sample grayscales displayed on areas defined on a display area of the display apparatus using image sensors of the vision inspection apparatus, estimating intensity values of a left reference boundary at a central area, a left boundary area, a right reference boundary area at the central area and a right boundary area, calculating a first grayscale correction value of the left boundary area such that an intensity estimation value of the left boundary area is substantially equal to an intensity estimation value of the left reference boundary area, and calculating a second grayscale correction value of the right boundary area such that an intensity estimation value of the right boundary area is substantially equal to an intensity estimation value of the right reference boundary area. | 05-28-2015 |
20150145895 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING AN IMAGE USING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, an illumination part, an illumination controller, a luminance compensation part and a data driver. The display panel includes data lines, and is configured to display an image in a first direction. The illumination part is configured to emit illumination light having a first color in a second direction opposite to the first direction. The illumination controller is configured to control the illumination part and output an illumination signal corresponding to an intensity of the illumination light. The luminance compensation part is configured to compensate luminance of an input image data based on the illumination signal to output a data signal, and the data driver is configured to generate a data voltage based on the data signal, and output the data voltage to the data lines. | 05-28-2015 |
20150145896 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A stereoscopic image display device includes an image compensator, a signal controller, a data driver, and a display panel. The image compensator is configured to convert input image data to revised image data. The revised image data is obtained by compensating for temperature variations of the display panel. The signal controller is configured to output the revised image data. The data driver is configured to receive the revised image data. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels configured to display a left eye image and a right eye image in response to receiving a data voltage from the data driver. The image compensator includes a temperature compensation lookup table selector having a temperature compensation lookup table, and a standard lookup table selector having a standard lookup table and configured to select the revised image data according to correction values selected from the temperature compensation lookup table. | 05-28-2015 |
20150145897 | Liquid Crystal Display Device - An object of the present invention is to provide a small-sized active matrix type liquid crystal display device that may achieve large-sized display, high precision, high resolution and multi-gray scales. According to the present invention, gray scale display is performed by combining time ratio gray scale and voltage gray scale in a liquid crystal display device which performs display in OCB mode. In doing so, one frame is divided into subframes corresponding to the number of bit for the time ratio gray scale. Initialize voltage is applied onto the liquid crystal upon display of a subframe. | 05-28-2015 |
20150145898 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING CIRCUIT THEREOF - A display device and a driving circuit thereof are disclosed. In one aspect, the display device includes a display panel, a gamma reference voltage generator, a data driver and a driving controller. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels, each pixel including first and second sub-pixels. The gamma reference voltage generator generates one or more first gamma reference voltages each having a high gamma value greater than a reference gamma value, and one or more second gamma reference voltages each having a low gamma value less than the reference gamma value. The data driver generates a data voltage based at least in part on one or more of the first and second gamma reference voltages, and provides the data voltage to the first and second sub-pixels. The driving controller determines a gamma value and a data voltage output pattern according to a driving method of the display panel. | 05-28-2015 |
20150294612 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is an organic light-emitting display panel including: a display area including a central display area and an edge display area; and a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix form on the display area and configured to receive a first power voltage and a second power voltage having a voltage level that is lower than a voltage level of the first power voltage, wherein the voltage level of the first power voltage applied to the pixels in the central display area is higher than the voltage level of the first power voltage applied to the pixels in the edge display area, or the voltage level of the second power voltage applied to the pixels in the central display area is lower than the voltage level of the second power voltage applied to the pixels in the edge display area. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294620 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF REPAIRING THE ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL - An organic light-emitting display panel including a plurality of pixels arranged at a display area in column and row directions, the plurality of pixels being configured to receive power voltages; a voltage line associated with a pixel column, the voltage line being configured to apply a power voltage to the plurality of pixels included in the pixel column, the power voltage being supplied from a power line; and an auxiliary line coupled to a center node of the voltage line, the center node being located at a middle point of the voltage line, wherein the power voltage supplied from the power line is configured to be applied to the voltage line through the center node. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294624 | PIXEL DRIVING CIRCUIT - A pixel driving circuit includes a light emitting diode (LED), a data writing unit, two transistors and two compensation units. The gate of the first transistor is coupled to the data writing unit for determining the current flow of the LED. The first compensation unit is coupled to the first transistor for providing a current path from the gate of the first transistor to a first voltage source and a current path from the gate of the first transistor to a second voltage source. The second compensation unit includes a first capacitor coupled to the gate of the first transistor for voltage coupling and providing a differential voltage that equals to the OLED to the gate of the first transistor. The second transistor is coupled between the first voltage source and a second voltage source for enabling or disabling the current flow between the first and second voltage sources. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294627 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY - According to various embodiments, a display control method of an electronic device includes: determining content to display to the outside of an electronic device based on contextual information associated with the electronic device; automatically configuring one region of a display functionally connected to the electronic device as a highlighted region; and displaying, through the highlighted region, at least a part of the content in a higher visibility state than the remaining region of the display except for the highlighted region in response to an input. In addition, other embodiments can be made. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294630 | Locally Dimmed Nano-Crystal Based Display - Dual modulator displays are disclosed incorporating a phosphorescent plate interposed in the optical path between a light source modulation layer and a display modulation layer. Spatially modulated light output from the light source modulation layer impinges on the phosphorescent plate and excites corresponding regions of the phosphorescent plate which in turn emit light having different spectral characteristics than the light output from the light source modulation layer. Light emitted from the phosphorescent plate is received and further modulated by the display modulation layer to provide the ultimate display output. | 10-15-2015 |
20150294642 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes: an image display panel including a plurality of pixels each including first to fourth sub-pixels; and a signal processing unit. The signal processing unit determines an expansion coefficient related to the image display panel, obtains output signals of the first to the third sub-pixels based on at least input signals of the first to the third sub-pixels and the expansion coefficient to be output to the first to the third sub-pixels respectively, obtains a fourth sub-pixel correction value as a correction value of an output signal of the fourth sub-pixel based on the input signals of the first to the third sub-pixels and the expansion coefficient, and obtains the output signal of the fourth sub-pixel based on the input signals of the first to third sub-pixels, the expansion coefficient, and the fourth sub-pixel correction value to be output to the fourth sub-pixel. | 10-15-2015 |
20150302788 | GAMMA CORRECTION CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention discloses a gamma correction circuit and a display device, relates to the field of display technology, and solves the problem of display distortion of part of display panels due to changes in ideal gamma curves for part of batches of display panels of the same model. The gamma correction circuit provided by the embodiment of the present invention is used for performing gamma correction on the display panel, and comprises gamma registers and D/A converting units, wherein gamma voltages obtained by converting, by the D/A converting units, values in the gamma registers are used to form a test gamma curve, and the gamma correction circuit further comprises correction units used for correcting the values in the gamma registers, or correcting reference voltages of the D/A converting units, when a deviation exists between the test gamma curve and an idea gamma curve of the display panel. | 10-22-2015 |
20150302794 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus, includes: a first storage unit configured to store first correction data reducing brightness unevenness corresponding to a first gradation value; a second storage unit configured to store second correction data reducing brightness unevenness corresponding to a second gradation value which is lower than the first gradation value; and a correction unit configured to correct gradation values, which are not less than the first gradation value, of the input image data, in use of at least the first correction data, and corrects gradation values, which are less than the first gradation value, of the input image data, in use of at least the second correction data. | 10-22-2015 |
20150302802 | PIXEL DRIVING CURRENT EXTRACTING APPARATUS AND PIXEL DRIVING CURRENT EXTRACTING METHOD - A pixel driving current extracting apparatus and a pixel driving current extracting method, the pixel driving current extracting apparatus comprises driving current extracting circuits corresponding to pixel driving circuits for respective colors respectively. Each of the driving current extracting circuits comprises a driving current amplifying and converting unit connected to the pixel driving circuit, for amplifying and converting a driving current of the pixel driving circuit into a voltage signal. A driving current computing unit connected to the driving current amplifying and converting unit is used for computing a pixel driving current according to the voltage signal. An amplification ratio of the driving current amplifying and converting unit in the driving current extracting circuits corresponding to the pixel driving circuits for respective colors is inversely proportional to a magnitude of the pixel driving current for respective colors. The pixel driving currents for respective colors are extracted uniformly and amplified properly without being distorted, thereby providing a well data support for the subsequent signal processing. | 10-22-2015 |
20150302805 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - In a liquid crystal display device capable of performing image display while keeping a background in a transparent state, field-sequential driving is performed without causing color mixing. | 10-22-2015 |
20150302824 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND COLOR CALIBRATION METHOD - A display device has a color sensor position detecting unit that detects a contact position between a color sensor and the display device; and a control operation unit that determines whether or not positional misalignment of the color sensor has occurred, based on the contact position detected by the color sensor position detecting unit. | 10-22-2015 |
20150310800 | LED Display - The disclosure discloses a Light-Emitting Diode (LED) display, which includes: an LED display panel ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150310808 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels, a control unit configured to scale image data provided from the outside based on an image load factor and to output the scaled image data, and a data driver configured to supply data signals corresponding to the scaled image data to a plurality of data lines connected to the pixels, wherein the control unit includes a load factor calculating unit configured to calculate a load factor of the image data; and a data scaler configured to scale a gray level of the image data based on a scaling ratio corresponding to a load factor. | 10-29-2015 |
20150310813 | OVER-DRIVE VALUE GENERATING APPARATUS AND METHOD - The present invention provides an over-drive value generating apparatus, which includes: a measuring module utilized to measure a plurality of brightness values shown by using a plurality of first-eye gray scales in every n scales and a plurality of second-eye gray scales in every n scales; an interpolation module utilized to linearly interpolate the brightness values into N×N brightness values which consist of N first-eye gray scales respectively corresponding to N second-eye gray scales; a calculating module utilized to calculate N×N crosstalk values of the N first-eye gray scales respectively switching to the N second-eye gray scales; and a determining module utilized to determine a first over-drive gray scale and a second over-drive gray scale. The present invention further provides a method for generating over-drive values. | 10-29-2015 |
20150310814 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A display device disclosed includes a liquid crystal panel ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150310827 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light-emitting display device which divides each frame into a plurality of sub-frames and represents gray levels based on the sum of the lengths of one or more sub-frames during which light is emitted, the organic light-emitting display device comprising a display unit including a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, a scan driver configured to provide a scan signal to the display unit during each sub-frame period and a precharge voltage unit configured to provide a precharge voltage to the pixels, wherein the pixels are divided into a first pixel column block including a pixel receiving the scan signal before the other pixels and a second pixel column block next to the first pixel column block in a direction of the application of the scan signal and the precharge voltage is selectively provided to pixels included in the first pixel column block. | 10-29-2015 |
20150310830 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a signal processing unit that receives input signals, and calculates output signals to a first sub-pixel, a second sub-pixel, a third sub-pixel, and a fourth sub-pixel. The signal processing unit calculates a frequency of pixels belonging to each of a plurality of partitions using a light quantity of a surface light source. The signal processing unit calculates an index value for each of the partitions by at least multiplying the cumulative frequency being obtained by sequentially adding the frequency of pixels from a partition having the maximum light quantity among the partitions, and the number of partitions representing a position of a partition to which the cumulative frequency belongs counted from the partition having the maximum light quantity. The signal processing unit controls luminance of the surface light source based on a partition in which the index value exceeds a threshold. | 10-29-2015 |
20150317934 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE DRIVE METHOD - A display device includes an image display panel whose display is controlled by an image signal, a backlight which includes light sources and lights the image display panel from behind, and a display control section which calculates, based on the image signal, the required luminance value of the backlight for each divided area of the image display panel, calculates a tentative lighting level of each light source based on luminance distribution information for the backlight stored previously and the required luminance values, sets the lighting level of a first light source whose tentative lighting level exceeds an upper limit to the upper limit, determines the lighting level of a second light source whose tentative lighting level does not exceed the upper limit, based on the lighting level of the first light source, luminance distribution information, and required luminance value, and controls the backlight by the lighting levels. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317937 | DATA DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD OF LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL - A data driving circuit includes a processing module for determining grayscale levels will be displayed by pixels on an nth scanning line and judging driving voltage polarities of the pixels; a storing module for storing duty cycles of charging voltages corresponding to grayscale levels of pixels on a liquid crystal panel; a switching module for reading duty cycles of charging voltages corresponding to the grayscale levels will be displayed by the pixels on the nth scanning line from the storing module and controlling charging times of the pixels according to the readout charging voltages; and a voltage selecting module for selecting charging voltages corresponding to the pixels on the nth scanning line according to the processing module determined grayscale levels will be displayed by the pixels and judged driving voltage polarities of the pixels, and supplying the selected charging voltages to the pixels through the switching module. | 11-05-2015 |
20150323796 | ELECTRONIC EYEGLASS - An electronic eyeglass is disclosed. The electronic eyeglass includes a polarizing beam splitter (PBS) and an eyeglass frame. The eyeglass frame carries the PBS. | 11-12-2015 |
20150323798 | SMART HELMET - A smart helmet including a projection surface, a projection unit, a processing unit, and a first pivoting unit is provided. The projection unit projects an image light into the projection surface according to a projection data. The processing unit coupled to the projection unit, and provides the projection data to the projection unit. The first pivoting unit is adapted to adjust a projection angle of the projection unit projecting on the projection surface, and has three rotational degrees of freedom. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325162 | CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A circuit for driving a liquid crystal display includes: a high selection unit turned on by a high selection signal and transferring a high data signal or a common voltage to one side of a storage capacitor; a low selection unit; a high transfer unit connected to one side of the storage capacitor; and a low transfer unit connected to the other side of the storage capacitor, turned on by a low transfer signal and transferring voltage stored at the other side of the storage capacitor to one side of the liquid crystal capacitor or transferring the low data signal or the common voltage transferred by the low selection unit to one side of the liquid crystal capacitor. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325163 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR - Provided is an image display device capable of causing a background to be seen through and realizing black display while alleviating restriction on the installation position of a light source unit. The image display device includes a CF-less liquid crystal panel, a PDLC panel, and a first PDLC light source unit. The PDLC panel is located on the rear surface of the CF-less liquid crystal panel. At the time of image display, the PDLC panel is in a diffusion state. At this time, light-source light of the first PDLC light source unit is diffused by the PDLC panel and is emitted to the CF-less liquid crystal panel, and background light is diffused by the PDLC panel. At the time of image non-display, the PDLC panel is in a transmission state. At this time, the background light is transmitted through the PDLC panel and arrives at the CF-less liquid crystal panel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325173 | DISPLAY SYSTEM AND ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE - A display system in which the luminance of light-emitting elements in a light-emitting device is adjusted based on information on an environment. A sensor obtains information on an environment as an electrical signal. A CPU converts, based on comparison data set in advance, the information signal into a correction signal for correcting the luminance of EL elements. Upon receiving this correction signal, a voltage changer applies a predetermined corrected potential to the EL elements. Thus, this display system enables control of the luminance of the EL elements. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325175 | Image Display Device, Method For Controlling Image Display Device, Control Program, And Recording Medium - A local failure of display video is suppressed. An LED data calculating portion that generates an approximate curve obtained by approximating the distribution of values of an input image, the approximate curve whose amount of change is less than or equal to a predetermined value, and calculates LED data based on the generated approximate curve and a liquid crystal transmittance calculating portion that calculates the liquid crystal transmittance based on the input image and the approximate curve generated by the LED data calculating portion are provided. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325176 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The purpose is to reduce power consumption of an image display apparatus. An image display apparatus includes a display panel ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150325179 | IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE INCLUDING OBJECT IMAGE, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE OUTPUT APPARATUS, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image display system, which displays an image including an object image, includes a background region detection unit configured to detect a background image region, which does not include the object image, in the display image, an accompanying image generation unit configured to detect an accompanying image region including an accompanying image displayed in association with the display image, a display unit configured to display the display image, a light emission unit configured to be capable of changing light emission brightness corresponding to a plurality of divided regions in the display unit, a controller configured to control the light emission brightness in the plurality of divided regions in accordance with the background image region, and a brightness correction unit configured to correct a brightness value of at least a first portion of the accompanying image included in the background image region in accordance with at least the accompanying image region. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325180 | Fast Symmetric Drive Pixel Circuits And Methods - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for addressing an array of pixels in a display. In one aspect, an electromechanical device includes an array of pixels and control circuitry including, for each pixel in the array of pixels, a first switch coupled to a first node for discharging an accumulated charge across the first node, a second switch coupled to a second node for discharging an accumulated charge across the second node, and a third switch coupled to the first switch, the second switch and a third node, the third switch capable of discharging an accumulated charge across the third node. In certain implementations, a method for addressing an array of pixels in a display is provided including charging a first and second node to an actuate voltage, charging a third node to a V | 11-12-2015 |
20150325204 | TRANSFLECTIVE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - A transflective display apparatus and an operation method thereof are provided. The transflective display apparatus includes a transflective display panel and a backlight module. The transflective display panel includes a plurality of pixels. Each pixel includes a plurality of sub-pixels with different colors. Each sub-pixel includes a transparent area and a reflective area. The operation method includes: determining whether the transflective display apparatus is operated in a reflective mode or not; and driving, when the transflective display apparatus is determined being operated in the reflective mode, the transflective display panel by way of driving at least one of the plurality of sub-pixels in each pixel each time and turning off the backlight module, thereby facilitating the transflective display apparatus to display an image by using the reflective areas of the driven sub-pixels to reflect an ambient light of the transflective display apparatus. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325205 | BACKLIGHT SOURCE DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are disclosed a backlight source driving circuit and a display apparatus. The backlight source driving circuit comprises a switch field effect transistor (Q | 11-12-2015 |
20150325206 | METHOD AND CIRCUIT FOR ADJUSTING SCREEN BRIGHTNESS AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure provides a method and a circuit for adjusting screen brightness and a display device including the circuit. The method comprises the steps: detecting a light intensity of an environment in which a display screen currently lies; predetermining an optimal brightness value that matches the light intensity of the environment in which the display screen currently lies; comparing the current brightness value of the display screen with the optimal brightness value of the display screen; and if an absolute value of a difference between the current brightness value of the display screen and the optimal brightness value of the display screen is less than or equal to a predetermined threshold value, the process is ended, and if the absolute value of the difference is greater than the predetermined threshold value, the brightness of the display screen is adjusted by adjusting a voltage value of an analog positive power supply of the display screen. | 11-12-2015 |
20150325208 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A DISPLAY - In a method of enhancing the appearance of a digital image on an electronic display, Ambient Light Sensor (ALS) and Screen Brightness (SB) inputs are combined with a calibration input | 11-12-2015 |
20150332628 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ITS DRIVING METHOD, ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure provides a pixel circuit, its driving method, an array substrate and a display device. The pixel circuit includes a plurality of pixels, each of which includes a blue sub-pixel and a driving module for driving the blue sub-pixel. The blue sub-pixel includes N blue OLEDs, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The driving module is configured to drive the N blue OLEDs in a time division manner. According to the present disclosure, the blue sub-pixel is segmented into several portions, and merely a portion of the blue sub-pixel is displayed each time. As a result, it is able to prolong the service time of the blue sub-pixel, thereby to increase the service life of an AMOLED panel. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332632 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - The invention provides a gate-in-panel display device capable of preventing deterioration of thin-film transistors during pause drive, as well as a method for driving the same. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332634 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides an liquid crystal display panel and an liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display panel comprises a second substrate. The second substrate comprises a plurality of pixel units. The pixel unit comprises a brightness adjustment pixel which is employed for changing the display brightness of itself to adjust the brightness of the liquid crystal display panel. The contrast ratio and the brightness of the liquid crystal display panel can be raised at outdoor or in a strong ambient light environment and the power consumption can be decreased. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332636 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD - An image display method includes the steps of: acquiring a third image formed by applying dynamic range extension processing to a first image and a second image photographed with low sensitivity or low exposure with respect to the first image, or a fourth image without dynamic range extension processing; displaying the acquired image in a transmissive type display panel; and making backlight luminance of a segment corresponding to a high luminance portion in the third image higher than backlight luminance of a segment corresponding to a low luminance portion when the acquired image is determined to be the third image. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332637 | DRIVING A DISPLAY - A method of driving a display, the method comprising applying a switching voltage to the display, the switching voltage causing an amount of electrically charged pigment particles to be compacted into a number of wells defined in a dielectric layer in the display, applying a transition waveform to the display, and applying a holding voltage to the display. | 11-19-2015 |
20150332648 | PIXEL STRUCTURE, PIXEL ARRAY, AND DISPLAY PANEL - A pixel structure is provided. The pixel structure includes an active device, a first pixel electrode, a second pixel electrode, and a conductive line. The first pixel electrode is electrically connected to the active device. The second pixel electrode and the first pixel electrode are electrically insulated. The conductive line is located below the first pixel electrode and the second pixel electrode. The active device is electrically connected to the first pixel electrode through the conductive line. The conductive line is coupled to the second pixel electrode to form a coupling capacitance. | 11-19-2015 |
20150339961 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus, including: a light source which emits coherent light; a spatial modulation element which diffracts the coherent light by displaying a diffraction grating pattern corresponding to an input image and which displays a virtual image by the diffracted light; and a control unit which calculates a total brightness representing a sum total of brightnesses of all pixels of the input image, and controls at least one of the light source and the spatial modulation element in such a manner that, if the total brightness has decreased, the virtual image is displayed at a lower brightness than a reference virtual image displayed when the input image is used directly. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339964 | UTILIZING HEURISTICS TO ENABLE SELF-ADJUSTING DISPLAYS - Systems and methods for self-adjusting displays are provided. A self-adjusting display may receive a display characteristics shift profile, where the display characteristics shift profile can be generated based on calibration event data collected from a plurality of displays. The display characteristics shift profile can be utilized as an estimate or prediction of a shift in display characteristics the self-adjusting display may experience over time. The self-adjusting display may calculate adjustment factors or curves to compensate for the estimated/predicted shift in display characteristics to lessen or altogether eliminate the need for performing actual calibration on the self-adjusting display. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339967 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A display apparatus, an electronic device including the same, and a method of operating the same are provided. The electronic device includes a display including a first region and a second region, a first driving module configured to generate processing information corresponding to a first image to be displayed in the first region of the display, and a second driving module configured to receive the processing information from the first driving module, and o compensate for a second image to be displayed in the second region of the display, based on the processing information. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339968 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a field sequential liquid crystal display device which can provide display with an appropriate gray scale value in a period when the period succeeds a period in which the light source in the backlight unit is turned off. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes a liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display panel including a pair of substrates, a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between the substrates, and a display area formed by multiple pixels; a backlight unit that includes multi-color light sources and is configured to sequentially emit lights in different colors for individual multiple sub-frames obtained by temporally diving one frame; and a controller configured to control a liquid crystal gray scale value of each of the pixels by synchronizing with supply of each image signal to the multi-color light sources, at least one of the multi-color light sources being turned off for at least one of the sub-frames, the controller configured to control the liquid crystal gray scale value of each of the pixels when an image signal for turning off the light source is supplied to the light source to be turned off, so as to let the gray scale values satisfy the predetermined conditions. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339974 | PIXEL UNIT CIRCUIT, COMPENSATING METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel unit circuit, a compensating method thereof and a display device. The pixel unit circuit includes a driving transistor, a first transistor, a second transistor, a third transistor, a fourth transistor, a storage capacitor and a light-emitting device (OLED). The pixel unit circuit, the compensating method thereof and the display device may compensate the light emitting device by combining an internal compensation and an external compensation, and have advantages of both the internal compensation and the external compensation. The Mura phenomenon caused by non-uniformity in threshold voltages or drifts of threshold voltages in the N-type depletion or enhanced driving transistor TFT may be eliminated effectively by the internal compensation, which may enhance a display effect. Additionally, the pixel unit circuit, the compensating method thereof and the display device may have a function for extracting characteristics of the driving TFT and characteristics of the light emitting device, which may be applicable to the external compensation driving effectively. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339982 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of the invention provide an organic light emitting diode pixel circuit and a display device so as to address such a problem of non-uniform display of an image on the entire display panel due to different threshold voltages of drive transistors in different pixel elements in a traditional organic light emitting diode pixel circuit. A drive signal generation module in the organic light emitting diode pixel circuit according to an embodiment of the invention reads and stores the threshold voltage of a drive transistor in a threshold voltage reading phase, and in a signal loading phase, receives an image data signal and generates a drive signal from the received image data signal and the threshold voltage of the drive transistor stored in the threshold voltage reading phase so that the drive signal is dependent upon the threshold voltage of the drive transistor. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339986 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC THEREOF - A method of controlling an output characteristic of an electronic device is provided. The method includes executing an application, detecting the brightness of an ambient environment, determining a gamma characteristic based on the executing application and the detected brightness, and outputting a screen of the running application based on the determined gamma characteristic. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341624 | HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE - A head-mounted display device includes: an image-light generating unit for right eye that generates image light from image data for right eye and emits the image light; an image-light generating unit for left eye that generates image light from image data for left eye and the image light; a light guide units that guide the emitted image lights to the left and right eyes of the user; and a display control unit that transmits control signals for controlling the emission of the image lights respectively to the image-light generating unit for right eye and the image-light generating unit for left eye. The display control unit transitions, according to a condition set in advance, the head-mounted display device to a power saving state for causing one of the image-light generating unit for right eye and the image-light generating unit for left eye to stop the emission of the image light. | 11-26-2015 |
20150348456 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMAGE ANALYSIS AND IMAGE DISPLAY - An apparatus and a method for image analysis and image display are provided. The image display apparatus includes a storage device, a processor, and a display. The storage device stores at least one gain table. Each gain table includes a plurality of gain values. There is a corresponding relationship between the plurality of gain values and a plurality of pixels of an image. For each gray level value of each of the pixels, the processor determines a gain value corresponding to the gray level value according to the at least one gain table. In addition, the processor compensates the image according to the gain values corresponding to the gray level values. The display displays the compensated image. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348457 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device including: a scanning line driving circuit which selects scanning lines of a first set in the even row and one of two scanning lines in the odd row in a first unit period, and selects scanning lines of a second set in the even row and the other of two scanning lines in the odd row in a second unit period; and a signal line driving circuit which supplies a first grayscale potential to four pixels corresponding to an intersection of the scanning lines of the first set and the two signal lines in the first unit period, and supplies a second grayscale potential to four pixels corresponding to an intersection of the scanning lines of the second set and the two signal lines in the second unit period. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348458 | HIERARCHICAL PREDICTION FOR PIXEL PARAMETER COMPRESSION - A method for compensating pixel luminance of a display panel which includes receiving pixel parameters corresponding to sub-pixels of the display panel, receiving an input image, adjusting the input image according to the pixel parameters, and displaying the adjusted input image at the display panel. The pixel parameters include a first pixel parameter of a base luminance level of a base color channel, a first residual determined from performing inter-channel prediction, a second residual determined from performing inter-level prediction, and parameters used in the performing of the inter-level prediction. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348460 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITOR BRIGHTNESS CONTROL USING AN AMBIENT LIGHT SENSOR ON A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems and methods for monitor brightness control are disclosed. The method includes connecting with a device via a dock, the device including a sensor configured to detect a lighting condition of an environment surrounding the device. The method further includes linking the dock with a monitor. The method further includes detecting the lighting condition. Additionally, in response to a change in the lighting condition, the method includes matching the lighting condition with a monitor brightness setting in a plurality of brightness look-up-tables and adjusting a brightness level of the monitor based on the monitor brightness setting. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348461 | DRIVE DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY - Provided are a drive device and drive method for a vacuum fluorescent display that can suppress brightness variations in display images and improve display quality. A drive device for a vacuum fluorescent display is provided with a positive electrode unit in which a plurality of positive electrodes to which a phosphor is applied are disposed in a matrix shape and a negative electrode filament that discharges electrons toward the positive electrode unit. The device is provided with: a first magnetic field generating means that generates a first magnetic field perpendicular to the direction in which the positive electrode unit and the negative electrode filament face each other and that can periodically switch polarity; and a second magnetic field generating means that generates a second magnetic field that is perpendicular to the direction in which the positive electrode unit and the negative electrode filament face each other and crosses the first magnetic field and that can periodically switch polarity. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348463 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A pixel circuit and organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display including the same are disclosed. In one aspect, a pixel circuit comprises an OLED electrically connected between a first node and a low power supply voltage, a driver electrically connected to the OLED at the first node and configured to drive the OLED with a voltage corresponding to a data signal based at least in part on a scan signal, a read-out unit configured to measure an anode current of the OLED based at least in part on a read control signal, and a compensation unit electrically connected to the OLED at the first node and configured to provide the OLED with a compensation current corresponding to a compensation data signal based at least in part on the measured anode current and a compensation control signal. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348467 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The disclosure of the present invention provides an image processing method and apparatus. The method comprises acquiring a single picture image displayed on a display panel; determining an average value of each area relating to a display parameter, after the acquired single picture image is divided into a plurality of areas according to a preset regulation; determining differences between average values of respective two adjacent areas, and determining a uniformity of the single picture image displayed on the display panel in accordance with a relationship between each difference and a threshold of a resolvable picture uniformity by an human eye; adjusting the difference between the average values of the respective two adjacent areas to be not greater than the threshold of the resolvable picture uniformity by the human eye, when determining the single picture image displayed on the display panel to be not uniform. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348469 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - It is possible to realize a liquid crystal display device | 12-03-2015 |
20150348476 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MONITORING PIXEL DATA AND DISPLAY SYSTEM ADOPTING THE SAME - An apparatus for monitoring pixel data includes a multiplexer configured to select pixel data applied to at least one of function blocks which is configured to convert the pixel data provided from an external device and adjust characteristics of a display device, a monitoring module configured to store the pixel data selected by the multiplexer, and an analyzing module configured to output a location selection signal to the multiplexer which provides the monitoring module with the pixel data based on the location selection signal, to read out the pixel data stored in the monitoring module by applying a pixel position signal to the monitoring module, and to analyze a variation of the read out pixel data. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348481 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - Provided is a display device. The display device includes: a plurality of gate lines extending in a first direction; a plurality of data lines extending in a second direction that intersects the first direction; and a plurality of pixels connected to the gate lines and the data lines, wherein the pixels include pixels h-th row pixels (h is a natural number) and (h+1)-th row pixels, which are adjacent to each other in the second direction, with a (k+1)-th gate line (k is a natural number) therebetween among the gate lines; and a first pixel displaying a first color and connected to the (k+1)-th gate line among the h-th row pixels and a second pixel displaying the first color and connected to the (k+1)-th gate line among the (h+1)-th row pixels are spaced apart from each other in the first direction and receive different polarities of data voltages. | 12-03-2015 |
20150348501 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, a display device includes an image display panel in which pixels are arranged; and a signal processing unit that converts input values of input signals including color information of a certain color represented in a reference color gamut into extended values in an extended color space to generate output signals. The signal processing unit corrects the input values of the input signals into input values of corrected input signals including color information of a corrected color so as to correct the certain color into the corrected color that is a color positioned in a direction away from a white point, determines an expansion coefficient, and obtains the output signals for first to fourth sub-pixels based on at least the corrected input signals and the expansion coefficient. | 12-03-2015 |
20150356898 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device includes a controller to control a first area and a second area of a display based on a predetermined condition. The controller simultaneously controls the pixels in the first area to display an image and controls the pixels in the second area to display light having a same gray scale value. The predetermined condition may be a user command or an operational condition, power mode, or status of a host device. The same gray scale value may be a lowest gray scale value in a predetermined range. The first and second areas may have different contours, and may be located at respective main and peripheral display locations of the host device. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356899 | DISPLAY DEVICE, AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD IN DISPLAY DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention is directed to reducing a memory capacity required for saving compensating data (data used for compensating variations and the like in characteristic of a drive transistor) compared to conventional examples, in a display device. An organic EL display device using an oxide TFT for a drive transistor is provided with: a low pass filter for extracting low frequency component data from pixel current data as data of a drive current of the drive transistor; a first computing portion for obtaining high frequency component data by obtaining a difference between the pixel current data and the low frequency component data; a down-sampling portion for extracting data from the low frequency component data at predetermined sampling intervals; and a high frequency signal compression processing portion for extracting only high amplitude data out of the high frequency component data. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356901 | FOUR COLOR CONVERTER, DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING THREE COLOR DATA TO FOUR COLOR DATA - A four color converter includes: a first white balance module configured to effect white balance processing on raw RGB data to thereby obtain white balance processed RGB data, a four color determining module configured to determine RGBW data according to white balance processed RGB data provided by the first white balance module and a white color data extracted from the white balance processed RGB data; and a second white balance module configured to effect white balance processing on the RGBW data provided by the four color determining module to thereby obtain white balance processed RGBW data for display. The present invention further discloses a display apparatus having the four color converter and a method for converting three color data to four color data. The present invention can achieve remaining chromaticity value of each color unchanged as long as a ratio of four color data is not changed. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356904 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes: an obtaining unit configured to obtain a brightness range value; and a generating unit configured to generate a display-image data on the basis of the brightness range value obtained by the obtaining unit, wherein the generating unit generates the display-image data on the basis of two or more of first image data, second image data, and brightness difference data such that, when the brightness range value obtained by the obtaining unit is within a predetermined range, a maximum gradation value of the dynamic range of the generated display-image data steadily approaches a maximum gradation value of the dynamic range of the first image data as the brightness range value obtained by the obtaining unit decreases. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356906 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING SCREEN ACCORDING TO INTENSITY OF BRIGHTNESS OF AMBIENT LIGHT - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for display of a screen according to brightness intensity of ambient light. One or more characteristic values configuring display data is set to be higher than a preset color characteristic value when measured brightness intensity of ambient light is higher than preset brightness intensity of ambient light, and one of the set color characteristic values is converted to a contrast characteristic value and is displayed. Therefore, even when brightness intensity of ambient light is high, the user can accurately view a screen. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356907 | Display Device - A display device is provided. The display device comprises a display comprising a plurality of pixels arranged in a display plane. The display device is configured to determine a virtual plane at which a long-sighted user of the display device who is looking at the display sees sharp. Further, the display device is configured to determine a first contiguous group of pixels of the display which are located within a first optical path from a first virtual pixel of the virtual plane to an eye of the long-sighted user, and to determine a second contiguous group of pixels of the display which are located within a second optical path from a second virtual pixel of the virtual plane to the eye of the long-sighted user. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356914 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is a display control apparatus including: a display control unit configured to distribute brightness information to a plurality of display devices in accordance with external light amount information from a sensor; and a plurality of drive units configured to drive the plurality of display devices on a basis of the brightness information distributed by the display control unit. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356915 | Active Matrix LED Pixel Driving Circuit And Layout Method - Embodiments provide an active matrix LED pixel driving circuit and pixel layout for increased uniform illumination of LED display panels. A plurality of sub driving transistors can be located in neighbor pixels of the pixel associated with the prime driver transistor's LED. The sub driving transistors can compensate for the process variations affecting the threshold voltage variation of the prime driver transistor resulting in uniform illumination of LED's on the display panel. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356917 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING BRIGHTNESS OF PIXEL CIRCUIT - A current value of a first pixel and/or a current value of a second pixel of a display are adjusted until a value of a current difference is within a predetermined range. The current value of the first pixel corresponds to a brightness level of the first pixel. The current value of the second pixel corresponds to a brightness level of the second pixel. Adjusting the current value of the first pixel involves adjusting a threshold voltage value of a transistor of the first pixel. Adjusting the current value of the second pixel involves adjusting a threshold voltage value of a transistor of the second pixel. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356919 | PIXEL COMPENSATING CIRCUIT AND METHOD OF ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - A pixel compensating circuit includes a first transistor, a second transistor, a third transistor, a fourth transistor, a fifth transistor, a driving transistor, a first capacitor, and an organic light emitting diode element. The first transistor controls transmission of a data signal to a first electrode plate of the first capacitor. The second transistor controls transmission of a reference voltage signal to the first electrode plate of the first capacitor. The driving transistor determines an amount of a driving current. The third transistor controls connection and disconnection between the gate electrode and a drain electrode of the driving transistor. The fourth transistor transmits the driving current from the driving transistor to the organic light emitting diode element. The fifth transistor controls transmission of a supply voltage to the source electrode of the driving transistor; and the organic light emitting diode element emits light in response to the driving current. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356924 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCE DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A pixel circuit, an organic electroluminescent display panel and a display device are provided. The pixel circuit includes a light emitting element, a first capacitor, a reset control module, a drive control module, a compensation control module, and a light emission control module. In a reset phase, the reset control module writes a reset signal at a reset signal end into a second end of the first capacitor. In a compensation phase, the reset control module writes a data signal at a data signal end into a first end of the first capacitor, and the drive control module charges the first capacitor through the compensation control module. In a light emission phase, both the light emission control module and the first capacitor enable the drive control module to drive the light emitting element with a stable current for emission of light. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356929 | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR CORRECTING DISPLAY NON-UNIFORMITY - A display device including a panel including a plurality of pixels, and a non-uniformity correction unit configured to perform interpolations with regard to different pixels in multiple stages to correct non-uniformity of the pixels may be provided. Further, a display device including a panel including a plurality of pixels, and a non-uniformity correction unit configured to perform first and second interpolations, the first interpolation for performing a first interpolation, and the second interpolation for performing a second interpolation using index information corresponding to a pixel of the plurality of pixels may be provided. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356932 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE FOR IMPROVING CROSSTALK CHARACTERISTICS - A liquid crystal display (LCD) device includes a display including a plurality of pixels, a voltage compensation controller configured to control the plurality of pixels and determine whether to compensate a predetermined grayscale voltage to be applied to the plurality of pixels, and a voltage generator configured to provide the predetermined grayscale voltage to the plurality of pixels in response to the voltage compensation controller determining not to compensate the predetermined grayscale voltage, and to compensate the predetermined grayscale voltage and provide the compensated predetermined grayscale voltage to the plurality of pixels in response to the voltage compensation controller determining to compensate the predetermined grayscale voltage. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356941 | OPERATIONAL AMPLIFYING CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL PANEL DRIVE DEVICE USING THE SAME - An operational amplifier circuit includes: a first differential amplifier section containing a P-type differential pair of P-type transistors; a second differential amplifier section containing an N-type differential pair of N-type transistors; an intermediate stage connected with outputs of the first and second differential amplifier sections and containing a first current mirror circuit of P-type transistors, and a second current mirror circuit of N-type transistors; and an output stage configured to amplify an output of the intermediate stage in power. The first differential amplifier section includes a first current source and a first capacitance between sources of the P-type transistors of the P-type differential pair and a positive side power supply voltage. The second differential amplifier section includes a second current source and a second capacitance between sources of the N-type transistors of the N-type differential pair and a negative side power supply voltage. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356946 | GAMMA CORRECTION CIRCUIT AND GAMMA CORRECTION METHOD - A gamma correction circuit applied to a display device includes a first storage unit, a second storage unit, a first correction circuit and a second correction circuit. The first storage unit stores a first gamma look-up table, and the second storage unit stores a second gamma look-up table. The first correction circuit receives an input signal, and generates an intermediate signal corresponding to the input signal according to the first gamma look-up table. The second correction circuit receives the intermediate signal, and generates an output signal corresponding to the intermediate signal according to the second look-up table to a display panel. The first look-up table is stored to the first storage unit after the display device is powered on. | 12-10-2015 |
20150356948 | METHOD FOR CALIBRATING LUMINANCE, METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A method for calibrating a luminance includes measuring a default luminance value of a display device when the display device is set at a default user-configured luminance configuration, calculating a calibration parameter according to a target luminance value and the default luminance value, and storing the calibration parameter in the display device so that the display device exhibits a display luminance value substantially identical to the target luminance value according to the calibration parameter when the display device is set at the default user-configured luminance configuration. | 12-10-2015 |
20150362657 | DISPLAY SCREEN FRAME ELIMINATING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The disclosure relates to the field of liquid crystal display, specifically to a display screen frame eliminating apparatus and a display device. The display screen frame eliminating apparatus comprises a light source, a light tube and a drive module. The light tube comprises an upper surface and a lower surface, and the light source is located within the light tube or under the lower surface of the light tube. The light tube enables the light emitted by the light source to dispersedly exit from the upper surface. The drive module drives the light source to emit light based on the luminous condition of the edge pixels of the display area in the display screen. In this way, the light source emits light rays similar as the edge pixels of the display area in the display screen, and the light rays dispersedly exit from the upper surface of the light tube by means of the layered light tube structure. Therefore, to the human eyes, the display influence of the frame can be eliminated in all directions, and the display effect of the display device can be improved. (FIG. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364068 | Array Substrate and Liquid Crystal Display Panel - The present invention discloses an array substrate and a liquid crystal display panel. In the array substrate, each pixel unit comprises a first pixel electrode, a second pixel electrode and a third pixel electrode, which further comprises a control circuit affecting the second pixel electrode. It changes the voltage of the second pixel electrode through the control circuit, and the third pixel electrode is connected with the second pixel electrode through a third switch. In the | 12-17-2015 |
20150364070 | DRIVING CIRCUIT, FLEXIBLE DISPLAY DEVICE AND FLEXIBLE SPLICING DISPLAY APPARATUS THEREOF - A driving circuit, flexible display device and flexible splicing display apparatus thereof are described. The driving circuit comprises a driving chip, a plurality of data signal wires and a plurality of scan signal wires. The data signal wires of the flexible display device and the data lines are connected correspondingly within the display region of the flexible display device, and the scan signal wires and the scan lines are connected correspondingly in one side of the driving chip of the flexible display device. The present invention utilizes the arrangement of connection pads of the signal wires to improve the display quality of the flexible display device. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364072 | VIDEO-DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - In a video display control device, a control data generating section allocates a part of a dynamic range of a high gradation region of a video signal to a low gradation region, and a backlight controlling section controls a light emission luminance of a backlight so as to cancel an increase or decrease of a mean luminance of a video displayed on a screen in accordance with an increase or decrease of the mean luminance of a video signal after correction with respect to a mean luminance of the video signal. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364073 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND PORTABLE TERMINAL CONTROL METHOD - A portable terminal includes a display, a display processing module that can perform display processing of causing the display to display an image such that an image in a scroll target area which is at least a portion of an image display area on the display is scrolled, a calculation module that can perform calculation processing of calculating a scroll speed of the image in the scroll target area, and a brightness adjustment module that can adjust a brightness of an image displayed on the display such that, with respect to the brightness of an image displayed on the display when the scroll speed calculated by the calculation module is a first speed, the brightness of an image displayed on the display when the scroll speed calculated by the calculation module is a second speed becomes darker, the second speed being faster than the first speed. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364088 | POWER EFFICIENT ADAPTIVE PANEL PIXEL CHARGE SCHEME - This application relates to systems, methods, and apparatus for reducing the power consumption of a display panel. Specifically, the embodiments discussed herein relate to a panel pixel charge scheme that allows the current output of a display driver to be modified based on the content to be displayed at the display panel. The display driver can compare current and upcoming display content in order to determine how the line voltage for one or more output lines will change over time. If, based on the comparison, the voltage for an output line is not going to vary substantially over time, the bias current output from the display driver can be modified in order to save power. The modification to the bias current can depend on the amount of change the line voltage will undergo in subsequent executions of the content data. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364095 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - Disclosed are liquid crystal display control method and system, and a display device. The liquid crystal display control method comprises: performing a decoding operation on input video signals to obtain data corresponding to respective pixels of a display panel; dividing the display panel into a plurality of display regions so that each display region corresponds to one or more light sources of a backlight source and a symmetric center of the one or more light sources is positioned such that an orthographic projection thereof on the display panel is coincided with a center of the corresponding display region; calculating a control signal for controlling display of each display region based on the data corresponding to pixels in the display region; redividing each display region into a plurality of subregions based on a light distribution in the display region and regulating the control signal for controlling the display of each subregion based on data corresponding to pixels in the subregion; and controlling the display panel and the backlight source based on the regulated control signals. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364096 | FLEXIBLE SPLICING DISPLAY APPARATUS - A flexible splicing display apparatus is described. The flexible splicing display apparatus includes a plurality of flexible display devices. The display region is disposed in a central portion of the flexible display device, and the connection region is disposed in the two display regions. The gamma values and colorimetric values of the connection regions between two display regions is ensured based on the gamma and colorimetric values of the two display regions respectively. The flexible splicing display apparatus of the present invention solves the problems of lower brightness and deviation of colors which occurs in the overlapped regions of the OLED flexible display devices. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364104 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel comprises applying a first set of pixel voltages including a positive pixel voltage (+) and a negative pixel voltage (−) to subpixels of a display panel in an N-th frame, applying a second set of pixel voltages having polarities opposite to polarities of the first set of the pixel voltages to the subpixels of the display panel in an (N+1)-th frame and applying compensating values which are varied for respective data lines of the display panel. N is a natural number. A corresponding display panel is also disclosed. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364106 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A pixel circuit for an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display is disclosed. In one aspect, the pixel circuit includes a current provider electrically connected to a current source and configured to perform a current sinking operation in response to a first scan signal and to adjust a driving current based on the current sinking operation. The pixel circuit also includes a digital driver configured to control a flow of the driving current provided from the current provider in response to a data signal and a second scan signal. The pixel circuit further includes a plurality of pixel selectors configured to provide the driving current received from the digital driver to an OLED in response to a third scan signal. | 12-17-2015 |
20150364111 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments provide a backlight control method and device and a liquid crystal display device, which relate to the liquid crystal display field and are used to achieve the purposes of meeting the requirements on different image quality enhancements in different display regions of the liquid crystal screen and improving the display quality and the sense of display layering of pictures. The method comprises: dividing n backlight subregions into m backlight regions; acquiring an average backlight value of each backlight region among the m backlight regions; searching, from a pre-acquired gain search table, a gain value corresponding to the average backlight value of each backlight region among the m backlight regions; adjusting backlight values of backlight subregions contained in each backlight region correspondingly according to the gain value corresponding to each backlight region; and outputting adjusted backlight values of the n backlight subregions. The embodiments are applicable to backlight adjustment scenes. | 12-17-2015 |
20150371579 | TRANSPARENT DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - Provided are a transparent display device and a method for controlling same. This transparent display device comprises: a sensor which measures the colour properties of light that is incident to the transparent display device; a light control unit which is configured so as to control the amount of light that is incident to the rear surface of the transparent display unit and penetrates a plurality of penetration units; and a transparent display panel which comprises a control unit configured so as to correct colour distortion by making a comparison with a preset threshold value on the basis of the measured colour properties and correcting the image to be displayed on a plurality of pixels, the transparent display panel displaying the corrected input image. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371594 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DISPLAY SIGNAL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A method of processing a display signal includes: obtaining the average of grayscales of at least one display zone in a previous frame of image and a current frame of image respectively; comparing in magnitude the average of grayscales of at least one display zone in the current frame of image with the average of grayscales of the corresponding display zone in the previous frame of image; and outputting a backlight control value to increase or reduce the brightness of an illuminating element corresponding to the display zone when the average of grayscales of the at least one display zone in the current frame of image is larger or smaller than the average of grayscales of the corresponding display zone in the previous frame of image. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371595 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATING APPARATUS, GRAY SCALE VOLTAGE GENERATING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a gamma voltage generating apparatus, comprising: a standard gamma voltage output unit for outputting a plurality of standard gamma voltage values, and a plurality of DACs connected with the standard gamma voltage output unit, wherein, the precisions of at least part of the plurality of DACs are different from those of the other DACs so that when different standard gamma voltage values are input to the plurality of DACs respectively, regulations of the actual gamma voltages output by the plurality of DACs respectively are in a predetermined range. The gray scale voltage generating apparatus according to the present invention comprises the gamma voltage generating apparatus. The display device according to the present invention comprises the gray scale voltage generating apparatus. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371597 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device includes a display area in which pixels are disposed in a matrix with rows and columns. The display area includes first and second configuration columns. The first configuration column is a column where first pixels are aligned. The first pixels each include a pixel electrode including first and second areas. In the first area, electrodes extending in a first direction inclined to the column direction are disposed. In the second area, electrodes extending in a second direction inclined differently from the first direction are disposed. The second configuration column is a column where second and third pixels are alternately aligned. The second pixels each include a pixel electrode including electrodes extending in a third direction inclined to the column direction. The third pixels each include a pixel electrode including electrodes extending in a fourth direction inclined differently from the third direction. | 12-24-2015 |
20150371606 | DISPLAY PANEL AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A display panel and an organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display including the display panel are disclosed. The display panel includes a first pixel configured to emit a first color of light, a second pixel configured to emit a second color of light, and a third pixel configured to emit a third color of light. Each of the first to third pixels includes a light emission current applying unit including a driving transistor and a storage capacitor, a gate electrode of the driving transistor configured to receive a data signal from a display driver of the OLED display. The panel includes a light emission unit configured to emit light based on a light emission current. The panel also includes an initialization voltage supply unit configured to provide an initialization voltage to the gate electrode of the driving transistor and the first electrode of the OLED. | 12-24-2015 |
20150378236 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention is directed to an electrophoretic display device which is suitable for passive matrix driving. The electrophoretic fluid may comprise two types of charged pigment particles wherein the two types of charged pigment particles carry opposite charge polarities, have contrasting colors and have different levels of charge intensity. Alternatively, there may be a third type of particles added to the fluid. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379909 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY FOR SENSING ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF DRIVING ELEMENT - An organic light emitting display comprises: a display panel with a plurality of pixels connected to data lines and sensing lines, each pixel comprising an OLED and a driving TFT for controlling the amount of light emission of the OLED; and a data driver IC comprising a plurality of sensing units for sensing current data of the pixels through a plurality of sensing channels connected to the sensing lines, each sensing unit comprising: a first current integrator connected to an odd sensing channel; a second current integrator connected to an even sensing channel neighboring the odd sensing channel; and a sample & hold unit that removes common noise components from a first sampled value input from the first current integrator and a second sampled value input from the second current integrator while storing and holding the first and second sampled values. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379922 | LUMINANCE COMPENSATION METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE, LUMINANCE COMPENSATION DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A luminance compensation method of a display device, a luminance compensation device and a display device are provided. The luminance compensation method of the display device, comprises: acquiring a preset first luminance compensation information list of the display device, the first luminance compensation information list comprising initial luminance compensation information of a part of a plurality of pixels of the display device; regenerating target luminance compensation information of all of the plurality of pixels of the display device according to the first luminance compensation information list; performing luminance compensation for an input image according to the target luminance compensation information of all of the plurality of pixels of the display device, wherein the part of the plurality of pixels are dispersedly taken from all of the plurality of pixels of the display device. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379924 | PIXEL ARRAY, METAL MASK, ELECTRO OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRIC APPARATUS - In a pixel array in which rectangular pixels, each enclosing a subpixel of the first color (SP | 12-31-2015 |
20150379931 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix on a substrate, each including a luminescent element and a drive transistor configured to supply current to the luminescent element for light emission, and a panel characteristics correction unit configured to correct for display a video signal supplied from outside, to be supplied to a respective one of the pixels, and the panel characteristics correction unit includes an EL characteristics correction unit configured to correct the video signal with inverse luminescent characteristics of the luminescent element, and a TFT characteristics correction unit configured to correct the video signal with inverse drive characteristics of the drive transistor. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379939 | Display Apparatus - The present application relates to a display apparatus having a panel including sub-pixels, data lines, and horizontal lines; a sensing circuit to collect sensing data by sensing for external compensation in the horizontal lines; a calculator to determine a characteristic change of each of the sub-pixels using the sensing data to calculate an external compensation value; a data aligner to receive input image data, and when the input image data corresponds to a horizontal line where the sensing is performed, to convert the input image data into compensation image data based on a compensation value; and a data driver to output a compensation data voltage corresponding to the compensation image data to a data line corresponding to the sensed horizontal line before and after the sensing is performed, and output a sensing data voltage to the data line while the sensing is performed. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379940 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SAME - Provided is a driving method whereby it is possible to simultaneously compensate for both degradation of a drive transistor and degradation of a light-emitting element without causing special light emission at the time of detecting characteristics in a display device. In a display device which includes a pixel circuit including an electro-optic element and a drive transistor, a driving method includes: a first characteristic detection step for detecting a characteristic of the drive transistor; a second characteristic detection step for detecting a characteristic of the electro-optic element; a correction data storage step for storing characteristic data obtained based on detection results in the first and second characteristic detection steps as correction data; and a video signal correction step for correcting the video signal based on the correction data. The second characteristic detection step is performed in a light emission period. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379945 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A novel liquid crystal display device without a decrease in display quality. The liquid crystal display device includes a pixel for displaying a still image at a frame frequency of less than or equal to 1 Hz, and a liquid crystal layer in the pixel has a dielectric constant anisotropy of greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 5. With the above structure, a change in voltage applied to a pixel can be kept within an acceptable range of a deviation in gray level for displaying the same still image. Thus, flickers due to a low refresh rate can be reduced, which leads to an increase in display quality. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379954 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device includes a liquid crystal display and a power supply to apply a common voltage to a common electrode of the display. The power supply applies a first common voltage to the common electrode for a first period after power is turned on, and applies a second common voltage higher than the first common voltage to the common electrode until the power is turned off after the first period. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379960 | DISPLAY DEVICE WITH A BACKLIGHT - A display includes a backlight portion having at least one broad spectrum emitter (such as white) and at least one narrow spectrum emitter (such as red, green, and blue), a liquid crystal panel for displaying an image by spatial light modulation, and control electronics configured to receive input image data and output control signals to both the backlight portion and liquid crystal panel. The control electronics is configured to use color rendering capabilities of the liquid crystal panel under illumination from each of the emitter types individually to calculate a minimum power combination of emission from each emitter type required to display the input image data. The control electronics is further configured to modify the input image data according to the calculated minimum power combination of emitter powers so a resulting display of colours in the image data remains despite changing illumination conditions. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379961 | DISPLAY SYSTEM - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a display system comprising: a display panel; a backlight module for supplying backlight to the display panel; a drive module for driving the backlight module to emit light; and a control module for controlling the drive module to drive the backlight module to emit light, wherein the backlight module comprises first light emitting diodes and second light emitting diodes, and a spectral intensity of blue light of light emitted by the first light emitting diode is less than a spectral intensity of each of red light and green light of the light emitted by the first light emitting diode; wherein the drive module comprises a first drive unit for driving the first light emitting diodes to emit light under the control of the control module, and a second drive unit for driving the second light emitting diodes to emit light under the control of the control module. | 12-31-2015 |
20150379962 | MOVING WALKWAY HAVING TRANSPARENT DISPLAY BOARDS - The present invention relates to a moving walkway having transparent display boards, and more particularly to a moving walkway having transparent display boards, which comprises transparent display boards supported by one or more posts spaced from each other at both sides of the moving walkway having a footplate extending in one direction, wherein the transparent display boards can uniformly supply driving voltage applied to a light-emitting device within a predetermined range by adjusting the width and length of a pattern, so that a plurality of light sources mounted on the transparent display boards can emit light with a uniform intensity. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381197 | DRIVING VOLTAGE GENERATOR AND DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER - A digital to analog converter is disclosed. The invention provides a digital to analog converter (DAC) including a plurality of voltage transmitting switches and a selecting signal decoder. The voltage transmitting switches respectively receive a plurality of input voltages, and output terminals of the voltage transmitting switches are commonly coupled to an output terminal of the digital to analog converter. The selecting signal decoder receives a plurality of selecting signals, and generates a plurality of transmitting enable signals to control the voltage transmitting switches. Wherein only one of the voltage transmitting switches is connected between each of the input voltages and the output terminal of the digital to analog converter. | 12-31-2015 |
20160005346 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is disclosed. In one aspect, the display device includes a display panel including gate lines and pixels electrically connected to the gate lines, the pixels comprising a first pixel row and a second pixel row having a fewer number of pixels than the first pixel row. The display device also includes a gate driver including stages, each configured to output a gate signal to the respective gate line, the gate lines comprising first and second gate lines respectively connected to the first and second pixel rows, and the stages comprising first and second stages respectively connected to the first and second gate lines. An output transistor of each stage is configured to output the gate signal and the channel width of the output transistor of the first stage is greater than that of the output transistor of the second stage. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005356 | Oled Pixel Circuit, Driving Method of the Same, and Display Device - An OLED pixel circuit includes a data strobe module, a threshold compensation module, a driving module, and a light-emitting module. Wherein, the data strobe module is used for inputting a data signal on a data signal line to the driving module under control of a scanning signal of a scanning signal line; the threshold compensation module is used for compensating a threshold voltage of the driving module; and the driving module is used for driving the light-emitting module to emit light according to the data signal provided by the data strobe module. The OLED pixel circuit can compensate shift and inconsistency of a threshold voltage of a transistor therein effectively, so that the drive current of the OLED will not affected by the threshold voltage of the transistor, making brightness of a display device more uniform. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005360 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - According to an embodiment, a display apparatus includes a display panel displaying an image, a backlight circuit supplying a light to the display panel, a host connector connected to a host, a main control board controlling the display panel to display an image in response to an image signal and a control signal that are provided from the host through the host connector, and a backlight control board separately provided from the main control board and receiving a source voltage from the host through the host connector to drive the backlight circuit. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005362 | Determination Of Optical Condition And Adjustment Of Display - Techniques and implementations related to determination of an optical condition surrounding a portable electronic apparatus and adjustment of display thereby are described. A method may involve sensing a property of an ambient light in at least a first direction and a second direction different from the first direction with respect to the portable electronic apparatus. The method may also involve determining whether any of one or more optical conditions is met based on the sensing. The one or more optical conditions may correspond to one of one or more scenarios surrounding the portable electronic apparatus, respectively. The method may further involve adjusting one or more operational parameters related to the portable electronic apparatus responsive to the determining. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005365 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a timing controller, a data driver, and a display panel. The timing controller includes a first compensator receiving a first image data, selecting a temperature compensation value in accordance with the external temperature, and converting the first image data to a second image data on the basis of the selected temperature compensation value and a second compensator selecting a kickback voltage compensation value predetermined in accordance with the areas of the display panel and converting the second image data to the output image data on the basis of the kickback voltage compensation value selected in accordance with the areas. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005371 | DISPLAY PANEL - A display panel comprises a display area, a plurality of scan lines and data lines, a data driving circuit and a demultiplexing unit. The scan lines and the data lines cross each other within the display area. At least two of the data lines have different capacitances. The data driving circuit outputs a plurality of control signal and a data signal. The demultiplexing unit includes a plurality of thin-film transistors coupled with the data driving circuit and the data lines. The thin-film transistors receive the data signal and transmit the data signal to the correspondingly coupled data lines through channel layers of the thin-film transistors according to the control signals. The channel layers of at least two of the thin-film transistors coupled with the at least two data lines have different widths. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005375 | ELECTROCHROMIC DISPLAY DEVICE, AND PRODUCING METHOD AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An electrochromic display device is provided. The electrochromic display device includes a first substrate; a first electrode formed of a transparent conductive film, overlying the first substrate; a second electrode formed of a transparent conductive film, overlying the first electrode; a white reflective layer, overlying the second electrode; a reflective layer, overlying the white reflective layer; a support substrate, overlying the reflective layer; an electrochromic layer, adjacent to the first electrode or the second electrode; and an electrolyte, present between the first electrode and the second electrode. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005380 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel includes steps of generating a plurality of load signals, of which at least one load signal has a different timing from the rest of the load signals, generating data voltages synchronized to low periods of the load signals and outputting the data voltages to data lines. Accordingly, the data voltages synchronized to each of the load signals can be outputted to each of the data lines. A color coordinate problem occurring when applying a RGBW type may be solved by setting a charging time of a white sub-pixel different from the rest of the sub-pixels. Thus, display quality of a display apparatus including the display panel may be improved. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005381 | DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DISPLAYING IMAGE - According to an aspect, a display device includes: an image display unit provided with a plurality of pixels each including a first sub-pixel for displaying a first color component, a second sub-pixel for displaying a second color component, a third sub-pixel for displaying a third color component, and a fourth sub-pixel that has higher luminance or higher power efficiency for display than that of the first sub-pixel, the second sub-pixel, and the third sub-pixel, and displays an additional color component different from the first sub-pixel, the second sub-pixel, and the third sub-pixel; a replacement ratio calculation unit that calculates a replacement ratio, generates an output signal based on the replacement ratio, and outputs the generated output signal to a drive circuit. | 01-07-2016 |
20160005383 | METHOD OF DRIVING ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method of driving an organic light emitting display apparatus which, when a defective pixel where at least one organic light emitting diode (OLED) is not normally driven occurs in a plurality of pixels each including two OLEDs, changes input image data corresponding to a data voltage to be supplied to the at least one OLED by using a compensation value. | 01-07-2016 |
20160012762 | REFLECTIVE DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF | 01-14-2016 |
20160012763 | GAMMA REFERENCE VOLTAGE GENERATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY | 01-14-2016 |
20160012773 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY PANEL AND OLED DISPLAY HAVING THE SAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160012775 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF | 01-14-2016 |
20160018637 | DISPLAY APPARATUS INCORPORATING OPTICALLY INACTIVE DISPLAY ELEMENTS - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for displaying images on a display. An image-forming region is formed by a plurality of display elements each having a movable shutter component. Images are generated by controlling the shutter component of each of the plurality of display elements to move into open or closed positions depending on a desired light output intensity. Optically inactive display elements are positioned outside of the image-forming region. The position of the movable shutter component of each optically inactive display element is selected based on the next state of the movable component of at least one display element. The optically inactive display elements can increase the speed of the shutter components of display elements by displacing a fluid that surrounds the display elements and the optically inactive display elements. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DRIVING A LED DISPLAY - The LED display system comprises an array of LEDs and a driver circuit that employs a scrambled PWM generator. The scrambled PWM generator is configured to generate a plurality of PWM pulses. The PWM pulses are distributed into a corresponding number of refresh segments. The driver circuit is configured so that one or more of PWM pulses are extendable by a certain offset value so that the pulse width in the corresponding refresh segments is wide enough for the LED to emit light. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019832 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an aspect, a display device includes: an image display unit in which pixels are arranged, each of the pixels including a fourth sub-pixel and surrounding sub-pixels arranged around the fourth sub-pixel, the fourth sub-pixels of the respective pixels being arranged in a two-dimensional matrix and displaying a white color component as a fourth color, each of the pixels sharing at least one of the surrounding sub-pixels with an adjacent pixel adjacent to the pixel; and a signal processing unit that, based on a first input video signal for a specific pixel and a second input video signal for an adjacent pixel adjacent to the specific pixel, generates an output signal for the surrounding sub-pixels belonging to the specific pixel and outputs the generated output signal to the image display unit. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019833 | SHIFT REGISTER, GATE DRIVER CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - The present disclosure presents a shift register and a gate driver circuit comprising a signal input unit, a reset control unit, a light emitting signal output control unit, and a scanning signal output control unit. At a charging phase, the signal input unit controls the light emitting signal output control unit to conductively connect the first reference signal terminal to the light emitting signal output terminal, and controls the scanning signal output control unit to conductively connect the second clock signal terminal to the scanning signal output terminal. At a scanning signal output phase, the scanning signal output terminal outputs a scanning signal. At a light emitting signal output phase, the light emitting signal output terminal outputs a light emitting signal. The above shift register provided according to an embodiment of the present disclosure integrates the function of outputting scanning signals and the function of outputting light emitting signals. In this way, the light emitting driver circuits for providing light emitting signals to various pixel driver circuits, that are disposed at rims of an OLED display panel independently, may be omitted. This helps in a narrow rim design for a display panel. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019838 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of driving the display are disclosed. In one aspect, the method includes receiving input image data, calculating a load value corresponding to a driving amount of the input image data, and calculating a luminance adjustment value for each of the pixels based at least in part on the load value and a voltage drop proportional value of each of the pixels. The voltage drop proportional value corresponds to a ratio of a voltage drop value to a maximum voltage drop value. The method also includes generating output image data based at least in part on the input image data and the luminance adjustment value and displaying an image corresponding to the output image data. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019846 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display panel including a first display area and a second display area; a first control driver configured to receive first data signals, control the display panel to display images on the first display area, and generate a first histogram corresponding to the first data signals; a second control driver configured to receive second data signals, control the display panel to display images on the second display area, and generate a second histogram corresponding to the second data signals; and a backlight unit configured to supply light to the display panel. The first control driver is further configured to receive the second histogram from the second control driver and generate a backlight control signal for controlling luminance of the backlight unit based on the first and second histograms. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019849 | Method and Device for Mapping Input Grayscales into Output Luminance - A method for mapping an input grayscale into an output luminance includes selecting a first reference grayscale, a first reference luminance, a second reference grayscale and a second reference luminance according to an input grayscale, generating a middle reference grayscale and a middle luminance, replacing a value of the first or second reference grayscale by a value of the middle reference grayscale, and replacing a value of the first or second reference luminance by a value of the middle luminance according to the middle reference grayscale and the input grayscale, and generating an output luminance by computing a linear transformation equation. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019850 | Method and Device for Mapping Input Grayscales into Output Luminance - A method for mapping an input grayscale into an output luminance includes selecting a reference grayscale and a curvature according to an input grayscale; and generating an output luminance according to the reference grayscale, the curvature, and the input grayscale. | 01-21-2016 |
20160019865 | METHOD OF DISPLAYING AN IMAGE, DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME, METHOD OF CALCULATING A CORRECTION VALUE APPLIED TO THE SAME AND METHOD OF CORRECTING GRAYSCALE DATA - A method of displaying an image on a display panel which comprises a plurality of pixels arranged as a matrix type includes measuring a tristimulus value of X, Y and Z values of a displayed image to generate a target curve, generating a corrected grayscale data of a red pixel, a green pixel and a blue pixel using X, Y and Z values of the target curve and converting the corrected grayscale data to a data voltage to provide a data line of the display panel with the data voltage. | 01-21-2016 |
20160026038 | DISPLAY SUBSTRATE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a display substrate and a manufacturing method thereof, and a driving method of a display substrate. In the display substrate, a plurality of pixel groups are repeatedly arranged on a substrate base, each of the pixel groups comprises four first subpixels, four second subpixels, four third subpixels and four fourth subpixels, the subpixels in each of the pixel groups are arranged in a 4×4 matrix, each row of subpixels in each of the pixel groups include one first subpixel, one second subpixel, one third subpixel and one fourth subpixel, the first subpixel, the second subpixel, the third subpixel and the fourth subpixel in different rows of subpixels in each of the pixel groups are arranged successively in different orders, and subpixels with the same color are not located in the same column so that the subpixels are distributed uniformly. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027353 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING IMAGING STICKING, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure provides a method and a device for reducing image sticking and a display device. The method includes sequentially acquiring a plurality of display frames from a display device; dividing each of the plurality of display frames into a plurality of blocks; and judging that there is a possibility of image sticking when blocks having identical or similar image information are included at an identical position in X consecutive display frames, wherein X is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027355 | DATA DRIVER FOR PANEL DISPLAY APPARATUSES - A data driver including an output circuit configured to output an output signal, and a driver output terminal configured to be connected with a display panel and provide the output signal to the display panel. The output circuit includes a buffer having an output coupled with an input of a first switch and an input of a second switch, an output protective resistor coupled between the driver output terminal and an output of the second switch, and a compensation resistor coupled in series with the first switch and between the output of the buffer and the output protective resistor. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027358 | PIXEL ARRAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a pixel array including multiple pixel units, each of which includes two rows of sub-pixels, and each row of sub-pixels includes four sub-pixels of different colors, wherein in each pixel unit, colors of the first two sub-pixels in the previous row are the same as those of the last two sub-pixels in the next row, colors of the last two sub-pixels in the previous row are the same as those of the first two sub-pixels in the next row, and in the same row, any two adjacent sub-pixels form one pixel block. The present invention further provides a driving method of the above-mentioned pixel array, a display panel including the pixel array and a display device including the display panel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027360 | IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - The present invention discloses an image display control method and an image display control device for realizing an ideal display result of chroma by compensating the chroma values of all sub-pixels used for displaying the current frame of an image. The image display control method comprises: acquiring chroma values, output by a signal source, of all sub-pixels needed when a display device displays the current frame of an image; adjusting the acquired chroma values of all the sub-pixels according to pre-stored chroma compensation values corresponding to respective sub-pixels to obtain adjusted chroma values corresponding to respective sub-pixels; and driving the display device according to the adjusted chroma values corresponding to respective sub-pixels to display the current frame of the image. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027361 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, MANUFACTURING METHOD OF ARRAY SUBSTRATE - A display device is provided, and the display device includes an array substrate including a display zone thin film transistor situated in a display zone; a driving device including a charging current acquiring device, which is used for acquiring a charging current of the display zone thin film transistor, and includes a detecting thin film transistor with the same construction as the display zone thin film transistor. A driving method and a manufacturing method of the array substrate are also provided. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027362 | PIXEL ARRAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a pixel array which comprises a middle pixel region and an edge pixel region surrounding the middle pixel region, wherein, the middle pixel region comprises a plurality of middle pixel sets, each of which comprises eight sub-pixels arranged around a central point, the eight sub-pixels include two red sub-pixels, two green sub-pixels, two blue sub-pixels and two supplementary-color sub-pixels, and are arranged in three rows and three columns, the first row includes three sub-pixels, the second row includes two sub-pixels, and the third row includes three sub-pixels. The present invention further provides a driving method of the above pixel array, a display panel including the pixel array and a display device including the display panel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027364 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a curvature-variable display panel including a plurality of pixels; a controller configured to correct and output an image signal supplied from the outside according to a radius of curvature of the display panel; a data driver configured to supply a data signal corresponding to the corrected image signal to a data line connected to the pixel; and a scan driver configured to supply a scan signal synchronized with the data signal to a scan line connected to the pixel. The controller may include a curvature detector configured to detect the radius of curvature of the display panel and a lookup table generator configured to generate a correction lookup table according to the radius of curvature of the display panel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027365 | POWER AND BRIGHTNESS MANAGEMENT OF SOLID-STATE DISPLAYS - System, method, and device for maximizing brightness of solid-state illuminators while minimizing power usage based on individual scene contents. An embodiment varies power to each of the solid-state illuminators (red, green, & blue) based on the scene content that is being displayed optimizing the non-linear brightness response of solid-state illuminators. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027388 | METHOD OF OPERATING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of operating a display device is proposed. In the method, an input gray data is received, a luminance of external light is measured, the input gray data is converted into a linear gray data that is linearly proportional to a lightness obtained from a sum of a luminance of the display device and the luminance of the external light, and a display panel is driven by the use of the linear gray data. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027391 | DUAL-SIDED DISPLAY - A dual-sided display includes outer layers switchable between a transparent state and an opaque state and inner layers disposed between the outer layers and switchable between the transparent state and a colored state. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027407 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR TEMPERATURE-INDUCED CHANGES IN DISPLAY PERFORMANCE - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for reducing flicker in display devices. In one image formation process, the controller can determine a number of subframes to be displayed for a subfield based on a temperature of a display apparatus. In some implementations, the controller can determine dithering parameters based on the determined number of subframes, and perform dithering on pixel intensity values based on the determined dithering parameters. In some implementations, a vector error diffusion technique can be utilized for performing dithering. In some implementations the controller can determine drive voltages for light modulators and drive currents for light sources used for displaying the subframes, based on the temperature of the display apparatus. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027408 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BACKLIGHT MODULE THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for controlling a backlight module thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes the backlight module, an input unit and a processing unit. A light-emitting device of the backlight module includes a first light-emitting unit and a second light-emitting unit. A photoelectric conversion efficiency of the first light-emitting unit is higher than that of the second light-emitting unit, and a covering color gamut of the second light-emitting unit is larger than that of the first light-emitting unit. The input unit generates an input signal. The processing unit is coupled to the input unit and configured to receive the input signal generated by the input unit, and the processing unit is coupled to the backlight module, and dynamically adjusts respective light intensity ratios of the first light-emitting unit and the second light-emitting unit according to the received input signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160027409 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUSES TO DISPLAY VISIBILITY CHANGES RESPONSIVE TO USER GESTURES WHILE RUNNING - In one embodiment, an electronic device to be worn on a user's forearm includes a display and a set of one or more sensors that provide sensor data. In one aspect, a device may detect, using sensor data obtained from a set of sensors, that a first activity state of a user is active. The device may determine, while the first activity state is active, that the sensor data matches a watch check rule associated with the first activity state. Responsive to the detected match, the device may cause a change in visibility of the display. | 01-28-2016 |
20160033795 | TESTING DEVICE, METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A testing device and a method thereof, a display device and a display method are provided, relate to the display technology field, and avoid the non-uniform luminance distribution of backlight source due to a shorten light mixing distance of an LED lamp. The testing method includes: displaying a test image under an action of a backlight source; acquiring a luminance value of each pixel in the test image; and obtaining at least one compensation value according to the light distribution data, the compensation value being used as a basis for compensating the luminance value of each pixel of the test image to a standard luminance value. | 02-04-2016 |
20160035262 | EMISSION DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - An emission driver and a display device having the same are disclosed. In one aspect, the emission driver includes a plurality of stages each configured to output an emission control signal, wherein each of the stages includes first and second driving blocks and a buffer block. The buffer block is configured to selectively output an emission control signal so as to operate in a sequential emission mode or in a simultaneous emission mode, the stages being configured to sequentially output a plurality of the emission control signals in the sequential emission mode and substantially simultaneously output the emission control signals in the simultaneous emission mode. The buffer block is further configured to determine a duration in which the emission control signal has a first voltage level based on an interval between time points when first and second intermediate signals have low voltage levels. | 02-04-2016 |
20160035281 | ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - There are provided an array substrate and a display apparatus. The array substrate comprises a voltage driving circuit ( | 02-04-2016 |
20160035288 | PIXEL ARRAY - A pixel array includes a plurality of repeating units. Each repeating unit includes three first color sub-pixels, four second color sub-pixels, and three third color sub-pixels. The size of one of the first color sub-pixels is greater than the size of each of the other two first color sub-pixels. The sizes of the four second color sub-pixels are the same. The size of one of the third color sub-pixels is greater than the size of each of the other two third color sub-pixels. | 02-04-2016 |
20160035289 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - The phenomenon of the hue of an image displayed in a liquid crystal display changing depending on whether or not CABC is employed is reduced. An image processing device sets a predetermined first brightness as the backlight brightness if CABC is not to be performed, and if CABC is to be performed, sets, for each frame of an image signal displayed on the liquid crystal panel, a second luminance determined according to the gradation of the pixels in the frame. If CABC is to be performed, the image processing device corrects the gradation values of the primary colors of the pixels in each frame of the image signal according to the second luminance set for that frame and on the basis of the display characteristics of the liquid crystal panel. | 02-04-2016 |
20160035317 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a display panel in which pixel units are arranged, and a controller configured to generate image signals by multiplying display data externally supplied to each line by a luminosity adjustment factor, to supply the generated image signals to the pixel units, to accumulate power consumption of each line, and to execute black insertion if the accumulated power consumption is determined to be greater than power consumption of one previous display frame by a predetermined value, wherein the luminosity adjustment factor is acquired by substituting the power consumption of one previous frame to a decreasing function, and a display pattern including a plurality of continuing black display lines is synchronized with supply of the image signals and is displayed moving the same direction of a screen scanning direction of the display panel during the black insertion. | 02-04-2016 |
20160035320 | TIMING CONTROLLER, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A timing controller for a display device and a method for driving the same, wherein the timing controller comprises a first controller providing a driving frequency change signal for changing a first driving frequency to a second driving frequency that is different from the first driving frequency and a second controller receiving the driving frequency change signal and generating a scan start signal corresponding to the second driving frequency, the second controller outputting a changed scan start signal in response to sensing a blink of an eye of a user. | 02-04-2016 |
20160042687 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus includes a power generation unit, a control unit, a source driver, and a display panel. The control unit configured to receive image data, determine a reference grayscale value of the image data, and convert the image data to corrected data according to the reference grayscale value. The power generation unit configured to generate a first pixel driving voltage, a second pixel driving voltage corresponding to the reference grayscale value, and an analog driving voltage corresponding to the reference grayscale value. The source driver configured to generate grayscale voltages by using the analog driving voltage and output, as an image signal, a grayscale voltage corresponding to the corrected data from among the grayscale voltages. The display panel configured to receive the image signal and display an image corresponding to the image signal using the first pixel driving voltage and the second pixel driving voltage. | 02-11-2016 |
20160042695 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a latch circuit configured to generate a second data value from a first data value, wherein the bit count of the second data value is greater than the bit count of the first data value, a digital-analog converter configured to convert the second data value into gray scale voltages, an output buffer unit configured to amplify the current level of the gray scale voltages to generate data voltages, a data switch circuit configured to invert the polarity of the data voltages every frame, and a display panel including a plurality of pixels driven with the data voltages supplied from the data switch circuit in response to sequential application of gate signals. | 02-11-2016 |
20160042698 | SIGNAL CONVERSION DEVICE, SIGNAL CONVERSION METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention discloses a signal conversion device, a signal conversion method and a display device. The signal conversion device includes a gamma conversion unit, a brightness detection unit and a brightness processing unit, wherein the gamma conversion unit is used for performing a gamma conversion process on RGB input signals and generating RGB brightness input values; the brightness detection unit is used for generating a W brightness input value based on RGB proportional coefficients and the RGB brightness input values; and the brightness processing unit is used for generating RGBW output signals based on the RGB proportional coefficients, the RGB brightness input values and the W brightness input value. With the present invention, the brightness of a displayed image can be increased without increasing the power consumption, so that the contrast of the displayed image is increased, and the display quality of the image is also improved. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048021 | MEASURING CONTENT BRIGHTNESS IN HEAD WORN COMPUTING - Aspects of the present invention relate to methods and systems for measuring and managing the brightness of digital content in a field of view of a head-worn computer. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049119 | 3D DISPLAY METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure discloses a 3D display method and a display device, relates to the field of display technologies, and can improve the 3D display effects of a Vertical Alignment (VA) liquid crystal display. The 3D display method comprises the steps of: acquiring effective grayscale of an image to be displayed; acquiring compensation data for brightness of the image to be displayed based on the effective grayscale thereof; and driving, during display of the image, a backlight source based on the compensation data for brightness, so as to compensate for brightness of the image to be displayed. The 3D display method is especially suitable for a VA display device. The present disclosure can be used in a display device, such as a liquid crystal television, a liquid crystal display, a mobile phone, a tablet personal computer, etc. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049120 | Method, Device and System of Detecting Uniformity of Thickness of a Display Screen - A method, a device and a system of detecting uniformity of thickness of a display screen are provided. The detecting method includes extracting preset brightness curves for each of moire stripes when the display screen displays a monocolour picture; calculating an average position coordinate in a preset direction for each of the preset brightness curves; calculating a deviation value of a position coordinate in the preset direction of discrete points on each of the preset brightness curves with respect to the average position coordinate; for each of the preset brightness curves, when the deviation value exceeds a preset allowable deviation range, determining a thickness abnormal position of the display screen according to the coordinates of the discrete points corresponding to the deviation values. By this detecting method, a thickness abnormal position of a display screen can be accurately detected, and the controllability of the products can be improved. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049121 | PROJECTION SYSTEM WITH ADDITIONAL SERIES CONNECTED LIGHT VALVE FOR ENHANCED CONTRAST - A projection system is provided that uses an additional light valve in series with at least one color sub-assembly and respective light valve in order to increase the contrast of a projected image, wherein bit sequences are generated for the additional light valve that do not result in interference with the respective light valve bit sequences. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049122 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel, a display panel driver, a light source part and a local dimming driver. The display panel includes a first subpixel having a first primary color, a second subpixel having a second primary color and a transparent subpixel. The display panel driver is configured to set grayscales of the first subpixel, the second subpixel and the transparent subpixel. The light source part includes a plurality of light emitting blocks configured to provide light to the display panel. The light emitting block includes a first light source configured to generate a light of a mixed color and a second light source configured to generate a light of a third primary color. The local dimming driver is configured to alternately turn on and off the first light source and the second light source and configured to independently drive the light emitting blocks. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049123 | METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel includes compensating first pixel data corresponding to a first pixel of a plurality of pixels in the display panel based on at least one of a first decision, a second decision, or a third decision and generating a first data voltage corresponding to the compensated first pixel data. The first data voltage is applied to the first pixel through a data line. The first decision includes determining, based on a position of the first pixel, whether compensation for the first pixel data is required. The second decision includes determining, based on previous subpixel data and present subpixel data for the first pixel, whether the compensation for the first pixel data is required. The third decision includes determining whether the first pixel data complies with a compensation avoidance condition. | 02-18-2016 |
20160049134 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSFORMING COLOR THEREOF - A display apparatus and a method for transforming color thereof are provided. The display apparatus includes a display panel having a red sub-pixel, a blue sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel and a white sub-pixel, a driver circuit for driving the red sub-pixel, the blue sub-pixel, the green sub-pixel and the white sub-pixel, and a data processing unit. The data processing unit receives a red original data, a blue original data and a green original data to produce a red reference data, a green reference data and a white reference data to the driver circuit as a red data, a green data and a white data, and regulate a produced blue reference data thereof according to a blue component brightness corresponding to the white reference data to provide the a blue data to the driver circuit. | 02-18-2016 |
20160054969 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS CONTROLLING GRADATION CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus includes an information obtaining unit that obtains image reading area information indicating a display area of a read image and image type information indicating a type of the read image, a gradation control unit that specifies one or more displays displaying read images from among a plurality of displays based on the image reading area information, and a command issuance unit that sets gradation characteristics of the one or more displays specified by the gradation control unit to gradation characteristics corresponding to the image type information. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055781 | IMAGE DEVICE WITH IMRPOVED CHROMINANCE QUALITY - The invention provides an image device and a method for determining the ratio of the number of RGBW pixels to the number of RGBY pixels. The image device includes a plurality of RGBW pixels and a plurality of RGBY pixels. Each RGBW pixel includes a red sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel, a blue sub-pixel and a white sub-pixel. Each RGBY pixel includes a red sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel, a blue sub-pixel and a yellow sub-pixel. Four sub-pixels arranged in a 2×2 matrix are formed the RGBW pixel or the RGBY pixel, the RGBW pixels and the RGBY pixels are mixed in the image device. The image device and the method of the present invention can solve the problem of dark yellow in the conventional RGBW display, and improve chrominance quality. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055783 | STRETCHABLE DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A stretchable display panel and display device having the same are disclosed. In one aspect, the display panel includes a plurality of first signal lines and a plurality of pixels configured to receive a first signal through the first signal lines. The pixels are divided into a plurality of pixel groups each including a first pixel and second pixel that are adjacent to each other. Each of the first signal lines that are connected to the same pixel group are configured to be electrically connected to each other when the distance between the first and second pixels is less than or equal to a predetermined reference value. Each of the first signal lines that are connected to the same pixel group are further configured to be electrically insulated from each other when the distance between the first and second pixels is greater than the predetermined reference value. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055785 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION PROCESSING METHOD FOR IMAGE DATA SIGNAL - A transmission image data signal including: a coded data block obtained by performing an error correction coding on a sequence of pixel data pieces in input image data; and a representative pixel data pieces group containing three pixel data pieces corresponding to red, green, and blue, respectively, in the sequence of the pixel data pieces is transmitted to a driver in a display panel. The driver converts the sequence of the pixel data pieces obtained by performing an error correction on the transmission image data signal to pixel driving voltages and applies these voltages to the display panel. If pixels for one horizontal scanning line have an identical color, the driver performs no error correction. Instead, the driver converts the representative pixel data pieces group to pixel driving voltages and applies these voltages to the display panel. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055799 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) display and a method of operating the same are disclosed. In one aspect, the display includes a plurality of pixels each including a pixel circuit and produces grayscale values by adjusting an emission duty based at least in part on image data. The method comprises calculating a voltage drop of a power supply voltage at each of the pixel circuits based at least in part on the image data and extracting a luminance decrement corresponding to the voltage drop for each pixel circuit based at least in part on a voltage-luminance characteristic of the pixels. The method also comprises increasing the emission duty for each pixel based at least in part on the luminance decrement, and driving the pixels based at least in part on the increased emission duty. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055806 | SCREEN BRIGHTNESS CONTROL FOR MOBILE DEVICE - A method, system, and device for controlling screen brightness of a mobile terminal are disclosed. In one embodiment, a mobile terminal comprises a display unit, a sensing unit, and a controller configured to maintain a brightness of the display unit at a reduced level of screen brightness during a non-active state of the mobile terminal, and restore the brightness of the display unit to a normal level of screen brightness after a short timeout subsequent to a detection of an event configured to activate the mobile terminal via the sensing unit. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055809 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a substrate and pixels arranged on the substrate in a matrix form. The substrate includes a display area in which the pixels are arranged and a non-display area disposed adjacent to a side of the display area. Each pixel includes a cover layer that extends in a row direction that includes a sidewall portion connected to the substrate and a cover portion spaced apart from the substrate and connected to the sidewall portion to define a tunnel-shaped cavity on the substrate. A width of the sidewall portion between adjacent pixels is less than a width of the sidewall portion disposed at an outermost position, and the cover layer seals one side of the tunnel-shaped cavity in the pixels arranged in a first row and a last row. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055812 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A liquid crystal display device that performs intermittent driving involving a driving period and an idle period includes a gray scale level control unit that generates, from an input image signal, an image signal for display and an image signal for correction. A signal line control unit writes the image signal for correction to the plurality of signal lines before writing the image signal for display during a driving period. An LUT stores a correction gray scale value associated with a gray scale value of at least a current frame. An adding circuit corrects the input image signal based on the correction gray scale value read from the LUT. The subtracting circuit specifies, in a pixel region, a regular image pattern including at least a first pixel and a second pixel and changes an output from the adding circuit for the first image by a predetermined gray scale width. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055820 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device is provided. The display device includes a display panel, an image signal input unit, and a sub-pixel rendering (SPR) unit. The display panel includes a plurality of repeating units. Each repeating unit includes at least eight sub-pixels. These sub-pixels include two first color sub-pixels, two second color sub-pixels, two third color sub-pixels, at least one first white sub-pixel, and at least one second white sub-pixel. The first and the second white sub-pixels have different chromaticity and the first and the second white sub-pixels are located in different rows. The image signal input unit serves to receive image signals. The sub-pixel rendering unit is used for performing sub-pixel rendering processes to the image signals, so that the above sub-pixels of the display panel produce performance values. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055823 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR MULTI-WINDOW DISPLAY - An electronic device includes a display device and a processing unit. The display device includes a display panel, a backlight module with a light source unit for providing light to the display panel, and a driver circuit. The light source unit has a plurality of light emitting regions each being independently controlled by the driver circuit. The processing unit may split a display screen of the display panel into a plurality of windows, and, in response to occurrence of a predefined event corresponding to at least one of the windows, controls the driver circuit to disable light emission of a part of the light emitting regions that corresponds to that window. | 02-25-2016 |
20160055824 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device capable of displaying a standby screen on a display panel with various colors in a standby mode, and a method for controlling the same are disclosed. The display device includes a display panel including pixels, gate lines and data lines connected to the pixels and a common line connected to the pixels, a gate switching unit for connecting the gate lines in response to an external standby mode signal, a data switching unit for grouping the data lines in response to the standby mode signal and connecting the data lines belonging to the same group, and a standby mode driving unit for driving the gate lines in response to the standby mode signal and driving the data lines of at least one group and the common line so as to generate a potential difference between the data lines of the group and the common line. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057318 | Curved Display Apparatus and Gamma Correction Method Thereof - Disclosed herein are a curved display apparatus and a gamma correction method thereof. The curved display apparatus includes first, second, and third regions and a driving module. The first and third regions are located respectively along two opposite edges of the curved display apparatus, while the second region is located between the first and third regions. A control signal instructs the curved display apparatus to display by a grayscale value. The driving module is configured to receive the control signal and thereby generate first, second, and third voltage commands for the three regions respectively, in order to drive the three regions. According to the disclosed gamma correction method, the absolute voltage values indicated by the first and third voltage commands is less than that by the second voltage command when the grayscale value is not greater than a threshold value. | 02-25-2016 |
20160063913 | DISPLAY DEVICE - The inventors found out that in the case of performing a low gray scale display in which a very small amount of current is supplied to a light emitting element, variations in threshold voltages of driving transistors become notable since the gate-source voltage is low. In view of this, the invention provides a display device in which variations in the threshold voltages of the driving transistors are reduced even in the low gray scale display, and a driving method thereof. According to the invention, a gate-source voltage of the driving transistor is set higher in the low gray scale display than that in the high gray scale display. As one mode to achieve this, different power source lines are provided for the low gray scale display and the high gray scale display and their potentials are set to be different. | 03-03-2016 |
20160063924 | THIN FILM TRANSISTOR SUBSTRATE AND DISPLAY USING THE SAME - The present disclosure relates to a thin film transistor substrate having two different types of thin film transistors on the same substrate and a display using the same. A disclosed display device may include a substrate, a first thin film transistor including a first semiconductor layer having a polycrystalline semiconductor material on the substrate, and a second thin film transistor including a second semiconductor layer including an oxide semiconductor material on the substrate. Both the first semiconductor layer and the second semiconductor layer may be disposed directly on a same underlying layer. | 03-03-2016 |
20160063928 | LIGHTING DEVICE, LIGHTING CONTROL METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - A lighting device includes a light source and a control section. The control section has a first mode and a second mode as luminance setting modes of the light source and sets, in order to exercise variable control of a reach time taken to change luminance of the light source to a determined value, the reach time on the basis of the first mode for a determined period at the time of switching from the first mode to the second mode. | 03-03-2016 |
20160063935 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes: an image display unit that includes a plurality of main pixels in an image display region, the image display unit including sub-pixels; a light source that irradiates the image display region; a light source control unit that controls luminance of the light source; and a color information correction processing unit that corrects first color information that is obtained based on the luminance of the light source and an input video signal to second color information, when color information of at least one of a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel included in the first color information exceeds a predetermined threshold, the second information is corrected by degenerating color information of the red pixel, the green pixel, and the blue pixel, and by adding color information of the white pixel included in the first color information based on the degenerated color information. | 03-03-2016 |
20160063940 | APPARATUS HAVING SPATIAL LIGHT MODULATOR AND CONVERTING UNIT CONVERTING INPUT VALUE TO CONTROL VALUE TO CONTROL SPATIAL LIGHT MODULATOR - In an apparatus for modulating light, an spatial light modulator includes a plurality of pixels and configured to modulate input light in response to a drive voltage for each of the pixels. An input value setting unit is configured to set an input value for the each of pixels. The input value is a digital value, an entire gray level of the digital value is “N”, and “N” is a natural number. A converting unit is configured to convert the input value to a control value. A control value is a digital value, an entire gray level of the control value is “M”, and “M” is a natural number greater than “N”. A driving unit is configured to convert the control value to a voltage value and drive the each of the pixels in response to the drive voltage corresponding to the voltage value. | 03-03-2016 |
20160070126 | ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A display device includes a liquid crystal element in which a transmissivity is controlled according to a data signal, and which extends in a first direction, a data line, a data line driving circuit that supplies a data signal to the liquid crystal element via the data line, and a light source that irradiates the liquid crystal element with the light, in which the light source moves the irradiation position of the light in the liquid crystal element in a first direction in a part of or the entire display period, and the data line driving circuit supplies the data signal in which the transmissivity of the liquid crystal element becomes a transmissivity that corresponds to the gradation to be displayed at the irradiation position of the light with which the liquid crystal element is irradiated to the liquid crystal element. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071449 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE AND DATA CORRECTION METHOD IN LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device of the field sequential system is realized that is capable of suppressing an occurrence of a color shift. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071453 | DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER AND DISPLAY DRIVER INCLUDING THE SAME - When the offsets of the first and second differential units have polarities different from each other, the first and second differential units are both set to a normal connection state, i.e., a state in which the input voltage is supplied to the first input terminal of each of the first and second differential units and the output voltage is supplied to the second input terminal of each of the first and second differential units. When the offsets of the first and second differential units have the same polarity, on the other hand, the first differential unit is set to the above normal connection state and the second differential unit is set to a chopping connection state in which the output voltage is supplied to the first input terminal and the input voltage is supplied to the second input terminal. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071457 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes an organic light emitting display panel and a control module. The organic light emitting display panel includes a first display part and a second display part bent from the first display part with respect to a bending axis and configured to display a gradation image. The control module is configured to control images displayed in the first and second display parts. At least one of color, brightness, and chroma of the gradation image is varied along a direction crossing the bending axis of the organic light emitting display panel. A user perceives that an image distortion caused by a shape of the organic light emitting display panel is caused by the gradation image. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071459 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device is provided including a display unit including a plurality of color pixels; a scan driver that sequentially applies a gate-on voltage scan signal to a plurality of scan lines that are connected to the color pixels; a demux unit that is connected to a plurality of color data lines that are connected to the color pixels, and that sequentially selects the plurality color data lines at a predetermined time interval; and a data driver that applies a data signal to each of the plurality of color data lines that are sequentially selected in the demux unit, and that applies a previous data signal to at least one of the plurality of color data lines during the predetermined time interval, wherein the previous data signal has a same voltage as a voltage applied to one of the plurality of color data lines before the predetermined time interval. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071460 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DATA PROCESSING METHOD - A display apparatus includes: an edge processing section extracting an edge component of a display data signal; a display data signal processing section changing the display data signal according to a level conversion signal and adding the edge component thereto; a level conversion signal generating section changing the level conversion signal according to the display data signal and a signal output from the display data signal processing section; and a display section performing a display operation according to the signal output from the display data processing section. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071470 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus, a display control apparatus, and a display method are disclosed. The display apparatus includes data receiving unit receiving data; driving mode unit receiving dyschromatopsia information and determining a general driving mode or a dyschromatopsia correction driving mode; data converting unit generating corrected data by converting the data based on the dyschromatopsia information; memory storing a reference grayscale for general driving mode and at least one correction grayscales for dyschromatopsia correction driving mode; data signal output unit selecting a grayscale based on the dyschromatopsia information from among the reference grayscale or the at least one correction grayscales; and outputting a data signal corresponding to the data or the corrected data based on the selected grayscale, and a light emissive device receiving the data signal to emit light with a corresponding brightness. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071471 | DRIVING METHOD OF A DISPLAY DEVICE, AND A DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, three columns of a first and second columns of first and second color pixels, and a third column of third and fourth color pixels arranged alternately, are repeatedly provided along a first direction. The first set of a first, a second and a third color pixels along the first direction, and the second set of a first, a second and a fourth color pixels along the first direction are each defined as a composite color unit pixel. Pixel signals are supplied to the pixels of the third columns in a pattern that polarities of the pixel signals of the pixels of the third columns along the first direction are . . . , +, +, −, −, +, +, −, −, +, +, −, −, . . . . | 03-10-2016 |
20160071473 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - According to an embodiment, a display apparatus includes gate lines extending in a first direction, data lines extending in a second direction crossing the first direction, and pixels connected to the gate lines and the data lines. The pixels include pixels arranged in a k-th row and pixels arranged in a (k+1)th row disposed adjacent to the pixels arranged in the k-th row in the second direction. An (i+1)th gate line is disposed between the pixels in the k-th row and the pixels in the (k+1)th row. A first pixel arranged in a g-th column among the pixels arranged in the k-th row and a second pixel arranged in the g-th column among the pixels arranged in the (k+1)th row are connected to a j-th data line. The pixels arranged in the k-th row are alternately connected to an i-th gate line and the (i+1)th gate line. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071475 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING DRIVING VOLTAGES - Provided are a method and apparatus for determining driving voltages, when a high driving voltage and a low driving voltage of a TFT-LCD are set for each gray scale, an average of the high driving voltage and the low driving voltage of the gray scale are determined at first according to a voltage jump of a pixel electrode in the TFT-LCD for the gray scale, and then the high driving voltage and the low driving voltage of the TFT-LCD are set according to the average, a relationship curve between driving voltages of a source driving integrated circuit and light transmittances of the TFT-LCD, and a Gamma curve of the TFT-LCD. Because the average of the high driving voltage and the low driving voltage are determined according to the voltage jump of the pixel electrode in the TFT-LCD, a phenomenon of asymmetry in the driving voltages caused when the voltage jump of the pixel electrode is different from a difference between the average of the high driving voltage and the low driving voltage and a reference voltage Vcom of the TFT-LCD would not occur, so that a image sticking problem due to a shift of the voltage jump of the pixel electrode in the TFT-LCD is avoided. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071486 | IMMERSIVE PROJECTION LIGHTING ENVIRONMENT - In one embodiment, a method comprises transmitting, by an access network light fixture, scene information to a light fixture control server, the scene information being associated with a scene detected by one or more cameras associated with the access network light fixture, the scene being within a vicinity of the access network light fixture; receiving, by the access network light fixture, rendering information based on the scene information from the light fixture control server; and controlling, by the access network light fixture, projection of an image overlying the scene and projected by one or more image projectors associated with the access network light fixture based on the rendering information received from the light fixture control server. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071487 | BRIGHTNESS COMPENSATING METHOD AND SELF-ILLUMINATING DISPLAY DEVICE - Embodiments of the application provide a brightness compensating method and a self-illuminating display device. The brightness compensating method includes: retrieving a table of compensation parameters pre-stored in the self-illuminating display device, which includes compensation parameters of the N zones, where a compensation parameter of a zone at higher temperature than the temperature in the reference zone is smaller than G, and a compensation parameter of a zone at lower temperature than the temperature in the reference zone is larger than G; and compensating for the brightness of an image displayed in each of the N zones according to the compensation parameters. The embodiments of the application can be applicable to compensation for the brightness of the self-illuminating display device. | 03-10-2016 |
20160071489 | Control Method And Device Thereof - A control method and a device thereof are provided, which are applied to an electronic device. The electronic device includes a display module and a projection module, and is capable of displaying output content through the display module or projecting the output content to a projection screen. The method includes: detecting a state of the projection module; acquiring a current display brightness of the display module as a first display brightness, in the case that it is detected that the projection module is controlled to perform projection; and controlling a display brightness of the display module to switch from the first display brightness to a second display brightness which is lower than the first display brightness. According to the embodiments of the disclosure, the electronic device operates in reduced power consumption while performing projection. | 03-10-2016 |
20160077553 | STRETCHABLE DISPLAY DEVICES AND METHODS OF COMPENSATING LUMINANCE OF THE SAME - A stretchable display device includes: a stretchable display panel including: pixels; a first resistive film extending in a first direction; and a second resistive film extending in a second direction; a scan driver to provide a scan signal to the pixels; a data driver to provide a data signal or a compensated data signal to the pixels; a row detection driver to detect a first current flowing through the first resistive film to generate a first detection signal; a column detection driver to detect a second current flowing through the second resistive film to generate a second detection signal; a compensation control signal generator to receive the first and the second detection signals to detect amounts of variations of the first and the second currents, and to generate a compensation control signal; and a timing controller to generate the compensated data signal based on the compensation control signal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078796 | ELECTRONIC PAPER DISPLAY AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A method of operating an electronic paper display, an electronic paper display, an apparatus for operating an electronic paper display, an apparatus for driving an electronic paper display, and an electronic shelf label including an electronic paper display are disclosed. The method of operating an electronic paper display involves, setting a display area to be a first color by operating, for a first duration, a transparent common electrode at a first level and segment electrodes, which comprise a data electrode and a background electrode, at a second level; and in response to the display area being set to be the first color, setting the display area to be a second color by operating, for a second duration different from the first duration, the transparent common electrode at the second level and the background electrode at the first level. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078797 | DRIVING CIRCUIT AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (LCD) APPARATUS THEREOF - A driving circuit comprising a signal edge cutting circuit is described. The signal edge cutting circuit comprises a first switch unit, a second switch unit and a third switch unit wherein the third switch unit decreases a voltage amplitude of the scanning signal by an edge-cutting resistor for implementing the signal edge cutting procedure of the scanning signal. The present invention further provides an LCD apparatus and employs the third switch unit for eliminating the image sticking phenomenon of the display image advantageously. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078798 | CONTROL DEVICE, DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - In order to attain an object to provide a display device capable of suppressing electric power consumption as well as displaying an image with excellent quality, a control device includes a control information output section ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160078806 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY - An organic light emitting diode display includes a display panel including a plurality of pixels, each pixel including an organic light emitting diode (OLED) and a driving thin film transistor (TFT) configured to control an amount of current flowing in the OLED depending on a difference between a data voltage and a reference voltage, a source driver integrated circuit (IC) configured to produce the data voltages corresponding to data of an input image and apply the data voltages to data lines connected to the pixels, an image analyzer configured to analyze the data of the input image and produce reference voltage control data, and a reference voltage regulator configured to produce the reference voltages varying depending on the input image based on the reference voltage control data and apply the reference voltages to reference lines connected to the pixels. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078808 | PIXEL ARCHITECTURE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A pixel architecture includes a LED, a transistor, a data receiving unit, a compensation unit, a first switching unit, a second switching unit, and a capacitor. The transistor is configured to drive the LED. The first switching unit transmits a pixel data signal to the transistor according to a first scan signal. The compensation unit transmits a reference voltage. The first switching unit transmits a supply voltage to the transistor according to a second scan signal. The second switching unit transmits the pixel data signal to the transistor according to the second scan signal or a third scan signal. The capacitor is coupled to the transistor and the data receiving unit. The pixel data signal is transmitted to the capacitor at the time that the compensation unit transmit the reference voltage to the transistor. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078814 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device includes a display panel having pixels, a red color high power voltage line, a green color high power voltage line, a blue color high power voltage line, and a low power voltage line, a driving current calculator for calculating an amount of a red color driving current of image data, an amount of a green color driving current of the image data, and an amount of a blue color driving current of the image data, and a power supply for generating a red color high power voltage, a green color high power voltage, and a blue color high power voltage for which overshoot times are controlled to be within a falling time during which the low power voltage is changed from a first level to a second level or to be within a rising time during which the low power voltage is changed from the second level to the first level. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078822 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - It is an object of the present invention to provide a display device in which problems such as an increase of power consumption and increase of a load of when light is emitted are reduced by using a method for realizing pseudo impulsive driving by inserting an dark image, and a driving method thereof. A display device which displays a gray scale by dividing one frame period into a plurality of subframe periods, where one frame period is divided into at least a first subframe period and a second subframe period; and when luminance in the first subframe period to display the maximum gray scale is Lmax1 and luminance in the second subframe period to display the maximum gray scale is Lmax2, (½) Lmax203-17-2016 | |
20160078827 | IMAGE DISPLAY PANEL, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - According to an aspect, an image display panel includes: a first pixel including (d-1) sub pixels, which are first to (d-2)-th sub pixels and a (d-1)-th sub pixel, and a second pixel that is adjacent to the first pixels and includes (d-1) sub pixels, which are first to (d-2)-th sub pixels and a d-th sub pixel. A region of the image display panel includes a first pixel display region and a second pixel display region. The first to (d-2)-th sub pixels of the first pixel, one part of the (d-1)-th sub pixel, and one part of the d-th sub pixel are arranged in the first pixel display region. The first to (d-2)-th sub pixels of the second pixel, the other part of the (d-1)-th sub pixel, and the other part of the d-th sub pixel are arranged in the second pixel display region. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078828 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - According to an aspect, a display device includes: an image display panel in which pixel units each including a first pixel including a first, a second, and a third sub pixels, and a second pixel including the first, the second, and a fourth sub pixels are periodically arranged; and a signal processing unit. The signal processing unit obtains a corrected output signal of the third sub pixel of the first pixel based on an input signal of the third sub pixel of the first pixel and an input signal of the third sub pixel of the second pixel of the same pixel unit, and obtains a corrected output signal of the fourth sub pixel of the second pixel based on an input signal of the fourth sub pixel of the first pixel of the same pixel unit and an input signal of the fourth sub pixel of the second pixel. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078837 | SOURCE DRIVER, OPERATOIN METHOD THEREOF AND DRIVING CIRCUIT USING THE SAME - A source driver, an operation method thereof and a driving circuit using the same are provided. The source driver includes a gamma voltage generating circuit, a first voltage buffer and a reference voltage driving circuit. The gamma voltage generating circuit receives an inter reference voltage to provide a first gray level reference voltage corresponding to a first display gray level. The first voltage buffer is used for receiving the first gray level reference voltage to provide a driving voltage. The reference voltage driving circuit is coupled to the gamma voltage generating circuit and the first voltage buffer and used for accelerating rising speed or falling speed of the first gray level reference voltage. | 03-17-2016 |
20160086531 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes a non-volatile memory device including a plurality of memory sets and a controller to store deterioration data of the pixels in each of the memory sets, to compensate input image data based on the deterioration data to generate output image data, and to provide output signals corresponding to the output image data to the scan driver and the data driver. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086534 | ACTIVE MATRIX LED PIXEL DRIVING CIRCUIT AND LAYOUT METHOD - A unit pixel driver circuit includes a capacitor configured to store a voltage corresponding to a desired pixel brightness and a control block. The control block may include a first, second third and fourth transistors, all of which are connected together, both in parallel and in series. The control block controls, based on the voltage stored in the capacitor, the amount of current flowing through a pixel LED. The first transistor, second transistor, third transistor and fourth transistor all share a common gate geometry size. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086535 | Semiconductor Device and Driving Method Thereof - Brightness irregularities that develop in a light emitting device due to is persion among pixels in the threshold values of TFTs used for supplying electric current to light emitting devices become obstacles to improved image quality of the light emitting device. As an image signal input to a pixel from a source signal line, a desired electric potential is applied to a gate electrode of a TFT for supplying electric current to an EL device, through a TFT having its gate and drain connected to each other. A voltage equal to the TFT threshold value is produced between the source and the drain of the TFT | 03-24-2016 |
20160086539 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE FOR PIXEL CURRENT SENSING IN THE SENSING MODE AND PIXEL CURRENT SENSING METHOD THEREOF - An Organic Light Emitting Diode (OLED) display device can include a display panel, a pixel circuit, and a data line and a power line connected in parallel and to the pixel circuit; a data driver for supplying a data voltage to the data line in display and sensing modes; and a sensing unit for supplying a high-potential voltage to the power line to drive the pixel circuit, cutting off supplying the high-potential voltage to the power line in a sensing duration of the sensing mode, sensing a voltage corresponding to a pixel current of the pixel circuit using the power line. A capacitor can be connected in parallel with the power line is charged according to the pixel current flowing through the power line, and the sensing unit senses the sensing voltage on the power line by sampling and holding the charged voltage in the capacitor. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086544 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - Discussed is an organic light emitting display device capable of sensing and compensating characteristics of light emitting elements thereof. The organic light emitting display device according to an embodiment includes a light emitting display panel including a plurality of pixels, each pixel having a light emitting element and a pixel driving circuit to drive the light emitting element; and a panel driving unit for supplying compensated data voltages to the plurality of pixels, respectively, sensing at least one characteristic of a driving point of the light emitting element in each of the pixels and a threshold voltage of the light emitting element during at least one of light emission and non-emission periods of the light emitting element, and generating compensated data for the light emitting element, using the sensed characteristic. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086548 | IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT, IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD, AND DISPLAY UNIT - An image signal processing circuit includes: a display panel including a first dummy pixel provided outside an effective pixel region; a current detection section configured to detect a change in a current in the first dummy pixel; a modification processing section configured to modify a predetermined predicted degradation value, based on an actual degradation amount of the current detected by the current detection section; and a correction processing section configured to correct an image signal, based on the predicted degradation value modified by the modification processing section, the image signal being adapted to drive an effective pixel. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086549 | DUAL DISPLAY AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A dual display and electronic device having the same are disclosed. In one aspect, the dual display includes first and display panels, first and second data drivers, first and second switches, and a power supply. The second data driver does not operate when a first emission driver disable control signal is transmitted to the second emission driver. The first data driver does not operate when a second emission driver disable control signal is transmitted to the first emission driver. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086551 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, IMAGE OUTPUT DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes an emission part further including a first light source emitting a first light, a second light source emitting a second light having a longer wavelength than the first light, and a fluorescent substance which is excited by the first light and the second light so as to emit a third light, and a controller configured to generate a drive value of the first light source and a drive value of the second light source based on a luminance of the first light, a luminance of the second light, a luminance of the third light, a first target luminance for the first light source, a second target luminance for the second light source, and a third target luminance for the fluorescent substance, thus controlling two light sources based on the drive values of the first and second light sources. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086554 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE EQUIPPED WITH A BACKLIGHT, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING CONTROL PROGRAM STORED THEREON - An electronic device including a first processor, a second processor, and a light source section, in which the first processor is shifted from a control state of controlling the light source section to a non-control state of not controlling the light source section and the second processor is shifted from the non-control state of not controlling the light source section to the control state of controlling the light source section, along with a shift of the first processor from an operating state to a non-operating state. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086558 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display panel and a driving method thereof are disclosed. A thin film transistor array substrate of the display panel comprises pixel elements, scan lines, data lines, and a driving circuit; a first scan line and a second scan line are both connected to the pixel elements; the data lines are connected the pixel elements of a pixel column; the driving circuit operates to produce a second driving signal in accordance with a first driving signal; the pixel elements connected to the first scan line and the second line are staggered. Thus, uneven charging can be avoided. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086574 | ADAPTIVE FLICKER CONTROL - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for reducing flicker in display devices. In some image formation processes, a controller can form an image by utilizing a set of color subfields and displaying subframes associated with each of the color subfields. In some implementations, the controller can determine a critical flicker frequency (CFF) associated with each subframe. The CFF for a subframe of a color is the minimum frequency at which the subframe of that color must be illuminated to avoid the perception of flicker by a viewer. If the CFF for any subframe is above an illumination frequency for that subframe, then the controller can employ flicker mitigation measures to reduce the perception of flicker of the subframe. In some implementations, the controller may carry out flicker mitigating measures such as dividing the display of subframes based on environmental factors such as ambient light. | 03-24-2016 |
20160086577 | INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE - A portable information display device | 03-24-2016 |
20160086580 | DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DEVICE OF USING SAME - In one aspect of the invention, a driving circuit has a PCB, a transmitter disposed on the PCB for providing an input signal, first and second transmission lines disposed on the PCB and electrically coupled to the transmitter for transmitting the input signal, and a plurality of source drivers formed in a COF architecture disposed between the PCB and the display panel. The input signal is an encoded signal including first and second Gamma reference voltages control signals, and image data. The first and second Gamma reference voltages are transmitted by the PLC technology through the first and second transmission lines, respectively. The driving circuit is implemented with differential transmission of the Gamma voltages, the image data and the control signals. | 03-24-2016 |
20160093237 | SOURCE DRIVER AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A source driver circuit is provided which includes a plurality of digital multi-spread (hereinafter referred to as “DMS”) blocks configured to generate DMS signals for controlling an output timing of a data signal to be transmitted to a display panel from a plurality of clocks which are delayed as much as a reference period one another. Each DMS block includes a plurality of sub blocks. Each of the sub blocks includes an enable signal generator and a delay unit. The enable signal generator generates an enable signal for outputting target DMS signals of the DMS signals using clocks selected from the plurality of clocks. The delay unit delays the DMS signals such that the DMS signals are sequentially delayed by the reference period. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093241 | DISPLAY PIXEL STRUCTURES AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME - Techniques and mechanisms for displaying an image with structures of a pixel array. In an embodiment, pixels of the pixel array each include three chrominance elements and a fourth luminance element. Of the four elements of a given pixel, a first subset of the elements are aligned along a first line, a second subset of the elements are aligned along a second line offset from the first line, and a third subset of the elements are aligned along a third line extending athwart the first line and the second line, wherein two of the elements are located on opposite sides of the third subset. In another embodiment, image data processing, for displaying an image with the pixel array, includes updating luminance parameters of a plurality of pixel data sets independent of any evaluation to update one or more types of chrominance parameters of the plurality of pixel data sets. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093243 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An image display method, adapted to an electronic device having a screen, an image capturing unit, and a light sensor, includes the following steps. A preview image captured by the image capturing unit is received and processed so as to generate a plurality of pixel luminance values of the preview image. A light illumination of an ambient light detected by the light sensor is received. An output Gamma lookup table among a plurality of Gamma lookup table is selected according to the pixel luminance values and the light illumination of the ambient light. An adjusted pixel luminance value corresponding to each of the pixel luminance values is generated based on the output Gamma lookup table so as to accordingly display the preview image on the screen with sunlight readability. An electronic device is further provided in the invention to implement the above method. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093254 | LUMINANCE CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USE IN DISPLAYS - A luminance control system includes a display with a backlight module, a detecting module, and a control module with a control circuit. The control module is coupled between the backlight module and the detecting module. The detecting module is configured to detect ambient light outside the display and to transmit a detecting signal to the control circuit. A control signal is transmitted from the control circuit to the backlight module according to the detecting signal. The backlight module is configured to automatically adjust illumination according to the control signal to control luminance of the display. The present disclosure further discloses a display luminance control method. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093255 | DISPLAY DEVICE - According to one embodiment, a display device includes a light source, a light guide including an entrance surface facing the light source, and an exit surface from which light incident on the entrance surface exits, a display panel including a display area in which a plurality of display pixels are arranged, the display area facing the exit surface, the display panel is configured to selectively transmit light incident on the display area for displaying an image in the display area by driving the display pixels, and a dimming panel including a dimming area facing the display area and the exit surface, the dimming panel is configured to change a transmittance of light incident on the dimming area for each portion in the dimming area. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093256 | DETECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTING GRAY SCALE - A detection system and a method capable of automatically adjusting a gray scale are provided. The detection system includes a detection lens ( | 03-31-2016 |
20160093257 | Method And Device Of Brightness Adjustment For Display - A method may involve obtaining a desired emitted brightness value for a brightness module or a display module implementable in a display device. The desired emitted brightness value may be between a first configured emitted brightness value and a second configured emitted brightness value of a plurality of configured emitted brightness values outputable by the brightness module. The second configured emitted brightness value may be higher than the first configured emitted brightness value. The method may also involve determining one of the first configured emitted brightness value and the second configured emitted brightness value to be an actual emitted brightness value outputted by the display module or the brightness module. The method may further involve determining a gain for adjusting brightness of an image content outputted by the display module to compensate a difference between the desired emitted brightness value and the actual emitted brightness value. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093259 | LIQUID CRYSTAL ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A liquid crystal array substrate includes a number of pixels, each pixel includes a main region, a first sub-region, and a second sub-region. The main region includes a first thin film transistor (TFT), the first sub-region comprises a second TFT, and the second sub-region comprises a third TFT. Gates of the first TFT, the second TFT, and the third TFT of each pixel are connected to a first scan line, a source of the first TFT is connected to a first data line, a drain of the first TFT is connected to one corresponding pixel electrode; sources of the second TFT and the third TFT are connected to a second data line, drains of the second TFT and the third TFT are respectively connected to corresponding pixel electrodes. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093263 | Display Device and Driving Method Thereof - To provide a display device which can perform external correction in parallel with display operation. The display device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix and a plurality of reading circuits provided outside the pixels. Each of the pixels includes a light-emitting element and a transistor which supplies current to the light-emitting element. In the display device, in a blanking period of the display device, a row in which all the pixels are displayed in black is selected so that a reading signal is input thereto; data on current characteristics of the transistors included in the pixels in the selected row is read out, and at the same time, display is performed in pixels in rows other than the selected row; and a signal for black display is input in the selected row so that the pixels in the row are displayed in black. | 03-31-2016 |
20160093270 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD - A display driving circuit includes a first bias circuit, a second bias circuit, a selector, and an output buffer. The first bias circuit generates a first bias voltage set. The second bias circuit generates a second bias voltage set. The selector selects one of the first and second bias voltage sets based on a bias selection signal. The output buffer buffers a grayscale voltage corresponding to display data and outputs the buffered grayscale voltage The output buffer is biased based on the first or second bias voltage set selected by the selector. | 03-31-2016 |
20160097931 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIGHT SOURCE FOR IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device including a first image forming device and a second image forming device. The first image forming device is configured to form a first color image by sequentially displaying a first plurality of single color images according to a first color sequence. The second image forming device is configured to form a second color image by sequentially displaying a second plurality of single color images according to a second color sequence. The first color sequence is different from the second color sequence. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098963 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus is disclosed. The image display apparatus includes a display panel, a backlight unit including a plurality of light sources to output light to the display panel, an image receiver to receive multiple images from a plurality of image sources, and a controller to perform control to display the multiple images received from the image receiver and to independently perform local dimming on each of the multiple images according to multiple image display input, and thus performs local dimming for each multiple image during display of the multiple images. | 04-07-2016 |
20160098966 | SOURCE DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided are a source driver and a display device. The source driver may include: a gamma voltage generation unit configured to select and provide one or more of the gamma voltages in response to a first power down signal; an output buffer unit configured to provide a data voltage to a output terminal in response to a second power down signal; and a selection unit configured to provide the gamma voltage to the output terminal. | 04-07-2016 |
20160103324 | IMAGE PROJECTION DEVICE AND PROJECTION DEVICE - The present invention is an image projection device that includes: a light source 12 that emits a laser beam 34; a scanning mirror 14 that two-dimensionally scans the laser beam 34 emitted from the light source 12; and a projection mirror 24 that projects scanned light onto a retina 26 of an eyeball 22 of a user to project an image onto the retina 26, the scanned light being composed of the laser beam 34 that has been scanned by the scanning mirror 14, wherein the laser beam 34 emitted from the light source 12 is scanned by using a part of an operating range of the scanning mirror 14. | 04-14-2016 |
20160103326 | HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF HEAD-MOUNTED DISPLAY DEVICE - A head-mounted display device includes an image processing unit that controls a display drive units. The image processing unit controls the pair of display drive units so as to move the emission areas in any one of a first direction in which an image formed by the image light emitted from one of the display drive units and an image formed by the image light emitted from the other of the display drive units move close to each other in cooperation and a second direction in which an image formed by the image light emitted from one of the display drive units and an image formed by the image light emitted from the other of the display drive units move apart from each other in cooperation to change a focal distance of an image in a virtual image which is visually recognized by the user. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104404 | DETECTION CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR A LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY - A detection circuit and a detection method for liquid crystal display are provided. The detection circuit comprises a gate driver for providing row scan signal to liquid crystal cell to be detected; a signal source for providing polarity inversion signal to source driver; a source driver for performing digital-analogue conversion on received display data signal according to preset reference voltage and polarity inversion signal, generating pixel voltage signal, and sending pixel voltage signal to liquid crystal cell to be detected. The polarity inversion signal comprises column polarity inversion signals each of which polarity inversion signal is continuous high level signal or continuous low level signal. The polarity inversion mode is a column inversion, which makes white dot of damaged area of alignment film is more prominent during detection process, so it would be easy for the operator to recognize it and avoid the issue of missing detection. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104408 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME - A method for driving a display panel includes obtaining a first grayscale histogram based on input image data, generating a gamma curve by selectively changing an initial gamma curve based on at least one of the first grayscale histogram or a predetermined power mode, and generating output image data based on the input image data and the gamma curve. When the gamma curve is different from the initial gamma curve, the method includes changing an operating frequency of the display panel from a first frequency to a second frequency. The second frequency is lower than the first frequency. The operating frequency is changed to display an image frame corresponding to the output image data based on the second frequency. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104409 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a first pixel, a second pixel, and a dummy pixel. The first pixel includes a first light-emitting device connected to a first pixel circuit through a first node. The second pixel is in a same row as the first pixel and includes a second light-emitting device connected to a second pixel circuit through a second node. The dummy pixel includes at dummy pixel circuit with a third node. The controller outputs a first control signal having a first level or a second level based on a first pixel grayscale value corresponding to the first pixel and a second pixel grayscale value corresponding to the second pixel. A switch circuit electrically connects the first node, the second node, and a third node when the first control signal has the first level. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104411 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROGRAMMING, CALIBRATING AND/OR COMPENSATING, AND DRIVING AN LED DISPLAY - A method and system for programming, calibrating and driving a light emitting device display, and for operating a display at a constant luminance even as some of the pixels in the display are degraded over time. The system may include extracting a time dependent parameter of a pixel for calibration. Each pixel in the display is configured to emit light when a voltage is supplied to the pixel's driving circuit, which causes a current to flow through a light emitting element. Degraded pixels are compensated by supplying their respective driving circuits with greater voltages. The display data is scaled by a compression factor less than one to reserve some voltage levels for compensating degraded pixels. As pixels become more degraded, and require additional compensation, the compression factor is decreased to reserve additional voltage levels for use in compensation. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104416 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, DISPLAY SECTION, AND CONTROLLER CIRCUIT - Second light emitting elements and third light emitting elements are disposed at common grid-points that are adjacent in four directions to each grid-point where a first light emitting element is disposed. The controller circuit samples input data at each grid-point to generate display data to illuminate each light emitting element; controls first light emitting element illumination based on first light emitting element color information contained in first display data, which are display data sampled at each grid-point where a first light emitting element is disposed; controls second light emitting element illumination based on second light emitting element color information contained in second display data, which are display data sampled at each grid-point where a second and third light emitting element is disposed; and controls third light emitting element illumination based on third light emitting element color information contained in the second display data. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104433 | ANTI-CROSSTALK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMAGE OF 3D LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed are an anti-crosstalk method and apparatus for an image of a 3D liquid crystal display apparatus. The method comprises: determining, according to a prestored mapping relationship between a temperature value and backlight on delay duration, backlight on delay duration corresponding to a current temperature value of a 3D liquid crystal display apparatus, performing delay adjustment on a backlight on time node according to the determined delay duration, and controlling a backlight source to be switched on according to the time node after delay adjustment. An on time of a backlight source is correspondingly adjusted at a different temperature, so that time nodes of image switching and switch-on of a backlight are synchronized, thereby reducing the occurrence of a 3D display crosstalk of a 3D liquid crystal display apparatus to enable a user to browse a clearer and more realistic 3D image. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104434 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, GRADATION CORRECTION MAP GENERATING DEVICE, GRADATION CORRECTION MAP GENERATING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A gradation correction map generating unit generates a gradation correction map based on a brightness unevenness map, a rotation unevenness map, and a second gamma characteristic. The brightness unevenness map indicates a correspondence relation between a plurality of positions in a screen of a display unit, and uncorrected brightness values, the uncorrected brightness values being brightness values at time of performing no correction when the display unit is installed at a predetermined angle. The rotation unevenness map indicates a correspondence relation between the plurality of positions or other plurality of positions, and differences in brightness values corresponding to a rotation angle of the display unit. The second gamma characteristic indicates a correspondence relation between a brightness value at a specific position in the screen, and a gradation of an image signal. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104435 | Display Apparatus - Provided is a display apparatus which allows a user to easily confirm the contents of an image during displaying, when a cover covering a display region is present, even without removing the cover. The display apparatus having a pixel region including a plurality of pixels is configured to, by a display control unit, determine whether the cover covering a part of the pixel region is present, and if it is determined that the cover is present, display the image in the pixels of the remaining part which is not covered by the cover. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104437 | WINDOW DISPLAY DEVICE - A window display device includes a display screen provided in a transparent rear window glass pane of a vehicle, an operating device adapted to detect an action for operating the display screen, and a control device, which displays a shade on the display screen. The shade is movable to selectively open and close the display screen based on an action performed on the operating device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160104438 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A display device, including a content receiving unit configured to receive a high dynamic range image, an image processing unit configured to detect a first region whose luminance value is equal to or greater than a reference luminance value within the high dynamic range image and perform tone mapping on an image of the first region based on feature information of the image of the first region, and a display unit configured to display a low dynamic range image on which the tone mapping is performed. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105654 | IMAGE PROJECTION APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE PROJECTION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image projection apparatus includes a light source to emit light, a light modulator to modulate intensity of the light emitted from the light source for generating a projection image, and an image luminance controller to control the light modulator to maintain brightness of the projection image projected on a projection face at a substantially constant level during a given time period of the image projection apparatus. The given time period is from one time point when power supply to the image projection apparatus is started to another time point when a power level for driving the light source is increased to a given power level. | 04-14-2016 |
20160111035 | DRIVER AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a display device having a driver that drives load lines in an electro-optical panel through capacitor charge redistribution, a data voltage is determined by a capacitance ratio during capacitive driving. However, a panel-side capacitance is a capacitance external to a driver IC, and thus it is difficult to set the capacitance ratio exactly. Accordingly, voltage driving, which outputs a data voltage corresponding to tone data to a data voltage output terminal using a voltage driving circuit, is carried out after capacitive driving that drives the electro-optical panel has been started. | 04-21-2016 |
20160111037 | FLEXIBLE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A flexible display apparatus includes a flexible display panel including a display region configured to display an image and a non-display region extending outside the display region and having a first driver and a second driver arranged to communicate electrical signals with the display region, and at least one flexible printed circuit boards electrically connected to the flexible display panel, where the first driver is arranged on both opposite sides of a first edge of the flexible display panel in a rolled direction of the flexible display panel, the second driver is arranged on both opposite sides of a second edge of the flexible display panel in a direction intersecting the rolled direction of the flexible display panel, and the at least one flexible printed circuit boards are simultaneously connected to the both opposite sides of the first edge. | 04-21-2016 |
20160111044 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVE METHOD FOR SAME - There is realized a display device capable of compensating for a deterioration of a circuit element while suppressing an increase of a circuit scale. One horizontal scanning period for a monitor row is composed of: a detection preparation period where preparation for detecting TFT characteristics and OLED characteristics is performed in the monitor row; a TFT characteristic detection period where current measurement for detecting the TFT characteristics is performed; an OLED characteristic detection period where current measurement for detecting the OLED characteristics is performed; and a light emission preparation period where preparation for allowing an organic EL element to emit light is performed in the monitor row. Data lines are used not only as signal lines that transfer a signal for allowing an organic EL element in each pixel circuit to emit light at desired brightness, but also as characteristic detecting signal lines. | 04-21-2016 |
20160111045 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF DRIVING A DISPLAY, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - In a display apparatus including a switching transistor, a correction voltage for eliminating an effect of a variation in a characteristic of a driving transistor is stored in a storage capacitor. The switching transistor is disposed between one current terminal of the driving transistor and a light emitting element. The switching transistor turns off during the non-light emission period thereby to electrically disconnect the light emitting element from the one current terminal of the driving transistor thereby preventing a leakage current from flowing through the light emitting element during the period in which the correction unit operates, and thus preventing the correction voltage from having an error due to the leakage current. | 04-21-2016 |
20160111046 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an organic light emitting display device including: plurality of data lines; a charging line formed in a direction crossing the plurality of data lines; and charging switches connected between the charging line and the data lines. The charging line inputs a charging voltage and the charging switches are individually controlled in data line. | 04-21-2016 |
20160111049 | Rapid Estimation Of Effective Illuminance Patterns For Projected Light Fields - Apparatus and methods are provided that employ one or more of a variety of techniques for reducing the time required to display high resolution images on a high dynamic range display having a light source layer and a display layer. In one technique, the image resolution is reduced, an effective luminance pattern is determined for the reduced resolution image, and the resolution of the effective luminance pattern is then increased to the resolution of the—display layer. In another technique, the light source layer's point spread function is decomposed into a plurality of components, and an effective luminance pattern is determined for each component. The effective luminance patterns are then combined to produce a total effective luminance pattern. Additional image display time reduction techniques are provided. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112690 | DISPLAY UNIFORMITY COMPENSATION METHOD, OPTICAL MODULATION APPARATUS, SIGNAL PROCESSOR, AND PROJECTION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a display uniformity compensation method, an optical modulation apparatus, a signal processor, and a projection system. The method comprises: acquiring original image data and an optical loss coefficient a of a compensation region, acquiring t | 04-21-2016 |
20160117970 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, VIDEO OUTPUT DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A display device includes: a generating unit that generates display chromaticity based on a degradation value, a set chromaticity and device chromaticity, the display chromaticity being chromaticity of a white point to be displayed on the display device, the degradation value indicating a degree of degradation of a backlight, the set chromaticity being chromaticity of a white point based on user setting, the device chromaticity being chromaticity of a white point at which brightness becomes highest in the display device. The generating unit makes the display chromaticity approach the device chromaticity from the set chromaticity, as the degree of degradation indicated by the degradation value increases. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117978 | DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT - A circuit apparatus is provided for driving source electrodes of a display panel based on image data and to control a backlight of the display panel. For example, the circuit apparatus includes a display drive (DD) circuit having a parameter generation (PG) part and an image data conversion (IDC) part. The PG part is operable to generate an image data-conversion parameter and a backlight control parameter based on a brightness distribution of the image data of one frame. The IDC part is operable to convert the image data based on the image data-conversion parameter. The DD circuit is operable to output source signals generated based on the converted image data and output, control the backlight based on the backlight control parameter, and stop an action of the parameter generation part in response to no change in the image data of one frame from image data of a preceding frame being detected. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117990 | PIXEL CIRCUIT FOR ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY - A pixel circuit for an organic light emitting display includes first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth MOS transistors, a first capacitor, and an organic light emitting diode. The gate electrode of the first MOS transistor receives a first scanning signal. A first electrode of the first MOS transistor receives a data signal. The gate electrode of the third MOS transistor receives a third control signal. The gate electrode of the fourth MOS transistor receives the first scanning signal. The gate electrode of the fifth MOS transistor receives a first control signal. A first electrode of the fifth MOS transistor receives a reference voltage. The gate electrode of the sixth MOS transistor receives a second scanning signal. The first electrode of the sixth MOS transistor receives the reference voltage. | 04-28-2016 |
20160117992 | GAMMA VOLTAGE GENERATOR AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A gamma voltage generator includes a resistor string, a gamma voltage provider, and a power supply string point. The resistor string provides a plurality of string voltages through a plurality of resistor string points. The resistor string is connected between a first gamma power supply voltage and a second gamma power supply voltage. The gamma voltage provider provides a plurality of gamma voltages based on the plurality of string voltages. A power supply string point to which the second gamma power supply voltage is applied is determined as the first gamma power supply voltage is changed. The power supply string point corresponds one of the resistor string points. | 04-28-2016 |
20160118001 | ADAPTIVE BLACK CLIPPING CIRCUIT, DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME AND ADAPTIVE BLACK CLIPPING METHOD - An adaptive black clipping circuit in a display device includes a data corrector, a register, a pattern detector and a clipping selector. The data corrects input image data to generate corrected image data such that the corrected image data is equal to or greater than a black clipping value where the black clipping value corresponds to the input image data having a grayscale value of zero and the black clipping value is greater than zero. The register stores and provides configuration data. The pattern detector generates a pattern detection signal based on the input image data corresponding to a plurality of rows. The clipping selector selects one of the corrected image data and the configuration data in response to the pattern detection signal to provide output image data. | 04-28-2016 |
20160118006 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus including a display panel connected to a plurality of data lines, a data driver configured to generate a plurality of data voltages, and to apply the plurality of data voltages to the plurality of data lines, and a plurality of feedback lines disposed in a fan-out region between the display panel and the data driver, wherein the data driver is further configured to applies a first signal to each of the plurality of feedback lines, wherein delays by the fan-out region are obtained based on the first signal, the delays being associated with the plurality of data lines, and wherein the data driver is further configured to controls output times of the plurality of data voltages based on the delays. | 04-28-2016 |
20160118022 | DATA SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A data signal processing device includes a load calculator and a compensation processor. The load calculator calculates an on-pixel rate (OPR) based on image data signals and positional weight values. The positional weight values are determined based on locations of pixels in a display panel. The OPR is proportional to a frame luminance load, which corresponds to a sum of driving currents for the pixels to emit light in each of a plurality of frames. The compensation processor compensates distorted luminance caused by the frame luminance load based on the OPR. | 04-28-2016 |
20160125622 | DATA CONVERSION UNIT AND METHOD - Embodiments relate to a data conversion unit including a color analysis portion configured to determine based on R (red), G (green) and B (blue) data signals among the R, G, B data signals and W (white) data signal for an input image whether or not the input image includes a pure color component; and a brightness adjustment portion configured to adjust brightness of the W data signal according to a hue of the pure color component included in the input image. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125790 | METHODS FOR DRIVING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS, AND APPARATUS FOR USE THEREIN - A bistable electro-optic display has a plurality of pixels, each of which is capable of displaying at least three gray levels. The display is driven by a method comprising: storing a look-up table containing data representing the impulses necessary to convert an initial gray level to a final gray level; storing data representing at least an initial state of each pixel of the display; receiving an input signal representing a desired final state of at least one pixel of the display; and generating an output signal representing the impulse necessary to convert the initial state of said one pixel to the desired final state thereof, as determined from said look-up table. The invention also provides a method for reducing the remnant voltage of an electro-optic display. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125798 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display device including a display panel including a plurality of scan lines, first through (M)th data lines crossing the scan lines, and a plurality of pixels, where M is an integer greater than 1, a scan driver configured to provide scan signals to the pixels through the plurality of scan lines, a data driver configured to provide data signals to the pixels through the first through (M)th data lines, and a porch data generator configured to generate porch data based on an average value of at least a portion of frame data, and to provide the porch data to the data driver, wherein the data driver is configured to generate the data signals based on the porch data during a porch period, and to generate the data signals based on the frame data during an active period. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125804 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY PANEL - There is provided a display device including a plurality of pixels. Each of the plurality of pixels may include a plurality of switching devices, at least one capacitor, and a semiconductor light-emitting device. The display device may further include a driving circuit configured to apply currents to the semiconductor light-emitting device through the plurality of switching devices and at least one capacitor. The semiconductor light-emitting device may emit red light, green light, and blue light through the currents applied by the driving circuit. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125805 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPLIANCE - An image display device includes: a pixel array part formed of first to fourth scanning lines arranged in rows, signal lines arranged in columns, pixel circuits in a matrix connected to the scanning lines and signal lines, and a plurality of power source lines which supplies first to third potentials necessary for the operations of pixel circuit; a signal part which supplies a video signal to the signal lines; and a scanner part which supplies a control signal to the first to fourth scanning lines, and in turn scans the pixel circuit for every row, wherein the pixel circuits include a sampling transistor, a drive transistor, first to third switching transistors, a pixel capacitance, and a light emitting device, and a channel length of the drive transistor is made longer than a channel length of the switching transistors to suppress fluctuations in threshold voltage. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125812 | ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAY APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - An electrophoretic display apparatus and an image processing method thereof are provided. The electrophoretic display apparatus includes a display panel and a display driver. The display driver is configured to determine whether a plurality of pixel data of an image signal needs to being recoded according to one or more judgment conditions. If so, the pixel data is recoded. The display driver drives the display panel by using a plurality of driving signals having different signal waveforms, so that the display panel displays an image frame according to pixel data without being recoded and the recoded pixel data. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125813 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and method are provided. The display apparatus includes a display, a storage which stores afterimage modeling information the includes afterimage information based on grayscale changes in a plurality of image frames, and a controller which controls the display to consecutively display the plurality of image frames and pixel-wise refresh pixels for afterimage removal in each image frame based on the afterimage modeling information. Therefore, flickering of a display screen can be reduced and the viewing fatigue of a user can decrease when the screen is converted. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125815 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS - A method and apparatus for regulating display brightness at a data capture device comprising a display is provided. Initially, the brightness of the display can be regulated to a first level. When an initiation of a data capture operation is detected, the brightness of the display can be regulated to a predetermined level. When a termination of the data capture operation is detected, the brightness of the display can be regulated back to the first level. An application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) having a normal operational state and a dimming operational state, can also be provided. The ASIC can operate to change operational states based on a detection of at least one of an activation of the trigger mechanism, a deactivation of the trigger mechanism, an activation of the capture ongoing output apparatus, a deactivation of the capture ongoing output apparatus and a deactivation of the compete output apparatus. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125816 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes: a display unit including a plurality of pixels; a connection part on the display unit; a plurality of shape-variable parts on the connection part and configured to deform according to a physical quantity applied thereto; and adjustors configured to vary the physical quantity applied to the shape-variable parts to control refraction of light by the shape-variable parts while the light emitted from the pixels passes therethrough. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125817 | VIDEO PROCESSING CIRCUIT, VIDEO PROCESSING METHOD, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - A video processing circuit includes a specific unit that specifies a first pixel adjacent to a second pixel which displays a higher gradation than a predetermined gradation, among the first pixels which display gradations equal to or lower than the predetermined gradation, based on the video signal in a current frame; a determination unit that determines whether or not the second pixel exists in a frame adjacent to the current frame on the time axis, in a position of the first pixel which is specified; and a correction unit that, in a case in which it is determined that the second pixel exists in the frame adjacent to the current frame, corrects the video signal in the current frame, in such a manner that a difference of an application voltage between the specified first pixel and the second pixel adjacent to the first pixel is reduced. | 05-05-2016 |
20160125818 | COLOR DISPLAY BASED ON SPATIAL CLUSTERING - A color display has a monochrome modulator. An active area of the modulator is illuminated by an array of light sources. The light sources include light sources of three or more colors. The intensities of the light sources may be adjusted to project desired luminance patterns on an active area of the modulator. In a fast field sequential method different colors are projected sequentially. The modulator is set to modulate the projected luminance patterns to display a desired image. In a slow field sequential method, colors are projected simultaneously and the modulator is set to modulate most important colors in the image. | 05-05-2016 |
20160133180 | METHOD FOR DRIVING ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT - A method for driving an organic electroluminescent element including a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer comprises: applying a second current peak value to the second light-emitting layer exhibits a lower luminous efficiency than the first light-emitting layer at a current density of the second current peak value; and applying a first current peak value to the first light-emitting layer, wherein the first current peak value has a higher current density than the second current peak value. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133183 | EL DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An EL display device controlling luminosity by a current value supplied to a light emitting element. The EL display device includes a power source supplying a current to the light emitting element and includes a first variable power source and a second variable power source outputting a lower potential than the first variable power source, and a control part changing an output potential of the first variable power source and an output potential of the second variable power source according to acquired maximum luminosity data. Furthermore, the EL display device includes a gate signal output part and a data signal output part, and the control part may change a power source potential of the gate signal output part or a power source potential of the data signal output part according to the maximum luminosity data. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133184 | Organic Light-Emitting Diode Display With Luminance Control - An organic light-emitting diode display may have an array of pixel circuits. Each pixel circuit may contain an organic light-emitting diode that emits light, a drive transistor that controls current flow through the diode, and additional transistors such as switching transistors for loading data into the pixel circuit and emission transistors for enabling and disabling current flow through the drive transistor and diode. Gate driver circuitry may produce emission control signals that control the emission transistors. Display driver circuitry may generate a start signal with a digitally controlled pulse width. The start signal may be applied to shift register circuitry in the gate driver circuitry. The pulse width of the start signal may be adjusted to adjust the luminance of the display. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133187 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY APPARATUS - A pixel circuit and driving method thereof, display apparatus, the pixel circuit comprises: light-emitting device; driving transistor (DTFT); first switch-transistor (T | 05-12-2016 |
20160133196 | METHODS FOR DRIVING ELECTRO-OPTIC DISPLAYS - There are provided display controllers and driving methods related to those described in US Published Patent Application No. 2013/0194250. These include (a) a display controller having an update buffer, means for removing from the update buffer pixels not requiring updating, and means to ensure that pixels having certain special states are not removed from the update buffer; (b) a method of driving a bistable display wherein, in a pixel undergoing a white-to-white transition and lying adjacent another pixel undergoing a visible transition, there is applied to the pixel one or more balanced pulse pairs and at least one top-off pulse; (c) a method of driving a bistable display by overlaying a non-rectangular item over a pre-existing image content and then removing the item, where only pixels in the region of the item perform transitions (including self-transitions); and (d) a method of driving a bistable display in which a proportion of background pixels not undergoing an optical change are subjected to a refresh pulse to correct optical state drift. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133199 | DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS CONTROL - A display brightness is selected depending on a distribution of brightness values of pixels of image data received from a camera. A display is controlled to display the image data or further image data employing the selected display brightness. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133202 | MULTI-MONITOR SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM AND DISPLAY DEVICE USED IN MULTI-MONITOR SYSTEM - Provided is a multi-monitor system that includes display devices having different luminance levels with respect to the same set luminance value and that can easily match the luminance levels of the display devices. A multi-monitor system including a plurality of display devices includes a processor that, on the basis of respective luminance information values of a particular display device and the other display device of the plurality of display devices and a set luminance value of the particular display device arbitrarily set by a user, calculates set luminance value of the other display device in such a manner that luminance level of the other display device becomes substantially equal to a luminance level of the particular display device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133205 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CLIPPING A GRAY SCALE LEVEL OF PIXELS DURING THE DIMMING OF THE BACKLIGHT OF A DISPLAY DEVICE - The present disclosure provides method and device for dimming the backlight of an LCD. A number of pixels at each grayscale level of an input image is determined. The determined number of pixels at each grayscale level is accumulated to generate an accumulated distribution of the number of pixel and the accumulated distribution is filtered. A threshold grayscale level at which the filtered accumulated distribution exceeds a threshold value is determined. A scaling factor is determined based on the threshold grayscale level. The grayscale level of pixels of the input image having a grayscale level lower than or equal to the threshold grayscale level are up-scaled based on the scaling factor, the grayscale value of pixels of the input image having a grayscale level greater than the threshold grayscale level are set to have a predetermined clipping grayscale level, and the LCD backlight is dimmed based on the scaling factor. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133206 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device capable of substantially preventing a bruising phenomenon and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes a display panel which displays an image and a signal controller which controls signals for driving the display panel. The signal controller includes a first accurate color capture (“ACC”) unit which performs ACC correction on input image data to generate first correction image data; a second ACC unit which performs the ACC correction on the input image data to generate second correction image data; and an ACC selection unit which selectively applies the input image data to the first ACC unit or the second ACC unit. A maximum gray of the second correction image data is lower than a maximum gray of the first correction image data. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133207 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device capable of substantially preventing a bruising phenomenon and a driving method thereof are provided. The display device includes a display panel which displays an image and a signal controller which controls signals for driving the display panel. The signal controller includes a first accurate color capture (“ACC”) unit which performs ACC correction on input image data to generate first correction image data; a second ACC unit which performs the ACC correction on the input image data to generate second correction image data; and an ACC selection unit which selectively applies the input image data to the first ACC unit or the second ACC unit. A maximum gray of the second correction image data is lower than a maximum gray of the first correction image data. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133228 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SCREEN - An electronic device is provided. The electronic device is configured to check whether an event is generated during a first period in a state in which a screen is displayed, change a chroma of the screen when the event is not generated during the first period, check whether the event is generated during a second period, and adjust a lighting brightness of the screen when the event is not generated during the second period. | 05-12-2016 |
20160133229 | SIGNAL PROCESSING DEVICE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A signal processing device is provided that is capable of suppressing incongruity of color change in an image area while relieving fatigue of a user viewing content data to be displayed. The signal processing device includes a calculator, a setting unit, and a converter. The calculator sets a ratio to a display area of a first area in which a character is mainly displayed in the display area of the content data, and sets a ratio to the display area of a second area in which an object other than character such as an image is mainly displayed. The setting unit sets a target color temperature based on the ratio set by the calculator. The converter changes a current color temperature of the content data to the target color temperature set by the setting unit. | 05-12-2016 |
20160140887 | WEARABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A head-mounted device includes a see-through display having an inner surface and an outer surface; a Display Driver Integrated Circuit (DDIC) for driving the display; and at least one processor for controlling the DDIC. A microcontroller may control the DDIC to display content through a specific area corresponding to eye tracking information acquired from an eye tracking module in a display area of the display. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140890 | METHOD OF DRIVING DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - A method of driving a display panel, the method including generating a data signal including a black voltage signal and a white voltage signal, measuring brightness levels of pixels, converting differences between the measured brightness levels into direct current (DC) voltages, resetting the black voltage signal to reduce a difference between the DC voltages, generating a data voltage based on the data signal to output the data voltage to the display panel, and displaying an image on the display panel based on the data voltage. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140891 | DISPLAY PANEL DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING THE SAME - A display panel driver includes a reference register, a calculator, and a data signal generator. The reference register stores a reference compensation gamma data curve generated by compensating a luminance characteristic deviation of a display panel in a reference luminance mode. The calculator calculates a compensation gamma data curve for each of a plurality of luminance modes based on the reference compensation gamma data curve to perform a dimming operation. The data signal generator generates data signals corresponding to input grayscale levels based on the compensation gamma data curve. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140895 | ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME TO COMPENSATE FOR DEGENERATION OF PIXELS - A method for driving an electroluminescent display device includes grouping pixels in a display panel into a plurality of pixel groups, each pixel group including a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns. Accumulated block stress values are provided based on input image data. Each accumulated block stress value represents a degree of degeneration of the pixels in each pixel block. Corrected stress values are provided by correcting each accumulated block stress value based on the accumulated block stress values of the adjacent pixel blocks. Input image data is corrected based on the corrected stress values. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140905 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes: a display panel including a plurality of pixels; and a controller configured to adjust a data signal applied to each of the plurality of pixels, and the plurality of pixels includes a plurality of pixel blocks, and the controller is configured to calculate a remaining lifespan of each of the plurality of pixel blocks and to adjust a maximum luminance of pixels between a first pixel block and a second pixel block based on a remaining lifespan of the first pixel block, by selecting the first pixel block and the second pixel block based on the remaining lifespan of each of the pixel blocks. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140909 | COLOR DISPLAY DEVICE - The present invention provides driving methods for a color display device in which each pixel can display four high-quality color states. More specifically, an electrophoretic fluid is provided which comprises four types of particles, dispersed in a solvent or solvent mixture. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140912 | BACKLIGHT UNIT, DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME, AND IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM - A backlight unit includes a light source part including a light-emitting diode array, a DC/DC converter, a driving current controller, and a reference voltage variable part. The backlight unit is operated in a first mode or a second mode. The driving current controller controls a driving current flowing through the light-emitting diode array to have a first current level during the first mode and controls the driving current flowing through the light-emitting diode array to have a second current level during the second mode. The reference voltage variable part applies a first reference voltage to the driving current controller during the first mode and applies a second reference voltage to the driving current controller during the second mode. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140913 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND IMAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus that can protect user's eyes by reducing harmful blue light in a mode that matches the characteristics of an image to be displayed and the preference of the user who causes the image to be displayed. The image processing apparatus includes a blue light reduction control unit that acquires image information Sin corresponding to an image to be displayed on a display and a pixel value update unit that generates update image information Sbc by reducing at least luminance corresponding to a blue component in the acquired image information Sin so that a reduction rate of the luminance corresponding to the blue component is greater than or equal to reduction rates of luminance corresponding to the other color components in the acquired image information Sin and outputs the update image information Sbc to the display to cause the display to display the update image information Sbc. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140914 | DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING A MICRO-ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SYSTEM - A display apparatus includes a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of pixels. Each pixel of the plurality of pixels comprises a switching device coupled to a corresponding gate line of the plurality of gate lines and to a corresponding data line of the plurality of data lines, a micro-electro-mechanical system coupled to an output electrode of the switching device, and a control device coupled to the output electrode of the switching device. The control device comprises a storage capacitor coupled to the output electrode of the switching device and a coupling capacitor coupled to the output electrode of the switching device, the storage capacitor connected in parallel with the coupling capacitor. The output electrode of the switching device, the storage capacitor, the coupling capacitor, and a first electrode of the micro-electro-mechanical system are all directly connected to each other. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140923 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY DEVICE - A liquid crystal display device is provided where deterioration of the liquid crystal panel is prevented while reducing power consumption. A liquid crystal panel ( | 05-19-2016 |
20160140924 | DATA CLIPPING METHOD AND DISPLAY DEVICE USING THE SAME - A data clipping method and a display device using the same are disclosed. RGBW data is modulated by multiplying clipped data of an input image by a gain, a luminance increment is created based on the result of subtracting the clipped data from the modulated RGB data, and the luminance increment is added to the W data to be written to a W sub-pixel. | 05-19-2016 |
20160148559 | SIGNAL PROCESSOR AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY INCLUDING THE SAME - A signal processor and an OLED display including the same are disclosed. In one aspect, the display includes a plurality of pixels and a luminance deterioration calculator configured to receive input image data and calculate luminance deterioration values of the pixels. A data compensator is configured to calculate compensation coefficients for each of the pixels based at least in part on the luminance deterioration values, adjust a compensation margin based at least in part on the maximum value of the compensation coefficients, and generate compensation image data for each of the pixels based at least in part on the compensation coefficients and the compensation margin. A panel driver is configured to generate data signals based at least in part on the compensation image data and transmit the data signal to the pixels and a timing controller configured to control the panel driver. | 05-26-2016 |
20160148560 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE APPARATUS - An organic light-emitting diode (OLED) apparatus includes at least one OLED illumination module, a driving unit, an optical sensing module, a control unit, and a storage unit. The driving unit is configured to adjust voltage applied to the OLED illumination module, so as to change a CCT of the OLED illumination module. The optical sensing module is configured to sense the light emitted by the OLED illumination module. The control unit is configured to receive a feedback signal from the optical sensing module so as to adjust a light intensity and the CCT of the OLED illumination module. The storage unit is configured to store photoelectric parameter data of the OLED illumination module. The control unit is configured to adjust the CCT and the light intensity of the OLED illumination module to target values according to the photoelectric parameter data. | 05-26-2016 |
20160148561 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPENSATING DEGRADATION OF DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel, a plurality of readout circuits, and a deviation corrector. The display panel includes a plurality of pixels. The readout integrated circuits perform a readout operation of detected values including degradation information of the pixels, via readout lines connected to the pixels, when a degradation detecting operation is performed. The deviation corrector calculates weighted values to correct operating deviation of the readout integrated circuits based on an average of initial values. The deviation corrector generates corrected image data to correct input image data based on the weighted values. The initial values correspond to the detected values output from the readout integrated circuits when the display panel is in an initial state in which the pixels are non-degraded. | 05-26-2016 |
20160148580 | System and Method for Controlling Brightness in Areas of a Liquid Crystal Display - A control system, and related method are disclosed for controlling brightness in areas of a LCD. The control system may comprise a LCD including a first display area and a second display area, and a controller in communication with the LCD. The controller may be configured to display an icon at an icon brightness level in the first display area, display a first image in the second display area, and display a mask image over the first image. The first image is visible through the mask image at a first composite brightness level. The first composite brightness level is less than the icon brightness level. | 05-26-2016 |
20160148581 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - The embodiments of the present invention provide a display device, a method for manufacturing the same, and a method for controlling the same, relating to the field of display, realizing a switch between dual-view display and normal display. The display device comprises a display panel and a transparent substrate located on a light output side of the display panel; the display panel comprises a plurality of pixel units arranged in array; a first electrode and a second electrode insulated with each other are arranged between the display panel and the transparent substrate; the first electrode comprises a plurality of criss-cross strip electrodes; opening areas of the pixel units for displaying are enclosed by the plurality of strip electrodes; the second electrode is a transparent strip electrode, the second electrode corresponds to the interior of the opening area enclosed by the first electrode; wherein black conductive ink is filled in the opening areas defined by the first electrode; in a state that the first electrode is powered up, the black conductive ink gathers near the first electrode; in a state that the second electrode is powered up, the black conductive ink covers the surface of the second electrode. | 05-26-2016 |
20160154269 | IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160155376 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A MULTI-TIME PROGRAMMABLE (MTP) OPERATION AND ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE (OLED) DISPLAY EMPLOYING THE SAME | 06-02-2016 |
20160155378 | LIFETIME OLED DISPLAY | 06-02-2016 |
20160155382 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160155386 | DISPLAY DRIVING CIRCUIT, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY APPARATUS | 06-02-2016 |
20160155389 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING VIDEO WALL | 06-02-2016 |
20160155391 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, DISPLAY SYSTEM, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160155402 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160155416 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160155417 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND BACKLIGHT DRIVING MODULE | 06-02-2016 |
20160163025 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND A METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A display device includes pixel circuits, data lines, and data selection switches. The data lines includes first and second group of data lines. Each of the first group of data lines is connected to one of the pixel circuits in a first column (or row) of the pixel circuits. Each of the second group of data lines is connected to one of the pixels in a second column (or row) of the pixel circuits. Each of the data selection switches connects one of the first group of data lines and one of driver output ports in response to a switching control signal. The first group of data lines includes a first data line connected to a first pixel circuit of the pixel circuits and a second data line connected to a second pixel circuit adjacent to the first pixel circuit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163246 | DISPLAY AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMPENSATING BRIGHTNESS OR COLOR OF DISPLAY - A display and a method and a system for compensating a brightness or a color of the display are provided. In the method, an image of a homogeneous frame displayed on the display is captured by an image capturing device, and a brightness or color distribution of a plurality of pixel values of the captured image is calculated to determine a target value used for adjusting the brightness or the color of the display. Based on the target value, a plurality of gain values of the pixels of the display are calculated by using the pixel values, and recorded in a gain table. The gain table is written to the display. The display inquires the gain values in the gain table to generate a translucent layer, overlap the translucent layer with a current frame to be displayed, and output the overlapped current frame to a display panel for display. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163248 | DISPLAY CONTROLLER FOR ENHANCING VISIBILITY AND REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION AND DISPLAY SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A display controller includes a local contrast enhancement circuit that includes a plurality of scale circuits. Each scale circuit includes a block separation circuit configured to divide input display data into sub blocks, a calculation circuit configured to calculate a feature value that characterizes each of the sub blocks, and a storage device configured to store the feature value. The number and size of the sub blocks differ among the scale circuits. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163251 | PIXEL ARRAY AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A pixel array and an organic light emitting display device including the same, can display an image with uniform luminance by compensating for a variation in threshold voltage/mobility of a driving transistor for each pixel and compensating for a change in efficiency due to degradation of an organic light emitting diode. A first pixel among the pixel array includes an organic light emitting diode; a pixel circuit positioned among an anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode, a first scan line and a first data line through which a data signal is supplied to the first pixel, and controlling current flowing in the organic light emitting diode; and a switching element controlling the coupling between a second data line through which a data signal is supplied to a second pixel of the plurality of pixels and the anode electrode of the organic light emitting diode. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163258 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMISSION DISPLAY DEVICE WITHOUT FLICKERING - Disclosed is a display device that may include a display panel; and a plurality of drivers that control the display panel to display images and include an image control circuit, the image control circuit including: an average picture level (APL) circuit that analyzes first and second input image data for first and second time intervals and calculates first and second APLs, respectively, wherein the second time interval precedes the first time interval, an adjusted-APL generator that generates an adjusted-APL for the first input image data based on a comparison between the first and second APLs, and a luminance adjustment controller that adjusts a luminance of the display panel for the first input image data based on the adjusted-APL. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163259 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A pixel circuit including a light emitting device configured to emit light in accordance with a current flowing thereto, a gradation control unit including a driving transistor configured to control light emission of the light emitting device, and a degradation compensating unit connected between the light emitting device and the gradation control unit and including a light receiving device, wherein a current flowing through the light receiving device varies according to the light emitted from the light emitting device, a compensating transistor configured to compensate for degradation of the light emitting device, wherein a gate electrode of the compensating transistor is connected to the light receiving device, and a compensating circuit configured to compensate for a threshold voltage of the compensating transistor. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163265 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device is disclosed, which may increase sensing accuracy by solving a problem that a difference between sensing data output from sensing units is generated due to a difference in sensing capability between the sensing units. The organic light emitting display device includes a display panel including data lines, scan lines, sensing lines, and pixels connected to the data lines, the scan lines and the sensing lines; a sensing data output unit outputting first sensing data by sensing currents flowing to the sensing lines; a scan driver supplying scan signals to the scan lines; and a source drive integrated circuit (IC) including a data voltage supply unit supplying data voltages to the data lines and a switching unit connecting the sensing lines to the sensing data output unit in a predetermined order. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163267 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A pixel circuit and a display apparatus. The pixel circuit comprises three sub-pixel circuits (P | 06-09-2016 |
20160163270 | DISPLAY DEVICE - This display device is provided with a direct-view display panel in which a first pixel of green, a second pixel of blue, a third pixel of green, and a fourth pixel of red are arranged in a Bayer pattern. Luminance information that corresponds to a pixel position of the first pixel and serves as a basis for a display signal supplied to the first pixel is separate from luminance information that corresponds to a pixel position of the third pixel and serves as a basis for a display signal supplied to the third pixel. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163274 | METHOD OF CORRECTING SPOT, SPOT CORRECTING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SPOT CORRECTING APPARATUS - A spot correcting apparatus includes a first spot correcting part and a second spot correcting part. The first spot correcting part is configured to correct a first spot having a first size of a first correcting area unit of 2N*2N (N is a natural number) pixel area. The second spot correcting part is configured to correct a second spot having a second size different from the first size of a second correcting area unit of L*M (each of L and M is a natural number and at least one of L and M is different from 2N) pixel area. Thus, display quality of a display apparatus may be easily improved. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163277 | DISPLAY DRIVER - An LC display driver IC suitable to drive source voltage signals to a liquid crystal display, and including an LCD source driver that can convert video image data into a selected one of N gamma-compensated analog gray-level source voltages corresponding to a respective one of the N gamma-compensated reference voltages, and drive out the selected gamma-compensated source voltage. The LCD display driver includes a gamma reference circuit configured to generate the N gamma-compensated reference voltages based on at least one pre-defined gamma curve that includes N (0 to N−1) gamma-compensated reference voltage values divided into M regions defined by M+1 breakpoint voltages, including a range resistor string having a set of R voltage taps that are substantially uniformly spaced, and M+1 range/region digital-to-analog converters (DACs), where each range/region DAC is coupled to a respective subset M+1 of the R voltage taps of the range resistor string, where at least some of the M+1 subsets of voltage taps overlap, and where each range/region DAC is configured to output a respective breakpoint voltage based on the respective subset of voltage taps, including a breakpoint voltage BP(1) from range/region DAC M=1 and a breakpoint voltage BP(M+1) from a range/region DAC M+1, and including intermediate breakpoint voltages BP(2) to BP(M) from respective intermediate range/region DACs. M+1 range/region buffer amplifiers coupled to respective range/region DACs, and configured to output respective buffered breakpoint voltages BP(1) to BP(M+1). An output circuit can generate the N gamma-compensated reference voltages, and includes a reference resistor string having a set of N reference voltage taps, and including M+1 breakpoint locations coupled to receive respective breakpoint voltages from respective range/region buffer amplifiers, with a first end location coupled to receive the breakpoint voltage BP(1), a second end location coupled to receive the breakpoint voltage BP(M+1), and intermediate breakpoint locations coupled to receive the intermediate breakpoint voltages BP(2) to BP(M), and the N reference voltage taps can be divided into M subsets corresponding to the M regions of the gamma curve, each of the M subsets of reference voltage taps forming a respective voltage divider. N output selector circuits, each coupled to a respective one of the N reference voltage taps, can output a corresponding one of the N gamma-compensated reference voltages based on a respective reference voltage tap and the associated voltage divider. | 06-09-2016 |
20160163286 | DISPLAY DRIVER AND DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display driver configured to drive a display panel is provided. The display panel displays an image frame in a first display mode or a second display mode. The display driver includes a first display driving channel and a second display driving channel. The first and the second display driving channels are configured to drive the display panel to display the image frame by using a sub-pixel rendering method. In the second display mode, the second display driving channel drives sub-pixels on the display panel to display corresponding grayscales by using a plurality of gamma voltages. A voltage value of at least one gamma voltage among the gamma voltages is determined according to an arrangement of the sub-pixels on the display panel. Furthermore, a display apparatus is also provided. | 06-09-2016 |
20160171918 | DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160171919 | DISPLAY PANEL DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160171920 | Display Apparatus and Image Control Method Thereof | 06-16-2016 |
20160171921 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160171923 | RE-INTERPOLATION WITH EDGE DETECTION FOR EXTRACTING AN AGING PATTERN FOR AMOLED DISPLAYS | 06-16-2016 |
20160171930 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160171939 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME AND VISION INSPECTION APPARATUS FOR THE SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160171940 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160171947 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 06-16-2016 |
20160179453 | DISPLAY PANEL USING DIRECT EMISSION PIXEL ARRAYS | 06-23-2016 |
20160180755 | RESETTING CYCLE FOR AGING COMPENSATION IN AMOLED DISPLAYS | 06-23-2016 |
20160180764 | SOURCE DRIVER, DISPLAY DEVICE WITH THE SAME AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 06-23-2016 |
20160180765 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DISPLAY ELEMENT | 06-23-2016 |
20160180770 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, DISPLAY APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
20160180777 | DRIVING METHOD FOR ELECTROPHORETIC DISPLAYS | 06-23-2016 |
20160180778 | LIGHT GENERATING DEVICE AND DISPLAY APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME | 06-23-2016 |
20160180782 | IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-23-2016 |
20160180794 | IMAGE SIGNAL GENERATING APPARATUS, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS, METHOD OF GENERATING IMAGE SIGNAL AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING IMAGE SIGNAL GENERATING PROGRAM | 06-23-2016 |
20160189398 | DISPLAY AND METHOD OF DRIVING SAME - A method of driving a display device includes: receiving first frame data and second frame data for successive display on the display device; generating third frame data, the third frame data having values between corresponding values of the first frame data and the second frame data; displaying an image corresponding to the first frame data on the display device; after the displaying an image corresponding to the first frame data, displaying an image corresponding to the third frame data on the display device after the first displaying; and after the displaying an image corresponding to the third frame data, displaying an image corresponding to the second frame data on the display device. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189587 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING CIRCUIT THEREOF - A display panel and a driving circuit thereof are provided. The driving circuit includes a data signal supplying module for generating a data signal; a first selection signal generating module for providing a first selecting signal; a second selection signal generating module for providing a second selecting signal; a selecting module including selecting switch sets, which are utilized to receive the first and second selecting signals and output the data signal to a pixel array. The present invention is capable of decreasing a level switching frequency of the selecting signals. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189589 | IMAGE DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - An image data processing method and a device thereof are disclosed, and the method includes: receiving and executing a gamma correction process for first red, green and blue sub-pixel image data to obtain second red, green and blue sub-pixel image data; generating a first white sub-pixel image data, and third red, green and blue sub-pixel image data according to the second red, green and blue sub-pixel image data; and obtaining fourth red, green and blue sub-pixel image data and a second white sub-pixel image data through an inverse gamma conversion process. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189591 | DISPLAY DEVICE HAVING WHITE PIXEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREFOR - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a display device and a driving method thereof. More particularly, embodiments of the present invention relate to a display device including a white pixel, and a method of driving such a display device. A display device according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes a plurality of colored pixels and a white pixel, wherein the colored pixels and the white pixel each include at least one switching element, the colored pixels and the white pixel are disposed to be adjacent to each other so as to collectively have a center, and the switching elements are each positioned proximate to the center. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189594 | DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING COLOR CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRONIC CONTENT - Exemplary embodiments involve a viewer application dynamically adjusting the color balance of electronic content displayed on a display device. A viewer application can determine color information for a display device and generate a color correction filter based on color information for the display device and color information used by electronic content to specify the test color. The viewer application can receive display data representing at least a portion of the electronic content and apply the color correction filter to the display data to provide a color-corrected version of the display data for display by the display device. The viewer application can obtain the color information from a device driver application for the display device or from a separate data file. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189611 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - There is provided a display device including: a light emitting element; and a drive transistor (DRTr) that includes a coupling section (W | 06-30-2016 |
20160189612 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - An OLED display device is disclosed which includes: a display panel configured with pixels which each include an organic light emitting diode and a driving transistor applying a driving current to the organic light emitting diode; a gate driver connected to the pixels through gate lines; a data driver configured to apply a sensing voltage to the pixels through data lines in a sensing mode and enable a sensing current to flow through each of the driving transistors; a sensing driver configured to sense threshold voltages opposite the driving currents which flow through the driving transistors; and a brightness compensation circuit configured to derive negatively shifted degrees of threshold voltages of the driving transistors from the sensed threshold voltages, detect a bright-defected pixel on the basis of the negatively shifted degrees, and generate a compensation gray value for the bright-defected pixel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189617 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device can include a display panel, in which a subpixel including a transistor where data lines and gate lines intersect, is disposed; a gate driving unit that sequentially outputs a gate signal to the gate lines; a data driving unit that outputs a data voltage to the data lines according to the gate signal provided to each gate line, and outputs to the data lines during a blank time before a specific frame, data voltages having an output waveform that is identical to data voltages of at least one gate line of the specific frame; and a timing controller that controls the gate driving unit and the data driving unit, and performs a pixel compensation which changes da a provided to each subpixel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189618 | Organic Light Emitting Diode Display and Method for Sensing Characteristic Thereof - Embodiments relate to selectively sensing device characteristics of pixels in a sensing period. Input image displayed on a display panel is analyzed to determine the complexity or gray level difference in different portions of the input image. Based on analysis, the portions of the display panel likely to result in significantly difference in device characteristics are selected with smaller intervals but portions of the display panel likely to experience the same or similar device characteristics are selected with larger intervals. The device characteristics of only the selected pixels are sensed in a sensing period while the remaining pixels are estimated based on the sensed device characteristics. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189619 | Display Device and Method for Driving the Same - A special mode processor drives a display panel to display an image. When the display panel is configured to operate in a special operation mode, the special operation mode processor determines a pixel block size for blocking the plurality of pixels into a plurality of pixel blocks and determines a first set of on-pixels and a first set of off-pixels. The first set of on-pixels is initially turned on and the first set of off-pixels is initially turned off. A drive history representative value is generated for the first group of pixels that represents a drive time and drive characteristic for the first group of pixels. The drive history representative value is compared with a threshold value. Responsive to the drive history representative value exceeding the threshold value, a second set of on-pixels and a second set of off-pixels are turned on and off respectively. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189620 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND SELF-CALIBRATION METHOD THEREOF - A display device is provided for dividing one frame period into a plurality of subframe periods, separating data of an input image on a per bit basis, mapping the data of the input image to the subframe periods, and representing gray levels of the input image. The display device includes a measurement unit configured to measure a current of a pixel; a luminance error calculation unit configured to calculate a rush current of the pixel emitting light at the measured current value, and to calculate a luminance error of the pixel based on the rush current; and a luminance error compensation unit configured to reduce an emission time of one of the subframe periods or remap the subframe periods to compensate for the luminance error. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189628 | CONTROLLER, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY PANEL, ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A controller, an organic light-emitting display panel, an organic light-emitting display device, and a method of driving the same able to compensate for the dropped driving voltage, thereby preventing image quality from being degraded due to the dropped driving voltage. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189635 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DISPLAY AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING LUMINANCE THEREOF - An organic light emitting diode display includes pixels in which an amount of current flowing in an organic light emitting diode of each pixel is determined depending on a difference between a data voltage and a reference voltage, a control signal generator differently generating a screen brightness control signal depending on a driving mode, a register adjusting unit independently adjusting a reference voltage register value and a gamma register value at each of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) pixels depending on the screen brightness control signal, a reference voltage generator generating the reference voltage of each of the R, G, and B colors based on the reference voltage register value, and a data voltage generator generating the data voltage of each of the R, G, and B colors based on the gamma register value. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189636 | BACKLIGHT CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE - The present disclosure is directed to a backlight control method and device. The method includes: acquiring, for a display block in a screen, grayscale values of respective pixels in an image displayed in the display block, the screen including one or more display blocks; determining, according to the acquired grayscale values, a minimum value among a predetermined number of largest grayscale values; and when the minimum value reaches or exceeds a threshold grayscale value, controlling the grayscale values of the respective pixels to be unchanged, and controlling a backlight intensity of the display block to be a maximum backlight intensity. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189637 | LIGHT EMITTING PERIOD SETTING METHOD, DRIVING METHOD FOR DISPLAY PANEL, DRIVING METHOD FOR BACKLIGHT, LIGHT EMITTING PERIOD SETTING APPARATUS , SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, DISPLAY PANEL AND... - Disclosed herein is a light emitting period setting method for a display panel wherein the peak luminance level is varied through control of a total light emitting period length which is the sum total of period lengths of light emitting periods arranged in a one-field period, including a step of setting period lengths of N light emitting periods, which are arranged in a one-field period, in response to the total light emitting period length such that the period lengths of the light emitting periods continue to keep a fixed ratio thereamong, N being equal to or higher than 3. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189642 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - Provided if a display device including a liquid crystal panel, a common voltage generator configured to generate a common voltage, and a common voltage compensator. The liquid crystal panel includes gate lines, data lines, pixels, and a common electrode. The pixels include first pixels and second pixels. The first pixels and the second pixels are respectively disposed in pixel rows adjacent to each other, respectively constitute different columns, are connected to the same sate line, display the same color, and receive data voltages having different polarities. When a boundary of a pattern included in image data, extending in a first direction, lies between the first pixels and the second pixels, the common voltage compensator is configured to compensate the common voltage. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189643 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus includes a conversion analog signal generator. A histogram value output section outputs histogram value data of image data of pixels of a line. An accumulator accumulates the histogram value data. The cumulative sums represent the number of analog switches turned off among a plurality of analog switches. A ramp signal data generator generates ramp signal data having a non-linear slope variably-controlled in accordance with the cumulative sum so as to reduce voltage fluctuation of the ramp signal due to load variation caused depending on the number of analog switches turned off. A DA converter converts the ramp signal data to an analog ramp signal and supplies the analog ramp signal to the plurality of analog switches. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189650 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A display apparatus includes a display panel on which first and second gate lines extending in a third direction between a first direction and a second direction crossing the first direction, data lines extending in the second direction, connection lines extending in a fourth direction crossing the third direction to be connected to the second gate lines, and pixels including pixel areas are disposed and a black matrix disposed in a non-pixel area surrounding each of the pixel areas. The black matrix includes a first black matrix not overlapped with the connection lines and second black matrices overlapped with the connection lines. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189654 | GATE DRIVER FOR PROVIDING VARIABLE GATE-OFF VOLTAGE AND DISPLAY DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - A display panel includes: a display panel including a plurality of gate lines, a plurality of data lines, and a plurality of pixels; a gate driver connected to the plurality of gate lines to apply a gate signal voltage; a data driver connected to the plurality of data lines to apply a data voltage and a negative data voltage; and a gate voltage divider for generating a gate signal voltage including gate-on and gate-off voltages to provided it to the gate driver. The gate voltage divider adjusts the gate-off voltage in accordance with a driving time of the display panel and a temperature of the display panel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189670 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device, including a display panel including red, green, first blue, and second blue sub-pixels, a data drive unit configured to receive an image signal and output data output signals, a de-multiplexer circuit configured to distribute data output signals to the data lines connected to the red, green, and the first blue sub-pixels, in response to receiving a first blue drive selection signal, or to the data lines connected to the red, green, first blue, and the second blue sub-pixels, in response to receiving a mixed drive selection signal, and a control unit configured to process a raw image data into the image signal, provide the image signal to the data drive unit, and provide the first blue drive selection signal or the mixed drive selection signal to the de-multiplexer circuit in a frame unit of the raw image data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189671 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE - An organic light emitting display device includes a display panel including red sub-pixels, green sub-pixels, first blue sub-pixels, and second blue sub-pixels. A data drive unit receives an image signal and outputs a plurality of data output signals. A demultiplexer distributes the data signals to the red sub-pixels, the green sub-pixels and either the first blue sub-pixels or both the first and second blue sub-pixels in response a drive selection signal. A control unit processes raw image data and provides an image signal to the data drive unit, and detects image data belonging to a first color gamut and a second color gamut from the image data, determines a first blue drive area belonging to the first color gamut and a mixed drive area belonging to the second color gamut, and provides the appropriate selection signal to the demultiplexer to increase efficiency and extend useful life of the display. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189674 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display screen that displays an image; and a controller that: obtains a first cumulative value of a blue light output amount from the display screen during a first time period during which the display screen continuously displays the image; and decreases a blue light output from the display screen based on the first cumulative value. | 06-30-2016 |
20160189676 | ORGANIC LIGHT-EMITTING DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A gray voltage generator includes a reference voltage generator and a gray voltage setter. The reference voltage generator generates a reference voltage lookup table (LUT) for each of a plurality of gray levels and luminances for a first luminance based on a first gamma code. The gray voltage setter calculates gray voltages for a second luminance based on the reference voltage LUT and generates a gamma code corresponding to the second luminance. The gamma code for the second luminance is generated by converting the gray voltages, which have analog values, to integers and by determining how to round some of the gray voltages based on how to round at least one other gray voltage. The first gamma code corresponds to a gamma code set based on when an image is displayed at the first luminance. | 06-30-2016 |
20160196779 | CURVED LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY | 07-07-2016 |
20160196783 | PIXEL DRIVE CIRCUIT, ARRAY SUBSTRATE, DISPLAY DEVICE AND PIXEL DRIVE METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160196785 | MULTIPLE DISPLAY DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160196790 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 07-07-2016 |
20160196794 | CURVED DISPLAY AND A DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 07-07-2016 |
20160196796 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS | 07-07-2016 |
20160202513 | DISPLAY DEVICE | 07-14-2016 |
20160203757 | Pixel Combination of Full Color LED and White LED for Use in LED Video Displays and Signages | 07-14-2016 |
20160203761 | PIXEL CIRCUIT, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS | 07-14-2016 |
20160203766 | AMOLED DISPLAYS WITH MULTIPLE READOUT CIRCUITS | 07-14-2016 |
20160203768 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME | 07-14-2016 |
20160203769 | DISPLAY DEVICE | 07-14-2016 |
20160203770 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS | 07-14-2016 |
20160203778 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT | 07-14-2016 |
20160203789 | DISPLAY PANEL | 07-14-2016 |
20160253934 | 3D DISPLAY DRIVING METHOD AND 3D GLASSES DRIVING METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160253939 | DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER, PROGRAMMABLE GAMMA CORRECTION BUFFER CIRCUIT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
20160253941 | DISPLAY PANEL AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF AND DISPLAY DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160253947 | DISPLAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
20160253948 | SOURCE DRIVER, DRIVING METHOD OF DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
20160253954 | Array Substrate and Manufacturing Method Thereof, and Display Device | 09-01-2016 |
20160253955 | DRIVING METHOD AND DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160253960 | DISPLAY PANEL OPTICAL COMPENSATING APPARATUS, DISPLAY PANEL AND DISPLAY PANEL OPTICAL COMPENSATING METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160253972 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF | 09-01-2016 |
20160253981 | COLOR CONVERSION DATA GENERATION DEVICE, COLOR CONVERSION DATA GENERATION METHOD, AND DISPLAY DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160377795 | COMBINED REAR COVER AND ENHANCED DIFFUSED REFLECTOR FOR DISPLAY STACK - Disclosed herein is a combined enhanced diffused reflector and back cover for a display stack. The back cover may be assembled proximate to a light guide panel layer of a display stack to receive light from a light guide panel and to reflect and diffuse light received from the light guide panel back to the light guide panel. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379556 | ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An organic light emitting display apparatus includes a power generating unit and a display panel. The power generating unit generates a first power voltage and a second power voltage. The display panel includes a plurality of organic light emitting elements. The organic light emitting elements have first electrodes to which the first power voltage is applied in a first direction and second electrodes to which the second power voltage is applied in a second direction. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379563 | ADAPTIVE FEEDBACK SYSTEM FOR COMPENSATING FOR AGING PIXEL AREAS WITH ENHANCED ESTIMATION SPEED - A local priority-based scanning scheme that focuses scanning to areas of a display panel whose measured characteristics are under continuous change (e.g., aging or relaxation). The algorithm identifies areas or regions needing compensation, using a current measurement from a single pixel in an area as a candidate to determine whether the rest of the region needs further compensation. The algorithm thus detects newly changed areas quickly, focusing time-consuming measurements on those areas that need high attention. Optionally, neighboring pixels sharing the same state (e.g., aging or overcompensated) as the measured pixel can be adjusted automatically given the likelihood that the neighboring pixels will also require compensation if the measured pixel needs compensation. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379565 | PIXEL DRIVER CIRCUIT WITH LOAD-BALANCE IN CURRENT MIRROR CIRCUIT - A pixel circuit for use in a display comprising a plurality of pixels is provided. The load-balanced current mirror pixel circuit can compensate for device degradation and/or mismatch, and changing environmental factors like temperature and mechanical strain. The pixel circuit comprises a pixel drive circuit comprising, switching circuitry, a current mirror having a reference transistor and a drive transistor, the reference transistor and the drive transistor each having a first and second node and a gate, the gate of the reference transistor being connected to the gate of the drive transistor; and a capacitor connected between the gate of the reference transistor and a ground potential, and a load connected between the current mirror and a ground potential, the load having a first load element and a second load element, the first load element being connected to the first node of the reference transistor and the second load element being connected to the first node of the drive transistor. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379574 | Color Sequential Image Method and System Thereof - A color sequential image method for displaying images using two color fields includes analyzing and sorting percentages of a plurality of colors constituting an input color image, in which a first color possesses a most percentage, a second color possesses a middle percentage, and a third color possesses a third percentage. The method further includes forming a first color field image according to the first color and the third color, and a second color field image according to the second color and the third color. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379577 | DISPLAY PANEL INSPECTION APPARATUS - A vision inspection apparatus includes a tri-stimulus measuring part configured to measure gray tri-stimulus values of a sample grayscale and color tri-stimulus values of a full-grayscale, a color tri-stimulus generating part configured to generate color tri-stimulus values of the sample grayscale using the gray tri-stimulus values of the sample grayscale and the color tri-stimulus values of the full-grayscale, and a color correction value generating part configured to generate color grayscale correction value using the gray tri-stimulus values of the sample grayscale and the color tri-stimulus values of the sample grayscale. | 12-29-2016 |
20160379580 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display device including a processor that includes a first display mode in which the processor displays the image on the display screen; and a second display mode in which the processor displays the image on the display screen from the image data received by the processor. The display device further includes a calculator that calculates a blanking period between a writing end time point of the internal image data corresponding to a final frame immediately before switching from the first display mode to the second display mode and a writing start time point of the image data corresponding to an initial frame immediately after switching from the first display mode to the second display mode, and an adjuster that adjusts at least one of a vertical retrace period, a horizontal retrace period, and a clock frequency, which correspond to the internal image data, depending on the blanking period. | 12-29-2016 |
20170236465 | DRIVING CIRCUIT ACCORDING TO RGBW AND FLAT PANEL DISPLAY | 08-17-2017 |
20170236467 | DATA LINE SHARE (DLS) ARRAY SUBSTRATES AND THE DISPLAY DEVICES THEREOF | 08-17-2017 |
20170236470 | DISPLAY DEVICE | 08-17-2017 |
20170236472 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF LED FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL BACKLIGHT, CONTROL CIRCUIT THEREOF, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE | 08-17-2017 |
20180025677 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT | 01-25-2018 |
20180025683 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME | 01-25-2018 |
20190147786 | DISPLAY DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190147789 | DISPLAY DRIVER, ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICE, AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS | 05-16-2019 |
20190147807 | Device for Project an Image | 05-16-2019 |
20190147810 | METHOD FOR DRIVING DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY APPARATUS | 05-16-2019 |
20190147814 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF | 05-16-2019 |
20190147816 | APPARATUS HAVING SPATIAL LIGHT MODULATOR AND CONVERTING UNIT CONVERTING INPUT VALUE TO CONTROL VALUE TO CONTROL SPATIAL LIGHT MODULATOR | 05-16-2019 |
20220139279 | COLOR CALIBRATION DISPLAY APPARATUS, COLOR CALIBRATION DISPLAY METHOD, AND SWITCHABLE DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING VIRTUAL REALITY OR AUGMENTED REALITY USING COLOR CALIBRATION DISPLAY APPARATUS - A switchable display system for providing virtual reality or augmented reality using a color calibration display apparatus may comprise: an augmented reality data server configured to provide virtual reality and augmented reality information; and a color calibration display apparatus using a color calibration display module configured to perform color calibration according to ambient illuminance in a use environment. | 05-05-2022 |
20220139285 | DISPLAY DRIVER AND DISPLAY DEVICE - The disclosure provides a display driver and a display device which includes the display driver. A display driver according to the disclosure has a temperature abnormality detection circuit that detects a temperature inside the display driver and generates a temperature abnormality detection signal indicating the presence of a temperature abnormality when the temperature therein is higher than a predetermined temperature threshold, and a temperature abnormality notification processing part that causes a display panel to display an image for informing of occurrence of a temperature abnormality for a predetermined period instead of an image based on a video signal in accordance with the temperature abnormality detection signal. | 05-05-2022 |
20220139289 | DISPLAY DEVICE PERFORMING PEAK LUMINANCE DRIVING, AND METHOD OF OPERATING A DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes a display panel having a plurality of pixels, a controller configured to determine a peak luminance based on a target luminance and a black duty ratio that is a ratio of a black insertion period to a sum of an image display period and the black insertion period, to determine gray-luminance information representing a plurality of luminances respectively corresponding to a plurality of gray levels based on the peak luminance and a target gamma value, and to generate gray-voltage information representing a plurality of voltage levels respectively corresponding to the plurality of gray levels based on a target white color coordinate and the gray-luminance information, a gray voltage generator configured to generate a plurality of gray voltages having the plurality of voltage levels based on the gray-voltage information, and a data driver configured to provide the plurality of gray voltages corresponding to output image data as data voltages to the plurality of pixels in the image display period, and to provide a black data voltage to the plurality of pixels in the black insertion period. | 05-05-2022 |
20220139301 | DISPLAY DEVICE - A display device includes pixels, and first, second, and third gate lines and data lines connected to the pixels. At least one of the pixels includes a light emitting element, a first transistor connected between a first power source and the light emitting element for driving the light emitting element according to a voltage of a first node, a second transistor connected between the first node and a corresponding data line, and driven according to a voltage of a corresponding first gate line, a capacitor connected between the first node and a second node between the first transistor and the light emitting element, a third transistor between the second node and an initialization power line, and driven according to a voltage of a corresponding second gate line, and a fourth transistor connected between the first and second nodes, and driven according to a voltage of a corresponding third gate line. | 05-05-2022 |
20220139311 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SAME - A display device includes a display panel and a display driving circuit having improved degradation uniformity. The display panel includes sub-pixels, each of which includes a light emitting element and a driving transistor. The display driving circuit drives the display panel to display a degradation uniformity restoration image in an afterimage occurrence predicted area detected in the display panel during an image quality control period. The afterimage occurrence predicted area includes first and second sub-pixels of the sub-pixels. Before the image quality control period, the amount of accumulated current having flowed through the first sub-pixel is greater than the amount of accumulated current having flowed through the second sub-pixel. During the image quality control period, the amount of current flowing through the second sub-pixel is greater than the amount of current flowing through the first sub-pixel. | 05-05-2022 |
20220139322 | PIXEL CIRCUIT AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, ARRAY SUBSTRATE AND DIISPLAY APPARATUS - Disclosed are a pixel circuit and a driving method thereof, an array substrate and a display apparatus. The pixel circuit includes a pixel sub-circuit. The pixel sub-circuit includes a first adjusting circuit and a second adjusting circuit. The first adjusting circuit is configured to receive a first data signal and a light emitting control signal to control a magnitude of a driving current used for driving a light emitting element to emit light; the second adjusting circuit is configured to receive a second data signal and a time control signal to control a time duration in which the driving current is applied to the light emitting element; and the time control signal changes within a time period during which the light emitting control signal allows the driving current to be generated. The pixel circuit can control the time duration in which the driving current is applied to the light emitting element, so that the light emitting element can realize display of various grayscales by controlling the light emitting time of the light emitting element, on the premise that the light emitting element operates at a relatively high current density. | 05-05-2022 |